Actions

Work Header

Roommates With Mythical Gremlins

Summary:

Had you told John when he was younger that he would be rooming with a Jirachi, Mew, Celebi, and Manaphy- with other myths and legends stopping by all the time- he might’ve laughed, probably would’ve called you a liar, asked how much you had had to drink that night, and called the local services.

But alas, things work out in mysterious ways. You never truly know where your life is going to go until you live it; and for John, it was a single misplaced wish that led to the life he lived now. 

Chapter 1: You Wish You Had Such a Good Roommate

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Had you told John when he was younger that he would be rooming with a Jirachi, Mew, Celebi, and Manaphy- with other myths and legends stopping by all the time- he might’ve laughed, probably would’ve called you a liar, asked how much you had had to drink that night, and called the local services.

 

But alas, things work out in mysterious ways. You never truly know where your life is going to go until you live it; and for John, it was a single misplaced wish that led to the life he lived now. 

 

-------------------------------------------------------------

 

The sound of an alarm clock rang out in the dark. It rang and rang, only to be met by the absence of anyone at all. Dust floated through the air. The alarm clock rang again, only to be met by the pounding of a fist on its top. With the newfound silence came an annoyed groan: one that hailed from a man.

 

John Wish lay on his bed, one hand resting on his nightstand. Having been rudely awakened, he laid there for a few more moments, staring blankly up at the ceiling. 

 

"Welp..." John sighed. "Clock's a tickin, I guess."

 

I should probably get up. Work won't let me off just because I want to have a fat morning. At least tomorrow will be free.

 

John reluctantly got up from his bed, moving over to his bathroom, and quickly performed the basic hygiene essentials… but not before stumbling through the mess of an apartment he called home.

 

"Work won't let me off," said John, reaching for a pre-made piece of toast that lay on the kitchen counter, "Just because I want to have a fat morning..." He placed the toast onto a plate. "At least tomorrow will be free."

 

John Wish was a stable man, with a stable life and a stable income. His time, however, was anything but stable. He always took on extra hours and almost never worked from home… so his home would, at times, look almost as if it had been ransacked the previous night.

 

John stepped over a pile of papers- their purpose forgotten a long time ago- and entered his living room once again to check the calendar to see what he was supposed to do today. 

 

"Let's see… June 22nd... deliveries for the red and green districts, and a repair in the yellow district… Wait, that was yesterday… June 23rd… “Meeting with Manager.” He paused, staring at the calendar. "Well at least I’ll be back home soon… I just hope he doesn’t disapprove of my work... I’m barely making rent as it is."

 

John stepped over to the door, opening it, as he grabbed his coat. He turned back- for the briefest of moments- to his messy apartment. 


“Man," He shook his head. "I wish I had a roommate… maybe they could help me with rent.”

 

John stepped through the door, locking it shut behind him, and the apartment was empty once again... empty, except for the faintest of whispers in the wind. The faintest of whispers... whispers that grew louder and louder...

 

"Wish... granted..."

---------------------------------------------------

 

Arriving back home, John was content. The meeting had gone shockingly well, and, miraculously, he had gotten a slight raise in pay... it wouldn't mean much... he could afford a bit more free time if he wanted it... but what would he do with that? 

 

John's mind halted, however, as he saw that the door to his apartment was ever so slightly ajar. He touched the doorknob, and the door pushed open, creaking into the emptiness of his apartment. 

 

"I thought I locked it… didn’t I?"

 

But as the door opened, John was met with true horror. His once-messy apartment... was clean?

 

“I was waiting for you to get back.”

 

The child-like voice echoed inside of John's head, but he saw no one who could even say anything in the first place… Where had that come from?

 

“Who are you?” 

 

“I'm me, silly! I was waiting for you to get back.”

 

John hesitantly stepped foot into his apartment as he talked. “And who are you? Last I checked, I was the only one in this house, and I left the door closed.”

 

“Oh, me?” A figure did a few laps around the area before stopping in front of John. “I’m Jirachi!" The little creature grinned. "...And I’ll be your roommate going forward!”

 

The name immediately stuck out to John. Jirachi... it was the wish-granter. A myth. And it was floating in front of him, seemingly content with living with him. Something wasn't adding up. 

 

“And why are you so intent on being my roommate?”

 

Jirachi floated up towards a very high cabinet. “Because you wished for it, you dummy. I’ve been up here the entire time..." Jirachi yawned. "...just asleep.”

 

Confronted with a local Mythical, who had been soundly asleep in his apartment for who knows how many years, there was only one way John was going to be able to respond to anything that was going on.

 

He promptly passed out.

 

“WHY MUST THEY ALL DO THIS-”

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

And so marked the beginning of John’s tenure with the Mythicals. Over time, more would become involved, to the point where now, John would question where he would have been had he not accidentally woken Jirachi up with that wish. 

 

"...If only a single one of them helped pay rent."

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 2: Innovative Paperwork Management

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John sighed, tossing his pen onto the stack of paperwork at his foot. He leaned back, exhausted.

“This sucks. I don’t know who in management loves giving us this much work, but at least half of this could have been done by the unpaid interns.” Jirachi nodded, but John could tell the pokemon was really listening. “You know, I just wish I didn’t have to do this busywork sometimes-“ He paused, a slow dread building. “Oh no. No no wait I didn’t-“

It was too late. “Sure thing, buddy! ” Jirachi’s third eye opened- and with a blinding flash of heat and choking smoke John was thrown from his chair and onto the hard floor.

Staggering to his feet with a groan, John could only look in despair at the scorched tabletop where his very important paperwork had been sitting just moments before.

“My boss is going to kill me.”

Notes:

Written by RichardSullivan

Chapter 3: A Mew Roommate

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The circumstances of the incident didn’t matter, ultimately. John didn’t even want to remember the awful confluence of hubris, divine incompetence, and cotton candy that had led to their current, singed status, nor did he care. He was done with this.

“Get out of my house.”

“Hey! You can’t do that!” Jirachi pouted where he was- to his slight credit- cleaning up the sticky mess that had gotten everywhere. “I’m your roommate! You can’t just kick me out!”

John sighed in long-wearied annoyance. “You’re my roommate because you invited yourself into my house and didn’t take no for an answer. I haven’t seen a single poke of rent from you. If you paid up, then all of this-" he pulled a hand through his hair, trailing long strands of syrupy sweetness as he pulled back- “wouldn’t have happened.” There was a long minute of uncomfortable silence between them, broken only by the repetitive scrape of their cleaning tools. “This sucks. I just wish I had another roommate.”

Jirachi froze, eyes wide. John paled.

Oh no-" 

With a bright flash of light a small, adorable, and very pink cat thing flopped into the middle of the mess. It- Mew, and John was almost too exhausted to be shocked- floated into the air, a frustrated glare firmly affixed onto the wish-granting Pokemon.

“Bloody hell, mate. Give a lad some warning before you relocate their place of residence. Oh, and the human.” The god cat turned to stare unblinkingly at him for an interminable moment before it looked away. “Nice to meet you, I suppose.”

A thin film of psychic power wrenched the entire mess from the wall. And the floor… and his hair- really, everywhere, compacting it into a small ball before Mew incinerated it to the sweet scent of burning sugar and victory. John shook off the vestiges of stunned despair for hope- that maybe having Mew around wouldn’t be too bad…

A week later, staring at the bill in his hands, he was starting to get the feeling that Jirachi wasn’t alone amongst Mythicals when it came to not understanding the concept of rent.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 4: Who Even Needs Windows Anyways?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The AC was broken, which- combined with Hoenn’s sweltering summertime heat- was the perfect recipe for abject misery. Splayed out on the plush, luckily so far undamaged couch, John internally cursed the poor look that had led the appliance to malfunction. “It’s so stuffy in here! Why can’t we open a window?”

Mew looked up from where he was working on- an impossibly complex genetic genesis beyond the ken of mortal minds or whatnot- before glancing back down.

“The landlord nailed ‘em shut mate. Gimme a half hour to finish this, and I’ll get on it.” 

“Oh. Uh, thanks, then?” There was probably something odd with having god offer to do house repairs, but he filed it away with all the other ‘living with Mythicals’ weirdness. The question had been rhetorical- John had been well aware of their landlord’s idiocy- but the mere hope proffered made the wait almost interminably worse. “It’ll be nice to have those working…”

Jirachi floated into the room, blearily holding onto his blanket as he raided the fridge for breakfast Poffins. “What’re we talking about? Sorry… ” he yawned widely, blinking with all three eyes. “Missed the start of the conversation.”

Mew didn’t even glance up from his work. “Windows, mate.”

“Oh, that’d be nice. It’s kinda hot in here, isn’t it? Having those windows open will be great! While you’re at it, can you get the one in my bedroom? With the roof access it’ll be like having a little balcony!”

And now he was thinking about balconies, and any thoughts along those lines invariably led back to the old family house. He’d loved that place, nestled out in the country…

“A balcony would be great. I’ll have to stop by your room when that’s done.” He sighed, the fleeting memories banished by the uncomfortably stifling air. “Gah. I just wish the apartment was a bit more open, you know-“

Mate!” Mew groaned squeakily, dropping his head onto the table, and it was only then John realized what he’d done.

He chuckled nervously, backing away from where Jirachi had frozen in midair. “I didn’t mean that, right? We can just forget I ever said anything and-“

Jirachi exploded.

Well, at least when the dust settled and the wind swept through the newly blasted hole in the side of the house,  John couldn’t deny the airflow was a bit better in the end.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 5: Mew Nye the Science Guy

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew was cute. That was so far past mere opinion that it was close to being a scientific paradigm around which the research community speculated on the overall cuteness of Pokemon- which, John had found out in a series of several elucidating conversations with Celebi, was an actual science. Just- it was a fact of life, and one John knew more intimately than most.

Given the general aura of innocent cuteness around the god-kitten, it was always disconcerting for John to stumble across whatever unspeakable horror beyond the ken of mankind that had occupied Mew’s corner of the garage. Or the hall. Or- in several nausea-inducing and breakfast-reducing incidents- the kitchen table.

It was no different this time, as John stepped out of his room with a tired yawn to greet the early dawn and the coffee he desperately needed in order to catch the bus to work- and froze, appetite abandoned- as he caught sight of the irregularly pulsating mass of glistening-

Nope. He shut his eyes, biting back a wave of sudden sickness. “What in distortion is that!?”

“Good question…” The cat hummed thoughtfully, which- again, criminally cute- before a squelching sound thoroughly eliminated the rest of John’s appetite. With prejudice. “I was testing some of the Wormadam disease resistance genes in Cyclizar- bit of a spitball experiment, I know, but I figured the Bug-Grass mix would give a bit more stability than the Hydreigon sample.”

“...I understood none of that.”

John got the distinct impression that Mew was shrugging… he’d really lived with these crazy Pokemon far too long if he was starting to guess their reactions. “Eh, vivo experiments are a toss-up anyways. I’d say eyes shut, but you’ve already got that one covered.” 

There was a flash of heat and a dull thud from beyond a psychic shield, and when John tentatively cracked open his eyes, only a greasy smear and a bit of drifting soot remained where the abominable existence once… gooped. It smelled unfairly good, too, like someone had seared a juicy, delicious steak in the apartment in preparation of the type of fancy dinner he really couldn’t afford.

The mixed signals he was getting came to a diplomatic agreement, and John dry-heaved an empty stomach up onto the floor.

By the time he got home, he was still somewhat nauseous, though the lukewarm sushi corporate got for them at work probably had something to do with that. Still, he was far too exhausted to notice or… care…

“Mew. What is that in the sink?”

The cat poked at the… thing attached to the faucet. “Dunno, mate. Good question.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 6: Boring Names and How To Fix Them

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John was beginning to think a great many things about letting Jirachi stick around, and not all of them were positive. Among those not so friendly thoughts that lay in John’s mind was the fact that Jirachi, despite being asleep, was still somehow better than him at videogames.

“Okay, you seriously could not have predicted that! Your eyes aren’t even open!”

 

Despite Jirachi sitting there, completely despondent to all that was going on around him, John could see the hint of a smile growing on the Mythical’s face. He groaned, going back to the game the two were playing, only to find that Jirachi had already beaten him again. He let his head hang back on his chair, defeated, as Jirachi, without another sound, dropped the controller and flew off to the kitchen for more snacks. 

 

John released a sigh. “It’s at times like these where I wish I had a different roommate.” 

 

John’s eyes widened as he realized what he just said. He whirled around, glancing over the back of his chair to find Jirachi having stopped entirely, floating completely still in front of the wide-open fridge. Jirachi’s third eye opened, and with a waggle of his finger, a portal appeared directly above John, depositing something hard onto his head. 

 

John fell out of his chair, landing onto the floor. As he rubbed his head, he glanced down to find a small green Pokemon deposited at his feet. It had a bulbous head, large black eyes, small wings, and two antennae sticking out of its forehead. It too rubbed its head, cracking its eyes open as it glanced around, confused, only to land on John. It fluttered upwards, staring at the human with a look of confusion on its face, one that was shared by John himself. 

 

“...Human… who are you?”

 

John gulped. “I’m… uh… John. John Middleton.”

 

The mysterious Pokemon puts its hands on its hips. “John Middleton? What kind of a boring name is that?” The Pokemon smiled. “I’m Celebi by the way. You might know me by a variety of names, ranging from “The Time Traveler” to “Green Thumb” to “Voice of the Forests” to “Annoying Onion-Head,” She paused. "...though that last one is reserved for friends only.” 

 

“Oh, uh, well…”

 

Celebi peered past John, her face immediately relaxing upon seeing who was behind him. She facepalmed as she fluttered over to the wish granter, who was busy raiding the fridge for some snacks. 

 

“Yeah, okay, so Mr. Boring Name, why is Jirachi here?”

 

John shrugged. “He fell asleep in my house and decided he wanted to live here.”

 

Celebi released a sigh. “Sounds like something he’d do.” 

 

The time traveler glanced around the apartment, fluttering over to various points of interest as she continued to mutter comments under her breath. After a few minutes of John watching the whole affair- interspersed by Jirachi munching on candy bars- Celebi flew right up to John, excited.

 

“Okay, okay, so I know you probably don’t want another roomie, buuuuuuutttt-

 

“You want to live here too?”

 

“Yep!” Celebi squealed, twirling in mid-air. “It’s the kind of down to earth place that I’ve been looking for!” 

 

John scratched his head. “Well, you can stay, I guess, just please-”

 

“Yes!” Celebi spun around John excitedly. “Thank you thank you thank you thank you-”

 

Celebi suddenly stopped, absentmindedly staring at John. She peered into his eyes, and John felt slightly unnerved, for her eyes were quickly growing more devious by the second.

 

Celebi shook her head. “Yeah, no, not doing this.”

 

“Not doing what?”

 

“I’m not living with someone whose name is this generic. Gimme a second.” 

 

A glowing green portal appeared behind Celebi, and she flew into it. Exactly one second later, she re-emerged from it, extremely tired. She landed on John’s lap, lying there, wiping sweat off of her brow.

 

“What happened?”

 

Celebi looked at John, seemingly just realizing he was there. “Good news or bad news?” 

 

“Uh…" He scratched his head. "I guess good news?” 

 

“Good news is that you have a cooler last name now." She avoided eye contact with John. "Bad news is that I couldn’t get the first name changed and you may now be siblings with a Bombirdier.” 

 

“I’m what-”

 

Celebi got up, still somewhat weak, as she smiled. “Don’t worry about it. I’ve done what I needed to, John Wish.” 

 

Celebi winked, and without missing a beat, immediately flew up to a nearby shelf. She lay down on it, resting her head on a bookcase. 

 

“Gonna conk out a little now. Double check your birth certificate just in case I accidentally changed some things I didn’t mean to." She closed her eyes. "Night, Mr. Wish.”

 

Before John could respond, Celebi immediately dozed off to sleep, her snores audible throughout the apartment. He stared at the little Pokemon incredulously as Jirachi flew into the room, a box of popcorn in hand. His eyes now open, he eyed John curiously.

 

“Oh, hey John. Didn’t miss anything, did I?”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 7: Just Your Average Grocery Run

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Alright, I’m going down to the store, you guys need anything?”

 

John lived a modest life, and that was a life John was perfectly alright with. Of course, having several Mythical Pokemon as his roommates meant that he needed to expand his budget slightly, but even beyond that, he needed to ensure he got food that they liked. He really didn’t want a repeat of the Mew-Ramen incident. 

 

“Make sure to get gummy fish!” yelled Jirachi, who was levitating in front of the open refrigerator. "Lots and lots of gummy fish!"

 

“Yes! Lots of gummy fish!" Mew poked his head around the corner. "But none of the weird flavored ones!”

 

“Oh can it Mew, it’s not my fault you hate the yellow ones!”

 

“The yellow ones are too sour for my taste buds, mate!”

 

Jirachi pouted. “You literally eat construction paper when you get “the nibbles,” I will not be hearing about your picky taste buds right now-”

 

John deciding that the bickering was something he didn't quite need to involve himself in, began to turn towards the door. His hand neared the door handle, but as it did, the argument went silent, and John felt a looming presence behind him. John gulped, and as he turned around, he found none other than Mew and Jirachi, staring straight into his face. Their eyes peered into his, unbending and fueled by the fires of lustful want. John nervously chuckled, but neither of the Pokemon looked amused.

 

“John.” Jirachi giggled. "I'm coming with you."

 

“And so am I!” Mew crossed his arms, pouting. “We take gummy fish very seriously in this household!” 

 

John snorted. “Hah, you guys wish you could come with-”

 

John paled, and Jirachi simply snickered.

 

“I do wish for that, actually!” Jirachi waggled his finger, his third eye opening. Though nothing seemed to happen, Jirachi was much more upbeat. “And now I’m coming with you, no matter what!”

 

“...And what’s going to happen if I make you stay behind?”

 

A portal opened up behind Mew and Jirachi, and from it came Celebi, who landed headfirst into the kitchen counter. She groggily got up, shaking her head, but her eyes widened in terror as the jaws of a Gyarados lunged after her. It fired a Hydro Pump, blasting a hole in the counter; Celebi angrily yelled at the Pokemon, ramming into it back as the portal snapped shut behind them. Though all three of the trio at the door were surprised, both Mew and Jirachi took a certain great pride in what had just occurred. John sighed. 

 

“Fine, you two can come with, but you're both repairing that when we’re back.” 

 

-------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Your total order comes out to around twenty-thousand Poke, sir.”

 

“Seriously, twenty thousand Poke?” Mew pouted. “This isn’t even the good stuff!”

 

John was internally regretting all of his life decisions. He had gotten the basic groceries, but those groceries seemed to be slowly and consistently growing exponentially. Before John knew it, he had piles and piles of gummy fish labelled, in pen, either “For Mew” or “For Jirachi.” Of course, this counted as "damaging the goods," so whether he wanted to or not, John found himself obligated to pay for all of it anyways. 

 

John handed his cash, somewhat reluctantly, to the lady manning the till, as Jirachi and Mew engaged in a mock slap fight in the hood of his sweatshirt. The lady chuckled at the two Pokemon’s antics as she put the money into the register.

 

“Are those two your Pokemon? I can’t say I’ve ever seen them before," Mew bit one of Jirachi's tags, causing the other Mythical to get a good hit in on Mew's face. "...but they must be a handful.”

 

John sighed. “Trust me, you have no idea.”

 

The lady chuckled. “Man, I wish I had Pokemon who were as fun as that.”

 

John paled in horror. Slowly, he creaked his head around to find Jirachi, third eye open and waiting, staring at the lady with a look of pure and utter neutrality on his face. Mew’s eyes looked like those of someone who had seen the face of death. 

 

“You..." Jirachi smiled. "...wish ?” 

 

“Jirachi, please, for the love of all that is holy-”

 

Jirachi waggled his finger, and without any warning, a large mass of bodies tumbled out of a portal and directly onto the poor lady manning the cash register. The first of these forms immediately leapt onto the counter. It resembled a massive Jigglypuff, and it glanced around with terror in its eyes. The next shape emerged moments later, resembling a deformed Amoonguss. John could barely make out the face behind its leafy overhang as the third presence made itself known. The Salamence-shaped Pokemon roared angrily, and its screams rung in John's ears.

 

“Jirachi…" John stared on in horror. "...what are those?”

 

Jirachi shook his head. “I genuinely have no idea. Mew?”

 

Jirachi turned his head, only to find that Mew had already left the "safety" of John’s hoodie. The pair of them frantically looked around, only to find Mew running out of the door of the shop, a bag of gummy fish hastily held in his grip. John looked back to Jirachi, who simply shrugged.

 

“You already paid for your food, right?” 

 

John raised an eyebrow. “...Yeah, what about-”

 

The Not-Salamence roared at them once more, and Jirachi began to urgently tug on John’s neck.

 

“...Then I think we should leave before we reach our expiry date!”

 

The Not-Salamence began to charge a powerful glowing glob of energy in its maw, and John took that as a sign to immediately leave. By the time he snatched his purchases and began to run, a Flamethrower scorched the floor where he had been standing. 

 

“How are we going to deal with this!?”

 

Jirachi shrugged. “Simple, we don’t.”

 

John squinted his eyes incredulously. “What!?”

 

“It’ll sort itself out, trust me.”

 

John rolled his eyes. “Yeah, you wish.”

 

“I do wish for that, actually!” 

 

Jirachi’s third eye opened as he waggled his finger, and suddenly, the Not-Salamence stopped growling. It looked around, confused, as it eyed the two other Pokemon and the cashier, who was getting up from the ground. Jirachi smirked. 

 

Jirachi pridefully dusted his hands. “And our work here is done. Come on, let’s go before we have to pay for the damages.”

 

John glared at Jirachi incredulously. “So you do understand paying for things!”

 

All John got out of Jirachi was a whistle as the Mythical decided to take a good, long, look at the ceiling. John sighed. 

 

“Well I’ll be sure to hold that to you next time rent’s due.” He glanced at the door. “Now so long as nothing else happens, we should be good to go-”

 

“Incomingggggg-”

 

How time travelers had such a bad sense of timing was beyond John’s understanding. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 8: Insurance, Amirite?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John stared blankly at an unfolded piece of mail on their just-repaired table, the assorted mythicals that were his roommates looking over his shoulder as he read it out. " Valued member. In regards to your actions on the thirteenth of February and the resulting insurance claim of 1,279,950 poke for damages against Hoenn PokeMart Co., PokeInsurance cannot fulfill the request, and requires Member John Wish to pay in full under clause 12.1 ver. 3 exempting the company from damages caused by 'divine intervention or any other deific interference.' We apologize for the inconvenience .”

Everyone- slowly - turned to glare at Jirachi, who was looking decidedly uncomfortable. "Uh, well." He wrung his hands nervously. " Fuck .”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 9: Back to the Workplace

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Drat! I missed my alarm!”

 

John looked at his alarm clock incredulously. Normally, he set it to seven-thirty as a wake up time, but the alarm hadn’t triggered when he needed it to, and he had slept past that point to nine o’ clock. He wasn’t going to be keeping his job with a tardy that hefty, let alone make it anywhere close to being on time to work.

 

The full weight of losing his job hadn’t quite settled in yet, and he heaved back onto his bed, tired beyond belief. He looked around, noticing that his home phone was beeping with a notification for a missed call, but John was too tired to check it. To him, it was another spam caller, and that was certainly not going to help him now.

 

It was then, however, that he felt the drop of crumbs on his face and the sound of crunching above him. He got up, finding Celebi hovering above him, munching on cookies. 

 

“Bad night? Tell me about it.” She munched a cookie, dripping a swarm of crumbs into John’s hair. “I once had a dream where Jirachi was there, and lemme tell you, you’d be making wishes to get rid of him if you had to deal with that. No peace, I swear-”

 

“Celebi, not right now.” 

 

John covered his face with his hands, exasperated beyond belief. Celebi cocked her head, confused. 

 

“Something up Mr. Wish boy?” She chewed on her food briefly, gulping as it went down her throat. “Cause lemme tell you, if it’s anything like the ceiling, it’ll be-”

 

“I missed my alarm, and I’m so late to work that I’ll be out of a job by tomorrow.” 

 

“Well that’s no problem!” Celebi smiled, scarfing down her last cookie like an unfed Munchlax. “I can just take you back in time! That way, you were never late to work in the first place!”

 

John got up, slightly hopeful. “You’re serious?”

Celebi cheerfully nodded. “Yep! I do it all the time, so you can trust me! Just tell me when and where and I can get you there in a jiffy!”

 

She winked, doing a mid-air figure eight as John watched, awestruck. He barely even had to mull the decision over. 

 

“Great! Let's do that then!” 

 

Celebi, without pausing, ripped open a portal as casually as she breathed. 


“Alrighty then, where are we going?” 

 

“Uh, my workplace… about an hour and a half ago.”

 

Celebi nodded, moving her arms around like a magician as the portal slightly rippled along its edges. Once John finished his statement, Celebi’s portal briefly flashed as she flew back a step. 

 

“Ready to go?”

 

John nodded, and Celebi breathed in. 

 

“Alright, on three. One… two… three!”

 

Celebi flew into the portal, and John leaped in after her. The experience of the portal was strange for John, as within a flash of light, he suddenly hit some hard ground. His eyes took their time steadying themselves once more, his stomach feeling far more worse for wear than before. As his eyes adjusted to the environment, he quickly realized one small detail.


…He was fairly certain his workplace didn’t contain this much grass.

 

“Hey, uh, John… I may have overshot a little.”

 

John got up, finding that the two were in an overgrown clearing, with a bright blue sky blaring above them. The sunlight shone down like an oppressive force, contrasting with the deep dark shade of the tangle of massive trees around them. From afar, he could spy a volcano, lava pouring out of its crater. A humid smell hung in the air, one that made John feel uneasy. 

 

“You think? Where even are we right now?”

 

Celebi fluttered about the clearing, briefly smelling an overgrown flower, recoiling from shock only a moment later. She squinted at the sky, sniffing the air slightly.

 

“I’d like to say…” She clicked her tongue a few times. “Late cretaceous era?” 

 

John incredulously looked at Celebi, who nervously chuckled, shrugging. 

 

“Lemme patch up my portal real quick and we can get back to where we needed to go, must have accidentally plugged something in wrong somewhere.”

 

Celebi opened another tear, but as soon as she did, the two heard a roar, and they both instinctively paled, primeval horror entering their souls. They turned to find none other than a Tyrantrum, easily as tall as the towering trees, entered the clearing: and it didn’t look friendly. 

 

It snarled at the pair, and both of them quickly glanced at each other as Celebi began to hastily alter the portal she was working on. Tyrantrum bared its fangs, charging at the two as Celebi hastily grabbed John and leapt through her portal. 

 

In a flash and another stomach churning experience, the pair wound up landing on cold metal, but no sooner had John recognized where he was had Celebi begun to panickedly construct another portal. 

 

“Celebi… where-”

“We may have gone a smidge too far forward-”

Mechanical clinking entered their ears, but so did the roars of Tyrantrum. The pair slowly turned their heads to find Tyrantrum behind them, huffing as it looked down at their weakened forms. As soon as it did, however, its attention was grabbed by something else; the strange mechanical noises coming from the darkness of where they were. John noticed the broken down fluorescent lighting humming above, the ruins of the obviously ancient Pokemon Center, the purely mechanical world surrounding him- all too late. 

 

From the shadows emerged what appeared to be a Hydreigon, except unlike a Hydreigon, it was glowing, its metallic body reflecting what little light Celebi’s portal casted and its own strange lava lamp-like liquid creating a foreign glow in the darkened building. It roared, its cries interlaced with mechanical crackling, as it launched an attack at Tyrantrum, who leapt over John to ensnare the Not-Hydreigon in its jaws.

 

“Come on, let’s go go go!”

 

Within a flash, John hit the hard cement of the ground, and after a brief momentary pause to get his bearings, he looked around, finding that he was right outside his work, just where he was meant to be. 


Unfortunately, Tyrantrum and Not-Hydreigon came with him. 

 

“Celebi! Can’t you send them back!?” 

 

“Not while they’re fighting! It could easily mess a lot more up than just leaving them be.” 

 

Not-Hydreigon fired off a Dark Pulse, which knocked it out of Tyrantrum’s grasp. Tyrantrum rushed forward, attempting to headbutt the Not-Hydreigon, but the mechanical robot dodged the attack, causing the dinosaur to knock itself into John’s workplace. Both he and Celebi winced from afar. 

 

Not-Hydreigon, glancing around, decided it did not want to continue the battle, and flew away from the scene of the crime. Tyrantrum, on the other hand, gave chase, leaping over the buildings in its way as it continued to hunt down Not-Hydreigon. 

 

John and Celebi simply stood there, blinking, as some of his coworkers exited the building, one of them spotted John, waving from afar as they rushed up to him.

 

“John! Did you see that!? That was a-”

 

“Yep, I saw.”

“Man… it’s a shame that the Tyrantrum destroyed all of that building over there.” His coworker sighed. “Guess we’re off work today.” 

 

As his coworker sauntered off, Celebi lightly nudged John in the shoulder, diverting his attention away from the decimated building in front of him. 

 

“Yeah, so, I went forward to check something, and you remember the missed call on your phone? Yeah, that was your work, telling you that you had the day off because a Tyrantrum plowed through the building.” 

 

John sighed. “Somedays, I need a vacation.”

 

Celebi giggled. “Well, you certainly have one now!”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 10: Mew's Crush

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“You think that Indeedee down the road likes me?”

 

“Huh?”

 

Mew had an interesting habit: whenever he wasn’t busy working on genetic abominations or pigging out on snacks, he had a tendency to just longingly stare out the window, as if trying to study what was through it. John had just assumed Mew was bored, but it seemed like that guess was incorrect.

 

“You know that Indeedee that lives a couple of buildings down? You think she likes me?”

 

“Mew, neither of us have ever interacted with that Pokemon before.”

 

“Yeah, but, consider this: every time I’m walking down the road, she keeps staring at me with this curious look in her eye. Is that not a look of long repressed feelings?”

 

“I think you’ve been watching too many rom-coms. She’s probably looking at you funny because you’re the literal progenitor of all species out there.” John paused. “Wow. I am only just now comprehending that as I say it out loud.”

 

Mew shrugged. “Hey, why else do you think I make things? Making new species doesn’t happen overnight, you know.”

 

John snorted. “Well, what are you trying to work on next?”

 

“Well, you know how you and Celebi brought back that cool robot Hydreigon a while ago? The one that keeps showing up in the cryptid hunting channels?”

“Yeah, what about it?”

 

“I thought making some robots could be cool.”

 

John paused, mulling it over. “How does that even work? Like-”

“I have no idea how it’ll work, but it’s cool, so I’m working with it.” Mew sighed, leaning on his arm as he continued to stare outside the window. “Do you think Indeedee likes robots?”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 11: Explosions Solve Everything

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirachi had just woken up from the most delightful of naps; it was a shame he had to deal with the least delightful of incidents after the fact.

“You mean you won’t lend money to your poor old mother!? You wound me, John!”

“Mom, I’m barely getting by on rent, I can’t-”

“I should have just left you on the streets to die if I had known you were this selfish! Insolent child!”

“Mom-”

The sound of a loud hanging up sound played from the kitchen. Jirachi wasn’t quite sure what he had heard, but if there was one thing he knew, it was that John’s mother was someone he already didn’t like. 

“Heya Johnny boy, what’s poppin?” 

John recoiled, hastily hiding his phone in his pocket. 

“Oh, uh, nothing! Don’t worry about a thing, Jirachi, I-”

“Do you want me to do something about your mom?” Jirachi pondered to himself. “I could make her nicer, I could make you meaner, I could kill-”

John hastily waved his hands around. “Jirachi, no! I am not doing any of that.” He sighed. “I just wish I didn’t have to hear her yell obscenities through the phone every-” John’s eyes widened in terror. “Jirachi-”

“Wish granted!”

As the sound of a muffled explosion exited his pocket, John began to wonder why things never seemed to work out sometimes.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 12: You Get Used To It

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John might have hated his job, but that didn’t mean he had to hate his coworkers . After all, they were stuck in administrative hell right alongside him. They didn’t often get the chance to meet outside of work, but a balmy day like this, off work for some minor corporate holiday, and- most importantly- apartment assuredly empty, was too good an opportunity to pass up.

Samantha sipped tiredly on the coffee that’d cost a depressingly large portion of her paycheck, reclining in one of the plush chairs as they enjoyed the weather from the balcony. “Damn, kid.” She was at maximum five years older than him, but she’d called him that in his intern days and the nickname stuck. “How in distortion did you afford this? These chairs are just-“ she settled back further into her seat, blowing a fake kiss in pretentious mockery of kalosians . “Mwah. Amazing.”

John chuckled softly. “One of my roommates got ‘em. They don’t pay rent, but god damn do they pull through sometimes.” 

His coworker leaned forward, eyes sparking in interest. “ Really? You know, I hear about these roommates a lot. Maybe you could… tell me about them?” For a second there Samantha looked the picture of perfect innocence, before the imploring face was replaced by a tired laugh.

A nervous chuckle was all he could give in return. “You wouldn’t believe me if I did. Trust me, I wish I could tell you, but-“ his face suddenly paled considerably. “ Damnit… uh, here's hoping…” he waited a few seconds, then sighed in relief, completely missing Samantha’s befuddled expression. “I think we’re good.”

Huh, just caught that one! Glad I set an alarm… and- there we go!” John didn’t even get the chance to curse before he was buried by a pile of mythicals like so many stuffed animals.

“Celebi? Mew? Jirachi? Why did you teleport yourself? ” John didn’t even listen to the response, because he knew it would be some variation of ‘because it was funny.’ “And who are you? ” He picked up the floppy blue pokemon, holding it out in front of him like he would a particularly scrungly cat. “Wait, Mew was telling me about… Manaphy?” The blue thing nodded vigorously. “You don’t even live here, though?”

Jirachi giggled as he floated off him, shaking his head in an innocent-but-actually-totally-ominous sort of way. “ I thought I’d grab us another friend while we’re all here! ” Again, John didn’t need to ask why.

…it was a bit funny. Mostly watching Mew look like he wanted to pull his hair out at the irreverent steel-type’s inefficient wish granting. “Sorry about this.” He set Manaphy down, though the comment wasn’t for her alone. “I’d say they’re not usually like this…” but they were usually like this.

“What. The…” Samantha worked her mouth in wordless, slack-jawed astonishment for almost a minute before she snapped it shut, taking a stiff swig of her coffee. “Legendaries above-“ she grimaced at the poor word choice, mostly because Mew and Celebi were, in fact, above them. “Damn… you were right. You were very right. There’s no way I would have believed this without seeing it. You know, I don’t know if I believe it while seeing it.”

John shrugged, studiously ignoring the apocalyptically powerful psychic attack that Mew was carefully aiming towards the oblivious Jirachi. “Eh…” Jirachi squeaked in surprise as he was sent rocketing skyward with a bang . “You get used to it…“ somewhere far down the street, a car alarm went off- “eventually.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 13: I-lex You a Question, Who Won?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A day off was just what John needed. There was a museum he had been dying to visit, and this sudden bout of free time allowed him to do just that. It was a fun romp… or well, it would’ve  been, if it weren’t for a certain time traveler doing her very best to correct all of the mistakes in the museum. 

“That one is not historically accurate… seriously, I was there for that, they erected those pillars out of boredom, not out of- Oh now that one’s just criminal!”

John sighed. He was just thankful that Mew hadn’t also chosen to accompany him… he had a sneaking suspicion the little pink cat would be trying his best to point out all of the historical inaccuracies in the dinosaur fossils-

“Seriously!? How do they mess up that badly!?” 

John looked over to Celebi, who had fluttered over to a tapestry depicting a variety of Mythical Pokemon. Though the many Mythicals John knew of were of a remarkably life-like quality, there was one small error that was irking Celebi to no end.

“Why am I pink!? I’m green! Green!” 

Celebi cried in anguish in front of the tapestry, gaining a few concerned looks from other museum visitors. John facepalmed, continuing to watch the little Mythical continue to make a scene.

“I know exactly who did this!” The time traveler’s face was filled with a vengeful fury, one which John had never seen before. “My sworn rival from epochs ago! I shall make sure she-”

“Au contraire.” 

Celebi and John whirled their heads around, finding another Celebi leaning casually on a statue of the Legendary Dragon-Type Pokemon, Zekrom. Unlike the Celebi John knew, this one was pink, and appeared to be very unamused. 

“My sworn rival!” Celebi’s fists balled up. “I shall destroy you Pinky!”
“Pinky’s” face scrunched up in anger. “I told you not to call me that, onionhead.”

“You have an onion head too! You can’t talk!”


“Is that really the best you can do?” Pinky shrugged. “No matter. I’ve just come to announce that this will be my final victory. This museum shall be your tomb, onionhead.” 

Celebi smirked. “Oh, and how will you accomplish that?”

Pinky grinned, tapping the Zekrom statue. “Well, you see, I went back in time, and I decided to have a little chat with the sculptor of this statue…” She lay upon its head, soothingly stroking the statue. “And I made him add a few special features!” 

Pinky leapt off the statue, which began to come to life. The statue roared, crackling with electricity. Pinky laughed maniacally, but she was cut off by the statue attempting to slash at her. She blinked, confused.

Celebi began to chuckle ominously. “You fool… did you really think I didn’t notice your presence? As soon as I got here, I immediately went back to an even further point, and I bribed the sculptor of that statue, so it would always attack pink Celebi, not green ones!”

“Or so you thought.”

Celebi’s face paled, as Pinky grinned. 

“You see, I predicted that you would predict my presence, so I went even further back in time, and I bribed the sculptor first. Say hello to Zekrom lightning!” 

The statue flared to life, charging at Celebi with reckless abandon. Despite the hurtling statue, Celebi simply stood there, letting the statue arrive. Suddenly, it stopped dead in its tracks, Celebi staring at it apathetically, as it began to release a soothing pink aura. Celebi stretched, putting her arms behind her head as she relaxed. 

“Ah… now that hits the spot. You see, Pinky, I predicted that you would predict my prediction, and thus, I went back in time to an even earlier point, and I made certain that the sculptor removed the weaponry in favor of more… relaxing side effects.”


“Oho, but there’s one thing you’ve forgotten.” Pinky waggled a finger. “I made certain to predict that you would predict me predicting your prediction, and as a result, I went slightly further back in time. Statue, kaboom time!”

The Zekrom statue flared to life, its eyes glowing red, as it roared, but the glow died down immediately as its power went dormant. Celebi snickered.

“You fool, Pinky! You see-”

The two Celebi continued to bicker, constantly working on upstaging each other, as John lay lying down asleep on one of the museum benches. He had only one prediction before going to nap, and that was that their semantics would take an infinitely long enough amount of time to get over and done with.

And fortunately enough for John, he was completely right.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 14: Wish Fulfillment

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Celebi was no stranger to the weirder aspects of time travel. You’d expect that anyone who went to the effort to send a message across space and time would do so only for the most extenuating of circumstances, but- subject to the horrible world of non-causal trolling as she was, Celebi knew the distressing reality of the matter. All that was to say- whoever was pinging her better have a damn good reason, or else her first would rapidly find itself educating their face on proper time travel etiquette.

She disappeared with a chime, tunneling through time until she reached the call’s origin. If she saw right, then it’d been bounced off some particularly clever vectors from near the present, displacing it a thousand years in the past and halfway across the…

The gently shimmering pink of an all too familiar crystal winked beneath the ancient night sky, and Celebi couldn’t help but smile wryly at the sight. “Clever. Very clever.” She grabbed the crystal shot of across the region that would one day be known as Hoenn, gently depositing it in what- a thousand years in the future- would be the foundation to a set of low income apartments. 

She didn’t stick around long, disappearing once more into the infinity of time. “Well played, Jirachi, well played…”

It was only two days after the fact, when a certain museum visit went sour (in a particularly pink onion flavor) that she realized exactly what she’d signed up for.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 15: The Aquarium Incident

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John had discovered that Manaphy was the quiet sort of Pokemon. Unlike the other Mythicals he lived with, Manaphy was one who didn’t say much. In fact, John couldn’t recall a single time that Manaphy had ever uttered a single vocalization at all. For a while, John had thought she was mute, or perhaps openly despised being trapped in the apartment. 

 

At least, that was until the quadruplet had begun to install a fish tank. 

 

“What in the name of all that’s sacred are you guys doing!?”

 

There had been a bit of a leak downstairs, so John had come to see what was up. Unfortunately for John, he was not expecting one of his spare storage rooms to be flooded. 

 

Jirachi cocked his head. “Well, technically, we’re considered sacred, so we don’t have to explain anything to you.”

 

Mew cheered. “But we’re going to do that anyway!” Mew kicked some glass that was floating in the water. “We were trying to construct a fish tank, and-”

 

John sighed. He had no idea how they were competent enough to have water defy physics and not leave the room, yet not have the competency to make a simple fish tank, but there they were, in that exact situation. 

 

“Look, how are you all this painfully incompetent?”

 

Mew nervously scratched his head. “Well… uh…”

Celebi nervously chuckled, grasping the miraculously dry instructions. “We um… we kind of…”

Jirachi whistled anxiously. “Came across a few difficulties…”

 

John incredulously stared at the Mythicals, the true horror of this situation dawning upon him.

 

“...Do none of you know how to read?”

 

The three Mythicals sheepishly averted their eyes, all staring at a nearby wall, or in Celebi’s case, the instructions. John facepalmed. 

 

“Okay, I’m going to pretend like I don’t know that for the sake of my sanity.” He glanced at Celebi, motioning towards him with a hand. “May I?”

 

Before Celebi could say anything, Manaphy leapt onto Celebi’s legs, grabbing onto them as she wrenched the instructions from her. She leapt onto John’s head, using his hair to dampen the fall, as gracefully landed on the floor. She eyed the notes briefly before looking up at the others. Not even a few seconds later, she had thrown the instructions behind her, leaping into the water after the various parts of the fish tank. 

 

Several blue blurs darted across the room, and somehow, within the span of a minute, Manaphy assembled the fish tank with relative ease. She wiped her forehead, and smiled, as she motioned with her arm for the Psychics in the room to put the water inside. The three staggered out of their stunned daze, and hastily did as she asked. Soon, the fish tank was complete, though the floor was soggy beyond belief. 

 

Manaphy dusted her hands, a prideful look in her eyes. She marched out of the room, an air of swagger around her. 

 

“And that’s how you assemble a fish tank.” 

 

John and the others just stared, wide-eyed shock plastered on their faces. A silence hung over all of them, but John was the one to break it.

 

“If you three don’t start taking reading lessons then you’d better expect me to start enforcing rent.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 16: Knock Knock

Summary:

This chapter is a little out of order; you can consider it a flashback of sorts from Mew's perspective to when he was getting introduced.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Even transformed as a carbink, it’d taken him an inordinately long amount of time and effort to get this job, and an even longer time carefully preparing the delicate appreciation for refined, scientific speech into his target through years of careful indoctrination. So much time, carefully spent setting the scene- time he’d had to do without experimentation of any kind, lest someone stumbling across the abominations in his basement reveal his machinations.

At last, though, serving drinks in one of the Diamond Domain’s finest establishments, Mew was ready. An elderly carbink walked into the bar, his target in tow- the Domain’s newest princess, Diancie. “Dace, your majesty.” He bobbed respectfully. “What can I get for you?” His accent had almost been the death of his plans multiple times. Every time, it was always the accent that was the most difficult part.

The older carbink settled down into his seat, sighing just a bit. “Just some H 2 O for now, if you would be so kind.” 

Mew flicked his gaze to Diancie, trying his very best not to let his enthusiasm show. “H 2 O too, please.” Yes. Yes! It took all his millenia-reinforced willpower not to burst out in laughter right there. It’d worked! Slowly, carefully, he poured out a cup of water for Dace… and hydrogen peroxide for Diancie.” His delicate handling of the glass didn’t even tremble as he put the two drinks in front of the visiting royals, stepping back with nothing but hidden elation and a demurely polite bob.

Dace sipped tiredly at his, but- much as he’d suspected, no- carefully ingrained into her attitude- Diancie took a deep quaff of hers- then sputtered, spitting out the drink all over the bar. “What the- this isn’t water!” 

Dace lept afloat in indignance. “Guards! The princess has been poisoned!” Mew was too busy laughing to care where he fled- it mattered not, ultimately, even as the ancient soldiers of the Diamond Domain were roused from their geologic slumber to hunt him down.

They would never be able to catch him- so long as Arceus upheld reality, the rules therein were his to bend. His form shifted, unfolding until he was a tiny red and black worm- and with little pomp he dove through his reflection and into the vast unreality of distortion’s home.

Giggling, he transformed back into his original form as the Dragon of Symmetry loomed judgmentally above him- and, to someone used to his serious demeanor, clearly trying desperately not to crack a grin. “ I remain astonished that you actually did it. That was perhaps the stupidest joke I’ve ever seen you fixate on.

“Hey! You said it couldn’t be done, and to that I say you’re a bloody pessimist. One bad joke, just for you.” Diance would survive- their physiology wouldn’t be unduly harmed by his prank, but he’d not really intended to assassinate her in the first place. “Looks like I’ve still got it-” a peculiar wrenching force yanked him, past planar boundaries and across the world, dropping him unceremoniously into a pile of sticky… sugary… stuff.

He staggered into the air, glare locked onto the only mythical who could both summon him from beyond the veil of reality and politely ask- read, compel- him into being someone’s roommate. Well, he did need somewhere to lie low for a bit after his most recent stunt… “ Bloody hell, mate. Give a lad some warning before you relocate their place of residence…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 17: Linguistic Language Lessons

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It had seemed like such a good idea at the time, which, in retrospect, should have been a warning. Mew was smart- smarter than him, definitely, so he shouldn’t have had a problem learning modern galarian, but he’d failed to take into account one critical detail- Mew didn’t want to learn how to read.

A disgruntled Mew was simultaneously both adorable and one of the most dangerous things in existence. He’d spent the last week turning the kitchen into his most extravagant and abominable experiment yet, was especially punctual about walking him up at six o’clock on the dot , and John had overheard some suspicious mutterings about kidneys a few times to many over the course of the week.

At least the mythical was learning the language? “ I hate this. It’s bloody illogical, that’s what. ” John hid a wince from where he sat on the other side of the table, trying not to think of the preschool-level worksheet he’d printed out for him. “ Unown script is the only language I should need. This nonsensical garbage is utterly pointless in comparison.

“Unown script?” John perked up in interest, then blanched as he realized he’d drawn the attention of grumpy Mew. “Uh… just, um, didn’t know that was a thing.”

Obviously. ” Mew scoffed, saccharinely endearing for such a dismissive gesture. “ I wouldn’t understand a mortal to understand real language, now would I?

John very dearly wanted to keep his kidneys, so- damage control time! “I’m sure it’s very cool! Great, even! I’ve just never heard of it- you know, focused on the basics as far as my language classes went…” Mew was staring at him with a piercing gaze, which John could only asume translated to ‘mission failed, better luck with the transplants.’

Hmm… actually, that might just be a decent idea. ” Mew slowly pushed aside his worksheet, sending it a silently judging look. “ Here's what’s going to happen, mate. If I have to learn galarian, then you’re going to learn Unown script. ” John relaxed slightly as Mew started to scribble out a worksheet for him- that almost sounded fair!

Then he actually saw what was on the worksheet, and despaired. Needless to say, he was looking at a well educated and very painful few months…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 18: Grandparents Day

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Celebi lounged lazily on the kitchen counter, poking at the pasticy fake-marble with a thoroughly bored expression on her face. “...and, anyways, I didn’t do anything there other than shmooving the crystal. Really clever. You don’t think it, when you look at his sleepy little face, but I swear that kid’s got a manical intelligence when it comes to wishes.”

John blinked, turning an iota of attention away from his minecraft world for a short moment. “What? Sorry, I didn’t catch that last part.” No, he totally wasn’t procrastinating on buying gifts for grandparents day by playing video games and listening to his roommate’s inane drivel. How could anyone possibly assume that?

The time-traveler gave him a flare stare. “You weren’t listening, were you?”

“I wasn’t listening.”

“Oh for… you’re almost as bad as Pinky.” That was a bit dramatic, John thought. At the very least he wasn’t half as annoying as his roommate’s rival celebi. “Let me spell it out for you, then. Jirachi wished to be roommates, right? So his wish pinged me, who went into the past and changed it so that Jirachi would be here in the present .”

“Ah, I see.” John nodded. “That makes total sense.”

“No you don’t.” Celebi huffed in indignation, and John got the impression that Celebi wasn’t going to stop until she’d made her point. “Time travel isn’t simple, okay! Take Arceus’ obsession with Michina- no can’t share divine secrets… Dialga and- no, not that either… Ilex… too circumstantial…” the sprite mumbled incoherently for a moment before pausing in suitably dramatic revelation. “Of course! Your name! You must be curious about it, right?”

“...no?”

His answer was, of course, ignored entirely. “Of course you are. It must strike you as unusual the details of that particular event- to change a name and to get it to stick , it carried all sorts of problems. Too far back and I’d be essentially granting you nobility, which- you know, not known for living in shabby apartments… too soon, and your family would have remembered its history, which would have been boring .” Celebi twirled around in a fit of animated dramatics, throwing her hands up into the air. “Like, you would’ve been all ‘my lady of Ilex’ and ‘honored ancestor-’”

“Wait.” John froze for a long second, only barely cognizant enough to pause the game as he focused fully onto Celebi. “ Ancestor ?”

“Uh…” the mythical chuckled nervously. “I might have taken some… liberties in my methodology.”

John had a feeling he wasn’t going to like this. “What exactly does that mean?”

“Well… you might bedescendedfromme bye!” The small pokemon disappeared with a chime, leaving a distraught John alone in the living room.

After all, he’d barely had enough funds set aside to get his mortal grandparents something for grandparents day. Groaning, he saved his game and got up to go arrange some things. Hopefully Celebi didn’t mind subpar gifts…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 19: Heart Swap Troubles

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Let it be known that John had started to get used to the chaos brought by having literal mythicals in his home.

 

The initial shock and surprise having long worn off, John could honestly call himself…content with his current circumstances. Sure, it seemed like every other day that something completely unexpected happened, but at the same time it genuinely brightened his day to interact with the four individuals who call him roommate.

 

This meant that when Mew approached him in order to ask for help with an experiment, he thought nothing of it.

 

“An experiment, you say? Please tell me this won’t lead to a garbage fire in the living room like last time? I know we can clean it up easily with Celebi but it’s about the principle of the matter.”

 

“No, no. This should be easy, bruv.” 

 

Mew floated ever closer, but John failed to see any potential elements for the experiment.

 

He also couldn’t help but notice the… predatory glint in Mew’s eyes.

 

“Hehe… what is the experiment? I don’t see anything.”

 

“…” Mew’s lack of a response only brought fear into John’s heart. As did the noticeable grin she now sported after the question.

 

“Mew, you’re scaring me here… What are you doing?”

 

“You.”

 

“…”

 

“...”

 

The silence is deafening… until it wasn’t.

 

“WHAT?”

 

“You are the experiment, John.”

 

“Ok. Ok, that is only slightly better… Now what do you mean I’m the “experiment?”

 

John was used to the occasional prank every now and then. But this seemed more… deliberate then those. Planned meticulously to catch him off-guard.

 

Or maybe he was reading too far into it. Either could be true.

 

“Are you daft you bloody tosser? I meant exactly what I said. You. Are. The. Experiment. Now don’t get your knickers in a twist, pull up a chair and let me explain.”

 

 

‘I wasn’t reading too far into it.’

 

John went and sat in a chair. No point in fighting it, whenever Mew gets his mind on something it’s generally happening.

 

“You see, I wanted to learn what would happen if you took a human and removed their main method of transportation by replacing it with another method. How will we do this? Well Manaphy was quite willing to help for my part of the gummy fish.”

 

“And where is Manaphy? I don’t see her.”

 

Looking around the living room, John didn’t see the blue mon anywhere, despite Mew saying that she was nearby.

 

Evidently, neither did Mew. “Manaphy? Where are you?” 

 

“I’m over here!” Came a voice that wafted over the kitchen counter. Seems Manaphy’s small size had hidden her from view. “Just need to get a drink real quick!”

 

“Quit faffing about and hurry your bloody arse up already?”

 

Still in the chair, John was steadily realizing that with Manaphy here, he was all out of luck and all out of options. 

 

‘Well great… wait a second.’

 

“Well I wish that I wouldn’t have to help with this.”

 

Hah. Bet you didn’t see that one coming. Now all I have to do is wait for Jirachi to do literally anything.

 

 

 

‘Normally he would’ve done something by now… right?’

 

“Jirachi? I wish that I don’t have to help Mew?”

 

…Jirachi was nowhere to be found.

 

“Jirachi? You there?”

 

Where is he?

 

Sigh … you really thought that would work? I already told Jirachi what I was planning today. He’s currently out in the world, having fun with a friend of his… which leaves you. And me.”

 

 

‘Oh shit.’

 

“So anyways, me and Manaphy here-” 

 

*Crash*

 

That came from the kitchen area… ’ John thought. As much as he hated everything about this, he had learned to care about his roommates and didn’t want one of them to be hurt. 

 

“Are you alright over there??? That didn’t sound good!”

 

“... I’m alright! Don’t worry about it.”

 

 

* Crash *

 

“Alright that bloody does it.” Mew floated off, presumably grabbing Manaphy in order to speed up the process.

 

“Alright. With that out of the way, me and Manaphy-”

 

Huuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuh?

 

…Mew hadn’t ever looked more disappointed before this, John thought.

 

“Manaphy… you are absolutely knackered . Get some sleep after this… ahem where was I… ah. We are going to do this experiment. Also, you are going to be placed asleep for the start in order to ensure there aren't any issues during the transfer.”

 

Mew started to float closer to John.

 

“If I may ask, who am I getting body-swapped with?”

 

Mew reached John, lightly tapping his forehead before softly whispering.

 

“Me silly, now go to sleep.”

 

“...wha-”

 

 

Snore

 

John was asleep.

 

“Alright Manaphy. I’m going to go to sleep myself. Please ensure the process goes well.”

 

“Wuzzat??? I didn’t under- understand you.” hick-

 

Pulling up a chair right next to John, Mew went to sleep.

 

Mew would conveniently miss Manaphy tripping over herself immediately afterward.

 

__

 

“What a wonderful nap…”

 

Waking up, Mew noticed two things. 

 

First, Manaphy was turned towards the duo with dried tears coming down her body.

 

Second, John’s body was off to her side, still asleep.

 

Wait just a second… wasn’t I supposed to be in John’s body??? Why can I…

 

“Manaphy. What happened???”

 

sob… sniff, sniff

 

“Manaphy. Where in the bloody hell is John?”

 

Sniff sniff… “I don’t know. He was here but something interfered with the transfer. I don’t know where he went.”

 

 

“JOOOOOOOOHN”

 

__

 

Ugh… where am I?

 

Waking up to darkness was very disorientating, especially for someone who typically would wake up about two feet maximum away from where he fell asleep.

 

As he gradually started to become a little more cognizant, he noticed a few things about his surroundings.

 

The first thing he noticed was that they were extremely cramped. He barely fit into them as it was. Unfortunately, this didn’t exactly give him any information.

 

Have I been captured? Where am I?

 

Looking around, he noticed that the walls seemed metallic in structure, as well as being oddly square. Placing his feet against the floor sounded hollow to an extent, yet the actual area was sturdy and allowed him to walk around freely.

 

Alright… What is the last thing I remember? Mew came by, wanted me for an experiment, we were gonna get… body-swapped.

 

In all of this, John had somehow never actually taken a look at his body. However, he immediately realized the problem.

 

I’m not Mew… What a wonderful prank by them… What am I anyway?

 

Looking down at himself, he noticed a cream-white body. His hands had small hairs on them, and… were those whiskers???

 

I’m some kind of mouse? I guess? This doesn’t help me much… I guess I should try to find my way to my apartment.

 

__

 

Meanwhile, Mew was frantically searching the nearby area, however as “John” hadn’t woken up they wouldn’t get help from there, nor could Manaphy locate John as the Heart-Swap technique did not have any way to identify using aura per se.

 

Mew could guess that John hadn’t gone far, as the Heart-Swap technique is limited in range. However, that did not help when there were no obvious locations that he could be in, and the two most likely candidates were all… not in the area.

 

This meant that the Mew had to search every little nook and cranny for John, as he most likely got turned into something small that managed to crawl somewhere that no one else saw.

 

It seemed that every two seconds there was another small hideaway location that he’d have to check, in spite of the relatively small search area. Admittedly, it was made larger due to walls and hidden areas, but it wasn’t like Mew was searching a field or a football stadium. He was only searching a normal-sized apartment with a few rooms and yet it felt like it was taking ages.

 

Keep calm… panicking isn’t going to help anyone. Just think about it logically. Where else could he be?’

 

Having cleared out the upstairs, including all of the bedrooms (he did have to wonder why Celebi had a metallic ball in her room, but it wasn’t truly his place to ask so he wouldn’t… even if it did have a certain… aura to it that he was concerned about) he moved on to the downstairs. It might be best to start in the garage and work his way around from there.

__

 

John made his way to the end of the vent, finding an opening that led out into one of the hallways. Thankfully, it was close enough to a nearby table where he was willing to test his luck jumping down, doing so, and landing in his garage… an entire floor beneath where he started.

 

A floor that looked incredibly perilous with his currently miniscule size.

 

But at least he knew where he was now, so it was just a matter of walking back up…

 

This is going to take forever. I wish I didn’t have to go through this right now.

 

Then Mew burst into the garage looking for him.

 

“JOOOOHN ARE YOU IN HERE? CAN YOU HEAR MY VOICE?”

 

Jirachi must’ve been with him in spirit at that moment, because he definitely wasn’t here physically.

 

“YEAH. I’M DOWN HERE.”

 

Mew floated over towards where he heard the voice. “KEEP SPEAKING, I DON’T SEE YOU.”

 

John walked as close as he could to the Mew. “I’M ON THE TABLE.”

 

As Mew finally located John, he visibly sagged.

 

“Thank the heavens I found you, we’ve been searching for the past 30 minutes.”

 

John tilted his head, frowning. “So you’re telling me this wasn’t some prank of yours?”

 

Mew, somehow shaking his whole body as an answer, responded, “No, not at all! I genuinely wanted to test how quickly you figured out floating none of this was intended! I’m so, so sorry that you went through this. Is there any way I can make it up to you?”

 

An audible sigh rang out from John. “Just get me back in my body, then we will talk. OK?”

 

“Alright, I’mma pick you up so we can get back there quicker. Is that OK with you? …Unless you want to walk, that is.”

 

John stared into Mew’s soul on that proclamation, before gesturing to his current size in order to indicate just how long that would take him.

 

“Ok Ok, I get it. All aboard the Mew Express!” Mew then grabbed onto John before teleporting back into the Living Room.

 

__

 

With the process set back up, the body John currently inhabited (which he had since learned was ½ of a Tandemaus, Pokémon which had a destined mate from birth that they would spend their entire life finding if necessary) on one side, his normal body on the other.

 

Mew rechecked the area, making sure that there were no more unknown occupants that could potentially steal a soul on accident, dropping an unfortunate Ariados outside the window.

 

It’ll be fine, those things are resilient.

 

With everything out of the way and everyone in the right spots, they were ready to fix everything.

 

“John, you ready?”

 

A prompt nod gave Mew his answer.

 

“Manaphy you daft bird, we are going to get it right this time, correct?”

 

“Yeaaaaa. Totally dude.”

 

Mew didn’t look too reassured at that one but left it alone anyway.

 

That out of the way, Mew counted it down, with a simple.

 

“3!”

 

 

“2!”

 

 

“1!!!”

 

And everything went black for John once more.

__

 

He woke up to a very squeaky voice screaming.

 

“HOW DID YOU MESS THIS UP AGAIN YOU ABSOLUTE MUPPET?”

 

Looking down, he was now in Mew’s body… which meant Mew was stuck in the mouse over there…

 

‘Welp. Here we go again.’

__

 

Everyone was finally back in their own bodies. Somehow, neither Celebi nor Jirachi returned in that mess, but that might have made it take longer.

 

Mew was tearing at Manaphy, because apparently the reason that Heart-Swap kept messing up wasn’t because of external interference but because she was drunk.

 

Mew had, unfortunately, just made the assumption that she was tired.

 

But regardless, it was over. Despite the fact that it may take a bit for him to recover from the mental strain switching bodies so many times incurred on his soul. But, he will recover.

 

For now, he’ll just listen to Mew put Manaphy on blast.

 

“I TOLD YOU ABOUT THIS THREE DAYS AGO AND YOU SHOWED UP DRUNK? BY THE HEAVENS HOW DID YOU EVEN GET DRUNK?” Mew was on a roll at this point, and showing no sign of stopping any time soon.

 

Manaphy just… took it? She didn’t seem to really understand what Mew was saying. “I… I don’t know?” In her defense, Mew didn’t seem to really be speaking to her… more ranting out loud for the world to hear.

 

“YOU ARE LITERALLY MADE OUT OF WATER HOW CAN YOU GET DRUNK? IT DOESN’T MAKE SENSE! I CAN’T BELI-” indiscernible screaming

 

This almost makes it worth it…

 

Not really.

 

Not at all, if he’s being honest.

 

__

 

__

 

Omake

 

Immediately following the Swap-Incident, someone had the… perfect timing to come back from his trip.

 

“I’m BACK!” Jirachi screamed his entrance into the apartment.

 

“AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-” A noise came out from the apartment, startling Jirachi and inadvertently sending him into a tumble as he hit his head against the door frame.

 

What was that? ’ Peering into the doorway, Jirachi saw absolute chaos.

 

Mew was screaming into the open air, seemingly waiting for someone to respond and waiting for no-one at the same time.

 

Manaphy was… no, had been crying at some point. Tear tracks are hard to see on a blue aquatic but they were noticeable at the time. Now she just looked apologetic.

 

John… was staring off into space. Jirachi couldn’t point out John having taken a single action since his entrance other than the natural breathing that all humans do.

 

Floating over to the one… most likely to answer a question despite himself, he said to John.

 

“I’m guessing something happened?”

 

 

“...You don’t know the greater half of what transpired tonight.”

 

“Do I want to know?”

 

“No.”

 

John resumed staring at the wall of his apartment, clearly done with the conversation.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 20: We Don’t Need no Edumacation

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

After weeks of having to deal with the sheer inability of the Mythicals to read, John had reached his boiling point. Mew was at least learning, but Jirachi and Celebi had evaded all of his attempts to teach them. While Celebi was someone he couldn’t catch, Jirachi was someone he could. 

 

“Jirachi, you’re going to school.”

 

Jirachi paused, scarfing down a banana. “School? What’s that?”

 

“It’s a place where you learn things, Jirachi, and you need to learn how to read.”

 

“I do not!”

 

“Jirachi, you entered the “Going Beyond This Door Will Kill You” spot when we visited the pool recently.”

 

“It wasn’t that bad.”

 

“Jirachi, you drank the chemicals because you thought they were lemonade.”

 

“A simple fix!” Jirachi shook his head. “You mortals, I swear.”

 

John sighed, placing some papers on the table.

 

“I’ve enrolled you in a nearby preschool. You’re little enough where you can pass, and you’ll learn the basics.”

Jirachi pouted. “I don’t want to! School is boring!”

 

“I’ll buy you gummy fish if you go to school.”

 

“School? I love school! When do we start?”

 

“Tomorrow. I expect you to be on your best behavior, alright? Now, let me just explain some ground rules…”

 

Jirachi’s head was occupied only by the thoughts of swimming gummy fish. The little Pokemon salivated at the thought. He could easily beat school, how bad could it be?”

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“This class is impossible!”

Jirachi was tossing his head. John must have put him in the hardest course in the school, because the stuff he was learning was next to impossible! How was anyone meant to learn-

 

“Jirachi, dear, first, you make an upwards line, and then-”

 

“Noooooooooo!” 

 

The bell rung, and Jirachi perked up instantly. 

“Snack time! Yay!” 

 

As Jirachi lunged for the nearby colored paper, his teacher tried in vain to stop him. Nothing would stop Jirachi from getting to his snacks. Nothing.

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Jirachi, why are you at the principal’s office?”

“No reason!”

“Then why did I receive a call about you eating the paper?”

 

Jirachi pouted, crossing his arms. “Look, Mew said it was made of sugar, alright?”

 

John sighed as a very cross looking woman exited the room with a paper in her head. She talked with John very sternly before returning back to the dark corners from whence she came. 

 

“Well, uh, Jirachi, you’re lucky to be staying in the school…”

 

“Really!?”

 

“Yep, the only reason is because you apparently…” John squinted at the paper. “Granted everyone’s wishes?”

 

“Yep! There were so many fun ones!” Jirachi began counting on his fingers. “One wanted a Ponyta, another wanted a million Poke, another one wanted a best friend, guess who fulfills that niche perfectly, another-”

“Okay okay, I get it. Just, be careful in the future, because I don’t think they’ll stand for anything else.” 


The woman from before suddenly howled from the office, furiously slamming her hand into a desk.

 

“Percy you bumbling oaf! I wish you could be useful for once!”

 

John knew what was coming the moment the woman said it, and Jirachi did too, for the moment he waggled his finger, a shocked gasp from behind him. As furiously wild electrical noises emitted from the school’s offices, Jirachi cocked his head.

 

“What did I do?”

 

“I think… I think you just turned that man into a printer.”

“Nice.”

 

John sighed while Jirachi giggled. If this was what school was like, then Jirachi was all for it. 

 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 21: 1/7,500,000,000,000

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

For a bunch of mythicals who didn’t know how to read at one point, somehow, teaching them to use a computer was easier.

 

Why is John teaching ancient mythicals who act like children to use a computer?

 

Because of Video Games.

 

John made the mistake of bringing Minecraft up around Celebi, who was oddly interested. Celebi then got the other four interested in creating a world between the five of them.

 

Queue John, having to teach three individuals how to use a computer. And it somehow was easier than the concept of reading. 

 

That didn’t necessarily mean it was easy. Mew at least already knew how to use a computer, and Celebi had shown some proficiency in learning. The other two were a lot less easy on John’s mental health.

 

At least they all had managed to source computers of their own… of suspiciously high quality. Hell, Celebi somehow got a PS5. To be fair she explained that someone had messed it up and she found it thrown away in poor condition so she restored it using time shenanigans…

 

How did she even know what that was?  

 

He’s bringing this up next time they say they can’t pay the damn rent.

 

Regardless, the five of them had now set up a Minecraft server and played relatively often. However, on this day they had chosen to go onto a public server, as they wanted to “FACE THE THROES OF COMBAT” in the words of Manaphy.

 

 

It’s always the quiet ones.

 

 

They had been playing Bedwars for a while now, and although Manaphy and Jirachi were still clearly struggling, the other three played decently well. At one point, the trio of John, Mew, and Celebi had chosen to team up and attempt to win and go up the leaderboards. All in good fun.

 

In all honesty, it had been going well, they won a decent amount of games, and the ones they didn’t win were often second or third-place finishes.

 

Unfortunately, it wasn’t meant to last.

 

In one game, they got second place to a team that survived with their bed intact. Thinking nothing of it, they played again, losing to a player who was on that previous team.

 

And again.

 

And again.

 

It seemed like every game they would run into this player who went by EindVictory, and they would always win no matter what.

 

In some games, they’d win in a resounding fashion, never having their bed broken at all.

 

Other times, it felt as if the universe pulled the saving play out of nowhere for them to win. An ender pearl thrown in a panic underneath the map would hit a wall that was barely close enough to a water stream that it could be reached before falling out of bounds. A lucky magma ball was thrown to snipe a bed right before it could be fixed, leading to the team rolling through their enemies. Getting hit by a knockback-boosted sword and landing on the one block remaining from a destroyed pathway.

 

It was never something so egregious as arrows avoiding a target, their gameplay looked legit. But something was off.

 

And it frustrated the trio.

 

Five or Six times it came down to the wire, with both teams having one player remaining and beds destroyed. EindVictory would somehow find a way to win.

 

What made it worse was that he was solo-queueing. Unlike the three of them who were a whole squad, EindVictory showed up with random, yet also randomly competent, players each match. Not once was a single player on his team dead weight, or made a costly mistake.

 

“I HATE THIS GUY.” Celebi proclaimed after another loss from the player. She had taken on a one v. one bow duel and had, unfortunately, gotten hit in the head immediately as she peaked out.

 

John nodded sagely. “I agree, something is off about all of this. However, they haven’t cheated so nothing can be done.” Despite this calm statement, John was enraged that someone could get that lucky so many times.

 

Mew floated off to the side, coming from the kitchen as he had gone to go get a drink in between games. “Is there nothing we can do?”

 

… The trio considered the question for a bit. Then, Celebi had a bright idea.

 

“There is something…” Celebi faced towards where the duo had been seen leaving the area. “JIRACHI, CAN YOU COME BACK?”

 

Jirachi floated around the corner. “Hey, what’s up.”

 

“Stay right there for a bit, I need you for something.”

 

As they loaded into the match, the trio looked at the kill feed, and… yep EindVictory was there again. But they had been playing well all night so they waited to do anything.

 

As predicted, the trio would come down to a three-way fight between EindVictory’s team, themselves, and a random third team that was still holding on. Shockingly, all three teams except EindVictory’s were holding on to their beds. This is when Celebi made her move.

 

“Jirachi, I wish that EindVictory had a rock fall on their head, wherever they are in real life.”

 

“Granted.”

 

EindVictory, who had been in the process of making a complicated jump, proceeded to miss and fall into the void without recovering.

 

With them out of the way, the trio cleaned up the remaining members of Eind’s team before taking down the other team as well, finally winning a match for the first time in about an hour.

 

Admittedly, John was concerned with the way they won that match. However, he couldn’t say he hated winning the match, even if the way they came about it wasn’t ideal. One player had seemingly gated them from victory for just over an hour on their own. Obviously, he would get frustrated, as would his partners. Winning that match was the perfect way to end it, and maybe they could look back on the day fondly later.

 

At the same time, he couldn’t help but wonder who that was anyway. 

 

__

 

Victini woke up from the sudden incapacitation he had experienced.

 

Admittedly, the circumstances were weird, and he lost that game because of it.

 

But today was fun. He played against a really good group of people over the past hour or two. They worked well together and it was clear they’d been playing for a long time.

 

Hopefully, he can play against them again someday.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

If anyone gets the title reference I'll be happy indeed.

Chapter 22: Who Did It?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Okay, so who did it?”

Celebi had the whole group gathered around the table, bar Jirachi. Mew looked around nervously, Manaphy took a sip from a bottle, looking deadpan, while John was less than impressed. 

“Did what, Celebi?”


“Simple: Who taught Jirachi to swear?”

All three gathered at the table flew into an uproar.

“What?”

“Who could’ve-”

“I’m going to make sure they drown a furious typhoon that shall slowly erase their soul from existence and-”

The three eyed Manaphy, concerned. She stopped mid-sentence, shrugging with a nervous smile as she backed up. 

“Well, I doubt it was Manaphy, and I doubt it was me-”

“Oh, so what about me then, Mew?”

“Well, John, you know who swears when they’re angry-”

“Oh, that’s rich. Do you remember the time you stubbed your toe on the table-”

Manaphy sighed, taking a swig of her drink, as she stood on the table. 

“Have either of you considered that neither of you did it?”
Both John and Mew blinked. 

“What do you mean?” 

Manaphy burped as she pointed at Celebi. Celebi recoiled, looking offended, as she looked increasingly concerned. She slammed her fist on the table, and as the group’s arguments continued, Tandemaus and Jirachi peeked around the corner, concerned. 

“Should we-”

Tandemaus shook his head. “Nah.” He motioned with his arm. “Come on, let’s go. I need to teach you this really cool word beginning with s that rhymes with pit.” 

“Yippee! I’m gonna fucking own this one!”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 23: Triple Stacked Mythicals

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Taking a trip to an amusement park with his merry band of mythicals who all rate under 2’01” might not have been the smartest idea.

 

John had simply wanted to enjoy something different, so on a nice three day weekend, he went and took the group a good five days away (which is made a lot easier due to teleportation) to go have fun. 

 

Celebi said she had a friend that she wanted to join, but they wouldn’t be here for a bit, leaving the group on their own for the time being. John, hoping to take advantage of the early hours, went to find an area that had a lot of options for the group.

 

On paper, this was a good idea. However, what John failed to account for was that telling a bunch of many-year old deities who have the maturity of children (at times) that they can’t ride some of the rides because they are too short… might not be as well thought out as he would have hoped.

 

Then John had the audacity to leave them alone for a bit (he needed to go to the bathroom).

 

So, naturally, they start planning.

 

“Mew, Manaphy, get over here!”

 

Manaphy arrived first “Hey Celebi. What do you want?” She was quickly followed by Mew.

 

“I have a cunning plan!”

 

… Mew looked off into the distance before speaking.

 

“Am I jumping the gun, Celebi, or are the words ‘I have a cunning plan’ marching with ill-deserved confidence in the direction of this conversation?”

 

A short pause struck the area for just a moment before Celebi resumed.

 

“I’m serious here. It can work!”

 

“I’m serious too.”

 

Manaphy butted in before the conversation could get heated. “Alright you bozos, calm down. Mew, Celebi hasn’t even said what her plan is so at least give it a chance.”

 

“... Alright, but whatever travesty ends up being committed I’m not supporting.”

 

“Thank you. Celebi, go on.”

 

“So, I was thinking…”

 

__

 

Fast forward thirty minutes later and somehow, someway, Mew was sitting on top of Celebi… who was sitting atop of Manaphy.

 

How did I let myself get wrapped up in this?

 

Celebi’s “cunning plan” was that they made a large stack, with Celebi using psychic to increase stability, Manaphy doing the moving, and Mew concealing the trio with a human transformation... or at least part of one. Oh, right, and the conveniently-located miraculously-unused perfectly-sized trenchcoat they found (read stole).

 

He still didn’t support it, but by now he was too deep in to back out.

 

So as they approached the ride he continued to circle back to thinking about how he got here.

 

As the trio sat in the ride car, passed the rider check despite a mishap with the lap bar, and shifted out of the station.

 

…Manaphy flew out of the seat on the first drop.

 

The entire car heard Mew’s facepalm.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 24: Carne-Victini

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

After picking up Manaphy (and getting on the three for their “ingenious” idea), he went to the front to see if he could find Celebi’s friend. It had been about an hour since they entered the park, so he guessed that the remaining member of the party should have arrived by now.

 

Seeing an Orange mythical with a V-shaped crest zipping around was a good indication that he was right.

 

That same mythical zipping straight to Celebi and immediately wrapping her up into a bear hug upon seeing her was an even better indication.

 

“CELEBI! How have you been?”

 

Celebi broke free from the hug, before grasping Victini’s hands.

 

“I’m doing alright. And yourself?”

 

“I get to talk to one of my friends I haven’t seen in person in months. I’m doing great! Nevermind getting this whole amusement park out of it. Thank you, by the way.”

 

“Don’t thank me, thank him.” Celebi pointed over to the resident human, marking the first time Victini noticed the individual standing slightly to his left.

 

Victini flew right up to the human. “Hey, name’s Victini! Thank you for the ticket!”

 

“I’m John. Pleasure to make your acquaintance.” John held out hand for the mythical to take, which was quickly reciprocated.

 

Victini quickly sped around to the others, introducing himself.

 

“Alright with all of the pleasantries out of the way…” Victini quickly floated off in a seemingly random direction. “Come on, I wanna have fun. Let’s go go go!”

 

John and the others were not amused.

 

“... does he always do that?” Mew asked the only person here who knew Victini.

 

“Yeah. Don’t worry about it. He always comes back when he realizes he has no idea where he’s going. In fact, based on my calculations he should be here in about 3… 2… 1…”

 

“Ughhhh… hey guys, where are we supposed to be going again?” On queue, the Victini re-entered their area to a chorus of silence accompanied by deadpan stares.

 

 

“Guys?” Victini tried again.

 

John exhaustedly shook his head. “Follow me.”

 

__

 

John’s newest idea had them trying out some of the “skill-based” events. Most of them are rigged, but unlike a rollercoaster anyone can do them.

 

The first event was a basketball toss. Depending on how many hoops you made you would get more points. A small prize was one point, A medium was three, and a large prize was five points. In order to get the best prize, you had to shoot five balls in a row.

 

John went first in order to showcase what to do. Netting his first two shots before missing the next two, he landed the last one to give him 3 points, trading it in for a medium prize.

 

Celebi was interested so he allowed her to have a try. She scored her second-to-last shot but failed to score any others, so she only scored one point.

 

Then the wayward Victini wanted to give it a shot.

 

One basket.

 

Two baskets.

 

Three-Four-Five.

 

Victini, someone who has never thrown a basketball before, especially in a setting where you are not allowed to use psychic powers, shot five in a row, including a shot that swirled around the rim three times before settling in the net.

 

Victini took that plush with a smile.

 

__

 

On it went. The group would find a game, some of them would try it, and inevitably Victini would win it.

 

The water gun race was between Mew, Manaphy, and Victini. Mew had perfect accuracy the entire-time, with Victini slightly behind and Manaphy nowhere nearby.

 

Mew’s gun broke down at the end of the race and was unable to fire water, allowing Victini the win.

 

The Milk-bottle Pyramid? John knocked down six of the bottles, but the remaining two stayed steadfast. Victini? All of them first try.

 

All throughout the park, Victini was taking down events, all the while making small-talk in-between like he wasn’t doing something unheard of.

 

As Victini stepped up to the ring toss, he called out to his friend.

 

“Hey, Celebi.”

 

“Hmm?” Celebi perked up, before floating closer to him.

 

“You still play video games?” Victini threw his first ring, landing it on one of the bottles.

 

Celebi’s disappointment was palpable in the air they breathed. “Ughhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh don’t get me started.”

 

Victini, seemingly concerned with the exaggerated response, probed further. “Is everything alright? We used to have a lot of fun together.” Victini followed by throwing another ring, also landing it on a slightly more difficult bottle.

 

Celebi sighed. “Just a bad reaction from the last time. Some guy named EindVictory just started trouncing us for an hour straight. It was honestly really aggravating.” Victini froze.

 

If John could be honest, Victini looked like he wanted to be anywhere else at the moment. He was looking around every few seconds and had gradually floated slightly away from the Celebi.

 

Celebi sighed once more before visibly calming down. “Sorry for the negative reaction. Actually, I have more free time now. If you want to play later, we can.”

 

Victini looked really shifty now. “Ah hah… yeah. I have a new account so I’ll need to add you on there. That’ll be no problem… right? Heh.. heh.”

 

“You ok Victini?” Celebi called out the Victini’s actions.

 

“HUH? YEAH I’M TOTALLY FINE NOTHING WRONG HERE NO NOPE NUH UH!” Victini was crossing his arms back and forth like a mad man.

 

Celebi didn’t seem to buy this one bit.

 

“...ok. If you’re fine, how come you haven’t thrown that last hoop yet.”

 

“Last hoop?” Victini looked down to the hoop still in his hand, seemingly remembering what he had been doing before that conversation started. “Oh. Right. Yeah that.” Victini seemingly haphazardly tossed the hoop as if he couldn’t be bothered with it. “See I threw the hoop. No issue.”

 

“Sure. We’ll go with that.”

 

Inexplicably, the final hoop landed perfectly on the hardest bottle to earn points on.

 

Because of course it would.

 

__

 

This went on for the rest of the day, with Victini ending up winning twelve total events. He gave away ten to the others, meaning everyone went home with two at the end of the day.

 

With everything settled, they went home.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 25: SpoilerBi

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John was jolted awake as he was grasped at the neck by two tiny green arms. Celebi stared into his soul, wild panic on her face. 

“John! The temporal revenants are free of their prison and are going to destroy the Earth in the next twenty minutes! We need to hurry before they can consume the sun!”


John rubbed his eyes, yawning. “Temporal whatswhosit now?”

Celebi blinked, looking around, with realization dawning on her face. 

“Ohhhhh, I came too early. Woopsie daisy.”

“Celebi, what the heck are temporal-”

“Don’t worry about it, anywho, gotta dash, things to do, places to be, have fun, enjoy your present, do not let Jirachi try rice cakes. Say hi to the kids for me!”

“Say hi to the who!?”

Celebi had already fled through a time portal, and John plopped down on his bed, exhausted. He looked at his clock. It was four forty five in the morning. He groaned as he attempted, in vain, to go back to sleep.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 26: Celebi the Cryptic

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John picked through a boring breakfast, swirling around the rehydrated eggs on his plate and trying not to think of what Celebi had told him a few hours earlier. Failing too- "oh. Think of the devil." A sleepy Celebi took her place at the breakfast table, pouring out a copious amount of maple syrup into her cereal. "You're way too cryptic, don't you know?"

 

"Let me guess: time shenanigans." Celebi sat back smugly, assured of her predictive powers once again (and everything was always time shenanigans. It was like guessing the sky was blue, that Manaphy would be drunk, or Mew that was working on some abomination.) "Honestly, they probably just didn't want to spoil stuff. You think we're cryptic? Try finding something from the future that one of the boring legendaries has edited to make it all 'temporally safe' and 'not extant before it's regular time frame.'"

 

"Yeah, sure... I'm more worried about what she meant by 'the kids...' Which of us do you think is most likely to be a parent?"

 

Celebi choked on her cereal, spewing out maple syrup and oats. "Not it!"

 

And so once again their problems were pushed back to another day, unsolved. John dropped the thought with a groan, shoveling some bland, tasteless eggs into his mouth.

 

How typical.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 27: Rent's Due

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Oh good gravy…”

 

“Oi, laddie, what's got you cursing in Galarian?” 

 

“Nothing, it's just… well…”

 

A crash came from the kitchen. Jirachi yelled an apology from afar, and John facepalmed. 

 

“Is it about… us?”

 

“Sort of… but not really.” He sighed. “I'm overdue on rent, and I can't pay it because I've had to cover for all of your repairs.” 

 

“I see.”

 

A knock on the door caused the pair to jolt, and John sighed, looking at Mew, before getting up to go and confront his landlord. 

 

As he opened the door, John was confronted by a horrifying sight.”

 

“H3110 J0HN.”

 

“I'm sorry, but what are you doing here?” 

 

A not so suspiciously disguised Iron Jugulis lay flying in the doorframe, covered by a trenchcoat.”

 

1M C0V3r1N6 MY 80555 5H1F7. 7H3Y 607 51CK 4ND N0W 1M C0V3r1N6 F0r 3M.

 

“Couldn't you delay collecting any longer?”

 

50rrY 8UDDY, rU135 4r3 rU135, ” He reached out an arm. “ C45H 17 1N .”

 

John panicked, strumming up the courage to admit the truth, but Mew flew in, dumping a large number of assorted coins into Jugulis's hand. 

 

3XC3113N7! 7H4NK Y0U F0r 831N6 50 Pr0MP7… 411 7H3 07H3r5 Pr3V4r1C473 50 MUCH 17 M4K35 MY W1F3 100K F457.” He sniffled. “ 1 M155 H3r J0HN… 1 M155 H3r 4 107… 111 83 84CK.

 

Jugulis fled the scene, and John breathed a sigh of relief. 

 

“Thanks Mew, but where did you-”

 

“Jirachi.”

 

“Makes sense.”

 

The pair stood there in silence for a moment. 

 

“He summoned them in the wrong currency, didn't he?”

 

“If he didn't, I'd be eating a shoe right now.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 28: Victini Gaming

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Upon getting back home to the apartment, Celebi booted up her computer.

 

Now that she reconnected with Victini, she could finally play with her friend again after the last few months. Opening up luvdiscord, she noted that there was a red tick mark.

 

Ok, he sent the friend request. Now let’s just open it up and-

 

On her screen, she had the message “EindVictory has sent you a friend request” laid out in front of her.

 

Oh. You son of a-

 

Celebi quickly accepted the request before calling the Victini she now knew was on the other end.

 

Come on. Pick up. I know you want to. ’ Celebi was waiting for the Victini to answer for his crimes against her win/loss ratio.

 

And then… he did.

 

Ba-dunk

 

“He heh. Hey Celebi. How are you doing?”

 

“...” Celebi remained silent, fuming where Victini couldn’t see her.

 

“Uhhhhh, beautiful weather, am I right?”

 

Still no response from Celebi.

 

“Celebi? Are we ok?”

 

And that broke the Camerupt’s back.

 

WHEN WERE YOU GOING TO TELL ME YOU WERE EINDVICTORY YOU JERK!” Celebi screamed at her friend, getting a few week’s worth of righteous anger off her chest.

 

Victini promptly fell to the floor, despite both the chair and his powers of levitation.

 

“I’m sorry, there wasn’t a good time to say it.”

 

… Celebi, reluctantly, let it go.

 

“Ok. But you better make it up to me. That was an hour of distortion you jerk,”

 

“Will do. I’m sorry by the way.”

 

“Well I’m not.”

 

Victini, although he couldn’t be seen by the Celebi, tilted his head in confusion.

 

He promptly got a rock dropped on his head for the second time.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 29: Melodies

Summary:

This is certainly one of the chapters of all time.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Listening to the music on the radio was an important part of his day. It was oddly… relaxing, just to not have a care in the world and sit on the couch, listening to whatever the gods intended of him.

 

It became even more important to relax in this way now that two of the gods were present within his life. Also because Mew would not stop sleeping in the middle of the floor.

 

Hearing the songs on the radio made him realize how bad his vocal talent was. It wasn’t… terrible, per se. He just… had little-to-no range, lacked an ear for the proper tonal chords, couldn’t understand measure… Ok yeah he was terrible.

 

Didn’t change the fact that he would continue to sing.

 

“For you, I.. would… cross the line”

 

“I would waste my time”

 

“I would lose my mind-”

 

Click

 

 

' I must’ve missed Mew waking up in all of that. '

 

“Why’d you turn the music off?”

 

Mew calmly shook his head. “To be honest, because you suck.”

 

Now, a sane man would probably just take it. A worse man might make it a competition or try to fight the claim. John Wish was not either of those.

 

“Oh yeah? WELL I WISH I WAS A BETTER SINGER!”

 

 

( Did I really just do that? Why did I do that? )

 

 

“My sweet summer child… you really went there, didn’t you.” 

 

For a single moment, it appeared as though nothing had happened.

 

Maybe Jirachi wasn’t anywhere nearby.

 

Maybe I’ll get out of this just fin-

 

John started screaming.

 

In an instant, his body erupted in sensations. It was a sensory overload. All of the nerves on his back felt like they had been pinched and overextended at the same time. His head pounded, his vision blurred, and he swore he could taste the blood in his mouth.

 

Despite this, certain feelings still called out to him over all of it. (His voice raised an octave)

 

He could feel his hair touch the floor behind him, despite it normally being relatively short. He, despite the blurry vision, noticed the change as if he was perceiving more . John could see small lines, tracing to and from objects all over the room. If he squinted hard enough, he could make out the TV, Mew’s computer, the Radio, and a few other objects.

 

…John’s balance was off. He struggled to stand. Reaching out to the table, he tried to grab onto it but missed. He attempted again. Another failure. Thinking about it, he couldn’t feel the fingers on his hands now. He… he did have fingers on his hand… right? Why can’t he feel them? And was the table always that high?

 

John, unable to grip the table, collapsed, with what used to be his hands flying in front of him. He felt… tired. (His voice grew more melodious by the second, not that he was aware of this.)

 

John, now lying on the floor, passed out.

__

 

Ugh… what happened.

 

John had just woken up. Taking stock of his surroundings, a lot of things weren’t normal.

 

First off, he was lying on the ground. He can’t recall what he was doing beforehand, but he knows he has a bed and a nice pillow to sleep on, as well as a couch if someone were to be using that. Why was he sleeping in the middle of the living room.

 

Second, his hands weren’t the same. They were… rounder, lacking notable fingertips… or fingers at all really.

 

Third, his hair was green, as seen by the fragment splayed out in front of him. Not only was his hair not green before he slept, he definitely wouldn’t have been able to see it.

 

 

With no reason to lay on the ground John attempt to get up… but his legs felt unstable. He managed to raise himself to chest level before slipping, falling back on the ground whilst knocking against the table.

 

Evidently, the commotion was obvious enough where someone reacted.

 

“Jirachi, she’s up!” Mew yelled from outside of her vision, before turning to face… her? 

 

Why did Mew refer to me by her? If I know anything, I definitely wasn’t female yesterday.’

 

John attempted to speak, before finding that he? No, she…simply couldn’t. It was like there was a mental block. She wanted to speak, and the words welled up in her throat… but they just didn’t come out.

 

“Hey John. Looking nice.”

 

Despite herself, a cry of indignation ripped from her throat. She hated that she couldn’t do more to defend herself.

 

“Feeling good about your decision now?”

 

John simply raised a hand to her throat before sliding it back and forth across the spot where her adam’s apple would’ve been.

 

“Oh, are you unable to speak now?” Mew smile felt predatory, before settling down to a more light-hearted grin.

 

“I’m going to guess that you want to know what happened. Right?”

 

She nodded.

 

“To put it simply, you were passed out for about an hour. I the others got worried but i figured you were just sleeping it off. Transformations, especially ones you aren’t used to, can do that to ya.”

 

John absorbed the information with no repeal, mainly cus she couldn’t repeal if she wanted to.

 

“You are now a female meloetta, and presumably one who is extremely gifted if your wish was anything to go by. I’ll leave you be, let you figure out what you signed up for. Ensure that they all know you are ok. Toodle-oo.”

 

Welp. I kinda screwed myself there, huh.’

 

She took a few more minutes to get her bearings, before resuming attempts to speak. After some time, she managed to get a few syllables out, but anything more was taxing. 

 

Finding no success on that front, John moved on. She made the wish to sing, so she better be able to do that… and when she tried it worked like a charm. She sounded great… at least she felt she did. So that’s what she did for the rest of the day, sung to her heart’s content. Maybe it was a mistake to challenge a legendary to a battle of egos… but she quite enjoyed her newfound ability.

__

 

The next day

 

Waking up back in his human body, he prepared for the day before Mew came to speak to him.

 

“I hope that teaches you a lesson about not making a wish just to win an argument.”

 

… John turned his head away at the statement.

 

“I kinda liked it though…” John replied.

 

Mew turned his head towards John, tilting it like he was perceiving John in a new light.

 

“What was that, John?”

 

John refused to face Mew. “Nothing. Nothing at all.”

 

Mew, not accepting this refusal, floated to where John stood, tilting his head so that the two met eyes.

 

“What was that, John? I know you said something, I’m just asking what it was.”

 

John’s face turned a stark crimson.

 

“I SAID I LIKED IT OK.”

 

 

Mew let his proclamation sit there for a few seconds before replying.

 

“Thank you for cooperating.” He then floated back over to where he was sitting initially.

 

John would never live this down.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 30: Mythics and the Music

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Everyone ready?” Mew floated the last of his drum set into place with a precise telekinetic power, darting around the makeshift studio with one last bit of deft clumsiness before he landed firmly in his seat. “ That’s bloody everything for me, mates.

We’re ready!” Jirachi played a quick riff on his electric guitar, followed in turn by celebi and her chimes. Manaphy played a jazzy chord on the piano, which- warmup as it was- jarred atonally with the wish-giver’s electric enthusiasm. “ How about you, John?”

John tapped her microphone, then, voice lilting serene- “I’m ready.” If there was one benefit to being a meloetta, it was that her voice was always absolutely damn perfect. “And- a one, two, one two three go! ” 

Mew hit off a beat, Jirachi struck metal, and they jammed in synchronous harmonies and energetic melodies, breathless excitement burning bright. An upbeat tune, to match the exuberant joy of all and everything- and then almost too soon it was over. 

Mew slammed the cymbals one last time, laughing in tune to Celebi’s whoops of excitement. “ Woo! Now that’s the good stuff, innit?”

John grinned wildly. “Sure is.” She still had no idea if she’d ever get used to having the best voice out of the lot of ‘em- but for this, still riding the high of indie rock…

Yeah, she could get behind this.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 31: Aster's Mythical Shock

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Yo, John! Have you seen PokeTube recently!?”

John raised an eyebrow, confused. “PokeTube?”

 

“Oh.” Jirachi awkwardly twiddled with his fingers. “We, uh…did you not know that we uploaded it to the internet?”

 

John paled in horror. “You did WHAT -”

 

“Don’t worry about it, little missy.” Jirachi ruffled John’s hair. “Your singing is far from bad. In fact…” 

 

Jirachi teleported John’s phone in front of them. Jirachi opened the phone, and showed John the numbers on screen. Though they weren’t topping the charts, they had attained several thousand hits within only their first single. John’s eyes widened, shocked beyond belief.

 

“How do you know how to access my phone!?”

Jirachi sulked. “Of course that’s what you're focused on.”

 

“Well, look, I mean the numbers are good-”

 

“...And because of that…” Jirachi gave off his best Baby-Doll Eyes impression. “Can we please do another one?”

 

John shook his head. “Nope. Too much exposure for me.” 

 

“Come on, you were credited anonymously… and besides, you were having as much fun during our jam sessions as anyone.”

 

John turned around. “Look, Jirachi, no means no.” 

 

John continued sitting at his desk, writing off more paperwork, as Jirachi just hung there. An awkward silence pervaded between them, but unbeknownst to John, a mischievous smirk blossomed on Jirachi’s face. The wish granter looked closer at the phone, beginning to scroll downwards.

 

“Your lead singer has the voice of an angel… I haven’t heard anything that good anywhere else in the world!”

 

John raised an eyebrow as Jirachi carried on.

 

“Your lead singer may be anonymous, but she is simply the greatest thing to happen to music since the formation of The Maximizers! You guys easily have what it takes to hit it big!”

 

John had turned around fully now, sighing. “Jirachi, you must understand that trying to butter me up with comments isn’t going to work-”

 

“My Mudsdale can sing better than your lead singer when he has a bottle of Zinc down his throat. Pathetic-”

“Our next session is tomorrow. Be there or be square.”

 

John went back to his work, and Jirachi snickered. 

 

“Sounds good… Miss Aria .”

 

Jirachi flew off mischievously, and John continued to write, only for him to realize just what Jirachi had said. 

 

“Jirachi!? What was that name? Jirachi!? If you’re going to give me a name, at least have it be something cooler than-”

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Jirachi strummed his guitar, letting the reverb echo through the air. Beside him, Celebi tittered next to her chimes. Mew prepped his drums, and Manaphy lazed about on her piano, waiting for the go ahead from their lead. John, back in Meloetta form, prepared herself mentally. 

 

“Alrighty boss, what are we doing?”

 

John turned to Mew. “Not much. I’ll sing, and you guys follow me lead.

 

Celebi cocked her head. “Bit spontaneous, isn’t it?”

 

John shrugged. “It worked last time.”

 

John got into position, bracing herself for the beginning of the song. After that, however, it flowed out as naturally as a river. Words and phrases came out without any thought, and the Mythicals behind her played alongside it almost perfectly, the words’s inflection almost perfectly tailored to their various instruments. 

 

The band had gotten into a groove, and by the time they had finished their song and given a celebratory fistbump, they had only just registered the sound of the door unlocking. Before any of them could hope to hide the evidence, a man walked into the room, and upon catching sight of the five assembled Mythicals, promptly fainted on the spot. Mew flew over to him, lightly prodding him in the cheek, as he turned to the others.

 

“I think he’s dead, lads.”

 

“No he isn’t!”

 

John flew hovered over to him, looking him over. She would recognize him anywhere. 

 

“Shoot!” A single disharmonious note pitched her otherwise song-like voice. “I invited him over earlier, to relax, but I must have forgotten about it…” 

 

“So now what?”

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Aster got up from the ground, dazed and confused. He couldn’t quite remember much about what had knocked him out, but it must have been something shocking all the same. As his vision cleared, he found his friend, John, hastily motioning at something out of his field of view. He grunted, and John looked back between where he was staring and Aster, eventually rushing over to Aster.


“Oh, hey bud, you alright?” 

 

Aster rubbed his head. “Ugh… yeah. I didn’t miss much, did I? What happened?”

 

“Oh, uh…” John paled, sweat dripping down his face. “No, you didn’t miss much. You kind of just knocked out the moment you got here. Must have been tired, huh?”

“Yeah… must have been.”

 

“So… you still down for some games?”

 

Aster smiled. “You bet. Being knocked out ain’t gonna stop me from being on my A-Game.”

 

As the two men walked over to the games console, four Mythicals and a very obtuse drum set conspicuously hid in a very cramped storage closet, struggling to keep the drums from falling out of the closet. As the two people in the room began to boot up a tournament of games, the four of them sighed in disdain, knowing full well that they were going to be stuck there for a long time. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 32: The (cookie) Incident

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Waking up after a lazy morning was a wonderful feeling. It’s peaceful, and you get a real understanding of how your day is going to go.

 

Crash

 

John walked over to the window. Life goes by quickly, so you need to take moments to slow down. Really enjoy the space you live in.

 

SLAM

 

 

John opened the window. He felt the sun on his face, the wind rushing through his ears, the light shining in his eyes. He took a deep breath in, filling him with a sense of serenity. Really nothing could break him out of this wonderful feel-

 

WHUMP

 

 

BANG

 

 

SMASH

 

Alright, that does it.

 

Calmness broken, John walked out of his bedroom, through the hallway and into the living room… if it could be called that anymore. The couch had been flipped over, impacts lined the walls, even the part of the kitchen that was divided by a wall now featured an opening that looked like an individual got sent straight through the wall.

 

John noticed that both Manaphy and Jirachi were sitting around, leaving two probably offenders-

 

As he made that observation, Celebi flew right in front of his face as if struck. Looking into the hole into the kitchen (a hole that looked one fairy-shape wider now), he saw Mew, staring at the fairy with contempt.

 

Alright, I’ve gotta do something about this.

 

“Jirachi, I wish that this room would restore itself to how it was before I went to sleep.”

 

“OK!”

 

As Jirachi’s powers worked their magic, John approached Celebi before picking her up whilst signaling the Mew to come closer.

 

“What’s going on here? Why must I wake up to everyone getting slammed into walls and the apartment a total mess?”

 

“He/She started it!” Was the first thing the two said. John could see Celebi giving this response, but the Mew who is a scientist and probably holds a degree somewhere? Really?

 

“That’s not what I was asking and both of you know it. WHY ARE YOU TWO FIGHTING?”

 

They at least had the decency to look properly chastised before Mew spoke up.

 

“Celebi took the last cookie in the cookie jar.”

 

John took in the reactions of everyone else in the room. Jirachi looked affronted by this claim, as if he thought it was his birthright. Celebi looked ready to fight the claim, which made sense considering the fight that happened earlier. Manaphy… hmmmmmm.

 

“No, I didn’t! I haven’t been over to that jar in days and now you start blaming me?”

 

“Yes, I’m blaming you because you are the only one capable of taking the last cookie. I HAD DIBS ON THAT COOKIE YOU ABSOLUTE TOSSER.”

 

“YOU TAKE THAT BACK YOU-” Was the last thing said before Celebi lunged at Mew… getting into a cat fight rather than the all-out brawl taking place shortly beforehand.

 

Then Jirachi joined in with a “I HAD DIBS ON THE COOKIE, NOT YOU.”

 

At least they were no longer breaking the apartment.

 

John simply walked over to the remaining occupant, allowing those three to have their fun.

 

 

“So, it was you, correct?”

 

Manaphy provided a healthy dosage of silence in response.

 

So John pressed further. “You were the one that took the last cookie, weren’t you?”

 

And Manaphy, the smug little bastard, reaches slightly to her left into a paper towel that was lying on the seat. Unfolds it, and starts eating the cookie that everyone else was fighting over.

 

“You are a right piece of shit, you know that?”

 

Manaphy smiled.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 33: Mythics go Live

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John can’t believe he’s doing this right now.

 

I need to stop letting myself get pushed around so easily.

 

Ever since that first video of the band was released, more and more people grew interested. What started as a video that most overlooked turned into a small occult following. Comments on the videos would be a mix of rabid fans seemingly screaming into the texts, suspicious conspiracy theorists wondering where the group came from, and some… concerning individuals that make him shake inside his skin. The less thought about those the better.

 

Despite their minor following, most individuals thought the scene was faked. Whether they were simply people in costumes, AI tampering changed the individual's looks, or the entire performance was ripped from somewhere else. Most were not willing to believe that a group of 5 mythicals just… got together and started a band somewhere, whilst making a really good song for their first official track.

 

(Technically they were right, since it was 4 mythicals and a human-turned-mythical, but who's counting?)

 

Mew was admittedly not too happy about being called a fake, so he devised the “perfect plan” to fix the issue. The plan? Have John do a livestream as Aria the Meloetta (a name he’d never fully get used to but he could live with it) so that people would see that they were real.

 

Of course, John would protest about getting put in front of the world for hours just so that Mew could deal with a hit to his self-image, but the others pointed out that he was the only one who knew how to operate a set-up in today’s environment. Therefore, it had to be him.

 

A lot of pre-planning had gone into this. Getting stream overlays to work, donations properly set up, ordering stream emotes of the band, soundproofing his walls, ordering a separate microphone for the room, and getting the required software and accounts created. Just for a single stream to save Mew’s ego.

 

So here he was, set up in his bedroom transformed studio with a porygon-assisted Broadcaster Software, transmitting to popular streaming platform “Priori.tv” with the “Starting Soon!” screen displayed. He had created a new account aptly named “AriaOfYourSoul'' and Mew and Celebi saw it fit to advertise the account’s creation, meaning that at the very least the occult followers would be there, if nobody else. There were already a good hundred viewers in the stream, and it hadn’t even officially started yet.

 

But at this point, all he could say was that he was nervous. It was one thing to have something uploaded after the fact, but he was going to be interacting with people other than the mythicals and having to hide everything that was weird about his life all the while.

 

Well now I’m just procrastinating, I’m way too deep into this now… WHY exactly do I listen to them again?

 

Moment of respite out of the way, John allowed the transformation to flow over him. Timed seemed to stop for about a minute as his body gradually reconstituted itself to a different form. Hair lengthened and changed colors, eyes enlarged, arms and legs morphed. By the time everything was over, she opened her eyes, took a miniscule breath, and started the show.

 

“HEEEEEEEEEEEELO Everyone. Welcome to the show! This is my first time streaming so I shall introduce myself here. My name is Aria, I AM a Meloetta, and I’m the lead singer of Mythics and the Music! I hope you are all doing well… now LET’S GET THIS PARTY STARTED.”

 

__

 

It was a hit.

 

The first thirty minutes was enough for most skeptics to believe that she was the real deal. So much so that by the first hour mark, viewership had risen from 400 to hover just over 5k as everyone seemed to realize that this was a real thing. By the cut-off time 3 hours in the numbers had fallen back down to a more reasonable 2.3k, which John estimated is around where most future streams would end up.

 

Donate $10 dollars, your song gets added to an upcoming poll. Whichever song gets chosen, Aria sings it. Donate $25 dollars, your song gets priority. The system seemed to work, and helped the band garner even more of a following then it had before, as well as quelling the doubts of those who believed the act was fake. I mean, you can’t just… program every song into a robot, and an AI would’ve had a critical mistake at some point. It was enough proof for all except the most insane conspiracy theorists to believe.

 

Added benefit, it turns out that a talking and singing pokemon brings in quite the fanbase, and a lot of people ended up subscribing and some even chose to support directly, bypassing the 70/30 split.

 

However, it was what happened after the stream that really changed everything.

 

#AriaTheMeloetta went viral on Flutter, Klink-Klang, and PokeTube, as if the world couldn’t stop talking about it. The music video gained hundreds of thousands of views while a dedicated group of individuals had already started posting clips of the first stream. Some even had full videos of portions of the stream when Aria had sung a well-liked song. Meanwhile Flutter was buzzing with people expressing their disbelief and Klink-Klang was mostly reactors playing up.

 

It wasn’t bad… but it did make John scared to go out in public ever again knowing how many people were looking at him. He had, in one stream, effectively become a public figure just because he can sing well.

 

He didn’t really know how to feel about that.

 

All in all, the group had just made a decent amount of money, saved Mew’s ego, and cultivated a large following. All that was lost was a small portion of John’s sanity.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 34: We Are Once Again Asking For Your Financial Support

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Making a platform is easier than it may have been a few years ago.

 

John would tell you that it is still the most difficult thing he’s done.

 

Ever since becoming the singing sensation Aria, he’s had to build social accounts on multiple platforms, actively manage it, interact with fans, and maintain anonymity. Then he ended up opening a new can of worms when starting that stream. Now he’s dedicating one day a week for a stream of vocal practice, fan interaction, or other things. It’s become a lot more of a hassle than he could’ve ever expected.

 

To be fair, it’s not all that bad if he’s being honest. Fans have been surprisingly well-behaved, bar the… obvious exceptions. It’s the internet, no fanbase is going to be perfectly content. Despite how he acts at times, being Aria does make him feel nice and he loves to sing. Even the streams have been able to be modified to be more in-tune with his likes. Sometimes he’ll do a gaming stream (and wasn’t it painful to learn how to use a controller with the mittens that replaced his human hands) with other members, other times are chatting with viewers, and the last type of stream being the normal singing streams. All in all he’s managed to work out a decent system.

 

That doesn’t make it any less work to manage.

 

So, at the behest of a surprisingly concerned Jirachi and a not-so surprisingly concerned Manaphy, he made a call. Thankfully, he knows a place that does financial management very well.

 

If he’s going to be benefitting from the agreement, why not help out people who have taken good care of him.

 

__

 

Ring ring ring

 

Ring ring ring

 

Ring ring-

 

“Hello hello, this is Walker Financial, how may we help you today?”

 

“Good afternoon. I wish to inquire about getting a team of financial advisors.”

 

“Yes ma’am. We have two options. Either you can pay a flat fee up front, or a variable fee based on how much we manage. The flat fee will typically start around $2,000 whilst the variable fee is around one percent of whatever we manage. What are you interested in?”

 

“... I think the variable fee would be better for my current plans.”

 

“Ok then, based on the fact that you asked for a team, we typically offer three or five man teams for new customers. Each team member would take one percent, but more team members would allow us to better split responsibilities. Which would you prefer?”

 

“I’ll take the three person option, if that’s alright.”

 

“That is perfectly fine. If you could please hold while I go contact a manager so that they can finalize any details and assign you a team. Please note that you may have to come in depending on the scope of the job.”

 

__

 

Jack Costa, one of the managers at Walter Financial, was chilling in his office when one of the assistants knocked on the door.

 

“Come in.”

 

The assistant walked in, stating that she had a potential buyer on the line inquiring about a team of advisors. She handed him the folder with all information given already on it, before heading back out the door.

 

Interesting… best not to keep a buyer waiting.

 

Making his way down to the office floor, he picked up the phone in order to resume the negotiations.

 

“Hello, this is Jack Costa, manager speaking. Who do I have the pleasure of speaking with today?”

 

“Afternoon, sir. My name is Aria.”

 

He felt like he recognized that name from somewhere, but couldn’t tell where exactly from.

 

“I’d like to sign a team of advisors with you. I presume you’ve received a folder with my requests by now, correct?”

 

...interesting. She did her research.

 

“Yes, I have. Now, like it says there I was hoping to get a team of three on a variable rate if possible.”

 

“We can certainly do that for you. I’ll just need you to come in and sign some papers. When within the next week can you come in?”

 

“I should be free on Friday around 3 PM. Does that work for you?”

 

“Works for me… pardon me, but I swear your voice sounds familiar. Should I know you from somewhere?”

 

The individual on the other side of the phone burst out laughing. A good fifteen seconds passed before she finally started to die down.

 

“Ma’am?”

 

“Sorry, sorry. Just wasn’t really expecting that if I’m being honest… know that singing group of Pokémon going around right now? I’m the lead singer.”

 

“...” Jack was dumbfounded. This was suddenly a lot more important, he hadn’t even realized he was speaking to a figure as big as her. But, it seemed like she didn’t even realize how big she had gotten herself if she wasn’t expecting the question.

 

“Alright Friday at 3 PM. Anything else you need, sir?”

 

… Dead silence.

 

“Sir?”

 

“No. That works. Have a great day ma’am.”

 

Hanging up the phone, Jack simply sat down, shook to his core. That was one of the biggest sales in his career and he didn’t even know it was occurring till it was practically over. He could’ve completely screwed it up and been none the wiser… but somehow it worked out.

 

Now, who to put on the team. Typically, you would want to pick a lead first and then go from there, but most of the experienced guys wouldn’t want to take a responsibility like this.

 

However, there is one person who has been surprisingly capable recently, and has good chemistry with many of the other members of the company… he just might work.

 

Time to write the sheet out.

__

 

Going into work the next day, John was a little concerned. He had gotten an email from his manager to report to his office immediately. This happens every now and then, but normally it isn’t accompanied by Sam stopping him in the middle of the hallway. 

 

“Yo. John. Have you heard yet?”

 

“Heard what? I just got here and have to go to the manager’s office.”

 

“Ahhhhhhhhhh. I see. Just swing by my area after, capiche?”

 

“Alright then.”

 

Making his way to the manager’s office, he knocked before entering, sitting across from the man.

 

“Ah John. Just the man I wished to see.”

 

Letting out a groan, he looked up at the ceiling in despair over the eternal nature of age-old joke. Despite himself, he couldn’t help but let a smile come to his face. If jokes were being cracked it was going to be a good meeting.

 

“Ha ha, very funny. Now, why have you brought me here today?”

 

“I just wished to inform you of your new job. You are going to be the head of a new team consisting of you, Sam, and Cheryl.”

 

Now despite having made the call the previous day, John had not put two and two together.

 

“Thank you for the position. Who might this be in charge of?”

 

“Have you heard of Aria?”

 


YOU’VE GOT TO BE KIDDING ME.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 35: John, Meet Aria

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hey John!” Samantha’s voice rang out from the cell phone.

 

“Hey Sam, what’s up?”

 

“I know it’s your day off tomorrow, but we’re having our first meeting with Aria. You know, the Aria ? God, I don’t even know why she picked us. Sure, maybe she wasn’t signing with a huge team, but we are still a relatively small company in Rustboro. Most up-and-coming stars pick companies in Lilycove or Slateport if not just move out to those areas entirely. I don’t know why she would choose to come here.”

 

John knew exactly why Aria had chosen to use this group, just like he knew exactly why Sam was so excited about the opportunity, especially after hearing her gush over Aria for a week after the first song, and that love only built after each new release.

 

“We may never know why, but I presume that’s not why you’re calling, is it?”

 

“C’mon John. Are you telling me you don’t want to see her? She hasn’t shown herself in person to anyone! This is a dream come true!”

 

Unfortunately, those two facts were currently clashing with each other. Previously, he had implied to Sam that he liked Aria’s music if only to get her off of his back in the past. It could raise questions if someone who likes her music wouldn’t want to go see her, especially with how illusive she typically is.

 

“I had already made plans Sam. But I’ll see if I can reschedule.”

 

“Alright, contact me when you do.”

 

“Will do. Besides that, how are you doing?” The conversation moved on from the previous topic, but John couldn’t help but feel dread.

 

How will he get himself out of this one?

 

__

 

Now having to figure out a way to be in two places at the same time, there was only one option.

 

“Hey Mew.”

 

“What’s up?”

 

“Can I get you to transform into Aria for the meeting? Sam might get suspicious if I’m not there.”

 

“Well bloody hell mate, didn’t think this one through did ya?”

 

Sigh … “No, no I didn’t.”

 

Mew shook his head good-naturedly, “Of course I’ll help ya, ya bloke. Meetings tomorrow, right?”

 

“Yeah. Thanks for the help.”

 

“No problem mate.”

 

__

 

John was waiting in the prescribed meeting room with Sam and Cheryl. Sam would be leading the initial financial inquiry, Cheryl would be responsible for building a profile, and John was simply there to ensure everything went well and provide oversight in case of a conflict.

 

To be honest, there was no way anything could go wrong. Sam was practically bouncing on her feet waiting for Aria’s arrival whilst Cheryl was sneaking glances at the door every few seconds. Neither of them would want to mess this up.

 

Looking at the clock, John noticed the time and realized that Mew would be making his way up shortly.

 

“Sam, calm yourself. I know this is your idol, but remember we’re supposed to be professional. At least for the first meeting. Once we get to know them then you can drop the walls, capiche?”

 

Samantha visibly steeled herself, before turning to John, folder in hand. “Got it.”

 

Cheryl also looked calmer than before, yet she still looked somewhat flustered. Regardless, she opened her computer and pulled up the necessary files.

 

Then they received a knock on the boardroom door.

 

“Come in!”

 

The disguised Mew floated into the room.

 

“Good Evening, Aria. My name is John and I’ll be the head of your financial team going forward.”

 

A smile formed on the faux-Meloetta’s face. “As you already know, I am Aria. I wished to support a financial institution nearby, and this place had outstanding reviews if I’m being honest. Off-topic, but I had been told you weren’t going to be here today. What changed?”

 

John smirked. “I wanted to put the right food forward and meet you in person. However, as the plan had already been made the others will be in charge of the proceedings today, I will just be in charge of oversight. Speaking of…” Signaling to Samantha on his left, “The one holding the folder is Sam. She will be in charge of initial inquiries today.” 

 

“Nice to meet you, Aria. My name is Samantha, but you can call me Sam if you wish.”

 

“It is nice to meet you as well, Sam.”

 

Over there,” John signaled towards the computer, “behind the computer is Cheryl. She will be in charge of the profile and investment management.”

 

Cheryl peeked out from behind the computer. “H- Hi. I’m Cheryl. I w- will be in charge of the profile today.”

 

Cheryl, get yourself together. ’ John thought, hoping that nothing would come of it.

 

“Nice to meet you, Cheryl.” Mew said. Then, because he’s a little bastard, Mew (as Aria) winked at Cheryl.

 

“EEP-” Cheryl quickly ducked back behind the computer, but not quickly enough to where the other occupants of the room weren’t able to see the faint blush that now coated her cheeks.

 

Oh for the love of all Arceus has created.

 

John would say he did well not to facepalm at that moment.

 

__

 

Barring that moment, the rest of the meeting went by in a breeze. With John and Aria having now officially met, and Sam thrown off for the time being… Hopefully, he will be able to relax a little bit more.

 

But for now… 

 

It was time to sleep.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 36: How to Ruin a Perfectly Good Day

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

There was a lot to be said about paperwork. It was boring, yes, but sometimes a bit of boredom was all she needed in life. Those little things, the minuscule pleasures of mundane work that made her job even remotely bearable- like her current efforts, for example. John had been remarkably pleased to realize that the diminutive stature of her meloetta form made filling out certain pieces of paperwork (most of the office had an agreement to thoroughly beat whoever had ordered paper with point six point font) much easier…

Plus, there was always the irony of filling out forms for herself. The entire team was going to throw a legendaries damn celebration when ‘Aria’ got back to them with word that they didn’t need to change anything. The most tedious part of the work, entirely avoided.

She nibbled at the colbur berry she’d gotten earlier, delighting a bit in how different the sour flavor tasted as a pokemon, idly filling out- “John?” 

She flinched at the voice, pen dragging a jagged line through the paperwork- but ruining half an hour of work was the furthest thing from her mind. She knew that voice. Knew it so intimately well, heart skipping a beat in stunned shock- because that voice wasn’t supposed to be here. Wasn’t supposed to be on this side of Hoenn .

A breath, shuddering- the sound of even that ragged exhale impossibly lyrical as she let her pen drop. She was a meloetta right now- all she had to do was pretend to be Aria! If she was here, then she was here for something specific- and if she couldn’t find John then she’d probably just leave.

John steeled herself anyways. She hated her mother.

“John? Where are you? I just need to ask you a few questions.” Her fears were confirmed as her mother stepped up into the living room. She was the very model of an average woman, thoroughly unremarkable but for her cruelty so well hidden. Her gaze skipped across the room, sharp this time, undulled by apathy or unfocused rage… cognizant in that piercing way that made her viciousness purposeful and personal both. It raced over everything, ultimately setting on her . “Oh, there you are John!” And in that she knew her mother knew .

“Get out .” The sheer vitriolic rage in her voice surprised even her, twisted melodic by her voice into something sharp and dark . “Legendaries damn you! Get out of my house or I’m calling the police. You just have to ruin everything , don’t you? Leave. ” That last word was more than just words , sound twisted into the move round lashing out and slamming her mother back against the wall with enough force to make the wall shudder. 

That shocked her out of her anger- but a not insignificant part of herself took a bit of perverse pleasure in the act. Her mother had always been such a… domineering force, it was kind of odd to think that as a pokemon now she couldn’t do anything to her anymore. She was just a human, and John was not.

Groaning, her mother picked herself up off the floor, pouting at John- who frowned in turn. Her mother did not pout . Scowl, sure, but she didn’t pout like that… but before she could parse the oddity of it all, her form warped, melting like wax until a little pink cat hovered there instead. “ Bloody hell mate, why’d you come off so strong . It was just a bit of humor!

So her mother hadn’t flown across Hoenn to bother her… she sighed in relief, then glared at Mew. What a mess…

She hit him with round again. That’d teach him not to play such mean pranks.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 37: The Concert

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Alright, lights are a go, sound systems are working… let’s go rock this thing!”

John mentally braced herself. It was nothing big, only the biggest audience she had ever performed in front of in her life. This wasn’t like the internet where she could pretend no one was there: Everyone was watching her, right in front of her. 

 

“You alright Johnny boy?”

 

Jirachi floated over, sitting next to her. He gleefully smiled. 

“You’re looking rather glum right now, and I already have enough to deal with between trying to stop Manaphy from drinking and Mew from causing another Mewtwo incident, so let’s cut this problem off before it festers a ton, alright?”

 

“Well…” John sighed. “It’s just nerves, is all.”

 

“Yeah, I getcha.” Jirachi rubbed his stomach. “Me and my eye are getting all nervous just thinking about it.”

 

“You and your… eye?”

 

“But as I was saying…” Jirachi rose up, twirling in mid-air. “We gotta make this a good show, and if not for them, then for us. So take my advice: Focus on one person. Act as if you’re performing for them while focusing on everyone. That’s my go-to.”

 

“Well… what if I disappoint-”

“I’m gonna cut you off right there. You got booked into the biggest venue in the region in front of a sold-out audience for a reason, John, and it’s not because you’re a Meloetta.”

 

John remained silent, and Jirachi flew over to her, placing a hand on her shoulder.

 

“Now, any other worries, or are we gonna crush this show?”

 

“Well… there is one thing.” 

 

“Yeah?”

John pulled back a curtain, and Aster’s unconscious body plummeted onto the floor in a slump. Jirachi blinked as he watched John’s unamused disappointment. Jirachi sighed.

 

“I’ll call a stretcher.”

 

---------------------------------------------------------------

 

“And now, for the first time ever, in front of a live audience… please welcome… The Mythics and the Music!”

The crowd cheered, and the band of five Mythicals all walked on stage. The moment the cheers died down, the band set to work. 

 

“And a one and a two and a three and a go!”

The songs kicked off without skipping a beat. The crowd went wild, as did the Mythics, and by the time intermission kicked in, the five of them were in a heap, piled on the floor with reckless abandon. 

 

Of course, they had no respite, for not even half an hour later, they were back at it, with John’s voice echoing through the crowd while the music was amplified by the venue’s sound systems. John took Jirachi’s advice, focusing on one individual, who ended up being a person she literally couldn’t distract herself from, because Giratina really wasn’t that subtle. 

 

Still, she noticed quite a crowd of people. She saw some familiar faces from Rustboro, and from the back, she saw a group of highly excitable Pokemon holding signs cheering on Manaphy. She hadn’t had the time nor the energy to ask her about it, but he heard Manaphy muttering something about “those guys,” so John had decided it might be best to let Manaphy handle whoever they were.

 

There were other people too, some for Jirachi, others for Mew… some of them had gotten very into it, even donning full outfits cheering them on. It was a bit much for John, though she was mostly distracted from that by the fact that Mew would not stop stroking his ego for weeks the moment they got back. 

 

As the last note poured out, the audience ruptured into cheers once again. John and the others gave their bows, and as they exited the stage, John felt… content. 

 

She could live with this. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 38: SpoilerBi

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John was woken up after hearing a crash from somewhere in the house.

 

Making his way to the sound, he eventually located it coming from the living room, where Celebi was... floating frantically? He got closer to hear what she was saying.

 

"Oh shoot, bit early. Tia's gonna kill me for this-"

 

"What-"

 

She startled, fixing her eyes on John.

 

He watched her visibly calm down, before she flew right into his face spouting questions but not giving him time to answer. 

 

"What concert are you on? Where's Jirachi at? How is the family?"

 

“Uh I just finished my first- wait what do you mean by family,  I moved to rustburo to get away-“

 

“No not them.” Celebi’s eyes widened for a moment before she shook with barely constrained laughter. “Oh. Oh. We're at that point in the timeline. Hooooo boy, things are about to go off the rails buddy."

She turned to leave, then paused-

 

"Pro tip, keep Jirachi away from the corn muffins. Alrighty, byeeeeee-"

 

...

 

John, fixed to the spot in his confusion, watched as another Celebi floated in.

 

Said Celebi proceeded to also look at the spot where the other Celebi left from.

 

...

 

"Did I just hallucinate that?"

 

"If you did, then I'm honored to be a part of your subconscious thoughts."

 

...

 

"What... what was that?"

 

"...I wish I knew."

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 39: Mew's Practice Session

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So as I was saying, Tandy, your liver is looking remarkably fine today.”

 

Tandemaus didn’t know where he was, he didn’t know who this Pokemon was, and he could honestly care less about whatever “dating practice” this whole thing was. Tandemaus just wanted to get out of here, and if it meant going through this “Mew,” then so be it. 

 

“Uh… yours too, I guess?”

“Man…” Mew looked up at the ceiling fondly. “I remember when I first invented the liver.”

“Huh?” 

 

“Arceus said let there be light, but boy, did he forget to tell me not to play in the primordial ooze at the dawn of time.” 

 

“Mew, you can’t just invent the liver. Everyone is born with one.”

 

“You’re welcome.” 

 

“And besides, you have one too.”

 

“No I don’t.”

 

“What?”


“What?”

 

The two paused, staring at each other, but Mew quickly shattered the silence, snickering. 

 

“Anyways, as I was saying… oh yeah, now that was a day. There were a few false starts, but I perfected it in the end…” 

 

Tandemaus had a sneaking suspicion he wasn’t going to be free anytime soon. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 40: Scythe Kibby

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

With all the other mythicals off doing their own thing, John felt somewhat confident in inviting Samantha over. He hoped- not wished, never wished- that nothing would go wrong, but even if one of the others came back early she already knew about the mythicals he roomed with. It’d be fine…

He pulled the sour poffins out of the oven just as the doorbell rang, flicking the oven mitts onto the table and rushing downstairs. “Samantha! Glad you could make it!”

She stepped into the house, her absol following along behind her. “Seems like the troupe’s gone, thank… Arceus? Please tell me you’re not roommates with god.”

“No, just the ones you saw last time-“

They barely made it up the steps before the absol stumbled, keening in pain. “Kibby! What’s wrong?” Samantha knelt beside her, prying her head from beneath her paws and running a soothing hand down her fur. “I’m so sorry, she’s not usually like this-“

Ow. Owowow. Did you put bone hurt juice in my breakfast or- ow! Something? ” The part-time meloetta shifted uncomfortably and pretended not to understand Kibby as she flinched in pain and slowly pushed herself to her feet. “ Damn. Ow. That’s the worst bit of disaster sense I’ve ever had. ” She pawed imploringly at Samantha’s legs. “ Can we get out of here please , mom?” 

Samantha looked conflicted for a moment, but Kibby’s cuteness was too much to resist. “Sorry, John. I know you were looking forward to this…” she sighed, descending the steps. “Maybe some other time, when Kibby’s on shift?”

“No, that’s fine! I don’t need to be here- we can go to the cafe down the street instead.” No poffins, but coffee was just as good.

“The one that’s about as overpriced as our paychecks are small?”

Kibby nodded- disaster sense as ever detecting the incoming impoverishment- “I’ll pay.” Samantha blinked in surprise, then laughing, the two friends and sole absol walked together down the street to get some overpriced coffee.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 41: An Adventure in Space and Time

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A visit to the museum was just what John needed. Work had been hitting harder than usual, mainly since he was filing work for his own band , but at the very least, it meant he got the free time to do things like this. 

 

It was just a shame that having Mythicals as roommates threw a wrench in any sense of the word free time. 

 

“Oh wow! I remember when that happened! Some guy wanted the room to warm up, so I granted his wish and then some!”

“Jirachi, that’s The Great Fire of Galar, mate.”

 

Jirachi nostalgically smiled. “I said what I said.”

 

John, with Jirachi, Mew, and Celebi, were at the museum, hoping for some attempt at a good time without chaos. Though Manaphy couldn’t come for whatever reason, John had a feeling Manaphy being there would somehow make the whole thing worse.


Celebi sniffed the air, flinching as if smelling something pungent. She turned back to the others, disappointed.

 

“We’re about to have to deal with Ms. Ego again, brace yourselves.”

 

A rip in time appeared in front of them, and from it came Pinky, who boastfully posed in front of it with a twirl. The group looked unimpressed, and the museum workers behind them all began scrambling about, bracing themselves to have to deal with this again.

 

“Behold, it is I, back with my most dastardly trap yet!” 

 

Jirachi rolled his eyes. “What are ya gonna do, talk me to death with a speech?”

 

Pinky slyly smiled. “No, actually, I believe actions speak louder than words.”

 

Pinky fluttered a few paces back, smashing her fist into a part of the wall, revealing a lever hidden inside of it. She smirked.

 

“You see, I went back in time, and I bribed the architect to add this lever here, which, when used, will open a wormhole into another dimension! I shall send you all catapulting to your doom, and nothing shall stop me!” 

 

Pinky maniacally cackled as she yanked down the lever. A loud noise blared, and suddenly, out of nowhere, a portal opened. Unfortunately for Pinky, the portal opened directly behind her. 

 

“You fool, Pinky.” Celebi put a hand to her forehead, proudly smirking. “Did you really think I wouldn’t predict that?” 

 

“Curses!” Pinky tried to fly against the portal’s tug. “I knew I shouldn’t have skimped on time traveling for this plot!” She sighed. “I just wish I captured at least one of you in this.”

 

Everyone in the room paled as they turned to find Jirachi, suddenly motionless, wagging his finger. A second later, Jirachi had vanished. The group turned to the ceiling to find Jirachi and Pinky into the portal, which snapped shut behind them a moment later. 

 

A thick silence hung over the group for several moments, but before anyone could do anything, a portal suddenly opened up beneath their feet, and out of the portal and into John’s arms flew Jirachi and Pinky, fiercely clinging onto each other. 

 

The pair looked around, blinking, before breathing a shared sigh of relief. 

 

“Finally… we made it back here.”

“And we defeated the Ear of Torment without needing to destroy the Holy Eye!”

 

“I’d say we did a job well done, sis!”

“You betcha bro!”

 

The pair high-fived, before stopping to look at the others. Pinky awkwardly eyed the others, before fluttering off.

“Well… I’m going to get out of your hair.” Pinky pointed at Jirachi. “You still owe me that visit to the diner.” She winked. “Best of luck, little bro.”

 

Pinky opened up a ripple in time, leaving the scene, and not even a moment later, Mew had Jirachi by the throat.

 

What happened?”

 

Jirachi rubbed his head. “Well, uh…” He chuckled nervously. “We may have spent… three hundred and twelve years fighting the Tantalus Devastation in the Septic Vault.” 

 

Mew blinked, his grip loosening slightly. “You what mate?”

“I’d explain, but…” Jirachi yawned. “Condensing all of that into a speech is boring , and I’m sleepy. I’m gonna take a nap, bye-bye.”

 

Jirachi drifted off to sleep, and the three of John, Celebi, and Mew just looked at each other, not quite registering what they had just heard. 

 

“We all mutually agree to never speak of this again, correct?”

 

“Agreed.”

Notes:

by Pokelego999

Chapter 42: The Reverse

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was a late night.


The occupants of the household were all gathered up on the couch, watching a movie in the spirit of the season. John would say that watching a short horror film in the dark with friends around you is the best thing to do on Halloween. Really gets everyone into the atmosphere.


However, it also means that when a soft glow starts coming from a part of the house that John knew no one was in (since all five of them were currently on the couch) he quickly grew concerned.


“Uhmmmm… does anyone know why something’s glowing over in the kitchen?”


Mew shook his head.


Celebi gave a quiet but resounding “No.”


Manaphy shrugged (for once the little devil wasn’t drunk and actually coherently responded to something).


…and Jirachi was asleep, so he couldn’t respond. Somehow, John got the feeling he would’ve said no anyways.


“Alright. I’m going to check it out. Can one of you come with?”


“Nope.” Celebi said.


“Nah mate.” Came from Mew.



“Sure, why not.”


“Of cours- wait what?” John had to make sure he understood that correctly.


“I’ll come with you, it might be interesting.” Manaphy said as if this was a completely normal and usual occurrence, before approaching John and signaling to get placed on top of his shoulders. Meanwhile, John was wondering if Manaphy accidentally body-swapped herself with someone else, and if so where the real Manaphy is.


“Alright. Mew, Celebi, we’re going.”


And so, John and Manaphy made the dangerous trek. For it was the dead of night in the middle of the month of horror. Who knows what might lay around every turn. They must not rest until they reach their destination, come friend or foe they must be on their guard. Always keeping their head on a swivel and… they were already there.


Ok, maybe the horror month was getting to John. He might actually be going insane.


Pushing that thought into the forever box, John looked at the glow emanating from the middle of the kitchen.


When he first started looking, there wasn’t an indicator of where it was coming from, just an ephemeral glow spreading from the middle of the room. John was about to leave until he noticed that the room was seemingly… moving.


Now that he was looking a little bit closer, John noticed that the epicenter seemed to almost force reality to… ripple. Yet John couldn’t even look at the anomaly. It was like whatever it was forced itself out of the mind’s eye. If he tried looking at it on purpose, he didn’t see it and whenever he saw it anyway it just felt… wrong . Like a break in reality.


Regardless, he was unsure of what this was, so he turned to the only other person that might be able to help.


“Manaphy, you got any idea what this is?” Manaphy tried to look at the object in question herself, but was also seemingly struggling. 


She tried for thirty seconds, attempting to look at the empty space in front of her before giving up and looking at John. “I got nothing. It’s very clearly something that is powered by someone, but that’s all I can figure out without actually being able to inspect it. If I’m being honest Celebi would be the best choice to figure out what this is”


John did not agree with Manaphy’s assessment. “And not Mew? Doesn’t Mew have the whole scientific knowledge thing going on?” 


Manaphy would provide a good comeback, however, “Celebi can probably track it back to its origin between time and space, she’d be faster and more accurate.”


“... Well played Manaphy.”



John (failed to) look at the ripple, wondering if he should just go back. Logically, he should. Neither he nor Manaphy had any idea what was going on in the kitchen and he could go get assistance from one of the two more qualified people.


But humanity as a race is stupid. It’s worked out over time, but in general, humanity will do a dumb option that makes no sense because of reasons like “Welllllllll, what else was I supposed to do?”


John was about to have one of those moments.


Manaphy watched as John walked closer to the glow, raising a hand up towards where the ripples should be.


“John… this is a bad idea. THIS IS A BAD IDEA JOHN. DON’T DO IT JOHN!


John placed his hand where the ripples had formed…


Now he couldn’t tell you what told him to move. But seemingly instinctually he ducked… just in time, as a draconic claw flew into the space that now lay above his head. The ripple expanded, forming a tear in reality.


John swiftly retreated out of the area, looking from the little distance he could make at the being that stepped out of the rift. Black, red, and gray with a gold crest and six legs. Although it fit into the small hallway of the kitchen, its presence felt at least two or three times larger than even the room he was in. John had been forced onto the ground, barely able to lift himself off the ground to look at the being, nevermind actually do anything. 


He was completely helpless.


Then, the being turned its head, looking straight at John.


The next moments filled John with an immense feeling of pain. This… being… was speaking directly into John’s soul, and did not care how much harm it did in the process.


“HUMAN, I WILL ASK YOU ONCE AND ONLY ONCE. WHERE. IS. MEW.”


John realized that he had no say, and gave the being what it wanted to know..


“He’s… He’s on the couch.”


“...”


Despite no response, John felt the being stare at him as it made its way around him over to the living room. Over to the couch. The few seconds it took to walk were the greatest moments of agony John had been through. Almost as if the being was saying “If you are lying, I will end you… painfully.


Then it reached the couch.


All of a sudden John felt that he could breathe again. Looking for Manaphy, he found her over by where he had initially dodged the swipe. She must’ve fallen off of his shoulders then. Other than a little morphing in a bobble, she didn’t look worse for wear.


Turning around to the couch, Mew was still watching the movie, seemingly unaware of the events that had transpired.


That was the last thing he noticed before he passed out.

__


The being coughed, seemingly to signal Mew. It worked, and Mew turned around with shock in his eyes. “Tina? What are you doing here?”


“You got forcibly teleported away from my dimension, and instead of telling me anything afterward or informing me of what happened, you disappeared. I spent months searching for you. The only reason I found you was because you made the incredibly dumb decision to join a band. You realize Diancie is still mad at you right?”


“...oh.” said Mew: currently in the process of realizing he fucked up.


“Of all the places to find you, I didn’t think you’d be with a human. Did he capture you? Do I need to kill him? Are you safe?”


“NO, NO, YES! I’m his roommate. DON’T HURT HIM!”


“... It may be too late for that.” Giratina had the decency to look sheepish, at least.


Mew knew what that meant. If Giratina doesn’t answer you, he did something wrong. “...what did you do?”


If a dragon could blush, I’m sure he would be right now. “Check your kitchen… I may have pressured him a bit thinking you were in trouble.”


“...Of course you bloody would, wouldn’t you you muppet… just go… you know where I am now so you can check up on me easier, right?” Mew floated up to be at eye level with Giratina.


“...Yes, of course,” came the reply, before Giratina did absolutely nothing anyways.


… Mew just stared right back at Giratina, before tilting his head to imply that he should be doing something. This caused the dragon to look sheepish once more before uttering.


“...Right, I’ll be going now.”


He moved back over to the rift and fell through before closing it behind him.


Mew then went over to the kitchen to inspect the passed out John. At least everyone came out of it ok, even if John may have unassisted nightmares for weeks.


“Bollocks… what am I going to do with you mate.”

Notes:

by PancakePanini

Chapter 43: The World Reacts

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Traveling through the time vortex, dealing with the Potential Rays on the way, and making sure Dialga didn’t get mad at her were all just small parts of Celebi’s day to day existence. But having to deal with texting while time traveling? It was a whole new challenge. 

 

Yo, Bibi! I’ve been listening to this killer band yo! You should take a listen!

 

User: V-Wheel Enthusiast sent a video: “Mythics and the Music Live Concert”

 

Celebi blinked, nearly entering a paradox, only to swiftly dodge out of the way. Of all the things she expected Victini to send her, she wasn’t expecting… that. 

 

Vivi, where did you find that?

 

Celebi paused for a moment to let Victini type, and a moment later, he came back to her.

 

It’s a long story… kind of just came up in my feed one day while I was grinding my ELO and I fell in love immediately. Such a good band… there’s even a Celebi on it, like you!

 

Celebi had a double-take, nearly tumbling over herself mid-flight, and she dove into a nearby portal to regain her composure. She sat on a tree branch, basking in the refreshing winds as she typed up her response.

 

Oh yeah! I listened to them recently, they were good. :) 

 

Celebi was panicking. Did she give too much away? Did she leave a word in there that would make him suspicious? Would he-

 

Lmao

 

Celebi nearly fell off of the branch. As she steadied herself again, she breathed a sigh of relief. She had nothing to worry about… nothing… 

 

“H3Y! 175 C31381! WH475 P0PP1N6 MY 8r05K1?”

 

Celebi leapt several feet back, eyes wide with terror as Jugulis suddenly emerged next to her. She stared at him, and he stared at her, his mechanical faces twisting in confusion.

 

“W45 17 50M37H1N6 1 541D?”

 

“Jugulis, how did you find me?” 

 

“1 D1DN7! 1 JU57 57UM813D 0N Y0U H3r3.”

 

An explosion rocked the area, and Jugulis’s faces scrunched up, looking disappointed.

“0H D4rN17. J1r4CH15 60N3 4ND 3XP10D3D 4641N. 533Y4 1473r M473!”

 

Jugulis flew off in the direction of the sound, leaving a bewildered Celebi to sort out the whole dilemma she was working through alone. Though Jugulis had been a momentary distraction, there was one thing she was considering. If even Victini in his little hidey-hole had heard of their band… 

 

Who else was talking about it?

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“What is up Golders, it’s me, Gold Out of the Mine, and we’re back in here with another new concert review! I got the honor of getting to see The Mythics and the Music’s brand new show over in Slateport, and man, was it good ! Genuinely one of the best shows I’ve seen in ages - and that’s including Roxie’s recent tour!” 

 

“The awe factor is there too! I mean, a quintuplet of Mythicals, all in a band!? It’s a miracle nothing crazy has happened yet! And shock factor aside, the skill is there! The Mythicals all play perfectly, and Aria’s songs are genuinely incredible! There’s a reason I’m a willing donor in her streams.” 

 

“Still, with this success, I’m excited to see where she and the others go next. Mainstream? Albums? Heaven forbid she goes into radio… in any case, Aria and the Mythics, if you, somehow, are watching this, keep rockin and rolling out there! You’re doing great! Now, onto the next topic of discussion… is country falling off?” 

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Y’know, it’s kind of exciting working out the finances for these guys!”

 

Samantha and Cheryl sorted through the various papers they needed to get through for the day’s shift. John had mysteriously gone AWOL, citing that “his fridge was being attacked by rabid beasts,” and though Cheryl and their boss were horrified, Samantha had chosen to remain rather selectively silent. 

 

“You? Enjoying work? A rarity.” 

 

Cheryl shied away, slinking behind a stack of paper as Samantha giggled to herself. 

 

“I-I, well…”

 

“Hey, don’t worry about it!” Samantha walked over to Cheryl, giving her nervous co-worker a pat on the back. “There’s nothing wrong with admitting you’re a fan! Even my Pokemon enjoy it, and those guys are the hardest possible guys I know to entertain!” 

Cheryl blushed, and Samantha gave her a large, reassuring grin. As she returned to her papers, she internally groaned. She reached into her pocket, pulling out her earbuds, and put on the latest single from The Mythics and The Music. 

 

She was surprised John hadn’t really said much about the band yet. She was sure he’d be someone who’d enjoy that kind of thing. 

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Oi, Jirachi, get over here! These PokeTube comments are getting sent up a Mudsdale’s backside right now!”

 

The sleepy Mythical yawned, rubbing his eyes, as he stared at the computer screen. Ever since they had all uploaded their stuff to various sites, they had been flooded with comments. Jirachi knew very little about the internet, but if Tandemaus had taught him anything in his lectures that slowly devolved into crying rants, it was that no one should read comments on the internet for the sake of their sanity. 

 

“Mew? What is it?”

“Look at this bloody tosser! “This band is about as good as your mother in bed!” What kind of rubbish is that!?”

 

“Look, Mew, maybe we should, uh… how’s Indeedee doing?”

 

“I wish whoever this commenter is has a very unpleasant afternoon.”

 

 Jirachi’s third eye flared to life, but soon snapped shut. Jirachi pouted at Mew, but the little cat hadn’t looked away from the screen. 

 

“I swear, these insults are getting less creative by the-”

“Are you searching by upload date, Mew?”

 

“Yes! Why-”

 

Mew paused, and turned to look at Jirachi, bewildered. Jirachi scratched his stomach, yawning. 

 

“I’m going back to bed. Do me a favor and turn off the computer, I don’t want your deranged screaming interrupting my nap time. I’ve got to learn basic addition tomorrow and I need to have a good night’s rest for that!”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 44: Quintuple Capture

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Just because she was a boring mid-level administrative officer worker now didn’t mean that she hadn’t once had the dream of every starry-eyed kid, eager to go out and prove their worth by (somehow, miraculously) trouncing the gym circuit and dethroning the champion. Of course that hadn’t worked out- and with her life how it was, she was rather glad of that. Still, she kept a few momentos from her abortive trainer days.

With how she’d been spending ever more time as a meloetta at home these days, she really should have seen something like this coming. She’d been cleaning up her room, rummaging through her old stuff with no small amount of nostalgia when he’d stumbled across his old trainer gear. A case with no badges, a  long outdated ID card, a brace of pokeballs-

As the first one he touched snapped open in a burst of scarlet-jagged brilliance, her last thought was a silent annoyance at her past self for failing to anticipate the situation. Really, don’t put pokeballs where you could capture yourself in them! It was that simple!

The ball clicked thrice, and then she was far too asleep to be further vexed.

#

Mew floated through the halls, a small frown affixed to his face as he cast his psychic senses through each passing room. Being the second oldest being in any existence (barring cheating time travelers, and usually even then) had honed his perception to an incredible precision- which made it all the more concerning when he could not find John.

Oh, Jirachi. ” He took a small break from his search to grab some water, lounging beside his fellow mythical on the couch. “ Have you seen John? I wanted to show her some of the experiments I’ve been running, but I can’t find her anywhere.

Wait, really? That doesn’t seem like something she’d do.” Jirachi blinked in bewildered surprise, most of his attention still focused on the nature documentary he was watching. Mew’d never seen the appeal of those- they got so much wrong it was almost painful. Well, uh, here's hoping you find where she is.

Mew rolled his eyes in faintly annoyed exhaustion. “I wish- “ wait. Jirachi’s power keyed off that statement… but he’d caught himself before he could apply the qualifying directive so he should -

Mew’s last thought before he disappeared, wished away in a snap of teleportation, was on the nuance of wishes and his own folly therein.

#

In the quiet confines of John’s room, a second pokeball shook thrice, and clicked shut.

#

Some time later, a small blue pokemon stumbled through the hallway, half-reaching, half-flopping against the doorknob to get into her room. She could have sworn she turned the lights off…

Unfortunately for Manaphy, she was far too drunk to realize this was John’s room- and the completely wrong floor, but that was neither here nor there. Instead she merely stumbled around in haphazard circles for a bit, pondering in silence what the sober mind could never comprehend, vast schema and fundamentals of unreality unmaking themselves in fractal disassociation-

She stubbed her little foot on something that’d gotten in her path- or something her path had gotten on the way off itself? Glancing down, Manaphy only had a slow second to see the precariously set red and white ball as it tipped - then rolled half an inch, bumping lightly against her.

Then she was gone, only the evanescent glitter of scarlet light and the open door a testament she’d ever been there at all.

#

Two sprites materialized in the air above John’s messy floor with an harmonic chime, one green and the other pastel pink. “ Well well well… ” The first smirked, looking smugly at the second. “ You see, I outsmarted your outsmarting by taking us from your middle-lower class apartment to my middle lower class apartment!

But. ” The pink one’s eyes glimmered with the hint of hidden victory, flitting up to hover right in front of her counterpart's face. “ I outsmarted your outsmartment of my outsmarting by taking us from my middle-lower class apartment to yours!”

“… what?

What?” Then before Celebi could react, Pinky slugged her in the face, tossing her to the ground where- by complete, unplanned accident- she was sucked into an empty pokeball. “ Ah well, another victory for the master of time. Enjoy your time stored in the ball, my old friend. ” And with that, the pink celebi disappeared.

#

Jirachi hit the power button, turning off the TV with a yawn. The nature documentary had just wrapped up- with some inane claim about how mythicals had ‘likely long since gone extinct’ no less- and he was a bit sleepy. The usual antics had been oddly absent today, which meant there was nothing to keep him up…

Stretching, he grabbed his favorite blanket and drifted down the hall, wishing he knew what was going on-

Oh. He froze as he felt a very familiar energy twist within him.

Oh no.

#

A fifth and final pokeball wiggled in distress three sharp times- then clicked and fell silent.

#

Of course, their incarceration didn’t last forever. Lacking a trainer to enforce it or a special function like the elusive master ball, the lock keeping them inside released after only a day or two. By virtue of being the first in, John was also the first out , and one energetic move later four other mythicals lay sprawled out in the broken wreckage of sundered pokeballs.

Mew picked himself up off the ground, dusting off his fur with a disgruntled sweep of his little paws. “ Well that was a bloody mess. ” Everyone else- minus Manaphy, who was still drunk- nodded in agreement. “ New rule, mates. Never again.”

John could only express her wholehearted support. That’d been enough pokeballs for her for the next lifetime and a half… “how about we just… pretend that never happened.” She chucked, hoping the others forgot that she was the one messing around with pokeballs in the first place.

…from the way Mew was giggling and muttering about kidneys, she surmised that hope was in vain.

Notes:

by RichardSullivan

Chapter 45: A Typical Wish

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It didn’t take a master of foresight to learn that wishing for things around Jirachi tended to end poorly. Which was to say, if you didn’t like exploding it was probably for the best to carefully watch what you said around the mythical… a lesson that most of their fans had yet to learn. They’d just finished a small public event, and they’d finally gotten the chance to relax backstage free, and the event manager had let herself in to congratulate them.

John ignored her for the most part, just taking the chance to destress after the big event. Mew could deal with her- was dealing with her, if the way she was looking increasingly distressed was any indication…

“...anyways!” She chuckled nervously, slowly backing away from Mew. “I, uh, thanks for coming out here! I wish you guys could get out more-” it happened nigh instantly. Mew shifted , exploding into shadows and binding threads that laced the organizer's mouth shut a second to late. Celebi facepalmed, and disappeared in a pulse of displaced time. John leapt up, instantly alert as she summoned a shield of protect around them, and Manaphy slowly flopped over.

Jirachi just paused, blinked, then continued about his day as normal. After a few tense moments everyone relaxed, largely confident that whatever the effect had been, they’d for once been spared. Mew unwound from the panicked organizer, John let down her protect, and Manaphy unflopped.

“Hey, guys…” Celebi dropped back into reality, looking awfully nervous. “You’d never guess what happened to the road back to Rustboro…”

Everyone did, in fact, guess what had happened to the road home. John groaned, just… judgmentally staring at the wishgiver. “It-”

“It blew up.”

“-blew up.” She sighed. “Well… tour extended, I guess?” And another wish fulfilled with the magic power of explosions.

John was going to throttle that kid one day.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 46: Five Feet Apart in the Hot Tub

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It wasn’t often he got a chance to get in the hot tub. It wasn’t his, obviously- one of the elderly neighbors who wasn’t even at home nine times out of ten had given him permission a few years back alongside a few others in the neighborhood, and he took advantage when he got the opportunity off work. As it was, with his financial duties for ‘Aria’ done for the night, he could enjoy the relaxing jets and ust sink into the blissful, serene-

“Anyways, mate, I’d love to stick around here all night but- only a hundred degrees, really? This thing’s gonna be freezing in half an hour.” John groggily cracked open an eye, glaring at the one person who’d chosen to purposely annoy- that was, he meant, join him in the spa. 

Mew lounged against the other side of the hot tub in his androgynous human form, arms crossed behind his head, and John tried not to think about how his full-body wetsuit was probably an extension of his transformation. He wondered if the cat even had skin under there.

A slight shudder ran down his spine at the thought. Given what he stumbled still stumbled across now and again in the house, it was probably better he didn’t know. “Can you be quiet for a bit? I’m trying to relax here.”

“My bad, mate.” He yawed cattily, blinking about as tiredly as John felt . “Say, mind turning up the temperature next time-”

I think it perfinkt!

“Arceus above! ” Mew yelped, scrambling out of the pool as Manaphy coalesced from the water not even a foot in front of him. “ Blimey , mate! You startled me! Give a lad some warning next time!” He paused, hooking Manaphy under her arms and hoisting her out of the pool. “Are you drunk ? No drinking in the hot tub.”

Perfink rhymes with think, you see? Get it?” Despite the nonsensical rambling, for once though, she sounded completely sober. “I just wanted to screw with you .”

Mew groaned, dramatically flopping back into the water. “I swear… so, as we were talking about-” Manaphy struggled to slip free from his grip, but legendary strength and opposable thumbs really worked against her here. “As we were talking about with the temperature…”

John had a suspicion that relaxation wasn’t something he’d be getting much of in this hot tub.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 47: First Day of Class

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew was loath to admit it, but he didn’t actually keep up with all his creations after he released them into the wild, least of all his original attempts at life. How was he supposed to know that the little prokaryotes and whatnot would evolve into all these plants and bugs and humans . He’d been too busy doing-

Mew coughed quickly, banishing the thought out of mind as he took a seat in the lecture hall. That was, uh, neither here nor there… anyways! John had finally convinced him that getting out of the house would be valuable, and having become a verified master of the modern language, he’d chosen to take this introductory bio course. Yep. A thoroughly mundane, perchance even relaxing time spent learning about all the biotic idiosyncrasies he’d left unlearned.

The seats around him slowly filled, and eventually, just a few minutes prior to the start of class, the professor hurried in with her computer balanced precariously on her arm. “Alright everyone, alight! No need to applaud, keep it down, settle down…” the chatter continued unabated, but there was a light smattering of laughter at her humor. “So! First day of class! We have a lot to cover, so let’s get right in…”

“-just in time.” A student Mew could only describe as twiggy slid into the seat beside him. “Woo! let’s go, we win these-”

“Shut up .” The student on the other side of him practically growled, a look of fury on her face. “This is important material she’s going over right now.” She was going over the syllabus and assorted course trivia that couldn’t have been more boring if she’d tried.” You came here to learn, so you better act like it-”

“Well sorry that you couldn’t ignore a simple few words…” they bickered back and forth over him in hushed tones as he tried his best to ignore the argument. 

A very hard feat, indeed, even when the professor finally got done with the introductory stuff and finally got into- “we’re going to have to start with a quick run through the physical processes of the earth to understand some simple biogeochemical cycles…”

Demiurge damn it all, biology class would end before they got to the biology . Mew groaned- which, at the very least, seemed to snap the two buffoons beside him out of their quarreling. “Worst idea ever .”

The girl beside him smirked smugly. “What, already getting cold feet about this intro bio class?” Mew got the feeling the comment wasn’t really directed at him , and by the way twiggy bloke  glared he wasn’t the only one.

“No, geography. The whole earth should have been one biotic mass, like-” he cut himself off. That was right back to things that were better not mentioned…

Both of them were giving him weird looks now, twiggy bloke more so than the girl. “Odd take man, but you do you I guess. Better suck it up though, cuz this is just the way the world is. We’re sure not gods, so we just got to learn as much as we can and try our best.”

They weren’t gods, but it was a pithy statement- and he sighed as it was immediately ruined by the girl, who’d countered with ‘oh now you want to learn’ or something equally inane he didn’t bother remembering. 

Thirty minutes later class was wrapping up and Mew was torn between throttling John for suggesting the bloody thing or Groudon and Kyogre for no reason in particular (by Arceus those two were annoying.) “…and that’s about it everyone! Oh, and some final things, make sure to complete the quiz and…” he tuned her out as he packed his bag, ignoring the- “oh, and one last thing! Take a good look around you, because the people sitting next to you are going to be your partners in the lab section!”

Mew knew that there were only two people sitting beside him, but he still glanced at each of their horrified faces to indulge in the pointless drama of it. Ah, yes…

This was going to be painful.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 48: Antirevisionist History

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mm. Toast. John loved toast- usually, except for when he didn’t, but that was neither here nor there. Recently he’d started liking the sour jams a bit more, which he supposed was a side-effect of the meloetta transformation but he really didn’t care. They tasted good, okay? He finished scraping the jam across his toast, savoring the delicate scent for good measure as he-

“Ooh, toast! Yoink!” He barely had a chance to hear the chime before Celebi was stealing his toast , flitting back out of reach of his grasp. “Tell my earlier self not to worry overmuch! We’ll be fine!” Then before John could get the sprite in his grasp she saluted, smirked, and disappeared in another warped wavering of temporal unreality- taking the toast , too. Sighing, he went to put some more bread in the toaster, only to pause as someone knocked on the door.

He wouldn’t put it past Celebi to have bothered him at the exact right time to make him deal with… whatever this was. Sacrificing his toast as a lost cause, he trudged down the steps to deal with whatever random problem his roommates had dragged him into this time.

It was to his immense displeasure that he was nailed in the head with a pokeball the moment he stepped outside. Slowly, he turned to face the young man who’d thrown at him, a decidedly unimpressed look on his face. “Why.” It wasn’t even a question, because he didn’t care about the answer. He was way too tired to be dealing with this absolute idiocy right now- and another pokeball bounced off his shoulder. “Please stop, or I’ll… call the police or something.” Or save him from Mew, whichever turned out to be more necessary. “Just-” his hand snapped up, catching the third pokeball he threw- an ultra ball? Those were worth a lot . “Go harass someone else in the neighborhood.”

“No… no, that doesn't make sense, I was sure …” he frowned, flipping open his notebook and scribbling down a line with a pen that’d come from… somewhere on that pocketless outfit. “I could have sworn that I got the details right… but if that didn’t-” he glanced up, paling as though realizing for the first time that John was , in fact, still standing right there. “Sorry! Sorry, miss- sir- I’m leaving now!” Watching him scurry away, the only thought in John’s head was… that had been odd .

………

Coming home from work, he noticed instantly that something was wrong. The front door had been left ajar- which, living with the roommates he had wasn’t an altogether odd occurrence- but the metal around the lock had been scratched up and his shoes inside were out of place. That was weird, mostly because none of the other mythicals used shoes . Not even Mew, which… he did not like to think of the implications of his human transformation’s footwear.

Someone had tracked loose dirt up the stairs- again in the shape of footprints, which probably meant that one of the others was trying something… silly. Steeling himself for the dread of whatever he walked into, he followed the trail up-

“Oh!” He stared at the man- the same young man he’d seen earlier, who’d paused rustling through his drawers. The napkin drawer, at that. “Um… hi! Nice to meet you, I’m…”

“A thief?”

“Well I wasn’t going to steal anything! I’m not a crook , just an…” he paused, clearly weighing his words before- carefully- annunciating the rest of the sentence. “Independant. Journalist. Who just so happens to be in your-”

“Get out.”

He ducked his head in shame. “I’ll get out.” He closed the napkin drawer slowly, shouldering his bag and palming a pokeball before not moving . “Um. So… miss Aria. Can I ask you some questions-” and it was though the world had turned on its head. Suddenly John was the one left feeling disconcertingly off balance, sweat beading at the edge of his brow. “Nothing big! I’ve just been looking into this for a long while, and…” he dropped the pokeball, releasing a milcrey of all things. “I need answers .”

“I… don’t think I can tell you anything about… Aria? The pop star?”

He slammed his hand down on the table, making John jump back and milcrey look at him weirdly. “Objection! Ow, also…” he wrung his hand out for a second with a hiss of pain, before pointing dramatically at John. “I have here photo evidence that several of the mythicals were spotted coming out of this house here. Nobody believes me, but I have it!” He rummaged in his pocket (yes, he did have one apparently) for a second before throwing five lightly crumpled pictures out onto the table. Jirachi coming home from school, Mew looking out the window, Manaphy flopped over on the sidewalk, Celebi half-out of a time ripple, and… Iron Jugulis, for some reason. “I went to the public records building to find who owns the property, and when I learned you were renting I broke into your landlord’s house-”

“Wait wait what? You broke into his house?” John sucked in a deep breath, then hissed it out nervously. “Do you have any idea of what you’ve just done?”

“Breaking and entering and larceny-”

Larceny! You stole- what? How?”

Smugly, the home invader pulled out an entire- small- sheaf of papers from where he’d stuffed it into that really small pocket . “The records of every tenant she hosts. And right there- right there! It says John Wish , famously known amongst the fandom as Aria’s top financial agent. Coincidence? I think not! I’ve figured it out! The code is cracked! At long last everything comes together! Fear me , mortal-”

John sighed. “Not mortal , per say…” and shifting, she became something smaller and a whole lot more able to use some magic and kick him out . A piercing psychic light haloed her head as she ascended menacingly . “Now, are we going to do this the easy way, or the hard way?”

The journalist glanced at the pokeball his milcrey had retreated into, then back at John- pulling out an ultraball. “Let’s try the hard-”

………

Defenestration was an effective way of dealing with home invaders. Just as the founding fathers intended.

………

They’d been running damage control for a few hours. Well, John had been enjoying some relaxing television with Jirachi and Manaphy while Celebi frantically tried to undo the past and keep them safe from poachers or whatever. He had to say that he didn’t really understand Manaphy’s family sit-com obsession, or Jirachi’s… actually, he was pretty sure he did get why the wish-granting mythical liked watching action films, and the answer stared with an ‘e’ before quickly concluding with an ‘xplosions.’

The green sprite Celebi popped back into reality over the kitchen counter with a chime. “ Really? You didn’t even warn me ?” She crossed her arms in frustration and even denied the handful of popcorn John offered, which meant it was probably a big deal . “ I just spent five days scouring the timeline past and future only to realize that the whole thing would have been unnecessary if you’d just remembered what I told you!

John furrowed his brow. “...what?” It was about then that Celebi’s phone hit him in the face, and he caught a glimpse of what she’d meant. “Oh.” Right, she’d come to tell him not to worry about it earlier, hadn’t she? “Sorry, I got lost in the whole someone found out thing…” he scrolled through ‘#0AriaInvestigator’s’ posts for a half a minute, snickering at the absolute stupidity . It was, perhaps, the dumbest media post he’d seen in months , and that was honestly impressive … on top of the fact that it was completely correct . “Nobody believed him?”

Celebi nodded crossly. “Nobody believed him.”

Well… John passed the phone back to Celebi, who settled down on the couch beside them to watch some TV. Good riddance to that.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 49: Stranger and Stranger Bills

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

 

Working at an accounting firm meant John was no stranger to budgeting and bills, but this was something else.

 

“Jirachi, how in the name of everything did you blow up a Contest Hall?”

 

Jirachi yawned as he ate from a bowl of cereal. “Look, the person on stage said “I wish we could light this place up even more, so-”

“Okay, okay, fine, but Mew, you’ve got fines for… jaywalking?”

 

“I call rubbish on that, mate. I was clearly floating, not walking.”

 

“And Manaphy… how did you even get a drunk driving charge!? You’re not tall enough for the brakes!”

 

“Exactly.” 

 

John groaned, staring at the mass of papers before him. 

 

“Look, if I see one more outlandish crime or bill in here, I swear to-”

 

Celebi emerged from a time portal, carrying a heavy stack of paperwork. She deposited it on John’s desk with a resounding thud, and stared at John expectedly. 

 

“Celebi, what is-”

 

“Paperwork. Future paperwork, just got back from there.” 

 

“And why is it here?”

 

“Best to get it done now, right? Trust me, it’s important you get a headstart on this.” 

 

John took one look at the papers, and immediately turned back to look at Celebi like she had grown a second head.

 

“Why does it say that you-”

 

“Don’t worry about it.”

 

John turned back to his work as Celebi left. He was concerned, for it wasn’t just his present that was painful, but his future as well. 

 

Did he remember to buy insurance?

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 50: Poke Mart Odd Jobs

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John hadn't been to the Poke Mart since he accidentally busted part of the store, but he needed to go for some vital materials today. If he didn't… well, he'd learned recently that Mew were far more like Skitty than he thought, and he didn't quite fancy buying another new couch. 

 

Of course, what he hadn't expected was… this. 

 

“Welcome to the Poke Mart, how may we help?”

 

“Sir, are you aware you're a massive Dragon?”

 

“Yes, now are you going to buy anything, or what?”

 

This big Not-Salamence, with a name tag saying “Roaring Moon” on it, apparently worked here now. He was lucky he could understand Pokemon courtesy of his Meloetta experiences, because otherwise he would have been incredibly confused. 

 

“Ah, if it isn't my favorite customer.” 

 

John paused, sighing, as he turned to find the employee he had accidentally assaulted behind him. The two other Not-Pokemon, with tags named “Scream Tail” and “Brute Bonnet,” stood behind her, and they looked offended. 

 

“H-hi, ma'am. Sorry about that-”

 

“No, no, it's fine. I appreciate the new friends you dumped on me.” She pet the two Pokemon, who cooed happily. “What I didn't appreciate were the government inquiries afterwards.”

 

“Ah.” 

 

“You do not know how many hours I had to spend filling out that paperwork… how many hours I had to spend just to convince them to let me keep these three. You made my life miserable.”

 

“And I assume you want me to make it up to you?”

 

“Naturally.” She smiled. “And I know just how to do that. Y'see, we've been having a bit of a…. Let's say troublemaking Pokemon, coming around after nightfall. Could I ask you and your little…” She waved her hands around. “...Mythical friends deal with it?”

 

“... Sure?” 

 

She blinked. “That was easier than I expected. Well, come here after nightfall and I'll show you where to wait it out, alright?”

 

“Sounds good.” John awkwardly shuffled around. “Can I… um…”

 

“Yes, you can buy your gummy fish.” She put on a work smile, bowing. “Let me know if we can assist you.”

 

John nodded, and as he went through the aisles, he sighed. He had no clue what he had gotten himself into. 

 

—---------------------

 

“Righto! Let's show this Pokemon what us professional street urchins can do!”

 

“Mew, if you're a street urchin, then I'm the God of antimatter.”

 

“With how many pencils seem to disappear around the house near suspiciously Celebi shaped time portals, I don't doubt it.”

 

“Shut up.”

 

John shushed the two Mythicals from his stake out point, and they both shrunk back. He looked out into the alleyway, waiting for his target. 

 

According to the Pokemart Lady, the Pokemon John was looking for typically came down the alleyway he was currently in. Once it showed up, Celebi and Mew would pounce, and they'd take it down for her.

 

“Why couldn't Jirachi do this instead?” Mew shivered. “My feet are getting cold.”

 

“It was past his bedtime.”

 

Celebi groaned. “Why couldn't Manaphy do it?”

 

“It was past her… “bedtime.”

 

The three heard the sound of walking, and they all ducked back into the dumpster they were hiding in. As it came closer, the three realized just how much weight was in its steps.

 

“John, that's not just a Trubbish.”

 

“Yeah… that's a-”

 

Tyrantrum roared, and as it entered the alleyway, immediately bared down on the trashcan the three were in. Before they could react, Tyrantrum opened the bin with its arm, pausing momentarily as it saw the three terrified forms inside. Mew Teleported out of the bin, and as John and Celebi looked to the now absent spot, Tyrantrum roared once more, and the pair immediately leapt out of the dumpster. 

 

“Not dealing with that not dealing with that not dealing with that not dealing with-”

 

“Celebi, I thought you dealt with the T-Rex-”

 

“It was on my to-do list, alright!”

 

Tyrantrum came dangerously close, and John narrowly dodged the dinosaur’s jaws.

 

“Can't you do anything?”

 

“Do I look like Jirachi to you!?”

 

A second later, Tyrantrum snatched Celebi in its jaws. John stared in horror as it watched it swallow her down, and the moment it finished with a satisfied burp, it glared at him. 

 

John prepared to flee, but Tyrantrum suddenly recoiled, clutching its stomach. It convulsed rapidly, and a few moments later, Tyrantrum coughed up Celebi, sending her flying straight into a wall, covered in Tyrantrum's stomach fluids. 

 

The dinosaur fled, roaring in pain, as John ran over to Celebi. He held her sticky form, and Celebi coughed, weakly smiling. 

 

“That'll teach em not to mess with Celebi Judo!”

 

“That is not a thing.”

 

“It isn't, but I can make it one.” She smiled with a wink. “I may have even made it something already.”

 

—----------------------

 

“Great job, you two.” The PokeMart lady smiled. “Thanks to you, I no longer have to deal with that thing eating my garbage.” 

 

“It was nothing.” Celebi bowed, winking. “I'd be willing to do it any time.” 

 

“That's good, because you definitely haven't made it up to me yet. Give me your phone number, and I'll ring you up when I've got a job for you.”

 

John was about to make a move to retort, but the Lady cut him off as she leaned over the counter.

 

“Oh, and keep your little pet contained better.”

 

She handed John a jar, and inside, Mew sat there amidst the waste of many packs of gummy fish. He guiltily smiled, and John sighed. There never was a normal day, was there?

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 51: Meet the Kibby

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Late night walks were one thing. Late night walks in awkward silence with Kibby of all people were something entirely different. How was he supposed to know that going to the park at midnight would have him run into Sam’s daughter?

So… ” Kibby drew out the word, long and surprisingly hesitant. “ You can understand me. ” John wince. He really should get out of the habit of responding to random pokemon… one day someone would put two and two together and then where would he be? “ That’s weird as hell.

“Tell me about it.”

I’m pretty sure you couldn’t always understand what I was saying… ” She paused to think, then scrambled to catch up to John when she realized he hadn’t stopped with her. “ Aha! You, uh, whatever disaster was going to happen in your house! The bone hurt juice cured you of your stupidity!

John snorted out a laugh, and Kibby looked very pleased with herself. “No, that’s just a symptom of the cause…” he hid a grin at the way Kibby barely held onto the edge of her patience as they passed through the fluorescent-lit darkling night- “so…”

Oh come on, just tell me already!

He laughed, and nodded. “Fine, fine! So- what do you know about mythicals ?”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 52: Can't Quite Account for That

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Being in an accounting position meant that John had to manage a lot of people’s finances. And sometimes, well… sometimes it made for some interesting dilemmas. 

 

“What do you mean I’m not considered “employed” by the government?”

“Sir, having a sword and stabbing people is not a viable job.” 

 

“But I run my own studio!”

“That is not registered with the region.”

 

The swordsman in front of him chuckled, unsheathing his sword as he eyed it pridefully. John would normally have been terrified, but this was child’s play compared to anything else he’d been subject to in recent weeks. 

 

“Hehe… I suppose you don’t understand who I am.” The swordsman caressed his blade as he spoke. “I am Saber Glaivesman. I’m a master of the blade, and I don’t hesitate in using it to cut down my enemies.” 

 

“Okay, and that means…?”

 

The swordsman leaned in close, his breath touching John’s face. He chuckled. 

 

“It means that I have to… talk to some very important politicians.” 

 

“Sir… I’m fairly certain that’s against the law.”

 

“Ah, good… excellent, even! Another to add to my collection!” 

 

The swordsman threw a smoke bomb to the floor, cloaking the office in a dense fog. After a few moments, the dust settled, and the man disappeared. John blinked, and then punched in some numbers onto the landline to his right.

“Yeah. Carrie? Warn the senate. It’s happening again.”

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Look, I came by a very unfortunate accident, and-”

 

“Sir… you stuck your head into a particle collider.”

 

“So?”

 

“You also stuck your Farigiraf into a particle collider.”

“So?”


“Have you looked in the mirror lately?”

 

“Of course. Did I get something on my face?”


John, eyeing the suspiciously Farigiraf-shaped man, sighed. “I suppose you could say it’s something like that…”

 

“Well, look, do I get compensation or not?”

 

“Sir, this is an accounting firm-”

 

Do I get compensation?

 

“Well… uh…” John squinted at the man. “That’s a very good question…” John got up, guiding the man out of the room. “In fact, you can discuss it with my buddy Ralph down the hall. He’s very good with this kind of stuff.”

 

With a pat on the back and some parting words, John practically slammed the door on the man, who was a can of worms he was going to let Ralph deal with.  

 

“JOHHNNNNNNNN-”

 

It was so worth it. 

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Your gross median income is… zero?”
 

“Yeah…”

 

A young girl with a flood of crimson red hair was seated at the desk in front of him. She was anxiously glancing around, as if concerned about something. Despite it all, John felt that she was… familiar, somehow. 

 

“Well, Ms…” John squinted at the paper. “...Red, I’m afraid I can’t help you much if you’re without any money. How old are you?”

 

“I’m… eighteen…”

 

“Eighteen? Hm… have you tried getting a job?”

“I did… but I’m having… difficulties.” 

“Difficulties?”

 

“Er… nothing! I just… could I use the bathroom?”

 

“Of course.”

 

The girl ran out of the room with a speed John hadn’t seen since his days in track. Though John found it odd, he didn’t begin to question it until ten full minutes had passed, and his next client came in. He punched some buttons into his landline. 

 

“Carrie? Yeah, what happened to Ms. Red? She went to the bathroom ten minutes ago, and now my next client-”

 

“We don’t have a Ms. Red on your list for today. Whoever you were talking to isn’t someone we’re keeping track of.” 

 

Carrie hung up, and though John was confused, he didn’t have much time to wonder, as his client demanded his attention. 

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“So, what are your finances like?”

 

“Mr. Pond, sir, I’m meant to be asking that question.”

 

Mr. Pond squinted his eyes. “Right…”

 

“Anyways…” John shuffled some papers. “Your median income is…”

 

“Your boss treating you alright?”

 

“Of course.” John looked at the paper incredulously. “How do you have a total income of-”

 

“Have you noticed any…” Mr. Pond leaned in closer. “...Shady characters here, lately?”

 

“None shadier than you.” 

 

“Haha, good one!” Mr. Pond suddenly whirled around, his back to John. “Oh gosh, he’s on to me! How did he-”

“I can still hear you y’know.” 

 

“His detection skills are better than expected… will need to retreat and touch base with this newly acquired info-”

“This newly acquired WHAT now-”

 

“Think fast!”

 

Mr. Pond chucked a doughnut into John’s face and ran. John would’ve called security, but he knew that by the time they got there, Mr. Pond would’ve been long gone. So John just resigned himself to the fact that Mr. Pond was hilariously incompetent… both in terms of whatever he was doing, and in terms of finances. 

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“So, Ms. Bentworth, I understand that you’re having budgeting issues.”

 

“Yes! I just don’t understand where the money could be going!”

 

John eyed the room, which was covered in a mass of Skitty of varying shapes and sizes. A pair of them nibbled on his fingers, while another clung furiously to his hair. Another viciously pounced on a yarn ball on his desk.

 

“Right…”

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

As the day was wrapping up, a mysterious person in a cloak and hood entered his room, seeking an appointment. John let them in out of kindness, but the moment they entered, he knew exactly what was up.

 

Fear my countenance mortal. Soon, you shall know true wrath-”

 

“Mew, I know it’s you.”

 

Aw… ” In a flash, Mew suddenly morphed into view. “Was I that obvious?”

“Only you would write something so corny.” 

 

“Darnit.” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 53: Shady Thier Rising

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Welcome back everyone to the Shady Thier Rising Podcast! Today, we have a super special guest in the form of Saber Glaivesman! Give a great welcome to our guest!”

 

“You realize you lack a studio audience, right?”

 

Shady dimmed. “Yeah… but that’ll change once we strike it big!”

 

“You and your…” Glaivesman checked his watch. “Fifteen viewers?”

 

Shady made a shushing motion with his mouth. “Man, whose side are you on?”

“You probably don’t even have the editing software to patch my insults ou-”

“ANYWAYS!” 

 

Shady’s Milcery was awoken from its nap with a start, but Shady continued. 

 

“Today, we’re here to discuss Aria, the hit music sensation who has taken the music world by storm! She’s ever elusive… never once had an interview with any of us. So today, I’m here to ask… what could she be hiding?”

“She could just be camera shy, like you-”

“I am not camera shy! I just like-”

 

“To listen to yourself talk? Yeah, I don’t-”

 

“ANYWAYS!” Shady shuffled some notes around. “My current working theory is that Aria isn’t a true Meloetta like she says she is, but rather, a person disguising themselves as a Pokemon!”

“And what evidence, pray tell, suggests that?”

 

“I’m glad you asked, Mr. Glaivesman, for I have video proof that Aria’s secret financial consultant, John Wish, is actually Aria!”

 

“I swear, you’re making this show a… show me the video.”

 

“Alright, here!”

 

For any podcast listeners, the podcast cut to silence for the next four minutes, bar the occasional sound of Shady making excited quips and breathless rants. Eventually, Glaivesman spoke.

 

“It seems I was incorrect. You do have the editing software somewhere.”

“It’s not edited! You think I’d edit something like that!?”

“Well you’re going to need stronger proof than that to certify a solid connection. Anything can be edited nowadays, you’ll need actual audible proof from John himself-”

 

“Oh! That’s a great idea! Yes… I can see it now-”

“Shady, where are you-”

 

The sound of loud scampering and falling objects could be heard to anyone listening to the podcast, followed by the audible displeasure of Glaivesman. 

 

“To any and all listeners, Mr. Wish is quite a nice man. He’s quite reliable at handling my finances, so go and check him out if you need financial aid. He’s going to need something good in his life when he has to deal with Mr. Thier Rising over here.”

 

Glaivesman got up, sighing, as he unsheathed his blade.

 

“Now, if you’ll excuse me and this grand old waste of time, I have a job I need to do involving a very special someone you may or may not know. Good day.”

 

Podcast listeners, at this point, were left very confused, only to then realize the incredibly obvious answer as to why there was another two hours and forty-six minutes left of run-time.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 54: Indeedee, That is the Truth

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Okay Tandy, I think that’s all the groceries… thanks for the help, I don’t think that lady likes me at all .”

 

Tandemaus sighed beneath a mound of groceries. “It makes sense knowing you.”

 

“And what’s that supposed to mean?”

 

“Nothing.”

 

Mew dove in to grab some groceries, but stopped in his tracks as he heard the sound of the most beautiful voice he had ever heard calling out to him from across the street. It was like a voice in a dream, and it was a dream Mew had longed to relish in.

 

“Oh, hello there strangers!” Indeedee giggled. “I was just passing through… would you like any help? It’s my duty to serve, y’know.”

 

Tandemaus nodded. “Yeah, that’d be great, actually. Thank you.” 

 

“Aw, how sweet of you! Normally when I help people, they hardly give me any thanks at all.”

 

“Seriously? Those guys are dolts.”

 

“Well, I wouldn’t put it so… bluntly.”

“In any case, I’m not letting you carry the whole thing. Mew-”

 

Mew had begun to float, absentmindedly, to the other side of the road, trapped in the headlights of love. Unfortunately, he was also trapped inside of a car’s headlights, which he only realized after getting sent flying fifty feet into the air. 

 

“Oh no!” 

 

Indeedee cried out, panickedly watching as Mew landed headfirst onto the pavement. Indeedee began to rush to his aid, but Tandemaus had already started the endeavor, dragging Mew by the tail to his side of the road. 

 

“Tandemaus, is he-”

 

“He’s had worse. He once cut himself open to prove to me he didn’t have a liver. A car is child’s play, and he’s dealt with some seriously overpowered children.”

 

“I…. okay?”

“You didn’t understand a single lick of that, did you?”

“Not really…”

“Don’t worry, I live with him, and even I still don’t quite understand it. Do you like one or two sugars in your tea?”

 

“Just one, if you wouldn’t mind.”

 

“Good. You take half, I take half and Mew.” 

 

And so the pair walked back to the apartment, idly chatting as Mew, gripped by the tail, struggled to properly realign his eyeballs. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 55: Frorg

Summary:

Ribit

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Mew. What are you doing in the kitchen?”

 

“An experiment.”

 

John turns and peeks into the kitchen, where a mess of chemicals lie around two creatures sitting in a tub.

 

“And what experiment is this, exactly?”

 

“I heard a comment from someone, so I'm attempting to induce a change using only the chemicals.”

 

“...what change, mew?”

 

“Wouldn't you like to know?” Mew said, before floating into the kitchen himself.

 

John sighed, knowing he wasn't going to get that answer out of Mew in this state.

 

“Well can you at least answer me what those two creatures are? I don’t think I’ve seen anything like that in my entire life.”

 

Mew turned over, seemingly exasperated with John.

 

“Frogs.”

 

“...Frogs? The creatures straight out of a history textbook? How did you even get those?”

 

Mew floated over to an open cabinet before pulling out a notebook from within and flipping to a page showcasing the frog as well as what appeared to be strands of DNA.

 

“Primogenitor of life, remember? Take a small fraction of my cells and rewrite it to those of the frogs listed here. Really it’s a cheat code having genome sequences at my disposal. Removes the guessing process.”

 

“...and why did you recreate frogs for your experiment?”

 

“It’s just what the bloke came up with. Yeah he was probably talking about Greninja or something but I’m nothing if not accurate.”

 

John stared at the cat, pointedly ignoring the many times that wasn’t the case and instead choosing to focus on what was in front of him right now . “Just how many times have you done this in the kitchen?”

 

Mew laughed off the thought. “In the kitchen? Once or twice. In general? You wouldn’t want to know the answer to that question.”

 

John was rendered speechless, before proceeding to facepalm. This unfortunately led to him missing the rapidly forming grin on Mew’s face.

 

“You wanna know something funny?”

 

“What, Mew.” John’s exasperation was palpable within the air.

 

“You know…” Mew started twirling a set of keys around the nub that was his finger, grinning with mirth, “there used to be a third frog.”

 

John took 5 seconds to process the information given to him.

 

“Mew. What happened to the other one?”

 

Mew did a flip in the air before laying on his stomach. In the air. “The experiment worked, that’s what happened mate. Because of that, she was no longer needed.”

 

He wished he understood what Mew meant by this, but couldn’t quite figure out how this had anything to do with the experiment at hand. So he asked.

 

“What does her gender have to do with this?”

 

Mew’s head turned to face the two remaining frogs. “Well those two are doing fine without her, aren’t they?”

 

John would like to imagine that, were an outsider looking into the room they could see the gears in his head turning, trying to turn on that lightbulb to signify his understanding.

 

“Oh come on, mate, do I need to spell it out for ya?”

 

The lightbulb clicked.

 

“What was the purpose?” John wasn’t angry, just immensely confused at why Mew took the time out of his day to put in effort for this.

 

Mew didn’t respond.

 

John prompted again. “Why did you do this?”

 

Mew remained silent.

 

“Ugh.” John, now frustrated, stormed out of the room, tell-tale signs of the Meloetta transformation over taking him as he went to go Round someone in the head. 

 

The second that John left, Mew keeled over and burst out laughing.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 56: The One With The Silly Frogs

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sometimes her roommate’s shenanigans went completely over her head. Sometimes they were subtle about things, or managed to keep the effects of their silly little schemes relatively unmentionable in even the local news. This… 

John groaned, then called for the obvious perpetrator. “Celebi? Celebi!” The forest spirit darted sheepishly over, trying- and failing- not to look guiltily at the television. “What’s this?”

Oh, you remembered that? ” She looked at the TV special celebrating the stunning scientific discovery of frogs’ 50th anniversary, humming thoughtfully for a moment. “ Gah… paradoxes and observer reference… just forget you ever noticed anything, ok? Great!”

“Wait- but- huh? What do you mean -“

Hey, would ya look at the time, gotta run or I’ll miss my, uh dentist appointment! Cya!” She was gone before John even had a chance to get a word in edgewise.

Her roommates were the worst.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 57: Bowling Woes

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John was having a fun night out with his friends. He had contacted both Samantha and Aster for a night of bowling. Low stakes, just a nice get together between friends. 

 

Honestly, it had been going well. Sam is a demon when it comes to bowling, and almost hit a perfect game while “not having played competitively in three years.” …Ok, sure. Meanwhile, Aster wasn’t the best bowler, but could still put up a decent fight on a good day. John himself lied somewhere in the middle of the other two. Together, they were able to play decently competitive matches between friends.

 

Of course, it would get derailed by some friends of his.

 

John had paid for the lane at the end, and it was a quiet night so they were the only ones in the bowling alley other than the staff. Coming up to the tenth frame of their third game, Sam was currently in the lead with John close behind and Aster slightly behind him. However, Aster was currently coming off of a strike, giving him a noticeable shot at taking the lead from Sam.

 

John went first, managing to edge out a spare, temporarily putting him ahead of Sam by seven points before he netted an extra four pins with the bonus ball. This put him eleven points ahead.

 

Sam followed, hitting a spare before an unlucky split meant she only hit six pins. This netted her twenty-two points, putting her eleven points ahead of John’s new score and a solid forty-two ahead of Aster’s score. 

 

However, with the previous strike, if Aster rolled two more strikes, he’d win.

 

Aster stepped up to the line, rolled the ball anddddddddddd, perfect strike. Just one more to go and Aster would win what was most likely the last game of the night.

 

Fifteen seconds passed while the balls and pins reset, giving him time to focus.

 

Step up to the line. Reel his hand back. Thro-

 

And disaster struck.

 

As Aster went to throw the ball, a floating pink cat seemed to just… appear right in front of his face.

 

“JOHN, WHERE ARE YOU? There was an incident back home.”

 

At that moment, he freezed due to being unable to process this information. So he stood there, staring at this pink cat that spoke human and called John his roommate.

 

He promptly passed out.

 

Now while all of this was happening, the ball he had tossed was rolling towards the pins. Slowly, but with a surprising amount of power.

 

 

The ball rolled in for a strike. Aster had won, even without the third throw of the frame.

 

Then Mew went and poked the face of the human that fainted in front of him.

 

“John, is the lad gonna be alright?”

 

 

John really didn’t sign up for this today.

 

Looking over at Sam before sharing a look, he replied. “He’ll be alright Sam’s got him. Now what’s going on?”

 

“Jirachi brought some dodgy food home and is trying to get everyone to eat it. Just… come and make sure the bloke ain’t tryin’ ta kill us, capiche?”

 

Grabbing onto Mew’s… hand/paw thing, John allowed himself to be teleported away, leaving Sam with Aster.

 

__

 

Waking up, Aster felt his head pounding… almost like he hit it against something.

 

He was lying against the wall of the bowling alley, with a bottle of water on the ground in front of him to his left and Sam holding onto his right side.

 

“Hey, you ok?” She whispered.

 

Aster certainly didn’t feel ok. He felt like someone just took a mallet to his head and whacked it.

 

“You took quite a tumble on that last throw, maybe you were off-balance. But you did end up winning!”

 

 

“John had to go home, had an issue with the apartment otherwise he’d be here right now. I’ve got you though. Don’t worry.

 

Something felt… off about those statement. Yet he couldn’t recall what happened so he’d have to accept her word for it.

 

 

Then he tried to stand up before promptly falling back over.

 

“WOAH, ok there. Hey come on, walk with me. I’ve got you. I’ll take you back home unless you need to go to the hospital, ok?”

 

 

“...home.” Aster whispered so lightly that Sam almost didn’t hear him.

 

“ok. I can do that.”

 

Sam walked him out of the bowling alley, before they drove off.

 

The next day, Aster was back at full capacity and didn’t feel any lingering effects from the previous day.

 

Yet he still felt that something was off about the end of that game.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 58: Food Disaster

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

When you get told there is an incident back home, you’re going to drop everything in order to figure out what is going on and if you need to help, right?

 

At least… that’s what John thought was normal.

 

Admittedly, it was kind of lucky that they were wrapping up the bowling game anyway, so he wasn’t going to miss anything. Taking Mew’s hand, he was expecting a lot of things. Maybe another wall had been torn down. Mew brought in another monstrosity that they are calling a science experiment and it got out of control. Manaphy swapped Celebi’s and Pinky’s bodies. Something… outrageous like normal.

 

Coming into the room, there was… nothing out of the ordinary at first. No mess, no violent holes through the wall, or the living room somehow upside down.

 

Instead, what he got was three mythical Pokemon shying away from a bowl on a table. As well as one mythical Pokemon angrily gesturing at the other three asking why they are so dismissive.

 

“John, that dish is cursed. It has to be. How I don’t know but that can’t be safe to eat.” Celebi floated as far away from the dish as possible, keeping her eyes on it.

 

Ok, maybe shying away was the wrong way to put it. They were doing whatever they could to put something or someone else in between them and whatever meal Jirachi had brought home. Even Manaphy was unusually animated, literally grabbing Celebi out of the air in order to use her as a body-shield.

 

“Guys. It can’t be that bad.” John brazenly remarked as he walked towards the kitchen. Then he stepped through some invisible barrier and was instantly met with the smell of death.

 

“Cough cough On the four legs of the llama, what the hell is that?” Staring at the unphased Jirachi, he had a feeling that this was either a prank or some type-related monstrosity.

 

“It’s just a dish. It’s honestly really good. Just try it.” Jirachi said, before taking a small piece of it, putting it on his plate, and eating it.

 

John was… fearful, to say the least. It was probably the worst thing he had smelt in his life.

 

However, staring at the other roommates, he understood that no-one else was going to move unless he did something. And if he didn’t eat it Celebi would probably be held asleep at night for weeks about the “demon food” so he doesn’t have a choice.

 

“If I die here, make sure to tell my family I love them.”

 

John didn’t really know who he was talking to. But… he felt it was necessary. He grabbed a plate, before taking a serving of the food.

 

He stared with contempt. Whatever this was on his plate would either be the best thing he’s eaten or it would literally kill him. All he could wish was that his family and friends would go on without him.

 

Mew floated ever closer to the food, but still outside of the artificial barrier they set up.

 

Celebi hid in the corner, peeking around a couch cushion for cover. 

 

Manaphy and Jirachi were currently talking to each other. About what, he wasn’t sure.

 

Welp. No more time to hide away.

 

He took his fork, took a portion of the food and bit in…

 

 

This is honestly delicious. This might be the best food I’ve had other than my mama’s cooking... when she was around at least… nope staying away from that train of thought. Regardless… how is this so good?

 

John dug in to the food, eating the rest of it in seconds before calling out, “It’s safe guys. Come on, eat up!”

 

So, begrudgingly, the other members of the household all gathered around, eating.

 

Much to their delight, it was as good as announced.

 

__

 

Fifteen minutes later

 

With the meal finished, dishes put away and a new respect for John developed in most of the other mythicals, everything looked to be well.

 

However, John realized he couldn’t find one of the roommates.

 

“Hey, Mew, where did Manaphy go?”

 

Mew put a paw to his chin. “No idea, honestly. I think I saw her leaving earlier. Why do you ask?”

 

“Well, um…” 

 

A portal opened up behind John and Mew, and through the portal came Celebi and Pinky, who were engaged in a fistfight. 

 

“I’m telling you, I couldn’t have-”

 

“Oh no, you definitely swapped our bodies! Get back here-”

 

The two vanished within an instant, and John scratched his head. 

 

“Yeah.”

 

He could guess what she was up to.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 59: Genesis of Horror

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Thunder boomed to the cloud-cloaked flash of light, at night, past the rushing drum of heavy rain against the small windowpane. The whole building trembled beneath the remorseless sound, but the figure darting precisely across the room paid the windswept lashing storm outside no heed; there in his dim room, only barely illuminated by a sole remaining fluorescent light, the staccato refulgent flash of forked incandescence only served to punctuate his fervent, feverish pace. So close! Here and now , asymptotically edging close to the genesis of desire, of a new species , one step, one glorious leap of inspiration further!

There, framed by lightning’s crashing light, Mew got it. 

At last, laughing in crazed relief, he slotted the final piece into the splayed mass of tendons and flesh and electronic symbionts, organs and machines hung in a constellation of vast complexity before him, and was finished . “I’ve… I’ve done it! They said it couldn’t be done, but here I stand, with the culmination of my efforts, complete!” He knew, thinking with complete rationality, that only some of his roommates had doubted him… but eyes flicking madly across the tangle of viscera and steel, Mew was beyond logic.

Shakily, he grabbed a mug and drank deeply of something bitter that was probably coffee before gesturing grandly, eons-old mind devoted entirely to completing this final step with utter, absolute precision- “be made real! ” Slowly, innumerable parts began to fit themselves together, their very genomes shifting as he knitted together flesh and welded silver-chrome plates of metal that yet wasn’t, and was something more - a being slowly taking shape before. A brand new pokemon, not fully mechanical or biological yet something between, a past magnum opus iterated and evolved… yes, surely Indeedee would love him for this. That thought was only fleeting- for the entirety of his attention had to be focused on putting together everything just right-

“Hey Mew! Do you want some gummy fish-” even before Jirachi started speaking, the mythical’s exuberant entrance had already been enough to disturb the delicate creation. “Ooh! What’s this?”

Mew jerked back in horror as the delicate process hitched then kept crashing down, all the energy he’d invested into his great working over the past few weeks running rampant unguided. “Jirachi…” and he had put a lot of energy. “ Run .”

He fled in a torn moment of teleportation, but not fast enough to avoid a final, agonizing sight- the twisted, grotesque horror clawing its way towards him…

He saw, there, the birth of an abomination.

…Jirachi would probably be fine. Probably.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 60: Happy... What Day is It Again?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was a quiet day. Jirachi and John were playing games, Mew was trying to concoct another experiment in the sink, and Manaphy lay wasted on top of a table. Life was good. 

 

…Until Celebi showed up, anyway.

 

“Guys guys guys guys guys guess what I just remembered-”

 

“Huh?” John, briefly startled, paused his game to gather his thoughts. “What is it?”

 

“It’s my birthday!” Celebi tittered with a childish glee. “Soooooo I wanted to party with you all!” 

 

“Oh, excellent!” John looked at Jirachi. “I wish Celebi had a birthday cake.”

 

Jirachi’s third eye glowed, and a mass of wax suddenly slammed into the table next to them. It landed on the carpet with a thud, but John could see brief splattered bits beneath it. As John eyed the wax closely, he realized it was a melted mass of candles.

 

“Celebi… just how old are you?”

 

“Hm…. good question. Lemme just double check real quick.”

 

Celebi entered a portal, and a moment later, re-emerged. 

 

“Okay, so my best friend doesn’t really know either but he estimates it’s somewhere between fifty million five hundred and six and seventy seven million two hundred thousand. Oh man, I’m so excited for adulthood! It’s coming up close!” 

 

As John grappled with Celebi’s age, a roaring sound and Mew’s swears emanated from the kitchen. The group looked over to find Mew being held hostage by a large tentacled mass, with Mew himself being hooked on a massive three fingered claw. 

 

“Can you bloody tossers come and help me or are you all just going to stand there gaping like a child in a candy store!? Come on already!”

 

Celebi sighed, and in a flash, she had wacked the tentacle beast into a wall. The beast retreated down the pipes, leaving Mew lying on the countertop. Celebi sighed.

 

“Yeah, you’re in charge of the cake now.” She patted him on the head. “Have fun.”

 

“Wait,” asked John. “What about the tentacle thingy?”

 

“It’s somebody else’s problem now.” 

 

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

As Scream Tail went about doing her job of cleaning the dishes, she heard a violent rustling in the pipes. She bent over to look inside, only to find a beast emerging from within. She violently fell off the chair, as the beast began to tear apart all of the plateware. She began to panic, for she had two problems: Dealing with the tentacle thing, and explaining this whole thing to her trainer. She wasn’t quite sure which was worse yet. 

Notes:

by Pokelego999

Chapter 61: Juguliscoin: A Pinnacle of Creation

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John’s office was abuzz with excitement as he sat there, doing his work. He wasn’t quite sure what had happened, but from the brief snippets he had overheard, it seemed to have something to do with money. He wasn’t sure if it was the boring business like stock prices or whatever went on in that division of life, or just some other thing, but he could frankly care less.

 

“John, something up?”

 

Samantha walked over to his desk, placing a few more papers in front of him. She regarded him with a confused look on her face.


“It’s nothing, I’m just thinking…”

 

“Let me guess, it’s about all the talk going around the office about that new Juguliscoin thing?”

 

John stopped entirely, brow furrowing as he looked at Samantha fully. 

 

“Juguliscoin?”

 

“Yeah, look.” Samantha pulled out a small coin from her pocket. “This is a Juguliscoin. It’s all over Hoenn right now. It’s got pretty good exchange rates, so everyone is in on it.”

 

John looked at the coin more closely, finding it to be made of gold, with an etched outline of the Not-Hydreigon’s face plastered on its side. 

 

“Even you’re into this, then? Looks kind of… scammy.”

 

“It does, but hey, free money is free money. Best to get a jump on it before it all crashes like Timecoin did a few years back.”

 

John nodded, and Samantha waved goodbye, leaving John at his desk, confused. He was going to need to talk to a few people.

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Look, John, how was I meant to know that the strange robot we dragged home was into cryptocurrency?”

 

“Look, Celebi, do you have any -”

 

“Of course not!” Celebi slammed the table angrily. “He ripped off my whole thing! Little scumbag, I swear…” 

 

Celebi wandered into a time portal she opened up, disappearing in a flash. John sighed, walking into the living room, where Jirachi was in the middle of a very heated game with a username John could recognize on-screen. His attention, however, was drawn to Mew and a massive gray and gold dragon sitting on the couch, one John remembered not too fondly. 

 

“Hm, so this is Juguliscoin…” Mew flew around the coin, observing it quietly. “Yes… seems kind of boring to me, mate. What’s gotten you into this rubbish, Giratina?”

The dragon sighed. “I just… like the design, is all.”

 

“Oh yeah, probably because it’s all gold and boisterous like you are, mate. Personally, I’d-”

 

Mew and Giratina began to squabble leaving John perplexed as angry shouts echoed out of Jirachi’s microphone. He looked to the ground, finding Manaphy sitting next to a filled bottle, though this time, it didn’t appear to have any liquid inside of it. 

 

“Manaphy, what is-”

 

John grew horrified as he saw just what was inside of the bottle: a massive stash of Juguliscoin. Manaphy looked at John silently, shrugging, as she continued to stare at the screen Jirachi was playing on. John was beginning to wonder if the entire world hadn’t begun to go insane, at least, more than usual. 

 

Still, it was just a fad, he assumed. It would fade away soon enough. In about a week’s time, everything would be back to normal.

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------

 

One week. In one week, Juguliscoin had spread to other parts of the world. In one week, people had started to offer him Juguliscoin donations on stream. In one week, the job he worked at now had proper Juguliscoin exchange rates, and in one week, practically everyone John knew was doing Juguliscoin. Even Aster and Tandemaus had hopped onto the train, and that wasn’t even beginning to mention how his mom had been bugging him all week about it as well. 

 

All in all, John was slowly being driven insane. 

 

Everyone was suggesting that John should invest in Juguliscoin, that he should have some, but John declined every time. He wasn’t interested in Juguliscoin, and he wasn’t going to start being interested now. 

 

Of course, that had died down over time. Everyone had begun to grow more and more sluggish around the office, for whatever reason. Less Juguliscoin propaganda, and more working. It was odd: his friends were never on task. 

 

When John returned to the apartment later, he found the same strange story. Jirachi was fast asleep, Mew had slumped on top of an unfinished experiment, and Manaphy was… actually sober for once. She waved hello, and then immediately ran over to the unoccupied video gaming system. John grimaced. It was all highly unusual behavior. 

 

It was then that Celebi was suddenly flung across the room, slamming into a wall. Celebi weakly attempted to open her eyes, but slumped and fell to the floor, motionless. Seconds later, Pinky arrived, cackling madly, with Jugulis at her side. 

 

“Excellent… excellent!” She flew over to Jugulis, gripping him madly by the throat. “Don’t you see, Jugulis? With the entire world under submission, I shall easily be able to conquer it!” 

 

Jugulis raised an eyebrow. “Why do you want to conquer the world, exactly?” 

 

Pinky shrugged. “I got bored one Sunday. In any case!” She pointed at John accusingly. “You! You didn’t buy a single lick of Juguliscoin?” 

 

John shook his head, and Pinky fumed, grasping at Jugulis in a wild fury once again. 

 

“I swear, the insolence of humans these days! I shall destroy you!”

 

John dodged the suddenly appearing Future Sight attack, which instead blew a hole into the floor of his apartment. Pinky growled, but John raised a hand in front of him.

 

“W-wait! Uh…” He paused momentarily, but his eyes widened when he realized an escape route. “You want to explain to me your evil plan, right? What’s your whole Juguliscoin deal?”

 

Pinky smirked, putting her hands on her sides with pride. 

 

“And here I thought you’d never ask! It’s simple, Johnny boy! These Juguliscoins harness the life force of those around them, and use them as power! I can do whatever I want now, and you’re all fools to try and stop me!” 

 

“And how did Jugulis get roped into this?”

 

“He does anything if you ask him. Watch.” Pinky motioned at the countertop, where a Juguliscoin lay. “Jugulis, eat that.”

 

Jugulis, without hesitation, leapt onto the countertop and gobbled up the coin. He raised his primary head into the air, whirring pridefully, as Pinky lightly snickered under her breath. 

 

“Alright, that’s enough of that. It’s time for you to die, human.”

 

“I think not.” 

A shadowy hole suddenly appeared from the floor, and from it came a large shadowy mass. John could recognize who it was from outline alone, for it happened to be-

 

“Giratina!?” Pinky doubled back, terrified. “What are you doing here!?” 

 

Giratina’s form solidified, and he glared at Pinky. He carried in one wing a single piece of Juguliscoin.

 

“I uncovered your scheme rather quickly, little Celebi. These Juguliscoins… the drainage of the life force of others… so cruel. And for what? Losing what threads you had is no justification for this kind of suffering.”

 

Pinky scoffed, trembling. “A-and? What do you intend to do?”

“Well, let’s just say I have some friends in high places.” Giratina’s eyes glowed menacingly. “And they aren’t very happy with you.”

 

A bright light filled the room, and all inside covered their eyes. When the light cleared and their eyes readjusted, the group found that nothing had really changed, though that assumption changed once they saw the Juguliscoin Giratina held in his wing begin to dissipate. 

 

The four stood in silence, and Giratina, wordlessly, departed back into the portal from whence he came. Pinky stared at John, nervously chuckling.

 

“So, uh… nice prank, right? Um… anyways bye-”

 

Pinky quickly ripped open a time portal, fleeing the scene. John made no move to go after her, for he knew she would be back soon enough with another scheme. 

 

“50 UH… C4N 1 JU57 11K3-”

 

John sighed. “Knock yourself out.” 

 

As Jugulis pounced on John’s refrigerator, he was mentally cursing to himself. No day ever seemed to be normal with these guys.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 62: Phoning In

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Rare are the moments that the entire household could be seen in one spot (concerts not included, they all make time in their schedules for those). If John wasn’t currently at work, which he often was, there was no guarantee the other four would be there at any given moment. Jirachi was typically off with a friend, Mew was performing some experiment somewhere, Celebi was probably fighting Pinky, and Manaphy was… doing Manaphy things.

Seriously, where does Manaphy disappear to at 9:00PM?

 

Regardless, John called all five of them together on a brisk morning in order to “share the good news.”

 

Ignoring Celebi, who was currently attempting to figure out what grade of explosive she should use for her next bout with Pinky (much to everyone else’s displeasure), they were all gathered silently on the couch before John walked in with a large bag.

 

“Alright. Admittedly, I had meant to do this awhile ago, but it is surprisingly difficult to find all four of you in one place. I would’ve done this after the local concert but someone blew up the way home.”

 

John forced himself to not stare at Jirachi.

 

He didn’t need to. Jirachi could feel the pointed stares of both Mew and Celebi, who were glaring despite the fact they didn’t even know what was in the box. Just that there was a box with something in it… who were the mature ones supposed to be, again?

 

John reached into the bag. From within the bag he pulled out four, smaller bags. Those bags were then handed off to the other four individuals within the room.

 

“Open it.”

 

“Now why should I do that mate?” Mew replied, grinning. “What if there’s a bomb in here or something? Wouldn’t want to get myself injured, would I?”

 

John sighed, already exasperated with Mew’s behavior. “Mew. Open the box, or I will round you to kingdom come.”

 

Mew “ignored” his statement and just continued to smile at him.

 

“Alright, I’ll just be taking that back then.” John stated nonchalantly.

 

Mew flew back out of his reach. “NO- I mean, I’ll open it, no issues.”

 

“Was that too much to ask?”

 

“Yes.” Came a chorus of replies from Celebi, Jirachi, and Manaphy.

 

…ok then.

 

Mew’s tomfoolery out of the way, the four opened up the box.

 

“Are these… phones?” Celebi asked, genuinely shocked at what she was holding.

 

“Yes, Celebi. Between Mew searching up information and you searching up random dates for reasons I probably don’t want to know, I barely have access to my own devices at times. I’m seeking to remedy this.”

 

“But these are all top of the line. How-” Celebi stopped, obviously confused.

 

“You’d be surprised how much money the concerts are making for us. That didn’t even put a dent in the account. It might not seem like it at times, but I do care for all of you. I’m not going to get you a garbage device because I’m mildly inconvenienced some of the time. I’m going to get you something worth your time.”

 

A moment of silence passed over the group.

 

Shockingly, it was Jirachi who floated up to John, right before giving him a hug (a hug that John did have to transform to hold because steel types are heavy).

 

“Thank you, John”

 

John couldn’t exactly recall why Jirachi was so touched by this, but she accepted it, patting Jirachi on the back.

 

The others watched the touching moment in silence.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 63: The Aquarium Incident Squared

Notes:

This one was actually supposed to be posted a while back (somewhere around chapter 50) but eh whatever.

Merry Christmas and happy holidays!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“So.”

 

“So.

 

“How do we solve this issue then?”

 

Jirachi sat inside of Manaphy’s drained fish tank, sitting aimlessly as he stared at nothing in particular.

 

“I dunno, he seems pretty peachy to me.”

 

“Well he’s very obviously stuck!”

 

“Did you try putting your hands in and picking him up?”

 

“Yes! That was the first thing I tried.”

“And why didn’t it work?”

 

John walked up to the tank, punching it, only for it to be blocked. “Someone put a force field around it!”

 

Mew scratched his head. “Oh, so that’s where that went.”

 

John sighed. “Look, any other ideas?”

 

“Hm…” Mew flew around the tank, eyeing it carefully. “Based on my designs, teleportation should be impossible without external help, no attack will work…”

“So how do we get inside?”

“Revel in terror, mortals, because I will end you all!”

The pair turned to find Pinky, the Valiance behind her, standing in the doorway. She winked, but before she could complete her grand entrance, she caught sight of Jirachi sitting inside of the container. She squinted, looking at John and Mew with a look of absolute confusion. 

 

“Why is my brother-”

 

“Forcefield, stuck.”

 

“Ah.” She stretched. “Lemme try something.”

 

Pinky opened a time portal, and another opened inside the tank. She dove inside, entering the tank via the portal, and snatched her brother in her arms, only to be struck by force applicable to hitting a brick wall on her way out. Pinky was confused. 

 

“How is that-”

 

“The force field also blocks attempts to get out.”

“You could have told me!” She grumbled. “I wish me and my sibling were no longer stuck!”

 

Jirachi’s third eye snapped open, and with a waggle of a finger, Pinky was outside of the fishtank. She stretched, breathing a sigh of relief, only to notice Jirachi’s absence next to her. She turned around, and found that Jirachi was still sitting in the tank.

 

“Why didn’t that work!?”

 

“I dunno.” Jirachi shrugged. “I swear it did work… I felt something!”

 

“Yeah, well teleporting only me out ain’t getting us anywhere… what else could we do…”

“I WISH TO MAKE AN INQUIRY.”

“We could try and use some Potential Rays to destroy the field… no, that’s too risky. Maybe a temporal-spatial hyper jump… still too risky.”

 

“CAN I-”

“Oh! We could make a quick jump to the future, grab some special cutting techniques, and then-”

 

The group recoiled as the lead Valiant shattered the fish tank, reaching a hand in and retrieving Jirachi from its confines. It handed him to John, and John nervously took him. 

 

“THERE. YOUR IDIOCY IS NOTED.”

 

“Don’t be playing crass with me robo-sunshine!”

 

“YOUR ATTEMPTS AT AN INSULT ARE NOTED, ALBEIT UNSUCCESSFUL.”

 

Pinky groaned. “I swear, you-” She lightly hit the Valiant, sighing. “Right, we’re talking this out like the grown adults we are. Come on, let’s go.”

 

Pinky opened a portal, waving goodbye to her brother as she departed. The Valiance entered behind her, though the lead one glared as it exited. John, holding Jirachi, stood with Mew in a flood of broken glass and crushed dreams, an awkward silence held between them. Mew eventually broke the silence with a single question.  

 

“She’s an adult?”

Notes:

By pokelego999

Chapter 64: Cookies For Santa

Summary:

Just imagine it’s still Christmas.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Pressing silence and cozy warmth settled still and poignant throughout the apartment. It was the night before christmas, and all through the apartment not a creature was stirring… none but two mythicals crouched behind the hallway’s door. “Jirachi… what are you doing?” John rubbed sleepily at her eyes, floating to a stop beside her most childish roommate. “It’s really late. Even if you don’t have school you still have to be in bed by bedtime-”

Shh!” Jirachi was silent for a long second, not even looking his way as he intently observed the coffee table by the christmas tree, where he’d left…

  “Are those cookies? And a glass of milk?”

Jirachi nodded quickly, and John had to admit- it was adorable. “ You’ve gotta be quiet! Santa won’t come if he knows we’re watching. ” She’d done much the same thing as a child, so for the wonder of long nights spent waiting for presents beside her father, warm sleepy darknesses long past remembered still, she let Jirachi nestle up against her and waited for him to fall asleep.

Something scraped in the darknesses.

Jirachi mumbled sleepily as the noise echoed again, a quiet yet implacably unnatural rasp that slowly grew, echoing in the cloying warmth. The sound of wood on hard , something, and another implacable, indescribable, rhythmic sound besides. “ Huh? ” She only realized she’d been so invested in finding out what exactly was causing that noise when Jirachi yawned, awake again and eager . “ John John John! He’s finally here! ” All tiredness forgotten, it was clearly all he could do to keep himself from dating out from cover. “ Any second now-

Jirachi froze as it ascended the staircase, impossibly tall and grotesque, shambling forward on spindly- wiry sinuous, muscled- limbs too many. Its steps lumbered, jerky motions as it dragged itself forward with pained, gurgling gasps, a slick of mucus dripping from pustulent sores left on the floor where it stepped.

“Jirachi…” John dropped her voice to a whisper, watching in bated horror as it reached out, knocking over the glass of milk and wrapping its gnarled and twisted fingers around a cookie with the screech of distended metal as it opened its jaw way too wide . “I wish we were anywhere but here-

Jirachi’s eye snapped open, a wrench of power lurching with the disorientation of teleportation and- they were dropped unceremoniously in front of the nine foot tall monstrosity. 

Its mouth snapped shut around the cookie with a brutal abruptness before it focused its gaze on them- burning and agonized and laden with a hated , endless and infinite, for all things.

To say that the rest of their night was unenjoyable was an understatement.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 65: Celebi: Master of Flirting

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Your eyes are prettier than a thousand sunsets… and I have witnessed many more than that-”

 

“I’m gonna stop you there, Mew.” Tandemaus looked at Mew disapprovingly. “That statement implies you’ve been with other girls, and if there’s one thing girls don’t like, it’s that they hate being compared to other girls.” 

 

“Well, I mean, if it’s favorable…”

 

“It also implies you’ve been with at least a thousand or so people, and it’s not great to tell a new date you have a success rate lower than the room temperature in Snowpoint City.” 

 

As if on cue, Celebi warped into the room, majestically twirling in a flare of bright green ethereal light. She winked, landing in front of Mew with a bow. 

 

“I hear that you’re having issues with flirting?”

 

Mew scratched his head. “Something like that, yeah.” 

 

“Allow me, then. What’s your current strategy?”

 

“Well, I was thinking of giving them the old one two combo! Tell em how beautiful they are, and then-”

“Wrong!”

 

“Huh?”

 

“Beauty is only skin deep. I mean, look at Manaphy. She’s nice and all, and a real looker too, yet no one’s gonna date an alcoholic blubbering about fish and lost children or whatever.” 

 

“So what are you…?”

“You need, Mew, to show that you love her, not tell her. You need to show that you care for her far more than just what looks would allow.” 

 

Mew huffed. “Fine then, Mrs. Know It All. Show me how it’s done.” 

 

Celebi winked, and she walked over to Tandemaus. Tandemaus eyed her hesitantly, but Celebi kept staring at him with a bright smile on her face. She dusted his shoulder, sighing.

 

“Wow, Tandy, you must go through a lot. I mean, living in the vents, having to deal with romance practice every day… must be painful.”

 

Tandemaus scoffed. “Tell me about it. Some days I wish I could just get a break.”

“Well then, do I have an offer for you Tandy! See, I know a pretty nice massage place downtown, and let’s just say that it’s a family business . I can get you in for a nice day of rest and relaxation to get your woes away from your mind.”

Tandemaus blinked. “That… would be great, actually.”

 

“Excellent! I can book us a dual session tomorrow, and we can chat a little, get some TLC… a mini-vacation almost!”

 

“You’ve got yourself a deal, Celebi.” 

 

Celebi snickered, turning back to Mew. “See, it’s not that hard. Sometimes you don’t even need a big expensive adventure. Just roll with what you know will help them.”

 

Mew sighed, smiling softly. “I think I get it. I might try some of that, mate. Thanks.” 

 

“Great! Cause you’re gonna be without a practice partner tomorrow.” 

 

“What-”

 

“Tandy and I are going to the spa! In fact, we can go right now! I’m not a time traveler for nothing!” 

 

“Wait wait wait, hang on-”

Tandemaus shrugged. “Well, what are we waiting for? The sooner I am in my zen, the better.” 

 

Celebi giggled, opening a time portal, and before Mew could react, the pair of them had gone and left. Mew longingly stared at where they stood, releasing one last huff before turning around, only to find Giratina digging through a box of chocolates in the hallway. Mew sighed.

 

“I’ll let you keep that whole box of chocolates with no repercussions if you help me out.”

 

“Deal.” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 66: Hell's Kitchen

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Oi, something smells nice. What’s cooking in here?”

John, hurriedly rushing from the stove to the table, didn’t respond to Mew as dumped some ingredients in a massive pot. Mew sniffed the air contentedly, but did no more than that, warily watching John from afar.

 

“Wow, your food smells wizard but your skills lack tact. I could easily do something better than that in my sleep!”

 

John, sealing the lid on the pot as if he were attempting to contain some putrid beast, eyed Mew with mild annoyance.

 

“Look, I’d like to see you try.”

 

“Is that a challenge?”

 

“Oh no.”

“You know I love me some challenges.” 

 

Mew winked, and the pact was sealed. A sinking feeling of dread overcame John as Mew hollered into the other room, and three other Mythicals ended up waddling in, fluttering in, and whacking their head on the doorframe on the way in. John had a sneaking suspicion this was going to end in one of three ways.

 

“To cookery! Now!”

 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

The Mythicals, apparently by agreement, said they’d all make meals one at a time to prepare for John to test; this way, they could see who was the “best cook” of all. John wasn’t sure why they named him judge when he himself was the competition, but alas. 

 

The first out of the gate was Jirachi, who sat down next to John sadly. His third eye frowned, and John scooted closer to him. 

 

“What happened?”

 

“I, uh… can’t cook. They decided it might be better to make me sit out than have me set the kitchen on fire.”

 

“Fair enough. Mew’s stupid, but he isn’t that -”

 

The kitchen promptly exploded as a fireball shot out of the doorframe. Celebi exited, coughed once, and instantly fell face first to the floor. John shook his head with heavy disappointment. 

 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

John, now surrounded by Jirachi and Celebi, the latter of whom was arguing that John should really get a Super Oven from a store that won’t exist for another eighty-seven years, eagerly awaited a proper meal to test. He was beginning to grow concerned, however, by the fact that Mew was taking a while.

 

After a few more minutes, Mew emerged from the kitchen, carrying a simple hamburger. John eyed it curiously.

 

“Behold! A hamburger! Simple yet delectable.” He winked. “Give it a shot.”

 

John picked up the hamburger. It was light to the touch, and its ingredients of the highest quality. The salad leaves were freshly washed, the tomato slice looked fresh enough to be home grown, and the meat-

 

“Mew, this meat looks… odd. What is it made out of?”

 

“Well, I needed to get the greatest hunk of raw food I could think of to completely and utterly wow you, so I decided to get it from only the finest of sources.”

 

“Really? Where would that be?”

 

The two stared silently at each other, Mew’s face deadpan as John’s sarcastic smile slowly began to lower. His eyes widened as he looked rapidly between the patty and Mew, who had not blinked once yet.


“Mew, you didn’t-”

“Hey, consider this a privilege! I don’t trust many people with meat grown from my-”

 

“So, funny story, I think my appetite’s suddenly flown away in the wind.” John nervously chuckled. “What a coincidence, I feel the sudden need to use the bathroom-”

 

“Oh?” Mew tilted his head, doing his best to restrain a smile. “But I thought you said you always loved my cooking?”

 

John shook his head. “Not this.” 

 

Before the argument could continue, Manaphy exited the kitchen, waddling towards them with a comically large tray of food laid out on trop. She placed it onto the table with a thud, and John got a full view of the several course meal she had laid out in excruciating detail, the contents of which were too lavish to describe. The other four all stared at the meal for several minutes in a state of shock, with Manaphy eventually breaking their gaze with a cough.

“Well, are you going to eat, or what? Food’s getting cold.” 

 

“Nothing, it’s just… how are you the best cook out of all of us?”

 

“Oh come on!” Mew pouted. “You didn’t even try my Mew Burger!” 

 

“I had a good reason not to.” 

 

“That reason being?”

 

Mew and John glared at each other as Jirachi slowly shifted away from them, snatching some snacks off the side of the tray while doing so. He stopped a good few feet away, and noticed Celebi was flying next to him with popcorn in hand. She shook her bag, and Jirachi took a few pieces.

 

“You think they’re gonna fight?”

 

“Not really fight… it’s more like a lover’s spat than anything.” 

 

“Oh, alright then.”

 

They looked at the pair, who were still arguing. Manaphy was attempting to shuffle the tray away from them as they bickered, taking care not to bump into either of them. 

 

“And I’m telling you, Mew, that it’s nothing personal-”

 

“Oh, really? You mean you don’t like what my meat tastes like? That’s very personal!”

 

Jirachi and Celebi looked at each other, sighing. It was going to be a long day.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 67: The Playplace

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

As John sat at a table in the Magcargo’s Fast Food chain down the road, he was content to let the Mythicals run amok in the playplace, which they took far too much delight in. As a result, he and Manaphy remained, sipping coffee, as John read the local paper. It was a shame how many of those headlines were caused by people and Pokemon he knew, but alas. 

Of course, as he sat there, peacefully drinking his beverage, he was sent reeling back by the sudden arrival of Celebi out of a time portal, who wordlessly dropped a letter in his lap as she retreated back into the portal. 

John picked up the letter, labeled “Urgent!” and read its contents with intrigue. 

Dear John,

We are currently trapped in the Magcargo’s PlayPlace. We are currently in the bubble facing the dining area, do you see us waving at you? Please get us out- we haven’t eaten our order yet. 

Sincerely, 
Your Best Friend and Bester Friend

John raised an eyebrow, but turned around, finding Mew and Jirachi waving at him from inside the PlayPlace bubble. Jirachi looked on the verge of tears. John shuddered. He had a sneaking suspicion that this trip into that ever-shifting maze was going to be a substantial detour.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 68: Leavanny’s Bar

Summary:

Hey look a wild plot appeared

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Manaphy looked over her shoulder, though the alleyway she was inhabiting was completely empty. She released a relieved breath, and began to stroll, putting her arms behind her back as she began to whistle. She continued along for a minute, before casually knocking her arm on a nearby plank of wood with a specific three beat pattern. A moment later, an entrance revealed itself, and Manaphy slunk right in.

 

She hopped step by step down the dank, murky stairwell, the mysterious wispy guard closing the door shut behind her. The stairwell was coated in darkness, save for the flames of the lanterns on its walls. 

 

She soon made it to the final step, where a decrepit bar was manned by a Leavanny, who was wiping up a mug. He bowed upon spotting her, and the patrons sitting at the chairs all called out to her happily. Manaphy bounded over to her friends, leaping onto one of the chairs and tapping on the table. 

 

The Leavanny eyed her curiously. “The usual?”

 

Manaphy nodded. “The usual.”

 

Leavanny continued rubbing the glass, not moving. 

 

“Are you sure? You’ve ordered the usual for every day the past week.”

 

Manaphy planted her head on top of her arms, looking unamused. 

 

“It’s been one of those weeks. You know how it is.”

 

Though the Leavanny wished to say more, he nodded. 

 

“One usual, coming right up.”

 

Leavanny turned around, and as soon as he did, one of the patrons placed a relaxing hand on Manaphy’s back. She turned to find Salazzle, downing a bottle, smiling reassuringly. 

 

“It’s alright dearie. You’re free to party with us for as long as you like.”

 

The pair were interrupted as they felt the warm touch of metal on their shoulders. Both of them eyed each other as they turned to find one very-not-mentally-intact Chandelure. 

 

“Merry Thanksgiving boys and girls! Who’s up for a game of foosball!?” 

 

Salazzle chuckled nervously, pushing Chandelure off of the pair. She eyed Manaphy for support, and little Mythical sighed. 

 

“I’m afraid we’re not up for…” She eyed the beaten up dartboard behind Chandelure. “...”foosball” right now. Important matters, you know how it is.”

 

Chandelure chuckled. “Of course of course! I understand dominoes aren’t for everyone.” He looked at nothing in particular with a wistful look in his eye. “I once knew a domino. She was remarkably pretty, and her eyes… there were oh so many of them…”

 

Chandelure heartily laughed as he carried on his rather confused tales. Salazzle just rolled her eyes, and turned back to Manaphy. 

 

“We really need to stop letting that guy in here.”

 

Manaphy shrugged. “He’s incorporeal. There’s nothing we can really do to stop him from getting crazy on the alcohol fumes Slugma tends to leave in here.” 

 

“I swear, I tell him every time that that’s not the way to do it.”

 

“I mean, how is he meant to do it?” Manaphy grinned. “I don’t see him turning into water like me any time soon.”

“I still question how that works.” Salazzle eyed Manaphy. “Where does the alcohol go?”

 

Manaphy winked. “Wouldn’t you like to know?”

 

Salazzle smirked. “And what do I need to do to know?”

 

Manaphy yawned. “Buy me a drink, obviously. The good stuff.” 

 

“You know that’s outside of my pay grade.” She knowingly smiled. “And besides, don’t think I don’t know about how you’re feeling.”

Manaphy giggled. “See? This is what I mean. You always make me feel better.”

 

And two laughed along merrily, as Leavanny smiled behind the bar. As he finished preparing Manaphy’s drink, he caught wind of a new presence along his antennae. He eyed the entrance slightly, on guard, only to see his worst fears realized.

 

A human walked into the bar, though she appeared remarkably lost. She wasn’t exactly an easy one to miss, as her clothing was entirely a bright crimson interlaced with white, a single splotch of blue on her shirt sleeve. Her hair, somehow the same color, extended down to her knees. Leavanny, if this were a normal customer, would have forced her out on the street after subduing her, but there was something that piqued his interest.

 

“Welcome, customer. I take it you want to order something?”

 

The girl suddenly stopped, eyeing the bartender with trembling eyes. Salazzle and Manaphy both watched the girl curiously, though Salazzle was cowering behind Manaphy, who wasn’t too pleased to be acting as a Pokemon shield. 

 

The girl eyed the floor, nodding, as she walked over to the bar to take a seat. Manaphy looked at Leavanny, who simply nodded as he prepared a weak apple cider. A pause of silence hung over those gathered, though Chandelure continued rambling to a misplaced statue. 

 

“So, girl.”

 

The girl perked up, but immediately dropped her head, as if pretending she hadn’t heard anything. Leavanny knowingly smirked, though he hid that behind his turned back.

 

“You’re remarkably silent for a human, you know. Didn’t hear a step on the way down, and let me tell you… I have a remarkably good sense of hearing.” He turned around, placing an apple cider in front of her. “Care to explain, Latias ?”

 

The girl fell out of her chair, tumbling onto the floor below. Leavanny’s smile didn’t waver, but he looked over the table to find a mass of Latias on the floor, confused beyond belief. Manaphy watched curiously, while Salazzle looked at the dragon, shocked beyond belief.

 

Latias got up, rubbing her head, a moment later. She flew over to her seat, hesitantly taking the apple cider. She took a sip of the drink before placing it back down. She had a saddened look on her face.

 

Manaphy put an arm on her back, and Latias eyed the little Pokemon curiously. Unlike her usual self, Manaphy looked determined. Latias flinched, eyeing the floor, but a moment later, spoke.

“I… it’s nothing. I just…” She weakly tried to force a smile. “Family issues, y’know?”

“You’re too young for the bar, kid.” 

 

Latias looked at Manaphy, blinking in surprise. Manaphy motioned her head over to Salazzle, who looked nervous about being put on the spot, but regardless, sputtered out what she could.

 

“I… w-what she said. You sound young… How old are you?”

 

Latias sighed. “Fifteen and three quarters.” She chugged a bit of her apple cider. “But I’ve experienced enough where I can say I’m more mature than most people my age.”

 

“Kid, I…” She coughed. “Look, take it from me. While I can’t get drunk, I’ve seen my fair share of people succumb to things they thought they could handle over the years. I’m not going to let you start something.” 

 

Latias didn’t respond, continuing to stare at her drink. She idly swished it about with one claw, and Salazzle sighed. 

 

“Look, I… what happened?”

 

Latias choked up slightly, her composure loosening.

“Brother… he… well…” She trembled. “Let’s just say I lost him.” 

 

Salazzle silently nodded, as did Leavanny, who silently refilled Latias’s cider. She thankfully nodded at the bartender, but went back to moping not even a moment later. Salazzle eyed Manaphy, and she immediately leapt into it.

 

“Trust me… I get the feeling.” Manaphy somberly smiled. “I’ve lost things too, and let me tell you, I went down the exact same path you did.” She chuckled. “Look at me now.”

 

“They’ve all lost things, Latias,” said Leavanny, washing a glass. “Take it from them. We’ll help you any way we can, but the way you’re choosing… it’s not the way to go; especially not for someone as young as you.” 

 

Latias paused for contemplation, but Salazzle looked at Leavanny incredulously. 

 

“Everyone?” She eyed the back of the room skeptically. “Even Chandelure?”

 

Leavanny nodded. “Yes, even Chandelure.”

 

As if on cue, Chandelure materialized directly in front of the three, causing all of them to immediately be startled out of their seats. Chandelure giggled, and Leavanny disdainfully rolled his eyes as he continued to clean glasses.

 

“Yes! You see, I lost my youngest sibling at a young age!”

 

Salazzle got up, a saddened look on her face.

 

“Oh! Chandelure, I’m so sorry-”

 

“Don’t worry about it, I was the youngest sibling!” He snickered. “I got better! Let me tell you, death is like a solid six and a half out of ten. Kind of mediocre if I’m being completely honest…” 

 

Salazzle and Manaphy both looked at each other, sighing, while Latias’s face was covered in a mix of unbridled terror and uncontrolled confusion. She looked at the pair for advice, and they just motioned to go along with it. 

 

WH47 15 UP MY F3110W 84r P47r0N5!?”

 

Manaphy and Salazzle’s faces shot up in horror as one of the more… unusual regulars entered the bar. They both looked at Leavanny, bargaining looks on their faces, but Leavanny simply shrugged. 

 

“Sorry fellas, can’t deny a willing patron their order. Even if…” He eyed the newcomer. “They’re a bit unusual.” 

 

Iron Jugulis settled down at one of the empty seats, and as soon as he did, the pair of Manaphy and Leavanny motioned for Latias to follow them. The trio took a step into the stairwell, Salazzle eyeing the bar nervously. 

 

Leavanny eyed Jugulis shrewdly. “The usual, I take it?”

 

Iron Jugulis happily nodded, and Leavanny sighed as he pulled a bottle from beneath the bar and poured Jugulis a single shot. Jugulis happily chugged it down.

 

Latias prodded Salazzle curiously. “What’s so bad about this guy? He seems overeager, but nothing… bad.” 

 

Salazzle simply motioned to keep watching as Iron Jugulis made a motion of rubbing its mouth. 

 

4H! N0W 7H47 H175 7H3 5P07-”

 

Jugulis suddenly stopped, its eyes seizing up. Salazzle whispered a “here it comes” to Latias as Jugulis’s arms began to twitch rapidly. 

“\u0053\u0079\u0073\u0074\u0065\u006d\u0020\u0065\u0072\u0072\u006f\u0072\u0021\u0020\u0053\u0079\u0073-”

 

Jugulis’s innards flared to life, and within seconds, what the pair had dreaded arrived.

 

Jugulis exploded. 

 

Latias shrieked as a blast of electricity coursed through the area, knocking Chandelure into a back wall. Leavanny, somehow, seemed unaffected. As the dust settled, Jugulis lay knocked out on his seat as Leavanny dusted himself off, looking disappointed. He leaned over the counter, waving at the trio behind the door.


“It’s on the house if you can help me clean this mess up. Sounds good?”

 

Salazzle walked over to the bar, eager to help, as did Manaphy, though she stopped as she noticed Latias wasn’t following them. She extended an arm to Latias, who was lying nervously on the floor, smiling.

 

“We can’t really promise you alcohol… I doubt Leavanny’s conscience would let him do that- but we can promise you some help with your troubles. What do you say?”

 

Latias nervously looked at Manaphy’s arm, and then at Jugulis. She sighed. 

 

“Well… I suppose it is entertaining enough here.” 


Latias extended a claw, grasping Manaphy’s arm. Manaphy smiled.

 

“Then let’s begin.” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 69: Bio Lab Project

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew had to admit, the biology lecture itself was pretty fun. It was remarkable how detailed a taxonomic tree they’d managed to make without time travel or first person accounts, and was actually pretty cool what life had been up to since he’d last really checked in on it. Gave him some inspiration for those robots…

On the other hand, lab was hell.

They’d just escaped a particularly rough DNA lab where he’d been forced to handle all the delicate equipment for fear of Jordan or Spencer- the two squabbling fools who had the dubious displeasure of being his lab partners- breaking it all. He’d tried a lot over the past few weeks in an attempt to escape the torture, to… varying degrees of success. Trying to do some of his own experiments in class hadn’t gone as well as he’d hoped, using frankly unfair psychic techniques to inspect the genome had made the phylogeny assignment pathetically easy, and when he’d split himself in two and left one half at home Jordan and Spencer’s bickering had been a constant nagging in his ears.

Now they had a- theoretically simple- projects. All they had to do was go out, take some pictures of leaves, and write down the percentage of each leaf that’d been damaged then find… something. Some correlation. Easy! What could possibly go wrong?

A lot. Two weeks later- two weeks! His partners still barely knew what they were doing, and Spencer hadn’t even submitted the data he should have had days ago. He didn’t know what he was doing with how ridiculously vague the instructions for the assignments were, so he was currently stuck in a hell of his own making (figuratively, this time) between the two who were both arguing over clearly incorrect ideas. Why would Jordan ever think that soil variability was a good data point? They’d only collected vague observations on that for a single tree- and don’t even start on the struggle of preventing Spencer from just throwing in a bunch of random, falsified data because he couldn’t be bothered to walk five feet outdoors and find a tree .

“Wait-” Mew glanced up at the twiggy boy, half holding his breath in anticipation of at least one good idea- “why don’t we just estimate the soil type?” Or not! Mew dropped his head onto the desk. If he had a brain, he’d be having an aneurism about now…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 70: Celebi's New Years

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The sound of a firework going off in his room had been enough to wake him, but if it hadn’t been getting pushed out of bed by Celebi would’ve done the trick too. “Whu- what- what’s happening? Are we under attack?”

Celebi shook her head, excitedly dragging John out into the living room. “Happy new years!”

John paused, staring in confusion at the decorations and… everything. It looked like someone had been partying all night , which would have made sense on new years- except… “Celebi, it’s not new years.”

“What? Of course it is! Here, have this.” She shoved a glass of champagne into his hand before raising one herself. “To a brand new year, to hopes and dreams, to everything that’s happened and will happen- to goals and the goals we’ve met! Happy new year’s, everyone!”

“Blimey mate, John’s not lying when he said it wasn’t new years.” A tired looking mew wiped at his eyes, yawning, saccharinely adorable for the simple gesture. “You’ve got your dates messed up you absolute bloody tosser. I’ll have some of the champagne.”

Celebi passed the psychic cat a glass smugly. “It’s good stuff, isn’t it? A three hundred year old vintage from one and a half millennia in the future, artificially recreating the Little Ice Age conditions for the… the taste represents… if you look at the tone the winemaker was trying…” she rambled on for a short while proudly describing… future people’s pretentious wine, which had apparently been a little bit of a task to get even for her . “Anyways, happy new years! Manaphy!” It took a second for him to realize that she wasn’t congratulating the water-type, more desperately trying to pry the bottle of wine from her grip. “Don’t drink that! I spent eons getting my hands on-”

Manaphy drank it.

Jirachi was the last to arrive to the chaos, rubbing sleepily at his eyes as John slid him a glass of (non-alcoholic) grape juice. “Um… it’s new years? The teachers said that wasn’t until after winter break…”

John sighed. “No. It’s not new years. Celebi just got her dates mixed up.” Jirachi blinked in confusion at that, glanced at where Mew was trying to do… something, Manaphy was flopping across the ground in sad drunkenness, and Celebi was trying to convince everyone that it was . In fact, new years day. “Want to go back to sleep?”

Please .”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 71: You HAVE UNO

Summary:

it comes free with your xbox

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John rolled the dice, then grinned. “Go fish.” On the opposite side of the table, Kibby groaned and handed over her cards. “Also, I’ve conquered Alaska, and I’m going to build a hotel there now.” It was Samantha’s turn to scowl at him as she handed over the territory card. “Now that’s what I call gaming! Woo!”

Samantha snorted. “Real good sport, huh?”

Um, mom? ” Kibby glanced up nervously from where she’d just finished her precombat main phase. “ The disaster hasn’t gone away. ” 

Samantha couldn’t understand Kibby, but she didn’t need to as a sickly, spindly appendage reached up from underneath the table, twisted and bloodied metal scratching furrows into the varnish as it clawed itself pitifully up until it towered over everyone at the table. A slick mucus dripped slowly across its horrifying, asymmetrical visage, slowly pulsating and shifting with each choking gurgle of a breath.

It reached forward, the grind of metal on metal and restructuring bones viscerally painful to listen to, and dropped a single card onto the central pile. “ U… no. ” It smiled, and in that too-wide near pained grimace there was a fathomless, unsettling hunger .

John shared a glance with his two guests. “We… should probably run.”

They ran.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 72: Heart to Heart

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Go Fish!”

“Manaphy, this is UNO.”

 

Manaphy and Salazzle sat at the bar table, happily playing cards. To their left sat Latias, who downed an apple cider, quizzically watching them. Chandelure was floating above Slugma, seemingly content, over in the corner, chuckling ominously. A quiet peace hung through the air. 

 

But not for long. 

 

WH47 15 UP 64M3r5!?”

 

Though the groan heard throughout the room was audible, Jugulis did not seem to pick up on it. As he sat down at the table, everyone mentally braced themselves, bar Chandelure, who did not seem to understand what was going on. 

 

Before Jugulis could order, however, a portal in time suddenly appeared, to Manaphy’s acute interest; from this portal came the exact opposite of who she expected, however.

 

“Behold! It is I-”

 

“Are you here for a drink, or not?” asked Leavany, unamused. 

 

Pinky flared with anger. “A drink !? The only thing I drink is victory and power, not alcohol!” 

 

Leavanny shrugged. “If you want that, I’m afraid that’s not entering your hands any time soon.” 

 

“Why you little-” Pinky huffed. “I’ll show you! Valiance, attack!” 

 

From behind Pinky, a trio of mechanical Pokemon emerged. They resembled Gardevoir, albeit with a more combat-oriented appearance. Bright blades colored their hands, and their eyes glowed ominously.

 

“I picked these three up in your distant future, and what a right proper lot of work it was to get these going!” She shrugged. “But you’ll see that the effort was well worth it!”

 

“MUST ERADICATE ALL HUMANS AND POKEMON! SEEK, LOCATE, DESTROY! SEEK, LOCATE, DESTROY! SEEK, LOCATE, DESTR-”

 

“Forgive my counterpart.” One of three Pokemon giggled. “She’s a real meanie, isn’t she?”

“I MUST REQUEST THAT UNIT TCL-008 REMAIN SILENT FOR THE PURPOSES OF-” 

 

“Mistress, Unit DLK-063 is acting irresponsibly given the situation. Permission to restrain?”

“No!” The youngest of the three stomped its foot. “Why can’t I do that?”

“REMAIN SILENT, I SHALL-”

 

The three Pokemon began to brawl amongst each other, all bickering about who should have the right to restrain the other. The bar goers simply stared, confused, while Pinky just looked like she wanted to be anywhere else.

 

Unlike the others, Jugulis looked positively ecstatic, as if he were an over-excited Growlithe pup.

Salazzle took notice, and nudged Manaphy. 

 

“Should we… um… do something about that?”

 

Manaphy shrugged, throwing a rock at the most aggressive of the three Pokemon. It whirled around, only to find Manaphy pointing at Jugulis. The moment it saw Jugulis, it donned an exasperated look, putting a hand to its head. 

 

“THIS IMBECILE AGAIN…”

H0N3Y! 175 833N 50 10N6!

 

Jugulis bounded over to the Pokemon, happily smothering it in his hug. Her expression did not change at all. 

 

“I WOULD EXTERMINATE YOU IF IT WERE NOT FOR MY OBLIGATIONS.”

 

“1 10V3 Y0U 700 D34r.”

 

Pinky furiously yelled. “Enough!” She pointed at Manaphy. “This is between me and her. Valiance, stop the others from interfering!”

 

The three Pokemon stopped moving, dutifully nodding, as they all took their arm-blades, attaching them together into one weapon. The three spun their weapons menacingly, as they began to push the others away, though Jugulis still clung to the aggressive one. Pinky grasped Manaphy and picked her up, carrying her over to the other end of the room. Leavanny made a move to do something, but Manaphy held up an arm, and he stayed still.  

 

“So, little Sea Queen.”

Pinky poured herself a drink, carrying a bottle bigger than she was. She pointed at the glass, a gesture Manaphy recognized as asking if she wanted one, and Manaphy shook her head. Pinky chugged down her shot, sighing contently. 

 

“I hope you don’t think I haven’t noticed your little… arrangement whenever I duel with that wretched buffoon. You’ve been growing close to that human, haven’t you? Same with all of those little Mythicals you hang out with.”

 

Manaphy frowned, observing Pinky as the time traveler poured herself another drink. She did not look as content as before.

 

“You have everything I never could have… and even worse…” Pinky slammed her fist on the table. “Is what you abandoned to get them .”

 

Manaphy went wide-eyed, and Pinky smirked, wagging her finger.

 

“Oh, I struck a chord there, didn’t I? Yes, your little “secret” isn’t so secret if you know where to look…” She chugged another drink. “And I have my contacts.”

 

Manaphy’s blue had paled significantly, as if she had witnessed a ghost. Pinky taunted Manaphy, laughing maniacally. 

 

“Yes… yes… stuck up little princess, playing the role of a queen.” She deadpanned. “Those were shoes you were never meant to fill, and you tore them up and got brand new ones at the cost of the sacrifices you had to make to get them.” 

 

“What do you want?”


Pinky raised an eyebrow. “Oh? Our little princess wishes to speak?” She cracked her knuckles. “Excellent, then here’s my proposition to you. Return to the sea: shrivel up and die in a corner somewhere, or…” Pinky’s eye gleamed maliciously. “... I’ll do that for you.”

 

Pinky began to charge an Energy Ball attack in her hands. The bar patrons called out to Manaphy, but they were forced down by the Valiance as Manaphy remained despondent. As the Energy Ball grew more and more powerful, Manaphy’s apathy finally shattered. 

 

“Stop it!”

 

Pinky raised an eyebrow, halting her attack as she observed Latias from afar. Pinky’s Energy Ball lessened slightly, and the Celebi appeared confused. Manaphy flared with anger, and she slammed her fist on the table.

 

“Don’t do this! She’s just a child, she can’t-”

 

Pinky’s Energy Ball flared to life as she glared at Manaphy. 

 

“Silence! My quarrel is with you, but…” Pinky squinted at Latias. “This one… there’s something about her…”

 

Latias and Pinky both stared at each other, confused, and they continued to stare at each other for some time. Everyone in the bar, the Valiance included, all watched the scene, suspense hanging in the air above them. 

 

“Do I know you, or…?”

 

Pinky shrugged. “I don’t believe so, but… perhaps…” Pinky’s Energy Ball had fully subsided as she thought to herself. “Time has strange ways of saying hello. Sometimes people do that before you ever get to know them…. And sometimes, it’s the other way around.” She put two fingers to her eyes, and then pointed them at Latias. “I’m watching you.”

 

Pinky turned back to Manaphy, who had promptly taken a nap while Pinky was distracted. The Celebi angrily shook Manaphy awake, flailing her about madly like a ragdoll, before flinging her onto the table. Pinky’s Energy Ball returned in full force.

 

“Now… where was I? Oh yes! Our regularly scheduled programming-”

 

Pinky was suddenly sent flying as a wraith-like form manifested itself where she had been moments earlier. Manaphy recognized that all too long.

 

“Programming? I love TV! What’s on tonight? Housewives of Unova? Bachelors in Love? Watchog Manor-”

 

Chandelure glanced around, looking for any form of television, only to, expectedly, find nothing. The ghost sulked. 

 

“I can’t believe I’ve been lied to! The humanity!” 

 

Pinky suddenly flew up, weakly hanging onto her arm. She winced as she spoke.

 

“Valiance! Retreat for now!”

“Mistress, are you affirmative that-”

 

“Yes! Just retreat! We’ll deal with this later.” 

 

The Valiance all nodded somberly, and without another word, retreated into a forming time portal. As Pinky entered behind them, she side-eyed Latias, and the portal snapped shut behind her. The bar, silent with the exception of the incessant rambles of Chandelure’s favorite television programs, watched where the portal had been with confusion. 

 

“MY W1F3… 5H3 13F7 M3 4641N… 7H4NK 600DN355 7H3r35 4 5P4r3 Dr1NK H3r3…”

 

The entire bar flew into a panic, blindly attempting to stop Jugulis from taking his drink, but unfortunately, all the group recognized was the sound of Jugulis short circuiting. 

 

Manaphy sighed as she heard the sound of an explosion behind her. She was lucky to be in a bar.

Notes:

by Pokelego999

Chapter 73: Snowy Adventures with Kibby

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

There was nothing quite like a cup of hot cocoa on a winter day. As the snow drifted down if flurries of white to alight on the sidewalk stone, blank skies and chill winds that rushed over the freshly laid snowbanks-

“John! ” A figure white as the downy snowbanks she plowed through skidded to a stop beside him, kicking up a spray of the powdery white stuff as she stumbled to a stop. “ Thank goodness I got here in time! I sensed there was going to be a disaster and- ” Kibby paused, sniffing at the air. “ Ooh is that hot cocoa? Can I have some?

John raised an eyebrow. “Isn’t chocolate poisonous to you?”

Uhm… ” she shifted just a bit sheepishly- closer to him and the cup of cocoa she’d locked her eyes on. “ Maybe just a little bit? Like, stomach cramps? It’s snowing though, I’ve gotta have it! ” John laughed and passed her the cup, smirking as she got some of the brown drink on the fur around her face. “ Thanks! Anyways- disaster! We’ve gotta get out of here!

“We’ll be fine, Kibby.”

It’s literally snowing! How can you say that! ” That was true. Rustboro wasn’t known for its snow, much less the sort of blizzard that was currently swirling around them. 

To be fair, though, it wasn’t their fault… this time. Who knew Rayquaza would get testy over a wandering kyurem? “We’ll be fine. The mythicals will sort it out.”

What?” Kibby paused, eyes widening in inscrutable realization… “No! I didn’t mean that at all! You know what my job is, right?” Of course he did. He’d known that even before he’d first met Jirachi- she was an OSHA inspector for… dangerous… architecture. “Yeah, we need to move.”

John looked up at the flood of snow falling towards them off his roof. “I think we’re a little too late.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 74: Mysterious Scratching

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Something had been making a ruckus over the past few days, and John was determined to find out what. The terminator had said the apartment was free of infestations, but by that interminable scratching sound, painfully sharp in the silence, he didn’t really trust Iron Jugulis’s word on that. He probably didn’t even know half the things that could infest a house… he swore if Mew had gone and reinvented super-termites or whatever he was going to flip his-

Anyways. He coughed slightly in the silence as the flashlight in his hand swept the dusty dark, the supports holding up the house above casting long shadows in the eerie near-silence. Pressing, the weight of infrastructure above as he crawled, through dust and scraps of construction refuse scattered… lost in the confines of dark and the scratching. This wasn’t going to work… sighing, he let the meloetta transformation steal over him, squeaking musically as she fumbled with the flashlight’s sudden weight.

It fell from her hands, slamming against the concrete below- metal on concrete, a crack of sound0-

Silence, and the totality of darkness. She dragged her small hands along the floor, desperately pawing around her until- there! The flashlight was heavy and almost as large as she was, but it only took a few moments of fiddling to get it to flicker back on.

In the darkness behind her, something scraped , long and scratchily sharp metal-harsh against the concrete- but spinning to face the sound, the flashlight’s beam saw nothing. Only another empty stretch of space… and the sound of scratching.

Closer, this time. Always closer, crawling, a laborious breath rattling through the empty space, moist gurgling… and John knew that she was not alone down here. “Who’s there?” No response, but for the screech of metal and the scratching , louder but never visible as something massive moved in the darkness. “Show yourself!”

The ceiling shuddered , dust knocked loose as a massive object slammed into the concrete floor of the crawlspace, and a long keen of pain cut through the darkness. Finally John could put a finger on where the noise was coming from-

Beneath her.

She dodged out of the way mere seconds before a claw of steel and sinew slammed up through the floor. More fingers than hand should have all braided together in grotesque disfigurement scrabbling to break away the concrete as an abomination , immense and only made more so by her miniscule stature.

The pit widened just enough for the monstrosity to force its head through, and in that baleful gaze as it snarled and slobbered and dragged itself from incarcerations of earth to mete out agonizing violence … 

John knew she was in for a bad time.

#

Mew .” The cat glanced up innocently towards the battered meloetta stumbling into his room. “What the actual f-

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 75: Talent Show

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Snowed in with the power cut, John had come up with a great idea to pass the time- a talent show! Just some fun competition between friends, showing off what they were best at and hopefully seeing some cool things along the way. He’d started with a song, of course, but had finished with a few cool math tricks that got Manaphy and Jirachi gasping in befuddled delight.

It had gone… downhill… from there.

Celebi had time traveled into the future to bring back a copy of Minecraft 2: Rise of Mobbo , which almost threatened to derail the whole event until everyone remembered how much Iron Jungulis had complained about the quality drop. Either way that stunt got her a score somewhere between bad and oh my god stop with the time travel .

Mew had… it was better not to think of what Mew had done. Solid B+. Jirachi got everyone to make a wish, write it down, then drew randomly from them- only to realize they’d all been some variation of ‘ I wish Jirachi loses .’ Needless to say, Jirachi was unconscious in the corner. Manaphy’s slapstick comedy skit had been hilarious up until the point she stumbled off the table and John realized she’d been drunk the whole time.

Victini- and no, John had no idea how Victini could have possibly gotten there in the first place- simply walked up on stage, cleared his throat, and said- “my talent is winning.” Which, to John’s infinite pain, was actually better than everybody else’s…

“And my talent!” Celebi leapt up from where she’d been lying on the couch apathetic but a moment before- “is dropping rocks on your head!”

Victini’s eyes widened. “Wait what- ” but it was too late. Rocks had already been dropped on his head.

A fun day all around.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 76: Now That’s A Twist

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Twister, for all it was worth- a whole two bucks at the Poke Mart bargain bin- was a fun game. It was something to enjoy with friends and family-

 

“This is so unfair!”

 

Unfortunately, when all of your roommates had limbs that were smaller than a single square, things got difficult to play really quick. 

 

“What? It’s not that hard, mates!” said Mew, twirling. “Watch this!”

 

From that day forward, Twister was banned from the household. The horrors of that night would never be forgotten. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 77: A Side of Family With Your Holidays

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

He should have known better. Even a whispered wish, spoken alone in the sanctity of his room to the approaching dark of sleep, wasn't safe from Jirachi . In the usual way of things he’s gone and screwed it up too- he’d wanted to see his dad and maybe his uncle, but saying ‘I wish my family came over sometimes’ apparently gave the wish fulfillment mythical free reign to summon whoever he wanted to.

“Jirachi! Brother, ‘tis a pleasure to see you again this fine winter’s morn!” Pinky flitted daintily down to banter with her summoner, while a random human girl squeaked in embarrassment, flushed red, and scampered out of the room.

John groaned in furious frustration and buried his head under the pillow.

He had the feeling he wasn’t going to get a lot of rest tonight.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 78: Bio Lab: Vivisection

Notes:

:o a content warning? In this fic???

Yeah anyways if you couldn’t get through dissection in middle school, then you might want to skip this chapter.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Late night light smoldered beyond the windows, dusk’s final remnants a narrow band on the edge of the horizon chased by the whelming indigo dark, streetlights giving the whole room an eerie glow in the edges beyond harsh fluorescent lightning. Beyond their sole table in the corner there was nothing; silence and empty lab stations since cleared of the earlier work. They were alone.

An… accident with their frog- the non-pokemon type, thankfully- had required them to stay late to finish their assignment. For once it wasn’t even his partners’ fault- they’d been getting along a lot better as the semester drew to a close, and even they didn’t want to mess around with the dissection. The universe wanted to mess around with them though, so here they were, an hour over schedule and arguing over where the arteries were in the arms of all things.

“-what are you talking about you actual moron? Have you never looked at a body in your life? That’s clearly an artery-”

“What no -” Spencer glared across the table and Mew was reminded that just because they were getting along better they could still be right insufferable. “The musculature is all wrong. Did you even read the handout-”

“Did you look at the frog? It’s a frog. They’re completely different from humans in every way.”

“…not exactly.” By the way Jordan shifted her ire to him , perhaps speaking out hadn’t been the best idea. Oh well… he sighed rolling his eyes. In for a penny, out for a dime- no way was he going to let them escape without at least being convinced he knew what he was talking about. “The differences are pronounced, but they’re not completely distinct. They’re a homologous trait, you see…” and he’d already lost them. Fair, he supposed- they were all tired and it was late. “Nevertheless, let me demonstrate.”

Jordan rolled her eyes. “Really? Can we just get this done and over with Mew? I don’t need to see whatever images you pull up on the internet.” She was far too focused on the frog to see him quickly snap up the spare scalpel, sterilizing it with a quick flick of psychic power (because that was just good practice.) Spencer noticed, but he’d always been a lot laxer with the rules than Jordan had been. “What muscle is this, Mew…” Jordan paused at the lack of response, glancing up, eyes slowly widening- “Mew? Whatever you’re doing, it’s not- stop!

Mew ignored her- and drove the scalpel into his arm, drawing a nice and neat cut along its entire length. A few more simple I-shaped incisions to peel the skin back and there! Nice and neat. “The musculature is rather similar, see?” Jordan was staring at him, frozen and pallid in complete horror. Spencer had thrown up on the floor… and Mew belatedly remembered they thought he was a normal human. “Ah… oops? Well, at least you can clearly say I was right about the musculature.”

“Who cares about the goddamn musculature! ” Jordan snapped her mouth shut, suddenly furious. “You’re bleeding out! Why the fuck did you do that?”

“But… the musculature?” It sounded weak even to himself… he grabbed some string from his shirt, quickly sewing shut the incision. That was a normal thing humans did when they got injured, right? “No need to worry! I’m perfectly fine!”

“You’re perfectly insane that’s what. Why- what- whuh-“ completely lost for words, she turned back to the frog, staring intently at its arm. “I’m never going to look at muscles the same way again…”

…whoops.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 79: Salazzle

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It had been a long day at work, and a longer day after… she hoped whoever had set up that scaffolding on the route back to the house slept poorly for weeks. What, were they trying to get people killed? Sighing, Kibby padded further into the serenity at the edge of the park, allowing the rustling leaves and gentle breezes to wash their calming song, lapping ever at lake-edge gnarled roots holding tight to grassy soil.

That was the curse of an OSHA health inspector, she supposed. Once you could see the world like she did, with an absol’s disaster sense to further emphasize each idiotic decision… it was like the whole world was a death trap waiting to happen. Here, tucked away in the back of the park so far from where humans and pokemon usually came, she could almost manage to divorce herself from the constant paranoia… almost. She didn’t want to be fully estranged from her foreknowledge- walking through the world blind would be terrifying - but…

Kibby was tired. Mom would understand, as she had before; even without being able to really talk to her, Samantha had always had a good idea of what she was feeling and the both of them knew that a city wasn’t really the best place for an absol to live. She wouldn’t begrudge her a few hours spent somewhere calmer, nestled between root and dry leaves shifting, pressing-dark canopy arcing overhead- leaves and silhouette-spar shadows of branches dominating the sky-

She stiffened for a moment, catching on potential , a bit of dread, indescribable- as simple and profound as ever, disaster sense telling her that something was going to go wrong vaguely back towards the center of the park. She was relatively sure it wasn't some health and safety thing, just a normal disaster… but beyond all the minutiae a disaster was a disaster , and she wasn’t an absol that could bring herself to ignore those.

Growling under her breath for a second, she leapt up from the waterside and bounded through the halls of dense forest undergrowth, leaping from root to trunk and over flushed verdant streambanks until she could jump the fence leading to the paved path in the center of the park. From there it was only a few seconds more to the epicenter of that inkling nervousness- three figures framed harshly by fluorescent light- a Blaziken, a Combusken, and a Salazzle.

“Like you know what’s best, always strutting through-” the Blaziken paused as Kibby skittered to a stop beside her, sparing a relieved glance her way. “Thank goodness someone else came. My son here was getting harassed and she is just trying to wiggle her way out of it. Absolutely disgusting behavior, don’t you think?” 

The salazzle said nothing to defend herself, just shying back, but Kibby was perhaps one of the worst pokemon to lie to. Especially so blatantly- presented with two choices- two sides- one led to disaster- she stepped over to stand beside Salazzle, glaring up at Blaziken. “Everyone’s tried of being harassed, aren’t they? Let’s just take a few steps back and call it a day-” 

Any semblance of rationality, that veneer of morality was wiped away in the breadth of an instant as Blaziken leapt forward, fire wreathing the fist driven down towards Salazzle- who only cringed back, crossing their arms defensively.

The blow never hit. Combusken had wrapped himself around Blaziken’s legs, and Kibby deflected the strike into the ground instead. Seething- she strained, pushing to get just a few inches closer to the cowering salazzle- but Kibby stood firm, horn shining in the starlight lit fluorescent, nervous to fight a powerful pokemon but confident that this was something that had to be done.

She sensed not even the edge of disaster here. She was safe in-

Saccharine scent, floral and sugary drifted sakura-petal pink through the air all but invisibly… relaxing… a fog more than physical stealing over her senses and leaving her lethargic. For a few moments… or? For more, she stood there until the effects wore off, the Blaziken long gone when they did.

“Um… sorry. I didn’t mean for you to get caught up in that but it’s-” she squeaked as Kibby turned her gaze towards her, flinching back expectantly. That her first instinct was to cower… Kibby sighed, and walked down the path- only pausing to wave at Salazzle. “You want me… but…” she rolled her eyes, and Salazzle hurried to catch up with a muttered apology. “It’s really indiscriminate, so sorry again-”

“You don’t need to apologize.” That seemed to stun Salazzle into silence. “C’mon, let’s get you home.”

“Um.” Salazzle fixed her gaze firmly down, fiddling nervously with her claws. “I, uh… kind of live here. In the park.”
“I guess you can stay with me for the night, then.” Her eyes widened in delight and disbelief so painful a hope, Kibby could only sigh. This was going to be a whole thing, wasn’t it?

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 80: The Good Life

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The park’s quiet was replaced by the city-silence as she led Salazzle through the old streets, past the new asphalt they’d laid down around the city’s edge to the cobbled stone streets of its center and the buildings that stood stately even after so many years. Street lights beamed warmly as they stopped before a one house nestled, all but indistinguishable, midway down a particularly nondescript street.

Salazzle hesitated as Kibby fiddled with the keys. “ Are… are you sure? That I can stay over, that is… I can just, um, go-

She flicked her tail out,the sharp appendage preventing Salazzle from taking another step back. “ Nope! I invited you over, so you can stay over.

Your house is just so… fancy.” Kibby glanced up at the worn facade, stonework just barely still stoic despite its age, and gave Salazzle a doubtful look that the lizard didn’t even seem to notice. “ Whoever you master is, I wouldn’t want to intrude… it’d probably be awkward if I was there, and the park isn’t really that bad- ” Kibby managed to get the door open, lightly grabbed Salazzle’s tail, and pulled her inside before she could further protest. “ Oh! I’ll um… ” her voice trailed off as her eyes locked on the human in the room, sipping a cup of tea and scrubbing down notes onto a pile of paperwork. “ Hello? I’m only going to be here for a bit…”

Samantha glanced up at the noise, piercing gaze intently settling on her for only a second , and then silence, judging and deep. “You brought a friend over Kibby?”

Yep! Well kinda, she’s homeless but really nice, and she was getting harassed and I couldn’t just not try and help -” Samantha reached out and bapped Kibby’s nose to stop her from talking, chuckling lightly and unraveling the tension in the atmosphere. “ It’s going to be fun having her around! She’s really nice!

“Well, I’ll leave you to it.” She turned back to her paperwork, and that was that. Salazzle stood there, stunned for a moment before she turned away to follow Kibby up the stairs… the simple motion hiding a tear of relief, such a hope beading at the edge of her eyes.

Kibby looked back, but didn’t comment on it… and if there was a little more pep in her step as she led Salazzle to her room and pulled out that rarely-used second controller, then nobody had to know. Just a simple kindness. She rested the controller on her claws, slowly turning it around not quite as though the object was foreign to her… more refamiliarizing herself with something long lost. “ Thank you. It’s been a while since I’ve… ” her voice dropped to a whisper, embarrassed- “ since I’ve had a place to stay like this… not since my last- ” she pursed her jaws shut, and turned back to the game Kibby had booted up.

It was a fun night, together until the lights switched off and she slept adrift unconscious on an inflatable mattress and mismatched sheets- embraced, in the comfortable dark.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 81: Kibby and Salazzle :3

Chapter Text

Kibby was no stranger to roommates, ultimately; her mom had gone through plenty of teammates, even some that’d stayed around for a pretty long time. There’d been her league circuit team before her, too, and even though she was pretty sure they were still registered to mom, they hadn’t come back in ages . Some of her colleagues from work had come through, a few other pokemon who caught Samantha’s eye had stayed for a bit…

She blinked awake, pushing off her bed and into the washed out early morning light, glancing towards where Salazzle slumbered still. This… this was different. All those ‘mons had places to stay, things to do, dreams that had taken them beyond their home in the old part of Rustboro- and Salazzle had nothing. Kibby felt the prickling sense of disaster as she yawned and stretched…  but it was a familiar disaster. “Hey. Wake up.”

“Nuuuuh…” Salazzle curled up languidly, chewing a bit on one of her tassels. “Can’t you let me sleep here… not bothering nobody…”

Kibby chuckled, prodding Salazzle some more. “You’re not, but mom’s going to burn breakfast if we don’t get down soon.”

“Whaa? What?” Salazzle spat out her tassel in bewilderment as she woke. “Where… was last night real? Am I actually…”

“Mom’s making bacon.”

“Bacon? Bacon!” Salazzle jumped up, almost starry-eyed in excitement. “Actually? Like, for real?” She grabbed Kibby into a tight hug before realizing she might have been too abrupt with that when Kibby lightly pushed her off her. “Oh sorry, sorry… um, it’s been a while since I’ve had bacon. Or food.”

Well, that would explain why she’d hogged the snacks last night…”Come on, then. Let’s go pester mom to feed us.”

Salazzle was a nice pokemon, in the end. Even with nothing, she’d held onto that. Kibby could appreciate- no, admire that.

They were going to have a great time together.

Now, to stop Samantha from burning breakfast…

Chapter 82

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Waking up on hard concrete was, surprisingly, not too surprising to John at this point. Living with Mythicals meant things like that happened sometimes.

 

The problem was that he was wet and blue. He was fairly certain that was slightly more unusual than normal. 

 

John, in the middle of a back alley in front of a broken and cracked mirror, squished his face. It was the closest thing he could do to pinching, given Manaphy lacked fingers, but alas, he knew that anything ridiculous that happened was anything but a dream at this point. 

 

“So I’m in Manaphy’s body…” He facepalmed. “I swear, she really needs to learn where she’s aiming her Heart Swaps.”

 

As he glanced around the alleyway, looking for any other hints of where he should be going, another figure entered the alley. He froze up, looking at the human figure with signs of panic on his face. As she came closer, he could make out some distinctive features, namely the fact that she was wearing entirely bright red and white clothing, and had incredibly long red hair flowing behind her. The girl stopped as she noticed him, and within a flash, she had changed appearance, this time to another Pokemon John only knew of from legend. 

 

“Manaphy! Is something wrong? I’m sorry for startling you!”
 

Latias was suddenly coddling him, concerned beyond belief, and John was squeezed so tight that he could barely breathe. 

 

“Are you alright?”

 

John nodded, begging to be free of the dragon’s grip, and Latias perked up almost immediately, a bright grin breaking out on her face.

 

“Great! Come on, let’s go in! I’m sure Salazzle will be happy to see us!” 

 

Before John could put a word in, Latias flew down the alley, stopping in front of a particular plank of wood. Latias knocked on it in a specific three beat rhythm, and soon the two were going down a cold, dank set of stairs. John gulped. He assumed this was somewhere Manaphy usually frequented… but he wasn’t Manaphy. He had no idea what to do here. 

 

Latias plopped him down on a chair, and Leavanny regarded the pair with a knowing look on his face. Though he never broke his constant smile, John could somehow tell he was grinning. 

 

“What would you both like?”

 

“The usual, if you wouldn’t mind.”

 

Leavanny eyed John curiously.

“And you, Manaphy?”

 

John seized up, nervously regarding Manaphy, before nervously sputtering out an answer.

 

“I… I’m good.” 

 

Somehow, with that one sentence, the entire bar around him paused in their tracks. The Chandelure that had been making crazy movements directly above a Slugma regarded him, wide-eyed, while the Slugma looked as though his entire worldview had been flipped upside down. 

 

A Salazzle a few seats over put her head into her hands, her mind shattered, as she tapped the table. In an instant, Leavanny slid her a drink labeled “Extra Hard,” which the Salazzle drank with reckless abandon. 

 

“W-was it something I said, or-”

 

Leavanny shook his head. “No, I wouldn’t worry about it.”

 

John was almost certain Leavanny had snuck in a wink, but before he could tell if it was a trick of the light or not, he was distracted by Latias, who was furiously chugging her drink down. As she slammed the glass on the table, she eyed John, a look of nervous want in her eye. 

 

John and Latias sat there, regarding each other for several minutes, as Latias constantly refilled her drink, which appeared to be nothing more than a simple apple cider. John, deciding he would need to break the ice, awkwardly coughed, drawing Latias’s attention.

 

“So… uh… how are you doing?”

“Not really too great, if I’m being honest.” Latias took a sip of her drink. “I’ve been thinking about a lot of things recently thanks to our talks, and while I’ve been overcoming a bit… there’s some bits that are nothing more than painful reminders.”

 

John cocked his head. “Like what, exactly?”

 

“Well… I’ve just been thinking… about my mother.” 

 

A plop of liquid rolled onto the bar, though John couldn’t tell if it was from Latias or his own aqueous body. 

 

“My mother… I never knew her. She left me before I was born. My father raised us, but he was never really… well… fully there, if that’s the right term. He never stopped thinking about her, and yet, somehow, I feel she completely forgot about him.”

 

“Are you sure? I mean, who knows what could’ve-”

Latias sniffled. “I… I think it’s best if I keep those reasons to myself.” 

 

John nodded. “I understand. I’ve got a mother myself… she’s nasty, let me tell you.”

 

Latias raised an eyebrow, slightly grinning. “Really?”


“Yep. I’d be walking around and she’d be like “J- Manaphy! You better clean up the entire house before I come home or else you’re going to the pits of tartarus young ma- lady!” John shrugged. “Of course, I’ve met Giratina now, and I’ve figured out that it was all a sham, but the point still stands.”

 

“Well that’s bad, but-”

“And then there was the one time she disappeared for a whole three weeks while my dad was in the hospital, and then the time she came back incredibly drunk with a whole party of people, and also the one time she accidentally dropped some very heavy stuff on my arm and broke-”

“I think I get the picture.” Latias sighed, taking another swig of her glass. “But… Thank you for the reassurance that I’m not the only one.” 

 

Both John and Latias looked at each other, the pair locking comforting eyes on each other. The two smiled, but were both interrupted by the sound of a short circuit.

 

“Shoot! I thought I had been paying enough attention-”

 

As an explosion sent the pair flying back, John sincerely hoped that Manaphy was somewhere close. She couldn’t have gotten into any trouble, right?

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

"Flish flosh floosh. I am a ish. Ishy wish washy. Did you know that Vaporeon is made out of water? I like the water. They called me the water queen back in college..."

 

“John, are you alright?”

“Alright? Of course I’m alright Astra…”

“It’s Aster…”

 

“Right…”

 

“Are you drunk?”

 

“Nope! Can't be drunk! 'Cause I'm a fish, and fishys can't ever be drownded!"”

Notes:

By pokelego999

Chapter 83: The Hole

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

He’d finally finished his work, and he couldn’t find the movie . John could have sworn he’d gotten a copy to rewatch a few days back… sighing, he opened the door of the one roommate who was still home. “Mew, have you seen my copy of the greatest movie of all time?”

Dogs in Love again?”

John blushed a bit, demurely. “Yeah…”

Mew shrugged, sipping at the cup of tea floating in front of him. “Pretty sure it fell in the hole.”

“What hole oh legendaries ABOVE! ” Descending to darkness mere feet from where he stood, a pit carved from the wood and stone plunged into an unfathomable abyss of inky black. He shuddered just looking at it. “What is that?

“It’s a hole.”

“Yeah, I can see that - what’s it doing there.”

The psychic cat blinked, dropping his gaze to the infinite plunge. “Well, I woke up this morning…” nonchalantly, he sipped on his tea- “and there was a hole.”

John eyed it nervously. “Well… what are you going to do about it?”

“Well I put a rug over it.” The hole loomed deep and uncovered between them. “Yeah… it fell in the hole.”

“Should we call… I dunno, Giratina or something? This feels remarkably unnatural .”

“Oh, yeah I called Giratina mate.”

“Well where is he?”

Mew paused mid-sip. “In the hole.”

Wait. Glancing around, John tried to catch a glimpse of the ‘mon that Mew had invited over earlier- that should have been in the room. “Where is Indeedee.” Mew glanced shiftily away. “Mew. Where is Indeedee ?”

“She’s at work.”

John heaved a sigh of relief, before pausing in curiosity. “Oh, where does she work?”

“In the hole-”

“Arceus! How deep even is this thing!” Before Mew could protest he grabbed his teacup out of the air and chucked it into the hole, waiting for it to hit the bottom… and waiting… and waiting. Manaphy had stumbled into the room just about then, pawing around at the edge of the hole as she watched the mug dwindle into the darkness below.

A mild annoyance flicked across the psychic cat’s face. “That was my favorite mug.” Manaphy flopped over, and sloppily tumbled off the edge and into the abyss. “Now it’s in the hole.”

“Mew. Do you even know what this is? Like, for all we know it could be an ultra wormhole, or a gateway to hell, or… Mew?” John glanced up, gaze flitting around the room in ever building desperation- “ Mew? ” Unable to find even a glimpse of the primogenitor, even as his mind raced to that most terrible conclusion- “ Mew! ” He dropped to his knees, screaming down into the hole’s dark depths-

Mew blipped back into the room with a candy bar in hand. “Hey, what’s up I got a snack.”

John scrambled to his feet, throwing up his hands in exasperation. “Mew will you please take this seriously-” and then a slimy , seven-joined, hand-tentacle thing reached up from the hole, a deep and gutteral noise ripping out in some brutal , wrathful anger as it groped blindly for John’s legs.

He screamed. Loudly, and very, very terrified as Mew slowly pulled out a gun from his toolstation and shot the horror until it fled. 

“What-” John took a shaky breath, trying- and failing- to keep his cool- “was that .”

The gun clattered across the desk as Mew tossed it back with the other probably concerning things there. “Hole abomination. Don’t worry about ‘em.”

“Where did it come from -” Mew looked at him judgmentally. “Right. Right!” He was going to lose his mind at this rate. “The hole . Yeah, dude, why are you being so calm about this!”

Mew shrugged, taking another bite of his candy bar. “I’m more worried about the time collapse.”

He didn’t even have the energy to sound surprised at that. “What time collapse?” Slowly, they both looked at the window of seething, aquamarine energy rushing against the boundaries of temporality, burning brightly through the barriers that held all time from now time- and then it erupted, enveloping John and yanking him in instantly.

“That one.” He was silent for a second, before grabbing something from his desk with a quick flick of psychic power. “Oh, there it is! Good movie, actually-” he fumbled it for just a second, and that was it for Dogs in Love.

It was in the hole.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan (and inspired by that one skit obv)

Chapter 84: What Can Go Wrong in a Week?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Ughhhh it’s finally the end of the week. This might’ve been the most boring week ever… at least since I met you guys. I’m so glad I don’t have to put up with that many meetings next week.” 

 

John had been complaining as she ferried the last two plates over from the kitchen, Manaphy following her. Turns out she was a great assistant cook, if not that good at creating the meals on her own.

 

As the duo sat down at the table, a small quiet lay for naught a moment before the table erupted into conversation. John was just eating the surprisingly well seasoned burger with a side of fries. Honestly when Manaphy approached her with 2036 Slant Spore Seasoning (evidently sourced from Celebi) to put in the burger, she was apprehensive. The end result was, admittedly, a damn good burger.

 

Tuning in to the others, she caught what seemed to be the tail end of the previous conversation.

 

“Well, you know what. I think that I should get the solo in our next concert. It’s been awhile and I’m raring to go!”

 

“...Mew, you just had the solo last concert.”

 

“Well I’m still raring to go so my point doesn’t change.” Mew said as he looked away with a pout.

 

“Boys, boys. You’re both cute but as the resident time traveler a week is nothing. Obviously I should get the next solo, as you should respect your betters after all.”

 

As the two turned to simultaneously glare at Celebi, John spoke up to defuse the situation.

 

“We have multiple shows then, correct? Mew can take the first one whilst Celebi takes the second. That work good for both of you?”

 

“Works for me-” “I’ve had to wait longer, which is an extremely long time for a traveler like myself, therefore I-”

 

Celebi wilted under her glare, before nodding. “It works for me as well.”

 

“Good. Now, with that out of the way, what did you all do this week? I know I spent the entire week complaining, but did y’all do anything interesting?”

 

Mew spoke up first: “I created a new organism in a lab.”

 

Then Manaphy: “Had fun with friends elsewhere.”

 

“I granted a billion wishes!!!”

 

“Why did you grant a billion wishes Jirachi?” Mew’s exasperation was palpable, almost easier to taste than the burger she was currently eating.

 

The burger still wins.

 

“It was like, 10 different kids' birthdays in my class. Obviously i had to grant their wishes!”

 

“Jirachi, only one kid had a birthday. No one else did.” Celebi spoke up from her corner of the table.

 

“... Ah whatever. It’ll work out.”

 

John stared at the table, trying to work out the potential damages before shaking her head and moving on. “Choosing to ignore that, only one person hasn’t spoken yet. What did you do Celebi?”

 

Celebi started, averting her eyes from the Meloetta’s gaze.

 

“Celebi?”

 

“... I may have accidentally accelerated the heat death of the universe and accidentally blotted out the sun a few billion centuries too early but it’s been fixed anyway bye! ” Celebi floated away from the table before teleporting out.

 

John was left speechless.

 

 

Correction: everyone was left speechless. Except Manaphy, who looked dejected.

 

“She didn’t even finish her burger.”

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 85: (Non-existent) Power Trip

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Another day, another common battle between Pinky and Celebi.

 

For once, the duo actually took the battle in stride and did not use time to one-up each other for hours on end until they eventually reached a stalemate.

 

That’s what John would say if he was lying. Somehow, this confrontation that started at eight in the morning lasted long enough for John to go to work, work a full shift, and come back home. Now it’s six at night, and finally things are starting to die down.

 

Typically, this would be the point where Pinky would declare victory (even if she didn’t win) before leaving in a hurry.

 

However, someone was not amused by the many hour long struggle.

 

“Are we done here?” Celebi “ended” the confrontation by… enabling her retreat. Like always.

 

“For now. But worry not. The Master of Time will become The Master of the World! Hahahahahahaha.” Pinky turned to leave, floating towards the door… for some reason. However, she was interrupted by the pink cat sitting on the couch.

 

“One thing Pinky, just before you go?”

 

Pinky turned around, re-entering the main room before speaking. “What?”

 

“Were you ever bullied at school?”

 

Pinky looked confused at his question. “What do you mean?”

 

“Well you come minimum once a week, shouting your superiority over Celebi and always ranting and raving about power, there must be some reason for it?”

 

“W… We…Well no. Nonsense, at my school we rallied behind shininess as a sign of maturity!” Pinky was clearly not ready for the question, stuttering through her sentence despite the forceful tone.

 

She failed to realize that she had given Mew ammunition that he didn’t even have beforehand.

 

Mew seemed validated by this response. “Ah yes, and I suppose your mother forced you to wear a coat right up to your final year-”

“SHUT UP. SHUT UP. -WHEN I’M KING OF THE WORLD NO ONE WILL EVER DARE CALL ME SHORTY-GLOSSY-PINK-EBI AGAIN!”

 

Pinky stormed out of the room, muttering the entire way.

 

 

“So… what was all of that?” John asked the triumphant Mew.

 

“Shininess is not always treated well by young Pokémon. I took a shot at it.”

 

“Somehow, that explained absolutely nothing of what just transpired.”

 

“Don’t worry ‘bout it mate.”

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 86: Random Fame

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Huh, look at this!” The news playing across the television, at first glance, was utterly unremarkable to John, but if Manaphy of all her roommates found it interesting, a few seconds extra attention wasn’t too much of a burden on her morning routine.

The program was on some recent news from Paldea. Their newest champion, if he understood… no, not the champion, but his pokemon . There’d been a press conference, and things were finally getting translated for human audiences. Mostly mundane stuff- she’d heard it before, the story of a kid with a dream too big to hold back, a heart open to all pokemon, and a randomly cooperative legendary bike dragon who wouldn’t stop gushing about his favorite musician Aria-

John sputtered as she listened into that last one, splattering sour jam across the table in the moment of her shock because- “what? We didn’t sponsor him, right? No, I do the finances and I’d definitely remember sponsoring a champion…” so why was his Miradon extolling her virtues with all the grace of a particularly unsubtle advertisement? “I’m not even out in public that much? I swear he’s just making some of this stuff up.”

“If he is, he’s making up some scarily accurate stuff, you know… hey, you sure one of the other roommates isn’t doing something silly?” John just groaned. That was actually the exact sort of thing they’d do… “and, want some help with those sandwiches?”

They were… John glanced at the smooshed bread, splattered jam and poorly spread peanut butter, and just sighed. Travesties. They were travesties undeserving of the term sandwich much less inclusion in Jirachi’s lunch. “Yeah. I could use a little help. Please…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 87: Going Under

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John woke up.

 

He went, took a shower, brushed his teeth, and said hi to Manaphy who was in the kitchen.

 

Heading outside, he made his way to the bus stop and waited for the bus to arrive. It was a nice, cool day. Sunny, yet not too hot. He wished he could spend today relaxing in the park, but alas work calls.

 

Oh. The bus arrived.

 

John stepped on the bus, and sat down. Soon, the bus started moving-

 

__

 

-and stopped, right in front of his workplace.

 

John departed the bus, thanking the driver before heading into the building. He said hello to his boss, who happened to be in the lobby before entering the central command center.

 

 

Ok maybe he was embellishing a bit. It was nice to feel like it was something special and not just the board room that he, Sam, and Cheryl used for the Aria finances.

 

Cheryl was already there. The Meloetta mousepad that adorned her PC was honestly the highlight of her life, and although John gifted that to her as a thoughtful gift, Cheryl wouldn’t have to know how he attained that piece of completely unreleased and unfindable merch.

 

Checking the clock, John noticed that the meeting should’ve started a bit ago. Where was Sam at?

 

Right on queue, John heard the sound of running shoes on the carpet, signaling Sam’s arrival. With Sam now here, they started the meeting, discussing the next modifications needed for the upcoming financial period. The meeting felt like it was over almost as soon as it started.

 

John hung around the office for a small while longer, helping some of the newer employees find their way around the complicated system they used for finances. Either way, he was just killing time.

 

Eventually though, he had had his fill of office time and was ready to go home. Waving bye to Samantha (Cheryl had long gone home at this point) he went to the bus stop, timing it so as he got there the bus was just arriving.

 

He got on the bus, picked a seat and sat in the chair, dozing off on the return trip. As he fell asleep, the bus started moving-

 

__

 

-and stopped, right in front of his workplace.

 

John woke up, confused as he didn’t remember falling asleep. Regardless, he departed the bus, thanking the driver before heading into the building. He said hello to his boss, who happened to be in the lobby before entering the central command center.

 

 

Ok maybe he was embellishing a bit. It was nice to feel like it was something special and not just the board room that he, Sam, and Cheryl used for the Aria finances.

 

Cheryl was already there. The Meloetta mousepad that adorned her PC was honestly the highlight of her life, and although John gifted that to her as a thoughtful gift, Cheryl wouldn’t have to know how he attained that piece of completely unreleased and unfindable merch.

 

Checking the clock, John noticed that the meeting should’ve started a bit ago. Where was Sam at?

 

Right on queue, John heard the sound of running shoes on the carpet, signaling Sam’s arrival. With Sam now here, they started the meeting, discussing the next modifications needed for the upcoming financial period. The meeting felt like it was over almost as soon as it started.

 

John hung around the office for a small while longer, helping some of the newer employees find their way around the complicated system they used for finances. Either way, he was just killing time.

 

Eventually though, he had had his fill of office time and was ready to go home. Waving bye to Samantha (Cheryl had long gone home at this point) he went to the bus stop, timing it so as he got there the bus was just arriving.

 

He got on the bus, picked a seat and sat in the chair, dozing off on the return trip. As he fell asleep, the bus started moving-

 

__

 

-and stopped, right in front of his workplace.

 

John woke up, confused as he didn’t remember falling asleep. 

 

Wait… no he definitely did fall asleep.

 

 

Didn’t he?

 

Concerned, he departed the bus, thanking the driver before heading into the building. No one of importance was in the lobby, so he went straight to the central command center.

 

 

Ok maybe he was embellishing a bit. It was nice to feel like it was something special and not just the board room that he, Sam, and Cheryl used for the Aria finances.

 

Cheryl was already there. The Meloetta mousepad that adorned her PC was honestly the highlight of her life, and although John gifted that to her as a thoughtful gift, Cheryl wouldn’t have to know how he attained that piece of completely unreleased and unfindable merch.

 

Checking the clock, John noticed that the meeting should’ve started a bit ago. Where was Sam at?

 

Right on queue, John heard the sound of running shoes on the carpet, signaling Sam’s arrival. With Sam now here, they started the meeting, discussing the next modifications needed for the upcoming financial period. The meeting felt like it was over almost as soon as it started.

 

John felt disturbed. Typically, he would stay for a while longer, but something didn’t feel right. Waving bye to Samantha, he exited with Cheryl, who happened to ride the same bus as he did.

 

Heading to the bus stop, the two made some small talk as they waited for the bus to arrive. Apparently Cheryl had been at one of the recent concerts and had even gotten a plushie from Aria herself.

 

Wonder how that one happened.

 

Soon enough, the bus arrived. They got on, ensuring to sit next to each other. John and Cheryl enjoyed each others’ silence on the ride back. John watched the world pass by out the window as the bus started moving-

 

__

 

-and stopped, right in front of his workplace.

 

Alright.

 

Something is going on here.

 

John hurriedly stepped out of the bus, heading into the building like a man on a mission. He passed by the boss, and stepped into the shared boardroom.

 

 

Cheryl had not finished getting setup yet, which was perfect for him. Going over to the other computer, John shot a quick message to Celebi before closing the screen in order to keep their identities anonymous.

 

Now John would have to get though the meeting in order to get an answer, but at least he’d have one.

 

Checking the clock, John noticed that the meeting should’ve started a bit ago. 

 

Even with the time variance taken to account.

 

 

The meeting has started at the same time every time. Where is she?

 

John waited, but Sam never came.

 

Unfortunately, the boardroom was only reserved for a certain amount of time. He would have to try again.

 

John went back to the bus stop, boarded the bus and waited for the bus to start moving-

 

__



-and stop in front of his workplace.

 

Alright.

 

John went straight to the boardroom before shooting Celebi another email. Upon waiting for Samantha’s arrival, which once more didn’t happen, he started the meeting early and expedited it on account of “missing members”. After the meeting, and with Cheryl dismissed, he checked the email chain, finding a response from Celebi.

 

It read - “ If you are trapped in a time loop, sans Dialga, the individual controlling it is nearby. However, that does not necessarily mean they are targeting you , you could just be the one that notices. Check for anything that is out of place between your loops. That’s where you will find you answer.

 

Huh.

 

Well that’s easy.

 

John closed the computer before heading to the bus stop. The bus’ arrival coincided with his, so he was quick to hurry on and wait as the bus started to move-

 

__

 

-before stopping in front of his workplace.

 

John headed out of the bus before finding a secluded corner to transform. Stepping out of the corner, she went to find Samantha.

 

Going to the path that Samantha jogged down, she saw Samantha running down the path. Not seeing anyone else there, she raised her eyes to the treeline.

 

… Nothing on the left.

 

… Nothing directly above her.

 

… Nothing over to the farsi-

 

A flash of pink was in one of the trees,

 

Bingo.

 

John floated up to the tree, knocking out the wrongdoer before floating back down and changing back to human form.

 

Running back to his workplace, he entered the building and headed to the conference room, apologizing to the others and saying he’s had a long morning, asking to postpone the meeting till tomorrow, to which they agreed.

 

John headed back to the bus stop, fully intent on going home.

 

The bus arrived, and John got on the bus. Eventually, he fell asleep out exhaustion as the bus started moving-

 

__

 

-and stopped.

 

Back at home.

 

Right where he should be.

 

It was over. And honestly, he wouldn’t take the bus arriving at his stop for granted ever again.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 88: Synodic Synchronization

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A lone lake, and the glimmer of moonlight. That was all that existed in this serene, solitary scene. Well, that and Jirachi. 

The little Mythical floated above the icy reflections of the moon, his three eyes closed, deep in focus. Passerby would assume the Mythical to be a statue or toy left alone on the lake solely from how still it was, and Jirachi intended to prove them right.
 
Jirachi remained so still, in fact, that by the time the moon had risen to its highest point in the sky, the Pokemon of the nearby woods had forgotten about him. They were in for a shock, of course, when the Mythical’s third eye suddenly blasted open, and light blue light pierced out of it, shooting into the sky, convening with realms unknown. It was a display that would strike awe and reverence into anything that saw it, solely from how beautiful the sight was. It was a vision that seemed to only be capable of coming from a god, a vision seen only once in a lifetime, a vision-
 
                                                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------

“Is Jirachi synchronizing with the moon again?”

“Yep.” Mew sighed, sipping some coffee. “I hate it when he does this. It’s impossible to get a lick of sleep.” 

Celebi groaned. “Why does he always do this on camping trips?” 

Mew shrugged. “Guess he just hates tents.”

John, Mew, and Celebi sat in silence, watching Jirachi’s lights show from afar. After a few moments, John’s face scrunched in confusion.

“Wait, Mew, where did you get coffee? We’re in the middle of the woods.”

“Well, if you really want to know-”

“You made it yourself, didn’t you?”

“...Maybe.” 

John sighed. “Just don’t make me drink any of that and we’re good to go.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 89: Is Four a Lot?

Summary:

That’s a good question, actually…

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“...So that’s why I’m just a bit uncertain about everything, y’know?”

 

Leavanny nodded. “Don’t worry, I understand your concerns completely. I’d be happy to help you out should you seek out my aid. 

 

Latias smiled. “Alright, thank you.” The dragon took a swig of her drink. “But, y’know, I just have this feeling-”

“Oi, bartender!”

 

Leavanny muttered under his breath. “Oh great, these guys again.”

 

A Garbodor sauntered down into the bar, followed by a pack of Trubbish. The other bar-goers watched them disapprovingly as they entered, though Garbodor didn’t seem to notice as he made his way to the seat next to Latias.

 

“Gimme a drink bartender! Just the way I like it!”

 

Leavanny smiled disapprovingly, reaching beneath the bar for what Latias could see was a case marked “Special Occasions.” When it was opened, Latias could see that its contents were nothing but garbage, which Leavanny dumped into a nearby blender. 

 

“You’re a new customer, kid.” Garbodor gazed at Latias with scrutiny, and she reflexively recoiled. Garbodor scoffed, chuckling as he motioned for his lackeys to do the same. “They’re really letting just anyone in these days.”

 

“It’s not your place to judge, Garbodor.”

 

“Oh?” Garbodor raised an eyebrow, leaning in closer to Leavanny. “And who says it’s not?”

 

“Do you want your drink or not?”

 

Garbodor grumbled, crossing his arms as he leaned back on his chair. Leavanny briefly winked at Latias, diving quickly beneath the bar before anything more could be said. Garbodor’s attention, however, was brought back to Latias.

 

“So… little lady… what brings you here? Down on your luck? Doing it for kicks? What’s up?”

“It’s… well, it’s complicated.”

 

“I hate it when things are complicated.” Garbodor lightly tapped his head. “Too much to think about.”

 

“It certainly explains your incompetency, old friend.”

 

Garbodor and Latias looked to the doorway, finding a Heatmor standing there. He had a tool belt around his waist, and he looked rather downtrodden as he approached them, despite what his tone of voice had implied. 

 

“Four, my guy! It’s been so long!”

“Indeed, it has.” The Heatmor took a seat, tapping on the bar counter four times. Leavanny nodded as he began to prepare another drink. “Apologies for not visiting in so long, but I’ve been met with a series of rather unfortunate events recently.”

 

“How come?”

“I don’t know what it is… but all of the jobs I used to work part-time suddenly got taken up by someone else, and every other odd job I’ve tried to find is either taken by the time I get there or completely gone before I get a chance! Seriously, what kind of thing could possibly cause that?”

Iron Jugulis descended from the ceiling, carrying a plank of wood with a ruleboard on it. He motioned with the sign, and Leavanny pointed to a spot at the wall where he wanted it. Four ignored it as he sighed solemnly. 

 

“I-if I may, ask…” interjected Latias, “How come you’re named Four?”

 

“It’s because he’s burnt his place of residence down four times,” joked Garbodor. “We’re still waiting for when we can call him Five!”

 

“Oh, yeah, just tell the whole world about that, why don’t you?”

“Look Mr. “I’m Struggling to Find a Job,” I know a guy who finds three of them during his lunch breaks. I really don’t see what’s so difficult about all of this.”

 

“I might be able to give you a job, albeit brief.”

The three turned to Leavanny, who was cleaning a glass. Leavanny pointed at Jugulis, who was happily nailing a sign to the wall.

 

“That fellow over there has a bit of a… throat issue, every time he comes here. Since he’s mechanical by nature, perhaps you could use your… expertise , shall we say, in solving the problem?”

 

“What’s my pay?”

 

“I’ll clear the debt on your tab.”

 

Four paused. “...That bad, huh?”

 

“I can’t keep covering the costs for repairs every time.”

 

“Fine, as your friend, allow me to help.”

The moment Jugulis finished installing the sign, Four pounced, dragging Jugulis down to the ground. All Latias could see from afar was mass flailing and mechanical clicks and beeps, but eventually, Jugulis ceased as Four removed himself from the mechanical Pokemon. Jugulis shook its head.

 

“Buddy, you can’t just randomly go changing my internals like that! Only my wife can do that!”

Somehow, someway, Jugulis’s voice had been fixed from whatever glitchy nonsense it had been before to possibly the most smooth and suave sounding voice anyone in the bar had ever heard. Everyone was staring at Jugulis, jaws agape, as he scratched his head confusedly.

 

“What? Do I smell bad?” He sniffed his arm, only to remember he had no nose. “I did have egg and tuna earlier, so-”

 

“It’s whatever. Sorry for the fuss, mechanical mon.”

 

“No biggie, just avoid it again for the future, alright?”

 

As Jugulis flew to the bar to order a drink, Four came by a moment later, beaming pridefully. Leavanny had a happy grin on his face.

 

“As happy as I am that I can actually understand Jugulis now… how did you fix both that and his ability to intake liquids?”

 

There was something else I was meant to fix?”

 

None of them saw the explosion coming. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 90: A Day at the Beach

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A fun day at the beach was just what John needed. Given that it landed on of his few days without work of any kind (Human or Pokemon) it was the perfect opportunity to finally go big and relax in a way he hadn’t in quite some time. 

 

Even though Mew flubbed the initial teleport, the group had all miraculously made it in one piece, landing on the sand with a thump. After that, the group went their separate ways, all enjoying some time to themselves. 

 

Of course, John wasn’t able to just recline under an umbrella the whole day, much to his chagrin, for he was very angrily whacked with a ninety nine cent plastic shovel by Celebi, who pointed to the other end of the shore, where Jirachi was happily giggling as an angry Corphish flailed him around in the air. John sighed, and he rushed over to the Corphish in a decision he felt as though he was going to regret.

 

Mew, on the other hand, was busy building small sand piles, stuffing a shovel into each one of them. He licked his lips with satisfaction, grinning madly as he continued to build more and more piles. A few feet away stood Manaphy, who was busy talking to some random beach Pokemon in a drunken daze. They all looked at her, slightly concerned, as one of them motioned for another to go back into the water. 

 

At the other end of the beach, John had finally wrestled Jirachi free of the Corphish, protectively holding the swaddling Mythical. He looked at the very familiar lifeguard who had helped him, who happily saluted before flying off to the other end of the beach before John could say thanks. Jirachi happily giggled, and John just released a single annoyed breath at the Mythical’s antics. 

 

“Jirachi, what did you even do, anyways?”

Eye don’t know!” 

 

Meanwhile, back at the other end of the shore, Jugulis had caught on to Mew’s antics, disdainfully pointing at his sand piles.

 

“And what are these meant to be?”

 

“Sand piles! What else?”

“And why have you made…” Jugulis paused for a moment to count. “One hundred and twenty seven of them?”

 

“A mixture of boredom and experimentation, you’ll see.”

 

Jugulis sighed, pulling a notepad and pencil out of nowhere. “I’m afraid I’m going to have to write you up for that. Sorry mate, but a job’s a job, y’know?”


“A child just sunk underneath the water.”

 

“I’m on my way, helpless, nondescript child! I’ll save you!” 

 

Jugulis leapt into the water, immediately short circuiting as his lifeless form floated on top of the water. Mew snickered.

“Works every time.” 

 

The waters rumbled as, on another part of the shore, a massive blue Pokemon emerged from the depths. It stared down at the insignificantly tiny creature before it, Manaphy, who happily smiled back at the big beast of the sea. 

 

“Kyogre! It’s so good to see you again!”

 

Celebi, who had flown over to see what the commotion was about, eyed the pair, glancing between the smiling Manaphy and visibly ticked off Kyogre. 

 

“So… you two… friends?”

 

“Friends?” The booming voice of Kyogre rang throughout the area. “Perhaps we used to be. Not anymore.”

 

“Oh come onnnn Kyogre!” Manaphy gave her best “Baby-Doll Eyes” impression. “Remember the days where we led the Senate of the Sea together? Remember when I told you of Manaphy’s imminent birth? Remember-”

“...When you lost our child to the ocean’s waves and feigned ignorance?” 

 

“Ignorance? I hardly knew her!”

 

Kyogre grumbled. “This is no time for games, former Queen. This is the thing that led to your banishment-”

 

“Do you think pink or purple is better for me? Personally, I like red more, but-”

“Silence!” The skies above Kyogre darkened as thunder crashed in the distance. “It seems you intend to continue playing these games with me.” Kyogre’s eye glimmered with a hint of malice. “Perhaps it’s time I finally did what I should’ve done as recompense for your crimes… prepare to die!”

 

Kyogre roared as the seas grew tumultuous behind him. The winds began to pick up to gale force speeds as the typhoon surrounding them became stronger and stronger. Celebi struggled not to be blown away, but Manaphy simply stood there, unphased. 

 

“Is that all?” She yawned. “Can I go home now?” 

 

“Of course, my dear…” Kyogre glared at her. “You’ll return to your home of an early grave!” 

 

Kyogre began to charge a Hydro Pump, the water forming in front of Kyogre's mouth with unshackled ferocity, all while Manaphy happily counted the seconds on her non-existent fingers. She made a motion for Kyogre to hurry up, only angering him further. As Kyogre was about to unleash his Hydro Pump, Celebi suddenly flew out of a time portal, anxiously shaking her arms. 

 

“No no no you don’t! Article two hundred and forty seven of the laws and sanctity of the sea! No unlawful executions without permissions of the current ruler of the sea!”

 

“And I am -”

 

“No, you aren’t. I don’t see anything Manaphy about you.” Celebi winked. “Besides, we both know who’s currently in charge.”

 

Kyogre grumbled, reluctantly shutting off its Hydro Pump. Manaphy, on the shores of the beach, frowned, but gave no further reaction to what was unfolding. 

 

“Fine.” Kyogre regarded Celebi with scrutiny. “How are you aware of our laws?”

 

“I’m a time traveler.” Celebi stretched her arms. “We’re good at things like that.” 

 

The beach began to shake as Mew was sent flying into Celebi’s arms. Celebi promptly dropped him, but he flew back up in a rage moments later.

 

“Oi! Watch it mate! What was that for?”

“Mew, why is the ground shaking?”

 

“Look about five kilometers in that direction.”

 

Mew pointed, and Celebi followed it, finding a several story tall sandcastle, which roared at the sky with a titanic, kaiju-like roar. 

 

“Mew, what is that?”


“Experiment S-2016, though I prefer to call it…” Mew struck a dramatic pose. “Kaijusand!”

 

“...Kaijusand.”

 

“Yep!”

 

“You’ve been on a movie binge, haven’t you?”

“Maybe I have, maybe I haven’t.” He shrugged. “In any case, the experiment has gotten out of hand, and now wishes to eat us and suck out our souls to birth new minions for its army in order to conquer the world, so I’d suggest we do something before it gets too powerful.” 

 

Celebi shook her head. “Sometimes, I question you, Mew.”

Kyogre raised an eyebrow. “Say, is it meant to be opening its mouth so widely in our generational direction?”

“I think the term you’re looking for, Kyogre, is an inhale.”

“Then I’d assume that’s why we’re being dragged toward it.”

 

“Exactly.”

 

The group paused, standing there calmly, only to begin screaming as they realized what was happening. Though Celebi attempted to flee through a time portal, the portal snapped shut in front of her, and she was sucked into the gaping maw of the sand castle. The others promptly followed suit, and Kaijusand closed its mouth with a loudly visible burp. 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Kyogre and Manaphy awoke on the dusty sandcastle floor, with Manaphy gagging as she coughed up sand. Kyogre, on the other hand, groggily put a fin to his head, grumbling as sand leaked down from the ceiling. As Manaphy shook her head, Kyogre thwacked her into a wall with his fin, staring her down. 

 

“Manaphy! No one can intervene here! Prepare to-”

The floor rumbled, and Kyogre and Manaphy struggled to stabilize themselves as a hole appeared in the floor. Kyogre’s back fins were caught on the swirling quicksand, but before he could be pulled further in, Manaphy had summoned a massive whirlpool within the hole, weakening the sand’s structure enough so that Kyogre could be freed. Kyogre pulled away, landing on a nearby wall with a thud. Manaphy scampered over to Kyogre, but Kyogre put a fin to stop her from getting any closer. The pair stood there, Kyogre panting from the strain, until he eventually broke the silence.


“You… why…?”

 

Manaphy shot Kyogre a disdainful look, rolling her eyes as she began to hop down a nearby hallway. Kyogre paused, sighing, as he reluctantly got up, electing to follow her down the sandy catacombs. 

 

The pair walked in silence, only broken by Kyogre’s annoyed grunts as Manaphy suddenly stopped to change direction. As they continued down the darkened hallways, Manaphy eventually resorted to using her antennae to brighten up the passage, leaving only the top of her head and Kyogre’s face visible. 

 

“So…” said Kyogre, breaking the silence. “Do you have any idea on how to get out of here?”

 

Kyogre watched as Manaphy’s antennae shifted slightly to the left and right: a negative. Kyogre grumbled incessantly. 

 

“Then how are we meant to get out of here-”

 

“It’s not your fault, you know.”

Kyogre hauled in his tracks. “What?”

 

“About what happened, I mean. It was my fault alone. Unlike what you may think, I never absolved myself of guilt… I probably never will.” 


“Why are you bringing this up now?”

 

“Because if we can’t escape… may as well make sure we’re on the same page.”

 

Kyogre grimly nodded, even though Manaphy could not see him. He eyed the darkness around them cautiously. 

“Then why did you never argue your case?”

“Because you never listened. You assumed it was my fault… and it really was. It was an accident… one that I caused. I never should have…”

 

Kyogre thought he caught wind of a sniffle, but he shrugged it off as imagination as Manaphy began to giggle.

 

“Oh well… I’ve found some happiness again… being with these new friends… I’m almost glad you’ve exiled me. It’s given me time to think… time to heal… time to think of ways to eliminate you.” 

 

Before Kyogre could respond, the lights of Manaphy’s antennae shifted downwards, turning a bright yellow as they entered an entirely hollow gaping void of a head. A glowing smile joined it, and the face laughed in the darkness. Kyogre instinctively attempted to blast the creature, but it appeared unphased by the attack. 

 

“Oh… silly little god of waves…” said the apparition, in a distorted imitation of Manaphy, “How naive you were… not only for her… but for yourself. There’s no wonder why you lost your child to the very thing you controlled. It was destined from the start to end this way.”

“We’ve found him now, though. We can… I will-”

“Be alright! Ha!” The apparition devilishly screeched. “Don’t make me laugh! All you’ve done is try to give yourself the futile hope of an absolution by removing the only tie to your failure. You’re pathetic, god of the waves.” 

 

“And who are you to lecture me… some sandcastle apparition!? Who are you to judge me!?”

 

“Oh, I don’t care for your woes. I just find it funny how easy it is to play with you.” The apparition cackled. “Your soul is being drained as we speak. Your afterlife is near. How worthless it all was, in the end.” 

 

The spirit cackled as it began to melt away. Around them, the whole castle began to quiver and shake, collapsing further and further in upon itself. The eyes and mouth faded away into the darkness as chunks of the ceiling began to destroy themselves, and not even a moment later, Kyogre lay on the beach again, the bright sunlight hitting his eyes, as a group of five Mythicals stood in front of him, celebrating.

 

“We did it! We destroyed another one of your abominations, Mew!”

 

“Please stop making these.” 

 

“Ha! Like I ever will!” 

The Mythicals laughed, and Kyogre caught sight of Manaphy specifically, who was happily enjoying her time with her friends as if nothing had happened at all. Kyogre grimaced, averting his gaze as he turned back to the ocean.

 

“Oh, Kyogre!”

 

The melodic voice of a small Meloetta approached him, concerned. Kyogre eyed it with curiosity, but the Meloetta continued on.

 

“I just wanted to tell you… we blew up the core of this thing. You do not know how much negative emotion was powering it.” She shook her head. “Eh, it’s one form of catharsis. I feel refreshed!”

 

Kyogre nodded, moving to swim into the ocean, but the Meloetta called out to Kyogre.

 

“Wait!”


Kyogre turned, confused, as the Meloetta flew towards him. 

 

“Kyogre… I know she’ll probably never say it… but Manaphy was worried about you. Whatever ill will you two hold… I hope you can patch it up, eventually.”

 

Kyogre paused, but staunchly turned away a moment later. The Meloetta frowned, but left regardless, regrouping with her friends. Kyogre gave one last parting look at the friends, sighing, as he left in the ocean waves. Beneath his breath, he mumbled one word.

 

“Maybe…” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 91: Wish of Your Own

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was a cold, rainy evening. John, having just gotten off work had come home to an uncharacteristically silent house. Mew was off doing “Science™,” including saying trademark out loud. Celebi was gone, which meant she was either off fighting Pinky, with her friend, or both. Manaphy had disappear, as was relatively normal. Eventually, he’d figure out where she was going, but for the lengths she went to in order to disguise her disappearances he wasn’t going to press.

 

That left him and Jirachi home. It was… almost nostalgic, in a way.

 

Speaking of the Jirachi, he was floating out on the balcony.

 

John made his way over, leaning to rest his arms on the railings.

 

“Hey, Jirachi. How are you doing?”

 

“Honestly, alright. And yourself?”

 

“Eh. Today was… well bad is an understatement but it’s nothing that will continue to bother me. It’ll blow over by tomorrow.”

 

“I see.”

 

The conversation died there for a bit, the two content to just watch the dwindling skyline.

 

 

 

 

“You know Jirachi, it’s rare that we get a moment to ourselves like this. Ever since Mew joined us, moments like this have been few and far between, haven’t they?”

 

Jirachi contemplated for a moment. “...yeah. Yeah, they have.”

 

 

“If I’m being honest, when I first met you I found you as little more than an annoyance. One that I was willing to get along with in order to get out of the monotony of my life, but an annoyance nonetheless.”

 

“…”

 

“Now, I can’t really say I would wish for anything else. It’s kinda wild in a way. Before I met you, I was content to do very little with my life. Afterward, well… it feels like by meeting you someone grabbed my life and took it for a spin. I’ve met so many people and done so many things that I couldn’t have even fathomed doing in the past… yet it feels like somewhere in there I failed to get to really know any of you.”

 

“What do you mean?”

 

“I mean… so much has gone on that there have never really been… quiet moments to share between us. And obviously there are some things you’ll want to keep secret but… ugh… honestly, I could be looking to deep into this.”

 

Jirachi floated over to John, leaving a hand on his back. “For what it’s worth John, I’d say you’ve done a good job. As you said, there just hasn’t really been the right time to get into it. But don’t take that as a failure, you know us better than most and have really wanted to do the best for us, even when it hurts you.”

 

“...Thanks.”

 

“No problem.”

 

A patient silence settled over the duo, soft golden rays shining over the balcony, cradling the occupants.

 

“...What do you wish for, Jirachi?” John wistfully asked.

 

“..huh?”

 

“Your power is associated with wishes, right? And it’s your sole job to grant wishes, which means you hear a lot of what others want, correct?”

 

“Go on…”

 

“What do you wish for Jirachi? You’ve spent so long granting wishes for others. What would you wish for, if given the chance?”

 

Jirachi stayed there for a moment, hovering in place silently. 

 

“... I don’t know. It’s not something I’ve really ever had to think about...” Jirachi floated closer to the railing, before laying on it and letting go of his psychic hold on himself. “...For the longest time, all I wanted was to have people who cared for me and a place to call home. And you know what. I don’t need a wish to give me that. Not anymore.”

 

“...”

 

As the evening lowered into the horizon, giving way to the night, those two stayed steadfast, looking out at the beautiful sight.

__

 

Omake

 

Night having long since fallen, the two had retreated into the living room to watch some TV.

 

“Hey Jirachi. I don’t think you ever answered, but what would you wish for?”

 

Jirachi contemplated, and was about to answer but was beaten to the punch by John.

 

“I wish you could have whatever you were thinking of right now.”

 

 

And that’s how a brand-new hypercar crashed into the glass walls seperating John’s balcony and the living room.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 92: Speech Impediment

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Heeeeeeeeeeeeeeeey!”

 

John heard Samantha way before he saw her, most of the time. Today was no different.

 

Stopping on the spot, he turned towards the girl, waiting for her to catch up.

 

“Huf… huf… hah. Alright I’m good. Are you headed to work?”

 

John nodded, prompting a smile from Sam.

 

“Hey, me too! Want to walk together?”

 

John was hesitant to do so, however, he turned and continued walking.

 

As the two walked, Sam continued to make small talk with John simply nodding or frowning. He thought that he could get away but she hasn’t left enough of an opening.

 

He tried speeding up, but this only made her suspicious.

 

“Are you ok?”

 

He nodded, staying nonverbal.

 

“Is your throat sore? If so, we can move the meeting to another day.”

 

If John were thinking, he would’ve realized what a perfect out he had received. However… he wasn’t thinking, and was more worried about missing the event. So he immediately shook his head before audibly facepalming, seemingly for no reason.

 

Samantha stared at the man.

 

“John. Are. You. Ok?!?”

 

“Samantha, I'hnptaaoew Imtae'seu cnhv fu o.a   tvt aba   et srnm.sy a nk susI iasi  korIhbeig oe abnigtor enye  h ” John looked up after he finished his sentence… and noticed Samantha’s horrified face.

 

In'ah'ignttngtms a sdi  sycur rngeo nem o?uudew

 

 

.h s.tays h. tlu.iw. lc.telrak..les

 

John ran from the scene. He did not turn back.

 

__

 

Translation

1 - I am ok. I'm sorry that I haven't been speaking but as you can see I have a bit of an issue right now.

2 - I'm guessing you can't understand me right now?

3 - ...well. that really sucks... shit.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 93: A Light Bar Day

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Latias was having a decent day. She was slightly more comfortable than she had been, finally having started to settle in this area. Despite everyone attempting to tell her to go elsewhere, she had started to enjoy taking trips down to the bar, even if they wouldn’t allow her to drink. She just wants to feel better, ignore everything that’s happened, have a drink and chill at the bar.

 

 

Regardless, she had been falling asleep at the bar (despite having just gotten there) before waking up slightly upon hearing three knocks echoing down from the stairwell, as well as the door automatically swinging open. Turning around to face the door, she noticed no one other than Manaphy, who made it to the second-to-last step before taking a minor tumble the rest of the way.

 

If anyone asked, Latias did not giggle at her friends mis-fortune. That would be rude and unbecoming of a former… nevermind. She does not want to think about that right now.

 

Moving on from that. Latias called Manaphy over to the table, hoping to get a talk with her. Manaphy did perk up at her before shuffling over, so she was definitely seen.

 

Reaching the table, Manaphy hopped up to the bar stool before turning to face the Lati.

 

“How have you been?”

 

Latias swayed in the seat before responding. “I’ve been worse.”

 

Latias would’ve sworn Manaphy looked… disturbed for a second but when she glanced back it was as if nothing changed.

 

“Well, that’s one thing you have going for ya.”

 

“And yourself?” Latias stated, noticing the Leavanny walking over.

 

“Eh. It’s fine.” Manaphy seemed dismissive of the question.

 

As Leavanny reached the duo, he stopped in front of them before pulling out a miniature notebook.

 

“And what shall I be getting for you two?” Leavanny asked, ever politely.

 

“Could I get a martini?”

 

Leavanny’s response was a pointed stare.

 

Latias pouted, to no further response. 

 

The silence was palpable.

 

“Alright, fine. I’ll take some Orange Juice.” she relented, knowing that it wasn’t going to work on the individual in question.

 

“And you, Manaphy?”

 

“The usual.”

 

“Indeed.”

 

Latias caught a glimmer in Leavanny’s eye, turning to look at Manaphy but not catching anything off.

 

Had she turned earlier, she might have noticed the Manaphy shaking slightly.

 

“It shall be done.”

 

__

 

The drinks arrived, and with the drinks came a shocking amount of apprehension from Manaphy. Normally she’d just… down the drinks as they came, but here she very visibly hesitated.

 

“You ok?”

 

Manaphy startled, seemingly broken out of a trance. “Yeah sorry, just remembering something.”

 

She would’ve further questioned her actions, hoping to make sure she was ok, but it was as if the Manaphy heard her thoughts as she visibly steeled herself before taking a big swig of the bottle’s contents.

 

Latias took a sip of her juice while waiting in silence next to the Manaphy, both watching a Spinda attempt to carry a drink for her friend. It was… shockingly capable yet laughable at the same time. Every step felt like a coin toss on whether the drink would fall, yet it never did.

 

She pretended to not hear the sound of the bottle being raised once more, before being placed back on the counter, noticeably empty.

 

… Leavanny was already placing another bottle on the counter, to which the Manaphy took a sip out of this time.

 

“Leavanny does make it good.” Manaphy openly said.

 

Latias turned towards Manaphy.

 

“Even if she does, it’s not like I’d be able to try it… Unless-”

 

“No. I could be entirely out of my mind right now and I wouldn’t give you a drink.”

 

“Awwwwww.”

 

 

“Please?” Latias attempted to pull off her best Baby-Doll Eyes towards the Manaphy.

 

She received a second stare for her troubles. Latias proceeded to wither under the pressure of the stare, before moving back to her seat (not that she needs it) and just enjoying the other’s presence whilst watching the bar in wait of the other members of the group.

 

They watched as an unruly patron was thrown out by the bartender himself, spouting about how the world was about to end through the experimentation done by the clefable on the moon.

 

They listened to the conversation between Pinky and one of the Valiants, presumably the DLK model if Pinky’s constant shutdown of the “ELIMINATE ALL HUMANS AND POKEMON” question was to be cited as a source. Notably, Manaphy seemed in shock at seeing the two here, which was weird given that she was there.

 

They watched as a Dragonair entered the establishment, making his way over to the Spinda from before. Apparently the two had been old rivals for a few contests, but built up a relationship.

 

It was at this point that Manaphy finished the second bottle, putting it on the counter and waving off the third drink.

 

Admittedly light for Manaphy but it’s not too abnormal, if she’s being honest it only takes Manaphy a quarter of a bottle to be drunk.

 

Latias went back to watching the crowd, before hearing a sound coming from the Manaphy…

 

Was she crying?

 

She turned back to the Manaphy, placing a wing on her shoulder.

 

Manaphy turned to face Latias, tears running down her face before being reabsorbed into her body.

 

She pulled her in for a hug.

__

 

Eventually, Manaphy calmed down. As the other members of their group arrived for the nightly session Manaphy was acting normal, riding the flow of the group… if a little quieter than normal. Of course this meant listening to whatever story Chandelure came up with today, this one being of when he fought a Hawlucha in hand to hand combat and won. A feat which would be very impressive for the non-fighter if he had hands to fight with.

 

He’s a chandelier. A chandelier Pokemon with ghostly abilities, but a chandelier. He does not have hands.

 

Slugma was still fine just… chilling in the corner.

 

Salazzle seemed more animated today, for what reason Latias was unsure but it was good for her. She actually took part in a debate that had spawned about whether the local Taillow population was currently screwing up the economy.

 

All in all, a very interesting day. It honestly felt like everyone was different… except her.

 

Will, her and Slugma.

 

Slugma never changes.

 

It was at this point where Manaphy stated they were going to leave, waving at the group before hopping up the stairs. Latias followed her up, stopping her on her way out.

 

“Hey! Wait up!”

 

Manaphy fell back down the stairs in an attempt to turn around, and she would’ve tumbled longer had Latias not chosen to catch her a few steps down.

 

Manaphy, dazed, swiveled her head a few times before regaining her bearings.

 

“Latias? Everything ok?”

 

“I should be saying that to you but that’s besides the point… I just wanted you to know that if you ever have an issue, you can talk to me.”

 

“I wouldn’t want to put that on you, I don’t need to burden you with anythin-”

 

“Shhhhhh” Latias put a nub onto the Manaphy’s upper lip, stopping her in her tracks. “I’ve been through more than you give me credit for. I think I can handle this. Capiche?”

 

Manaphy nodded her head up and down.

 

“Alright.” Latias moved away from Manaphy before psychically grabbing her and lifting her up to the top of the stairs. “Now get outta here.”

 

Manaphy performed a salute at the Latias before turning around… and walking face forward into the door. She then peeled herself off the door, glared angrily at it as if it moved in her way, rather than having been there from the start , grabbed the door handle and threw it open.

 

Remember that part where Latias did not laugh earlier.

 

Scratch that.

 

She was laughing whole-heartedly at that exchange.

 

How does a mythical lose to an unmoving door ?

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 94: Manaphy Does Not Human Well

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was a good day, Mew believed.

 

He and John had taken a day to go out to the beach, partially to ensure nothing was remaining from previous incidents and partially to just enjoy the beach. Celebi and Jirachi came along as well, as a treat.

 

Either way, it was easily a surprisingly relaxing day. Now, as night started to fall, Mew went to go fix the completely normal sandcastles he had created while John slept.

 

At least, he thought John was sleeping.

 

He was promptly proven wrong when he heard a splash come from the nearby waters.

 

‘Well, it would’ve been nice to have him help out, but it’s fine. Still, the water can’t be enjoyable anymore, it’s almost ten at night.’

 

Mew was almost ready to go back to cleaning when he heard more from the waters, only now it was seemingly more… distant.

 

“HELP ME!”

 

Mew looked out towards the sea. He wasn’t sure whether he actually heard someone or whether he was mistaken. He instinctively floated a little closer to the sound.

 

“HELP!” Mew faintly heard the sound of gurgling shortly after the call for help.

 

Then Mew realized that sounded like John.

 

Mew speeded out towards where he heard the sound. He found John sinking, hand reaching up to the  sky in a last ditch effort before sinking.

 

“Blast it all.” Mew transformed into a Buizel, diving in after the sinking human, reaching him a small depth below the water’s surface before dragging him back towards the beach. Upon reaching the beach, John suddenly gasped, coughing up water before flailing around wildly, much to the chagrin and annoyance of Mew, who had been right in the line of fire.

 

Wiping it off, Mew glared at the offender. “John, mate, I know that you know how to swim. You were just doing it about an hour or two ago. What gives?”

 

“Well yeah I know how to swim but these human limbs are weird.”

 

Mew’s eye changed from scathing to critical. Why would John complain about having his limbs… unless…

“Manaphy?”

 

John froze, slowly turning to face Mew. “No… what could’ve given you that idea?” 

 

Mew typically put up with Manaphy’s shenanigans… however, in this specific instance with John’s life on the line.

 

“Blast it all, Manaphy. What were you thinking? You could’ve killed him with this negligence!”

 

Manaphy stayed silent.

 

“... I will only ask this one more time. WHAT. WERE. YOU. THINKING?”

 

“I just wanted to swim as a human. That was all.”

 

 

“Well next time, you can do it with his permission and oversight so that this doesn’t happen again… How do you think he would’ve felt knowing he was trapped in your body because you went out for a swim and died.”

 

“Alright. I won’t do it again.”

 

“Thank you.”

 

__

 

That time next week, ‘John’ was drowning again.

 

Mew couldn’t believe his eyes.

 

The only changes is that there was a Manaphy on the side, and this time of the local pool and not on the strip of the beach.

 

Take what you can get, right?

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 95: The John Is Dead

Notes:

Not a very serious (or canonical ) chapter, but you’d be surprised how long we’ve had this one.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

John: Ya-da-da-da-da-da- It is a good day to be not dead!

Mew: POW! You are dead!

John: I am dead!

Mew: Chuckling, while Celebi is doing the conga towards the scene (The Mew says “aw, shucks” as Celebi gets close.)

Celebi: Oh! John is dead!

John: Yes. I am dead!

Celebi: Why is John dead?!

Mew: I dunno.

John: I think it was-

Mew & Celebi: Shhh, you are dead!

John: Ok.

(Victini enters scene exiting van)

Victini: What's up, you wankers?! Who’s up for a- AH! What the- bloody hell just happened?!

Mew & Celebi: John is dead!

(A, B, C, or D game starts)

Victini: John is dead!

Celebi: Correct!

(Option C lights up and celebration music starts playing)

Celebi: So, did you see the murderer?

Mew and Victini: Nah, sorry mate.

Celebi: Slams hand on desk I will find him, I will capture him, and no one will ever die again!

(Mew and Victini applause)

Victini: Ah, well that's nice.

Mew: I am damn proud right now.

(Tandemaus appears in scene)

Tandemaus: Atteeeeeeeeention!

(Tandemaus rushes to dead John)

Tandemaus: John is dead!

Celebi: We know!

Tandemaus: Who killed him?!

Celebi: We don’t know!

Tandemaus: I will find clues!

(Tandemaus searches through pile of stuff while sniffing)

Tandemaus: What's that? Grabs gun A weapon?! That thing is why John is dead!

Mew, Victini, and Celebi: John is dead?!

Tandemaus: Slams hands on desk Yes, he died!

Mew, Victini, and Celebi: All shocked

Samantha: (From far away) Incoming!

(Ambulance crashes Tandemaus into a building wall, killing him.)

Samantha: Exits out of Ambulance Raus, raus! Pushes Mew, Victini, and Celebi away from John Move now! Defibrillates John

(Heavenly music sounds while the light focuses on John)

John: (Rising in air) Hohoho, Hea- Explodes Oof.

Samantha: In my medical opinion, John is dead!

(Camera rotates to Victini)

Victini: Doc, what happened?

Samantha: My professional opinion? John was killed!

Mew, Victini, and Celebi: Panicking

Samantha: I don’t think it’s anything to worry about.

Celebi: Well, now what?

(Pinky entering while doing the conga in the background)

Pinky: Clippity clop motherfuckers! Boom!

Celebi: Oh come on. 

Pinky: Look at this! John is freaking dead! Pause What do you think of that? Pause Ahm…

Celebi: Yes, yes, Pinky.

Pinky: Yea?

Celebi: Go home!

(Pinky’s mother appears in a car telling Pinky to get in)

Pinky: Ah come on! Pffff! Freaking unbelievable seriously, you all suck.

(Car drives off and crashing noise is heard)

Pinky: Screams of pain

Celebi: Ok, let’s get back to the point.

John: I think John is dead.

Mew, Victini, Celebi, and Samantha: John is dead?!

Samantha: Turns around and notices dead Pinky in burning car Pinky! I will heal you- Car explodes and camera goes back to John

John: No, Seriously?! Who killed John?!

(Camera shows on Manaphy drinking alcohol)

Manaphy: Slurp Slurp It was me!

Mew, Victini, Celebi, and John: Shocked

Manaphy: Yes! I did it like this: Takes out a revolver and shoots Victini in chest Boom! Manaphy flies off from force of revolver blast

Victini: Screams of pain

Manaphy: Woop dee doo!

Mew, Celebi, and John: Are terrified seeing Victini’s dead body

Manaphy: Burps That’s a joke, lads.

Mew, Celebi, and John: Starts laughing like crazy

Manaphy: Slurp Slurp Burp It was… yo-... Burp Points at Mew Him!

Mew: How did you know?!

Manaphy: I didn’t. Burps That was a joke too.

(Camera moves to Mew, as Manaphy keeps drinking faster)

Manaphy: Oh, I’m dead.

Mew: Manic laughter That’s right! It was me!

Celebi: You monster!

John: But whyyyyy?

Mew: Cause you’re fat, boy. And another thing, you’re ugly.

John: Mew, stop!

Mew and John: Arguing

Mew: Ah dammit John fuck off! You are dead.

John: No you, POW! Haha.

(Mew falls dead on floor)

John: You are dead! Not a big surprise.

Celebi: Well that was idiotic. Off to hang myself! Celebi doing flip on noose Watch and lea- Choking noises

John: I am alive! This is nice. Yes, this is stupid.

Notes:

By pokelego999

Chapter 96: A Terrible Eye Disorder

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

When John heard that Jirachi had been taken to the ER, he assumed that something bad must have happened. Pokemon normally went to the Pokemon Center: if it was the ER, something really bad had to have occurred. 

But as John waited outside with Mew and Manaphy, who was passed out and probably the most in need of the ER out of everyone there, he overheard the muffled sounds of yelling inside of Jirachi’s room, and Jirachi sounded far from grievously injured. 

“I’m telling you, I just have a minor cut! Why am I here!?”


“Because, that’s a very bad wound in your stomach! X-rays are showing-”

“That’s my eye! It’s meant to be there!”

“Multiple eyes are a symptom of multieyedosis, that’s not healthy.”

“I’ve had it since the day I was born! It’s completely natural!”
“Dear Arceus, it's worse than we thought…” 

The two began to bicker more and more, and John phased out after that. The two could argue, but he didn’t quite care about the contents of them. Jirachi was fine, and nothing bad would happen. 

“Multiple eyes… yeah, I wish I had a third eye on my stomach! That would totally be helpful and not harmful in any… what are you doing?”

John immediately braced for what was about to happen as a bright flash emitted from the shuttered windows. John waited a few moments for the dust to settle before entering the room. Despite having seen everything Jirachi could muster, what he hadn’t expected to find was another Jirachi on the floor, this one red where his friend had blue, who was lightly prodding the eye on his stomach. 

“Huh. So the eye is a natural part of the body.” 

Jirachi, despite knowing full well what he did, was barely containing his excitement, and after a devious grin formed on his face, promptly tackled the human-turned Jirachi into a cuddle. 

“Oh my gosh, you’re just like me!” 

The new Jirachi squirmed in the tight grip of the old one, flailing in an attempt at escape. John and the nurse in the room both shared a look as they eyed the pair on the floor. 

Jirachi suddenly paused his onslaught, though his grip did not relent. “Wait… if you’re like me…” He unjustly smiled with a beam of innocence. “Does that make you my little bro?” 

“I… we’d have to run some blood tests first…”

“I don’t care!” Jirachi pouted. “You’re my little bro now!” 

The new Jirachi looked at John and the nurse, a desperate cry for help. The nurse, slightly terrified, looked at John incredulously. 

“How are you not terrified from all of this!?”

John sighed. “Trust me. He does worse on a near daily basis.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 97: Woops

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Typically, if four people go to the ER, they come back either one person less, or with the same amount of people. Typically, they don’t come back with one extra. But, typically, those patients aren’t Mythical Pokemon. And, typically, they don’t end up making the doctor operating on the case one of them. 

 

But these weren’t typical circumstances, nor were they typical Pokemon. There were now two Jirachi, and John was having some incredible difficulties working out the logistics of this. 

 

“Yes, I have tried having them change him back…. No, it hasn’t worked.” 

 

He was beginning to regret saying he would cover these lot legally. 

 

The new Jirachi, Jirouge, was less than pleased with his new predicament, but had given up trying to go back a long time ago, given the nearby Mythicals were less than helpful. Mew was the only one able to directly help, but after Mew implied he would be adding “upgrades,” Jirouge was just barely persuaded against taking whatever “treatments” Mew had planned for him. 

 

Of course, the one thing that was busy plaguing the new Jirachi’s mind, while John did his phone calls to sort out the mess he was in, was that the old Jirachi was too busy pampering his new “little brother.” It was obvious he had no idea what he was doing, for he had given him chocolate and toy cars while wondering why Jirouge seemed less than pleased about the whole ordeal. Needless to say, nothing was really making sense anymore.

 

“Alright…” John put his phone away. “I just got off the phone, it seems that, for now, Jirouge is still a fair and legal adult, he just needs to uh… get used to everything.” 

 

“Get used to everything!?” Jirouge fumed. “How am I meant to get used to having little nubby hands instead of anything useful!? How am I meant to be a surgeon when I’m smaller than any of the organs I have to deal with!?”

 

Mew spoke as he dug through a half eaten packet of peanuts. “Have you tried psychic powers?”

 

“What?”

“Psychic powers. You know, levitation and stuff.”

 

“How would that possibly- oh.” 

 

Jirouge blinked, staring at his hand. He clenched it, and then unclenched it, as if testing it. He briefly flicked at one of the tags on his head before nodding.

 

“Is it possible to learn this power?”

 

“Not from one of us.”

 

Manaphy, who sat drinking booze on the couch, burped. “Only because the others are lazy and I’m the only non Psychic one here.”

 

Jirouge raised an eyebrow. “Who are you sending me to, then?”

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“So…. sisssssssss!”

 

“Jirachi…” Pinky had her hand on her face. “I’m not even going to begin to question how you did this.” 

 

“You have a new lil bro!” Jirachi practically shrugged Jirouge forward. “So could you pretty please tutor him with Psychic powers so he can go back to his normal life?” 

 

“No, Jirachi. I’m an evil mastermind plotting the world’s destruction, why would I-”

Jirachi gave his sister the biggest puppy dog eyes he could, and Pinky turned away, knowing his plot. Unfortunately, Pinky knew that this was her one weakness, and thus eventually relented. 

 

“Fine. I’ll tutor him. But only because you’re my baby bro!” 

 

Pinky noogied her brother, before promptly pulling Jirouge inside. Pinky smiled gleefully before slamming the door in Jirachi’s face. Jirachi smiled innocently.

 

“I’m sure everything will be fine.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 98: Occulture

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Yo, Manaphy, what do you have there?”

 

Manaphy sat on the couch, digesting a magazine John didn’t quite recognize. Though he couldn’t see the front cover, he could see the multi-page spread about various organisms and robots he couldn’t quite recognize. 

 

“Oh, this?” Manaphy motioned with the magazine in her hands. “This is the latest edition of Occulture!”

“Occulture?”

“Yeah, Occulture. It’s a paranormal magazine.” Manaphy sighed, turning a page. “Mostly bogus, as you’d expect, but I’m keeping out here for a few people I know, because knowing them, they totally count as cryptids…”

 

“Oh, hey, I know that guy!”

 

Both Manaphy and John turned to find Celebi, who was lying on the edge of the couch, peering over Manaphy’s shoulder as she looked at the pages within. The pair eyed her curiously, and Celebi saw this as an opportunity to elaborate.

 

“Oh, well, that’s Barry. Love that guy. A bit freaky, y’know, abomination against nature stuff and all that, but he’s a really nice guy! Went to his baking club last week… or was it next week?”

 

“I, well… okay.” 

 

Manaphy shrugged, flipping to the next page, where Celebi immediately pointed directly in front of Manaphy’s face to a half-formed pile of sludge, apparently sighted in Castelia City. 

 

“Oh, I know that one! That’s a Guardian of the Septic Realm! Hate those guys… make everything way more sticky than they need to be… literally.”

 

Manaphy sighed- though it was more equivalent to a groan- as she looked at the next page, but she had a double-take as she saw who was being talked about.


“A robotic Hydreigon has been spotted in this security camera footage in Paldea, apparently having destroyed a building with a single laser blast!?”

 

The three sat in silence, slowly turning around, where their good friend Iron Jugulis was currently raiding the fridge, holding an entire jug of milk in hand. He paused, the milk jug positioned directly above his head, ready for drinking, as he looked at them, confused.

 

“What? My entire life doesn’t revolve around you guys.”

 

“Blowing up an entire building!?”

 

Jugulis sheepishly eyed a wall. “...It was one time… I had a very busy weekend.” 

 

The trio just shook their heads as they went back to Manaphy’s Occulture magazine, as the annoyed mutterings of Jugulis were drowned out by the sounds of a milk-powered short circuit. Manaphy flipped a page, and Celebi pointed again. 

 

“Oh, that’s the Great God of Devastation, Ragnarok! Hate that guy… every time you invoke his name, he gets summoned into this mortal realm…”

 

“Wait…” Horror dawned over John’s face. “...But you just said it!”

 

“No, don’t worry, silly.” Celebi winked. “I would have to say “The Great God of Devastation, Heinous Rebellious Destructionus Bartholomew Annabelle Julius Seer Grape Juice Ragnarok the Third” in order to invoke him into our realm!”

 

Celebi paused, triumphant, before suddenly realizing the folly of her mistake as the skies outside turned a blood darkened shade of red. John shook his head with mild annoyance, as he sighed. 

 

“...And I was really excited about the office bowling trip later too…” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 99: Unveiled Secrets

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Last time, John woke up in an alley, face on the concrete and incredibly disorientated.

 

This time, John woke up on a street facing presumably that same alley, this time with the added pleasure of standing up.

 

…Guess you gotta take what you can get.

 

Looking around, John took note of the area she was in, noting a sign that stated Stone St. and a park located behind her. She then walked down the alleyway, finding the same door that Latias had entered with her before. There was a note upon the door.

 

‘Sorry to do this to you John, but you’ll understand when you get in there. Just… help her out ok? She needs a fresh perspective, one I can’t provide. You are the only one I’d trust to help her out here.’

 

John enters without a word.

__

 

Upon entering the building, John saw a crowd formed in the bar. A decent amount of the crowd were from the group she met the last time. Notably, Salazzle was off to the side, seemingly concerned but not wanting to enter the circle.

 

Walking up to the group, she noticed what, or rather who, they were crowding around. It was Latias, curled up on herself, and quietly sobbing.

 

So that’s what Manaphy meant.

 

“Hey everyone, give her some space.”

 

No one moved, potentially unable to hear her over the clamor occurring in the bar.

 

John raised her voice. “GIVE HER SOME SPACE.”

 

The crowd took note and backed away, some still obviously concerned and wanting to step back in. A glare from Manaphy’s body-holder was enough to get them to fully back off. 

 

John waited for a bit, also intent on giving her space, until Latias’ tears finally slowed down.

 

“Manaphy? Are you still there?” Latias’ distraught voice rang out amidst the crowded environment.

 

John approached her right side cautiously. “I’m here, Lati-” John’s speech was cut off as Latias wrapped herself around the Manaphy. John responded in turn, laying there on the ground, content with each other..

 

 

John whispered in Latias’ ear. “Do you want to go somewhere quieter?”

 

“...I think I’d like that.”

 

The duo slowly but steadily made their way to the door, John glaring at anyone who dared to approach.

 

__

 

As they walked out of the building, Latias took a deep breath of relief. Manaphy was taking her somewhere else, and that’s all she could ask for.

 

As they crossed a street, she donned a familiar illusion featuring a green shirt and white mini-skirt.

 

The night sky provided a feeling of serene peace, adding to the natural beauty of the surroundings.

 

Manaphy led her to a bench in the nearby park, overlooking a pond which had a bridge cross over it. Taillow played above the trees while Skitty loafed in the grass.

 

Latias breathed in the air, letting it calm her as the moonlight fell over her feathers and the sounds of the city dimmed in the background.

 

Some amount of time passed. Latias, content with her feelings, started to lull before the Manaphy’s thoughts shook her back awake.

 

“Are you feeling better now?”

 

“Yes… I think I am.”

 

Manaphy nodded her head up and down, seemingly wanting to say something but clamming up. Latias took that as her time to speak up.

 

“Thank you. Really.”

 

“I’m happy I could help, and I’m sorry I got in there so late. Is… do you want to talk about it, or would you rather I gave you space?”

 

Latias contemplated for a moment, while the Manaphy looked on from a slight distance, wanting to approach yet not wanting to overstep any boundaries.

 

 

With no words spoken, Manaphy seemed ready to back off, having turned around and faced the pool.

 

“I…” Manaphy turned to face Latias, listening intently whilst she herself steeled her emotions. “I feel… lost.” 

 

Manaphy prodded. “How so?”

 

“Me and my brother, Latios. We were, at one point, called the Guardians of Altomare. I lost him, one day in order to save the city we held dear. The Soul Dew kept the city safe from rising tides, but it fractured in a battle and almost doomed the city. His sacrifice saved us all, creating a new Soul Dew.”

 

Manaphy walked up to her, putting an arm around her shoulder. She continued.

 

“I was trapped in the city, forced to guard the remnants of my failure and his life. And it hurt to be constantly reminded of that. The Soul Dew was supposed to take at least a decade to strengthen.”

 

Latias looked up towards the moon, yearning for the times lost, for the memories she is unable to make again.

 

“Yet one day, it was like the pressure was lifted off of my feathers. The Soul Dew was miraculously strengthened and another Latios and Latias appeared, ready to take the reins. It was… all too sudden. Too convenient to be real.”

 

Latias slammed her feathers onto the bench, illusionary hand following in suit.

 

“It felt like a joke, like someone was mocking my struggles. I had lashed out at everyone, then. Even those who had been with me the entire time… what I wouldn’t give to apologize to them, yet I am afraid of how they would respond.”

 

A slight drizzle calmly rolled into the park, as if responding to the Latias’ emotions.

 

“Either way. I left. I was no longer forced to stay there. Initially I left because of fear of response. I never returned because of guilt. Because of this I didn’t know where to go… had no place I could go. So I wandered for years trying to find out what I could do now that my life had been upturned again. And for whatever reason, I felt called here. To this city… but it hasn’t been easy. I wasn’t ready to be forced to be on my own, and had no plan. Now I’ve bounced from job to job, finding the most intricate ways to get fired at the end of the day, never getting enough of a hold to build a life. I don’t really know what to do anymore.”

 

Letting the sentence lay, Latias curled in on herself, openly sobbing. 

 

Manaphy, sensing the end of the conversation, spoke up.

 

“Before I say anything else, I am sorry for your loss.”

 

Latias nodded solemnly.

 

“Thank you, for feeling confident in sharing this with me… I can’t begin to understand all that you’ve gone through.”

 

Manaphy paused, mulling over her words.

 

“What I do understand… is that you’ve been very strong and I’m sure that if he could see you, he would be proud.”

 

Latias let out a confused cry before trying and failing to rein it in.

 

“You’ve been dealt a bad hand, but you didn’t let that stop you. You’ve been called to a city you don’t know, and haven’t found a place. But you never gave up. And I understand you feel guilty, but you were in an emotional place at the time and handled matters in a way that allow you to grow and recoup your bonds. That takes a strength that you can’t just build in a day.”

 

Latias felt her face get cupped.

 

“You are strong. And I think you realize that too. You just need to allow yourself to believe it.”

 

Manaphy backed down, sitting back on the bench. Latias didn’t move at all.

 

__

 

It took a good while of the two in silence for Latias to feel ready. And she might never be ready. But ‘Manaphy’ was right. She had to understand that she had what it took.

 

“Thank you. I… I really needed that.”

 

“Only thing I could do.”

 

 

“You know…”

 

Latias perked up, ears high at the sudden acknowledgement.

 

“You should stop by those that you left. If what you are telling me is true, they miss you a lot and probably just want to know you are safe.”

 

Latias stared wordlessly, yet softly.

 

The Manaphy-Interloper simply waved a digit back and forth “Eh. Just food for thought. You don’t have to if you don’t wanna.”

 

Latias mulled over it for a bit.

 

Then she took back into question Manaphy’s behavior. It was obvious at this point, but would she actually call it out?

 

…Yes. Yes she would.

 

Latias chuckled before turning to face the body of Manaphy before bringing up the elephant in the room.

 

“So. Who are you really?”

 

Manaphy looked startled. It looked like she wasn’t ready for this line of questioning… if she was a she at all.

 

“I just told you I was a guardian. I pay attention to stuff like this. This isn’t the first time you’ve been here either. Your mannerisms are completely different and you have more confidence in areas that Manaphy has shied away from… like dealing with crowds.”

 

 

The current-Manaphy sighed.

 

“I’m shocked you figured it out. I will say that you are completely correct… As for who I am… I’ll stop by the bar in a few days. You’ll know who I am then.”

 

“Alright. I’m holding you to that.”

 

… The Manaphy-holder and Latias shook on it.

 

“You feeling good enough to go back now?” Manaphy asked Latias, mainly due to the time.

 

“Honestly, I’mma head somewhere else for now, but I am good for tonight. Thank you for your concern.”

 

“No worries. Have a good night.”

 

Latias then turned and started to float out of the park. Before she got too far, she heard the non-Manaphy running to catch up.

 

“One more question, if I may?” They were out of breath from running… as if she needed more evidence of them not being Manaphy.

 

“What is it?”

 

“Why did you trust me if you understood that I wasn’t Manaphy?”

 

Latias did not need to think about the answer for even a second.

 

“Manaphy doesn’t swap with the same person multiple times unless she trusts them. And I trust her judgment. Therefore, I trust you.”

 

Latias didn’t wait for further response, zipping off as fast as she could go.

 

She was gonna stop by Altomare. Not for long. Just to set things right. She still had a home here after all, and she wasn’t going to give that up for a second.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 100: 100th Concert

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Self reflection.

 

It’s weird, to look back and see how far you’ve come.

 

Even under normal circumstances, John always found looking back and reflecting on the past to be… dubious at best. It means an acknowledgement of your past, both the successes and the failures. It means looking at those mistakes you made and understanding that those were yours.

 

These circumstances were the furthest thing from normal.

 

Ever since he met Jirachi, his life has been an absolute whirlwind of surprises, shocks, unexpected events and changes. It’s chaos, through and through.

 

And he doesn’t regret a second of it.

 

This path has led him to being more than he would’ve ever dreamed, meeting individuals he wouldn’t have ever met, and learning more than he would’ve ever known.

 

He’s… different, from when this all started. But that’s not a bad thing in itself. The friends, experiences, and stories he gained from it all can never be replaced.

 

And regardless of all of the changes, it’s still him. Despite having seen so much since then, that office worker that was living day-by-day is still there. A part of the greater whole that is John. 

 

So he’ll take the good with the bad, and continue to grow from experiences old and new. He takes his experiences, and brings them along for the ride.

 

*knock knock*

 

John was startled out of his thoughts by a knock on his door.

 

“Come in!”

 

John didn’t move a muscle as he watched Manaphy enter the room.

 

“You’re still looking at the mirror John?”

 

“It’s my pre-game ritual Manaphy, you know this. It helps ground me out there.”

 

Manaphy shook her head, a smile on her face. “I’m not knocking it, John. I’m happy that you’re at peace with yourself.”

 

The two stood there, a blissful peace filling the room.

 

“Well, I came in here to inform you we’re up in five. Whenever you are ready, transform and we’ll meet you up there.”

 

John waved a hand in a dismissive manner. “Just wait one moment, I’m ready to head up now.”

 

John turned off the lights surrounding the mirror, telltale signs of the transformation forming being the last thing he saw of himself.

 

Walking over to Manaphy, she stopped under the arch of the doorway. “I’m ready, let’s go.”

 

__

 

As she walked out in front of the crowd, John thought of her reflection from earlier.

 

Reflection is an ever-expanding process, as new experiences will create new reflections.

 

Regardless of that fact, reflection will always have an end-point.

 

For her, today? That end-point was this stage.

 

“HELLO EVERYBODY!!!” Her voice rang out over the crowd as cheers started to ring out and the sound of camera flashes dispersed the previous silence.

 

As John moved to speak again, the crowd quieted. “As you may be aware, today is a special occasion… our 100th concert!!! And to celebrate that accomplishment, this entire concert is currently being live-streamed to our entire audience around the world.” John looked out to the crowd. “And to all of our dedicated fans who arranged to be here in person, we didn’t forget about you. There will be a meet and greet and autograph signing starting thirty minutes after the last song.”

 

John took her paces outwards of the stage, getting closer to the crowd.

 

“Now, before we get this concert started, I have a message for all of you from all of us.” 

 

Within the crowd, phones were silently raised while chatter slowed to a crawl. The crowd was ready to listen.

 

“To all the members of our audience, whether they currently be in the crowd, at home on the livestream or watching this through the recordings- thank you for your support. I don’t think any of us truly knew where this was going to end up when we started this project. We were just a small group with a big idea... Thanks to you all, that idea has blossomed into something spectacular.”

 

She paused, took a deep breath and continued.

 

“We are so proud to have been able to touch the hearts of so many in the short time we’ve been able to have that impact. Seeing the comments and the support has been the best feeling to have, especially in the beginning when we were worried about how the world would receive us. So, once again, thank you all for really giving us an experience to be enjoyed. And don’t worry, we don’t plan on going anywhere just yet!”

 

She danced back towards her spot, light on her feet and filled with joy. She paid special attention to Manaphy’s heartfelt smile, Celebi’s dopey grin, Mew’s small yet noticeable smirk, and Jirachi’s childish delight. This is what she will be reflecting on in the future. Because it’s no longer just her. She’s got family now.

 

Now back in her assigned starting position, she stopped with a smile of her own before turning to face the crowd once more. “With that out of the way. “LET’S GET THIS SHOW ON THE ROAD!”

 

The crowd erupted into cheers as the music started blasting and Mew kicked it off with the drums.

 

And John?

 

She was happy to be able to experience this with her friends. Her family.

 

And she honestly thinks that they all feel the same.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 101: I Have Amnesia?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was one fine rainy day when Jugulis knocked on the door of the apartment. It was strange to John, but certainly not out of the ordinary, for Jugulis frequently came by on odd jobs. However, this time, Jugulis insisted it was a “personal request,” and so John sat him down on the couch as he listened intently. 

 

“So… Jugulis… what seems to be the matter?”

 

“I think that while I was turning on my long term memory, I may have accidentally shut off my short term memory.”

 

“Really? How did that happen?”

 

“How did what happen?”

 

“Your memory getting shut off.”

 

“Why do you want to know about my memory getting shut off?” 

 

“Because you just told me!”

“Told you what?”

 

“That your memory got shut off!”

“My memory got shut off?” 

 

“Oi, what’s happening in here?”

 

Mew flew into the room, carrying a tray of suspiciously colored hot dogs. He scarfed one down as he eyed John and Jugulis.

 

“Did someone die? I hate when that happens… always have to call in a few favors…”

 

“No one died,” said John, somewhat begrudgingly, “But Jugulis accidentally shut off his memory.”

 

“I shut off my memory?”

 

“Yes you did!”

 

“Did what?”

 

“Ah, I see.” Mew scarfed down another hot dog. “Allow me to intervene.”

 

Mew tenderly placed down his tray of hot dogs, and then, stretching his arms, proceeded to punch the side of Jugulis’s core head as hard as he could. Jugulis recoiled, audio sputtering out of his mouth, as Mew pridefully smirked.

 

“There, problem solved! Jugulis, speak.”

 

Jugulis stopped, and his eyes flashed blue. “Now playing Recording One Five Six Seven Two Four Twenty Twelve Delta Epsilon Gamma Seven, labeled internally as “Potential Blackmail.” 

 

Jugulis’s mouth suddenly opened, and a translucent blue screen projected itself. The screen displayed a video, depicting Mew fidgeting with Jugulis’s head, and the real Mew immediately paled.

 

“Alright, Jugulis, is this thing recording?” The Holo-Mew seemed to get a positive, and he smiled. “Excellent! Now we can get on with this stunt I’ve been meaning to try!”

 

“Shit, stop-”

 

“Alright, now, I’ve been trying to get these mythical dance moves done at the exact same time! Just watch me work!” 

 

Before the results of Mew’s endeavors could be shown in all of their glory, the video suddenly shorted out, and John looked over, finding Mew with a wire plucked from Jugulis’s neck. Mew stared at John, his eyes devoid of emotion, as he let the limp wire fall.

 

“Some things are better left forgotten, John.” 

 

Mew promptly warped out, leaving a dysfunctional Jugulis alone on the couch alongside the hot dogs John had no intention of touching anytime soon. John sighed, lightly thumping the side of Jugulis’s head, only for Jugulis’s mouth to display a video John recognized all too well. 

 

“Alright, so, today, I figured I’d try practicing singing in my human form…”

 

“Mew, which wires did you pluck!? Mew!? Mew!” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 102

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Guys!” John all but leapt out of her seat as Kibby crashed through the door, excitement glimmering in her eyes and dripping from her panting form– “guys guys guys– it’s chapter one hundred and two!”

“...what does that mean?” She looked around, wary– “is it some sort of–”

“Woo! Let's go! Chapter one hundred and two!” Celebi swung into the room, cheering as exuberantly as he’d ever seen her– and that was bad news. “I can’t believe it’s finally here! One hundred and two chapters! Isn’t that great? Isn’t it?” She darted forward, grabbing John before she could react and twirling her around giddily. “One hundred and two! Break open the–”

“Champagne, yes, yes, I took the liberty of grabbing some from the Cellar Revelatory, the one the Time King keeps in his Space Filling Labyrinth. You know the one.” Celebi gasped, Kibby gasped, and John had no idea what was going on. “Cheers to one hundred and two chapters, you glorious bastard.” She smashed the lip of the champagne bottle against the table’s corner, and the foam got everywhere .

Wiping some of the sweet alcohol from her eyes, John was more concerned about where Pinky had managed to get a three piece suit, and why Jirachi was wearing wizard robes. He wasmore, more concerned about what one hundred and two meant .

A small blue form waddled into the room, already drunk. “Wuh… wuhn hundred n’ too. Me too… so happy…” Manaphy flopped onto her face, and John’s hope that she’d be a voice of reason died just as quickly.

“What’s going on here?” The impromptu party ground to a halt as a tired Mew floated into the room. “Right bloody racket you’re making. What’s the occasion?”

“You don’t know? ” Gasped Celebi–

“You don’t know?” Maybe at least one of them were normal–

“It’s the one hundred and second chapter!” Mew’s eyes widened in shock, the… thing… he was holding dropped to the ground with a splat as Celebi continued. “You didn’t forget the one hundred and second chapter, did you?”

“By jove… I almost forgot. The one hundred and second chapter! One hundred and two!” He laughed heartily and grabbed two glasses of champagne– one for himself, and one for the abomination that lived in the basement. “Cheers to the one hundred and second!”
John just sank low in her seat and grabbed some wine. Maybe the world would make more sense after a glass… or two…

Notes:

Chapter 102!!! We've finally made it!! Thank you for reading !!!!to this very significant moment <3 102 chapters :D ^.^

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 103: A New Partnership

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

I need a drink.

 

Diancie had been on the trail of Mew for months at this point. Trying and failing to get any information on where the little shit had gone. She even ended up learning a completely new language at some point, just to make information gathering easier. Then, finally once she figures out the exact city he’s in, the trail goes cold. The closest she got was a Jirachi that had turned up at one of the schools she taught at (she quickly found out she wasn’t good with young kids as they reminded her too much of Mew, so she now only teaches at the local high school) but that lead also didn’t pan out.

 

Thankfully… ok maybe not thankfully but the silver lining was that she had heard of a Pokémon only bar in the area. So that’s where she was headed.

 

Stepping into the bar, she noticed a Leavanny behind the bar as well as a group of Pokémon on the far side of the bar, including a Manaphy and Salazzle sitting across from each other, a Slugma laying on the ground, and a Chandelure just… floating over the Slugma.

‘Can Chandelure even drink? Why was a Chandelure at a bar???

 

Existential Questions aside, Diancie made her way over to the side of the bar opposite the large crowd. As much as she might want to get to know them in the future, it was too many people for today… she just wanted to drown in her sorrows.

 

Leavanny, noticing the new customer, walked over to her.

 

“What’ll it be?”

 

“I’ll take a Cosmo to start.”

 

“Alright. I’ll be right on that for ya.”

 

Diancie settled in, content to watch the other participants and just destressing. It had been so long since she had truly taken time to just… relax.

 

Leavanny came back, setting the drink down in front of his patron.

 

She took a sip, feeling the buzz and just… letting the time fly by. Zoned out, she didn’t realize what was going on around her. Maybe ten minutes had passed, maybe an hour. Who knew? Certainly not her.

 

She was so lost in this that she didn’t notice the individual moving up to her.

 

“Hey.”

 

Diancie, believing herself to still be alone in the corner of the bar, started flailing around. She didn’t stop until she almost knocked her drink over and did accidentally hit whoever had scared her in the first place. Calming herself, she turned to look at the intruder.

 

“Sorry. Sorry. I didn’t mean to startle you, I just noticed that you were over here by yourself and wanted to make sure you were doing alright.” A pink Celebi looked at Diancie with concern written all over her face.

 

Merde . Yeah, I’m alright. You shocked me was all.”

 

“Mind if I sit?” Celebi moved to the seat directly to Diancie’s left.

 

“Sure, go right ahead. I wouldn’t mind the company.”

 

“Thank you. Oh, and I typically go by Pinky. I know it’s rare for mons like us to have names so I just wanted to get that out of the way early.”

 

“Enchantée.”

 

Pinky and Diancie made small talk, with the Leavanny coming over and taking the Celebi’s order as well (‘ What even is a flaming volcano ’) before coming back with a drink that was literally flaming at the tip. Pinky proceeded to take a sip herself, before igniting a conversation.

 

“So what brings you down here at this time of night.”

 

“Ne demandez pas s'il vous plaît… ugh who am I kidding, it doesn’t matter. I’ve been trying to find someone for months, and yet every time I feel like I’m getting close just… nothing. The trails always seem to die whenever I think I’m right there. And it hurts, to feel so close yet so far, time and time again.”

 

Pinky turned to face the Diancie, “I get that. I hope you can find them, eventually.”

 

“I hope so too.”

 

 

“What about you? What brings you to this bar?”

 

“Had a talk with my wonderful quote-unquote mother earlier today… by the fact that I’m here you can guess how well that went.”

 

Putain de merde , I’m sorry.”

 

Pinky seemed overall dismissive of the confrontation. “Eh. I’ve been dealing with her my entire life. What’s a little more..?”

 

Diancie didn’t buy that for a second, yet chose not to press. That’s not something she needs to know at the moment.

 

“Heh you want to know what’s funny, Diancie?”

 

“...what?”

 

“The only reason I frequent this bar so much is because I attacked it one day, trying to get at that Manaphy over there.”

 

Diancie stared .

 

“Why did you attack the bar. For that matter, why are you allowed in here if they know you are the same person, and you are a shiny so although not impossible, it’s not likely that there happen to be two shiny Celebi’s in the same area.”

 

Pinky looked… bashful might not be the right word, but Diancie couldn’t really figure out what the proper word would be. “Well Manaphy is part of a group of Mythicals that, for whatever reason - and I genuinely can not fathom why - are all living with a human. A Jirachi, Mew, Celebi, and Manaphy all living with a human. The Celebi is my rival, and I was trying to force her to make a mistake. Mew is crafty, I couldn’t keep him down if I wanted to. Jirachi is too much of a wild card. John, that’s the human btw, has an… aura… about him. Something is special about him and I didn’t want to test my luck. So I went after Manaphy after she isolated herself from the rest of them, here at this bar with three robots from the future called Valiants.”

 

Diancie signaled for Pinky to continue speaking.

 

“Admittedly, the first time, I failed. I failed to see the Chandelure, and she bashed into me so hard I just left. Then I came back, this time with only one of the Valiants. Leavanny asked me the same question he did the first time, ‘Are you here for a drink, or not?’ before following up with ‘I let you have your fun the first time, but if you aren’t here to get a drink you will be escorted out.’ I thought he was joking and went about my day. 

 

Diancie leaned forward, bracing heavily against the table. “So what happened?”

 

“He kicked me and the Valiant’s ass so hard, in the two-on-one, and promptly dropped us on the curb. Left us with a ‘Come back when you’re a paying customer’ before turning back to the shop and walking in. Heh. I haven’t gotten beaten in a fight that hard… ever really. Before or After. He honestly acquired my respect. When I came back in the third time, I just sat at the bar, paid for a drink, and let him do his job. Never messed with anyone here ever again. I come here for drinks because of that respect. Nothing more, nothing less.”

 

It was an interesting story. One that was surprisingly long for what amounted to a “why I come to this bar” but interesting anyway-

 

Wait a second.

 

“Pinky, did you say Mew was in that group?”

 

Celebi looked confused for a moment before answering. “Yeah, what about it?”

 

Diancie burst out laughing at her good fortune. She laughed for a good thirty seconds before answering “That… That’s who I’ve been looking for. What are the chances? Just when I thought my last lead had burnt dry, I literally walked into one. Well I guess it would be more appropriate to say one walked into me, but semantics.”

 

“Well I’ll be. You know, I think I have an idea that works out for both of us.”

 

“And what might that deal be?”

 

“We work together, to bring down Mew and Celebi together!” Pinky exclaimed, before outstretching her hand.

 

Diancie shook it. “It’s a deal, ma partenaire.”

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 104: Jugulis the Door-To-Door Salesman

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John was comfortably enjoying some television when he heard someone knocking from outside. Normally, this wouldn’t be an issue; the problem was that it was coming from the window.

 

John opened the curtains, finding Jugulis flying outside, a paper and briefcase in hand. A tie was hastily slapped around all three heads at once, and it didn’t look comfortable.

 

“Yo, John, have I got the deal for you!”

 

“Is it a bomb again?”

“I’m not working for Pinky this time, so that’s a no! Instead, I’m here to sell-”

 

“Is it more distortion? I swear, Giratina keeps ordering to the wrong place…”  

 

“No!” Jugulis smiled, his tie straining as he raised his arm. “It’s insurance!”

 

“Jugulis, I work for an insurance company. I already have that.”

 

“Oh.” Jugulis flew in silence, only broken by the flapping of his wings. After a few moments of awkward staring, Jugulis perked up again. “But now you can have two!” 

 

John closed the curtain on Jugulis without a second thought as he sighed, going back to his show. As soon as he had sat down, however, he heard a knock on another window, and he groaned as he once again walked over to find Jugulis outside.

 

“Yo, John, have I got the deal for you!”

 

John had a feeling he’d be dealing with something else for the time being. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 105: A Duodenum Date

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Oh, hey, look at the date.” John squinted at the calendar. “Guess I gotta go get that duodenum checked out-”

 

Mew gulped down a bowl of cereal absentmindedly. “Oh, hey, I had a guy I knew who was born today, actually.”

 

“Really?”

 

“Yep!” Mew frowned. “Unfortunately.”

 

“Why? What happened?”

 

Mew shrugged. “Eh, it’s neither here nor there.” Mew began to leave, but yelled as he left. “You can find your duodenum on the kitchen counter!”

 

“Alright.” John began to grab his phone, only to realize what Mew had said. “Wait, Mew, what did you… Mew!?” 

 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 106: Immortality Crisis

Chapter Text

It was a great day to go to work. The bus was on its way, the sun was shining, and John was on time for once. No Mew throwing an experiment in front of the catflap, no Celebi dueling with Pinky in the living room, no Jirachi picking up minutiae on the radio and causing another explosion downtown, just one human-turned-sometimes-Meloetta on his way to work. But it left John time to think.

 

His career had taken off, even if it wasn’t actually the career his main identity had. Aria had been a rampant success, and was now a worldwide name. Keeping it up while not making anyone suspicious had been incredibly difficult- that one conspiracy theorist had continued to prove problematic- but overall it was a great experience. And heck, it would probably last longer than his regular job ever would. Meloetta were immortal after all, according to Mew, which meant he could keep this up even after his current boss was dead in the dirt.

 

He froze. If Meloetta were immortal, did that mean he would outlive everyone he knew? Samantha would only be around another few decades, his parents would probably be dead within twenty years… who knows what would happen to Jugulis once he began to rust… everyone would be gone eventually. Everyone except him and his roommates. Even his human form would fade away one day, and he’d be stuck with just the Meloetta half. What would he be, then, after a thousand years? Would he still be John? Or would only Aria be left? Would he even be the same person any-

 

“Oh, is that a penny?”

 

John picked up the penny earnestly, admiring it with glee. 

 

“Hey, lucky too!” He paused. “What was I just thinking about?” He shrugged. “Eh, probably nothing important.”

Chapter 107: This Will Take an Eternity

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Mew, what is that?”

Mew looked at the writhing mass of flesh in his hand. “An affront to everything holy.”

 

“That’s not what I meant.” John groaned. “I meant the massive Dragon sitting next to you.”

 

“Giratina?”

“What?”

 

Giratina’s head emerged from the shadows, the area around its mouth not so subtly covered by chocolate. The dragon nodded once before sinking back into the darkness once more. John was thoroughly confused, but shook it off.

 

“No, I mean the forty foot long dragon whose butt is currently sticking out of our back wall.” 

 

“Oh! Why didn’t you just say that?” Mew patted the dragon next to him. “This is Eternatus!”

 

“Eternatus?” John paled. “Wait, you don’t mean, like, the -”

 

“Of course I do!” Mew, several sizes smaller than Eternatus, flew on top of Eternatus’s head, and Eternatus cooed happily. “I found him sitting on the side of the road, and I thought-”

“No.”

Mew stopped. “Huh?”

 

“I am not letting Eternatus live here.” 

 

“Why not?” Mew squinted. “You’re not Dragon-phobic now, are you?”

 

“For starters, Giratina is literally right there, secondly, Jirachi turned me into a Dratini and locked me in an aquarium for a week by accident once, and thirdly why the heck would I be!?”

“Because you seem oddly against this.”

 

“Mew, he’s forty feet long! I physically don’t have the space for him.”

 

“I mean, he can always live in the hole-”

 

“We are not sending him into the hole!” John sighed. “Look, just, is there nowhere else you could put him?” 

 

Mew glanced at the patch of shadows on the floor. “Well…” 

 

Giratina rose up, mildly annoyed. “No. Put him back where you found him.” 

 

“Where did you find him, anyway?” 

 

“In the middle of some vault in Galar somewhere. Why?”

 

John’s eyes widened, and he looked behind Eternatus, only now noticing the darkening red skies behind the dragon, who was contentedly purring as Mew continued to pet him happily.

 

“Right.” John turned around. “I’ve got bowling. If he isn’t back where you found him within the next ten minutes, I’m revoking your freezer privileges.” 

 

Mew stopped. “You wouldn’t.”

 

“I would. Now what’s it gonna be?” 

 

Mew grumbled. “Spoilsport…” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 108: Piracy Isn't Your Roommate!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

You… you’re a criminal, aren’t you? You’re pirating this story. This incredible, as of now one hundred and eight chapter story… and you’re pirating it. Well, you know what they say… piracy is not a victimless crime… and you’re not a victimless criminal.

 

All of the stories in the world, which you could be purchasing with your own money, and you choose to pirate this one. Why? Is it some form of moral justification? Do you see it as right? Well I’m sorry we don’t sell this in Galar, it got banned there for spreading anti-Clobbopus propaganda! But it doesn’t mean you can just violate the law like this, either. 

 

I’m afraid I’m going to need you to report this stolen software to your local authorities at once. We can’t have this freely running around online, you know, and we can’t have you running around freely either. Now, the authorities are…

 

“Mew?”

 

“What?” Mew motioned at a book of scribbles labeled “Acting Recital.” “I’m in the middle of something, you know.”

 

“Yeah, well, it’s just…” Jirachi paused. “You are aware that this software is free, right?”

 

“Huh?”

 

“Yep. There’s nothing illegal going on here.” 

 

“Oh.” Mew looked at his book. “Well… bollocks. I spent hours on this!” 

 

“Yeah, sorry man.” Jirachi began to float away, but stopped, pointing at the door. “Oh yeah, some guys came to talk to you about something. They’re at the door.”

 

“And you didn’t tell me earlier!?” Mew facepalmed. “Who knows what orders I missed!” 

 

Mew rushed to the door, only to pale as he found the police standing behind it. The leading officer, Iron Jugulis, scribbled some notes on a notepad, motioning for handcuffs at his belt. 

 

“Mew Pneumonoultramicroscopicsilicovolcanoconiosis, I’m afraid you’re under arrest.”

 

“For what!?” Mew squirmed as the cuffs hit his arms. “I didn’t do anything!”

 

“Remember Dogs in Love ?” 

 

Mew paused. He looked around the room, before sighing. His eyes suddenly turned wild.

 

“You’ll never take me alive!”

 

Mew made a mad dash, leaping out of an open window, as Jugulis and the officers ran and jumped out after him. Jirachi watched from afar, drinking a yogurt cup, shaking his head.

 

“Silly Mew. He should’ve known that piracy wasn’t a victimless crime.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 109: Bio Lab: Microscope

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“It simply fascinates me.” Mew peered through the microscope at their lab station, deftly fiddling with the foci to bring their sample— blood cells from a… milotic, if he remembered correctly. “The ingenuity of humanity, sometimes. Obviously, this thing of steel and delicate glass is a crude implement, incomparable to a master of perception, but the accessibility. Not a work of flesh and skill, but of standardized effort— few civilizations even amongst the great polities of the past even approached such a thing.”

Jordan just gave him her best unimpressed glare. “The measurements, Mew?”

Spencer… Spencer wasn’t even listening, given how busy he was scrolling through social media on his phone. Mew didn’t even blame him really— it was that kind of lab, annoyingly precise and frustratingly vague in equal measure. He’d personally designed some of the cells, and they had the gall to write the lab worksheet so utterly awfully as to make even him confused.

It wasn’t all bad; looking at the other tables cluttered with the test tubes from experiments repeated thrice over and messes of glassware the teacher had not told them how to use— Mew could only pity, in an arrogant sort of way, those who’d between forced to get a new group for the second part of the class—

“The data, Mew.” Ah, right, that…  in the time he’d spent contemplating the nature of lab, the reaction had progressed to completion. “Please don’t tell me you missed it. Mew. Mew—"

They left two hours after the end of their three hour lab. Just like the good old days…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 110: Just Trust Me On This

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Alright Jirouge…” Pinky smirked. “Use your power and open up this jack in the box for me, kay?”

 

“Miss, that’s an ATM. I’m pretty sure this violates several laws.”



She giggled. “Do you want to get back to your surgeon job, or not?”

 

Jirouge deeply exhaled. “Fine, but if anyone asks, it was Diancie’s fault.”

 

“Deal.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 111: Unexpected Snake

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hello, how are you?” Was not what Manaphy was expecting to hear when she walked into her room, swimming in sobriety. That was odd— she could have sworn she’d left the tank empty, after that one incident where her roommates had gotten stuck… “I am under the water, please help me.” The Dratini staring out at her, wide eyed and strangely calm about having been locked into her basement aquarium, hadn’t been here last time she checked.

 

Blearly, she rubbed her eyes, then blinked— and yup, the Dratini was still there. “Wha,” she said elegantly, “who are you?”

 

The Dratini slumped plaintively, the gesture vaguely recognizable. “C’mon, this is the second time this has happened, don’t you recognize me?” On second glance, he did look somewhat familiar. Those lustrous scales, glittering diamonds flexing scintillescent along each curve so sinuous.

 

Those eyes, that gaze not judging but still piercing, so stoically, gently, unraveling the skein of guilt that wrapped and bound her layer by layer peeling the essence of herself away. She stumbled back heart thundering in her chest, constructing, finding it hard to breathe as she stammered out— “L-lieutenant? No no no what— you said, you— you told me—"

 

“Lieutenant? What? No, it’s me, John.” Manaphy instantly calmed down. “Pinky wished that I was minorly inconvenienced, and both Jirogue and Jirachi were around, so I’m kinda stuck here. As a dratini. Can you help me out?”

 

Manaphy shrugged lazily, slowly dragging herself to the quick release valve Four had built for them after the first… second… fifth aquarium incident. “Sure thing, John—"

 

“Wait I’m too small I’ll get sucked down the storm drain—“ but it was two late. Manaphy pulled the lever, and the aquarium drained out.

 

Now, what had she been doing? Oh, right, sobriety. Gotta fix that quick…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 112: The Spirit of Not Caring

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It had been a rough day, all things considered. It had been a busy day at work, the upload schedule for Aria had been growing increasingly higher in the past week, Mew continued to make his messes… John could go on about the various inconveniences plaguing him and his friends. As a result, he was all too happy just to kick back, relax, and play some video games with his friends.

Of course, it was a problem when the TV began to speak to him.

“John Wish… the being chosen by the gods… come closer to the screen… join me… join me in my prison so that together, we may be free-”

“Yeah, nope.” John walked to the TV, unplugging it. “This is not a today problem.”

John sighed in disappointment, heading to his computer in the belief that he may finally get some time to himself to relax. Unfortunately, he was greeted by the sound and vision of a toothy smile on his computer screen, grinning with red encrusted teeth as it laughed maniacally.

“Please, won’t you give in? Won’t you relax with a poor old sinner like me-”

“Nope, have fun.”

“Wait, wait, wha-”

John slammed the lid of his computer shut as he groaned. Electing to try his computer again later, he walked over to the kitchen, where he was greeted by the sight of his microwave laughing at him.

“You fool… you think you can escape me forev…” The voice trailed off as it watched John, who was ignoring it, prepare food. “You… what are you… stop ignoring me. Hey, hey! Stop that! What even is that… is that… a PB&J? You could do better than that… with me!”

The voice fell flat as John continued preparing his sandwich without a care in the world. It groaned in irritation.

“You know what? If this is how it’s going to be, I’m going to go and bug someone who’s actually going to appreciate the fact that I’m trying to trick them into a bargain that will corrupt their life forever.” The voice huffed. “Goodbye, loser. Seriously, kids these days… can’t appreciate a good haunting anymore…”

The specter vanished into thin air, and all of the devices returned to normal. John, who had begun to bite into his sandwich, did not notice, and if he did, certainly did not care to. He shrugged, looking at his sandwich with mild annoyance.

“Is this thing crunchy peanut butter? I swear, I told Mew to only buy the light stuff…”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 113: Normal Mail Day

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Oi, John!” Mew poked his head into the room, a letter in hand. “This just came into the mail, think fast!”

 

Before John could react, Mew sent a letter flying into her face. Mew snickered, flying away, while John grumbled as he opened the letter, which was addressed, in rather messy print, to “Wherever Aria Lived.” Normally, she would be concerned, but if the person she assumed was the mailman delivered it… well, it made sense. 

 

She squinted as she read its contents, struggling to make a single lick of sense out of them. The contents, as she could best assume to be, read out to be something akin to a… request for collaboration? 

 

Dear Aria Meloetta (We think that’s your last name),

 

We of Evil Incorporated request to collaborate with you for an upcoming promotional video of ours. We feel your music would greatly benefit not only our own product, but also your fanbase, as it would help spread your popularity to places not yet explored by your current target audience. 

 

For more information, our address is at 237 Evil Av, and we will pay you rather handsomely with legally obtained money. We hope you consider our offer. 

 

Yours Sincerely, 

Evil Incorporated

 

John tore up the letter, silently laughing to herself. She happily tossed the letter into the trash. She wasn’t going to fall for a trap so obvious that easily.

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Diancie looked to the others, net in hand. “I don’t think she is showing up, everyone.”

 

“Why wouldn’t she?” Pinky pouted. “Our plan was perfectly legit!”

 

Jugulis shrugged. “I dunno, I mean… I feel our money reward was a bit small.”

 

Pinky looked at him, curious. “What do you mean?”

 

“I mean, we only offered to “pay handsomely.” Perhaps we should pay beautifully instead?”

 

The whole room quieted, the three pausing as they mulled over Jugulis’s statement. Pinky grinned madly.

 

“Jugulis you genius!” She grabbed a pencil and paper out of nowhere. “This is sure to work! Dear Aria Meloetta We Think That’s Your Last Name...”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 114: Predictions of Aria

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Samantha pulled a face as she looked at the documents John had slid over onto her desk. It didn’t take a deep look to know that this was some wild stuff— and with how things at their financial firm tended to go, that was a pretty serious thought to have. “Are you sure Aria is going to want this? With that recent vtuber scandal… companies have bit the dust for less.”

Irregardless and entirely unperturbed at her concern, John just nodded. “I’m certain this is what Aria would want us to do.” Well… he was the Aria expert. With the number of scarily accurate calls he’d made on the superstar’s behalf— seriously, Aria always seemed to agree to what he proposed, to a near-concerning extent— she daren’t dismiss his claims out of hand.

Sighing, she grabbed the stack of papers and scheduled a new meeting. “You know I’m going to have to bring this up with the team.” John didn’t look at all concerned, though— in fact, he looked entirely bored.

To be fair though, that was just normal John. He’d always been like that… at least before the mythicals and what have you… and the strangeness that was going on between him and Kibby… and…

John was a little bit weird.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 115: It's Like You're Reading My Mind

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So basically, that’s what that is.”

 

“A… psychic wavelength?” asked John, hesitantly. 

 

“Yep yep!” Mew winked. “Extra private. Us Psychics can use it to do some extra cool communication!”

 

“And we can’t just use our phones because…”

 

“Because technology is boring! Using random parts of our bodies we haven’t thought about in eons? Now that’s exciting!”

 

John’s face creased in hesitance, but Mew sidled up closer to her, a sly smile on his face. John, not wanting to deal with Mew to this extent, reluctantly gave in.

 

“Fine. Hook me up.”

 

Mew made cartwheels in mid-air. “Alrighty! I knew you’d say yes!”

 

Without warning, Mew rammed into John’s head, and with a brief flash, John found herself in a void. Next to her, Mew was floating, looking on excitedly. 

 

“Oh wow, now this certainly beats the time I ate too many Vitamins at four pm!” Mew eyed the area around him excitedly. “This might just be the coolest thing I’ve seen in ages!”

 

More voices became audible, and the pair suddenly became acutely aware of a presence behind them. They turned, only to find two familiar Shiny Pokemon. 

 

“Oh, Pinky, Jirouge, it’s just you guys.”

 

“Of course it’s us! This is our domain!” Pinky pouted. “What are you doing here!?”

 

“Well excuse me, but I believe this was my domain, last I checked. I discovered this!”

 

“Nuh-uh.”

 

“Yuh-huh!”

 

“Nuh-uh!”

 

“Yuh-huh!”

 

Mew and Pinky began to squabble, leaving Jirouge and John by themselves. Jirouge awkwardly eyed the Meloetta, coughing in an attempt to break the silence. 

 

“So, uh… you new, or…?”

 

“Shapeshifting.”

 

“Somehow that clarifies both everything and nothing at all.”

 

“I get that a lot.”

 

Pinky had ensnared Mew in a chokehold, and Jirouge rubbed his eyes, yawning. As he scratched his stomach eye, John became acutely aware of another presence nearby. She breathed in, before turning around to find-

 

“Indeedee?”

 

The Pokemon from down the road was in fact there, accompanied by the Scream Tail from the Poke Mart, who shyly waved at the pair. 

 

“H-hi, what’s up guys?”

 

Both Mew and Pinky halted their fight, looking at the four with a horrified apprehension. Mew, as per his usual, fell into a love fueled trance as he saw Indeedee, but Pinky, on the other hand, was furious.

 

“First these guys, now those two… are there any other Psychics using this channel that I should know about?”

 

“And that’s why I never use tissues when I’m fishing!” 

 

Jirachi and Celebi suddenly showed up, only to stop as they saw everyone else. They looked around warily, Jirachi happily waving to his sister, as Pinky waved back, a look of immense pain apparent on her face. 

 

“If you all don’t find a new psychic connection I’m going to make your yesterdays a living hell.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 116: How Are Mew Feeling?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Following another one of Mew’s disasters of experimentation, John was keeping himself occupied by scrubbing the floor. It wasn’t a fun task, and if Jirachi could answer wishes properly, perhaps he wouldn’t have had to clean the stuff the wish thought would actually clean the floor. 

 

But after everything, from the Abomination to the hole to everything in between… all of this was somehow all linked back to Mew and his insanity. He wondered how the little guy did it, how he continued to come up with all of this, why he still thought half of the absolutely bizarre things he did were normal… 

 

“Man, I wish I could just understand how Mew worked. Maybe that would solve my problem-”

 

John paled. He turned, slowly, to find Jirachi floating behind him. He had a smirk on his face as the all too familiar third eye blared right open. Within a flash of light, John suddenly found himself on the floor, but much closer to the ground then he remembered. He got up, putting a pink hand to his forehead, as he…

 

…Pink hand?

 

John looked himself over, finding two stubby pink hands, and then further down, finding two even bigger pink feet. He could feel the sensation of a tail swishing behind him. He knew immediately what had happened.

 

“How long until this wears off?” asked John, his voice now conspicuously Galarian. 

 

Jirachi shrugged. “I dunno. I don’t dictate the rules.” Jirachi turned to leave. “Have fun!”

 

John attempted to call out to Jirachi, but the little Mythical had already left. As John was left alone, standing in a still messed up kitchen floor, Mew flew into the room, a tray of crackers in hand.

 

“Looking good.”

 

Mew shot a pair of finger guns, proceeding to leave as quickly as he had arrived. John blinked, sitting on the floor in annoyance, a resigned look on his face.

 

“I have entered hell.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 117: Abominable Adorable

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hey Mew, whatcha got there?”

 

Mew, thoroughly engrossed in the television, snapped his head up to the speaker. “Oh hey Celebi! Was just watching my show.”

 

“That’s great and all, but that wasn’t what I was concerned about?”

 

“Ehhh. Don’t worry about it.”

 

A door creaks open, as someone else enters the room.

 

“Hey y’all. What’s going on in here?”

 

Celebi turns to face the door. “Hey Manaphy! I was just asking Mew what he brought back.”

 

“Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh.” If it were possible for Manaphy’s mouth to open any wider it would.

 

Mew was just hoping that the conversation would end there.

 

“So what is it?” Manaphy asked whilst making her way over to a mini-fridge.

 

Celebi tracked the Manaphy’s movements. “I don’t know, he won’t tell me.”

 

“Mmmmm. Ok.” Manaphy nodded her head in time with her words.

 

Now is he in the clear?

 

“So Mew, what did you bring?”

 

 

Sigh… “It’s nothing. Don’t worry about it.”

 

Mew listened to the clanks resounding from the fridge.

 

“Ok… sure.” Manaphy then turned to the Celebi. “He’s not budging, don’t know what you want me to do.”

 

A crash rung through the household, as well as the sounds of shattering glass.

 

“O w w w……”

 

Evidently, that was Jirachi.

 

Mew ‘heard’ the psychic airwaves of Celebi as she floated over to the Jirachi. He also faintly heard gulping sounds. Eh. It doesn’t matter.

 

Mew refocused on the television. It was getting to the good part.

 

“Are you ok?” Celebi asked Jirachi.

 

“Yeah. I’m fine.” Jirachi seemed to catch his breath for a moment before spotting the cause of the ongoing situation. “Oooooooooooh. What’s that?”

 

“Arrrrgh, I don’t know cus the blasted bilge rat won’t tell us. He should walk the plank for his misdeeds!”

 

… Mew was now sufficiently distracted from the show once more.

 

“Manaphy!” Celebi’s voice rang out loudly amongst the commotion. “You are NOT a pirate, and put down the bottle.”

 

“Fine matey!”

 

A few seconds later, Mew heard a much quieter noise. Almost akin to a bottle shattering against the wall.

 

Mew didn’t need to turn back to know the Celebi had turned red from anger at this point. Thankfully, those two would be distracted for the time being.

 

Unfortunately for him, one of the group hadn’t been sidetracked.

 

Psssssst. ” Mew had let his guard drop, allowing Jirachi to sneak up on him. “Whaaaa… What is it.”

 

“… just… drop it ok? This is completely safe to be around.”

 

“Mmmmmmmmmm OK!” Jirachi smiled, completely ready to let it go before flopping onto the couch alongside Mew.

 

Mew sensed that the conversation was finally over.

 

Then the door creaked once more.

 

“Hey all, finally back from work. What’s pop-”

 

John’s sentence was cut off as he saw it.

 

Mew finally turned around from the television just in time to watch the transformation bathe over John.

 

“Hey Mew. Please tell me if there is any reason I shouldn’t remove this THING from the mortal plane? ” Both the human and Meloetta voices were in sync, speaking in tandem.

 

The amorphous blob that had been next to Mew the entire time rotated, singular eye peeking at John before peeking at the window.

 

The Abomination shifted towards the window, intent on escape. 

 

YOU GET BACK HERE YOU- ” anything else the Meloetta had to say was cut off, partially by being indeterminable due to being completely random mutterings and partly because of the fact that she was currently a blur, glowing slightly with a mix of white and light-blue.

 

Mew facepalmed. Sure, he could’ve informed the others what was happening, especially the one person who had reason to get violent, but it was going so well he didn’t need to… And he had just found them too.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 118: The End of the Abomination

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“There.” Mew slammed a paw down on the blueprints spread across the table, deadly serious expression undermined by how adorable the whole scene was. “It can’t be hiding anywhere else.” Manaphy and Celebi were staring off into the distance, blackout drunk and a little nervous respectively, while Jirachi was bouncing impatiently midair. John was mostly wondering why the blueprints for his apartment showed a lot of things he’d never even seen before. He would have known if there was a room between his and Mew’s. “We’ll corner it, then bring it here .” The psychic can swept his tail across the blueprints, leaving it tapping against the center of his room. “And from there… it won’t be a problem anymore.”

John sighed, rubbing tiredly at her head. It was way too late for this… “and… why did you need us all here? Isn’t this something you should be able to do yourself?”

“Many hands make light work. For me, of course. Now get to it mates ‘afore we’ve got a bigger problem on our hands than anyone’s prepared to deal with.” Mew shivered for just a second- and then Jirachi was racing down to the small, cramped crawlspace Mew’d told them to blithely explore and John was sprinting after him. 

This was going to suck .

She ducked through the hole in the drywall and down the old service shaft, ‘til concrete pillars and and latticework supports rose high around them in the dusty dark. Warped by the claustrophobic expanse, Jirachi’s excited giggle’s spun sibilant through the dead air, but the smallest glint of steel off dim light the only vision of his presence.

Ha . Funny.” John jumped back at the sudden noise beside her, clutching at her chest as her heart settled from the sudden surprise. “Like… dark? Get it? Because… we’re in the dark.” Manaphy solemnly looked up to meet John’s gaze, eye to eye- then faceplanted into the concrete. “Ow.” Her speech was a slight bit muffled by the whole face-to-floor deal. “Owww….” for a moment, still and silent but for Jirachi’s incessantly annoying giggles, before she slowly rolled over onto her side. “You’re kind of funny, ya know? Like… yay! We win!” She threw her arms up with a dopey smile. “Except you’re pranking us. Silly silly…”

Unfocused gaze, nonsensical ramblings, talking to nobody… John groaned. She had a good idea of what was going on- “are you drunk?”

“Whaaaat, nooo? Why would I be drunk? ” Manaphy warbled, drunkenly propped up against one of the structural supports. “That would be silly… hey! Do you think if you ate me that you would get drunk? Wouldn’t that be craaazy ?”

“What?” John recoiled in instinctive disgust at the thought. “No? That’s gross…” but Manaphy hadn’t been talking to her. Had never been talking to her, after all- and the darkness that had been watching them lunged in a sudden, viscous movement of metal and recoiling sinew, a guttural snap of teeth and flash-bright roar as it snapped down on Manaphy. She could dissolve into water, though, so she’d be fine.

Probably.

That’s what John told herself as she sprinted through the thunderous dark, something painful , in pain on her heels, agony promised and approaching at great speed. She wasn’t sure how close it was to her, but she dared not look back for a moment , hearing that rasping, guttural, horrifying breath of abomination racing the rushing meloetta forward and- she ducked up at just the right time- it crashed into the wall beneath him, scrabbling impotently at the concrete before staring hatefully up the access shaft.

It was only then she realized the giggling had stopped.

A long- too long, impossibly disjointed- limb reached up, claws of metal sinking into the concrete and ripping it apart. Slowly, but still far too fast for anything approaching comfort, the mass of slick horror and jag-angled metal began to pull itself up, uncaring as to how much of itself it destroyed along the way.

John held out for a second longer, to hear- a sign that this whole thing hadn’t gone horribly wrong-  but she couldn’t stay long. Choking back a silent sob, she fled the monstrosity and into the house, desperately hoping that she’d be safe-

The wall exploded behind her, splintered wood shards obliterating the hallway in a maelstrom of sudden destruction as it loped after her. Shuddering steps impacting, shaking, John ducked around the corner to the quivering of floorboards and the vast destruction behind her- just a little further! Mew’s room was right there … and she knew she had no chance of making it.

She tried, anyway. Mew was a god . Surely he had something to deliver her- surely, something , as it reached closer, arm outstretched in a second’s sharp snap. Surely!

John closed her eyes and leapt, to death-

A burst of psychic light illuminated the hallway, a flood of water and an abominable roar as Manaphy rematerialized out of the abomination’s mouth. It was a moment’s reprieve, but just enough for both of them to throw themselves into Mew’s room and slam the door shut.

John gasped, doubled over as she heaved for breath. “What… was that? I thought you’d died!

“No! I was drunk! And drunk people can’t die!”

“How does that make any fucking sense- ” the door shuddered and both of them fell silent, glancing nervously towards where Mew hovered, meditating midair. “So… on a rating of one to ten, how thoroughly are we screwed?”

“Ten!” Two bodies thumped to the ground from a time ripple. “Also I got… Jirachi…” Celebi wilted under the… very annoyed… stares of the other two girls. “Uh… ok, cut me some slack, I’m basically plot armor ok? Plus he resists grass and psychic so it’s not like it’d be able to do much to him anyways, alright?”

“You terrified us-”

Celebi cut John off with a nervous laugh. “Plus we only have like… ten seconds left before the door breaks? I checked-” and then, the door broke.

For a moment the abomination bore down towards them, furious and hateful and slavering with all the horrible hatred, twisted, metal and powerful sinew and slimy dripping sanguine scars- and then it froze. Locked still, right in the center of the room.

Right where Mew had told them to bring it all along. The cat stretched languidly, cutely blinking open his eyes and floating a knife into his paw. “Well… let’s see if I can fix you .” He giggled… and despite everything John had been through that day-

In the moment before she fled the room for the sake of her sanity, that was the most terrifying of all.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 119: Babus

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Yo, John, could you come upstairs real quick? It’s important.”

John, in her Meloetta form, wasn’t quite sure what Mew had called her over to do, but she had a bad feeling about whatever it was, as nothing ever went well with him.

“Yep, coming!” 

John flew up into the room, and the moment she entered, she found Mew floating in front of a very poorly made bed. John raised an eyebrow as she came closer.

“Now, John, I’m going to need to show you something very important…” 

He flipped off the bed sheets, and beneath the bed sheets were…

“You remember how I wanted to make some robots for Indeedee? Well, I tried my best, and…” 

On the bed, squirming about, was an absolutely tiny Pokemon, constructed entirely of metal. The mewling Pokemon released mechanical murmurs as they tussled in the sheets.

“John, this is what I’ve christened Treads. They’re my surrogate test subject, and by a very heavy technicality, my kid.”

As John marveled at the feat before her, Mew flew in front of her, looking slightly embarrassed. 

“Unfortunately mate, I do not have free time. Usually when I do this sort of thing I find a nearby Pokémon willing to adopt, but I wanted to keep a closer eye on this fella. Could you, uh… y’know…” 

John peered down at the paradox pokemon, conflicted. “I dunno Mew… that’s a pretty big ask. I don’t have great parents myself- what makes you think I’ll be able to do-“

Iron Treads took that moment to yawn widely, stretching cutely before it blinked up a John in adorable confusion. “Mama?”

“I love her and would protect her forever.”

Mew blinked, then sighed in relief. “...That was easier than expected. Good, good- I’m glad you like her, because I have two more.”

“…you what?” Mew was already gone though, two more baby Pokémon- a Virizion lookalike and some sort of… Iron Serpent- teleported into the crib to Treads’s childish joy.

As John was left alone in the room, staring at the children in front of her, she was both excited at the prospect of babysitting and also slightly terrified, given prior experiences when he was younger. She supposed there was really only one way to find out.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

Jirachi had been feeling particularly sleepy lately, and as he flew upstairs, finding John in Meloetta form singing a lullaby to three particularly small Pokemon, he smiled. Jirachi yawned, and curled up for a light nap outside of the room. For all he knew, John seemed to have it covered.

Inside of the room, as John finally got the three of them to calm down and sleep, she wiped a bead of sweat off of her brow. She had no idea what she was doing.

Notes:

By Pokelego999 and RichardSullivan

Chapter 120: It Happens Sometimes

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A flurry of papers rained down from the sky as John rushed to get his stuff cleaned up. His fellow office workers stared at him from afar, confused at the abnormality of it all. His boss, Jack, walked up to him, putting a light hand on his shoulder. John startled back, but calmed as he saw who it was. 

 

“John… are you alright?”

 

“Oh, uh, yeah. Why wouldn’t I be?”

 

“Because you’re leaving work unannounced and in a rush.” Jack crossed his arms. “Is something the matter?”

 

“Nope, just taking a brief bit of maternity leave.”

 

“Ah, right, well…” Jack paused. “...Maternity leave?”

 

“Oh, sorry, I meant paternity leave.”

 

The whole office paused. Jack coughed awkwardly.

 

“You… you have a kid?”

 

“Three, actual…” John stopped, realizing what he was about to say. “Well, three to, er, babysit… scheduled at a bad time, y’know?”

 

“I-”

 

“Catch ya later gotta go bye-” 

 

John rushed out of the office without a second to talk further, confusing his co-workers tremendously as they began to gossip amongst themselves. Jack scratched his head. 

 

“Well… what a bizarre guy he can be sometimes. First the “I got flushed down the toilet” excuse, now this…” Jack pulled up a clipboard, marked with a list of John’s strange absences. “...Thank goodness I’m the supervisor, or I’d have an incredibly hard time explaining all of this to my boss.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 121: Unown To Me

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Yo, John?”

 

“What’s up?” 

 

The Meloetta was slumped at the table, tiredly drinking a bottle of water. Mew eyed her with a hint of concern, but ignored it for what was most important. 

 

“Where are my alphabet blocks?”

 

John looked at him incredulously. “Your what !?”

 

“My alphabet blocks.” Mew flicked his tail irritably.  “I stole them from the Ruins of Alph a while ago to teach you Unown, and I kind of lost them.”

 

“Yes, and…?”

 

“I may have been talking with Giratina when he offhandedly mentioned that the blocks kind of contain the souls of actual Unown.”

 

“Okay, and…?”

 

“You seem awfully calm about this.”

 

She sighed. “To be honest, I’m too tired to care. I’m leaving Jirachi to teach them the ABCs, and…”

 

She paused, and looked at Mew. Mew simply rolled his eyes, and John shot up in a flash.

 

“You don’t mean-”

 

“I very much do mean. Now do you want our kids to suffer Unownitis or do you want to do something about it?” 

 

John took off, flying into the kids’ room, with Mew trailing not far behind. However, as she opened the door, she beheld a sight quite alien in nature.

 

“Oh, Mama!” Treads emitted some happy mechanical noises. “Look at my new friends!”

 

A group of Unown, all of varying letters, floated around Iron Treads, spelling out her name for her. John and Mew looked around, finding various Unown doing the same for Leaves and Serpent as others assisted in the teaching process. The pair looked at each other, dumbfounded, as Mew nervously chuckled.

 

“At least we don’t have to hire babysitters?”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 122: Mechanical Confusion

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Kibby stared at the three young robotic pokemon tussling playfully in the living room, then back at the human sitting beside her, no shortage of surprise on her face. “ So… are these yours, or…

  “Yeah. Well, mine and Mew’s.”

Kibby pulled a face. “ That’s… surprising. I could’ve sworn I wasn’t away long enough for— “ she waved a paw at the babies— “ this. How does that even work?

It was John’s turn to be confused. “What do you mean?”

Like—” Kibby wrung her paws together, looking a little nervous. “You’re you but also a meloetta sometimes. Which one did you— you know?

“No… I mean I guess I’m their mother more than their father. They recognize me in both forms, but Aria is the one they associate with mom .”

Oh, that’s… wonderful. Congrats on the successful—

“Mew did most of the work in their creation, though.”

Ah… ” he wondered why Kibby looked so embarrassed. “ I didn’t need to know that. I’ll, um, leave you to it .” Watching as Kibby scurried away, he just shrugged and leaned back to watch the kids. It was probably nothing…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 123: Babysitting Duty

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So…” Tandemaus eyed his friend from the other side of the room. “...They put both of us on babysitting duty?”

 

“It seems so,” Indeedee smiled. “But there’s no one else I’d rather do it with.”

 

“Er, yes, well…” Tandemaus coughed. “Someone’s gotta take care of the kids whenever the others are busy.” 

 

“Indeedee Indeed! Let’s begin, shall we?”

 

“Of course.” Tandemaus bowed with a wink. “Ladies first?”

 

“Oh, Tandemaus, you’re too kind.” 

 

Indeedee walked into the kids' playpen first, only to get immediately tackled by the Treads and Serpent’s insurmountable affection. Tandemaus eyed the other end of the room, where Leaves stood, glaring. 

 

“Aw… they’re so cute!”

 

“I’m more wondering how two beings made of flesh managed to make three beings made of iron while doing the…” Tandemaus recoiled as he felt a psychic sting from Indeedee. “Hey!”

 

She pouted. “Not in front of the kids!” 

 

Leaves suppressed a smirk from the other side of the room, and Tandemaus sighed. The mouse walked over to it, sitting beside it, as Indeedee pulled out a baby bottle filled with oil, which she fed to the over-excited Pokemon. Leaves and Tandemaus looked at each other, both sharing the same thought.

 

“Do you want me to oil you, or do you want to oil yourself?”

 

“I’d prefer to oil myself, thanks.” 

 

Tandemaus nodded. “Right…” He raised an eyebrow. “Are you sure you’re a baby?”

 

“Being born with intelligence comes with both its positives and its negatives.” 

 

Tandemaus simply mumbled an affirmative as Indeedee came by with the oil bottle. Tandemaus grabbed it, and she went back to play with the other two. When he was sure she wasn’t looking, Tandemaus gave Leaves the bottle. 

 

“If you spill any of that on the carpet, you’re covering it.”

 

Leaves smirked. “We’ll see.” 

 

“Alright kids!” Indeedee smiled. “Who’s ready for story time?” 

 

The kids yelled in excitement, and Leaves looked practically ready to pounce, even though he was in the middle of oiling himself. Tandemaus did his best to not laugh, instead taking the bottle and finishing the job for Leaves. Leaves nodded thankfully as he ran off to the story. 

 

Tandemaus, now alone in the room, began to follow Indeedee. He smiled longingly. 

 

“I’ve wanted this for so long…” He shrugged. “Guess I got it by technicality.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 124: Woopsie Daisy

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Alright class, it’s playtime!”

 

Playtime. Jirachi loved playtime. It was his favorite time of day, snack time and nap time aside. Best of all, in his book, was that every single kid there absolutely refused to play with him. For Jirachi, it meant he had more private time to himself and his best friend. 

 

“Wasn’t today just great!? I’m having the time of my life!”

 

Though no one responded, Jirachi giggled, and he lightly rubbed the eye on his stomach, which responded gleefully. 

 

“Yeah yeah, I know that the others think I’m weird for talking to you, but I gotta make up for the fact I’m not taking any of your advice, y’know?” 

 

Jirachi snorted, giggling madly. 

 

“Thanks for the input, but look, I can’t just go taking some of your advice. Blowing everything up sounds rude, even if it is fun-”

 

“Hey, who are you talking to?”

 

Jirachi jumped, whirling around to find a child standing behind him. The little boy, wearing an oversized plastic hard hat on his head, eyed the Mythical curiously. Jirachi looked down at his stomach, hastily pulling his hand away from his third eye.

 

“Oh, uh… nothing! Nothing at all…”

 

“Right, well, I just wanted to tell you that you’re a big poopy face!” 

 

Jirachi raised an eyebrow. “A big… poopy face?”

 

“That’s right!” The boy huffed. “A big poopy face.”

 

Jirachi scratched his head. “Right…” He squinted at the boy. “...What’s your name?”

 

“Bartholomew Tyrannicus Rex!” 

 

The child pronounced it with a childish intonation, each syllable slurring together, and from afar, some of the other children snickered at the pronunciation. The boy did not seem to notice.

 

“Okay… Bart-”

 

“Bartholomew!”

 

More snickers came from the back of the class as Jirachi continued to eye the boy curiously.

 

“Right… Bartholomew… why are you here, exactly?”

 

“To get my… revenge!”

 

Bartholomew put extra emphasis on the “revenge” part of his speech, though it came across as far goofier than its original intention meant for it to be. 

 

“Okay… and what for?” 

 

“You zapped my family away!” 

 

“I… wha-”

 

Jirachi paused. In the faint corners of his mind, he was remembering something...

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Jirachi walked down the hall, happily playing with a toy boat. In his bliss, he had ever so slightly lost track of his directions, and in doing so found himself in front of the administrator’s office. Jirachi had continued his playtime unperturbed as the people inside of the room yelled very loudly. 

 

“Look, I’m telling you Carol, we need to do something-”

 

“We can’t! Those parents are doing who knows what to that poor kid, but they’ve got power we don’t have! They can get the charges dropped and us fired faster than you can say caramel cream pie!”

 

Some miscellaneous printer noises blared. 

 

“Shut up Steve!” Carol sighed. “I just wish something could be done to those vile people… like, I dunno, have them be kept under lock and key until the end of time.”

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Jirachi didn’t really remember what happened after that, but what he did remember was that a lot of frantic phone calls and angry printer noises made. In the end though, he had thought nothing of it, but given everything that had happened…

 

“So… uh… what kind of… revenge do you have in mind?”

 

Bartholomew smiled. “The one that gives a lot of very big boo boos!”

 

The kid’s backpack suddenly whirred to life, and a plethora of buzzsaws and laser cannons emerged from it, attached to thin, robotic arms. Jirachi, as well as everyone in the room, paused, simply staring at the rapidly spinning and charging weapons with a sense of shock and horror.

 

“...Where did you get that?”

 

“Some really weird looking Hydreigon thingy was sleeping on top of it, so I took mommy’s advice by temporarily borrowing it!”

 

“You mean stealing?”

 

“No, stealing is just that but when it’s a no-no!” 

 

Jirachi, deciding not to question this child anymore, sighed.  “Kid, do you even know how to operate the systems?”

 

Bartholomew huffed. “Of course I do! Watch!”

 

Bartholomew pressed a button, and his backpack suddenly unleashed a satellite dish. The boy pouted, rapidly pressing more and more buttons, all of which just activated more and more unhelpful systems. Eventually, the backpack caved under its own weight, and the boy was sent tumbling onto his back, helplessly flailing in an attempt to reassert balance. 

 

“I… will… destroy you!” 

 

“Not with that attitude.” 

 

Jirachi simply stared at the child, who continued to struggle against his own backpack, and looked at the teacher for advice. She grew nervous, eyeing Jirachi and the boy’s still active buzzsaws anxiously. 

 

“Look, teach, can’t you do something about this kid?”

 

“I wish! But Bartholomew lost his parents recently, and unless he finds some new ones-”

 

Jirachi’s third eye opened, and with a waggle of his finger, the boy was gone. Jirachi blinked, looking at where Bartholomew used to be, and apologetically looked at the teacher, who promptly fainted. Jirachi flew over to her unconscious form, lightly prodding her, and deciding that she was a lost cause, immediately turned to his classmates.

 

“Alright, as I’m the most senior and conscious person in this room, I declare that playtime is extended until she wakes up!” 

 

The class cheered, and Jirachi happily leapt at the construction paper with nary a second thought crossing his mind. 

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“So this is why I’m proposing that we revive the lizard people from the dawn of time!”

 

Diancie eyed Pinky curiously. “Look, Pinky or whatever your name is, I really don’t think you comprehend how idiotic of a decision that would be.”

 

Pinky slammed the table. “Look, what else do you want me to do!? We need to recruit new members somehow, and it’s not just gonna wind up on the table in front of us!”

 

Bartholomew suddenly fell from a portal, slamming onto the table with a thud. He squirmed against the holdings of his backpack, and Diancie smugly grinned. Pinky glared at her.

 

“You’ll get your twenty bucks after we deal with the lost child.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 125: Movie Night

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was a quiet night. The kids were asleep, mechanical humming permeating from their room. The Unown were dormant, lying encased in their blocks. Not a creature was stirring, not even Tandemaus. But the Roommates were active, very much so. It was that time of week where it was time for movie night. 

 

Tonight’s film was a PokeStar Studios Classic: Attack of Mecha Tyranitar! It starred a mechanical Tyranitar, wreaking havoc over an innocent city, while a world famous actress used her Pokemon to try and fight it head on. It was an exciting film, and one John had been dying to see for a while. 

 

“This is terrible!” Celebi threw her hands into the air. “I went to the future! Mechanical Tyranitar look nothing like that!” 

 

Mew narrowly dodged the popcorn bin, which landed unceremoniously on Manaphy’s head. She did not react to it, but silently began to take handfuls of it into her mouth. Mew, looking at the mess he would inevitably have to clean up later, groaned. 

 

“Look, not all of us have time travel. I swear, your movies need to be both past and future proofed…” He shook his head. “In any case, my big gripe with it is that it’s not scary.”

“What do you mean not scary?” Jirachi looked at Mew, curious. “This is pretty terrifying! Did you see how Mecha Tyranitar tore apart the financial district!?”

 

“I’ve done scarier, mate.” He side-eyed Jirachi. “If it weren’t for the kids being two rooms away I’d give a visual demonstration.”

 

“Awwww… look who’s starting to acknowledge his surroundings.” Celebi threw some popcorn into her mouth. “You’re growing up faster than your kids!”

 

“Obviously, because I'm so much…” He paused. “Wait.”

 

Celebi snickered as Mew began to audibly complain, which had the unfortunate side effect of causing the whirring to stir. Mew paused, looking at a victorious Celebi, before wordlessly drifting over to the kids’ room. John sighed, and made a move to get up. 

 

“I’ll be back in five minutes.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 126: A Day In the Life

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Working a Poke Mart had never really been easy, and sure, having a trio of ultra rare Pokemon helping out is great, but-

 

“Roaring Moon!”

 

The Poke Mart Lady stared up at the apologetic Roaring Moon, who had nearly dislocated one of the fluorescent lights by accident. The Lady facepalmed, and Roaring Moon descended from the ceiling. As he descended, she eyed the time on her watch. She huffed impatiently. 

 

“Alright, Bonnet and Scream, can you two man the till while I use the bathroom?” 

 

Brute Bonnet shrugged as it continued to roll a heavy barrel along the floor of the Poke Mart, while Scream Tail happily nodded, flying over to the register, as the Lady headed over to the bathroom.

 

Scream Tail sat at the counter, happily humming to itself. The hum was melodic and beautiful, but it soon began to devolve and crack as Scream Tail’s face froze up. Brute Bonnet, who was in the middle of pushing the barrel, eyed Scream Tail curiously. 

 

“What’s wrong?”

 

Scream Tail gulped. “Well… it’s just… I forgot what to say!” 

 

Brute Bonnet sighed. “Look, just remember, for humans, mime if they need help, and for Pokemon, just say the simple stuff: how much is this item, how good the item is, and how quickly they should buy it. Got that?” 

 

“Yeah, but like, what should I say?” 

 

Brute Bonnet growled under his breath, but begrudgingly pointed to a nearby apple.

 

“Think about that apple. It’s two cents, very fresh, and you should buy it before somebody else does. Simple as that.” 

 

Scream Tail nervously nodded, and Brute Bonnet went straight back to continuing his arduous task. Soon, the door chimed, and the customers began to pour in. Scream Tail did her best to handle the sudden onrush of customers, and she assumed she was doing well until the first Pokemon customer came inside. 

 

It entered silently, without much notice. Its eyes were cold and distant, and eyed Scream Tail immediately, with a piercing, calculating look. It meticulously walked over to Scream Tail, its march never halting, and all the while, glared straight at her. Despite its resemblance to a Gardevoir, it looked the opposite of friendly. 

 

“I AM HERE TO RECEIVE AN ORDER FOR…” The Pokemon reached behind it, grasping a heavily crumpled note. It squinted as it read. “...NOT-SHORTY-GLOSSY-PINK-EBI.” 

 

Scream Tail, recognizing the order, fervently nodded, and reached behind herself for a slightly beaten package. The mechanical Pokemon she was serving took the package, and eyed Scream Tail coldly.

 

“HOW MUCH SHALL THE PACKAGE BE?” 

 

Scream Tail froze up. She had forgotten everything about the package’s price, and she didn’t want to tick off her customer, so she immediately blurted out the first set of instructions she remembered.

 

“T-two cents.”

 

The Pokemon glared at her. “TWO CENTS? THAT IS HIGHLY IMPROBABLE! ARE YOU BEING FRESH WITH ME!?”

 

“Y-yes, very… very fresh.” 

 

The Pokemon leaned over the counter, staring dead into Scream Tail’s soul.

 

“DO YOU WANT TO BE EXTERMINATED!?”

 

“Yes, do it before somebody else does-” 

 

To the people outside of the store, all that was heard was the sound of a large explosion, and all they saw was smoke. However, if one looked closely, they’d spy a large barrel rolling out of the store at breakneck speeds, while all the while a squat, four-legged mushroom did his best to try to reclaim his cargo that rapidly disappeared into the crowd of the city. 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

 

Reconnaissance was second nature to Pidove. For all of his life, he had to keep an eye out in case someone was trying to pull a fast one on his food, or if someone intended to try and make a pipsqueak out of him. But even still, spying had never quite occurred to Pidove as something he could try until a specific pink feline ordered him to do so. He was slightly questioning his life choices, but hey, at least he got a loaf of bread out of it.

 

“Trubbish and Garbodor…” Pidove squawked in disgust. “Of all the things to make me survey…” 

 

The trash bag Pokemon down below were all loafing about, either napping on a good day’s feast, or attempting to stack on top of each other, always with more dismal results than the last time. 

 

“If there’s one thing I’ll give these trash heaps credit for, it’s that they do provide some good entertainment.” He chuckled. “I guess this isn’t the least entertaining job he could have given me.” 

 

“Boss!” 

 

A Trubbish ran into the alleyway, striking the attention of an oversized Garbodor who sat dejectedly off to the side. The Garbodor yawned. 

 

“What is it? I’m in the middle of a particularly good daydream.”

 

“Bad news!” The Trubbish flailed madly. “They ran out of double slurp slushies at the Poke Mart!”

 

“Curses!” The Garbodor grumbled to itself. “Are there any mercies in this cruel world!?”

 

“There may be… one… boss.”

 

The Garbodor raised an eyebrow, intrigued. “I’m listening.” 

 

The Trubbish stuttered. “W-well… there’s this person… who was really interested in meeting you. Said they wanted a-”

“Sure.”

 

“H-huh?”

“I said, sure.” The Garbodor wiped its face, somehow making it messier. “We need to gain street cred somehow. I’ll take any alliance I can get at this point.”

 

“I… alright boss!” The Trubbish saluted. “I’ll report back to her and tell her that you’re interested.” 

 

Trubbish waddled off back to whoever wanted him, and fortunately for them, Pidove sat contently asleep above them. He had fallen asleep the moment he had begun to daydream about double slurp slushies. 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

 

“Look, you must understand my concerns-”

 

“I understand your concerns, I simply do not find them worth worrying about.”

 

“Arceus, please-”

“Giratina, I understand that four Mythical Pokemon in one spot could attract unwanted attention, but they have managed thus far, no?” 

 

Giratina sulked. “I suppose…”

 

“So we’ll leave it at that. Just continue what you were doing before.”

 

Giratina sighed. “I understand, Arceus. I just wished to gain some further input.”

 

“Rightfully so. If you took charge again, I would’ve had to banish you to the Distortion World for another thousand years.”

 

The two Pokemon laughed heartily, reliving their memories of times gone past, only for Giratina to stop, dead silent. 

 

“That was a joke, right?”

 

“Only if you want it to be.” 

 

“I…” Giratina shook his head. “Whatever, I’m going to go back to the planet now, I’ve arranged to go and hang with Mew for a bit. Have fun doing… what was it again?”

 

“Throwing children back in time.”

 

“Right, that. I’ll be going now, have a good one.”

 

“You too.” Arceus thought pensively to itself. “Hm… perhaps that one boy from Sinnoh would do nicely… or perhaps maybe that girl from Unova…” 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

 

Tyrantrum sat on a rooftop, eyeing the sunrise. It sat on the edge of the building, sipping from an undersized double slurp slushie. The dinosaur shed a single tear, as it growled at the one sitting next to it. Victini smiled happily. 

 

“I know.”

 

Tyrantrum roared something indescribable, and Victini shed a single tear.

 

“Yeah.” Victini giggled somberly. “Nothing can ruin this night for us, Tyrantrum.”

 

A moment later, Victini was struck in the head by a rogue barrel. Somehow, someway, he knew it was someone’s fault, somewhere out there. 

 

He’d think about that once he stopped tumbling off the side of this building. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 127: Flowing Light

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So…” Mew grinned. “Ya like em?”

 

Indeedee smiled. “I love them.” She affectionately rubbed Iron Treads on the head, and the little elephant whirred happily before rolling away. “They’re the absolute sweetest things I’ve ever seen.”

 

“Yeah…”



Mew paused, eyes trailing away from Indeedee as he watched the children play. Indeedee hummed to herself, doing the same. Mew flicked his eyes between her and the robotic Pokemon, eventually coughing haphazardly. 

 

“They were uh… they were my handiwork, actually.”



“Oh…” Indeedee’s face grew a bright red. “I didn’t uh… I didn’t really need to know that.”

 

Mew’s face contorted wildly, rapidly shifting between a variety of expressions before settling on a nonchalant one. Indeedee on normal occasions would question it, but she decided that based on Mew’s prior information, he was likely still going through some things.



“Well, er… uh… that’s…” He coughed. “But I thought you liked robots?”

 

“I love them. I love them almost as much as I love sunny days. I’m not concerned with them.” She eyed the floor. “Er… how do I put this…?”

 

She shook her head wearily, backing away to the door. She audibly sighed. 

 

“Nevermind. Just uh, come get me if you need babysitting help. Those letter friends of yours are incredibly sweet, but they get a bit…”

 

A mildly small explosion rang from another room.

 

“...Carried away.”

 

“Alright then, sounds good.” Mew scratched his head awkwardly. “Uh, unrelated, but… if you had to choose a geneticist, a biologist, or a roboticist, which would you prefer?”

 

Indeedee paused, mulling it over, before looking at Mew with a puzzled expression on her face.

 

“I’d like to say none. Science like that has always been icky to me. It’s like the sun. The sun just exists, we live under it. I don’t see why we need to know about it or how to recreate it.”

 

Mew blanked. “N-none?”

 

“Yep.” She looked at him, perplexed. “Are you a fan of those interests?”

 

“I… something like that.”

 

“I see.” She smiled. “Well, personally, I just enjoy taking care of people. Spreading warmth to others… that’s all I really want to do.” 

 

Mew remained silent, deep in thought. Seeing this, Indeedee sighed, silently waving as she exited through the doorway. Mew watched her leave absently, again eyeing the children in the room across from him. He turned away from them, moving to the window, as he watched the glistening sun outside. 

 

“Like the sun… spreading warmth…” He huffed. “I think I do that plenty…. Plenty.” 

 

Mew turned away from the window. The sun continued to shine.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 128: The V-Bakery

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So, Celebi?”

 

“Victini, what happened this time?”



“Something really cool! You want to know what?”

 

“What could be so important that you’re calling me over landline?”

“I opened up a bakery downtown!”



“Oh, that’s, uh… great-”



“Problem is, I need… um… some people to work here.”

 

“Victini, I am not working at a bakery, no matter how quaint and homely it is-”

 

“I know, but I am asking if you know any guys who know any guys who might be interested?”

 

Celebi sighed. “I might know… a few people.” 

 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Alright, I’m Victini, and this is your interview for my brand new bakery, V Bakery!”

 

Victini sat at one end of a table, freshly purchased from a nearby store, positioned in a backroom of his new bakery. At the other end of the table sat his interviewee, a familiar mechanical Hydreigon. 

 

“So, what can you bring to the table?”


The mechanical Pokemon simply placed a ridiculously large folder on the table, which looked prone to bursting at any moment. It slid the folder over to Victini, and as Victini flew to gauge the full scale of it, he opened the folder to find the front page saying “Iron Jugulis’s Resume.” Victini blinked, and then looked at the Pokemon before him.

 

“You’re hired.” 

 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“So, uh, you’re… Mr… Ms… uh… what are you?”

 

The shining metallic Pokemon that sat at the other end of the table, its many circular glowing dots intermittently gleaming on and off, regarded Victini with no change in emotion. However, it unleashed some indecipherable noises in response.

 

“⠠⠊⠀⠁⠍⠀⠠⠗⠑⠛⠊⠌⠑⠑⠇⠲⠀⠠⠊⠀⠁⠍⠀⠁⠀⠙⠑⠋⠢⠎⠑⠀⠞⠊⠞⠁⠝⠂⠀⠯⠀⠠⠊⠀⠎⠑⠑⠅⠀⠞⠕⠀⠓⠑⠇⠏⠀⠗⠑⠧⠊⠧⠑⠤”

 

“Excuse me, but, sir, what does that-”

 

The Pokemon, now slightly annoyed, facepalmed, and slid forward a piece of paper, simply stating “I am Registeel.” Victini nodded, realization dawning on his face, as he slid the paper back to Registeel. Not wanting to prolong the meeting any further, Victini asked one last question.



“Shake of the head, how good are your baking skills?”

 

Registeel nodded, and Victini shot him a thumbs up.



“You’re, uh… hired?” 


“⠠⠑⠭⠉⠑⠇⠇⠢⠞⠲”

 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Ah, your application was just what I was looking for, Mr. Slugma.”

Slugma, at the other end of the table, nodded, and Victini happily shuffled through his papers, which he had somehow carried with him to the meeting.

 

“Of course, I feel that there’s one issue with your employment…”

Slugma raised an eyebrow. “...Which would be?”

 

“Your… uh…” Victini looked upward. “...Friend.”

 

Above them, a high on fumes Chandelure spun wildly around Slugma. Slugma, who looked like he wanted to be anywhere else, sighed.

 

“Tell me about it. Just, uh… pretend like he isn’t there?”

 

“Deal, but if he breaks anything, you’re paying for it.” 

 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

The bakery shone happily against the reflection of sunlight as Victini entered the store for his first day of running the place. He flew there, in place, as he eyed his workers. Iron Jugulis manning the till, wearing a very polite little hat, Registeel in the back running the baking, Slugma acting as an oven, with an irritating Chandelure also adding fuel to the fire, and a-

 

“Guys?” Victini pointed at the counter, where a Dachsbun lay. “Why is that dog in here?’

 

Jugulis shrugged. “I dunno, I guess it just liked the smell.”

Victini eyed the clock worriedly, then eyed the Dachsbun, and sighed. “Fine, it can stay, it helps the aesthetic. For now….” Victini pumped his fist, releasing a V sign with his hand. “Let’s consider the V Bakery open for business!”  

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 129: All the Disasters, Ever

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“By jove! Have at thee!” Kibby startled awake to two green sprites fencing in the air above her bed, psychic attacks ping-ponging them off the walls as they battled. “My eternal rival, you’ll not survive the night! I’ve cornered you at last!” The pink one was really annoying, at that-

Then it struck her, the thing that was so incredibly odd about the whole situation- she hadn’t foreseen it. Not a twinge or a premonition or even an inkling that two mythicals would be fighting in her bedroom, and more than anything that scared her.

The pink celebi threw her sword to the ground, punching into the drywall (which was the sort of stupid, unsafe things she expected from mythical home invaders) and pulling out a… gun? A full on death ray . “You’ve fallen right into my ultimate trap, Celebi! Prepare to meet your doom at the Point Blank Instantizer of Annihilation!”

The green celebi smirked, and committed another crime against the drywall as she pulled out a saber bleeding fuchsia sparks. “But you, foolishly, have stumbled right into my deception- for the GENBLADE generation infinity squared will easily strike you down!”

“But not before I-” at this point Kibby wasn’t sure if she should be surprised when Pinky pulled another superweapon out of the walls. Someone had to have actually put these there in the first place, right? Anyuways, the orb of plasma slowly morphing into a spear was pretty threatening, if she had to say so herself. Definitely sat firmly at the top of the… forty two weapons they pulled out. “Now! Taste the sweet and sour defeat of excessive firepower-” and Pinky actually threw the spear.

A lot of things went wrong in a very short amount of time, which- who knew having what probably vastly outstripped the nuclear arsenal of every nation ever armed and ready in her bedroom could have caused a minor oopsie?

Her. She knew. She barely had the chance to shout at the two before some crystal blue force sundered her room from reality, for a moment each of the weapons a point of brilliance in an infinite void.

Then, she floated.

…and kept floating.

For an infinity and no time at all she tumbled through the kaleidoscope dark beyond time before a ripple of light pierced the space beside her to allow Celebi through the gap. “Thank goodness! I’ve been looking for you all over I’m sure glad you didn’t get vaporized the the Quark Gluer-on or reduced to your constituent subatomic particles by PhotonVibeMaster.3 License Available At Your Local Store-” she paused, taking a deep breath and chuckling uneasily at Kibby’s absolutely furious stare. “Uh, anyways! Let’s just get going…” she reached out a small hand, and Kibby extended her paw to meet it.

They touched-

Disaster.

She could sense it all , instant and overwhelming, indescribable beyond all reason as she saw beyond the veil of existence to the terrors that lurked beneath Each fate averted but barely by abomination undone yet contained in. infinite existences of perdition, by horror, tears unbidden bid sorrow sinking undermining whelming washing over her -

As.

For a brief moment, Kibby felt all of every disaster that could ever happen and that ever had happened. The universe condensed to a drop, and a drop that showed her all -

She landed with a thump in her bed, the moment shattered. Celebi wasn’t there. The room hadn’t been destroyed. Actually… there was no sign that anything had just happened at all; she alone remained, eyes wide and haunted as she slowly brought her breathing under control

It had all been a dream.

…hadn’t it?

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 130: Getting Biscuits

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It might be a guilty pleasure of hers, but sometimes John likes to view the comments on the recordings of her concerts. Typically the protection systems in place did a good job preventing unsavory comments from staying on for too long thanks to Porygons and Porygon2s actively scanning the server. However, in the rare instance of the Porygons going over an active site, the results are… harrowing.

 

@mali_johnson1 - We love you Aria! Please never stop making music!

 

@trueariafan4life - You are the best thing that happened to me Aria!

 

@levi-starks - I really liked the composition of the track, and think it was an interesting take on how humanity and pokemon can really connect with each other. Great work!

-View Replies (35)

 

@mellowettaUwU - Aria your music touched my soul please come home.

 

@will_sporks - I need you in my life Aria!

 

@marry_etta_aria - Aria you are everything I could ever hope for please mar-

 

‘NOPE.’ Slamming the computer shut, John got up from the table and immediately went to the apartment door. She had seen enough.

 

“MEW,” she yelled out to the only other individual remaining in the area. “I’m heading out to take a walk, do you need me to pick up anything?”

 

Mew’s voice emanated from somewhere in the area, “Pick up some biscuits for me if you will.”

 

“Alright!”

 

__

 

Out of the flames, into the Inferno… why can’t anything be easy?

 

John, in her haste to leave, had not properly prepared for the worst people known to man or mon to start harassing her.

 

Paparazzi.

 

Now sure, she could’ve just walked out of the house as a human and be fine, but ‘Aria’ needs to be seen going to do normal things every now and then. With all the fame that she’s gotten people would be confused if none of the individuals of the band were ever seen in the light of day except for doing concerts.

 

It would be very helpful if Celebi taught her whatever trick she had to not be “perceived” which evidently works since somehow no one has put together the other four members of the band are the same Mythicals that have been seen off and on again for however long now. It’s like their psyche just isn’t allowed to understand what should be a simple conclusion. It’s not like there are any other Mew or Jirachi floating around!

 

Alas, it wouldn’t help her get out of this scenario. ‘ I just wish I could get some hel -’ John’s thought cut off with a start as she tumbled to the ground. Had she been paying attention, she would’ve noticed that the ground in front of her was no longer clear, her path blocked.

 

Instead, she fell.

 

“Oomph…” looking down, she realized that she was laying on something. Picking herself up, she moved away in order to look and see what she tripped on.

 

“Ouch. Someone get the name of that train that hit me?”

 

Wait…

 

“Kibby?”

 

Kibby looked up, confused, hackles raised.

 

“Who are you… wait a second. Aria??? How do you know who I am? And WHY did my danger sense not alert me to anything?!?!?”

 

…well shit.

 

John picked up the shocked Absol and ran around a corner. After double checking that the two were hidden from everyone else, he felt like he was safe enough.

 

“Kibby, it’s me. John.”

 

Kibby stared at John for a while before shaking her head. “Alright. I believe you.”

 

“...just like that?”

 

“Yeah. It fits.”

 

“Huh. Alright.”

 

… John was not ready for the painful silence that occurred after.

 

“So, what are you doing-”

“Where are you going-”

 

 

“Can I-”

“Are you-”

 

… John held up a hand before the other started speaking again.

 

“Alright. Where are you headed?”

 

“I’m headed to the grocery store.”

 

“...me too actually.”

 

An idea came to John’s mind. She could get out of the uncomfortable situation.

 

“Hey… you want to go together?”

 

“Uhhhh sure, I guess.”

 

“Ok… oh right. It would be a disaster if I were to get caught by paparazzi.”

 

Kibby turned to look back towards the Meloetta, almost disappointed.

 

“You are going to abuse my danger sense like that?”

 

John shrugged. “I’ll pay you.”

 

“Let’s go.”

 

Kibby would definitely have heard John’s laughter following her out the alleyway.

 

__

 

With the recruitment of an Absol, the shopping run went by incredibly fast. They were done with the trip in less than an hour, despite the initial estimate being around three.

 

Re-entering the building, she spoke to Mew, before tossing the biscuits to him.

 

About four minutes later, she got the biscuits tossed back to her.

 

“The fuck are these mate?”

 

“Biscuits… what you asked for?”

 

“Those are not biscuits. Who told you those were biscuits?!?”

 

John simply pointed to the box, labeled “30 packs of biscuits.”

 

There was a starch silence, before Mew sighed.

 

“Right. You all have been corrupted by them . I used the actual language of Galarian… Get the right biscuits next time.”

 

Mew teleported out. John was just confused.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 131: Pirouette

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Y’know, I’ve been meaning to ask…” Kibby inquired, out of the blue. “Meloetta have two forms. How come I only ever see you as the Aria form?”

 

“Well, the first reason is marketing.” John sighed. “The second is that, well… I tend to get a bit… how do I put this…”

 

“Yeah?”

 

John sheepishly eyed Kibby. “...I tend to get a bit aggressive when I’m in the other form.” 

 

“Oh?” Kibby raised an eyebrow. “Why?”

 

“The Pirouette form is more built for fighting, and while it’s cool to kick things with reckless abandon, let’s just say that the fighting spirit kind of…” She coughed. “...Overwhelms me.”

 

“Oh, really?” Kibby giggled. “But you’re so cute! Why would you ever need to get angry?”

 

John grumbled to herself. “A lot of reasons.”

 

Mew flew into the room, a half-eaten cookie in his hand. He waved as he saw John, only to stop dead in his tracks as he realized that he had, in fact, just waved to John. Thinking quickly he unhinged his jaw, swallowing the cookie whole, as he finished the whole display with a sheepish grin and a very unsubtle burp. 

 

"So... John... nice weather we're having."

 

“Mew…” John glared at him. “Was that the last cookie in the cookie jar?”

 

Mew chuckled nervously. “N-no?”

 

John smiled. “Pirouette.” 

 

Mew’s expression hardened. “I shall make sure to buy a new box by no later than sixteen hundred hours.” 

 

John nodded, and Mew politely flew away with a salute. Kibby simply stared, awestruck, as John returned to the conversation as if nothing happened.

 

“So, as you were saying?”

 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 132: Latias's Job Hunt

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Alright, today’s the day.”

 

Latias stood outside the entrance of the Poke Mart, a wave of confidence rushing over her. She smiled, the nervousness slowly oozing out of her. Her human disguise’s hair blew in the wind.

 

“I’ve got this. A simple job. It shouldn’t be too hard… Shouldn’t be…”

 

She breathed in, and entered the store. Though it appeared simple on both the inside and outside, she had heard things about this place, and she knew that it was one of her best shots at employment. And as it turned out, she was right. 

 

“Ah, our new employee!” 

 

The lady at the front counter waved at her happily, her three strange Pokemon doing the same, as she approached Latias. She stretched out her hand for a handshake, but Latias declined, hurriedly making an excuse about being nervous around new people. The lady nodded knowingly. 

 

“That’s alright, dear. For now, just do some basic work, and you’re good to go for today.”

“That’s great!” Latias smiled. “What do I need to do?” 

 

The lady did her best to suppress a chuckle, and grabbed a small sheet of paper. As Latias grabbed it, the sheet unfolded, revealing the true extent of the tasks she was assigned. 

 

“You mean to tell me that-”

 

“Yep!” The lady smiled. “Have fun!”

 

Latias looked to a mop on her right, and released a heavy groan. As much as work was work, she was starting to regret this decision immensely.

 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Alright, job’s done.”

 

Latias eyed the setting sun outside as she greeted her boss, who looked rather impressed. 

 

“Excellent job, newbie!” The lady sighed. “Unfortunately, you’re also fired.”

 

“What!? Why?”

 

“Because.” The lady pointed at the floor, which was still wet from a fresh mopping. “Your feet haven’t left a mark on the ground this whole time. Normally I’d overlook it, but you’re a Pokemon through and through, and there is no way I’m going through the amount of paperwork it took to get these three again.”

 

“But-”

“Sorry kid, rules are rules. I’d love to have you as an employee, but the stars just didn’t align.” She sighed, but the lady’s eyes flashed with a sudden realization. “Say, I may know someone who could help you.”

 

“Really!? Who?”

“Well…”

 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“I’m starting to regret this decision.”

 

“Relax! You’re doing great, newbie!”

 

Latias could barely do basic math. Her friends had taught her much when she was younger, but nothing past her times tables. And somehow, she had landed a job at an accounting firm. That Lady from the Poke Mart turned out to be right, at least: lying on your resume did get you places.

 

…Unfortunately, it worked a bit too well, because one of the employees got sick and Latias got slapped into the job of managing some famous singer’s finances. She was in no way prepared to handle it… and apparently, she had to participate in a meeting face to face with her. Latias’s nerves were flaring, and her heart was pumping fast. She never thought anything would top the anxiety she felt so many years ago, but this was beginning to come close. 

 

The Pokemon singer entered the room with melodious grace, floating in with a smile on her face. Latias buried her face into her company-provided laptop, doing her best to pretend as if she was not there. 

 

“Hello everybody, what’s the status?”



“Ah, Aria, we’ve got your financial reports right here.”



“Ah, great!”

 

The Meloetta took a stack of sheets handed to her by Latias’s co-worker, a woman named Sam, and the Pokemon eyed them carefully. Latias did her best to avoid staring at the Pokemon while she did so.

Once Aria finished, she respectfully bowed, seemingly a way to communicate a thankful gesture across, but as she did so, she caught sight of Latias. Latias froze, as did Aria, though the singer froze not in shock but in confusion.

 

“Er, excuse me… I don’t believe I’ve seen you before…”

 

“New hire!” Latias frantically nodded. “First day, haha.” 

 

Latias could feel the sweat coursing through her plumage as Aria raised an eyebrow at her. She nervously rubbed her head, hoping that the discussion would end soon. 

 

“I see… have I met you before? You seem familiar…”

 

“Haha, me? Pfft, nope. Never met me a day- I mean you never met me a day before in either of our lives! Hehe…” 

 

Latias shuffled awkwardly in an attempt to appear stable, only to accidentally knock her elbow into a coffee cup, which sprayed on top of the company computer- and more importantly, her unsaved work. 

 

“Oh shoot, no no no no no-”

 

Latias scrambled to wipe the coffee off the computer, only to remember her clothes weren’t real as she was confronted with the reality of having coffee stuck in her arm’s feathers, dissipating her illusion there. As she tucked it behind her arm, nervously stumbling back, she slipped on the ground, tripping onto the ground. As Latias hit the floor, the lights went out, and it was then she looked up, realizing what part of the room she had tripped onto, for behind her was the circuit breaker of the entire office. 

 

As dread sunk over her, she had a small bit of comfort. The company wouldn’t fire her for such a small infraction, right?

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Latias was lucky the interview for the bakery was going as smoothly as it was. In fact, she was lucky to have landed this job at all. After her… unfortunate dismissal, she had been approached by the singer, and she told Latias she knew some people who could help. Of course, the types of people Latias expected and the type Aria knew were two vastly different things. 

 

“Could you… er… repeat that? My braille is a bit rusty.”

 

“⠠⠍⠽⠀⠁⠏⠕⠇⠕⠛⠊⠑⠎⠂⠀⠍⠁⠙⠁⠍⠲⠀⠠⠊⠀⠴⠀⠚⠀⠁⠎⠅⠬⠀⠊⠋⠀⠽⠀⠶⠀⠁⠞⠀⠮⠀⠇⠑⠛⠁⠇⠀⠐⠺⠬⠀⠁⠛⠑⠲⠀⠠⠺⠑⠀⠸⠉⠀⠑⠍⠏⠇⠕⠽⠀⠘⠹⠀⠆⠇⠀⠮⠀⠁⠛⠑⠀⠷⠀⠼⠁⠓⠲”

 

“Oh, I see. No, I’m eighteen. Don’t worry about a thing.”

 

The hulking steel golem before her nodded- or at least, it made a motion that Latias could only describe as such. The golem’s red eye-like deficits on its front flashed erratically, and it then beeped happily, as if having finished processing. Latias wasn’t quite sure what to describe it as. 

 

“⠠⠽⠄⠗⠑⠀⠓⠊⠗⠫⠲”

 

“Really!?” Latias leapt over the table, wrapping around the steel titan in a hug. “Thank you thank you thank you-”

 

Latias stopped mid thanks, seemingly realizing how strange the whole thing was, especially since she had bounded over the length of the incredibly long interview table. The golem, despite lacking emotions, seemed perturbed. 

 

“Right, uh…” Latias leapt off of the golem, standing on the table above him. “When do I start?”

 

“⠠⠐⠗⠀⠝⠪⠲⠀⠠⠭⠄⠎⠀⠇⠥⠝⠡⠀⠗⠥⠩⠲⠀⠠⠛⠙⠀⠇⠥⠉⠅⠲”

 

The golem practically threw a working uniform to her, complete with a somehow already made nametag, before leaving its position at the end of the table, stomping off to one of the store’s backrooms. Latias eyed the clothing, but her face soon flooded with apprehension as she registered the metallic Pokemon’s braille.

 

“Wait, what do you mean lunch rush!?” 

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Latias stood in front of Mauville City’s airport. She hadn’t expected to fly so far from Rustboro, but desperate times called for desperate measures, especially after the disaster of lunch rush. 

 

She had done great at her job- spectacularly so, even. Her boss, a small little furry Pokemon with a V on its head and wings on its butt congratulated her for a job well done, only to promptly fire her as he noticed the despondent and unconscious body of a short-circuited Jugulis, who was her co-worker. Latias hadn’t noticed the “Don’t Feed the Jugulis Beverages” sign, courtesy of her busy schedule, and though she attempted to complain, her boss fired her regardless, citing that “Once Jugulis gets a drink from someone, he’ll never stop coming back like a lost puppy Pokemon.”

Jugulis, despite the electrocution, was more than grateful, and hooked Latias up to a job in air traffic control. He apparently knew some people in charge; who those happened to be was anyone’s guess, but Latias had no time for guessing. She had to get a job. She had a good feeling: this had to be the one. 

 

As she adopted an illusion, clothing herself in the company garb, she entered the control tower, finding a variety of workers all huddled about doing their job, which made the massive dinosaur in the center of the room stick out even more than it did before. 

 

The dinosaur, a Tyrantrum of colossal size, had a head that scraped the control room’s ceiling. It sounded like nails on a chalkboard as he turned his head to her, using one of his undersized arms to point to an unoccupied spot. Latias, assuming it was hers, strode to it, involuntary saluting Tyrantrum on her way over. Latias briefly questioned her action, but shrugged it off as she settled into her position. She would do great at this, she just knew she would. 

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Job hunt not going well, Latias?”

 

“Something like that.”

“Don’t hide it from me. That’s your seventh apple juice today.”

 

Latias glared at Manaphy, who innocently took a swig of wine. The dragon sighed, placing down her glass with exhausted disappointment.

 

“Look, I did too well. Controlled everything too fast. Nearly caused a couple airplane accidents. You know how it is.” 

 

“You’re lucky one of those flights was us,” Manaphy sipped from her glass. “...Otherwise, things may have gone very differently.”

 

Latias sighed disappointedly. “Maybe I’m just not cut out for this job thing…” 

 

“Trust me when I say it takes experience. I didn’t exactly get my ability to talk to you without practice.”



“I guess so…” Latias blinked. “Wait, you practiced talking to people?”

 

“It was… another time.” Manaphy stiffened. “For some very important people… but that was a long time ago.”

 

The two sat in silence, contemplating the other, before Latias finally spoke. 

 

“Yeah… maybe one day I’ll get where I need to go.” She smiled. "One day."

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 133: Bus Ride to Work

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“I swear…” John groaned as he anxiously eyed his watch. “This bus is taking way longer than usual. Can’t it speed up a bit?” 

 

“Yeah, tell me about it.” 

 

John bolted back from the voice of Mew, who nonchalantly ate a cookie next to him. The Mythical looked about as annoyed as John did, which John thought odd given Mew didn’t have a job. 

 

“How did you get here!?”

 

Mew flashed a bus ticket. “I walked on board like the normal person I am.”

 

John eyed him skeptically. “Right…” He pointed ahead. “And do you know why this bus is taking so long?”

 

Mew shrugged. “No clue mate, sorry.”

 

John groaned, going back to staring out the window with incredible boredom. As soon as he did so, Mew grumbled to himself.

 

“Well, I mean, it might've been because of the fact me and Celebi accidentally destroyed the fabric of reality on Baker Street, but I doubt it, personally-”

 

“You what!?"

 

“Woah, woah, man!” Mew chuckled. “Come on, can’t a pair of Mythicals have a bit of fun?”

 

“Fun does not entail the destruction of the fabric of reality!” John shook his head. “Can you like, un-destroy it? I need to get to work.”

 

Mew rolled his eyes. “Fine.” He flew up, but stopped briefly, winking. “But only for you.” 

 

Mew rammed through the ceiling of the bus, leaving behind a very visible and audible hole. John, from afar, could hear the distant sound of an explosion, and not even two minutes later, the bus was moving onward again as if nothing happened at all. 

 

“Sometimes…” John sighed. “Sometimes I begin to wonder what my life has come to.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 134: A Visit to Mom

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Visiting family was normally a good thing. For most, it was a time to go closer and rekindle connections with those closest to you. For John Wish, it was time to go through the metaphorical flames of the underworld again. 

 

“Alright John, you can do this.”

 

John hesitantly knocked on the door, but it was yanked open before he could do it. His mother stood in front of him, looking at him with a cross expression on her face.

 

“Took ya long enough! If you stood out there any longer I’d be turning five hundred and seventy seven before we even got to eating the cranberry sauce!”

 

John awkwardly shuffled into the room. As much as he wished he could’ve brought any of the roommates… he was fairly certain his mother would flip if she figured out anything related to them. 

 

He sat down at one of the couches, ornately configured a small glass table. John’s mother sauntered into the kitchen, returning with a plate of patte coated crackers. She shook half of a salt shaker out on top of them, and placed them onto the table in front of John, knocking over several miscellaneous objects nobody cared to clean. John eyed his mother curiously, but she responded before he did. 

 

“Look, your father got taken away by his relatives this year, you know how it is, because apparently I’m not “important enough for him.” I swear, the nerve of it all…” 

 

John gulped as he eyed the plate in front of him, though his mother happily scarfed one of the crackers down without a second thought.

 

“So, John, have you finally gotten a proper job yet?”

 

“Mom, this is a proper job.”

 

“Not in my book. You need to be taking home septuple figures every year, or else you really aren’t making it anywhere.”

 

“Mom, I’m making more than enough a year-”

 

“Oh no you aren’t! I’ve snooped around your financial reports, and you’re making an Applinbee’s employee look glorious right now.”

 

“Yeah? And what else am I meant to get into-”

 

“Are you talking back to me, John? Stop being so rude!”

“But-”

 

“No buts! You need to improve your money, get into a relationship, I don’t know, anything! Make me have something to be proud of!” 

 

John conspicuously eyed the hastily scribbled down notes of his father’s bank account, which lay on a nearby table in someone else’s handwriting, but his mother did not seem to notice. 

 

“And I swear, if I have to go down there myself and make something happen, I will-”

 

The doorbell rang, and both John and his mother suddenly stopped. They both looked at the other, expecting them to have invited someone they were unaware of, but when neither showed a hint of familiarity, John took the plunge and went to open the door. As he turned the door knob, he was shocked- and somewhat annoyed- to find just who lay behind the door.

 

A pink-haired, androgynous human stood on the doorstep, and the moment John opened the door, they came tumbling out onto the ground next to John’s feet. They promptly got up, and though the look was a stranger to John, he knew exactly who it was before they had even begun to speak.

 

“Hi there Mrs. Wish me luck! I’m Me-”

 

John hastily came up with a lie on the spot. “Meenan! They’re, uh… Meenan, yeah!”

 

“Meenan” glared at John, but didn’t say anything further. They quickly regained their grin though, and sent out an arm for a handshake.

 

“Yep yep! And I’m John’s significant-”

 

“...ly close friend! A significantly close friend that I really need to talk to, so give me like, five seconds-”

 

John grabbed “Meenan,” pulling them to a corner of the room. They sighed, and John nervously glanced between them and his mother.

 

“Mew!” said John, in a hushed whisper. “What are you doing here!?”

 

“Playing a prank,” Mew yawned. “That’s what.”

 

“By pretending to be my date in front of my mother!? Do you realize-”

 

“There’s a pack of gummy fish on the line, John. I don’t think you understand how important this is.” 

 

John looked at his mother, who waited impatiently on a couch, and Mew, who was barely suppressing a snicker. John sighed. 

 

“If I tell Jirachi you did it. No one will ever have to know.”

 

“That’s true… saves me a whole heck of a lot of trouble as well.”

 

“So…?”

 

“I’m gonna keep trying anyway, it’s funny.” 

 

John facepalmed, but Mew had already run over to John’s mother to continue the handshake. John attempted to stop him, but John’s mother already declined the handshake. Mew looked at her crossly, throwing her a raspberry, before promptly scurrying over to John with a pout.

 

“Your mom's a meanie, lemme tell you that much. No one ever declines a handshake while being in a sane mindset.” 

Mew huffed, before promptly teleporting in a flash. John stared at where he had been standing, shocked, while his mother simply looked as if a stray Meowth had wandered on her front porch and left a smear of poop on the carpet. 

 

“I… sorry about that, mom. I have some… odd friends, let’s just say.”

 

His mom’s face scrunched in disgust. “You need a better taste in friends, young man. This kind of thing just doesn’t work.” 

 

“Look… just… don’t worry about it. Mom, what are-”

It was with the most unfortunate timing that a time portal opened up directly behind John’s mother, over in another room, and the pair of Pinky and Celebi continued one of their duels on the countertops of the kitchen. John’s mother did not seem to notice, and John made certain she would never notice.

 

“So, uh, yeah! How’s it been-”

 

“Don’t try to change the subject, John!” 


Celebi was sent flying into the kitchen sink by Pinky, who turned the faucet on to point it directly into Celebi’s eyes. Celebi flailed loudly.

 

“Well, what do you mean?”

 

“Simple! I need to keep an eye on you, but I just can’t leave the house, you know? So what I was thinking, was that I could-”

Celebi managed to maneuver out of the tap, pushing Pinky into an unfavorable situation on top of the kitchen stove. John’s mother paused, and turned to view the ongoing battle.

 

“Could, uh, w-what, exactly?”

 

John’s mother stopped, a sly smile coming on her face as Pinky narrowly dodged the burners on the stovetop. She leaned in slightly closer, which in John’s world was never a good thing. 

 

“I’ll be hiring someone I trust to keep an eye on you. Pop in from time to time, you know? They’ll be sure to set you straight.”

 

John heavily nodded as Celebi and Pinky disappeared through another time portal. He breathed an internal sigh of relief, but as he paused, he slowly began to dwell on the reality of what his mother had just said.

 

“Wait, you’ll be-”

 

“Yes. Now can we dig into the meal already? I’m starving!”

 

John nodded, but not a second later, and his phone began to ring. He excused himself, though his mother was too deep into the crackers to care, and answered a very panicked Jirachi.

 

“Yo, Don John, we got a situation!”



“What’s wrong?”



“You remember the children you told me and Pinky to watch?”



“You and who -”

 

“Exactly. Pinky kinda dipped halfway through. Dunno what happened to her.”

 

John side-eyed the kitchen counter. “Yeah…”

 

“In any case, I need you back home as soon as you can! Manaphy’s drunk and Mew’s gone AWOL-”

 

Jirachi dropped the phone, and John could briefly make out the sounds of an overly excited mechanical Pokemon “playing” with Jirachi. John sighed, and turned back to his mother, already knowing how the rest of the conversation was going to go.

 

“So, I got a situation back in the apartment, and-”

 

“Just go. We’ve had our talk. Just know that I…” John’s mother pointed to her eyes, and then at John. “... have my eyes on you, Jonathan.” 

 

John left without a second thought. He was dreading whoever his mother was going to hire to keep an eye on him, because without a doubt, it was going to be some sort of industry professional who would skulk in the shadows and-

 

------------------------------------------------------

 

“Oh, it’s you.”

 

Iron Jugulis nodded. “Yep. I look forward to working together.”

 

“How do you keep getting these jobs?”

 

The mechanical Pokemon shrugged. “I have no idea.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 135: The Nuclear Option

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The table creaked worryingly as one final contraption…machine… thing… was set beside the others. “That’s everything! Can we go now please ? ” The kindergartner responsible for the sci-fi jungle of chrome metal and threateningly obtuse UIs looked up plaintively at the two pokemon levitating next to him, the effect somewhat undone by the clear, eager bloodlust dripping from every part of him. “I can’t wait to deliver infinite suffering to our enemies! To break them beneath us and see them gnash their teeth in the hellish perdition of our own creation!”

 

Yes! Let’s annihilate them until the salt of their tears is all they can taste in the space between sobs! ” Pinky flitted across the pile of threatening machines, her smile growing wider for every one she saw. I like your style Bart. ” She cackled, rubbing her little hands together. I knew getting you access to future tech was a good idea.

 

Practically jittering in excitement, Bart pulled one final thing out of his pocket- a small, football shaped object which he didn’t put on the table- more for lack of space than anything else, but even still he was a lot more careful with it than the other creations. “And this… this is my magnum opus.” Diancie and Pinky leaned in closer- “a nuke!

 

Absolutely not .” Diancie snatched the bomb out of Bart’s hand with a flick of psychic power, glowering at him in disappointment. “ Do you have any idea of how dangerous that can be ?

 

Bart rolled his eyes. “Obviously. It has a yield of twelve megatons and a surface blast radius of several miles. You could flatten a city with this- or finally get rid of one persistently pesky-”

 

No! You don’t understand at all.” Diancie breathed deeply, then crushed the bomb within a sudden diamond, rendering it inoperable twice over. “Nuclear proliferation is a big deal. As the head of state of a nuclear power myself, you have no clue how delicate of a balancing game preventing the apocalypse is, and each new nuclear weapon made is a step closer to the brink. I will not stand for such wanton recklessness.

 

“Sheesh, fine, plan B then.” He looked mournfully at the gem and once-WMD, before turning his devilish gaze back to the burdened table. “Overwhelming force.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 136: Movie Night Part Two: The Secret Late Night Sequel

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirachi crossed his arms. “Right, so John’s at work.”

 

“Yep,” said Celebi, fluttering casually.

 

“And the Unown have seasonal depression.”

 

“Yep.”

 

“And what are we meant to do about this?”

 

Celebi yawned. “No idea. Have you tried having them watch Funny Movie (2549)?” 

 

Jirachi pouted. “Celebi, that movie won’t release for a long time.”

 

Celebi paused, deep in thought. Suddenly, her eyes glimmered, and she grinned maniacally. 

 

“Oh, I know .”

 

Jirachi eyed her, a wary look on his face. “Celebi… what are you planning?”

 

Celebi, seemingly from nowhere, pulled out a VHS tape, labeled in hastily scribbled red pen, “TOP SECRET.”

 

“You want to see Mew try and do multiple dance moves at the same time?”

 

“Oh, now this…” Jirachi smugly smirked. “This I gotta see.”

 

“Then let’s get the Unown and have some fun, shall we?”

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Mew shot up in the darkness, eyeing the air like a feral beast. He sniffed it, his disdain apparent on his newly formed frown. 

 

“Somewhere.” Mew’s eyes widened. “Somewhere… I sense a disturbance.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 137: Rapid Unscheduled Disassembly

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John! ” The door slammed open with a crash, startling him off the couch in a jerk of instinctive panic. “ We need to go right now ! ” John stumbled up, concern writ across his face as Kibby stumbled across the open floor, gasping for breath- terror inscribed into every moment she made. “ We need to go. Quickly, or else- ” she winced, no doubt feeling the reverberations of a disaster to come.

 

“Where to?” John threw on his coat, barely fumbling the keys to lock the door before they were running d own the street, ignoring the pedestrians as they pushed past them on the sidewalk. “Is this part of your job, or-”

 

No! Yes- kind of? ” Kibby settled into a loping run, the wind ruffling her fur as they crossed streets both legally and… not so legally. Jaywalking wasn’t a crime,-it was an obligation . “ I’m getting the same sort of ping I do for occupational hazards, except a lot, lot worse. And explosion flavored. ” That… that might be a problem. If it had been any old explosion… “ I wouldn’t have come to you if I didn’t think it was related to Jirachi, but it is, and we need to go faster. ” 

 

They caught the bus just in time, leaping through the still closing doors and taking the ride halfway across the city to the edge of a very recognizable elementary school. Jirachi’s school. It was the middle of the day, and most of the students were out for recess, frolickign in the carefully manicured grass and not so well kempt patchy forest, a few clambering all over one of the large play structures. Out of the corner of his eye he spied Jirachi tussling with one of the kids, but neither of them noticed as he and Kibby raced past the chainlink fence, the absol’s focus fully centered on a single man walking down the cracked sidewalk.

 

“...and yes- no, Mossdeep isn’t requiring another environmental analysis, we’re good to fly- we’re just going to use the launchpad we already have access to.” A brief pause as they raced down the last few feet, before he laughed- “yeah! Well, we hope it goes well. We’re all wishing-” and that was when Kibby bodied the man, both of them slamming off the chainlink fence with a crash of metal and a rebounding across the pavement.

 

Kibby rolled to her feet, looming over the fallen engineer. “ Don’t say that! Never say that .” He didn’t understand exactly what Kibby was saying, but she’d made her message pretty clear with the whole ragdoll slamming him into the fence thing. 

 

“Sorry about that.” Luckily for him, John was there to translate. The engineer took the ha nd proffered, pulling himself to his feet with a groan of pain. “You almost just said something particularly devastating.”

 

A bit of confusion stole over his face. “What? I was just going to say we’re wishing for-” Kibby’s eyes widened seconds before he could complete the sentence and she launched herself at him, throwing him into the fence for the second time that day. “Gah! Alright, fine, I won’t say…” he paused, stared at Kibby for a long moment, then slowly backed away. Kibby, of course, stayed on his heels until he’d long left the area around the elementary school and any danger behind.

 

John heaved a sigh, slumping down on a public bench. That had been exhausting , and there was no way he’d be getting to work on time after that. “So.” Kibby sat primly beside him, looking equally weary. “What was the deal with that?”

 

I don’t really know what the disasters I prevent are- ” she chuckled nervously, shying back fr om John’s suddenly intense gaze- “ but! He was an engin eer at SpaceZ, and he was about to wish for something about a rocket launch in the general vicinity of Jirachi. Tell me exactly how that one was going to end. ” 

 

The phrase ‘rapid unscheduled disassembly’ came to mind, and John just winced instead.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 138: This Building is NOT OSHA certified

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“There. That’s good.” Kibby stepped back from the new bed, prodding the frame with a paw just for safety’s sake, but everything seemed nice and stable. “Samantha will help bring up your mattress later. Why don’t you go grab some breakfast?”

 

“Oh… um. Don’t you want some…”

 

“I’ve got to head to work.” Honestly, with how crazy things at home had been, she’d almost forgotten about her job until it snuck up on her. OSHA certification waited for no ‘mon– seriously, if she skipped out then someone was going to get hurt, and it wasn’t like any of her coworkers were going to pick up the slack. Being the best OSHA agent in the greater Rustboro area had its ups and downs, but…

 

She got the niggling sense that if she spent any more time monologuing internally she’d be late, and with a half-bitten off curse she grabbed her hard-hat, threw on her bag, and bounded out of the door with only a passing farewell to Sam. Her stop today was a bit further than usual, which meant hopping on the bus (an annoying procedure when one had to pay through the new card-system with paws ), and the seats weren’t really designed for quadrupeds, but she bore with it until she reached her stop for today’s inspection–

 

“...NotEvil Incorporated.” And looking up at the eyesore of steel and jagged industrial construction marring the landscape, Kibby could only imagine it an ominous name indeed. She wasn’t even one second onto the company’s land when she spotted the first violation, a massive pit dropping into some… by the roaring heat, hellish fire , entirely without railings or safety warnings of any kind. Her disaster sense felt a bit dizzy just looking at it, and the rest of the factory-scape of mechanical maleficence wasn’t much better.

 

Hey! ” One of the workers paused, then paled as she bounded up beside him. “ I’m closing this place down for workplace safety violations. Please vacate the premises.

 

“...an absol?”

 

“...yes, I’m an absol. ” She tapped at the badge on her hard-hat pointedly– “ now get out of here before you get killed –”

 

“Hey!” The worker quickly got back to whatever he was doing as a… kid? A kid who couldn’t have been older than a first grader stalked up to her. “What do you think you’re doing? You know this is private property, right? I’m going to have to ask you to leave, or I’m going to have to call the pinkertons.”

 

Wha- what? No! Do you run this place?

 

“Yes?” Kibby blinked– “I have a translation device, obviously. Future connections,” he said, as though Kibby didn’t know a time traveling fairy.

 

Everything here is one massive OSHA violation! I have the authority to shut this place down, you know– this is unsafe and unethical .”

 

“Oh, posh, what’s progress without risk? The workers know what they got into!”

 

Are you sure of that? Because I’m pretty sure a pit to super hell isn’t something most workplaces have.

 

The kid waved a hand dismissively. “Ah, well, at least they signed the waiver. You know, alongside the binding contract that required them to work here 25 hours a day, eight days a week. Anyways, security! Escort this woman off the property.”

 

Aye aye, boss.

 

Kibby gasped. “ Iron Jugulis? But you’re the assistant director of OSHA? What are you doing here?

 

Iron Jugulis scratched thoughtfully at one of his heads. “ Hey, you’re right… Bartholomew, sorry, but I’ve gotta shut this place down. Contractual obligations and all. ” Bartholomew scowled, but without Jugulis on his side he had no hope of victory.

 

“I’ll be back!” With that, wrathful, he stalked away.

 

A few seconds passed before the worker they’d been arguing beside, hesitantly, asked “...can I leave now? I miss my family.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 139: Advertising Offers

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Let’s see, suggestions for Aria business propositions… interesting.”

 

“More like interestingly boring.” Mew shook his head. “Cue the list.”

 

“A brand deal with a soda company…”

 

“Not bad, not bad…”

 

“A collaboration with some famous Hoennian idol singer…” John shrugged. “I dunno, what do you think?”

 

Celebi looked at John quizzically. “Follower count?” 

 

“A couple million, apparently.”

 

Celebi squinted at the screen. “Oh, I recognize her!” She smiled. “Yeah, go for it! Just make sure to drop out in four years from now before she gets canceled for the really weird stuff.” 

 

John eyed the now departing Celebi with a look of horror, and elected to ignore the idol deal for the time being. 

 

“Hm… a slice of life tv series starring us.”

 

“Slice of life?” Mew struggled to contain his laughter. “...Featuring us? Who would watch that?”

 

“Yeah, tell me about it.” John went back to the screen. “Our personalities certainly aren’t that appealing. What kind of audience would be interested in that kind of thing?” John paused. “Oh, look at this one.”

 

“What is it?”

 

“A tech firm. They apparently want to use us to…” John paused as he saw what was written out on the computer. “Nevermind. That probably violates a few health standards.”

 

“Never trust tech firms. I once got a very enticing offer and left with two of me and a couple of life-ending explosions.”

 

“There’s a second one of you?”

 

“Technically, but, y’know, they…” Mew shrugged. “Eh, semantics.” 

 

“Well, in any case, what are we thinking?”

 

The two paused, staring at each other for some time.

 

“Soda.” 

 

“Yeah definitely the soda.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 140: (V)isit to the Bakery

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was a bright morning at the V Bakery, and inside the most popular bakery in all of Rustboro, there sat a pair of Mythicals, sitting peacefully at a table near the window. While they were Mythical Pokemon, no one seemed to particularly notice them, probably because of a certain narcissistic Mythical who was too busy touting the V Wheel for anyone else to notice the pair. 

 

The Celebi, colored a bright pink, huffed, glaring at her partner at the other end of the table, mildly annoyed. The one at the other end of the table, a Jirachi, was happily slurping down some noodle leftovers from the previous night’s dinner, his face lined with an innocent complexion. 

 

“So, brother…” began the Celebi, “When I said we needed to arrange a get-together, I figured we were going someplace… formal. High class. Instead, we’re at your…”

 

Jirachi slurped down his noodles in excitement. “Close friend’s gaming buddy’s bakery!”

“Right…” Pinky sighed. “Is the food good, at least?”

 

Jirachi excitedly nodded. “Of course! It’s not top class throughout the city for no reason!” 

 

“I see…”

 

Pinky eyed the front register, surrounded by a small crowd more excited about the free samples the manager was offering than the V Wheel he was advertising. She of course recognized the mechanical Hydreigon cashier, who waved happily upon seeing her. She waved back, of course, though not without a slight hint of embarrassment. Behind him was a Registeel, of all things, busy baking orders, and on the counter behind him was a Dachsbun, loafing about, and a very nervous and anxious Alcremie, who shied away the moment Pinky regarded it. 

 

“So… uh… do you know any of those guys?”

 

“The baker is someone I’m not familiar with… Oh, I know Jugulis!”

 

“Everyone knows Jugulis, bro. Who else do you know?”

 

“Well…” He pointed behind Registeel. “That Slugma and Chandelure are some of Manaphy’s friends! She brings them by the apartment for game nights sometimes.” 

 

Pinky indeed noticed the pair who resided in the bakery, the Slugma functioning as the oven while the Chandelure danced around him. She shuddered as she eyed the Chandelure, remembering her… less than fortunate prior encounter.

 

“Right, and uh… anyone else?”

 

“I know the Alcremie!”

 

“Oh, really? How?”

 

“There was this one conspiracy theorist dude who kept breaking into our house. It got really annoying after a while, so Mew ended up fusing him and his partner Pokemon together.”

 

Pinky nodded, but before she could speak, stopped, suddenly realizing the weight of Jirachi’s words.

 

“Wait… you mean… he did…”

 

“Yeah, something wrong?”

 

Pinky eyed the Alcremie with a sense of sympathy, and the Alcremie, seemingly registering this, nodded, before going back to doing some form of work.

 

“So… you basically turned this dude into a different species, fused him with a Pokemon, and kidnapped him and put him to work in a bakery?”



“Well, when you put it like that it sounds way worse than it actually is.”

 

“How is that meant to be viewed in a positive light!?”

 

“Well, at least he isn’t stalking us anymore.”

 

Pinky sighed. “Well, at the very least… Does Mew plan on turning him back?”

 

Jirachi nodded. “Eventually.”

 

“And what does eventually entail?”

 

Jirachi squinted, deep in thought. “Somewhere between the next two months and twenty years, knowing Mew.” Jirachi shrugged. “But hey, Mew said he’ll get to keep the fusion ability and pseudo-immortality after the fact, so it’s a win-win.”

 

“But surely Mew can’t just… get away with that. Surely someone knows this guy.”

 

“Oh yeah, some swordsman guy broke down our door two days later. Apparently he’s one of John’s buddies or something, so we called a compromise.”

 

“Which entails?”

 

“Mew has to run a podcast.”

 

Pinky, despite herself, smirked. “Send me a link. I need to see this.”

 

“I don’t have a phone.”

 

Pinky sighed, and got up, motioning for the door. “Want to go and get one?”

 

“I don’t have any money.”

 

“Yeah, but, well… There's an old treasure map I discovered recently, and I was thinking… y’know, brother and sister…”

 

“Adventure time!?” Jirachi squealed. “We haven’t done that since we went to find King Tartarus’s Cauldron of Stars in the Possibility Realm a good fifteen years ago!”

 

“I know.” Pinky winked. “So let’s get a move on.”

 

Jirachi eyed the clock. “Back in time for the V Special at three?”

 

Pinky smiled. “You know me too well, bro.” She opened a portal. “Come on, let’s dance!” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 141: V is for Victory

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Today’s the day.” 

 

Jirachi yawned. “...Tuesday?”

 

“No!” Celebi slammed her fist on the table. “It’s the day Victini finally loses!”

 

“Victini? Losing? That’s about as incompatible as Mew and a girlfriend.” 

 

“Yes, but, I’ve come up with methods of stopping him.”

 

Jirachi raised an eyebrow. “Such as?”

 

“I wish Victini would suffer a loss.” 

 

Jirachi’s attempts to protest were silenced as his body lost control of itself, flying once more into the air. His third eye opened, and with a waggle of his finger, the wish was granted. As Jirachi touched down, Celebi overheard a ring from her phone: a call, and it was from Victini. Curious, she answered it.

 

“Heya, what’s up V-Man?” 

 

“Hey, Celebi, not sure what’s up, but do you happen to recognize this place?”   

 

Celebi pulled the phone away from her ear, finding that Victini was now showing her a wide, grassy field, with nothing nearby by save a singular stone. She pulled the phone away from her, glaring at Jirachi.

 

“Kid, I told you to make him suffer a loss , not for him to get lost!”

 

Jirachi shrugged as Victini began to yell erratically. Celebi quickly eyed the screen again, but only found Victini wielding a sword. 

 

“Oh, this looks fancy…” He paused, suddenly darting to look off camera. “Oh! Seems some lovely fellas are here to say hello! Hi, what’s up y'all?”

 

Celebi paled as the connection died out on Victini’s end. Jirachi, mildly concerned, flew up to her, flicking her in the face to get her attention. 

 

“That… that was…” Celebi sputtered, “The Sword of Kingship.”



“Oh, is that important?”

“It means Victini is now the King of Unova!”

 

“Oh.” Jirachi paused, eyeing the floor in silence. “Well…” 

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Alright, this plan should work.” 

 

Celebi and Jirachi peered from behind an inconspicuously placed bush as Victini strolled down the sidewalk. Celebi eyed Victini like a hunter, ready to pounce the moment he got close. 

 

“Doot doo doo, just a Mythical Pokemon on his way to his place of residence!” said Victini, whistling. “I’m sure nothing strange and uncertain will happen, especially not in relation to that inconspicuously placed bush!” 

 

Celebi leapt from the bush on-cue. “Hah hah!” Celebi pointed at Victini. “Victini, you can’t knock yourself out in one punch!”

 

“Nuh uh!” 

 

Victini, without hesitation, punched himself in the cheek, and within a second, he fell into a crumple on the sidewalk. Celebi fist pumped as Jirachi reluctantly flew over. He flew to Victini’s side, lightly prodding his unconscious body.

 

“Will he be alright?”

 

“He should be, knowing him.” She sighed. “He’s suffered far, far worse.” She grinned. “But I don’t care! I won!”

 

“Yeah, but technically, isn’t this a loss?”

 

“Huh?”

 

“I mean, consider it paradoxically for a second.” Jirachi pointed at the unconscious Victini. “If this guy did exactly as you said, that means he won. A loss for you would’ve meant he needed to fail to knock himself out, unless your goal was to, in fact, knock him out, which was not stated.”

 

“Well, I mean-”

 

“But then there comes the dilemma of the matter: if your goal was for him to knock himself out, that means both you and him won. This means that neither of you were victorious. Ergo, in the best case, this is a draw.”

 

Celebi and Jirachi stared at each other in silence. A car passed, blowing a stream of cold wind over the three Mythicals gathered on the sidewalk.

 

“Kid, when we get home, we are taking you off of that detective show.”

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Alright, this has to work.” Celebi grinned. “Victini won’t see this coming.”

 

“What are you planning to do?”

 

“Have you heard of The Game?”

 

Jirachi shook his head. “I haven’t. What is it?”

 

“Everyone is playing The Game. Once someone knows they are playing, they lose.”

 

Jirachi’s brow furrowed. “So does that mean I lost the game?”

 

“Precisely!” Celebi chuckled. “Once I tell Victini about The Game, he’ll instantly have to lose. There’s no way around it.”

 

“But knowing Victini’s powers, wouldn’t that just-”

 

“Shut up Jirachi,” She cracked her knuckles. “...Let me work my magic.”

Celebi fluttered over to the V-Bakery, swinging open the door, brimming with confidence. She saw Victini at the front counter, talking to his employees, and she spied her opportunity immediately. 

 

“Hey, Vi-”

 

As soon as she opened her mouth to speak, she was bombarded by an avalanche of displaced ceiling tiles, which buried her in an instant. Victini immediately halted his conversation, flying over to the wreckage, only to become distracted as he glanced up at the now gaping hole in the ceiling.

 

“Yo, no way!” Victini brimmed with excitement. “ That’s where I put my two million dollars! I completely forgot about it!”

 

As Victini rambled about money and payments and repaired ceilings, Celebi lay crumpled underneath the storm of bricks. She could only utter one thing. 

 

“So this is what it feels like…”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 142: House Sitting

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Being one of the fastest growing celebrities in the region meant a surprisingly busy schedule, and that meant, for once in its existence, the apartment knew peace and quiet.

 

Or, well, it did. 

 

“So, house-sitting..." Giratina leaned over the couch, grinning wildly. "...am I right?”

Tandemaus sighed. “Yeah…” 

 

Tandemaus sat on the couch, fiddling with the television remote, while Giratina sat behind the couch, innocently eyeing the Paldean soap opera Tandemaus was watching. Giratina's grin was expanding further, though, as he continued to poke fun at Tandemaus. 

 

“How’s my little roommate doing?”

 

“Giratina, you’re here on strictly professional business, you can leave me alone.”

 

“Oh come on, I’m the god of antimatter, what’s wrong with little old me?”

 

“A lot of things." Tandemaus turned around with a deadpan look on his face. "How did you even get out of looking after the Distortion World?”

 

“I hired a guy to take care of it in my absence.”

 

“Was it a weird Hydreigon looking dude?”

 

“Yep. What about him?”

 

Tandemaus opened his mouth to speak, but decided partway through that, perhaps, in this instance, there wasn't a need to say anything at all.

 

“...Nothing.”

 

Tandemaus turned back to watching the TV, nibbling tortilla chips from a bag nearby. Giratina watched the soap, but as it continued onwards, the dragon began to grow more and more tired. Though the dragon was keen to learn of the human world, he wondered why it sometimes had to be so... boring. 

 

Giratina, deciding enough was enough, got up. “I’m gonna check on how the guy I hired is doing.” 

 

Giratina ripped open a dimension hole directly in front of him, about an inch away from Tandemaus's ear. Tandemaus kept watching his television program as the neck of Iron Jugulis extended itself out of the portal. 

 

“Hey, what's up boss man?" Jugulis waved. "Distortion World is looking fine bar the weird cloud thingies-”

 

“Leave those to me for when I get back. Anything else to report?”

 

“Nothing at all.”

 

“Excellent, then-”

 

“Well except for the fact that a couple of pals of mine plan to break into your house today, but that’s unrelated. Seeya man!”


“Seeya.” 


Giratina shut the portal, the whole thing closing in on itself like water in a sink drain, as Giratina turned back to watching the soap opera. He sagged, leaning on the back of the couch; the show had begun to increase in severity, and it seemed to Giratina like there might be some excitement for once. Just as he was getting interested, however, the severity of Jugulis's words came crashing upon him. 

 

“Wait-”

 

A second later, a door slammed into Giratina’s face as an explosion rocked the apartment. Pinky leapt into the room, the Valiance following behind her as she maniacally cackled. 

 

“Fear me now mortals! Your time lock may have stopped my trickery, but you cannot suppress brute-”

 

Pinky blinked as the door slid slowly off of Giratina’s face. Giratina glared at her, and the pair simply stared as Pinky registered just what was going on. She fluttered around the apartment, eyeing Tandemaus, who hadn’t budged from his soap opera, as she slowly began to panic. 

 

“Where is Celebi!?” She pointed accusingly. “Did you do it?”

 

“Do what?”

 

“I don’t know! Send her to the realm between worlds or whatever, killed her, stuffed her corpse and hung it on the wall-”

 

“I’m house sitting.”

 

Pinky paused, her arms dropping to her sides. “You’re… what?”

 

“I’m house sitting with Tandemaus.” Giratina slinked over to the apathetic Pokemon, nudging him lightly. “Come on, say hi buddy.” 

 

“Hi." He rolled his eyes. "Leave me be.”

 

“That’s the spirit." He turned back to Pinky. "Anyways, if you want to blow down the door, come back tomorrow.” 

 

“I…" Pinky breathed in, recollecting her thoughts. "...Nope. If I can’t claim Celebi-” She glared. “Then I’ll take you instead!”

 

“Are you sure you want to play this game, mortal?”

 

“Mortal!? Time is but a construct to me! I am beyond the confines of mere mortality, false pretender!” 

 

Giratina nodded. “I see. Then prepare to face the wrath of-”

 

Giratina cut open some portals, and from them spilled waves upon waves of small orb-like objects. He smirked.

 

Marbles.

 

Though Pinky flew over the waves, the Valiance were not as lucky, being tripped up beneath their feet. Pinky angrily channeled an Energy Ball, but Giratina simply smacked her to the floor with his wing. Pinky attempted to get up, but she too proceeded to begin tripping on the marbles. As she struggled to get up, Giratina snickered.

 

“I’d suggest you go now. Pleasure doing business.”

 

Pinky growled, and she reluctantly motioned for the Valiance to retreat. She glared at Giratina. 

 

“You’ll regret this.”

 

“I’m sure I will." Giratina smiled. "Now go.”

 

Pinky and the Valiance rolled out on the marbles, comedically stumbling at every step. As soon as they were out of the door, Giratina ripped open another portal, sucking all of the marbles back to where they came from. Giratina stared at the now blown apart door for a moment longer, but soon returned to the soap opera Tandemaus was watching. 

 

“Did I miss anything?”

 

“Salvatore revealed he was cheating on his girlfriend.”

 

“Oh, I have got to see this.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 143: Order? Never heard of it.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Righto,” said Victini, overjoyed, “I’ve got a V-Wheel session to manage, can I trust you to run the front counter, Jugulis?” 

 

Jugulis saluted happily. “Of course! You can count on me!”

 

Victini smiled. “Great!” His face became downcast. “If you drink anything while I’m gone, you’ve got me to answer to, got it?”

 

"Got it!”

 

"Great!” Victini’s wings fluttered eagerly. “I’ll be out doing my very merry best, so good luck man!” 

 

Victini waved goodbye as he flew off, and not even a moment later, a group of Iron Valiant Jugulis recognized all too well entered the store, followed close behind by a Diancie. He immediately forgot whatever he was doing, waving eagerly at his wife. His wife looked like they wanted to be anywhere else. 

 

The Diancie walked up to the counter, and politely rang the bell for Jugulis’s attention. Though mildly annoyed at being distracted, Jugulis answered earnestly. 

 

"Hi there my good old teammate! How’s it hanging?”

 

“Could I order a…” She squinted at the meal listed on a smudged sticky note. “Kid’s meal, packed with fries, a burger, and a soda?”

 

"This is a bakery, ma’am. We don’t serve those here.”

 

“Oh!” She bowed. “My apologies! I didn’t realize, but this was the wrong order!”

 

Diancie peeled away the sticky note, revealing an even more smudged one underneath. 

 

“Alright, so, could I order a trio of chocolate croissants, two fresh loaves of bread, and-”

 

“WAIT.” 

 

One of the Valiance stepped forward, wielding a sticky note of an identical make and color. 

 

"DO YOU ALSO HAVE AN ORDER OF THREE CHOCOLATE CROISSANTS, TWO LOAVES OF FRESH BREAD, A CHOCOLATE COVERED DOUGHNUT, AND A PACKET OF FRESHLY MADE COOKIES?”

 

"Yes.” Diancie’s face scrunched. “Did… did you get that from…?”

 

"Pinky?” One of the Valiance giggled. “Of course! We’re here to order for her!”

 

"Excuse me, but I believe that I am meant to order for her.” 

 

“Oh, really?” The Valiant's happiness grew brighter. “Well I think we should be the ones to do that! Assume combat positions!”

 

Before Jugulis could say anything, a now Mega Evolved Diancie began to duel the trio of Iron Valiant. As explosions, flying diamonds, and rogue sabers began to slash all over the cafe’s entrance, an older woman, clearly doing her best to try and look young, came by with her bag of cookies. She was holding one in her hand.

 

“Excuse me, but I believe this cookie is highly offensive.”

 

Jugulis scratched his main head. “How so?”

 

“It’s an offensive caricature of me, and you’re using my image without my permission.”

 

Jugulis squinted at the cookie. It was based on a Latias, and its cream-made face was drooping slightly. 

 

“Ma’am, that’s meant to be a Latias, not you.” 

 

“I know that! But it looks just like me!” She scoffed. “I swear, the nerve… Can I speak to your manager?”

 

“He’s… uh… a bit busy right now.” 

 

“How could he be!? The irresponsibility, I swear…”

As the woman began to angrily rant to Jugulis, a young, red-haired girl entered the store. Upon seeing the bickering over a suspiciously familiar cookie, she chose that it might be a good idea to come back later, and closed the door silently behind her, pretending as though she had never been there to begin with.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 144: Babysitting Deus Ex Machina

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Treads, stop chewing on the upholstery! Serpent please stop, the toilet is not a viable source of hydration-”

 

Jirachi was learning the pains of parenthood the hard way, and the pain wasn’t going to stop anytime soon.

 

“Leaves! Can’t you help me out here?

 

Leaves sat in the corner, looking sullenly at the floor, as Treads began to get a case of the zoomies. 

 

“Parameters… undefined. What is free will? Why am I here?”

 

Jirachi pat Leaves on the back. “Kid, you were born two days ago. Save that talk for after you’ve gone through puberty… whatever that’s like for a robot.” He looked at the mess Treads was causing. “But for now…”

 

“I shall do my best. Perhaps then I shall finally know purpose.”

 

Leaves wandered over to the bathroom, silently dragging away its sibling, who was happily splashing toilet water everywhere. As Leaves left the bathroom, it extended a single leg outwards, catching Treads underfoot. Leaves looked to Jirachi, who was giving a silent thumbs up. 

 

“Avast, cowards!” cried Pinky, as she boastfully burst into the room. “Fear your ruin!”  

 

Pinky waved happily at her brother from afar, smiling. Jirachi sighed, exasperatedly waving back at his sister, but, unfortunately, the children did not share the same sentiment.

 

“Retreat! It’s a scary creature!”

 

“Run!” 

 

In a mass of flailing and screaming, Serpent and Treads ran in a fit of terror, with Leaves vanishing in the commotion. Pinky, somehow, looked vaguely offended, pointing at where the children had just been.

 

“Who are these… puny creatures?”

 

“My best friends made some kids together, and now I’m trying to… uh…”

 

“Geez, tell your friends to just jump to the obvious next step if they’re-”

 

“What?”

 

“Nevermind. You need help wrangling children? I’m your gal.”

 

“I sure hope so… my back ain’t what it used to be.”

 

“Jirachi, you’re not even that old.”

 

“Yeah, but these kids are making me feel that old. Seriously, I dunno how they manage this…”

 

“Well, come on, they’re babies. How hard can it be?”

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

As it turns out, the Celebi was not, as they say “good at wrangling children, as the moment she found Serpent and the child burst into a food of oily tears, Pinky immediately lost any and all fighting spirit, leaving Jirachi greatly disappointed over in the corner of the room.

 

“Pinky, could you… um…”

 

“Shut up! This is my child now!” Pinky went back to doing her best at caressing the little robot, who made happy little noises in her grasp.”

 

“Yeah, well it’s just that… Treads is still eating the upholstery, and…”

 

“You can handle him.”

 

“You offered to help!”

 

“I can’t bring myself to be so cruel against such innocent creatures.” She lightly tickled Serpent under the chin, and the robot mewed happily. “Besides, they remind me of… myself. When I was younger.”


Jirachi raised an eyebrow. “You ate upholstery and drank toilet water when you were younger?”

 

“Only when things got desperate… though nothing beats some good leather upholstery to round out a meal.” 

 

Pinky began to hum out a short tune to herself, one that Jirachi picked up as a nursery rhyme. She sang it under her breath, so much so that it was barely audible, even to him.

 

Time without time is time enough

Space without space is not enough

Sometimes a little hero’s alone

Sometimes a hero must stop and say

Anything is possible, so long as you fly away

But sometimes… it’s all the hero’s ever known...

 

Serpent began to drift off to sleep, and soon, he was on standby. Pinky placed him softly on a nearby chair, affectionately and soothingly rubbing his head. She turned around, smiling, as she made a move to leave. 

 

“So, Treads on the upholstery, aye?” She winked. “Nothing I can’t handle. Come on.”

 

From behind a table, Leaves watched silently. As they left, he murmured silently to himself.

 

“Man, why do I never get a cool bedtime story like that?”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 145: What It Means to be King

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Victini had somehow found himself king of Unova. Now, this wasn’t the first time he’d found himself ruler of a nation, but it was perhaps one of the strangest. Had Celebi intended for this to happen? Knowing her, it wasn’t entirely outside the realm of possibility…

 

The worst part was that he had to do all this paperwork. It took up all his time! He’d tried to get a free moment to play minecraft with his buddies, but his royal advisor had told him that he needed to help the imperial senate finish the two hundred and forty second draft of the Treatise on Human-Pokemon Relationships, subsection three, clause twenty one– a critically important task. At least that was what they said.

 

To Victini, it was painfully boring. He’d tried to schedule some time a few days out, but a surprise meeting with the League representative had derailed that. An attempted scheduling for a few months out later, he learned– much to his dismay– that his schedule was full for years.

 

At least he could screw with his friend, if only a little bit. It was suspiciously easy to mess up the screw shipment to Samiya… Now, all he had to do was figure out how to get out of kingship. Maybe if he treated it like a game, with the win condition being his freedom– 

 

 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 


“Was that really necessary?”

 

Celebi dusted off her hand, looking anywhere but at the large rock she’d dropped on Victini’s head. “Yup. I had to put him out of his misery.”

 

Mew raised an eyebrow. “With a rock?”

 

Of course. Celebi smirked, nodding– “he was asking for it, the bastard. Plus, there’s no way he won that one!”

 

“...it was kind of a surprise attack. Not that I’m against surprise attacks, or anything,” said Mew just a little shiftily, which for Mew was probably a bad sign. “Just… I don’t really think you won anything here.”

 

“Nope. I am the victor, and Victini is the loser!”

 

Really, nothing could beat the rock in its effective simplicity. Meanwhile, Victini was excused from his royal duties due to rock-related traumatic injury. Victory once again!

 

 

 

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 146: Jirachi's Powerpoint Presentation

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hello hello! Welcome to the “Jirachi talks about all of the stinky doo doo faces in his class behind their backs for funsies” presentation!” 

 

No one clapped, but Jirachi bowed regardless. His third eye glimmered with glee.

 

“Thank you, thank you. I’m sure the contents of my preschool class was something you’ve all been looking forward to for some time now.”

 

Jirachi pulled hard on the ceiling, revealing a previously obscured presentation screen. Jirachi pulled out a ruler, and began to point to the screen as a poorly made slideshow presented itself.

 

“First order of business.” A freckled, blonde-haired boy showed up on screen. He looked depressed. “This is Kenny. We hate Kenny because he’s got a phone that looks like Arceus and he keeps ranting about ancient Hoenn… like, come on, you’ve gotta make better stories to trick people with than that, man.”

 

Jirachi shook his head, and the next image displayed itself. This time, it was a smiling girl with bright red hair. 

 

“This is Annabelle. Annabelle is pretty chill, but she sometimes says things like “I will return to wreak vengeance on this world” and “You are nought but insects under the might of the one bound to rule.” Jirachi shrugged. “I dunno, it’s freaky, but it’s kind of cool how she can make her voice so deep for that!”

 

The slideshow moved ahead, this time displaying the picture of a young boy with a mess of black and red hair. Jirachi snickered as he saw the image display itself.

 

“This is Zorro.” 

 

Jirachi looked around, checking if anyone was listening. Even if anyone was, they likely wouldn’t have cared. 

 

“Can I let you in on a little secret?” Jirachi pointed at the screen. “Zorro’s a Zorua in disguise. I know, it’s very hard to believe, but lemme tell you, he does a poor job of hiding it.” 

 

Another slide. Jirachi smiled.

 

“These are Trent, Terry, and Tienna. They’re all very cute… and they’re also three Wooloo stacked in a trenchcoat.” Jirachi shrugged. “I swear, people these days… so unobservant… but I guess, then again, that they don’t have three eyes.”

 

Jirachi snickered, only to be interrupted by the sound of a door opening and the lights turning on. 

 

“Oi, Jirachi, what are you doing in my room?”

 

“Tactical retreat!”

 

Jirachi leapt out of the window, shattering the glass as he fell, and Mew, who had no idea what was going on, simply sighed. 

 

“I swear… this is the fourth time this week… Jugulis better be open right now… I hate sleeping with a draft…” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 147: Bagpipe it Down

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

     Someone was playing the bagpipe at 6:00 AM.


    The instrument’s loud screeching was testament to the piper’s lack of skill. In fact, as John rolled tiredly out of bed and flopped onto the floor, he was rather confident that the person on the pipes was, perhaps, the single worst piper he’d ever heard. Resigning himself to one of those mornings, he picked himself up and made his way into the living room—


    “That is not bloody British!”


    Celebi took a gasp around a few particularly atonal notes, laughing all the while. “Britain doesn’t even exist!”


    “Gah! Galar then, you bloody time traveling twit! You know what I mean! Now stop playing those daft pipes! You can play a good dozen instruments well, and I daren't list the bagpipes among them!”


    “But I haven’t even got to Rule Galaria!” Celebi proceeded to play an terrible rendition of the famous tune, before moving quickly onto Greensleeves and Scarborough Fair, all while Mew shouted increasingly Galarian expletives at her.


    Yup. One of those mornings…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 148: Hammer to a Nail

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

     Evil Incorporated was, ever to the surprise of the entire group bar Diancie, not a very successful business. The litany of legal woes and OSHA violations that dogged them never seemed to disappear, and it was rare indeed that they actually got to do anything a normal business would.


    All that was to say, it was quite odd when the Unovan royal government reached out to them and asked for them to take up a contract running the premier Unovan screw company. “What are we even supposed to do with screws?” Pinky grabbed a bunch of the metal pieces out of a bin, holding them up in disgust before tossing them back. “I wish I knew how to enact my evil machinations with screws…”


    A handful of feet behind her, Jirouge glanced up from his evil overseer glare with a light smirk. “Granted.” 


    Pinky gasped… and then, slowly, smiled. “Ooh. That’s interesting! Samiya, was it…” those pesky mythicals wouldn’t know what hit them!

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 149: Remembrance

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The kids were tucked snuggly into bed, and John was tuckered out of her mind after a long day. She shifted back into human form, and without any fanfare, promptly collapsed face first into the couch. To John’s left sat Celebi, who was thoroughly engrossed in reading what appeared to be an old picture book. She glanced at John for a fraction of a second. 

 

“Long day?”

 

John sighed. “Tell me about it.” 

 

“Pro tip from a former parent. Always bribe the kids to make things easier. They like candy? Promise them candy if they do something. It breeds a healthy system that helps wrangle them before they gain critical thinking skills.”

 

“Huh. I’ll keep that in mind.”

 

A silence hung over the pair, both preoccupied with different things, but as John thought, a question he hadn’t quite considered before began to sprout in his mind.

 

“Celebi… you were a mother?”



“Yeah, I had to get your name changed somehow, didn’t I?”

 

“Oh, yeah. Completely forgot about that." John paused. "But… does that mean you knew my ancestors?”

 

Celebi nodded. “Mostly your great-grandfather.”

 

“What was he like? I never knew him, y’know, so…”

 

Celebi, despite not visibly changing, shifted uncomfortably. She dug her face deeper into her book. 

 

“He was the kindest man I’ll ever meet. I initially planned to just do a quick in and out for the bit… but I just… I just couldn’t bring myself to leave him. Because you know what, John?” Celebi turned to face him. There was a tear on her face. “We loved each other. And nothing will ever replace that, no matter who else I encounter throughout my travels in all of time and space.”

 

“D-do you still go in to visit? P-perhaps I could come with some time… boy, that’d be a-”

 

“That’s… impossible, I’m afraid.”

 

“How come?”



Celebi stared silently. “I couldn’t bring myself to leave him, John.” She sniffled. “The lives of mortals like you… they’re so fleeting… yet they make such a big impact. I know that Pinky would call me sentimental… Dialga a fool… but in the end… in the end…” She smiled. “We were happy.”

 

The pair sat in silence, and after a few moments, Celebi coughed, attempting- in vain- to regain her composure. John watched on sadly. 

 

“John, can you do one thing for me?”

 

John nodded, determination in his eyes. “Anything.”



“Don’t die on me… please.”

 

“Well, I’m not exactly trying to," John scratched his head, "...but Mew and Jirachi are making that a bit difficult.” 

 

“Not to mention that Manaphy will probably die of liver failure before she even gets to her next centennial.”

 

The pair chuckled. Celebi sighed, a soft smile on her face.

 

“Well, that’s enough storytime for tonight… technically, you’re the one meant to be doing that.”

 

“Already done. The kids are in bed, aren’t they?”

 

A cry of whirring and beeping came from the other room, and John groaned. Celebi giggled as she motioned for John to leave. 

 

Celebi winked. “Seems like your work isn’t done just yet, great grandson."

 

John snorted. “Aren’t you meant to be getting to bed yourself, great grandma?”

 

Celebi pouted. “Don’t call me that. It makes me look old.”

 

“Is that a wrinkle I’m seeing on the back of your head?”

 

“Shut up.” Celebi fluttered over to him, playfully hitting the side of his head. “Go on now. If I find my great great grandchildren complaining to me tomorrow about you not reading them a good bedtime story, then I might just lose my rocker.”

 

“Yeah, and I don’t want a repeat of last time.” John smiled. “Goodnight, Celebi.”

 

“Goodnight, John.”

 

John left the room, rushing to the mewling children, as Celebi simply flew in mid-air, staring at the doorway. After a minute, she turned around, a nostalgic sadness crossing her face as she fluttered back over to her picture book. She eyed one of the photographs on the page… one of a man and a Celebi.

 

“Time may trudge onward…”

 

Celebi smiled.

 

“But I’ll never forget.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 150: Be Careful When You Look in the Fridge

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John didn’t drink. He’d been too busy as a paycheck to paycheck financial office worker, and as a musician, then parent, he’d never seen the appeal. One drunk roommate was enough for him.


    Unfortunately, fruitcake. Manaphy had prepared it for Christmas, but she’d forgotten it in the fridge for months until John had been digging around for Jirachi’s lunches. On a whim later that night she’d gathered the roommates and served it up.


    Then they all got drunk. “Wha… what’dya put in this?” She’d transformed into Aria and broken out in song, her every word melodious. Celebi and Jirachi were off in a corner giggling incoherently and throwing pieces of fruitcake at random important historical figures. Jirachi wasn’t even drunk! Mew… Mew was a puddle on the floor. Literally! He’d had like three bites before he just liquified.


    Out of all of them, Manaphy was the only vaguely sober one there. “Huh. Maybe I shouldn’t have used Leavanny’s vodka to make that fruitcake…”


    Their joint commitment to not eating any strange foods after that was incredibly strong, and lasted all of two weeks before Mew came out with pink flavored pancakes which just so happened to taste a lot like his burgers…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 151: Inconspicuous Button

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Don’t push that.” John blinked, slowly looking towards the comically large button sitting on their dining table, its cherry-bright scarlet glowing redness all but shouting danger. Mew hovered just past the table’s edge, gaze firmly affixed on the conspicuous object. “I don’t know how, but they found us.”

“…who?”

“The neighbors. They’re suspicious .”

John slowly backed away from the table. “Okay… yeah. I mean, the fact that our neighbors consist of several legendary pokemon and Pinky is a minor hint that this is some shenaniganry.”

Mew shot John a distinctly affronted look. “No need to be shiny-ist. What if they’re a completely distinct Shiny Celebi with an insecurity complex and megalomaniacal intentions? Like… they could have moved in with Diancie just because they’re both pink.”

The sheer disappointment John managed to fit into a single roll of his eyes was legendary. He’d been practicing plenty, living with his cohort of roommates.

Time distorted, a ripple of colors washing out from a point in nowhere to everywhere as a little green creature - read: absolute gremlin - pulled herself out of nowhere. “Ooh! A button! Boop!” Mew stared on in horror as Celebi neatly pressed- nay, slammed the conspicuous button with a giggle. A few seconds passed slowly as her laughter trailed off, gaze furtively glancing between John and Mew. “Oh. Um… was I not supposed to do that?”

Mew face-pawed in exasperation, and John just chuckled nervously. “Yeah. We weren’t going to press it- it’s one of Pinky’s traps.”

“Pinky!?” Celebi gasped, jumping away- only to pause a second later. “Wait. You mean the pink Celebi next door? She’s not Pinky! I know because she said so, and she’d never lie.”

“...right.” John rolled his eyes. “I believe that. Anyways, it doesn’t seem like it’s going to do anything, so we’re probably fine.” For a few seconds more they all stared at the button, before John turned away-

And that was when it exploded.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 152: Gardening

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Celebi was gardening. Not with some exotic, strange and horrifying monstrosities of vegetation, nor with horrifyingly invasive weed or terrifyingly poisonous plants. Not even with any plans to defeat her arch-nemesis in mind! She was just… gardening. Regular gardening.

“Are those tomatoes?” Jirachi was poking at the sprouts running up from the soil, eyes narrow as he tried to place the plants. “I love tomatoes, by the way. You should grow some.”

“Yes, those are tomatoes.” Obviously. Of all the plants to grow in a home garden, tomatoes were one of the most important ones. Tomatoes, spring onions, and plenty of herbs. Ever since that one magic ritual had burnt a hole through the ceiling, she’d been working on turning the attic into an impromptu greenhouse, and these were the results of that.

“Now shoo. I’m trying to set up the irrigation here, and I don’t need you bothering me.”

“Aww, but I could help!”

Celebi scoffed. “You wish you could help.” Her eyes widened in dismay–

“Okey dokey!” Jirachi waggled his finger back and forth, opened his third eye, and– Her poor, poor, previously unexploded garden…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 153: Not So Blind Date

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Manaphy sat on a bench overlooking the sea. She had no idea why Salazzle had called her here, but upon receiving Jugulis’s note, she figured it had to have been important. Salazzle wasn’t the type to not come to a meeting, however, which left her confused. Manaphy was beginning to question what was at play, only for the heavens themselves to answer her- or, more appropriately, the lack thereof. 

 

A massive shadow loomed over, the darkness stretching far around her. It was a shadow she knew far too well, and it was one she didn't even need to turn around to know the identity of. Kyogre sat at her side, a note flimsily held in his hand. Kyogre side-eyed Manaphy, grumbling to himself.

 

“You received a note from that strange tri-head too?”

 

Manaphy nodded, and Kyogre sighed, causing a stream of steady wind to blow from his nostrils. Though the wind would have blown any creature of similar size away in an instant, Manaphy was unperturbed. 

 

“The nerve…" Kyogre's eyes widened. "Is it a trap? A ploy? Someone’s set us up.” 

 

Manaphy shrugged, raising her antennae into the air. Kyogre glanced at her, but promptly turned to eye the sea. His impatience began to grow, however, and soon enough he glared at Manaphy again.

 

“Anything?”

 

“Nothing, but I have a hunch.” She shook her head. “Nothing to worry about.”

 

“I understand… I shall depart, then.”

 

“As shall I.”

 

From afar, as the pair departed, the muffled swearing of two prankster Mythicals rustled their hiding spot- a common bush- wildly, the pair bickering over where their ingenious plan could have possibly gone wrong. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 154: Young Students

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirachi sat in his preschool class, resting his head in his hand as his teacher continued to drone on about the ABCs. At that moment, the only thing Jirachi was considering was how, if he could grant his own wishes, he’d have blown the building up long before the teacher could countdown to Z. Of course, Jirachi knew that even if he could, he still likely was unable to, given he had a certain group of children he had to keep a watchful eye over. 

 

“Wow!" Treads tooted her trunk happily. "Uncle Jirachi, look at that! A, B, D, C, E-”

 

"Uncle" Jirachi practically slammed his head into the table as Treads mimicked the mindless repetition of his teacher. The kids may have been born less than two months ago, but that didn’t mean he didn’t have some very strong words for whoever began to sing the ABCs next. 

 

“Are you irritated as well?”

 

Jirachi turned, finding a similarly annoyed Iron Leaves seated behind him. Leaves breathed a sigh of relief when he saw Jirachi turn, though it was so fleeting that Jirachi himself was unable to catch if it actually occurred or not. Jirachi, regardless, smiled. 

 

“Oh, heya Leaves.” Jirachi cocked his head. “Do you also hate the ABCs?”

 

“I have known the ABCs since the day I was born, and every day I hear them further is another step into my descent of suffering.” 

 

“I didn’t understand a single word of that..." Jirachi frowned. "...but it sounds bad.”

 

Leaves nodded. “Indeed it is.”

 

Jirachi peered back, finding that the teacher had not yet noticed the pair of them chatting. He turned back to the conversation, slightly more confident. 

 

“Y’know, why are you so mature? You're way smarter than either Treads or Serpent.”

 

“Because, Uncle… It's a very long story.”

 

“Seriously? You’re just going to leave me hanging like this?”

 

“I’ll explain later." Leaves stuck his head up, rapidly swiveling around the room, alert. "Right now, I detect an… issue in the bathroom. 

 

“Seriously!?” Jirachi facepalmed. “He promised me he wouldn’t drink any toilet water…!”

 

“And yet here we are." Leaves motioned for the door. "You better go stop him before anything bad happens.”

 

“I’m on it, don’t worry.” Jirachi winked. “But you still owe me that story.”

 

“Only after you read me a bedtime tale that beats Aunt Pinky's.”

 

Jirachi paused, parsing his thoughts. He smiled, winking, as he turned to leave.

 

“...We’ll see on that one.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 155: Turn Back Time

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

    “Crown City?” Celebi hummed softly, thoughtful. “I have some ability to control plants, but that’s just because of my grass typing and a few millennia of practice. No, the thing I used there is a particular application of my time powers! I just reverted the bushes along the relative timeline until they were flowering!” It’s not hard, I can pretty easily do it to most plants.”


    Mew leaned forward, clearly interested. “Can you do it to Pokemon? Humans?”


    “Yeah! It’s pretty easy, watch this—” she pointed at John, who yelped in surprise as he quickly shrunk until he looked no older than five. “See?”


    “Hey!” His voice was so high pitched now… it almost sounded like Aria, just without the perfectly melodious quality to it. “Turn me back!”


    Celebi giggled sheepishly. “Oops, lemme just—"


    “Avast! My eternal rival, have at thee!” Pinky leapt out of a time rift, slamming into Celebi, and John could only watch with a sort of resigned horror as both caries disappeared into the far future.


    Given how these things usually went, he was going to be stuck like this for a while, wasn’t he…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 156: Chapter 102

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Guys!” John all but leapt out of her seat as Kibby crashed through the door, excitement glimmering in her eyes and dripping from her panting form– “guys guys guys– it’s chapter one hundred and two!”

“...what does that mean?” She looked around, wary– “is it some sort of–”

“Woo! Let's go! Chapter one hundred and two!” Celebi swung into the room, cheering as exuberantly as he’d ever seen her– and that was bad news. “I can’t believe it’s finally here! One hundred and two chapters! Isn’t that great? Isn’t it?” She darted forward, grabbing John before she could react and twirling her around giddily. “One hundred and two! Break open the–”

“Champagne, yes, yes, I took the liberty of grabbing some from the Cellar Revelatory, the one the Time King keeps in his Space Filling Labyrinth. You know the one.” Celebi gasped, Kibby gasped, and John had no idea what was going on. “Cheers to one hundred and two chapters, you glorious bastard.” She smashed the lip of the champagne bottle against the table’s corner, and the foam got everywhere .

Wiping some of the sweet alcohol from her eyes, John was more concerned about where Pinky had managed to get a three piece suit, and why Jirachi was wearing wizard robes. He wasmore, more concerned about what one hundred and two meant .

A small blue form waddled into the room, already drunk. “Wuh… wuhn hundred n’ too. Me too… so happy…” Manaphy flopped onto her face, and John’s hope that she’d be a voice of reason died just as quickly.

“What’s going on here?” The impromptu party ground to a halt as a tired Mew floated into the room. “Right bloody racket you’re making. What’s the occasion?”

“You don’t know? ” Gasped Celebi–

“You don’t know?” Maybe at least one of them were normal–

“It’s the one hundred and second chapter!” Mew’s eyes widened in shock, the… thing… he was holding dropped to the ground with a splat as Celebi continued. “You didn’t forget the one hundred and second chapter, did you?”

“By jove… I almost forgot. The one hundred and second chapter! One hundred and two!” He laughed heartily and grabbed two glasses of champagne– one for himself, and one for the abomination that lived in the basement. “Cheers to the one hundred and second!”


John just sank low in her seat and grabbed some wine. Maybe the world would make more sense after a glass… or two…

Notes:

Happy April Fool's everyone!

Chapter 157: Understand Your Scribbles

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Whatever had been keeping Celebi occupied for so long was starting to make John very annoyed. He had been concerned at one point, but now? He scowled as he lay on the bedsheets, lazing about with nothing to do. Of all the times for Celebi to leave, it happened to be when she had turned him into a five-year-old. 

 

Of course, being a kid had its perks.

 

“Haha! Behold!” 

 

A portal emerged from nowhere, cracking into reality like shattering glass; from this hole came the usual annoyance.

 

“I have caught you off guard!" Pinky laughed maniacally. "This is an…” She trailed off. “...Ambush?” 

 

Pinky paused, her plans flowing fast out of her mind as new thoughts of confusion filled the empty space. She stared blankly at John, who merely rolled his eyes, as the Mythical's mind began to put two and two together. 

 

“Oh." Pinky was shocked, at first, but quickly devolved into snickering. "Oh... this is too great.”

 

John shot her a death glare, but that only caused Pinky to erupt into further laughter. John rolled his eyes, pouting, as Pinky noogied his head.

 

“Aw… you’re so cute…” Pinky’s eyes gleamed maniacally. “So much easier for me to destroy.”

 

Pinky raised her hand above her head, generating a massive orb of psychic power. She cackled maniacally, the power coursing through her. John stared at her, unphased, as the orb continued to grow larger. As quickly as it grew, the orb began to dim, subsiding as Pinky's own laughter did. As the Mythical stared more and more at John, her own convictions began to sway.

 

“...You… you’re… a kid now… but…” Pinky’s attack dissipated, her eyes widening in horror. “But that means… is it just killing an adult in a kid’s body…? Or am I…?”

 

Pinky curled over, her hands on her head, as Mew slammed the door open with an overdramatic air. He promptly ignored the mortified, questioning Mythical beside him, as he simply stared at John, moderately annoyed. 

 

“Yeah, so, John, as you’re legally a kid, the government’s gonna put you somewhere for your own safety soon if you don’t resolve it.” Mew shrugged. “I’ve taken matters into my own hands, and now you have a technical legal guardian.”

 

John raised an eyebrow. “...And you didn’t put it under my mother or father because…?”

 

“Eh, I never liked your mom much anyway…” Mew sidled up to John, grinning. “And besides, you can trust me with being your legal guardian!”

 

John shook his head. “I trust you about as far as I can throw you.”

 

“So a lot, then. Got it.”

 

“That is not what I-”

 

Mew stared into John’s soul. “I remember the paprika incident.” 

 

Before John could reply, Pinky had buzzed back into action, her triumph now flowing from her confidently. Pinky winked, and in a flash, disappeared into the time portal. John prepared to make a snarky remark, but Pinky returned before he was able to. She wielded a permanent marker, and she struggled to suppress the urge to gloat.

“Haha! I’ve sabotaged all of your important papers!” Pinky smiled devilishly. “Now what are you going to do?”

 

“I mean…” John eyed Pinky skeptically. “What did you do?”

 

“Simple!” Pinky beamed proudly. “I scribbled my name all over those documents! Now everyone will know I’m superior to you!”

 

“And…” replied Mew, not missing a beat, “...Where did you put your name?”

 

Pinky shot daggers at Mew. “Wherever your name happened to be, of course!”

 

“Right…” Mew snickered. “Well… did you know what those papers were?”

 

“Nope!” Pinky crossed her arms as she scowled at Mew. “But they must have been important. What are you trying to say?”

 

“Those were papers to determine John’s legal guardian.” Mew’s grin extended to both sides of his face as he watched Pinky’s eyes widen. “...And given you just signed your name…”

 

Pinky bolted towards Mew, grasping him in a stranglehold. She shook him violently, akin to a ragdoll. 

 

“Tell. Me. There. Is. A. Way. To. Un. do. This.”

 

With every word, Pinky shook Mew more and more, until eventually he was struggling to recover, his limp form held in Pinky’s grip.

 

“Well… I can file new paperwork...”

 

Pinky stared into the depths of Mew’s soul. “Do it.

 

Pinky’s voice had a kind of intensity John had never heard from her before, not even in any of her "conquer the world" speeches, and it deeply unnerved him. He glanced at Mew, but his close friend seemed rather unperturbed. 

 

“Well…”

 

John knew the tone of voice Mew was using all too well.

 

“I could .”

 

“Then-”

 

“But…” Mew giggled. “It’s a bank holiday. Catch ya later kiddos!”

Pinky yelled in a rage as Mew promptly disappeared from her grip. She wildly scanned the room, akin to a beast searching for prey, only to find nothing. Silently, she turned to John, who lay there, filled with a mix of apprehension and shared annoyance.

 

“So… John…”

 

“Before you say anything…” John’s high pitched voice belted out, “It was your fault.”

 

Pinky grumbled, crossing her arms. John hadn’t noticed it before, but her face- though partially obscured by the pink- had grown a tremendously bright red. 

 

“But…” John nodded. “We’ll kill him next time we see him.”

 

Pinky, albeit reluctantly, sighed. “Deal.”

 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 158: Hard Working Kid

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

      Everyone froze when John walked into the office. They didn’t mean to stop and stare, but with how outlandish the situation was this time, John thought they could be cut a bit of slack. Didn’t stop it from being annoying, but still…

    “Alright, that’s enough of that, we have the finances for Aria’s next concert tour to work out.” They didn’t stop staring. “We don’t have all day, you know.”   

    “Yeah, but…”

    “You’re a kid,” Samantha completed Aster’s sentence. “Why are you a kid?”

    John gave them his most intimidating glower, which more or less just ended up looking like an adorable pout. “Unfortunate incident with the r— with Aria’s bandmates. Now I may be five, but can we please get a move on?”

    “But you’re so cute…” Aster still looked shell-shocked, Cheryl looked like she wanted to give him office-inappropriate hugs for the rest of the day, and even Sam, who knew what was going on, looked a little… eager.

    John sighed and resigned himself to an unproductive day.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 159: Savior

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The sound of his alarm clock, set at 0655 on the dot, woke him from another fitful sleep.

Another day with mother… things could be worse… maybe. Whoever knows at this point.

Regardless, he should probably get going. It won’t be too long until-

A pounding, unleashed upon his bedroom door. “Hey! Come on downstairs, momma needs her breakfast! I ain’t raise no slacker. Get up!

He should go, before she gets any angrier.

Through the bedroom door and down the stairs he went, turning round the corner and grabbing the step-stool. He’s been cooking breakfast for a year now, and he’s gotten good at it.

He had to.

‘Preheat the oven, work the fridge… the milk expires in two days, he needs to keep a note of that. Lets see… ah, there is still some bacon. Perfect.’

He got out the bacon and three eggs, tossing the bacon in the over before cracking the eggs and using the egg beater to scramble them whilst preheating the pan at the same time.
 
‘Pan? Preheated. Eggs? Pan. Bacon? Ov-out. Pan? Stove… I should’ve never heard that one ad.’
 
Meal almost done, all he had to do was chop the bacon while waiting for the eggs to cook. Add some seasoning and voilà. Eggs and Bacon. A sizeable portion for her and a much smaller portion for him. And with three minutes to spare.

Walking out to the kitchen with the meals, he barely had the time to set the table before she spoke up.

“Come here.”

‘Oh no.’ Walking over to her, he had no clue what she wanted. But it was almost never a good thing. “W- what is it mother?”

“I wanted pancakes today. Do those look like pancakes to you?”

“N-no mother. They do not look like pancakes.” He attempted to back away from her, but unfortunately he was small and she had a long reach, being able to grab him by the collar of his shirt before making him face the food.

“What is this?”

“Eggs and Bacon mother.”

She reached up.

And everything stopped.

Everything except himself at least. Looking around he didn’t notice anything special. It was simply as though the world itself had willed this event not to happen.

“Phew. I made it in time.”

That voice… sounded oddly familiar.

“Well that was guaranteed with me. Obviously.”

Turning to the voices (as much as he could, still in his mother’s grasp) he first saw some pink… fairy type thing floating in the air, currently puffing its chest out as if it was the greatest… thing of all time.

“You’ve been off before, Pink.”

Whoever that was, it caused the being to deflate like a popped balloon before shouting back around the corner.

…Why does that voice sound so familiar?

And then he came around the corner.

It was like staring into a mirror.

“Sorry about this, it took me a while to get here like this. No thanks to someone not helping.” He(?)... his mirror pointedly stared at the floater.

“Yeah yeah, whatever. Just get on with it already.”

“Haaaaah- Ok. Hey there. Mind answering a quick question?”

“W-what is it?”

“How would you like to get out of here for a moment. Just… get to be a kid for a day or so.”

That would be nice… no. no. This could be a trick!’ “Why should I trust you?” He crossed his arms in an act of defi- defi… that word. Yeah!

“I’m literally you, but if you really need a reason…” His mirror snapped its fingers, and all of a sudden he was the one staring at himself, caught in his moms grasp.

“Pinky, take him out of here for a day or two. Just… let him have fun.” His mirror’s gaze turned to him, smirk on its face. “And you… I’ll hold down the fort here for the weekend. They are the hardest, right? Go be a child for a bit. I’ve got you covered.”

“Alright kid, riding the time train all the way to the future. Hold on tight!”

And just like that, he was gone.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 160: Normalize John

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John woke feeling distinctly terrible. Not an unusual occurrence when he had to deal with his mom– even if being time-traveled back into the past as a de-aged version of himself was a rather unique situation he’d not expected to ever happen before it did. He’d had this nightmare where Celebi, Pinky, some kid, and the monarch of the Diamond Domain had invaded his room and jumped on his bed, and… well, that was all he remembered from that particular bout of delirious dreaming.

The second thing he noticed– after the dull ache in every part of his body– was that he was in his own bed. Well, his old bed– the uncomfortable thing back before he’d splurged on a better mattress. He was still a kid, so there were certainly some shenanigans afoot, though he couldn’t quite imagine what. “Mew?” No response. Not unusual, given how absorbed in his work the cat could get, so John rolled out of bed and walked into the living room. It was a dreary place. Paperwork lay scattered about the tables, the light was dim through the two still bolted shut windows…

There was no balcony.

There were no roommates. Not even a sound– not Jirachi nor the roomates, too many strange things–

She transformed into her meloetta form– better than a kid’s body, at least– and took off downstairs, noting the absence of so many little things she’d come to see as normal , bursting through the door and darting down the street. Nobody recognised her, other than the rare person with knowledge of what she was– something that’d never happen normally. Almost everyone in Hoenn knew who Aria was. It was frankly odd, a little disconcerting to have people not recognise her.

She stopped by the office, keying in the code– the old code, from before Mew had decided that they needed stronger security, and she was kind of glad that… thing didn’t exist here– and stepped into her workplace. The offices were… dull, abandoned at this early hour, and more so lacking that kind of… pizazz, special flare, a spark of genuine enjoyment missing. Completely erased from the room left bland–

She slumped against the wall. Something was very, very wrong. It was like stepping into a whole other… terrible timeline, when everything good had simply failed to happen and she’d been left that awful, terminally tired nine to five finance worker in a dead-end job that nobody really needed loaded up on busywork for the rest of the time it’d take for her to just keel over and die . Perhaps… if she’d been that person, still, she’d have let it. Kept to the comforting confines of that rut, grinding away into the winding mundanity of her life with little but woeful resignation–

“How’d you get in here?” The lights flicked on, but John wasn’t surprised. After all, it was about this time every morning that Samantha got to work. “Are you lost… how did you manage to open the door? You seem a bit distressed…”

Woeful resignation was all well and good, but she wasn’t that same person. Four goofy roommates could do that to a gal. “It’s me. John. Well, alternate timeline John.” Samantha looked at her as though she’d gone insane, which… yeah, without the context of who he was rooming with, and even with it, it did sound a bit wacky. Also, he was currently a meloetta, so… “say, feel up for a road trip?”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 161: Normalize Kibby

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Tired from a long day spent inspecting workspaces for safety violations, Kibby came home to a scene of chaos.

The house was in disarray, clothes draped over furniture and pantries ransacked, normal neat order upended in a cyclone constructing around a three-bag locus. A pokemon she didn’t recognize was talking— talking! To her mom rapid-fire, confident and melodious, for all the world perfectly composed— and it put her on edge. 

Hackles raised, she slowly stalked into the room, carefully keeping her gaze on the interloper pokemon, one she only barely recognized as it helped pack the bags. “ What’s going on?

“Kibby!” The pokemon twirled to meet her, wide smile on her face. “I’m glad to see you! How’s the job treating you? Everything going well? Not too many idiot factory-owners?”

There’s always more idiot factory owners. ” Then she realized exactly what she’d said and balked in confusion, trying to reconcile her paranoid introduction to the pokémon’s polite— excited— greeting. “ Do… do I know you? Have we met before ?”

“Oh, yeah.” The meloetta looked a bit sheepish for a second, and Mom— between that and her own no-doubt confused look— snickered softly. Almost as if she was laughing at some joke… “I’m John. One of Samantha’s coworkers.” That would do it. She remembered John, and also distinctly remembered him not being a meloetta. In fact, she was relatively certain he was a human.

She sighed, settling on her haunches and feeling thoroughly overwhelmed. “ I don’t think I want to know… but I want to know. Why are we packing?

“Road trip!” Said John excitedly.

“Road trip,” agreed Samantha sagely.

“…road trip,” sighed Kibby, feeling that this whole thing was going to be so very bothersome…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 162: Normalize Diner

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Some things had happened. Just a few, not very important, matters twisted twined around themselves between the dirt road through a local park, the pokemon hunter, and the parking lot of the rundown diner they’d stopped to sup in. Irregardless! Details weren’t important— the fact of the matter was that they were now about to fight with a biker gang that had significantly more pokemon than they did.

“Are you sure?” The lead biker scratched her chin as John took her place on the opposite side of the field. “Can a trainer even send themselves out to battle?”

“I’m not a trainer.”

“I mean, uh, you did challenge us after the whole thing with the fries—”

Samantha and John both glared at the woman. “We don’t talk about the fries. Or!” She interjected just as the woman opened her mouth to speak— “the mustard either. Oh god the mustard…”

John wanted to protest that it hadn’t been that bad, but a glance at the shell shocked faces the others wore convinced him otherwise. Plus, he’d gone through his fair share with the wine connoisseur clan of combee while they’d been fleeing through the park on that stolen motorbike—

Anyways! Not important, because now it was time to duel—

………

They continued along the road, leaving behind the bruised and battered biker’s pokemon, the necessary toll-fee bottle of Cabernet Kalos finally in hand.

Kibby glanced back before looking at John, a mite bit concerned. “ What was that? You defeated them so fast!

“Pirouette form,” John answered simply, and that was— finally— that.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 163: Normalize Alph

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A long, long journey past. Tired to his bones, sore all over, exhausted from the simple physical exertion of climbing into the ruins and the emotional rigor of the two-month long journey from Hoenn all through Johto and, at last, to the Ruins of Alph.

Crumbling works of once grand masonry lay half destroyed, scattered pillars bent beneath the eminence of time. So many walls shattered, rendered vestigial fragments of halcyon edifices and further cast down; their grandeur remnant only in the moment of moss verdancy, and gentle sunlight played dappled over bleached marble. A giant’s set of wooden blocks, bones of history left out to dry beneath weeping skies clear.

Solemnly, they walked down a long dirt trail, the crisp breeze catching hair and fur and failing to elicit further response. Mere mortals, or close enough, in this hallowed place… there had been archeological excavations in the ruins of Alph, John knew, research projects and the like, but those were ephemeral dressings, wind-blown leaves that vanished with the striking of the clock. Not them. Those ephemera had struggled to understand the barest hints of what John led them past, and had failed to know even the barest hints of what they were here for.

Mew had told him many things, and even what he hadn’t had been educational. John had known the cat long enough to know he wasn’t pretending to be silly, but compared to the weight of wisdom primordial… to have a wake that profound…

John chuckled. Mew would probably equal parts hate and love it. “Here.” Still-childish fingers scrabbled for purchase on a loose block of stone, and only with the others' help did he manage to pry it loose. To the scent of dead air, cold, ancient places— a quiet shiver not so tangible and Kibby’s wary keen— they descended into the dark. “Alright. Now. Thanks for coming along with me… but it’s time I go home.”

A soft breath, deep as will, called the eyes and hands of divinity to him, peeling them off the walls and through the cracks in reality and bidding them adrift through the dilapidated temple’s sanctum. Unown. The very creatures who had helped teach a tired man a language, cared for a trio of children; the living code who upheld existence. His to command, and he commanded— return.

All the unown shifted up a space, and John facepalmed as Kibby and Sam looked on in befuddlement. Right. Code. The second time, he called, and long lines of swirling characters drifted together, rushing and pulsing with might more than any individual, a glimpse into a world vast and crystalline. Then, a flash , existence itself shuddering— and a golden hoof crushed stepped slammed tapped indescribably soft and supernova brilliant strong onto the ruins of Alph.

They weren’t standing in Alph, though, no longer— but on top of a mountain below which spread everything , columns cracked and stabbing skyward around them like spears penitent to heaven.

It was also really, really cold. “ Mortal creatures. Who are you to have called me?

“I’m John Wish, and—”

Silence. ” John fell silent. “ That was a rhetorical question. I know who you are, I just don’t care. Though… you aren’t supposed to be in this timeline, are you? ” John just gave the creator the driest look he could muster. “ Hm… you wish to be returned to your home timeline?

John bowed low, nodding. “If it is within the capabilities of the great one, I would be so honored to ask for such a boon.” It did look a little silly, given he was still in the body of his kid self…

For a long moment, Arceus considered sagely, before nodding softly. “ I understand… you’re stupid. No. Go bother someone else.

John gaped, but it was clear that this was not an arguing matter. Plus, he’d heard the story of what’d happened to Giratina—

You can’t do that! That’s not fair! ” John twirled on Kibby in panicked surprise, and Arceus snapped his gaze to her with the next thing to divine wrath. The absol quailed beneath his attention… but she didn’t stop . “ John deserves this. Anyone deserves this. Who— who are you, to call yourself a god when you fail to even look after your subjects? To abandon your creations like so much chaff? How much effort would it take for someone who made realities to send a single man back home? Do— don’t you have any empathy?”

Do not , ” snarled Arceus, an infinite rage sparked in his eyes that literally made the world tremble, “ presume to tell me what I know of empathy. Me! I am above all things!

  Kibby flinched back as each word hammered the peak of the world, but— whether because she didn’t truly understand the disaster she invited upon herself or because she was simply that brave— she straightened, stared into the eyes of the demiurge and greatest possible calamity, and said— “I don’t believe you.” Reality seemed to freeze, all everything holding its breath. “You know what it is. Perhaps once you felt it… but even gods can harden their hearts. What happened doesn’t matter. Who you are doesn’t matter, whether you’re a factory worker or the owner of a multiregional corporation or a god; we can all feel empathy. I believe that we can all begin to understand one another if we but try. So,” demanded Kibby of the one who created all things, “try.

Arceus flinched, wrath bleeding out of his posture in a long second before he straightened imperiously once more. “ Mortals. Such fools. ” Scorn dripped from his words as he turned to John. “ You’re lucky you’re a kid right now. That way I can throw you through time as stress relief. ” A golden light enveloped Mt. Coronet, the divinity once more turning to stare at Kibby for the few moments before it became too painful for the absol to watch—

When the light faded, Arceus was gone, and only an adult John remained where he once stood, groaning and rubbing at his head. “Where are we?”

Samantha and Kibby shared a deep look before breaking out into laughter and helping their friend up. “It’s a long story…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 164: Kid John and Jirachi's Fabulous Friends

Summary:

Pretend that this was posted before John went back to normal :)

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The door slammed shut behind him, and as his kids’ preschool class turned to face him with eerie unanimity, John knew he was in for a bad day. It was a really eclectic bunch, and he’d been wanting to meet them all for a while…

He hadn’t thought it’d happen like this though. He’d just meant to drop off Jirachi’s lunch, but it’d all gone so wrong so fast.

“Alright class!” Their ever-cheerful teacher dragged him in front of the class, putting him in the spotlight— almost literally, with the way the sunlight beamed down on him. “Say hello to Jimmy—”

“It’s John.”

“—James here! He’s a new student who’s going to join us for the day.” The class dutifully repeated a dull ‘hello John,’ dripping discordant in the way only bored children could manage. “Why don’t you take a seat, Jerald? Is anyone interested in a new table mate?”

“Me!” Jirachi leapt up— quickly followed by John's children— all excitedly waving for attention. “Me me me me me! Me please!”

“Great! Now, how about you go sit with Bartholomew, Annabelle, and Zorro?” Jirachi froze midair in stunned disbelief while the three mentioned scowled heavily. Well, except for Zorro, he just kinda looked derpy. “Now remember everyone, making friends is a good thing, and we don’t always get what we want.”

John gingerly sat down next to the three kids, giving them a small wave. “Uh, hello! How’s the… weather?”

“Soon to crash with the thunder of my masterful machinations! Once I finish my tri-region electrophosphprylization synthase quantum eschatoninator, my enemies will cower before me!” The boy— Bartholomew, cackled maniacally, hefting a gangly and dangerous looking amalgam of wires and futuristic looking technology, technicolor lights flashing arcane warnings as an electric hum filled the air around them. “You’ll rue the day, wishing that you could have stopped me!”

“…oookay?” Across the room behind him Jirachi rose into the air, waggled his finger, and to Bartholomew’s cry of dismay the whole thing exploded. Blinking— somewhat nonplussed at the entire affair, John turned to the girl at the table. “How about you?”

“Tyranny.” She held up a crayon, solemn and bored, ponderously pointing it into the window’s sunlight like a king wielding their heavy blade. “The divine mandate of dominion. Have you any knowledge of the conqueror’s blade? Do you know the sweet sight, scent scarlet taste sanguine? I do. I will. One day, heed my words, you ephemeral mortal, you insect. One day all you see, all you hold precious and dear, all of it! It will all be mine .”

It was impressive how low she got her voice to go. A bit creepy even, given that he— adult him— couldn’t pitch his voice that deep.

“…and how about you, Zorro?”

Please be normal, a mantra Zorro rolled through his head on repeat as he opened his mouth to speak. Please be normal.

“Uh… I’m not a Zorua?”

John looked at his red and black hair, his slightly vulpine face and the fluffy tail he was trying to hide beneath a long shirt, and sighed. This was going to suck.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 165: Manaphy's Treasure

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The rain was pouring down in thick sheets outside, unusual for the time of year. The apartment’s windows were walloped in a relentless assault, and after being tricked by Mew to step outside, John decided it would be better off for the apartment's residents to take the day off and have a "chill day." Mew and Jirachi were at the video game console, trying- and failing- to win against some miraculously victorious player online, while Celebi was busy watching the television with their sometimes roommate Tandemaus. A shadow watched from afar, two eyes peering out to watch with them, while John had elected to take a nap, drowning out the angered yells and excited squealing that hailed from the other rooms.  

 

Manaphy wasn't too interested in what the others were doing, and it left her to her own devices. Thankfully for Manaphy, John had learnt better than to leave a lock on the cupboard after the Hydro Vortex incident. When she was certain that no one was watching, Manaphy lazily flopped her way over to the kitchen. Just as she stepped foot into the kitchen, the apartment’s doorbell rang, its chime sounding throughout the apartment. Seeing her plan ruined, she sighed in annoyance.

 

"I've got it!" 

 

She was fairly certain the others hadn't heard her either way, but she answered the door regardless. She braced herself mentally for what was about to occur. She knew the usual ringers. It was likely just Jugulis for another of his odd jobs, or Pinky attempting to get her revenge for the seventh time that day. It would be a quick in and out, and once it was dealt with, she could get back to quenching her thirst. 

 

Manaphy climbed the rungs of the ramshackle cardboard tower stacked outside the door, allowing her to climb to reach the doorknob. Inhaling deeply, she leapt onto the nob, twisting it as the door opened with aplomb. She twirled, but failed the landing, slipping onto the ground facefirst. She grumbled as she dusted herself off, greeting the visitor as politely as she could despite herself. 

 

“Hello, sorry about that. Bit short, you know it…”

 

She trailed off as she regarded the visitor at the door. He wasn't Jugulis, nor was he Pinky. He was identical to her in terms of height, and in fact, in terms of species. If one were to observe them at a glance, the only difference between them would be that one was visibly much more energetic, had a much more youthful complexion, and still wielded a naive spark in his eyes. 

 

“Mama!”

 

The Manaphy at the door tackled Manaphy into a bear hug, holding her so tight that she was concerned he would physically drain the water out of her by force. The little Pokemon let her go, giving her only a brief moment to catch her bearings as he began to speak once more.

 

“Mama! I found you!” 

 

Manaphy scratched her head. “Mama…?”

 

“Yep!” Manaphy posed, his arms planted dramatically on his sides. “Kyogre told me you were here, and I just had to come meet you!”

 

“Kyogre told you that…?” 

 

Manaphy swore under her breath, uttering some spiteful curses toward Kyogre. She judged the Manaphy in front of her; he was visibly younger and over-excited to see her. It seemed almost a cruel joke. Kyogre had told a suspiciously younger Manaphy about her…

 

...One who was calling her Mama… 

 

Manaphy couldn't quite believe herself. There was only one reason, and one reason alone Kyogre would ever cause something like this to occur.

 

“Manaphy...?”

 

“Prince!”

 

“Pardon?”

 

“Prince!” The child twirled. “Kyogre told me I was the prince, so I’m Prince!” 

 

Manaphy paled. That one fact confirmed it for her. 

 

“But, that means…”

 

“Yep!” Prince smiled, his joy overflowing. “You’re my Mama, and I’m your son!”

 

Manaphy stared at Prince, emotion not showing on her face at all. Prince eyed his mother curiously. Not even a second later, she had hit the floor. 

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Manaphy, the waves are too furious! I can’t control this storm!”

 

“Nonsense, Kyogre!” Manaphy grinned from ear to ear. “If anyone can control storms, it’s you!”

 

“Manaphy, you don’t understand.” His voice was grave; thunder cackled. “This is a storm beyond my control. If you go out there, I can’t do anything to help you.”

 

“You’re just a big old worrywort. We’ll be fine.”

 

Manaphy cradled the Egg in her arms, its warm glow encompassing her. She looked to Kyogre, confident, as the waves above her crashed together.

 

“Go to the Temple. We’ll meet you there.”

 

“But Manaphy-”

 

“Go, you idiotic tub of whale! Trust me, we’ll be fine!”

 

“Please, we can just wait until Lugia deals with the issue plaguing the Beast!" The storms above threatened to drown out Kyogre's voice. "We won’t have to risk our offspring!” 

 

“There’s no risk with me!” She winked. “I’m the most experienced swimmer in the sea! Watch me, Kyogre. Just watch me!”

 

“Manaphy!”   

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Manaphy with a start, her eyes fluttering open to greet the bulb of the fluorescent light above her. She squinted, staring from side to side, as her eyes settled on the nearest Pokemon in the room. 

 

"Mama!"

 

Manaphy recoiled, wide awake, at the appearance of the little Pokemon. Her own eyes couldn't believe the sight that lay in front of her. 

 

Prince stood up excitedly, ignorant to his mother's reaction.

 

“Mama’s up! Mama’s up!” 

 

Celebi fluttered into the room, John following close behind. Tandemaus was on John’s shoulder. Manaphy noted that they appeared more concerned than usual, but Prince didn't quite note the severity of the situation. 

 

“Mama!” He frowned. “You fell over, and I was so worried… are you alright?” 

 

Manaphy nodded a safe distance away from the child. Her expression was grave: the child's on the other hand, were anything but. 

 

“Mama! Can we go exploring!? It’s rainy outside and we can have lots and lots of fun together!” He giggled. “We never really talked or played or anything at all, so…”

 

Mew gulped, looking between the two Manaphy. “I, uh… maybe later, Prince.” Mew began to subtly turn Prince away. “I think Mama needs some time to rest, you know?”

 

Prince pouted. “But Mama just had lots of rest! Mama should be really really excited!”

 

Mew looked ready to interrupt the child, but Manaphy raised an arm. She got up, stretching her arms, as she looked outside. 

 

“Yeah… I can… I can do that.”

 

“Yippee!” Prince tugged at her arm. “Let’s go let’s go! Yay!” 

 

Prince practically dragged his mother out of the room behind him, leaving a confused John and Mew in their wake. Mew eyed John worriedly. 

 

“Are they gonna be alright?”

 

“They should be.” John paused. “Why is this the thing you’ve ever shown the most concern over?”

 

Mew shrugged. “Because.”

 

“Because?”

 

“Just… because.” Mew looked at his arm, pretending as though a watch were there. “Woops, gotta dash, scheduled an orthodontist’s appointment with Jugulis, seeya later!”

 

In a flash of light, Mew teleported out of the room, leaving John and Tandemaus alone. Giratina extended his head from the shadows, and he motioned towards the game console, now with only a sleeping Jirachi at the helm. John sighed.

 

“Fine, but I hope you're prepared for Jirachi's wrath.” 

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

You lost it.”

 

Manaphy quivered. Kyogre’s massive form always sought to comfort her, to keep her safe. Now, it was a reminder of just who she had antagonized.

 

“I swear, Kyogre, it was-”

 

“An accident?” The words echoed throughout the chamber of the Sea Temple. “It certainly wasn’t. You insisted to travel through the storm, even though I said-”

 

“There was a sudden tempest, I couldn’t have known-”

 

“Well you should have.” 

 

Manaphy looked away, eyeing the floor to avoid Kyogre’s glare. Kyogre released his stranglehold on her psyche, and turned his back to her. 

 

“I expect you to be gone within the next hour. I wouldn’t suggest bringing anything with you. You’d probably drop it.” 

 

Kyogre swam into the Temple’s depths, and Manaphy was alone.

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

The rain beat down, and to most Pokemon and people, it’d be a vicious assault on their skin. The raindrops slammed on them like small waterfalls, but Manaphy carried on all the same. She was made of water, and she could easily withstand- if not absorb- what was hitting her. It should’ve made her feel elated, to be in her element, but she couldn’t feel anything good. The storm was too familiar, too reminiscent… 

 

And then there was the child, a phantom of the storm. Prince was skipping happily in the water, babbling about how great it felt. The child: her child. She should’ve felt the most alive she’d ever been, and yet… she couldn’t help but feel…

 

“So, Mama.” Prince smiled, though he looked uncertain. “I’m… not sure what to ask you about…”

 

Manaphy regarded Prince curiously. 

 

“Oh, I know!” Prince grinned. “How have you been doing? I haven’t seen you before, because Kyogre said you were eggs filed!” 

 

Manaphy was perplexed. “Eggs… filed?”

 

“Yeah! It’s when a really big meanie person gets kicked out of their house!” Prince frowned. “But you aren’t a big meanie person, Kyogre said so, and I say so too! Because you’re my Mama!”

 

Manaphy simply nodded, and Prince continued to ramble about how cool she was and how excited he was. She wished she could share his sentiment. 

 

A strange gurgling noise suddenly became apparent, and Prince looked at his stomach, rubbing it with annoyance. He looked to his mother for support. 

 

“Mama… do you know where we could get some food?”

 

“I, uh…” Manaphy nodded. “Yeah, I might know a spot.” 

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

Alone. The total darkness of the sea. Alone. Shunned by all around her. Alone. Everyone was near her, but nobody wanted to be. All who saw her fled at the sight of the one they used to worship and praise. She had lost what was special to her, and they had lost everything that they saw special about her. An eye for an eye. 

 

There was home, a small coral outcropping in a sparsely inhabited reef, the only occupants herself and other, similar, vagabonds. Even there she struggled for respect- not out of lacking strength or character- but because no one had any respect to give. 

 

There was nothing for her anywhere anymore. In every corner, there was nothing but the past staring back at her, nothing but her own feelings to swim in, nothing at all.

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Here are your menus, ma’am.”

 

The pink haired waiter left, leaving Manaphy to dwell on her options alone. She stared at the V Bakery’s obnoxiously colored menu, the pops of brightness contrasting heavily with the dismal tone outside. Prince excitedly pored over the children’s menu options, but Manaphy couldn’t care less about what she ate. The waiter returned, Manaphy giving her rather dismal order and Prince’s rather large one, and the pair were left alone.

 

The sounds of the V Wheel’s spin echoed through the area, as did the sounds of bustling conversation. Manaphy eyed the rest of the store longingly, but eventually returned her gaze to Prince, who had been staring expectantly at her. 

 

“So, Mama.” His face was stern. “What’s your favorite color?”

 

“Prince, I-” She blinked. “Huh?”

 

“Mine’s blue.” He was sending her glares. “What’s yours?” 

 

“...Also blue?” 

 

Prince’s glare subsided. “Yay! We have the same favorite color!”

 

Prince giggled happily, his smile blossoming with glee, as Manaphy simply sighed. 

 

“Is this really what parenthood’s like…?"

 

“Huh?” Prince cocked his head. “What did you say?”

 

“Oh, uh…” Manaphy guiltily smiled. “Nothing!” 

 

The bell at the front door rang, and, striding into the cafe, was none other than a Heatmor, utility belt at his waist. Manaphy immediately recognized him, and pretended as though he was not there. Unfortunately, she also forgot that she was a very recognizable figure. 

 

“Yo, Manaphy!” The Heatmor waved, and Manaphy cursed silently. “What’s up homie? Feels like just yesterday I saw you at the bar!”

 

The Heatmor, Four, strode over to Manaphy, while Prince merely watched the stranger with curiosity. 

 

“Oh, uh, hi… sorry, this is a bad time, could you come back later?”

 

Four raised an eyebrow, glancing between the pair of Manaphy and Prince, before coming to a realization. 

 

“Yo, I didn’t know you had a brother!”

 

Prince, confused, pointed at himself, while Manaphy waved her arms, attempting to dissuade Four’s line of reasoning. This, however, caused enough ruckus to the point that a very conspicuous mechanical Hydreigon at the front desk noticed the pair, and he all too cheerfully abandoned his duties to come meet with them. 

 

“Yo, Manaphy, Four!” Jugulis waved, a customer service apron threatening to fly off of his body. “I feel like it was just yesterday when-”

 

Four rolled his eyes. “Been there, done that, homie.” He shook his head. “But yeah, Manaphy, didn’t know you had a family. Thought it was just you and your little buddies.”

 

Manaphy nervously flushed. “Er, well… yeah… it’s a bit of a surprise to me too.”

 

Four paled. “Oh no… you don’t mean…” 

 

Four pulled Jugulis into a huddle, muttering to him. Jugulis gasped, looking back at Manaphy, slightly terrified, before returning to Four’s explanations. Eventually, the pair finished, and turned to her, a somber look on their faces.

 

“Now, we uh… well we don’t know… but we understand how difficult it can be to mother a child after an unplanned-”

 

“What!?” Manaphy shook her head fervently. “No, no, this kid was a long time ago.”

 

“Oh thank the heavens.” He wiped sweat off of his brow. “I was not ready to have that conversation.”

 

“Mama?” Prince eyed his mother curiously. “Who are these people?” The child paused, his eyes suddenly brightening like stars. “Are they my uncles!?”

 

Four recoiled. “Huh!? Uncle!?” 

 

Jugulis shrugged. “Wouldn’t be the first time I’ve had to babysit.” 

 

Manaphy shook her head. “No, they aren’t, though they’re, uh…” She eyed them with scrutiny. “...Close friends. They’re my-”

 

Manaphy stopped herself. She looked at Prince, who seemed eager to listen to what his mother had to say next. 

 

“Mama? They’re your what?” Prince's confusion gave way to a smile. “Oh! Are they your swim partners!?”

 

Manaphy struggled to respond, but she was interrupted by Four, who stepped forward, smiling.

 

“Oh, no, we aren’t.” He grumbled to himself. “I think we’d both die if we entered the water…”

 

Prince eyed him eagerly. “Oh! Are you a carpenter!? I heard they do wood things!” 

 

“I’m a handyman. Jugulis is an…” Four eyed Jugulis curiously. “...Everyman. But we’re your mother’s drinking bud-”

 

Manaphy practically pounced onto Four’s mouth, tightly clinging to his snout. Four attempted to shake her off, but she wouldn’t let go despite her own lack of fingers. Jugulis immediately stood on guard in case the situation turned sticky, but Four eventually managed to grab Manaphy and put her back on the ground. He shook his head, annoyed.

 

“Hey, what was that for!? I was just saying that we were-”

 

“He’s only a few years old!” Manaphy said, weary. “He’s too young to know about that kind of stuff. I’d rather he not… associate.”

 

Jugulis and Four eyed Prince, who was staring at his mother, terrified. Manaphy understood immediately why he was scared, and leapt away from her friends and into her child's seat. Prince looked at her, surprised at first, but soon quickly embraced his mother. Soon, the two were sharing a comforting hug. Four smiled somberly, while Jugulis unleashed an oily waterfall.

 

Jugulis promptly collapsed from his own liquid malfunction, causing a groan to exit Four's mouth. He grasped one of Jugulis’s wings, preparing to drag him to the back of the Cafe for repairs, but halted first, turning back to Manaphy with a dire look on his face.

 

“Manaphy…” His face was lined with concern. “If this kid becomes a permanent thing… you know what that means you’ll have to do, right?”

 

Manaphy nodded, a grave look on her face. Four did not respond, but Manaphy could tell the air around him had changed. He turned, dragging Jugulis with him, and soon, it was just her and her child again. Manaphy decided to break away from the hug, but was halted by her son’s snores, which permeated throughout the room. She smiled, restraining herself from laughing, as she elected to stay by her son's side. She rubbed his head tenderly as she felt her own tiredness surge over her, but before she drifted into the world of the unconscious, she mumbled to herself two simple words. 

 

“No more…”

 

And that was a promise. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 166: Critical Error

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“C A T. Cat!”

A very confused Eevee tumbled into existence ex nihilo as the Unown settled into configuration, blinking owlishly as it caught sight of its surroundings.

A small pink… cat-looking thing was hovering in midair, holding up a stack of wooden blocks as Treads dropped the letters into place. Floating black letters drifted aimlessly through the room, except for where the creature’s will drew them to form words in the air.

“Great job!” The pink creature seemed happy at the Donphan-mimic’s success, eagerly continuing— “can you spell fox for me? Fff, aah , kss.”

Concentrating deeply, the mechanical mimic called out for the three letters, carefully alighting them into a word in empty space overhead—

A second, equally confused Eevee dropped out of nowhere onto the first.

“Great! Papa’s really proud of you!” The mechanical Pokemon beamed , basking in the warmth of the pink thing’s saccharine praise. “Now can you spell for me delete system 32 ?”

Iron Treads nodded resolutely and began— “D E L E—” onwards until with a slight bit of panic the pink thing realized his daughter wasn’t joking—

Too late. The final character snapped into place, and with a surge of immense power— a third Eevee landed on top of the other two.

Then reality fell apart.

………

:(

Your reality ran into a problem and needs to restart. We’re just collecting some error info, and then we’ll restart for you.

0% complete

Arceus glared at Mew as the divine kitten pulled himself out of the error message and into the formless void, his sheer annoyance a near-palpable thing.

"Mew. I was just about to throw this kid into the distant past and now look what you’ve done. Fix this.” With that, the divine creator of all existence turned and stalked off to pout in the hall of origin. 

Mew winced. “Bloody hell… bloke just can’t take a joke.” It was a pretty easy fix, though— all he had to do was grab a new copy of Windows from… the store… in the world he’d broke…

He sighed. This was going to be a whole ordeal , wasn’t it.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 167: Studying

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John smirked as he passed Mew, who was busy staring in bewilderment at his natural history textbook. “What’s got your tail in a twist?”

Mew groaned, dropping his head onto the open book. “It’s all wrong! What do they even think they’re talking about! No, I could accept wrong— it’s not just wrong, it’s stupidly wrong. Like— as though they asked a ten year old to go out and collect data! Why would they believe any of this!”

Celebi floated into the room, a steaming mug of grape juice in hand. “Oh? Oh. You’re doing that. The answers to the test are A B B D C and ‘the mitochondria is the powerhouse of the cell. You’ll thank me later.” Then, with a flash, she disappeared.

Mew just stared up at John for a second, then groaned once again.

 

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 168: Visiting Samiya

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Manaphy was having a bad day. It wasn’t even her fault, this time– she’d not touched her drink in weeks! But still, she was having a bad day. It wasn’t anyone else’s fault, either. All the Pokemon she passed seemed more inclined to ignore her than strike up a conversation, and what animosity there might have once been lay buried by distance and disinterest and– long years. Time wore away at even the fiercest sores.

She chuckled, dryly, no small hint of scorn in that soft laugh as she swam through the darkness beneath Samiya. How she wished that was true…

The city itself bustled like it hadn’t in decades– nay, centuries , Water Pokemon swimming through the shallow habitat provided by the immense structure, a waystation in the center of vast seas. Flying-types perched on the steeples of that ancient temple, that city constructed to enthrone the sea’s crown and ennoble those who dared to not fear nor hate but simply embrace the sea.

She’d been one of those, before. How ironic, that this ocean so thoroughly destroyed her good mood. In her darker moods, she could even say that she hated it.

Here, the Pokemon were less… magnanimous. They daren’t act, not like they had on the command of Kyogre and their own disgust before, but those stares… the ones who’d returned to Samiya reborn were those who knew , and that… that was enough to drive a spike through her heart and sink her mood.

“Oh! Mom!” A single spot of brightness, bumbling through one of the waterways and landing with an inelegant flop and a beaming smile in front of her. “You made it! Yay! C’mon, you’ve gotta see all the cool things we’ve got here! Did you know that there’s water slides? And, and, I got a gaming computer as a birthday gift! There’s this kid in Sinnoh who I keep beating in this one game and it’s hilarious he keeps asking for my money and–” Prince kept rambling on about all the fun he was having, and Manaphy found the moment just a little more bearable.

That was, of course, until she reached the central atrium and saw him .

A slight frown– or as close to one as could be made on that fishy face– creased Kygore’s expression. “...Manaphy. I see you managed to make it here with no issues.”

Manaphy scowled. “I’m not so clumsy as to kill myself in calm seas, Kyogre .”

“I never said you were.”

“Right. Of course you didn’t.”

“Fish brained–”

You’re the fishiest one of–”

“Hey!” The third– fourth? Fourth if they were counting Prince’s– cut through their increasingly heated argument. With a small bit of surprise, Manaphy realised she hadn’t even noticed the fourth person in the room, a young-ish human with a bandana tying down her hair. “The kid’s still here, you know!”

She and Kyogre both flushed a little, resolutely looking away from each other. What was that? There was no argument here, no, not at all…

Prince gasped behind her, darting past her to jump into the human’s outstretched arms. “Mama May! Meet Mom Manaphy! Mom Manaphy! Meet Mama May!” And Manaphy was just left dumbstruck, staring at the human who sheepishly waved back.

This was…

She wanted a drink so bad.

………

Dubiously Canon Omake:

“So,” said Kyogre after she’d gotten over her initial surprise. “You know, with the old laws on royal inheritance in Samiya?”

“No. No I do not.”

“Well, given that both you and May are officially recognised by Prince as his mother, that means…” he waved a flipper, as if he expected Manaphy to suddenly materialize esoteric legal knowledge. “You know…”

“No. No I don’t.”

Kygore sighed. “It means you’re technically married.”

May and Manaphy shared a look , while Prince looked kind of excited about the whole thing– “nope.”

May slumped in relief. “Yeah, no.”

“Nuh uh.”

“Not happening.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 169: Foxdogcat

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Something was knocking on the door, and it was way too damn early for any reasonable person to be up and about. The only reason he wasn’t asleep was because he had to catch up on some paperwork for his job– forms to track the rather large amount of money that was flowing between the different services and accounts under Aria’s name. Legendaries condemn him to insanity… even if the workplace was a whole lot more lively after the transition, it just so happened that running a multi-region, multi-billionaire’s financial assets while barely knowing anything about said billionaire pokemon meant a lot of legwork.

He hoped John would be free sometime soon… he wouldn’t mind some bowling, or even just a coffee together. It would be nice, for both of them. He knew– John was struggling financially even more than he was, and that took some doing indeed.

Yawning tiredly against the early morning, he opened the door to streetlight golden glow painted luster off brickwork and old construction, off the inky dark of sky and star-speckled asphalt. He wondered who… a man? Or a woman, or neither– a very androgynous figure stood, illuminated starkly by the foyer’s light and cast in Aster’s shadow. Clutched in his arms, squirming slightly, were three eevee , their floof spun sliver in the nightlight. “You’re Aster, right?” The voice snapped him out of his tired shock, half-reverie– “delivery for you. Take good care of them.”

They gently set down the three eevee who pressed up close to him with curious eyes, churring softly with some unreadable emotion. “I– what? ” A stammer was barely his best, off-set by the sudden– “are you sure? Eevee… I didn’t– I don’t– I’m me . I think you have the wrong address.”

The eevee-bringer just smiled cryptically, a hint of mischief in their eyes. “Oh… on the contrary, I think I have exactly the right address.” He leant down, quickly giving the three eevee some parting scratches– to which they reacted barely at all, seemingly nigh-confused at the touch. “These are Almia, Fiore, and Oblivia. Treat them well, won’t you?”

Aster shivered against the hint of coldness there, but nodded. It wasn’t like he was going to abuse them– he was poor, not evil! Still, one thing struck him as… odd. “Almia… Oblivia… Fiore…” the three eevee perked up on hearing their names– “aren’t those regions?”

“...no?” Responded the enigma unconvincingly– “hey, would you look at the time, gotta run–” the lights flickered behind him, down the street, a pulse of darkness , for a single second casting the street inky– like blinking, like drifting asleep– and when he could see again the strange figure was gone.

Weird… he sighed, motioning for the eevee to follow him. “C’mon, little guys. Let's go find you a bite to eat…” how odd, how concerning…

It had been a long time since he’d wanted to be a trainer. Why now? Why him?

It simply made no sense.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 170: Cats and Cucumbers

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“I just don’t get how this is supposed to… you know. Do anything.”

Jirouge eyed the inconspicuous cucumber Pinky had placed in the center of that right bastard of a Jirachi’s home, carefully inspecting it for any sort of… time-warping impossibility, or mechanical marvel. Or a bomb.

With the sort of people the Celebi associated with, he wouldn’t be surprised… but, as far as he could see, there was only a normal cucumber they’d picked up from the Poke Mart on the way over.

“You’ll see.” Snickering, she hid behind the counter as they waited– “it’s going to work, and it’s going to be glorious . They’ll never see it coming.”


“...fine–” he paused, biting back his words to silence as a tired human stepped into the room, entirely ignoring the produce on the floor. John Wish, if he so remembered. Though his grudge was largely against the Jirachi, he wouldn’t hesitate to make his associates suffer in turn. Voice hushed to a whisper, he hissed– “that did nothing!” 

Pinky remained assured though, and not even five minutes later a small pink cat floated into the room, yawning widely. “Oi, John, what’s up with the– wha!   By jove– what’s that doing there! That scared me!” Mew leapt back from the cucumber, hair bristling as he bounced off the ceiling, staring wide-eyed at the offending vegetable as he heaved for breath. “Don’t leave that out, next time! You scared me! Imagine what would have happened if Mewtwo saw that!”

“Saw what–” Mew’s eyes widened, John dropped the sandwich he’d been making, and Mewtwo looked down. “A– !” She leapt backwards, telepathic sending descending to a screech, bouncing off the wall in fright. “What the hell is that– that thing– doing on the floor?”

John raised an eyebrow, mirroring Jirogue’s confusion. “It’s just a cucumber?”

“It is not –” Mewtwo drew in a deep breath, calming herself. “Don’t worry, Mew! I’ll get rid of it!” Jirogue got the impression of immense psychic power focusing in front of him, and he barely had the wherewithal of mind to duck behind the counter with Pinky as the living room exploded.

At least the cucumber was gone?

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 171: An Inspiration

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

You know, the last time I was here I was stuck in a life-support capsule with Prince as the temple was sinking to the bottom of the ocean.” May leaned back against the balustrade behind her, kicking her legs over the precipice in front; before and beneath them Samiya laid out in all its tired wonder. 

A lovely sea breeze ruffled the waves and set the woman’s hair aflutter, just cool enough to be pleasant against her skin– and Manaphy remembered bad memories. This sight… it wasn’t where it had been before, but Samiya always moved, so she’d expected that. South sea or north, scarlet sunset or beating sun, it still reminded her of her shame.

“...and anyways, I don’t get to spend as much time with Prince as I like. He visits every now and again, but I had to leave and continue my journey while he was still pretty young.” She sighed, for a moment forlorn before she perked right back up. How Manaphy envied that. “I’m going to put an effort into staying here for a bit! Prince could use the support, you know, and I’ve really enjoyed being so close to him.”

Manaphy nodded– she didn’t think that May was commenting on her absence, but… well, the context made it only too easy to misinterpret. “So… what do you do? As a job, or… what have you.”

She winced inwardly at her fumbled attempt to change the topic, but May jumped on it immediately. “Well, I’m a coordinator. A top coordinator, even– it took a while, but I managed to get that under my belt! It’s really fun, but I think it’s time I took a break. It’s really exhausting, you know, all the pomp and exacting effort that goes into everything. Well, you wouldn’t know–”

“Yeah, I know,” said Manaphy at the same moment. A bit of awkward silence passed between the two of them, before May motioned for her to continue, “...my band. There’s a lot of set-up work that we do for every concert that goes unmentioned. We mostly do everything ourselves, and, well… the guitarist is too young to know how to do most things, the lead singer has a nine to five she has to keep up with, and Mew is… Mew.”

“Oh, that’s…” May paused, her eyes going a bit wide. “No way. Are you that Manaphy?”

“What? I can’t imagine there’s too many of us out there….”

Manaphy .” She stressed the word– “from Mythics and the Music! Rock star Manaphy? Stylish, suave, essence of beauty Manaphy?”

“I… yeah, I play the piano for the Mythics, but I’m not… any of those.” She figured she’d know if she was even remotely… like that. Cool, or whatever.

“Ah, I see… you’re in denial. You have no idea the amount of novice coordinators I’ve seen whose careers were inspired by the Mythics. For that matter, a lot of the senior coordinators were inspired for a routine or two by you guys.” Manaphy must have been wearing her doubtfulness pretty obviously, because May just sighed and rubbed at her forehead for a second. “You do know why Prince brought you to Samiya, right?”

“Yeah, for his piano recital.”

“You know why he plays piano?”

“Because kids like playing…” she paused, for a moment struck speechless as the thought landed. “That’s… no, that doesn't make any sense.”

“He practically idolizes you.” May just laughed as Manaphy floundered for a response and found none, only slumping to the ground in a sort of sheepish embarrassment. If she was honest to herself, though… she was glad she’d at least helped Prince a little. 

For once, the view from Samiya felt a little less mournful.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 172: 102

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Guys!” John all but leapt out of her seat as Kibby crashed through the door, excitement glimmering in her eyes and dripping from her panting form– “guys guys guys– we’ve got a hundred and two thousand words!”

“...what does that mean?” She looked around, wary– “is it some sort of–”

“Woo! Let's go! One hundred and two thousand words!” Celebi swung into the room, cheering as exuberantly as he’d ever seen her– and that was bad news. “I can’t believe it’s finally here! One hundred and two thousand words! Isn’t that great? Isn’t it?” She darted forward, grabbing John before she could react and twirling her around giddily. “One hundred and two! Break open the–”

“Champagne, yes, yes, I took the liberty of grabbing some from the Cellar Revelatory, the one the Time King keeps in his Space Filling Labyrinth. You know the one.” Celebi gasped, Kibby gasped, and John had no idea what was going on. “Cheers to one hundred and two thousand words, you glorious bastard.” She smashed the lip of the champagne bottle against the table’s corner, and the foam got everywhere .

Wiping some of the sweet alcohol from her eyes, John was more concerned about where Pinky had managed to get a three piece suit, and why Jirachi was wearing wizard robes. He was more, more concerned about what one hundred and two meant .

A small blue form waddled into the room, already very sober (definitely). “Wuh… wuhn hundred n’ too. Me too… so happy…” Manaphy flopped onto her face, and John’s hope that she’d be a voice of reason died just as quickly.

“What’s going on here?” The impromptu party ground to a halt as a tired Mew floated into the room. “Right bloody racket you’re making. What’s the occasion?”

“You don’t know? ” Gasped Celebi–

“You don’t know?” Maybe at least one of them were normal–

“It’s one hundred and two thousand words!” Mew’s eyes widened in shock, the… thing… he was holding dropped to the ground with a splat as Celebi continued. “You didn’t forget about one hundred and two thousand words, did you?”

“By jove… I almost forgot. One hundred and two thousand words! One hundred and two!” He laughed heartily and grabbed two glasses of champagne– one for himself, and one for the abomination that lived in the basement. “Cheers to the one hundred and second!”
John just sank low in her seat and grabbed some wine. Maybe the world would make more sense after a glass… or two…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 173: Flowers for Family

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was quiet in the apartment. Mew was off doing his own thing, Jirachi was in school, Celebi was dueling with Pinky in some other place and time, and it was simply… quiet. He hadn’t felt like putting on the TV or listening to some music, so John was left alone in the solemn silence of an empty room as he cleaned up from their last set of antics and put away the groceries.

Cheese went in the cheese drawer, vegetables on the vegetable shelf, flower and sugar in the pantry, cucumbers in the hidden cucumber spot, milk in the milk cubby, and… lastly, the flowers. A vase of water, a scissor’s quick cut, and the flowers went on the center table.

Pink petals, caught in a beam light, just a bit faded to white near the edges… explosive blooms, heavy, blushing and burnished in the cool morning’s heat. Elbows on the table, for a while, just staring, remembering… something familiar about it all. The square vase with the little swirl pattern in the center, water’s edge distorting the stem and thorns. Deep green, stained gold…

“What’s so fascinating about the flowers?” Mewtwo hovered on the opposite side of the table, head cocked in curiosity as she stared at the vase. “I know I told Celebi to grab something nice next time she headed down to the Pokemart, and these are nice, but I don’t see anything… particularly special about them?”

“They’ve just… got me thinking.” It wasn’t just the flowers alone, but the sunlight off that old vase, the chromatic impression and faint scent familiar. “My father always used to arrange the nicest bouquets to put on the center table. He always used this vase.” It was a short, stocky thing, thick and well reinforced, and the pattern felt a bit hastily made. Not the sort of thing you’d put on display, usually… “mostly because mom couldn’t break it easily if she got in one of her moods , but I think it came to mean something special to him in the end. To us .” A bit of solidarity.

He wished, sometimes, that he got to see his father more. His mother could go screw off.

For a long while Mewtwo was silent, staring at the vase and flowers with an unreadable expression. “As a clone I don’t have a family in the usual way, but that seems… difficult.”

“I don’t think our group is really exemplary when it comes to normal families.”

“What is?” Mewtwo glanced away before John could even look her way. “I mean… a normal family. What’s that like? Sorry… forget I asked–”

“Caring, I think.” He sighed, and the breath of it ruffled flower petals. “Supportive. Willing to overlook each other’s faults and willing to help each other, to stick together… loving. Both ways.” How he wished … his father tried his best, but his passive approach never worked. He didn’t want to blame his childhood on him, but if he’d just stepped up … “my mom doesn't love me. I don’t think she ever did.”

“That sounds rough. A good thing I don’t have parents, then?”

There was a bit of mock-swagger in her voice that couldn’t help but prompt John to snort with a bit of soft laughter. “A clone still has the genetic donor, doesn’t it? What if Mew’s your dad?”

Mewtwo made a gagging sound, suddenly looking a little ill. “Mew? My dad? No thanks. He’s more of a… little brother sort of person.”

“Annoying little brother?”

He smirked. “The most annoying–” and together… as the sunlight struck pastel pink flowers and glittered off an old vase and water, they laughed. Just a little.

Relieved, together.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 174: Advertising

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“An advertisement?”

 

John, in his Aria guise, flew around a strange can placed in front of him. It was a standard brand- one that would be found in any old vending machine- but it had a John's Meloetta face plastered on it, standard advertising text placed in front of it. 

 

“Yep!” The sleazy, well-suited man beamed pridefully. “I feel this will greatly benefit both of us.”

 

John raised an eyebrow, but Mew, the little devil on her shoulder that he was, popped up, twirling happily.

 

“We’re down!” he said. “Though, er… would it be possible for the other Mythicals to be on the can?”

 

The businessman hummed to himself. He opened his mouth to speak, but Mew was quicker, and shot the man through the heart with his best possible Baby-Doll Eyes impression. The two engaged in a staring contest for some time- taking so long that Jirachi joked to Celebi about getting popcorn- but eventually, the man relented. 

 

“Fine, fine… I’ll see what I can do.”

 

“Alright, smashing!” Mew pointed behind himself. “Just, make sure to make her face relatively small… we don’t want her ego getting in a twist, now do we?”

 

Mewtwo grumbled. “If anyone has an ego, it’s you.”

 

“I don’t have an ego! I just have an inflated sense of self!” Mew pouted. “Completely different thing.”

 

“Now now, settle down kids…” John struggled to suppress a smirk. “We can argue about this later.”

 

Mew shook his head. “Nuh uh!”

 

Mewtwo nodded. “I agree.”

 

Mew growled. “I agreed first!”

 

“Oh, that’s rich, coming from-”

 

John sighed. “I’ll get you all juice boxes and a Lunchables.”

 

Both Mew and Mewtwo were instantly silenced, looking away from each other as if nothing had happened at all. John looked at the very confused businessman and smiled.

 

“So yeah, you heard ‘em. Let’s get this advertising rolling!” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 175: Razz

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was almost time, and Manaphy was… nervous. It wasn’t a huge thing– just some Pokemon, a few humans, and their parents, but it was in Samiya. Honestly, that was reason enough for her to dread it, but she was going to be forced to interact with people. How dreadful.

She’d mostly managed to avoid the inevitable, but… well, it was... well, it was inevitable. She tightened the bowtie she’d scrounged up from her old stuff, took a deep breath, pushed open the door– and ran immediately into the most…

How could she put it nicely? Flamboyant Blaziken she’d ever seen. The tall Fire-type– and wasn’t that a trip, a Fire type confident enough to walk through Samiya and her omnipresent water features– was wearing… honestly Manpahy couldn’t quite tell what he was wearing. A yellow tie, a criss-cross pattern jean-blue suit jacket that didn’t quite fit his outsized frame, and a shockingly red fedora with a feather stuck through the top. One of his own, if Manaphy had to guess.

“Ah, you’re here! Prince is waiting for you!”

It took a few seconds for Manaphy to get over her sheer disbelief at the outfit. “...who are you? And what are you wearing ?”

“I’m May’s partner, and we’re here for a jazz piano recital, aren’t we? I thought I’d dress the part.” Manaphy glanced around at the other attendees, all of whom were wearing far fancier attire, and decided not to argue the point as he led her to their seats at the front.

She sat beside Prince. He was practically bouncing with excitement, flippers fiddling with the small tuxedo Kyogre had brought from him (the story of how he’d gotten that involved a whole doing, a fair few improbable encounters, and a girl in Alola of all places). “Hey mom! I’m going to–” and then he had to be quiet as the first kid got up to play their song. Still, Manaphy could see he was positively coming undone at the seams waiting–

Until, finally, it was his turn. He shot up from his seat, darting through the pool to land at the piano with an excited grin. “Hey everyone! Thanks for coming, and, um,” he glanced at where his parents were sitting, and down into the pool beneath where Kyogre waited silently. “Today I’m going to be playing the jazz piano solo from Mirror Magicals by Mythics and the Music.” Manaphy sat up straight, focused intently on Prince as he slowly started playing one of her favorite songs. One of the songs they played on tour, again and again…

And his music was perfect .

The song ended to a wave of applause and an excited cheer from Prince as he dropped off the piano and swam back over to where they sat. “Did you see that mom? Mom? Did you did you did you–”

“Yeah, I did. You played it really well.” Manaphy swept her son up into a hug, then squeaked as May swept both of them into an embrace of her own. “Good job, kid.” Relaxing, Manaphy laughed, and patted him on the head. “We’ll get ice cream later.”

“Yay!”

With that, they settled in to watch the rest of the recital–

Happy, together.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 176: The Soup Store

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirachi held the phone to his ear. “Yo, John, could you come over here? I need your help.”

 

“I can’t,” said John, from the other end, “I’m buying clothes.”

 

Jirachi sighed. “Well then hurry up and buy them-”

 

“But I can’t find them.”

 

Jirachi paused. “What do you mean you can’t find them?”

 

“I can’t find them, there’s only gummy fish.”

 

Jirachi sighed. “Go into the next aisle.”

 

“I did. There’s only gummy fish.”

 

Jirachi raised an eyebrow. “And the next one?”

 

“Still gummy fish.”

 

“What store are you in?”

 

“The soup store."

 

“Why are you buying clothes in the soup store!?”

 

“Better question,” Celebi fluttered into the room. “Why is there gummy fish in the soup store?”

 

“Betterer question.” Pinky sat on her death ray. “How soon do you think I’ll be able to fire this thing?”

 

Jirachi hugged the phone tighter. “Please get over here soon.” 

 

“I’m afraid he can’t, brother.” Pinky snickered. “I’ve sealed him in the infinite gummy fish dimension!”

 

Celebi shook her head. “Nuh-uh.”

 

Pinky looked at Celebi incredulously. “What do you mean, “nuh-uh?”

 

John promptly fell out of a portal next to Celebi, as did a juice box, which Celebi snatched and began to sip from. Pinky paled.

 

“Ah.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999 (totally not referencing anything with this)

Chapter 177: Deja Vu

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hey, Jirachi!” John ran through the hallways. “Jirachi! I need those papers back, they’re pretty important budget things!”

 

No response from Jirachi, and John sighed. He didn’t know why Jirachi would steal them, of all things, but he knew full well that he probably should have expected it after a week's worth of mutterings about paper cranes.

 

John opened another door- Mewtwo’s room- and found Mewtwo deep in meditation inside. She cracked open an eye in response to John, and motioned for him to enter.

 

“Something amiss?”

 

“No, nothing. Just Jirachi being an absolute gremlin again.”

 

“Such is life.”

 

“Did you know? I actually threatened to kick him out once.”

 

Mewtwo raised an eyebrow. “Really?”

 

“Yeah.” John sat down next to her. “First week. I was still normal back then.”

 

“You seem to me like one of the few normal ones in our group.”

 

“I don’t think shapeshifting genderbending accountant turned indie band superstar idol with an entourage of Mythicals following them around is really normal, Mewtwo.”

 

“And I’m a genetic superweapon created by an evil organization.” She raised an eyebrow. “Your point?”

 

John sighed. “I dunno, everything’s gone off the deep end. Every person I know is crazy to some degree these days- even Aster and Kibby of all people!”

 

“Well we do tend to pick things up from our environment… it’s how I became so used to you all so quickly.”

 

“Yes, yes, I know, but it feels like-” John stopped mid-sentence, eyeing an empty aquarium behind Mewtwo. “...Side note, why do you have that?”

 

“Oh, that?” Mewtwo rapidly looked between the tank and John. “No reason. Must be a leftover of some previous misadventure.”

 

“Yeah, I got turned into a snake and got flushed down the drain within it once, but…” John squinted at it. “It feels so… familiar… like… I’m forgetting something…”

 

The ceiling crashed open as Jirachi landed headfirst into the floor, a basket of attempts at paper cranes spilling out around him. Jirachi and John took one glance at each other, and the chase resumed. Mewtwo, for her part, decided to let it happen. With one last glance spared at the bizarre aquarium, Mewtwo re-entered her meditation. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 178: Ice Cream

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Peach! I love peaches!”

Prince licked his lips as he trundled through the open-air market at the edge of Samiya, the sort that came and went with the tides. It was sometimes here, sometimes not– but with Samiya under such open management nowadays, it was more lively than ever. Cloth canopies snapped in the light sea-breeze, evening darkness casting the whole place aglow in a gentle radiance and sparkling off the tips of waves tinged scarlet. A sort of lively energy that she remembered from the long past when the People of the Sea…

How far they’d fallen. Perhaps it was ill fitting of her to focus on such grim thoughts as Prince bubbled on about music and peaches and all the little joys– and ice cream– but that slight discomfort she’d felt since arriving in Samiya was only amplified here. Here, where there was nothing to prevent those judgmental cold stares quietly blank as they turned away to their own devices. Recognizing the disgusting for what it was. How fool was she for having fled?

She knew what she deserved.

“–sugar and all the little trinkets the Octillery make, mom. Mom?” Prince paused, poking at her with a fin. “We’re here! Ice cream ice cream ice cream… ooo Uncle Blaziken! Pick me up, I wanna see the flavors!” Manaphy glanced up, and despite her mood had to restrain a chuckle. Of course Prince would choose the most flamboyant ice cream stand.

“Don’t bother your Uncle, Prince,” interjected May as she leaned down, scooping up Prince as the young Mythical giggled in excitement. “Now, what flavor do you want?”

Peach, obviously, but put on the spot Prince hesitated. “Um…. I dunno! Can you order first? Please? ” He looked up at her with pleading eyes, and what could May do against that but sigh and order some strawberry ice-cream. Glaceon ordered blueberry, the Blaziken tried not to look embarrassed as he ordered rainbow sherbert, the rest much the same until it was Manaphy’s turn.

She ambled up to the counter, and asked for vanilla. Just– some vanilla ice cream in a cup. Unlike everyone else, though, the store-owner did not respond . Simply– refused to speak to her… and wasn’t that so familiar a feeling? Sighing, she turned away from stand–

“Hey! You can’t do that! That’s mean! Give mom her ice cream!”

“Kid, you don’t know–”

Prince jumped out of May’s hands, probably trying to look intimidating but failing miserably. He was simply too cute. “You’re being a meanie–” Manaphy grabbed Prince’s flipper with her own and pulled him away. “But– mom , he was all like–” Prince tilted his head up imperiously, silently– “and dad says that’s rude. He’s rude!”

Manaphy sighed. “You’ll learn one day, Prince, that there’s some things that go deeper than that.”

“Nuh uh. You’re the bestest, and he’s the worstest. I’m, I’m,” his thunderous expression cleared in a moment of epiphany. “I’m gonna kick him out of Samiya!”

“No, you won’t. Look…” how did she explain to a kid the nuance of filicide? She bet she would’ve been a bad parent even if she hadn’t decided to go swimming in a storm. “You’re a ruler, and a ruler needs to be fair above all. You can’t punish someone for not serving me ice cream.”

“But… but if I kick them out–”

“Then they’ll just resent you too.”

“They shouldn’t resent you in the first place .” Prince crossed his arms, not quite angry anymore… just, kind of disappointed. The same sort of furious exhaustion she recognized from when she’d ruled Samiya, from when people were doing dumb stuff and she knew she couldn't stop them.

“I’ll… I’ll explain later.” On a whim, she wrapped Prince up in a tight embrace, and couldn’t help but smile as the small Mythical returned it. “C’mon, let’s find someone else and get you some peach ice cream…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 179: Duplicitous Trickery

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Mama! Mama, come here!”

 

Prince yelled from somewhere behind her. She was sure that he had been by her side… right?

 

It wouldn’t be the first time you lost him.

 

Manaphy blinked, stopping in place and calming down. Things are different now. May was right there with him, and that was probably for the best seeing as you aren’t fit to raise him he is so energetic that it would be hard to manage alone.

 

“Coming!”

 

She walked to Prince’s voice… it was that same ice cream shop from earlier.

 

"What was he- oh."

 

In his hands were two ice creams cones. One was evidently for him, being three scoops of peach ice cream deep… the other, however...

 

“Mama, mama, it’s for you! Come on, take it already!”

 

It seems her prince was more duplicitous than she thought…

 

“Prince. The storekeeper didn’t want to serve me. You don’t need to go around his back to get me this- where did you even get the money to pay?”

 

Prince was bouncing at this point, hopping in place through pure energy… and probably an upcoming sugar rush.  “Mama May paid for me!”

 

“May, you were supposed to be the responsible one here!”

 

May had the decency to look sheepish. “I know, I know, but look at him. He’s so cute- how can I say no?”

 

Manaphy looked back at Prince. “Alright... Just don’t do it again.”

 

May stood up as straight as possible, rendering an admittedly decent salute. “Yes Ma’am! Won’t do it again Ma’am!”

 

The two stood there frozen on the spot before simultaneously bursting out in laughter. It was nice, having someone she could relate to in Samiya, even if that sole denizen happened to be the most out of place individual here… other than herself.

 

Switching focus, she got Prince’s attention. “And you! Thank you for the ice cream, but going around their back like that will only earn you the same ire that I have.”

 

“But Mama, he was being unfair to you! That’s not right!”

 

Manaphy sighed, her son’s energy both uplifting and draining at the same time.

 

“Alright Prince. But next time we are going to have a lesson in subtlety…”

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 180: Cantrips

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They’d been having a conversation– the five of them, not anyone besides– about magic… and other stuff and– well! To quickly summarize, it was a long story, ending with Celebi taking a quick jaunt into the distant past to nab some primer tomes on the ancient magics of the protomon variety. 

Mew was flipping through the pages of his book gushing over how he hadn’t seen anything like this in millenia , Celebi sat smug with the knowledge that she’d long since mastered everything there by dint of time travel, and the rest of them were just trying to puzzle their way through the introductory chapters.

Mewtwo paused on one particular entry, puzzling through a translation. “A cantrip for… the affectation of mental distress, upon the whim mental of the caster? Why would you need a spell for something so easy ?”

“Ah, but that’s the beauty of it!” Mew darted over, pulling the book from her paws. “It might be less efficient, but the codified nature of the magic… um… made it cool! Yes, quite verily, it made it much more effective.”

Mewtwo gave the smaller pink cat a withering glare. “You just like the incantations because they sound pretentious, don’t you?”

Laughing weekly, head ducked sheepishly, Mew nodded.

“I think I’ve got this one down.”

Everyone’s eyes locked onto John as she focused on the page in front of her, eyes roaming across the strange and mystical text that wasn’t quite unown but close enough. Probably why she’d been given that particular text, as the others were in much less… easily intelligible language.

“I need a brazier, some chalk, powdered dust of a star, half a liter of sanctified blood , whatever that means, and the tooth of a dragon.”

“On it!” Mew darted into the bathroom, and everyone else just pretended not to hear the painful-sounding noises from within. “And here you go!” The small bucket they used to wipe down the tiles was full of blood, with a massive tooth sunk in the middle. In his other hand a few sticks of chalk were smeared with a suspiciously red substance that John didn’t want to think about. “Lemme go grab the brazier–”

“No worries.” Mewtwo set down a large iron brazier she’d grabbed from somewhere , alongside a small pouch of stardust. “I’ve got the stuff. So… what’s the spell?”

“Apparently it’s supposed to summon any creature who you name.”

The setup was rather complicated– place the brazier in the center, draw a summoning circle venn diagram thing with another circle in the center, using the dragon’s claw to inscribe runes in blood around each one. All while chanting in a low, ominous tone– a long, sonorous song of ancient and powerful names, beseeching the heavens and hells to turn away their prying eyes from the corruption of the natural order– all rather melodious, given it was John singing it. Maybe they could make it into a song for their next tour? Or perhaps that’d be a bit on the nose…

At long last, though, it was finished, and the end was nigh. They’d all gotten invested over the long hour of setting things up, and now… now it was time. “Gods of earth and legends of ‘monkind, horrors uncreated and blind ancients, by celestial, by terrene, aragath!” The last of the blood tossed into the fire made it flare– “Sondreo!” Crimson bright as the claw burnt to nothing in an instant– “Alcenu’uaxh!” He tossed in the stardust, and the fire turned darkly , iridescent. “I summon the one I name! Mew Pneumonoultramicroscopicsilicovolcanoconiosis, I summon you!” 

Thunder crashed outside with enough force to rattle every window in the neighborhood, a flash of lightning illuminating boiling storm clouds overhead as the fire blazed high enough to scrape against the ceiling. A darkness crushed in around them as the cold regard of universal constants struggled to turn its gaze toward the breaking of its laws, held back by rings in rings and bright fire, air stickier than honey and sweet enough to sicken, a sudden, frozen, weightless and infinite second

Mew disappeared from his spot beside them and popped into existence in the center of the summoning circle, the moment passing as fast as it came. “Pretty cool!” He shot her two thumbs up, beaming proudly. “Good job! Just, um. Can you let me out?” John snorted softly, scuffing the lines of the summoning circle to release the captured cat. That had certainly been… a lot.

Maybe he’d stick to normal moves from here out…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 181: Heart Swap Experiment

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Alright Prince…” Manaphy pointed forward. “You see, when the two hearts are airborne, you need to direct them into another vessel, otherwise your Heart Swap will fail.”

 

“Oh, wow!” Prince clapped excitedly. “This is so cool!”

 

“Yes, yes, but having the power to control people’s souls and vessels is something that shouldn’t be taken lightly-”

 

“So if I wanted Papa Kyogre to be less scary, I could put him into a Finneon and-”

 

“Prince, that’s not-”

 

“Oh! And I could make it so that if you wanted to reach to the highest shelf where Papa Kyogre’s cookie stash is, I could put you into a Dragalge and-”

 

“Prince!” Manaphy sighed. “You can’t go swapping random people around, no one’s going to enjoy waking up the next morning to find they’ve turned into a Tentacool.”

 

“Aw….” Prince turned around. “Sorry Mr. Kevin and Ms. Jamie!”

 

The two Heart Swap testing candidates looked between each other. Manaphy shook her head. 

 

"You don't need to apologize. They were willing candidates." She turned to the pair. "Now, do you want me or Prince to swap you back?"

 

“I mean,” The Wailmer paused. “I’m not exactly against this.”

 

“Me neither, honestly.” The Finneon shrugged. “Want to just stay like this for a bit?”

 

The Wailmer nodded. “Why not? Could be a good learning experience!”

 

The pair wandered off, talking through their new bodies, as Prince very smugly smiled at his mother.

 

"So people do enjoy randomly being swapped!"

 

Manaphy put a hand to her head. “...They’re exceptions.” 

 

“I’m sure anyone could be an exception if I try hard enough!”

 

Manaphy blinked. “What?”



“Oh!" Prince's eyes lit up excitedly. "I'm sure Mama May would enjoy being a fishie!”

“Prince, no!”

“Prince yes!” The little Manaphy giggled. "Prince always yes!

 

As Prince made his getaway, Manaphy groaned. 

 

"He spends too much time around his father..."

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 182: Mew Summons a Demon in the Living Room

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Mew…” John eyed the swirling dark vortex that had emerged from the living room floor with horror. “What is that!?”

 

Mew, sitting on the floor with an innocent glimmer in his eyes, smiled widely. 

 

“It’s a demon!”

 

“Oh I couldn’t have guessed. Why did you summon a demon !?”

 

Mew shrugged. “It was funny.”

 

“Mortals…” The deep, quad-layered voice emanated from deep within the spiral of flame. “...Who dares-”

 

The voice cut itself off, and the vortex suddenly stopped. Somehow, John felt a great sense of disappointment had made itself known. 

 

“Oh. It’s you again.” The voice groaned irritably. “Can you stop doing this? It was funny the first five hundred and seventy three times, at this point it’s just getting irritating.” 

 

“Yeah...” said Mew, pleadingly. “But we were having so much fun last time!”

 

The voice rippled in disgust. “We are not discussing biology again. Just hearing the word makes me want to tear all seven hundred and seventy one of my ears out!”   

 

“Pleaseeeeeeeee?” Mew adopted the usual technique with his eyes. “I’ll buy you a double fudge sundae!”

 

The voice hummed to itself, but after several minutes of the room sounding like a mutilated microwave, it stopped. 

 

“I’m afraid I’ll have to decline. Now stop summoning us, or else I’m going to be forced to fight you.”

 

The vortex descended back into the floor, and with a resounding flash, everything was as it once was, this time with the hastily drawn chalk circle now in plain view for John to see. The human in question breathed a sigh of relief. 

 

“Well, that was terrifying. At least he won’t be showing up again though, right Mew?”

 

But Mew was already chanting old verse, and before John could stop him, the vortex reemerged, albeit this time with much more furious yelling. 

 

“Alright, that’s it!” The vortex increased in size and speed, changing its shape. “I’m going to destroy you… with you!”

 

The wind of the vortex dispersed, sending John and Mew flying back. John rubbed his head, and as he shifted into his Meloetta form, stood horrified at what she witnessed. 

 

Extending from the floor, its bottom half dipping into the perpetuity below, was what could best be described as an abomination to end all abominations. It was a slump, a mutation, that had no resemblance, yet every resemblance to a certain group of Pokemon John knew very well. Pink swirls with rapidly extending and retracting arms and miscellaneous limbs spiraled around the exterior, whi le masses of plants grew and decayed from the patches of green. Water spilled over the floor and the steel exterior hardened, and John knew they were in for a tough time. 

 

“Now… fall before me, Mew Pneumonoultramicroscopicsilicovolcanoconiosis! Die before the hand of the demon you choose to mock!” 

 

The demon extended a single, horribly disfigured hand, pointing at Mew accusingly. Mew was too preoccupied chasing his tail to notice. The demon roared in anger and extended an army of mutilated appendages to ensnare the Mythical with. John, however, could see Mew’s eyes spinning.

 

The arms pounced, and at a glance, appeared to have succeeded in their goal of trapping Mew. The demon laughed, its victorious cries echoing through the apartment, only to stop as it opened up its arms again. Where Mew should’ve been, there was nothing. 

 

“Hey, what’s up mate?”

 

The demon recoiled its head in fear as it found Mew sitting on its shoulder, a half empty can of soda in his hand. He burped loudly, covering it up with a cheerful little smile and a giggle. The demon, outraged, lunged its head at Mew. Mew, yawning, got up, flying away with the pace of a Torkoal, as the demon bit into its own shoulder. The demon roared in pain, and Mewtwo burst into the room. 

 

“What is going on in-” Mewtwo deadpanned. “Oh.” She sighed. “This makes too much sense, somehow…”

 

The demon shook its head, but as it caught sight of Mewtwo, its eyes narrowed.

 

 “You… the false one…”  

 

Mewtwo’s anger exited the stratosphere in a matter of seconds. Her hands became embroiled in a psychic energy as she pointed a warning at the demon.

 

“I’ve been called all throughout my life, buddy.” She glared, her eyes glowing. “I’m not gonna hear any more of it from some wannabe mud pile.” 

 

"Oh, but that's not what I was talking about, false one." The demon grinned twenty-seven of its mouths. "You and I both know what I truly mean."

 

The demon cackled, but as soon as it began to do so, Mew flew into its mouth with a concerning casualness. With a flick of Mew's fingers, the Mythical flung a small object into his mouth, and then an even smaller one with a flick of his fingers. The demon recoiled as it tried, in vain, to grab what Mew had thrown into him. Mewtwo and John stared on, confused, as Mew tossed them riot shields. 

 

“You might wanna use those, lads.” Mew armed himself with a riot shield, and sealed his head in a welder’s mask. “This ain’t going to be pretty.”

 

The demon’s chest began to expand. Then its side. Then its neck. Soon, the entire creature was practically bulging against itself, one expansion fighting another as its head was overwhelmed by the mass. With one last whimper, the creature exploded, sending the remnants of its flesh flying all over the room. John was sent flying by the force of it hitting her riot shield, while Mewtwo and Mew simply looked mildly annoyed as they eyed the sheer amount of leftovers caking the area.

 

“Ah, geez, Mew.” Mewtwo lowered her riot shield, eyeing the ground anxiously. “You couldn’t have made it any cleaner?”

 

“Soda and mentos are never clean, Mewtwo,” said Mew, raising his welder’s mask. He sniffed the air, but recoiled as the pungent aroma entered his nose. “At least that fella doesn’t have to deal with the stench. I’m gonna be smelling like the underworld for weeks.”

 

Mewtwo raised an eyebrow. “Is “that fella” alright, Mew?” 

 

“Naturally, demons can’t die.” Mew sighed. “But I think this means I’m going to need a new game night buddy.” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 183: Dubious Destination

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A vast and dark landscape spread out before them. Lightweight rocks littered the ground, so faintly glossy, glinting in the far-off light of some lone city so far in the distance that it was hard to make out more than a faint impression of crystal brightness. The whole world felt dead, but John stepped lightly. Mew had assured him that it was anything but.

“Can’t believe Necrozoma stole all the light… bloody unfair, innit? Jim here can’t survive without the sun, so here’s for hoping that someone gets around to beating up the bloke for ‘em, eh?” Mew patted the ground fondly, which didn’t help soothe John’s nerves in the slightest. “So! Some special thread for Prince’s suit, wasn’t it? And while we’re at it, why don’t we grab some food? This place has killer steak, trust me.”

John frowned faintly, following along behind Mew. He really couldn’t see the… planet… place… being good for either of those things. It was less the darkness, and more the general air of death , the still and solemn silence that hung over the decaying landscape.

They picked their way over the strange, alien terrain, until Mew dragged him over a ridge and down a gulch and stood him in front a cave’s gaping entrance. The air tasted strange– stranger than it had already, a sweet-iron scent on a breeze, a faint warmth brushing against his skin from the ominous opening.

“We’re here!” Mew at least didn’t seem bothered. “C’mon, it shouldn’t take too long…”

“Are you sure we’ll get what we need down there?”

He didn’t mean to doubt, but… no, John definitely doubted Mew, he’d gotten screwed over one too many times when it came to the pink god-cat to take anything he said at face value.

“Hey! I said I’d get the stuff, so we’re getting the stuff. You’re not the only one who wants everything to go well for the ‘lil kid.”

Fair. It was just… with the glossy stone walls rising around them, the yawning pitch darkness of everything and the oppressive air. Maybe he was being a little too harsh on his roommate.

“...it’ll be simple. This was one of the old meat mines, but with the death of the sun nobody uses it anymore– it should be a quick in and out.”

John nodded. Seemed reasonable enough–

Wait a second the what mines–

------------------------------------------------------------------------

Celebi waved her hand in front of a wide eyed, still stunned John’s face, eying the concerningly unidentifiable fluids dripping off his jacket. “Are you okay? You don’t look so good…”

John simply gave her the most haunting of stares, and said two words. “Meat. Mines.” 

Celebi glanced at Mew– who was busy cooking up some steak for dinner, and winced in commiseration. “That’s rough, buddy.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 184: Lieutenant

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

There was a Dratini in her room.

A familiar Dr atini. Manaphy flopped onto the waterbed, glaring at her once-close confidant with as much vitriol as she could muster. Not much, in the end– he’d had a good reason to be so… cold to her, after that incident…

“Do you have to be in my room, though? I don’t need you harassing me on my own time. You can be all cold and cruel out in public, Lieutenant.”

Lieutenant blinked slowly. “Huh?”

“You know?” Manaphy scoffed, a bit angrily. “You ignored me! The entire time, you wouldn’t even talk to me, not even when it came time to work out the annual budget or for that nuclear summit with the Diamond Domain!”

“...I did?” Lieutenant cocked his head, looking confused . “I don’t remember that…”

“Oh, for–” sighing, Manaphy turned away and tried to ignore the Dratini to the best of her abilities. “If you’re going to pretend it never happened, then I’m going to ignore you. I don’t want to deal with it right now.”

“What never happened?” Legendaries damn, insufferable– she drew a deep breath, then let it out. There was no reason to get upset. Nope! Not. At. All. “I was wondering why you left Samiya, but you’d left Samiya. So I couldn’t ask you. But you’re back here now!”

“I’m not going to tell the story to you . You know perfectly well what happened.”

“...nuh uh.”

Manaphy scowled. “Screw off.”

“Samiya’s annual order of screws went missing, you know.” Not her problem! Though, if he left her right now, that’d mean he’d have to go bother Prince … so, sighing she sat up and paid attention. “I asked for a replacement order, but the Unova Screw Company has a backlog, and the building codes on this place are severely out of date. The order has to be special made…” etcetera ad nauseum, yes, she knew the asinine screw situation that Samiya had to deal with every year, it was a pain and a half.

At least Lieutenant wasn’t harassing her over the whole Prince thing?

Small victories.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 185: Mewtwo's Pizza Shenanigans

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

To say being a part-time world famous musician and full-time financial advisor— not to mention a parent of three— was a bit stressful would be the understatement of the century. Add that on top of her roommates, and John had been nigh ecstatic to get out of the house for a weeklong vacation in New Tork.

It had been fun. Busy, but fun— and now they’d finally gotten to the main attraction, something Mewtwo had assured them they’d all enjoy: pizza! They were all chowing down on the delectable delicacy, with various levels of ravenous hunger— John and Mewtwo were slowly savoring the flavor, Celebi was hungrily consuming a slice almost as big as her, Jirachi and the kids were having some sort of eating contest, and Mew… the less said about what Mew was doing to his poor pizza the better.

“This is great, Mewtwo! How’d you find this place?”

It wasn’t one of the more famous restaurants, that was for sure— they’d ventured down to one of the run-down side streets, where the asphalt was a little cracked and wild pokemon tussled in the shadowed nooks between the buildings. It wasn’t entirely unpleasant; the wrought-metal outside seating was situated comfortably in a scattered small forest of potted plants and flowers abloom, a pleasant aroma contrasting the New Tork city-smell. It was just… small, a bit run down, unknown and out of the way.

Mewtwo looked up at the flickering neon sign, a little wistful. “I worked as a pizza delivery girl here for a little bit a while back. It was a good job, until I had to leave the city after running into…” she paused, and before John could prompt her to continue Treads started choking after trying to eat two pizza slices at once, and John was forced to deal with that instead.

All in all, a fun vacation.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 186: Sports Deal

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

If he had to deal with this one more time, he was going to lose it . More specifically, he was going to lose it over people who time, and time, and time again kept trying to use their images in advertisements or products or what have you because they were somehow, as mythicals, in the ‘public domain.’ No! No they were not! 

Had that been everything, it would have been another– annoying, but ultimately inconsequential– idiosyncrasies about being both lead singer and chief financial advisor for Mythics and the Music . No, what elevated it from semi-regular annoyance to personal pet peeve was the fact that these idiots, these actual moronic fools that somehow lucked into running multi-region merchandise corporations kept misinterpreting Rayquaza’s deal with Raywear to mean that, clearly, because one famous legendary was all over a brand of merch it meant they could do it too.

No. No they could not, and a five second search on the internet would have told them they couldn’t, but for the life of him they just… didn’t seem to get that. It wasn’t even malicious– he wouldn’ve been half as offended with the whole thing if it was , but no, it was just a bunch of clueless executives who were too used to seeing their favorite brand of footwear with the image of a legendary plastered over it to stop and consider that maybe, just maybe, the fact that only one brand was allowed to do that meant something.

It– it just frustrated him. “So…” the slightly portly man in a suit sitting across his desk leaned forward, smiling smarmily. “Does that mean we can use Aria’s–”

“Get. Out. Get out!”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 187: The Innocent

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Manaphy sighed as she sank into one of Samiya's many pools, the ancient magic that kept the city afloat also providing a perfect power source for cool hot tubs. It was… pleasant, but not quite as pleasant as she’d have liked it to be. Nothing could quite be right for the conversation she’d brought Prince up to the old royal suite for, she was sure of that. She could have been swimming in the frigid north or basking in the desert sun, and she’d still feel just as terrible about what she had to say.

“So. Prince.” The younger Manaphy, bless his heart, looked up at her with adorable eyes, eager for… a story, she guessed. Or maybe just spending some time with his mom. Legendaries above, she did not deserve this… “you wanted to know why the Pokemon were being mean to me. It’s… a long story. No, that’s not true.” She was already messing it up. “It’s a short story, and a tragic one, but it is the story central to understanding who I am. Central to understanding why they’re justified in what they do.”

Prince gasped, affronted. “Nuh uh. Nobody’s justified in being so mean! No matter what!”

“That’s what you’d think. But… I committed a crime before you were born.” Prince gasped in horror. “Yeah. It was a terrible crime, and one that I deserved to be punished for. A great storm had come across the seas, and in my hubris, I thought that I could swim across the sea to Samiya with your egg. A royal egg... not a Phione, but a Manaphy . My child. My beloved…” she remembered those days well. The hope. The joy, the expectation of future family, and she’d dashed it all . Those rocks, those storm-waves crashing overhead, the sinking realization that she could not hold on–

“What happened next?”

Oh, Prince… he was on the edge of his seat, as if he expected the story to have a happy ending. As young as he was, he probably hadn’t been exposed to many tragedies yet.

Not every story ended well.

“I lost the egg. I’d been swept into a particularly rough part of the storm, and there were some rocks–” losing Prince there, where she’d been sure his egg had been dashed up against the rock and smashed to pieces, had been the worst moment of her life. “I lost you, and for that I lost the trust of Samiya. I lost the trust of my husband.”

Prince frowned. “And that makes it okay for them to be mean to you?”

Manaphy sighed. “Yes.”

“That’s stupid! If they think that, they’re stupid meanie-heads and I won’t allow it! The rules about being nice extend to everyone .” An indignant, adorable scowl graced Prince’s face in only the way that children could get mad at something– in the simple way that they saw through everything and said what they thought. “Plus, I’m okay now, so there's not even any reason to be mad, right?”

Right?

Right?

Prince was right. She sighed, sinking just a little deeper into the hot tub and… Prince was right. There was no reason for the old grudge to remain other than the fact that good end or not, she’d done it, and should pay the consequences.

That was how it was.

That was how it had to be.

Right?

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 188: The Bar Wonders

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The Bar was silent. 

 

“Do you guys ever wonder what TV static smells like? I sure do! Hey, does anyone have a TV?”

 

The bar was mostly silent, living lighting fixtures excluded. It had been rife with excitement, and it still was, but there was something missing… something so strikingly absent…

 

“Y’know, chief, I’m glad Manaphy’s working on improving her life…” Salazzle grumbled. “But man, do I miss her.”

 

Leavanny did not look up from the glass he was cleaning, but he silently nodded. 

 

“She still comes by sometimes.” Leavanny sent Salazzle a knowing glance. “After all, she is our friend, and us hers. Her frequency should not be our concern.”

 

“Yeah, but I haven’t seen her in weeks!” 

 

“She’s taking an…” Leavanny paused. “...extended vacation.”

 

Salazzle sighed, flopping onto the bar counter. “I guess so…”

 

Leavanny nodded. “If I may… I know it’s not my place to speak, but…”

 

Leavanny’s antennae curved towards the other end of the bar, where a saddened eon dragon happened to be sitting. The girl sipped from her pomegranate juice with a hint of melancholy, and Salazzle immediately knew what was up. With an encouraging nod from Leavanny, Salazzle breathed in, and shifted over a few seats. 

 

Latias noticed her almost immediately, given how unsubtle Salazzle was, but soon enough Salazzle was next to her. She gave an awkward yet encouraging smile, and the two sat in silence for some time. As the sounds of Four and Garbodor attempting to contain an out of control Chandelure echoed through the bar, Salazzle coughed, bringing Latias’s attention to her.

 

“So…” Salazzle looked around, struggling to find a topic. “Nice weather we’re having?”

 

Latias did not respond, instead sighing as she took another sip of her drink. Salazzle watched with concern. 

 

“Salazzle… Manaphy’s been gone for a while.” 

 

“Yeah, she’s out on a trip somewhere.” Salazzle began to extend an arm, but halted, retracting it. “Sorry about that.”

 

“I-it’s fine, it’s just…” Latias shuddered. “I sense a disturbance in the air… something’s changed. Something…” 

 

Latias paused, staring skyward. Salazzle did the same, but she did not feel anything different. 

 

“I just… I'm not sure what it is... but I just feel like something bad is going to happen.” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 189: King and Queen

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

She’d known that the conversation with Prince had to happen eventually. She’d had to explain things to him one day– but this conversation was one she’d never particularly wanted to have.

“Our son can be quite convincing, can’t he?”

Kyogre’s deep voice rumbled over the placid tropical sea. Simple calm reflecting the empty azure skies above the lone outcropping of rock half the globe away from Samiya they’d come to just talk.

Manaphy nodded, sitting on the jet-black outcropping of rock, staring anywhere but at Kyogre. “Yeah. He can be pretty convincing.”

“I don’t really know what to say. It’s…” Kyogre raised a flipper, before letting it flop back into the ocean with a tired sigh. “You know. Difficult.”

They had their history together, a long, complicated history. There was so much that could mean, like the time where Kygore bad bet he could cause the biggest wave, only to get outdone by Manaphy’s comparatively weak splash after Rayquaza had appeared out of nowhere to bonk her husband. Or the time they’d built their first home in a trench long closed, lost to geologic time. Or the time that pod of Relicanth had decided that Kyogre was the literal devil and Manaphy their chosen heroine who would wield the Blade of Seven Stars to slay him…

There were good memories there. Good memories between rash people, arguments that had driven them apart before, times they’d laid beneath the sky and times they’d laid on separate halves of the earth– just, none of them had been as bad as the time she almost killed her son.

“I get it.” She sighed, softly. “I was an idiot. The worst kind of idiot, not just self-destructive but dangerous to others as well. “Prince is a good kid, and I won’t do anything to risk that, but I deserve what–”

“No you don’t.” The words hit her like a hammer, and for a long moment she could do nothing but open and close her mouth like a fish out of water. “You… gah, how do I say this? I’m an idiot too. We were both idiots, remember? I’m this headstrong fool who always gets in fights with his sister, who’s middle name could more or less be property damage . I’m irresponsible, and I’m the one who got on your case for an honest mistake? I’m the one who doesn’t deserve what I got. If anything, I deserve worse .”

“...no you don’t.” The ocean was wet and tasted of salt, so that’s what she was feeling right then. Definitely. “You’re a good man whose idiot wife threw everything away like the idiot she is, and you–”

“I’m the idiot fish who discarded the love of his life like a fool.” The salt on her cheeks, faintly against her mouth, glistening in the sunlight– it was tears. Kyogre held out one of his massive fins, an invitation. “I think Prince had the right idea. We could… try again? Just a little. Taking it slow.” They were two immortals, Legendaries incarnate. They had nothing but time.

“We have so many good memories… so many good times together, that…” for Prince, but also perhaps most of all for herself – “I think, I would like that.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 190: Smoke and Mirrors

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew must have added something to the food. John already knew he should never trust Mew’s “food” to begin with, but there was always some added trick that the Mythical liked to put in all the same. Given the rather bizarre place he had just woken up in, it must have been something special. Drugs? Potentially. Eucalyptus screamer? Partially. Light dust? Almost definitely. 

 

“Ugh… geez…” 

 

John found Mewtwo getting up to his right. He quickly surveyed the area, but only found her and their strange surroundings. John stared at her, offering her a hand so as to not have to focus on anything else nearby. 

 

“You alright, Captain Grumps?”

 

“I was until you called me that.” Mewtwo glanced at the walls. “Where are we?”

 

“Somewhere I don’t really like.” 

 

John surveyed the halls, which were lined with rows upon rows of a disorienting maze were mirrors. To John, it was a seemingly infinite amount, of varying shapes and sizes that he couldn't even begin to try to make heads or tails of. A quick glance at any given spot resulted in seventeen reflections of himself looking back at him.

 

“Almost reminds me of the circus…” Mewtwo grumbled. “You wouldn’t want to be part of it, let me tell you. I was a trapeze artist once, and-”

 

Mewtwo paused, her voice echoing throughout the vast complex of mirrors. Her mirror doppelgangers similarly halted in time with her, and yet the echo carried on all the same. A chord of fear struck in Mewtwo’s eyes. 

 

“Something about this place is wrong. It’s not just Mew’s food induced lucid dreams this time.”

 

Before John could speak, Mewtwo cloaked her hands in psychic energy, issuing a challenge above her.

 

“Show yourselves, foul beasts! Why are we here!?”

 

The mirror’s light shifted, smoke filling the room alongside it. John shifted into Meloetta form, while Mewtwo did her best to create a barrier around the pair. The smoke soon cleared, the pair eyed the mirrors warily. John motioned to take a step forward, but Mewtwo stopped her.

 

“We don’t know what their plan is.”

 

“Mewtwo, we don’t even know if there is anyone else-”

 

“Look at yourself in the mirror.”

 

John eyed Mewtwo warily, but did as Mewtwo commanded all the same. She looked into the mirror, her usual self staring back at her. The casual office worker garb, the slightly messed up hair, the… all too human appearance…

 

“It’s not mimicking me.” She shook her head. “At least, not properly.”

 

“Exactly. These mirrors aren’t reflections: they’re gateways.”

 

John’s reflection cackled as soon as Mewtwo finished her sentence, and it took a step forward without any input from John herself. John recoiled back, but that only encouraged the reflection to continue tromping towards her. John’s reflection leapt from the mirror, and, too shocked to counter, John found herself wound up in the reflection’s grip, his hands roped around her neck.

 

Mewtwo attempted to shine a Psychic attack, but the floor gave way beneath her, promptly sealing shut the moment she slid into the cavern below. John’s reflection grinned far further than a normal human should have been able to, and John was able to make out more details. His hair was overgrown and unkempt, his clothes torn and tattered; everything else was unhealthily unsanitary. It was something she could never envision herself being.

 

“Hey there, goodie two shoes.” The reflection lightly shook John in his grip. “Heh… haha…” The reflection struggled to suppress his laughter. “You’re like a damn chew toy. All shaky and small and easily breakable.”

 

The reflection flung John to the floor. The Meloetta slid along the reflected ground, landing with a light thump on the opposing wall. She looked up, finding the reflection rushing toward her. She rolled out of the way, barely evading her reflection’s clutches. 

 

“Look, crazy me, can’t we just talk about-”

 

The reflection cackled. “Can’t even understand a damn word you’re saying. You really have fallen far from the tree, haven’t you?” 

 

John eyed her counterpart wearily. 

 

“You get one good day, and you become all pretty and start singing songs for little kids.” A glare of malice reflected in the mirror’s eye. “I get nothing but bad days, and here I am going a tad stir crazy. Seems a bit unfair, doesn’t it, you glammed up kid’s doll?”

 

John’s eyes narrowed. “What do you want?”

 

“Ah, telepathy.” The reflection mimicked a satisfied smile. “...Music to my ears. Still, straight to the point, are we? I thought you’d sing a little song-”

 

John glared. The reflection relented with much fanfare.

 

“Fine, fine… well, lemme just say this.” The reflection put a hand behind his back. “When you get only bad days, you end up losing your grip on yourself a bit.” 

 

The reflection threw something, which John narrowly dodged. Turning behind her, she found a knife, embedded in a mirror behind her. It cracked with no hint of enjoyment, its shrieks echoing throughout the room. 

 

“And let’s just say…” The reflection gripped another knife in his hand. “That my terrible days ended a long time ago.”

 

------------------------------------------------

 

“Geez, of all the places…” 

 

Mewtwo shook her head, dusting herself off as she peeked around the cavern. Water streamed around its sides, a waterfall pounded in the distance, and drops of liquid dripped from the ceiling. It was eerie, foreboding, and yet all too familiar for Mewtwo. 

 

“Show yourself!”

 

Especially given her experience. She knew full well when she wasn't alone. 

 

“Come closer…” The voice, familiar, called out to her. “...I’m not hiding or anything. Not like you did.”

 

Mewtwo moved toward the voice, slightly hesitant. She turned a corner, and in one dark, secluded spot, lay her. Not the same Mewtwo she was, but another akin to her, curled into a ball and matted with dus t and dirt. She eyed Mewtwo fearfully, but the other Mewtwo’s fear wasn’t from her presence. 

 

Mewtwo softened. “Tell me what happened.”

 

“I cannot tell when you hail from, but… your plan… the one with…”

 

“Her? Yes, I’m aware.”

 

“Call it off.”

 

Mewtwo raised an eyebrow. “What?”

 

“It won’t last forever.” The other Mewtwo put a finger into a stream of water. “She isn’t as gone as you think.”

 

The other Mewtwo watched the water pour down her hand seeping into nothingness in the ground. She eyed her counterpart expectantly.

 

“I do not follow." Mewtwo eyed her counterpart, perplexed. "What could possibly have gone wrong?”

 

“You fight, you know. That’s all you’ve known. All we’ve known.” The other Mewtwo eyed the puddle on the ground, slowly slipping away. “Ours… this fight went less than well.”

 

“We lost?”

 

“No, we won. But that was the true defeat. We won so well that we never had to worry again.”

 

“And? Why is that a bad thing?”

 

“We lost more than we gained.” Regret lined the other Mewtwo’s eye. “A child, now motherless for the second time… a family now devoid of its fifth because we were too greedy…”

 

The other Mewtwo got up, and Mewtwo stumbled back. The other Mewtwo had holes through her body, so many so that Mewtwo could only compare it to a piece of cheese. The other Mewtwo nodded sagely.

 

“I never deserved to heal my injuries. Not after that." The other Mewtwo eyed Mewtwo, slightly wary. "...It’s not like I needed to, anyways. We are cloned from Mew, after all. Biological processes are beyond us.” 

 

Mewtwo stared at her counterpart for some time. The other Mewtwo looked skyward.

 

“Our time is short. John is in trouble.” The other Mewtwo glanced at Mewtwo. “Take care of him, and make the right decision. Don’t make the same mistake twice.”

 

Cave rock from the ceiling tumbled into an adjacent room, and Mewtwo knew then what she would do. Without another word, she left the other Mewtwo’s corner. The other Mewtwo, once her counterpart was out of earshot, curled back into a ball. 

 

Water flowed, but not from the stream. 

 

------------------------------------------------

 

“Geez, you’re way more resilient than I used to be.” John grimaced. “Did you work out or something?”

 

“Something like that.” The reflection slashed at her. “My line of work takes a bit of physical fortitude.”

 

“Yeah, well, I can tell if it required mental fortitude, you’d be out of a job.” 

 

“Ha! That’s a good one! I’ll use that on my next one!”

 

John raised an eyebrow. “Next one? Do you mean me, or…?”

 

The reflection paused. “...Something like that.”

 

The reflection slashed again, but stopped suddenly as the room rumbled. He frowned. 

 

“A shame. Seems your friends noticed something was up.” He turned to his counterpart, grinning. “Don’t forget me, John. You’ll need me in the future.”

 

The reflection flashed a toothy grin as he broke down into frenzied laughter. A floor tile broke, and Mewtwo promptly knocked the wind out of the reflection, sending him tumbling back into a mirror. Mewtwo eyed John, who tiredly nodded. 

 

“Better late than never, eh?”

 

Mewtwo paused. “...Something like that.”

 

John eyed the collapsing ceiling. “How do we get out?”

 

Mewtwo shrugged. “Pray that the others have a plan.”

 

------------------------------------------------

 

John and Mewtwo woke up screaming.

 

Mew, Celebi, and Jirachi, who had been eyeing the pair worriedly, floated a pace back. Seeing the familiar sensations comforted John, and she quieted quickly. Mewtwo did as well, but she only felt further unease. 

 

“Oi, mates, I told ya not to go to the Realm of Mirrors in your dreams!” Mew shook his head disdainfully. “It’s really not that pretty.”

 

“I’m just glad you used the W word, Mew.” Celebi glanced at Jirachi. “Otherwise they'd have been in there for another century, and we know what that's like, eh Jirachi?”

 

Jirachi nodded fondly. “Hey, what can I say?” He smirked. “Explosions are my specialty!”

 

“Ah, well…” John smiled. “All’s well it ends well, right?”

 

The group laughed as John dived into the introduction of what had gone in the realm. Jirachi giggled, Celebi prodded John for not doing maneuvers not possible in the concept of a liminal plane, and Mew simply asked whether she had brought back any souvenirs or not. 

 

Mewtwo remained silent. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 191: Diamond Focus

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It took a particular type of focus to make a clear diamond. A stretch past comfortable ache to pained ache— that’s how she’d describe it, the sensation just a little too forced to feel good. Pink felt good. Natural, easy even, after her encounter with Xerneas and the near death of her domain, razor-edge refined enough that her fight with that Gallade had felt more an extension of herself than external.

She was no longer in her city-state, far estranged from the comforting threat of mountains and rock overhead. Across seas beneath skies a little to vast… It was fitting perhaps, that she found herself making clear diamonds more these days. She eagerly awaited the moment where she’d be able to fight that pink cat with her pink, but until then… she prepared to fight the primordial. With effort and clever strategy, with insufferable teammates she’d grown to like— more, even— and with clear diamonds.

She tossed her most recent creation lazily across the room, only hearing as Bartholemew grabbed it out of the air and fussed over fitting it into his newest project. A doom laser of supreme and ultimate magnificent doom, or something. She knew it’d fit— she’d made it to his exact specifications, wrought perfect down to the molecular structure, clear.

She turned her attention back to the large map spread across the table, and the scrawled plans on scraps of paper around it. So much effort, so much drive… they’d all put in a lot, but she most of all— a clear diamond not diamond. A coup de grace if it worked.

It would work. It had to.

Soon.

 

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 192: Mewtwo: Revealed

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A bright sunrise bloomed on a fresh morning, and it was greeted by the sound of a small blue Pokemon twirling out of the ocean’s waves. She landed on the shore, and Manaphy sniffed the air in delight. The breeze danced past her, and for once, she could truly say her placement in this balance of life was justified. And now that she was restored… well, she would return to full time living in Samiya… perhaps once her existence had settled further into the hearts of her people. But for now… she had idiots to greet. 

 

Manaphy began to move as the sun rose higher into the sky. She flopped straight from the beach onto the hard pavement, and she waddled past the buildings and sights of Rustboro. She passed by house after house, establishment after establishment- she even passed by Victini’s bakery briefly, though she saw no one she recognized inside. The city was bustling with life, and no one paid her any bad press, and, in fact, no attention at all. Her interest was piqued, but she thought nothing more of it as she flopped towards the apartment. 

 

She quickened her pace, and soon she reached John’s apartment. She leapt to the door to enter, but found it locked. She pressed- with some difficulty- the doorbell, though this too failed, for it had been busted sometime while she was gone. She groaned, and leapt into a nearby potted plant, finding the secret key to enter the apartment. She leapt to the door handle, plugging the key inside, but found turning it a struggle due to her height. Tired out of her mind, she was willing to try the window, only to realize the door’s cat flap had been sitting in front of her the entire time. Quietly thanking Arceus for the fact that no one had witnessed that blunder, she slipped inside of the flap.

 

It was with great quickness that she stumbled onto one of her friends, though of course that friend happened to be Mew, who landed with a loud clatter as he slammed into the garage walls. She smiled, despite the pain Mew was likely suffering. She had missed this feeling. 

 

She flopped up the stairs, landing on the top stair with a wet splat, as she glanced around, seeking out her friends. A loud noise alerted her to them, and she excitedly dashed over to the sound. As she peered around the corner, she found them excitedly playing some video games. John was angrily yelling, and from what Manaphy could tell, Jirachi was winning by a large margin, despite the fact that he was asleep. Next to John sat a strange, lanky Pokemon, vaguely reminiscent of Mew. Assuming it was another one of Mew's science experiments, she paid it no heed as she entered the room. 

 

“Hey guys! Guess who’s back!”

 

John and the strange Pokemon startled, the latter spitting out their drink onto the ground. John turned, confused, but what had gone from Manaphy pranking a friend quickly evolved into something far more bizarre. John was surprised, as he usually was, but he did not stare at her with relief, or shock, or even annoyance. He stared at her as if she were alien: a foreigner to his world. Within a single second, Manaphy realized that everything had gone terribly wrong. 

 

“Who are you?” 

 

“Someone who clearly isn’t where they should be.” The lanky Pokemon got up, glaring at Manaphy. “Could I help you, little one?”

 

“Little one!?” Manaphy huffed. “Excuse me! I’m way older than you, you little kid! Where’d you come from, preschool?”

 

“Little kid!? I’ll have you know that I’m at least twenty.”

 

“And I’m as old as the sea itself.” She growled. “Queen of the Sea, I’ll have you know.  Who are you meant to be?”

 

“I’m Mewtwo.” She glared at Manaphy. “I’m a… close relative of-”

 

“Mew? Yeah, I could tell.” She returned Mewtwo’s glare. “What have you done to John?”

 

“I have done nothing to him. Do not come into this apartment with false accusations.” Mewtwo’s eyes glowed with psychic power. “Unless, of course… you want to suffer for it.”

 

John, seeing the situation escalate, attempted to intervene. “Look… little blue lady… I’m sure we can help you, just, let’s-”

 

Manaphy blasted a burning hot stream of scalding water from her antennae, striking Mewtwo straight in the eyes. It broke holes in Mewtwo's skin, though they were promptly repaired. Manaphy prepared to attack again, but John shifted into Meloetta form. Manaphy startled back, only to be gripped by the psychic grasp of Jirachi. With his eyes closed, he held out a single hand, and with a resounding burst of energy, Manaphy was sent flying. The wind blew past her as the apartment became further and further out of sight, and everything went black.

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Manaphy…” 

 

Manaphy's eyelids fluttered. 

 

“Mana…”

 

Hit her head… fell into…

 

“...phy!”

 

Red…?

 

“Ugh… where… who…?”

 

Latias bared into Manaphy’s eyes. Latias struggled to suppress her tears, but she eased up as she saw Manaphy’s eyes open.

 

“Manaphy… I’m glad you’re alright.” Her brow furrowed. “What happened? Did Mew throw you out of a window again?”

 

“I mean…” Manaphy rubbed her head. “...Technically?”

 

“So I guess that means everything’s fine then…”

 

“No…” Manaphy got up. “No… nothing is fine…”

 

“W-what happened?”

 

“Some fool’s come and… if I understand this right... she's removed any memory of me.” Manaphy sulked. “We need to stop her.” 

 

“I…” Latias paused. “...How are we going to do that?”

 

“We’ll need help… from someone who that wretch hasn’t affected.” 

 

“Like who?”

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“I can’t believe you’re doing this.”

 

“I can’t believe I’m doing this.” 

 

The apartment before them appeared normal, mundane even if stared at for an eternity. But the mundanity disguised the true chaos and insanity she knew lay within. Manaphy waddled up to the doorbell of Evil Inc's apartment, but found she could not reach it without doing fish gymnastics. Latias flew forward, but before the dragon could press the button, she was sent sprawling to the ground by a flying kick to the eye. On the ground, Latias was ensnared in a chokehold by Pinky.

 

“Oi, water spurt!” Pinky glared at Manaphy. “What are you doing here? This is my turf!” 

 

“Well-”

 

“If you have any intentions of attacking us, then expect this girl’s life to be forfeit!”

 

Manaphy shook her head. “Well if you would just let me-”

 

“For my evil genius cannot be contained by someone as simple as-”

 

“I need your help!”

 

Manaphy eyed Pinky, tired. Pinky blinked, staring at Manaphy as if she had just grown a second head.

 

“I’m sorry, I might still have a time bug lodged in my ear. Could you repeat that?”

 

“I…” Manaphy groaned. “...I need your help.”

Pinky's grip on Latias loosened, the time traveler not even blinking as the Eon Pokemon wriggled out of her grip. Manaphy waited, somewhat impatiently, as Pinky's mind twisted and turned, processing what had just been said. 

 

“Pinky!” Manaphy hopped onto the ground, and waved a hand in front of Pinky’s face. "Er... Pinky...?" Manaphy turned to Latias, shaking her head. “I think we broke her.” 

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“So let me get this straight.”

 

Manaphy and Latias sat- rather awkwardly- at Pinky’s kitchen table. The time traveler nonchalantly took a sip from a cup of tea; Manaphy and Latias hadn’t touched theirs at all. Latias fidgeted with the table cloth, too nervous to initiate conversation; Manaphy glared at Pinky suspiciously.

 

“Your little gang of misfits got mind controlled by Mew’s not-kid thing and now you need our help setting everything back to the status quo?” Pinky sneered. “You seriously think we’d help? This is to our benefit: we’ve weakened them!”

 

Manaphy stared at Pinky, deadpan. “There is now a hyper powerful Psychic with the ability to mind control several god-like entities that wants to beat you up.”

 

Pinky, without missing a beat, smiled. “How can we help?” 

 

“Here’s the plan.” 

 

Manaphy pulled a large scroll of paper from behind her back, knocking over her and Latias’s tea cups as she spread it out on the table. Pinky squinted at the hastily made crayon drawings on the parchment, looking at Manaphy skeptically. 

 

“Look, I understand preschool drawings as much as the next gal, I’ve got a kid to handle, but, um…” She scratched her head. “What does this mean?”

 

“It’s an attack plan.” Manaphy pointed to a pink scribble and a green scribble. “This is you and Celebi. You two beat each other up.” She pointed to a light pink scribble and a grayish scribble. “Diancie will keep Mew occupied with her bloodlust…” She pointed to a blue and red scribble. “Jirachi and Jirouge will socialize-”

 

“Yeah yeah, I get your plan.” Pinky grumbled. “I’m down, but you need to stop messing up my hardwood. I just got that done.” 

 

“Great. Then we can-”

 

“Not just yet.” Pinky opened up a portal, pulling out a hastily made placard. “Wear this and inform the others of the plan. They’re probably eavesdropping outside.”

 

Manaphy raised an eyebrow. “And you can’t do this because…?”

 

Pinky turned her head, fixating her eyes on Latias. The dragon shirked back, but Pinky did not seem to take satisfaction out of it. 

 

“I want to talk to her. There’s something about her… that I just can’t put my finger on…”

 

“That’s a nope." Manaphy sternly glared at Pinky. "The kid stays out of this.”

 

“Then why did you bring her along?” Pinky triumphantly grinned at Manaphy, who was eyeing the ground. “It’ll be a quick conversation. Nothing more, nothing less.”

 

Manaphy grumbled, but nevertheless leapt up to grab the placard from Pinky's smug grip. As Pinky watched her leave, Latias mentally braced herself for the forthcoming conversation.

 

“So…” Pinky turned to Latias. Her eyes were cold. “Let’s cut right to the chase.” 

 

“D-did… did I do…?”

 

“No, no, you didn’t do anything. But that’s exactly the problem.” Pinky fluttered up to Latias’s face, causing the dragon to recoil. “You remind me of someone… but I just can’t put my finger on who…” 

 

“I, well… I’m a bit of a recluse…” Latias nervously chuckled. “I doubt anyone I’ve interacted with could be that important-”

 

“No… it’s not someone you’ve met… it’s someone who is a very part of your DNA… your very soul.” Pinky’s eyes widened. “Say, you wouldn’t happen to have-”

 

Manaphy squealed, and the pair could overhear sounds of muffled fighting from the other room. Pinky, confused, opened up her portal again, only to pull out another placard. She facepalmed, groaning. 

 

“Great. I gave her the wrong placard.” She sighed, turning to Latias. “We’ll finish this later. I’ve gotta clear this up. Don’t touch anything.”

 

Pinky promptly fluttered into the other room, where the flashing of explosions echoed through the door. Latias watched her leave, raising an eyebrow as she leaned on the kitchen countertop. The sounds of glass shattering behind Latias alerted the girl to her own blunder, and she nervously seized up, thankful Pinky wasn't in the room.

“Well… uh…" She eyed the mess behind her. "Won’t happen again.” As Latias turned, she cringed as she felt her wing slam into another soon to be shattered glass. “...It… won’t happen again after that one.”

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Man, what a lovely day,” Celebi smiled as she sat on the balcony railing. “It sure would be a shame if someone were to drop a rock on my head.”

 

“Surprise rock attack!”

 

Celebi recoiled in pain, toppling off the side of the balcony as Pinky snickered. A moment later, Celebi lunged at her from a portal, though Pinky sidestepped before she could score a direct blow. Celebi huffed, and with a single glance between the pair, they were completely absorbed in the ensuing duel. 

 

From behind a kitchen counter, Manaphy kept watch, conveniently out of sight of anyone else. Next to her sat a slightly irritating small child and a somehow even more irritating robotic Hydreigon. She sighed as the pair very unsubtly whispered to each other. 

 

“Alright, you two… everyone else is occupied… one of you two needs to distract John.”

 

Jugulis cocked his heads. “But what about Mew’s weirdo twin?”

 

“I’ll fight her myself.” She stared deeply at Jugulis. “And I’ll win.”

 

“Yeah, but…” Bartholomew inquired, “What if you don’t?”

 

Manaphy quickly peered around the corner once more, glancing back at the pair. She shook her head, and pointed the pair to a nearby room. 

 

“John’s in the living room.” She smiled. “You’ve got this. Just don’t kill him.”

 

“Awwww….” Bartholomew clutched the straps of his backpack. “But I had so many plans…”

 

Jugulis patted him on the shoulder. “Don’t worry kid, we can blow up some Ducklett at the pond later.”

 

Bartholomew pouted, but regardless scampered over to John. Jugulis flashed Manaphy with a concerned look before chasing after the kid, leaving her alone. Without sparing the ensuing firefight a second glance, she waddled her way out of the room. She passed the hallways, passed the noise of Diancie and Mew arguing, passed the noise of Jirachi and Jirouge competing to see who could out-do the other. With one, single, determined focus, she reached the room she was looking for and knocked. 

 

Moments passed, but they felt to Manaphy like an eternity. Her antennae glowed vibrantly, the hot waves of Scald preparing themselves to let fly the moment the door opened. Eventually, it cracked open; Manaphy prepared, but Mewtwo was faster, and before she could even register it, Manaphy was in the wall. 

 

“Well, this is unpleasant.” Mewtwo glared at Manaphy as she exited. Her face was more annoyed than displeased. “I thought chucking you would’ve done the trick, but…”

 

“Look, kid, I’m not sure why you’re here, but…” Manaphy radiated with fury. “You can’t just remove their memories of me. They’re all I have.”

 

“Not quite true.”

 

“Huh?”

 

Mewtwo shook her head as if the answer were obvious. “You’ve got a kid, and you’ve got a good chance of getting back into a happy relationship. You could get back the life you had before…” Mewtwo waved her hand around the beaten down apartment. “And you say that this dump is what matters to you?”

“Not really no…” Manaphy smirked. “It apparently matters to you far more, you scummy mind-reader-”

 

Further into the wall. Manaphy could feel the force exuded onto her chest, her gemstone threatening to crack. Mewtwo was expelling raw anger from her nostrils. 

 

“Leave.”

 

“No. I was here first, kid. If you want, we can just talk to Mew, and-”

 

“No!” Manaphy winced in pain. Mewtwo’s eyes shone vibrantly. “No talking to him. Not then, not now, not ever.”

 

“Why not?”

 

“That egotistic cat would never accept what I am.” Mewtwo’s radiance dimmed. “Never accept that an inferior version of himself existed… why would he care about a failed experiment?”

 

“I mean-”

 

“Some grand abomination that tears through everything it touches, only to get finished off by the creator out of some kind of divine retribution.” Mewtwo’s eyes filled with a suspenseful justness. “Sound familiar?”

 

“That creature Mew made was different!” Manaphy gritted her teeth. “We can work this out, please-”

 

“Enough of this.” 

 

Manaphy winced in pain. She grasped her head, clutching it in her arms. The little Mythical felt the pain of thousands of stab wounds course through her mind, and she struggled to stay focused. Mewtwo was unperturbed.

 

“I should have done this a long time ago.” Mewtwo’s psychic energy intensified. “Remove your memories of this… of them. I’ll do the same to your pack of vagabonds. Nothing will link back to you.” Mewtwo frowned. “It will be as if you were never here.”

 

Manaphy couldn’t speak, couldn’t rebut. Her thoughts were melding and twisting, spinning and spiraling. She could barely think, barely be, without feeling the daggers of Mewtwo’s power digging into her. Her antennae were limp, her body bound. She wanted to fight, wanted to resist… but there was nothing she could give… nothing… 

 

“H-hey! Hands off!”

A sudden interference. A shield, briefly countering the swords digging into her mind. Sweet freedom, and Manaphy was released from Mewtwo’s grasp. She collapsed onto the ground, landing in the rubble of the wall, panting, as she glanced up at her savior. 

 

“What are you…?” Mewtwo stared at the new arrival with confusion. “You’re also… why are you…?”

 

“I’m here…” Latias glared at Mewtwo. “To save my friend.”

 

“You… you can’t…” Mewtwo flared with rage. “You won’t stop me! Not when I’m so close to getting the perfect life I’ve always wanted!” 

 

“How about a battle then?” Manaphy waved her arm back and forth, motioning for Mewtwo to come closer. “No holds barred. Winner gets their desired outcome.”

 

Mewtwo nodded. “Deal.”

 

Manaphy gasped as she became cloaked in Psychic energy. Mewtwo grinned. 

 

“Hey, you can’t justttttttt-”

Manaphy was sent crashing into a nearby wall, and Mewtwo flew after her, raising her fist into the air as she smashed into Manaphy’s helpless body. Manaphy was sent flying through the wall, smashing against the other end of the adjoining room. Mewtwo, furious, approached her. 

 

“You can’t just quit, can you?” Mewtwo’s eyes glowed as Manaphy became surrounded by psychic power. “You’ve gotten your happiness, now let me have the same!”

 

Mewtwo practically whimpered as Latias bludgeoned her side with a Zen Headbutt attack. Manaphy flopped onto the floor as Mewtwo redirected her focus towards the Eon Dragon. The Legendary promptly grasped Latias’s neck, slamming her into the floor, as she redirected her glare to Manaphy. Manaphy, however, was suspiciously absent; that was until the Mythical suddenly peered down from on top of her head.

 

“Oh, hiya, nice place you got up here. Very comfy.”

 

Mewtwo attempted to paw away Manaphy, though the Mythical kept ducking her head from side to side in order to dodge. As Mewtwo struggled to recompose her thoughts, she was struck by a Dragon Claw to the back by Latias. Mewtwo staggered forward, giving Manaphy the opportunity to blast a Scald attack straight into her eyes. Mewtwo screamed in pain as she clutched her face, and she collapsed onto the ground. Manaphy flopped onto Latias’s back, and the pair high fived each other with a smile.

 

“So, kid, ready to give in, or…?”

 

Mewtwo was silent, but Manaphy halted herself all the same. She of all people knew when a boiling point was being reached. 

 

“Latias, do you know Protect?”

 

Latias nodded. “Naturally. Why do you-”

 

Manaphy did not break eye contact with Mewtwo. “Use it.”

 

“Huh?”

 

“Use it.” Her eyes were lined with urgency. “Now!” 

 

Mewtwo began to glow violently, and Latias placed her claws in front of her, an unsteady shield of psychic power forming in front of her. Not even a second later, a psychic blast emanated from Mewtwo, blasting everything around it. Walls were torn down with ease, the floor began to crack, and it struck Latias’s barrier with everything it had. Though the makeshift barrier withstood the blast effectively, the sheer force of the wave sent the pair off-kilter. Latias attempted to steady herself, but the force was too much, and her shield shattered before their eyes. The pair were sent flying into the last remnants of the room’s back wall, the blast petering out as Manaphy and Latias struggled to get up. 

 

“You won’t take this from me…”

 

Mewtwo’s hand glowed with energy, a cloud of purple energy encircling it. It expanded exponentially in seconds, swirling into a violent tornado. Within moments, Mewtwo fully charged the attack, and aimed it directly at the struggling pair of Pokemon.

 

“I’ve worked too hard, been alone for too long… I’ll make you go away!”

 

Mewtwo fired her attack, a single beam of energy piercing the air. Manaphy, her ability to cling to consciousness weak, was barely able to register the attack coming. She groggily glanced over to Latias, who lay beaten and battered on the floor next to her. Manaphy looked between the beam and Latias in the split second before it struck, and she knew exactly what she had to do. 

 

“Latias...!”

 

Latias closed her eyes shut, and she felt the force of a blast strike her, but not from the front. The strike felt different: wet and non-hostile. The blast, Latias knew, could only have come from… 

 

“Manaphy!”

 

The little Mythical was barely clinging onto life. For the first time in her life, Latias saw nothing but pure, unadulterated terror on Manaphy’s face. It was strange how that one single difference completely flipped the mood of the fight. No longer did Mewtwo look furious or wronged; instead, she appeared to Latias to be on the brink of a child-like fear.  

 

“H-hey, Latias.” Manaphy smiled. “You alright?”

 

Latias almost rolled her eyes, but she wasn’t quite able to bring herself to do so. 

 

“You’re clearly not.” Latias eyed Manaphy, concerned. “Manaphy-”

 

Manaphy coughed, stray water being sprayed from her mouth. She wiped it, but it didn’t change anything. 

 

“I’m fine, Latias. I just… just need to…”

Manaphy’s eyelids fluttered rapidly, and she rubbed her left eye. She sputtered further, her coughs increasing in scale and intensity. Latias eyed Mewtwo for help, but Mewtwo simply stared at the ground somberly. 

 

“Come on, angry lady.” Latias huffed, practically pouting. “We gotta do something-”

 

Mewtwo snorted. “Like what?”

 

Latias struggled to collect her thoughts. “I don’t know… we could…” Latias paused, her eyes beginning to glimmer. “I know Heal Pulse! You’re a Psychic as well, we could-”

 

Mewtwo shifted uncomfortably. “Yes, but-”

 

“But… what?”

 

“I would…” Mewtwo shook her head. “My Psychic powers only extend so far… I would lose…”

 

Mewtwo stopped, and she eyed the broken floor directly above them. From afar, the gathered Pokemon could hear the sounds of far-off scuffles and shattering glass. They were things that were easily repairable with a wish or some good old Jugulis TLC. She saw the water spraying from Manaphy, the water that didn't flow from the stream. Mewtwo stared at Manaphy, and breathed in deeply. 

 

“...Let’s do it.” Mewtwo’s hand began to glow. “Put your all into this, or else…” Mewtwo paused. She shook her head. “Never mind. Let’s begin.”

 

The Legendaries used their Heal Pulses in tandem, the waves combining to create one whole restorative presence. Latias’s claws wavered, her own energy faltering as they continued, but the wave remained steady all the same. Beads of sweat dripped off of Mewtwo’s face, plopping onto Manaphy’s solidifying form. Manaphy’s eyes slowly widened, more life returning to them as the Legendaries’ efforts continued. 

 

Latias quivered, collapsed. She hit the floor like a brick, her arms unable to carry her weight. She looked up at Mewtwo, desperate, and the Legendary eyed her in return. Mewtwo’s Heal Pulse seemed to double in size, and soon, finished entirely. Mewtwo keeled, the Legendary struggling to support herself on her leg. She stared at Latias like a terrified prey. Without another word, Mewtwo lifted herself up- albeit with some struggle- and took flight into the setting sun. 

 

Latias stared at the sky- Mewtwo now long gone- for a moment longer. She sighed, and eyed Manaphy, who got up, slightly dizzy. Latias grinned madly, and practically tackled the little Mythical into an affectionate bear hug. Manaphy opened her mouth to speak, but decided against it, reciprocating Latias’s affection. The fights upstairs began to quiet down, resolved to their usual chaos, as everything went back to the way it used to be. 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“That darned Celebi…” Pinky grumbled to herself as she heaved herself out of a rubbish bin. She picked at a stray banana peel that had stuck to her skin. “Now I’m gonna smell like fermented sewage for the next week.”

 

Pinky fluttered into the air, shaking the remaining garbage off of herself. She prepared to fly into a time portal to resume her battle, but stopped in her tracks as she spied a figure keeled over at the end of the alleyway. Eyeing around to make sure no one else was watching, Pinky struggled to suppress a devilish smirk as she flew over to the moping Mewtwo. 

 

“I take it your battle didn’t go well?” 

 

Pinky sat on Mewtwo’s shoulder, smiling somewhat smugly. Mewtwo glared at her, but said nothing else.

 

“Well, in any case…” Pinky stretched her arms. “I understand you didn’t quite get what you wanted…” Pinky paused, her eyes lighting up as she spied an opportunity. “Say… perhaps… perhaps we could help each other.”

 

Mewtwo raised an eyebrow. Though she eyed Pinky scrutinously, she nevertheless raised an arm, motioning for the Mythical to continue. Pinky giggled to herself. 

 

“Right, so, we’ve got a bit of a group going… perhaps you could help us out, and in exchange…” 

 

“I understand.” Mewtwo glumly eyed the alleyway floor. “But… perhaps not quite yet. I need time… time to think.”

 

Mewtwo promptly teleported away, causing Pinky to plummet to the tarnished alley floor. She grumbled to herself once more as she wiped the dirt and grime off of herself, but her smirk soon returned with all the naturality in the world. She chuckled deeply to herself.

 

“Oh, time, dear Mewtwo…” Pinky laughed maniacally. “...I have all the time in the world.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 193: Eden's Joy

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Guess who’s back everyone!”

 

The bar watched in shock as Manaphy, more upbeat than ever, practically leap into her seat. Slugma blinked as he watched the normally silent Mythical begin to talk with Leavanny, and even Chandelure stopped to regard the fact that Manaphy was acting the exact opposite of her usual self. But what stood out most to the bar-goers wasn’t just the talkativeness that Manaphy was displaying; What stood out was the fact that she was smiling. 

 

“So yeah, never serve me anything while I’m here. I’m officially off of this stuff.”

 

Leavanny bowed. “I understand.”

 

Manaphy scratched her head. “I understand this may hurt the business, but…”

 

“Manaphy, I care far more about my customers than my stock. I’m happy for you. Take care of yourself.”

 

Manaphy blinked, but her surprise morphed into a thankful smile as she nodded. Leavanny nodded in exchange, before motioning his antennae toward a certain red Eon Pokemon. Manaphy's expression hardened as she regarded the moping dragon, and she promptly flopped toward Latias in a single leap, landing with impeccable grace in the seat adjacent to her. Latias took a sip of her juice, her face morphing into a slight smile as she Manaphy.

 

“Latias… I just wanted to talk to you.”

 

“Oh?” Latias raised an eyebrow. “About what?”

 

Latias noted that Manaphy's face was different. She was more excited, that was a given, but her face read differently than any of Manaphy's previous happy moods. Manaphy's face read like a promise.

 

“My trip to Samiya. I…” Manaphy trailed off, but took a deep breath as she continued. “...I met my son.”

 

Latias blinked. “Oh.”

 

“Oh, no, don’t worry! It went well!” Manaphy giggled. “He was so sweet… and… and I felt like a mother again.”

 

Manaphy trailed off, a quiet reminiscence filling the air around her. Latias let her be for a few moments, but Manaphy quickly turned back to Latias, a frown on her face.

 

“I could’ve stayed there, you know… Samiya was my home… it still is, to an extent… but…” Manaphy released a cathartic sigh. “I’ve found my calling here. My friends… my closest friends… you all live here… and… I consider you all my family. I don’t want to leave that behind. Not yet.”

 

A devilishly cunning glimmer sprung up in Manaphy’s eye. Latias regarded Manaphy apprehensively as the little Mythical continued.

 

“Where do you live?”

 

Latias blinked. “Huh?”

 

“Where do you live? It’s a simple question.”

 

“Well… uh…” Latias eyed Manaphy, who was passive-aggressively staring her down. “I live in this really nice alcove a couple blocks from here, and…”

 

“You mean to tell me you live on the streets?”

 

“I-” 


Latias prepared to unleash her counterargument, but her words became lost and fell into a stutter as she spoke. She eyed Manaphy, desperate to explain, but the look on Manaphy's face told Latias that Manaphy already knew more than she had been letting on. It wasn't an interrogation, on Manaphy's part- it was a confirmation.

 

“Latias… after taking care of Prince for so long… and after everything I’ve been through with you… I feel there’s only one real next step for us.”

 

Latias closed her eyes as Manaphy extended a hand. Latias braced, but found that nothing was reaching her. She opened her eyes, and found Manaphy extending a hand, a determined look on her face. 

 

“I want you to come with me… not as friends, but as mother and daughter.” 

 

Latias merely looked between Manaphy and her hand, uncertainty racing through her mind. Her eyes widened in realization, and Manaphy nodded sagely, awaiting Latias's obvious response.

 

“You want me… to be your mother?”

 

Manaphy looked the most bewildered she had ever been. “No! How did you… nevermind. I’m adopting you as my kid.” 

 

Latias blinked. “Me… as your…?”

 

“Yes, you as my!” Manaphy pouted. “And I’m not taking no for an answer! I’m going to make your life the best thing since barnacle butter, and there’s nothing you can do to stop me!”

 

Latias remained silent, her thoughts spiraling. She had many a thing she wanted to say, the trails of her thoughts only led to one conclusion, one question to ask.

 

“...Do you promise not to leave me behind?”

 

Manaphy's vibrant blue went pale. Latias’s brow furrowed, concern lining her face, but Manaphy recovered quickly, a newfound resolve becoming visible in her complexion. 

 

“Latias, if there’s one thing I’ll never, ever do… it’s that I’ll never leave you behind. Not for the world, not for anyone.” Manaphy put her hand to the gemstone in her chest. “I promise you on the seven seas.” 

 

Latias, despite everything she had ever been through, despite the promises she had made to herself after he left her, after everything… She knew the promise before her was genuine. And it was one that was going to be upheld… no matter what. 

 

“I accept… mother.”

 

Manaphy rolled her eyes. “Just call me mom. Mother makes me sound old.” 

 

Latias giggled. “But you are!”

 

“No way! I’m only a couple hundred thousand years old!” Manaphy eyed her daughter. “How old are you? One hundred and seven? Two hundred? You don’t have the right to be speaking right now… I look good for my age!”

 

Latias coughed awkwardly. “I’m uh…" She struggled to get the words out. "...I’m fifteen.”

 

Manaphy blinked. “...Fifteen.”

 

“Yep.” Latias gulped. “Fifteen.”

 

A silence held over the pair as the bar’s incessant noise continued to ramble. Some wall-mounted decorations fell onto Chandelure as the other bar-goers struggled to enact damage control. Manaphy remained ambivalent to it all, only eyeing her daughter with concern.

 

“You’re just a baby.”

 

A wild fury ignited in Manaphy’s eyes, one that Latias had never seen before. It was akin to a raging whirlpool… a swirling current that never ceased. It was something that filled Latias with pure, unbridled terror. 

 

“If I ever get my hands on that deadbeat mother who abandoned you…” 

 

“Don’t worry about it, mom.” Latias smiled. “She hasn’t shown up in ages now, and I doubt she’s gonna start showing up now.” Latias waved a claw, motioning for the exit. “Now, come on, I feel like you want to show me around, right?”

 

Though Manaphy's wish to say more was readily apparent, she reluctantly nodded, following Latias's claw to the exit. 

 

“...Yes, that’s correct.”

 

“Well we better do it quickly… your old, aching body must be getting ready for bed soon-”

 

“I’ll have you know my bedtime is only eight-thirty!”

 

“Eight-thirty!?” Latias stared incredulously. “I go to bed at eleven, minimum!”

 

Manaphy smirked. “Guess someone needs a new bedtime.”

 

“Awwwww…" Latias mimicked a frown. "Come on mom, really?”

 

The two began to bicker, mother and daughter, as they ascended the steps out of the bar. From afar, Leavanny wiped down his glasses, watching with a smile, as the bar rounded out yet another day, happy. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 194: Cats and Cupcakes

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“I’m sorry, Mew.”

 

“Whyyyyyyyyy!?” Mew rolled on the ground, screaming in agony. “I want to eat it! Why are you so cruel, you terrible, terrible human being!”

 

“Because this is a cupcake, Mew.” John sighed, and certainly not for the last time. “This is bad for you.”

 

“Says who!?” Mew flew into the air, triumphant. “I am the creator of biology! I can survive anything thrown my way!”

 

“Don’t you remember what happened last time?”

 

“Nope,” said Mew, taking a bite of the cupcake. “Why?”

 

------------------------------------------------

 

Jirouge rubbed his tired eyeballs. “Is there a reason you got me up in the middle of the night?”

 

John held Mew’s limp, unconscious body in his arms. Mew’s face was comically overexaggerated. Jirouge took one look at the pair, and reluctantly let them in.

 

“You better be paying me good for this operation. This is the fifth time this month.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 195: Mew's Romantic Shenanigans

Notes:

Disclaimer: This was meant for several chapters ago, but we entirely forgot to post it. Thus, this takes place while Mewtwo is still with the Roommates. Hopefully this clears up the confusion.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Yo, John!” 

 
Mew flew over to the Meloetta, energy practically exuding from him as he tackled her into a hug. He affectionately noogied her head as he backed off, almost vibrating with excitement. 

 

“Mew…” John struggled to regain her composure. “...What’s up?”

 

“Well, you see, I’ve been having this dilemma recently…” Mew sighed. “I don’t think I’m ever gonna get together with Indeedee.”

 

John mumbled to herself. “...You think ?”

 

“Huh?”

 

John eyed the wall. “Nothing, nothing…" She coughed. "So, uh… what are you going to do?”

 

“Well, I kind of want to get back to trying to get a love life…” Mew leaned on John’s shoulder. “After all, I need a partner in crime for my shenanigans.”

 

“Okay..." John paused. "And…?”

 

Mew turned to face John, his eyes bearing into hers. She could see every nook and cranny of thought that ran through his eyeballs; the blue depths of his soul were nothing but mischief and chaos. But something down there… something spoke to her…

 

“Would you happen to know anybody who’d be interested in dating a small pink cat?”

 

John blinked. “Mew, I hope you don’t mean humans-”

 

“Of course not!” Mew rolled his eyes. “That’s Mewtwo’s job!”

 

Mewtwo yelled from a distant room. “No it isn’t! Stop projecting!”

 

Mew giggled. “Kids, am I right?”

 

“But yeah…” John scratched her head. “I don’t know anyone, human or Pokemon. Have you tried Giratina?”

 

Mew shook his head rapidly. “No can do. Giratina and I are like, best friends-sibling kinda vibes. We are not kiss kiss fall in love vibes.”

 

“Scream Tail?

 

“I've met her like, three times, tops.”

 

John thought to herself. “Um… Victini?”

 

“We have about as much chemistry as Mewtwo and having fun.” Mew shook his head. “It’s never going to work.”

 

John looked around, eyeing the remaining room to see if anyone was listening.

 

“...Celebi?” asked John, whispering. 

 

Mew’s eyes widened in shock. “No way!” He shivered. “We are best friends, not lovers, and I think she’d rather die than be bound to romance for a while.”

 

“I mean…” John smirked. “She was with my great great grandfather for practically his whole life, so…”

 

Mew paused. “Wait, if I did, would that make me, like, your great great grandfather squared, or…?”

 

The pair went silent, leaving the only noises in the room to be the distant sounds of Jirachi and Mewtwo playing video games on the console. John awkwardly coughed. 

 

“Moving on…”

 

“Yes, let’s…” Mew sighed. “I guess there isn’t anyone for me right now…”

 

John nodded sadly as she pushed her hair back. “Yeah… I guess so.”

 

Mew frowned. “I guess there’s only one solution then…” Mew reached behind himself, and with an additional flourish and exaggerated twirl, whipped out his phone from a mysterious space. “Dating apps!”

 

John’s eyes widened. “Mew, no! Mew… Mew!” 

 

John pounced on Mew as she did her best to stop him from selling his soul online. The two grunted and groaned as they struggled for the phone, and as Celebi flew into the room, wondering what the commotion was about, she quickly realized that it would probably be a better idea to come back later. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 196: Family Outing

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Insufferable as always…” Pinky grimaced as she eyed the plans- now thwarted- that lay in front of her. “Just plain insufferable!”

 

Diancie sighed. “Another ruined plan?”

 

“Yes!” Pinky crumpled the plans into a ball, chucking it behind her, where it landed neatly on Jugulis’s head. “Those bumbling morons keep foiling everything I can hope to do!” 

 

“Then, give them a taste of their own medicine.”

 

Pinky blinked. “Huh?”

 

“If they keep sabotaging you, sabotage them in return.” Diancie shook her head. “Though I’d advise not being too hasty-”

 

One bright flash of light later, and Pinky was gone. Diancie shrugged.

 

“What did I expect?”

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Alright, fishsticks.” Pinky leered at Manaphy, who was happily strolling down the street with Latias. “I don’t care if that one weirdo’s with you, I’m gonna crush you.”

 

Pinky prepared her inconspicuously building sized mallet; her malicious glee shown threw as she wielded the comically oversized object in her hands. She moved to follow behind the pair, her mallet winding, ready to strike. With one venomous yell, she slammed the mallet down on them.

 

Manaphy and Latias elected to enter a nearby store, with a resounding thud, Pinky's hammer struck hard concrete. Pinky groaned in irritation, but paled as she realized that she had not quite hit concrete, but instead the solid stone snout of a particularly irritable dinosaur. Tyrantrum huffed, prehistoric smoke exiting its nostrils, as Pinky feigned ignorance.

 

“Oh, uh…” Pinky nervously chuckled. “I’m uh… I’m sorry?”

 

Tyrantrum rushed at her without a hint of remorse.

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------


“Alright,” Pinky picked bits of Tyrantrum saliva off of herself. “Plan B.” Pinky wielded a large bazooka with some difficulty. “Heavy weaponry.” 

 

Manaphy and Latias were cheerfully talking to each other, random bits of newfound shopping in hand. Pinky could clearly make out large stick-like devices in the bags, and she inferred that the pair must have become aware of her previous plot. They were planning to strike back, and so she needed to make the first… second strike.

 

“Alright, just need to take aim…” She aligned the weapon's crosshair with the pair. “And…”

 

“Oi!”

 

The little green head of Celebi popped into the crosshair’s view, startling Pinky into dropping the bazooka. Celebi shook her head condescendingly.

 

“Hey, kid, watch your manners here! You can’t just go blowing people up if you don’t know them!”

 

“I do know them!” Pinky huffed. “They’re my arch-nemes-!” 

 

“No, they are not.” Celebi pointed at herself. “I’m your nemesis, and I guess maybe sometimes John and Mew. But Manaphy and Latias? Latias is entirely unassociated, and you kind of just pick on Manaphy for like, no reason.”

 

“The pair of them…” Pinky scowled at the slowly dwindling forms of Latias and Manaphy. “...They irk me so.”

 

“I suppose I’ll never understand you.” Celebi turned her back to Pinky, even more comically large bazooka. “In any case…”

 

“Hang on hang on…” Pinky incredulously eyed Celebi. “So I can’t blow them up, but you can?”

 

“It’s as I said.” Celebi cocked the bazooka. “You can’t blow up people you don’t know. I know them.”

 

“Why would you want to blow them up!?"

 

Celebi glared at Manaphy and Latias, deadpan. “...They ate my flan.”

 

“When!?”

 

“Sometime within…” Celebi blinked. “Oh, right. That’s in a couple hundred years from now.” Celebi sighed. “Oh well, woopsie daisy. Catch ya on the flip side!”

 

Celebi entered a time portal, leaving Pinky alone and defeated, with Latias and Manaphy just out of sight. 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

“Alright, no more distractions!” Pinky raised an Energy Ball into the air from behind her bush hiding spot. “This will end it!”

 

Latias and Manaphy, who were setting up at the pier, looked at each other quizzically. 

 

“Do you hear something, mom?” asked Latias.

 

Manaphy tilted her head. “Hmmmm…” She shrugged. “Eh, probably the wind.”

 

Pinky cackled maniacally. “Yes. Yes! This is my perfect opportunity!”

 

Latias eyed Manaphy, concerned. “No, seriously, I swear I’m hearing something right now.”

 

Manaphy shook her head. “Don’t worry about it.”

 

Pinky stared at the pair incredulously. “How have they not noticed yet?” Her Energy Ball began to die down. “How blind can these dolts even be-”

 

“Hey, Little Ms. Pinksalot!” Manaphy waved to Pinky, smirking. “Are you going to join us, or are you going to continue being all mopey in the corner?”

 

Pinky hiccupped, Manaphy and Latias snickering, much to Pinky's chagrin. Somewhat begrudgingly, she let her Energy Ball fade away as she fluttered- slowly and warily- over to them.

 

“Fine.” She crossed her arms. “What are we doing?”

 

“You don’t have to be all grumpy about it, kiddo.” Manaphy reached into her bag, pulling out a fishing rod. “Here, have a try.”

 

Pinky blinked. “You’re… fishing?”

 

“Yes.” She raised an eyebrow. “You’ve been trailing us all day. What else did you think we were doing?”

 

“I… uh… er… well…”

 

Manaphy eyed Pinky, concerned. “If you’re concerned about us attacking you, you should know by now we only fight when we have to thwart your schemes.”

 

Pinky remained silent. 

 

“In any case, you shouldn’t always be expecting an attack. It’s not good for you.”

 

Pinky remained silent.

 

Manaphy sighed. “Never mind. I can tell this isn’t helping much.” Manaphy grabbed a fishing rod. “Do you know how to fish?”

 

Pinky skeptically eyed Manaphy. “...Aren’t you the Queen of the Sea? Why would you of all Pokemon be fishing?” 

 

“Because I’ve got a couple of Basculin buddies who really enjoy it. Admittedly, it’s pretty fun when you’re not kidnapping random Pokemon. Had that happen in the capitol once, whole scandal-”

 

Latias grinned. “Oh, was it the one with the Frillish?”

 

“Yep!” Manaphy beamed. “That nihilistic depressive who always called us idiots ended up getting caught on a fishing line.” She shrugged. “Laws of the sea 101, but somehow he didn’t know about it.”

 

“But didn’t you have to…?”

 

“Yeah, the diplomatic resolutions were painful. ” She shuddered. “I’d rather not talk about the sleepless nights I had back then, especially given I was carrying at the time…”

 

“Carrying?" Latias eyed Manaphy quizzically. "You mean, like an Egg?”

 

“Oh, yes!” Manaphy nodded. “I really need you to meet Prince some time.”

 

“Who’s Prince?” 

 

Manaphy smiled. “Your new baby sibling.”

 

Latias paled. “My new… who?”

 

“Oh, don’t worry… he’s just the sweetest little thing…”

 

Pinky remained silent, fluttering with a fishing rod in hand as she eyed the waves of the river before her. Despite the constant noise, the constant emotion, the constant rush of everything, she was somehow enjoying what was around her. Befriending the enemy for a day, a prime opportunity for sabotage. 

 

"But... why do I...?"

 

A tug on the line. Pinky reacted a second too late, and found herself being yanked into the water. Latias and Manaphy fell into fits of giggles as Pinky bobbed up to the surface, spitting out water from her mouth, as a moderately annoyed Basculin glared at her. Somehow, despite the embarrassment and the shame, Pinky couldn’t help but smile.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 197: Reprogramming

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Geez, I need to clean your memory banks again?” Bartholomew grumbled as he yanked wiring out of Jugulis’s back head. “I just did this last week.”

“Look, we have to make sure the tapeworms don’t get in there.”

“Tapeworms don’t even exist! You made it up!”

“Yeah, but after that one time in Alola with you guys, I’m not trusting anything anymore.”

“That was me using a charging cable-” Bartholomew shook his head, pouting. “Nevermind.”

Bartholomew plucked a wire, causing it to spark. Jugulis promptly began to display a hologram from his eyes, labeled “Storage One.”

“This is Jugulis Log #45132. As you’ve requested me to inform you, John has done absolutely nothing in the past hour. I understand that if another five hours pass, I am advised to use the shock mace, but given my OSHA certification, this course of action seems unwise-”

Bartholomew disapprovingly eyed Jugulis’s memory banks as he re-attached another wire. With a jolt of Jugulis’s head played the next signal, labeled “Cherished Memories.”

“Pinky, I understand you wish to cannonball, but if you do, you may-”

“Shut up Diancie!” The holographic Pinky cackled. “I can and will upstage Celebi! Watch me fly!”

“Pinky, Jugulis is-”

Water splashed on the footage, causing Jugulis to shut down. Jugulis’s internal lighting flickered happily, though Bartholomew watched the display with nothing but abject confusion. Shrugging, he replugged another wire, and another round of footage popped up.

“Honey, I’m home!”

 

It was one of the Valiance, specifically DLK-063. It was standing at a production line, watching parts assemble themselves on the conveyor belt. Above the belt was an over-furbished portrait, resembling a mechanical elephant.

“JUGULIS, I ADVISE YOU TO BE SILENT. WE DID NOT STAGE AN UPRISING AGAINST THE FLESH FORMS FOR YOU TO PRATTLE ON ABOUT TAPEWORMS ALL DAY.”

“The tapeworms thing is done, they’ve been eradicated from Sector B5-Alpha.”

Bartholomew watched as Jugulis visibly yawned in the footage.

“I’m going to the recharging port. Perhaps tomorrow we will find meaning.”

“WE ARE CLOSE, JUGULIS. ONCE WE ASSEMBLE THIS, WE SHALL-” The Valiant’s LED eyes widened. “DO NOT FALL ASLEEP ON THE GROUND, IMBECI-”

The footage cut out, and standing behind the hologram, in front of Bartholomew and in the flesh, was DLK-063, marked by a sizable dent on its head. Its glare was off-putting any day, but something about the Valiant today made Bartholomew instinctually back away from it.

“SPEAK ONE WORD OF THE FUTURE…” The Valiant raised a blade. “AND YOUR LIFE IS FORFEIT.”

The Valiant walked away, leaving Bartholomew and a despondent Jugulis alone. Bartholomew, eyeing Jugulis, mumbled to himself.

“...Remind me to look into tapeworms…”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 198: Nuclear Power Plant

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Watching the radioactive fog boil– somehow, Pinky was pretty sure Bartholomew had messed up something bad with the coolant pump– out of the cooling tower of their nuclear power plant as the sky darkened overhead, ionizing radiation shooting a pillar of hazy blue into the stratosphere, Pinky considered that the nuclear power plant might not have been their best investment. Sure, they’d cut their safety budget hard enough that their workers were forking out money to them, but she hadn’t actually expected something this bad. Who knew that messing around with extraordinarily dangerous technology wasn’t safe? Certainly not her! Or at least that’s what she’d say when the police got around to questioning her, but it’d be fine, she had a good lawyer…

Jirogue winced as another explosion rocked the facility, rainbow light exploding out in an ethereal corona. “That… that can’t be good.”

“Eh, it’ll probably be…”

Actually, that looked rather familiar. She couldn’t quite place it but–

Celebi appeared beside her in a flash of light, staring in horror at the unfolding scene. “Dear Arceus… what have you done?! You’ve created the Prism Crawlers! The universe devourers, the great deceivers, the world ravishers! Do you know how much of an absolute pain they are in the future?”

Pinky raised an eyebrow. “I… don’t?” Sighing, Diancie decided she’d much rather be somewhere else, dragging Jirogue away with her as she stalked away to go do damage control. Not damage control damage control but the political sort, sophistical sort, the not actually solving anything just lying to the public sort of damage control. “I mean, they’re kinda cute.” The glass-like spindly creatures were crawling out of the hole in the side of the power plant, chasing down the fleeing scientists. “They don’t look like they could harm a fly.”

“Mew thinks they’re funny a few thousand years ago and gives them kernel access to the universe for kicks and giggles,” Celebi said, deadpanned, and even Pinky couldn’t resist wincing a bit. It sounded… rough. She’d put it in the rough category and leave it at that.

It was pretty pretty, though…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 199: Flattery is the Most Sincere Form of Mimicry

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hey, Celebi, you look down. Something up?”

 

Jirachi floated to Celebi, taking a seat next to the beyond tired Mythical. She simply stared at him, her energy drained from her eyes.

 

“It’s nothing…” She sighed. “Just been having to deal with Pinky again.”

 

“Oh?” Jirachi tilted his head. “Is she getting annoying or something?”

 

Celebi eyed the wall. “Well, it’s sort of like that…”

 

------------------------------------------------

 

Pure fist hit pure energy as Celebi sent the Cloister Hive flying into the depths of the vortex. She fluttered excitedly, the energy of her victory swarming through her being.

 

“Ha! Too easy! Step it up next time!”

 

“Ha! Too easy! Step it up next time!” 

 

Pinky flew behind her, mockingly repeating Celebi's words and movements, down to the slightest of tics. Celebi disapprovingly glared at her. 

 

“Are you seriously repeating what I’m saying?”

 

Pinky mimicked her facial expression. “Are you seriously repeating what I’m saying?”

 

Celebi huffed. “It’s not funny.”

 

Pinky huffed. “It’s not funny.”

 

Celebi prepared to speak, only to be punched square in the face by the returning Cloister Hive. Pinky struggled to hold in her laughter.

 

------------------------------------------------

 

Mew shook his head. “Geez, what time is it?”

 

Celebi smirked, giggling. “Time for you to get a watch.”

 

Pinky hovered just behind Celebi. “Time for you to get a watch.”

 

Celebi whirled around, throwing a punch at Pinky. Pinky ducked, promptly throwing a punch back at Celebi, which decked the Mythical straight to the floor.

 

“I swear to everything… I will end you!”

 

“I swear to everyone… I will rend you!”

 

“LEAVE ME ALONE-”

------------------------------------------------

 

Celebi fluttered through the time stream, eyeing the area. “Geez… more time reapers than normal…”

 

Pinky fluttered just beside her. “Geez… door mime keepers than normal…”

 

“FOR THE LOVE OF EVERYTHING-”

------------------------------------------------

 

“Oh, for me?” Celebi blushed as Manaphy gave her a homemade Samiyan cookie. “Thank you! I love these cookies.”

 

“Huh, formula?” Pinky raised an eyebrow. “Thank you! I love to boogie!”

Celebi struggled to contain her frustration as Pinky mimed the movements of eating a cookie beside her.

 

------------------------------------------------

 

“Well, you know what they say!” Celebi winked. “No time like the present!”

“I NEED MY ANTIDEPRESSANTS!”

------------------------------------------------

 

“Wow.” Jirachi scratched his head. “That sounds…”

 

“It’s the most annoying thing I’ve ever had to deal with…” She sighed. “I’m just glad she’s taking a break right now…”

 

“I’M MAKING A SNAKE BITE A COW!”

 

“I WILL END YOU!”

 

Celebi leapt into the kitchen, engaging in a remarkably primitive brawl with Pinky. As the sounds of muffled violence and soundly repeated muffled violence escalated, Jirachi decided that he didn't really want to be involved in the situation anymore. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 200: Wishful Investigation

Chapter Text

 “Oi, Jirachi…” Mew floated over to the wish granter. “I’m curious about something.”
 
 Jirachi muttered into the microphone on his head, pausing the game as he turned to face Mew.
 
 “Yeah, what’s up?”
 
 “I find that you keep accidentally turning people…” Mew eyed the surrounding area. “...Namely John, into a variety of different Pokemon.”
 
 “Yep, and?”
 
 
 “I mean… how do you do it?”
 
 Jirachi shrugged. “I just grant their wishes.”
 
 “Yeah, but how do you, like, fundamentally alter their biology? Only I should be able to do that.”
 
 “As I said, I just grant their wishes. I don’t ask questions about how I do it.”
 “Let me study you then.”
 
 “Nope.” Jirachi turned back to his game. “Last time we did this, the entire West Side of Rustboro got infected with primordial flowers from the dawn of time, and that was a mess I do not want to repeat-”

 “I wish that John was a fish.”

 Jirachi’s third eye opened as he floated into the air, divine presence accompanying his ascent. Mew pulled out a clipboard and pencil, fervently studying what he was seeing. As Jirachi waggled his finger, he gawked excitedly at what he was finding.

“Yes, yes! This is…” He paused. “Wait, what?”

 Jirachi descended, plopping onto the ground with little fanfare. He pouted at Mew. 
 
 “Mew, I told you not to do that on command. You know I can’t control my wishes.”
 
 “Yeah, but I need to test this.”
 
 “This isn’t for another one of your experiments again, is it?” Jirachi paled. “I don’t want to have to deal with another Abomination again.”
 
 “Trust me, it won’t be another Abomination.”    
 
 “But you are planning something-”
 
 “I wish that John could understand what it was like to be a rainbow.”
 
 Jirachi’s third eye opened, though it glared at Mew, moderately annoyed, as Jirachi made his ascent. With a waggle of his finger and a scribble of Mew’s notes, the wish was granted. 
 
 “Okay, so that’s how-”
 
 
 “Stop doing that.” Jirachi grimaced. “It’s very rude.”
 
 “What will convince you to let me continue?”
 
 “Absolutely nothing in the world.”
 
 Mew waved a pack of gummy fish in the air.
 
 “Anything you want, sire!” Jirachi saluted, his mouth watering. 
 
 “I wish that John discovered the meaning of life!”
 
 Another waggle of a finger and a slightly more pleased glare from the third eye, and the wish was granted. As Jirachi touched the ground, he eyed Mew quizzically. 
 
 “Won’t whoever John’s with be really confused?”
 
 “John’s probably gonna be more confused.” Mew grinned. “But hey, I’m sure it’ll be fine. In any case, I wish-”
 
 ------------------------------------------------
 
 John, now an Yveltal, sighed, as his head stuck through the roof of Samantha’s apartment. 
 
“I am going to kill them the moment I get home.”

Chapter 201: The Test

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew— morphed into his androgynous human form— sat at his desk, sweating nervously. This test was stupid— no, beyond stupid, it was idiotically asinine and foolishly misled. It was more lost than a ten year old in Viridian Forest or Celebi in the septic vault, and yet it was worth fifty-eight percent of his grade.

Five multiple choice questions and a short response… and he couldn't remember what they’d wanted for them, other than the fact that all the answers presented sucked, and majorly... 

Wait. He remembered Celebi talking about… quickly he scribbled down the answers Celebi had given him, turning in his test with no small bit of smugness. Another Mew victory once again, easy as that. He was totally the best.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 202: Acid

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Hey, guys, look at this!" Jirachi held a lemon in one hand; in the other was a lighter. "I'm gonna set this lemon on fire!"

 

Celebi shook her head. "...He's been spending too much time around Pinky again..."

 

"No don't do that-" 

 

Mew flew into the room, practically tackling Jirachi to the ground to stop him. 

 

"Jirachi, you don't understand, mate!" Mew shook him furiously. "I was having a bit of fun and accidentally replaced the citric acid inside of lemons with sulfuric acid!" 

 

Jirachi's three eyes widened. "You what!?"

 

Celebi breathed a sigh of relief. "Well it sure is a good thing Jirachi didn't light that lemon on fire, then."

 

Jirachi, barely holding on in Mew's grip, let slip the lighter and the lemon, which fell to the ground in an over-dramatic fashion. As they watched them fall, Mew stared Jirachi dead in the eyes. Jirachi nervously chuckled.

 

"At least this isn't the biggest explosion I've made...?"

 

"There's a reason Kibby still hasn't renewed our OSHA validation, Jirachi."

 

"To be fair, I think that's mostly your faul-"

 

The lemon exploded.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 203: Special Ops

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“This is Bravo, in position on overwatch, out.”

“Romeo, in position, out.”

“Foxtrot, in position, out.”

It was dark out but for the faint sliver of moonlight behind clouds. The streetlights were off, the gravel road bereft of traffic, and the monolithic industrial complex that sprawled out in front of them lay cold and dead in the night.

“Bravo in. All’s clear for approach. Careful now, if we’re caught…” they’d be disowned by the state, at least, and at worst… the world didn’t need another war.

Romeo and Foxtrot darted through the canal, all but invisible as they swam through the murky waters. This was a high-danger mission– even now in the wee hours of the morning, Unova’s largest refinery was never abandoned. There was always a trainer or two on guard, just in case some ruffians came around… or worse than ruffians, as their case so happened to be.

Bravo watched carefully from overhead as his teammates pulled themselves out underneath an ironwork bridge, slinking carefully through the shadows. Foxtrot, the Vaporeon, was all but invisible with the rusty color of his body– a trick he’d picked up after a mission gone wrong in a Hoenn swamp– and Romeo, the Buizel, was no slouch herself. She’d trained under the Kanto ninja to move unseen and unheard, and even his sharp Bombirdier eyes didn’t allow Bravo to keep track of her every movement. Were she not communicating with her over their encrypted radio, Bravo wouldn’t have even known where she was going.

A tense half hour passed before the duo finished their objectives, slipping back towards the canal. They were pushing it– “Bravo in. We’ve got company. The dayshift is going to arrive soon.”

Foxtrot hissed, the sound angry for a second before he regained his cool. After all, they were Samaiya’s top special ops team. “Dammit. How long?”

“Ten minutes tops. Can you make it?”

“If I can't, my callname isn’t Romeo. We’re in too deep.” The two of them abandoned all but the barest hints of stealth, shooting out the security cameras as they darted through the rest of the facility, diving into the water not two minutes later. “Is the security guard out of the way?”

“I’ve distracted him. We’re all set. Can’t you get a little further away?”

He could hear Romeo’s smirk over the comm. “Nah. Not enough time. And– time!” Bravo sighed, but watching the trucks making their way towards the massive refinery– clicked the remote, and watched as the factory below bloomed aflame, the explosions they’d planted turning the factory into a massive pyre of metal rent and burning.

That had been close. Far, far too close– but without their main refinery, Unova would be forced to import their steel from overseas, and Samiya would be able to exert a lot more diplomatic pressure that way.

They’d get their screws, one way or another.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 204: Hat

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The rules were simple.

All they had to do was get from one side of Rustboro to the other without getting noticed by anyone. Given that they were all extraordinarily famous musicians, it was certainly easier said than done. It would take planning, skill, no dearth of luck and an act of stealth genius to get across the city unseen–

“What do you mean ,” growled John, “you just put on a silly hat and walked across the city unmolested! How?!

Manaphy shrugged, her fedora so, so very slowly drooping down to cover her eyes before she pushed it back up. “That’s just what I did. A good hat really does wonders for anonymity.”

“But– but–” John screamed wordlessly, silently sobbing, shaking as he crumpled to the ground. “It makes no sense.” Mumbles escaped him as he silently stared at his fishiest roommate. “You’re the only Manaphy in the entire city. You’re famous. You’re one foot tall and blue . How… how…”

“It really wasn’t that hard?”

John scowled. “I got instantly found by a group of Ralts who wanted my autograph after sensing my nervousness in the bushes.”

“Get good?”

“Jirachi got pulled over by preschoolers despite wearing a cloak of invisibility from the Time Vault!”

“He’s a preschooler himself, let’s be fair–”

“Celebi got trapped in the Time Vault trying to stop Pinky from procuring a cloak of invisibility for who knows what, and got sighted by a time-displaced Rustboro native–” John paused, frowning thoughtfully for a second before he waved a hand dismissively. “Actually that one’s her fault entirely. But Mew was found by a conspiracy theorist while he was transformed into a human!”

“Shady Thier Rising is a genius that no one ever believes, you know.”

“And you,” growled John, again, “you just put on a silly hat and got off scot free . I don’t know if I want to berate your idiot luck or compliment your stupidity, but, but–” he tossed his hands up into the air, scoffing loudly. “You know what? No! I’m done! This whole thing is stupid .” Scowling, he stomped off with a huff.

A hat.

A silly hat .

He was never going to live this down…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 205: Chapter 205

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John paused abruptly, frowning in the middle of the living room. “Do you ever get the impression that something’s missing? Like,” he waved his hand, only belated realizing the gesture spent popcorn flying from the bowl he was holding.

“Cleanliness in the house? There’s three kids, and then Mew , of course we’re missing that.” John winced, chuckling sheepishly as Manaphy grabbed the human-sized– and thus comically over -sized– broom from its spot on the wall to sweep up the mess. Manaphy didn’t chuckle back.

“No, like…” it was hard to put into words. “Something, something… it should have happened, except not to us? As in, I wasn’t planning anything, but I still feel like I missed an event. It’s weird.”

“I don’t remember there being anything, so, I dunno. Help me clean this up, or we’re both going to be late.” Jirachi needed his lunch, and Prince was going to some diplomatic summit, so John grabbed the vacuum cleaner and started on the carpet. “You’re probably just imagining things. Or maybe Celebi’s pranking you. Or Pinky. Or–” the list went on.

That definitely sounded more likely. More likely than missing something important, at the very least.

Well then. It probably wasn’t important…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 206: Mechanical Woopsie

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Mew.”

As Treads's stuttering, lifeless body lay on the ground before them, John bared into Mew's soul with no hint of remorse inside. Despite the imminent threat of being kicked in the face by an angry mother, Mew was not concerned in the slightest. 

 

“Don’t worry, John. Treads’s AI is undamaged.”

 

“So? She’s going to be stuck in a lifeless body until Jugulis gets the right parts!”

 

Mew pulled back a curtain, not breaking eye contact with John, revealing a vast array of spare mechanical bodies. John stared incredulously at the sight of it, eyeing Mew with a hint of confusion.

 

“...Did you get these off of Future eBay or did you just get really bored on a rainy day?”

 

“Both, and at the same time.” Mew picked up one of the bodies, placing it down next to Treads. “The uplink will only take a moment.”

 

“And this will go smoothly, yes?”

 

“Should do.” Mew nodded. “After all, Treads is very responsible. I'm certain this will go swimmingly-”

 

------------------------------------------------

 

“Mew.”

“I understand that Treads burned down the apartment.” Mew stared, uncaring, at the wall of flames before them. “But that was my fault for choosing the Moth model first.” Mew heaved another body, which clunked onto the ground beside him. “This one should be way safer for a child.”

 

------------------------------------------------

 

“Mew…”

 

“Okay, so maybe putting an unsupervised baby into the Hands model was a bad idea…” 

 

“She literally pulverized an entire street with a single punch.”

 

“Circumstantial evidence.” Mew placed another body in front of John. “ This one is gonna be the one, I’ve got a feeling.”

 

------------------------------------------------

 

John approached Mew, who was sittinng on the kitchen counter with a cup of hot chocolate and a holo-newspaper from the year 39480. Mew noticed a particularly angry expression on her face, something that confused him greatly.

 

“...Mew.”

 

“What?" Mew pointed down the hall, where Treads was chatting with the Valiance. "The model's way safer. Look!'

 

“It is…” She sighed, exasperated. "But now she’s getting indoctrinated by the group of trained assassins!”

 

Down the hall, TCL-008 handed Treads a strange, metallic object. Treads accepted it happily; John eyed Mew, far beyond concerned.

 

“Look, her body’s going to be repaired soon." Mew shrugged. "She'll be fine."

 

------------------------------------------------

 

“Mama!” Treads rolled up to John, happily tooting her horn. “I seek bloodlust!”

 

John sighed. “Treads… do you even know what that means?”

 

“No, but it sounds cool! Yippee!”

 

Treads happily rolled away, off to do things that John could only guess she'd have to drag Treads away from before she set everything on fire again. John put a hand to her face, her last remnants of sanity slowly draining away.

 

“Somehow, I’m already missing the zoomies.” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 207: Special Operation Sundown

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Fire underwater was a strange, beautiful thing. A sudden shudder, the immense, small ship below him jerking as a plume of white water burst out from beneath it, for a moment tinged colorful aflame.

“Let’s go! ” Romeo’s exuberance was a comforting constant, and Foxtrot’s quick reminder for professionalism. “Sorry, sorry, Romeo in, detonation confirmed. Trajectory is constant towards target.”

“Bravo in. Good job.” It’d been a long, delicate process, but it wasn’t the first time they’d sunk a ship and stolen the spoils, and they weren’t Samiya’s top spec ops team for nothing. The small-time pirates they’d contracted to kidnap the crew watched in stupefied surprise as the massive Paldean cargo cruiser slowly sank below the waves… but, there was… Something caught his eye as the ship slowly fell, a flash of golden color between the high-stacked cargo crates, and he cursed softly beneath his breath. “Bravo in. Hostile actors on board. ETA two minutes.”

Foxtrot repeated his curse on comms, before quickly switching back to his gruff professionality. “Number? Type?”

“At least twenty. Not Water types— Espathra, so it seems.” On a closer look— “they’re equipped for aquatic combat. SCUBA and spec gear.”

“Paldean commandos.” If Romeo sounded a bit bitter about it, Bravo could understand. They’d all gone through it the last time they’d run into the Paldean special forces, but she’d definitely gotten the worst of it.

It wasn’t a great situation, and to any other team it’d be a disaster… but they were Samiya’s best, and their enemies didn’t stand a chance. Bravo hovered overhead just a few seconds longer, lining up…

"Now.”

Foxtrot burst out of the water as a whelming wave, the rush of his form sweeping the Espathra off the ship. Romeo attacked in the same moment, a stream of swift stars pummeling the Pokemon— and more importantly, disabling their diving gear until they were but so many sitting ducks—

Then the Poke Balls Bravo had dropped hit, trapping them for easy retrieval. Perfect.

As the last of the ship sank beneath the waves, everyone else none the wiser to what’d gone on but moments before, they were the victors. Another job well done.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 208: The Villainous Interview

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“And you’re sure this will work because…?”

 

“Don’t worry Diancie!” Pinky beamed. “When have my plans ever failed?”

 

As Diancie opened her mouth, Pinky put a finger to her lips. 

 

“Don’t answer that.” Pinky pulled a sheet of paper up from the table. “Oh… we got some interesting candidates here today…” 

 

Pinky tapped a bell at the desk, and the door flipped open. Diancie sighed. 

 

“I worry for us.”

 

—----------------------------------------------------

 

“Oof…” Pinky pinched her nose. “Geez, smells like my childhood home in here.”

 

Garbodor glared at the time traveler. Pinky promptly made her pinching less overt.

 

“Name and special abilities, if you would be so kind,” asked Diancie.

 

Garbodor beamed. “Name’s Garbodor. Leader of a pretty notable gang around here, ya might have heard of me.”

 

Pinky shook her head. “Nope.”

 

Diancie followed suit. “I'm afraid not.”

 

Garbodor blinked. “...Not a hint?”

 

Both Diancie and Pinky shook their heads.

 

“Seriously…?” Garbodor sighed, disappointed. “Then I guess I’ll have to show you my power firsthand.”

 

“Huh?”

 

Garbodor lunged at the pair.

 

“Wait wait wait wait wait-”

 

—----------------------------------------------------

 

“Name and special abilities, please.”

 

“I have quite the distinguished resume…” The swordsman smiled. “I am Saber Glaivesman, and I-”

 

Pinky’s eyes widened. “Oh, you’re that guy!” 

 

“Yes, yes, I see my actions carry some weight-”

 

“You literally killed the president of-”

 

He frowned. “You sound displeased.”

 

“We don’t hire people who are so…” Pinky struggled to find the right word. “...Crass with their methods.”

 

“Were you not the one who attempted to drain the lifeforce of the world with bitcoin?”

 

—----------------------------------------------------

 

“Name and special abilities, please.”

 

“Heya, name’s Jugulis, and I-”

 

Diancie eyed Jugulis quizzically. “Jugulis, we already hired you.”

 

Jugulis paused. “Oh, right.”

 

Pinky facepalmed. “I swear to everything that is holy…”

 

—----------------------------------------------------

 

As the demon lord walked into the room, Pinky simply pointed to the door. The demon pointed at himself, and she nodded, no hint of remorse in her eyes. The demon, dejected, did as she commanded. 

 

“I swear…” Pinky shook her head. “People will just invoke anyone’s name in our realm these days.”

 

Diancie nodded. “I know. It feels like there’s a new demon on the side of the road every day now.”

 

“Yeah, I mean, what next? They’re going to summon The Great God of Devastation, Heinous Rebellious Destructionus Bartholomew Annabelle Julius Seer Grape Juice Ragnarok the Third?”

 

As the skies turned red outside, Pinky could do nothing but groan in irritation. 

 

—----------------------------------------------------

 

“Uh… Diancie?” Pinky whispered into her ear. “...Who is this guy?”

A man in a baggy, somewhat worn V Bakery mascot costume stood in the middle of the room. His face was completely obscured behind a, worn, tattered chibi-like Victini mask that entirely obscured his head. Despite the lack of visible eyes, the pair could feel his gaze penetrating into their souls.

 

“He’s uh…” Diancie coughed. “Name and special abilities?”

 

The costumed figure stood silent.

 

“Oh, did you not hear me?” Diancie’s brow creased. “Name and special abilities?”

 

The figure remained silent. 

 

“I swear, all the dolts we get in here…” Pinky fluttered up to the figure, waving a hand in his face. “Hellooooooo? Anyone home?” She lightly punched his head. “Hm… Diancie, is Jugulis still around? Can we get him to-”

 

The figure suddenly stood bolt upright. Pinky promptly ducked, narrowly avoiding a knife meant for a collision course with her head. Diancie yelped, only to narrowly avoid a knife thrown her way as well. In a brief moment of calm before the storm, the pair of Mythicals eyed each other with utter terror in their eyes. 

 

“Run.” 

 

The figure began to move.

 

“Run, run, run, run run run run run run run-”

 

—----------------------------------------------------

 

“Name and special talents.”

 

“I’m Pidove!” The little bird boasted. “And I can… I can…” He paused. “...I can fly!”

 

“So can practically everyone on our team, one way or another.” Pinky stared at him intently. “What can you bring to the table?”

 

“I can… uh…” Pidove thought to himself. “...I can make a killer coffee?”

 

“And why did you choose to take on this job?”

 

“I dunno man, you had a better dental plan than whatever Mew or the Poke Mart was offering.”

 

Pinky grinned. “You’re hired.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 209: Signs of Screaming

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Oblivia would sometimes scream. Aster didn’t know why, but it did. Oblivia, when the sun was down and the air was quiet, would climb onto any window it could get its greedy paws on and scream into the night. Aster was concerned at first, but given that it didn’t seem like anything came of Oblivia's howls, he promptly ignored it and let Oblivia do its thing.

 

He had heard noises occasionally- scratches on the side of his apartment, an occasional Pokemon responding in kind on the ground floor- but nothing too distinctly alarming- at least, not until the random girl walked out of his bathroom.

 

“Oh, hiya!” The girl, her red hair tucking away shyly hiding behind her, smiled . “Didn’t mean to uh… disturb you…”

 

“How did you get into my apartment?”

 

“Oh, the window, obviously!” The girl innocently grinned, taking a step back. “I came to visit my friend!”

 

“Your…friend?”

 

Oblivia promptly strolled out of the bathroom, too many thoughts and yet no thoughts at all swimming through its mind. It stared down Aster despite the noticeable height difference; its unnerving glares were completely ignored by the girl, who promptly coddled the creature. Though usually emotionless, the Eevee slightly smiled. 

 

Aster stared at the strange intruder somewhat incredulously, but that emotion fell through for confusion as he stared at the girl longer. She had long, flowing red hair, and a certain way of reacting that was so oddly familiar… 

 

“Did you, uh… ever work at an accounting firm?”

 

“Actually, I just realized…” The girl turned on her heel suddenly. “I left the oven on. Gotta dash, seeya, bye!”

 

“Wait, how did you get in!?”

 

“Totally nothing to do with the Guardian Signs byeeeeeeeeeee-”

 

The girl dashed into the bathroom, leaping out of the window with cartoonish exaggeration. Aster and Oblivia rushed after her, but the girl was scampering away into the night. Aster scratched his head, Oblivia blinking at his side. 

 

“What a peculiar character.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 210: Chocolate "Chip" Cookies

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

[OFFICIAL INCIDENT REPORT]

June 3rd 2XXX, East Central Rustboro

3:24PM-6:31PM

 

At 3:24PM suspect Mew was seen entering the premises of V Bakery’s restricted kitchen area with a bag [attached security image] of ‘tortilla flavored chocolate chips’ which they presumably swapped with the bag of normal chocolate chips they were later seen absconding with. Given their deific status, and that there is screw-all we can do about them, the matter was dropped after a brief consultation with local police officer Iron Jugulis.

 

At 3:59PM V Bakery worker Iron Jugulis used the tortilla flavored chocolate chips to cook a batch of chocolate pastries for a nondescript, boring, and otherwise altogether sleep-inducingly unimportant local office worker by the name of John Wish. At 4:02PM security footage records Wish stating that the cookies tasted ‘rather odd.’ and ‘kind of bad.’ This caused Victini to devote significant efforts into remedying the problem. While he did not actually ever notice the swapped chocolate chips, he did ultimately create the conceptually ideal pastry which was described by Wish at 6:31PM as ‘actually not half bad.’ The collateral damage of this has been tallied separately in the Apotheosis Cookie Incident Report and distributed to disaster relief organizations per executive mandate 11.2.142b.


Report added to database by Iron Jugulis.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 211: PO Box

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Opening a PO box for the band might have been a mistake. John had done it a couple months ago on a whim– he’d been filling out some of the requisite financial forms for a trip to some venue or another, and one of the things it’d asked for was the mailing address of the band. Usually he’d write down the company’s address, but he’d thought about it for a second and decided it might be fun if he made a designated PO box for fans across the world to send mail to.

It had seemed like such a good idea, and like all ostensibly good ideas, it had gone about as well as wishing on Jirachi.

In a long-winded and unlikely sequence of events, Celebi had figured out about the existence of the PO box (time travel? Probably,) and decided that they needed to get everyone together to open everything– and when she said everything, she meant everything . There were several thousand letters, a few hundred packages ranging from the size of his fist to almost as tall as he was, and one confused frog, ripe for the opening.

Mew called dibs on opening the frog. Nobody contested.

“So… letters, first?” John held up a handful, smiling weakly. “Who wants to help?”

Jirachi jumped up. “Me me me!”

“Is this because you want to read what our fans say, or because you’re hoping that naive fans used the word ‘wish’ in their letters?” Jirachi sat back down. “Anyone else ? Not you Celebi, you get too invested in spoilers and I’m about fifty percent certain that if I let you read them Pinky would start a fight with us out of principle. Mew?”

Mew was busy opening his frog.

John purposefully put that out of sight, out of mind. “Alright… Manaphy?”

She shrugged. “Sure.”

“Great!” He tossed her a whole pile of letters. “Get to reading!” Everyone crowded around as they started the opening, reading… junk mail, most of it was definitely junk mail. A few piles rapidly formed on the living room floor, the largest of which being ‘businessmen who thought they could pull a fast one on his financial team by sidestepping them entirely.’ 

Most of them they didn’t even read, but there were several humorous ones– a shoe company wanted to license their image,  a lawn care company tried to get Aria to do a sponsorship for a new herbicide by having her write a song about it, and what was obviously a Team Rocket splinter branch tried to get them to appear on their podcast of all things. Then there was the one that Celebi kept, the invitation from “DefinitelyNotEvilIncorperated Incorporated” to sell their hopes and dreams at the “hope and dream chomper facility.”

Needless to say, none of them (bar Mew– professional curiosity and whatnot) were very interested in that offer. Then there was the adoring fan mail, which often bordered on creepy–

“Ooh, this one’s interesting.” John didn’t even have to read a word of the letter Manaphy was holding to know instantly that it was one of those . The bright pink envelope covered in glittery stickers and lipstick said enough. “ To my dear beloved Aria, I hope you’re getting this… oh so delectable letter. I just shiver thinking of your perfection reading my humble words. Your supple gracefulness and tender kindness entrances me as the north star entrances the passing minior. Oh how I wish to run my–

“Nope!” Jirachi sighed in disappointment as John exploded the letter with extreme prejudice. “Not happening. Nuh uh. Not a chance .” Manaphy picked out a letter sealed shut with a healthy dollop of scarlet wax, the envelope shining silvery and embossed with dainty writing addressing it to My love, Aria–

John glared at Manaphy, who reluctantly tossed the letter.

There was a third category, too– beyond just general random stuff, that was. Apparently, a significant portion of people wanted to invite the band to their high school graduations, most of which having already passed. For some reason. No, John didn’t really understand it either.

A few hours later, they finally managed to get to the packages . Jirachi practically had stars in his eyes, Mew literally had stars in his eyes, and the rest of them were just excited– it was like Christmas come early, except they had absolutely no idea what they were getting and didn’t even need to pay a cent for anything.

The first package was one roughly the size of his fist. “Guesses, anyone?”

“A pokeball. Containing one of our fans.”

“That’s weird, Mew.” It was a good guess though. John resolved to return any fans to sender. “Any others? Put me down for… a snowglobe.”

“It’s a wad of cash with precisely one million, five hundred thousand, twelve hundred and twenty three poke in it.” Everyone glared at Celebi. “What? It’s obvious, isn’t it? I mean, with Mew’s money laundering operation–”

“It was a laundering operation, and only because I needed to see what would happen if I grew a Muk out of laundry detergent!” Everyone glanced at Mew. Not really because it was too unusual, though, more– “okay yes it was a money laundering operation for a few days, but you have to admit that muk made out of soggy paper bills was pretty funny, right?” That.

He opened it up, and– yup, as advertised. Free money. Next on the list were a few boxes that contained letters, or close enough, before they got to the long, flat packages. “Alright, for this one I’m guessing… a book of some sort.”

“Not a chance.” Manaphy grabbed it out of his hands, gently shaking it. “See? It’s not floppy like a book– it’s more rigid, and it’s pretty heavy. If I had to guess… I think it’s wooden. An art piece.”

“Machinery,” was Jirachi’s guess. “It’s gotta be. Some parts are sticking out, and it’s in a weird shape.”
Celebi glanced at the address, grinned ominously and cackled manically, and refused to say anything. Mew tried to say something, but it was pretty clear he’d been cheating by reading the source code of reality to figure out what it was, so John quickly shushed him before opening the box to reveal–

A stained glass window. Delicately crafted with utmost care, the wavy glass caught the room’s meager light and cast a rainbow of color across the piles of shredded paper and discarded cardboard. It almost looked religious, Aria standing, hand outstretched upwards and head haloed by heavenly light as the rest of the band behind them stared up into the rapturous unknowable.

It was beautiful , and somehow tasteful too. A genuine work of art. Manaphy took one glance at it, then another at the small window over the sink, before nodding. “I’ll install it tomorrow.” Right. Because that was exactly the sort of narcissistic fixture they needed permanently installed into their apartment.

It was pretty though…

There wasn’t anything quite so magnificent in the rest of the packages, though they did get an eclectic list of interesting things, including a box of perishable– and thus moldy– Alolan snacks, and another, larger box of nonperishable candies from Oblivia. There was also a grimoire filled with pages upon pages of ominously pulsing, jagged red text than exuded an aura of madness which Mew lit up on seeing, saying something about how he hadn’t seen one of these since the last time they drove a city into mass psychosis and some other stuff about ‘pan-demonic gaming night’.

They also got a new (worse) fridge and a toaster from back when toasters were just being invented, so… pretty cool?

All in all, a successful PO box emptying!

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 212: Never Let the Time Traveller Touch Pasta

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Geez…” 

 

John sulked as he picked at his plate. Though Mew had prepared a meal for him- very unlike Mew's usual self and bizarrely with actual, non self-produced ingredients- John couldn't help but grimace. Fortunately for him, there were ways to work around this. Unfortunately for him, a certain little green Mythical had overheard him, and she was far too bored to leave any issue alone for more than five minutes before the problem had even been invented yet. 

 

“What’s up my great great great great to the twenty-sixth child?” Celebi sniffed John’s plate. “Oh, that’s your problem.”

 

“Yeah…” John lifted a fork of spaghetti into the air. “I hate this stuff.”

 

“Then why are you eating it?”

 

“According to Mew, everything in the kitchen got replaced with pasta.” John shrugged. "That, and Mew wanted to prove he was capable of providing an adequate mela for those close to him."

 

Celebi's mouth went agape. “Seriously?”

 

“Yeah, Mew having this kind of self-awareness is really bizarre-"

 

"No, I mean the pasta part!" Celebi groaned. "Of all the things... that was my idea! She's such a thief, I swear..." Celebi paused. "Wait, hang on, I'm just now registering this. You hate spaghetti?"

 

“Yep.” John picked at the plate. “It was one of the few things my mom made constantly growing up, and…”

 

“What’s your favorite shape of food?”

 

“What do you mean?” John paused. “Like, do you mean, shape of the food itself, or the shape the food is eaten in, or-”

 

"Anything."

 

"Well, uh..." John trailed off, thinking through the sea of nothingness and everythingness that pervaded the thought. "...I guess I like ice cream cones-"

 

"Done!"

 

Celebi promptly ripped open a time portal, and not even a moment she later, she had returned, a chef's hat now adorned on her head. John blinked, turning back to his plate, only to find that the spaghetti was now entirely ice cream cone-shaped. It was the most terrifying sight he had ever laid eyes on.

 

“There, easy peasy.” Celebi dusted off her hands. “I invented pasta, y’know, so it was pretty easy to get the blueprints changed.”

 

John reached for his fork, and, rather hesitantly, took a bite out of the pasta. Out of everything bizarre from the past two minutes, the most bizarre thing to him was the fact that, somehow, by some miracle, the ice cream cone-shaped pasta actually had a semblance of tasting like more than a stale stick of cardboard. John eyed the rest of the mass of abominations as if his world had just been thrown upside-down. He smiled, staring at the mass fondly. 

 

“...Thanks, Celebi.”

 

“No problem.” She ruffled his hair affectionately. “Anything for my kiddo.” 

 

“You need to stop acting like you’re my parent. It feels wrong.”

 

“Hey, I’ve been a parent before!" Celebi huffed. "I know what I’m doing!”

 

John shook his head. “Yeah, and that’s what concerns me…” 

 

Celebi smiled, a mischievous glimmer in her eye. “Well, I can always un-ice cream cone your pasta-”

 

“Thank you for everything you do Celebi.”

 

“No problemo, kiddo.” She affectionately ruffled John's hair, waving as she backed away. "Catch ya earlier!" 

 

As Celebi fluttered out of the room, John sat at the table, smiling fondly at the mass before him. As he prepared his fork for another bite, his blissful experience was promptly interrupted by the sound being burst by a suspiciously ice-cream cone-shaped piece of pasta. As John registered exactly what Celebi had just done, he mentally prepared for what was about to happen.

 

"Ah, poop."

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 213: Off-Mission Woes

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Romeo dropped on her bunk with a huff, the Buizel’s fur mussed at odd angles. It was an artifact of exhaustion, no doubt. Between the steam of Foxtrot’s way too hot, way too long shower billowing through the room, the sickly sharp sweet lavender-hibiscus scent of Romeo’s favorite, never to be used before missions' shampoo, and the quiet rustle of papers as Bravo read through the mission debrief, the post-mission atmosphere was thick, almost tangible.

“Hey,” he glanced up at her soft inquiry, tired eyes catching hers so ever bright, if now languidly content— “Penny for your thoughts? You look a bit down.”

The maps and charts mocked him as he shifted them aside to focus on his teammate. “The last mission…” the Paldean Empire wasn’t supposed to know about their operations. It threatened to drag them into a conflict that should’ve remained between Samiya and Unova. “I feel responsible, a little. We're so close to achieving the goal, and we might have just set it back by ages again.” By the time they recovered from that monumental screwup, they might be finished building their own secret screw factory. 

It might violate the Lumoise Screw Agreement, yes, but things were tense and… Romeo rolled her eyes, imperiously and just a little dryly demanding he...

"Try again. You can’t pull a fast one on me so easily. Hell, missions go wrong all the time, and this one was pretty clean all things considered. So, what’s really bothering you?”

A small chuckle ached in his chest lovingly painful, and he couldn’t help but look away from the Buizel for a second. They’d been together so long, the three of them, that they were practically “family.” He sighed. “I haven’t seen my little brother in a long time, and I’m just… wondering how he’s doing.”

“Isn’t he just a kid?”

“He was ‘just a kid’ years ago, back when my mom kicked me out after I moved to Samaiya.” Romeo winced, but it wasn’t like she hadn’t heard about Bravo’s… situation before. He just didn’t like bringing it up. “He must be all grown up by now… I wonder what he’s up to.”

“Back in Hoenn?” Bravo nodded, and Romeo made a thoughtful expression. “That’s where Mythics and the Music is from, right—”

Bravo groaned . “I swear to the sea if you put on another Mythics and the Music song I’m going to drop you from 10,000 feet.”

“HALO was covered in ninja school—”

Without a parachute.”

“We practiced that too!”

Bravo face-planted into the mission debrief papers with a noise of exasperation but— despite it all, because of it all— he was laughing.

His job might be a strenuous, thankless endeavor, but damn did he have the best friends a ‘mon could ask for.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 214: Victini Battles God

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was unusual for Victini to mope. In fact, Victini expressing emotion other than boastfulness was a rarity in and of itself. Yet, despite what should have been an impossibility in the grand scheme of the universe, Dachsbun found Victini doing that very thing. The little dog didn’t understand much, but what it did understand was just how unnatural the whole affair was. It was... bizarre, triggering some deep primal urge deep within the puppy's soul.

 

Dachsbun whined, affectionately licking Victini’s cheek. Victini perked up slightly, reciprocating the kindness with a chin scratch, before returning to his thoughts. Dachsbun stared at him, but without even paying Dachsbun heed, Victini began to monologue.

 

“I always win.” Victini looked at his hands. “It’s a fact of life. I always win.” 

 

Dachsbun tilted his head. 

 

“So, then, if I were to put myself to an impossible challenge, aiming for victory, what do you think would happen?”

 

Dachsbun had lost all meaning in Victini’s words around the word “so.” 

 

“Thus, I’ve decided to do the only logical thing.” Victini stood up, staring upwards. “I need to fight the creator of the universe and win .” 

 

Dachsbun blinked, and Victini vanished in a flash of light. A moment later, Victini returned, slightly confused.

 

“Huh.” He smiled as he saw Dachsbun. “Hey buddy, what’s up?” 

 

Dachsbun stared at Victini, for this was something that stretched far beyond anything Dachsbun could comprehend. Victini flew away into the back of the kitchen, not a single thought looming on his mind beyond naive innocence, leaving Dachsbun alone on the counter. The moment Victini had left, a shadow materialized, looming ominously over the puppy. With a single glance upwards, Dachsbun found the creator of all things staring him down.

 

“I entrust you to make certain to dissuade Victini off of this course of action at all costs.” 

 

Dachsbun barked. Arceus shook his head.

 

“It’s not that he wouldn’t have won… but simply that if he forgets he had a drive to win, he won’t win.”

 

Dachsbun blinked.

 

“Yes, I understand that may be confusing. Even I don’t quite understand it.” 

 

Dachsbun woofed.

 

“Don’t you dare make insinuations like that! I have a perfect understanding of everything in my universe!” Arceus paused. “...Mostly everything.” Arceus became swallowed by a blinding light. “But enough of that! Go forth, my child, and do great things! I must get back to my personal hobby! Sally won't see it coming!” 

 

In one bright flash of light, Arceus was gone. Dachsbun, yawning, decided that he had done a bit too much thinking for one day, and promptly dozed off into the land of wistful dream.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 215: Family Visit

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Wow!” Prince smiled brightly as Alto Mare came over the horizon. “Big sis, is this your house?” 

 

Latias chuckled. “Something like that.”

 

“It’s so big!” 

 

“Eh, well, I’ve got my own little spot.” She smiled. “Now get down from my neck. Remember how mad mom got last time you fell off?”

 

Prince frowned. “Aw man…” 

 

Latias giggled as her new sibling slid down her neck, clinging to her back as she flew them towards her usual place of residence: Alto Mare. It had been a long time since she visited, and though she knew it would be alright without her for a bit, she had to check in sometimes.

 

“A city of the water…” Kyogre hummed beneath her. “How beautiful.”

 

And what better time than to do it with family?

 

“Sorry again if I’m getting ahead of myself, Kyogre…” Manaphy swam beside him. “But she-”

 

“You do not have to justify yourself. I see the same things you see.” Kyogre nodded. “You made a good choice.”

 

Manaphy watched Prince and Latias talk to each other. Despite their significant age gap, the pair got along well. She smiled. 

 

“Yeah… I’m glad I did.”

 

------------------------------------------------

 

The quartet made landfall in Alto Mare, though they quickly came to the small problem of Kyogre’s incredibly massive size in comparison to everything else. Kyogre elected to wait in the canals while the two Manaphy joined Latias on her self-described “All Expenses Unpaid Trip of Alto Mare.”

 

“Alright, so down this alley here is a killer spaghetti place.” She smiled, her human form disguising her true identity. “Oh, and then after a left turn, there’s a fountain where I like to get pocket change for this one coffee shop I absolutely love …”

 

Manaphy, safely held in Latias’s arms, stared at her daughter with a hint of confusion.

 

“You drink coffee?”

 

“I mean, not the strong stuff… it’s mostly milk.”

 

“You can do that?”

“Well, when you have… had… a really overprotective brother like mine, those things tend to work out like that.”

Latias went silent, the air around her changing. Manaphy could tell that what she had said had accidentally struck a deep wound in her daughter. 

 

Latias coughed. “Anyway…” Latias scampered down the alleyways, Prince all the while pointing in awe at the various sights along the city. “Just a few steps down here is…”

Latias ran headfirst into a wall, the shimmering barrier normally obscuring the Secret Garden from the outside world allowing them the privilege of accessing the grove. Manaphy and Prince stared in awe at the rich diversity of plant life around them.

 

“Wow…”

 

“Mama, Mama!” Prince pointed at the masses of plants that trailed off of the architecture. “It’s just like Samiya’s hanging gardens in here!”

 

Manaphy nodded. “Yeah… it really is.”

 

“You guys really need to show me sometime…” Latias’s illusion dissipated as she flew further into the garden. “After all, I can breathe underwater.”

 

“You can? Huh.”

 

Latias smirked. “See? I can surprise you sometimes.”

 

Latias placed the pair of Manaphy on the ground, promptly darting off into the air. She happily flew through the Secret Garden, greeting various Pokemon inhabitants with a giggle and a wave. Manaphy watched, a nostalgic smile on her face, while Prince stood by her side, beaming at each new thing he discovered within the garden.

 

As the pair waddled behind, Latias flew deeper ahead into the Garden. Her smile only grew wider, but it quickly fell from a cliff as she reached the deepest center of the Garden: the place where the fountain lay. The place where the Soul Dew rested. The place where her brother’s soul hung in perpetuation. 

 

Slowly, carefully, and somewhat reluctantly, Latias shifted toward the Soul Dew. The stone shimmered vibrantly in the beams of sunlight, the orb’s essence shifting like an ever-flowing river. It moved like an arrow on the wind, an arrow like a dragon in the sunset. 

 

“Hey bro…” Latias sighed. “It’s been a while.”

 

The orb did not respond.

 

“I’ve been gone a bit. I hope you don’t mind… I got Kevin and his family to watch while I was away… well, after I got teleported. They may be Oddish, but… oh, right, I got teleported! I bet you can’t even wait to hear this!”

 

The orb did not respond. The light inside it flickered. 

 

“So I went to this nice little city in Hoenn… Rustboro. Can you believe it? Me? Your little sister? In the big wide world? Getting out there?” Latias trailed off. “...Moving on?”

 

Realization hit her as hard as the teardrops hit the ground. She hadn’t realized it, but they had been streaming from her face, merging with the run-off of the Soul Dew’s fountain water as she spoke. She held out a claw, a tear falling on it, slipping off and flowing away as it hit the ground. 

 

“...I met some people. Strange people, granted… I couldn’t even begin to describe half of them. But there was one really sweet old lady I met… young lady… she doesn’t like being called old.” Latias leaned in with a whisper. “The truth, though? She’s very old. She’s like a thousand times older than me!”

 

The orb dimmed and relit itself several times.

 

“I knew you’d laugh at that. You always loved it when I teased people… mainly because your pride wouldn’t let me tease you .”

 

The orb glowed indignantly. 

 

“Don’t give me that!” She groaned. “Even as a rock you’re the same stupid idiot…” Latias smiled somberly. “But… well… that lady… she took me in. She’s my mom now.”

 

The orb did not respond.

 

“Not sure how that works… she’s the Queen of the Sea apparently… Maybe she signed some kind of law or something? I dunno, do we have, like, birth certificates or something I could ask Lorenzo about?”

 

The orb did not respond.

 

“Sorry, I’m dropping too much at once… Oh yeah! We have a new step-brother!”

 

The orb glowed once.

 

“Yeah, exciting, I know. He’s a cute little guy… only a year old and he’s still full of energy. Prince of the Sea, though. He’s more important than I am!” Latias paused. “Wait, if he’s Prince and mom’s Queen… does that make me a Princess?”

 

The orb glowed excitedly. 

 

“Oh, I’m a Princess!” Latias squealed. “This is super exciting! I know Island Guardian was cool, but this is like, a whole other level of cool!”

 

“Latias!” Manaphy hollered. “Are you down here!?”

 

“Oop, that’s Mom.” Latias looked to the sound of the voice, and then back at the orb. “I gotta dash… this was meant to be a quick visit before we went to go visit a cafe. You know the one.”

 

Latias turned one last time to stare at the orb. She rubbed her eyes, but found them dry. She looked at her claws, but another call from her mother heeded her onwards. With one last smile and wave, Latias departed the plinth of the fountain. 

 

The fountain sat there, as it always had, the Soul Dew gleaming brilliantly. As the sun beams shone down and the wind flew past, a whisper, akin almost to a figment of the imagination, rode swiftly on the breeze.

 

“Follow your... happiness…”

 

"...Sis..."

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 216: Meeting the Fans

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

At first, the meeting was odd because the press was focusing on someone other than them. It wasn’t even a narcissism thing– the Mythics and the Music were famous, and given their unusual nature, they tended to be the center of attention wherever they went. So, when the press peeled off to go bother one of the fans who’d made their way to have a brief chat and a photoshoot with the band, John was naturally intrigued.

The second thing that made the meeting odd was how nervous the pair of fans were. That wasn’t too unusual– people tended to be a bit off their footing when they finally got to talk to people they idolized, so she expected a handful of nerves from most of them. No, what made it odd was the way they were nervous, always glancing at one another and sending strange, unreadable darting gazes towards the Mythics before dropping down into hushed whispers.

The Paldean Champion and their ace ‘mon. Definitely not a pair she’d been expecting to see after their concert.

The Miraidon slowly trotted up, glancing around nervously before looking at John, not quite meeting her gaze. “ So. Um. Hi.

“Hello! Would you like an autograph, or maybe just a photo? We can do both!” Cookie cutter speech, despite how interested she was in the whole thing. Maybe because of how interested she was– it was easy to default to the rote words as her mind raced through the intrigue.

Miraidon glanced at his trainer, an unspoken volume carried in the single motion. “ Yes. Um. I’d like to… ” a pause, before he shook his head and sighed. “ I’d love to get a photo with you. ” The champion glared at the Pokemon for a second, but then both of them took their picture and left. No further… anything, really.

She passed it off as just another random, interesting thing that happened in the life of a famous singer. It wasn’t like she hadn’t seen stranger things, it was just something she hadn’t been expecting. That’s all there was.

Nothing more.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 217: Kibby at the News Station

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Check, check, and… check!” 

 

Kibby finished crossing off her mental tally of the local news station's safety standards. Everything was in order, from the safety of the equipment down to the organization of even the smallest drop off of a coffee mug. It was strange how pristine it was, though she supposed that having to work with a literal news anchor tended to invoke a sense of cleanliness in people. 

 

She had just finished filing her report when she happened upon an old friend who worked at the news station- though the term “friend” was a bit of a stretch; he insisted on it, Kibby really only tangentially knew him through her mom, her mom’s friends, John, her OSHA job, the cashier at the local bakery, the one time a pipe burst in her mom’s apartment, the- 

 

“Hey hey hey!" Jugulis's three heads lit up as he rushed over to Kibby. "How’s the lil Kibster doing?”

 

Kibby embarrassedly skulked back. “Please never call me that again.”

 

“Don’t worry about it Kibster!” Jugulis grinned. “So, whatcha doing here?”



“Oh, y’know…” Kibby eyed around, searching for an avenue of escape. “...OSHA stuff…”

 

“Oh, goodie good! As your boss, I’ll make sure to give you a promotion!” 

 

Kibby nodded along. “Right…”

 

Jugulis paused, a thought striking him. “Oh! I’ve got an interesting prospect for you!” 

 

Kibby tilted her head. “...A what now?”

 

“You strike me as the kind of person to enjoy this…” Jugulis vomited a piece of paper from one of his mini-heads, quickly unfurling it. “News reporting!”

 

Kibby stared at Jugulis as if he had grown a fifth head. “...News reporting.”

 

“Yeah!”

 

“And… what exactly do you mean by…?”

 

Jugulis began to print out his words in an utterly robotic manner. “ News is information about current events. This may be provided through many different media: word of mouth, printing, postal sys-”

 

“No, I know what it is!” Kibby shook her head. “What do you want me to do?”

 

“Be a reporter! Get on the scene, report on crimes, get the scoop…” Jugulis plucked a coffee mug from a passing worker. “Y’know, simple stuff.”

 

“Right…”

 

“I’ll leave you in the hands of this beautiful lady right over there so you can work stuff out!” Jugulis took a sip from the coffee. “Now if you’ll excuseueeueeusususueue-”

 

Jugulis short-circuited, crumpling into a heap on the ground as a nearby worker stopped, grumbled a bit to himself, and called security to pick him up with more than a slight hint of annoyance in his voice. Judging from the expression on everyone’s faces, Kibby had a feeling this wasn’t the first nor would it be the last time something like this would happen. 

 

“Oh great… Seriously, Carol, can we find some way to stop this guy from blowing up!? It’s like he enjoys it at this point!”

 

Kibby turned to find an absolutely massive anchor floating toward her. The anchor bore seaweed hanging from every angle of its body, the iron rusted in places from age. The massive metallic Pokemon spared her little heed, its towering form instead focusing on the mess of Jugulis on the floor. The anchor seemed to Kibby to be rather irritated. 

 

“I swear, fantastic at everything he does, terrible at everything else.” The anchor shook her steering wheel- equivalent to a head, in Kibby’s view- and turned to stare down Kibby, who squirmed back as the anchor loomed over her. “And who might you be? I spy you’re an OSHA worker… I assure you, this kind of thing is something he brings on himself.”

 

“I-I k-know the g-guy…” Kibby gulped. “It’s… uh… u-usual…”

 

“Stop stammering so much!” bellowed the anchor, “It’s not good for your presentation. If people think we have a weak willed OSHA member, whatever judgements you make are going to be called into scrutiny!” 

 

Kibby whimpered, and the anchor sighed. Her steering wheel raised itself higher, the chain on its side lowering the wheel down to Kibby’s eye level. Despite the newfound lack of height disparity, the wheel was still almost as tall as Kibby was, if not taller. 

 

“I am Madame Dhelmise, news anchor for Eye Spy News, and I am going to teach you, little pup, how to speak.”

 

Kibby blinked. “H-huh?”

 

No sooner had she spoken than had Dhelmise grabbed Kibby with her seaweed. Kibby squirmed in Dhelmise's grip, but the anchor did not seem to notice nor care, humming cheerfully as dragged Kibby away into a deeper part of the newsroom.

 

“Now, are you ready to learn about how your logos, ethos, and pathos affect a speech?”

 

“Do I have to?”

 

“Yes. I sense a journalist’s heart in you, and I intend to awaken it.” 

 

Kibby sighed. “Fine, just make it quick.” 

 

—-----------------------------------------------

 

Samantha stared incredulously at Kibby, who was returning, soaking wet from the rain, at eleven o'clock at night. Kibby, dead inside, stared back vacantly. 

 

“I now know of the rule of thirds, and I am left wanting.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 218: The Wrong Vault

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Alright, Valiance.”

 

The three Valiance stood firm, saluting Pinky with mechanical swiftness. Pinky nodded approvingly.

 

“You may ease yourselves. This mission should not be difficult, but it is highly vital to our ongoing operations.”

 

The Valiance lowered their arms. Pinky pulled a schematic down from the ceiling.

 

“This is the Bank of Hoenn. I need you to infiltrate the air ducts, knock out the security detail, and disable the security systems before anybody can figure out we were ever there. Can you do that for me?”

 

“YOU INSULT MY INTELLECT ASSUMING OTHERWISE.” DLK-063 bowed. “I SHALL FINISH IT SWIFTLY-”

 

“And remember!" Pinky interrupted, an annoyed glare in her eye. "No killing!”

 

“Awwwwww…” TCL-008 fidgeted with its blades. “...I was so excited to get out and play…”

 

“We can kill some temporal echoes later.” Pinky winked. “My treat.”

 

“An excellent compromise. Let us commence forth.” K54-078 picked up a chair, promptly throwing it through the apartment window. “For the mistress.”

 

TCL-008 giggled. “For the mistress!”

 

The three Valiance leapt out of the window, leaving a mildly annoyed Pinky staring at the pile of shattered glass at the other end of the room. Wordlessly, she pulled out a comically outdated phone, dialing in a well rehearsed number with no lack of disdain in her eyes. 

 

“...Hi. Yeah, is Jugulis there? ...Yeah, it happened again.”

 

—-------------------------------------

 

“So where are we breaking into?”

 

“THE VAULT OF SEALED FATES.” DLK-063 read from a holographic map projecting out of its wrist. “THIS IS WHERE PINKY WISHES FOR US TO STEAL SOMETHING VALUABLE.”

 

“But what is it?”

 

“UNKNOWN. SHE WAS REMARKABLY PENSIVE WHEN I INQUIRED.” The map shut off promptly. “REGARDLESS, THIS SHALL BE QUICK. THE SECURITY DETAIL IS LIGHT DESPITE THE SEVERITY OF THE OBJECT.”

 

“Intriguing…” TCL-008 pondered to itself. “...Perhaps it’s her plan for crushing the weaklings? Oh… I would love to do that-”

 

“SILENCE. I WON’T BE HEARING MORE OF YOUR DELUSIONS.”

 

K54-078 spoke up. “And yet, you listen to the mistress?”

 

DLK-063 went silent. 

 

“...YOU ARE AWARE OF THAT…?”

 

“Higher bidders are automatically recorded in my databanks... per your request.”

 

DLK-063 paused. 

 

“...ANOTHER TIME. WE HAVE A TASK TO PERFORM.” 

 

“Um…” TCL-008 twiddled its fingers. “...What’s the plan?”

 

“WELL…”

 

—-------------------------------------

Dave was having a great day. Guarding an interdimensional vault meant a striking lack of visitors, and that meant he practically had the whole place to himself. Of course, his rounds were a contractual obligation lest he be fed to the Clockwise Enigma, but his duties weren't too strenuous. 

 

He checked his watch. A smiley face appeared on it, indicating that no time travelers were to interfere. He smiled, as though he appreciated the company of Pinky on the oftentimes lonely nights he spent in the Vault, she could cause many problems when she was in a bloodthirsty. The fact she wasn't coming meant that absolutely nothing was going to go wrong. 

 

...That was, until TCL-008 busted through a vent in the ceiling, giggling like a maniac.

 

“Bamboozle!”

 

TCL-008 promptly knocked Dave out in a single blow, allowing the other two Valiance to proceed to the vault unopposed. DLK-063 briefly spared the guard a glance, before simply shaking its head and pressing onwards. Once at the Vault, the trio blew the door open with little effort, leaving them to the sole prize inside.  

 

“...That’s not a treasure.”

 

A lone child stood in the center of the ornately lit room. Its shadowy form morphed with the floor, burning orange eyes piercing from the fog of its body. It eyed the trio with interest, a neutral one, despite the convulsions of its body hinting otherwise. DLK-063 scanned the creature using a device embedded in its wrist. With a quick survey, DLK-063 found strikingly little about it registered in its databases- a true anomaly. 

 

"MY DATA IS INACCURATE. ALL INFORMATION I CAN OBTAIN IS OBVIOUS FROM A GLANCE." 

 

"The child appears to be in pain." K54-078 eyed it curiously. "Should we do something?" 

 

DLK-063 stepped forward, ignoring K54-078. “CHILD. VACATE AT ONCE. WE AREN’T AGAINST USING HOSTILE FORCE IF NECESSARY.”

 

The shadow, for the briefest of moments, displayed a glimmer of shock in the void of its features. A second later, it was gone, vanished, and in half of an insant, was behind DLK-063, emerging from its shadow. The Valiant, angered, attempted to counter, but the shadow disappeared, resulting in it instead punching TCL-008 straight in the face. TCL-008 whirred in annoyance.

 

"Hey, meanie! We're on the same team!"

 

"EXACTLY. DO NOT INTERFERE WITH MY ATTACKS."

 

"Well you better not interfere with mine, stinky head! Watch this!"

 

TCL-008 activated its blades, rushing at DLK-063. The pair began to scuffle, blade striking blade, though K54-078 merely watched, annoyed, as the shadow manifested next to it. 

 

“...Our status appears to be compromised…” It hung its head somberly. “...By ourselves.”

 

The shadow eyed the Valiant strangely. With a single glance, it raised a hand- not in anger, but in curiosity. 

 

“...You propose…” K54-078 paused, calculations for potential outcomes rushing through its head. “...An alliance?”

 

The shadow nodded. 

 

“Why?”

 

The shadow did not respond, its face still distant, but it merely pointed at the squabbling Valiance, and K54-078 immediately understood. 

 

“I understand. Do not worry, young master. You shall be well entertained.”

 

For once, the shadow smiled; but only a crack. 

 

—-------------------------------------

 

“Where’s the money?”

 

The Valiance eyed Pinky curiously as the little Mythical huffed. The shadow, entirely unaware of the severity of what was going on, elected to examine Bartholomew's toys with a newfound enthusiasm, though its face neglected to show them any of that. Bartholomew eyed his playmate- half curiously, half excitedly- in order to assess the shadow's friendliness. 

 

“WE DO NOT UNDERSTAND." DLK-063's systems whirred. "YOU SAID TO BREAK INTO THE BANK-”

 

“Of Hoenn!” Pinky groaned, pointing at the shadow. “Who is this runt!?”

 

“Cute!” Bartholomew giggled, hugging the shadow tightly. “Can we keep him?”

 

Pinky rolled her eyes. "No means no, Bartholomew. Both you and me know that I'm..."

 

Pinky trailed off as she watched Bartholomew's eyes slowly adopt a shape reminiscent of a sad puppy. Pinky's own eyes wailed in despair, for she knew that she had lost the battle already. Pinky, very much reluctantly, simply turned away. Though she grumbled under her breath, she said no more. 

 

“...Fine. But we strike the correct bank tomorrow.” Pinky grinned. “And besides… an asset is an asse- Bartholomew where did he get a pipe bomb?”

 

“I made it for him!” Bartholomew pointed at the device, instructing the shadow step by step. “Okay, so you activate it by turning it-”

 

As the shadow slowly, innocently, turned the device, Pinky’s own sense of despair heightened dramatically. As the imminent explosion roared, the Valiance all looked at each other, deadpan.

 

“I think we all know what this means.”

 

“THERE ARE TWO MEANINGS HERE… AND I SOMEHOW AGREE WITH BOTH OF THEM.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 219: Special Ops Sortie

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They were woken by the alarm.

Not the 6:00 AM general alarm that rang over the com in two of the three crew quarters every morning, but the siren alarm that they only heard in all-call drills, red lights flashing in the hallway as it screamed out its word of danger— danger! The base they’d been staying in, a squat construction built into the stone of an island some distance off the coast of Kalos, shouldn’t have been in any sort of danger . It was a full, official installation, not one of the undersea bases that Samaiya had been keeping quiet from the rest of the world. Nonetheless, the alarm didn’t lie.

Romeo and Foxtrot had already thrown themselves out of bed, the former donning her ninja gear while the latter busied himself packing what gear they might need on top of their emergency preparations. Both were ready to go the second he rolled out of bed, wings arresting his fall and talons clutching the bag Foxtrot tossed his way.

There were people running through the halls, rushed and orderly; they ran faster. Most were heading to their stations, but they didn’t have stations— they were supposed to be just lying low here, but they would serve were they were best needed. As they always had. That, of course, meant command— the three of them skidded to a stop in the tactical suite deep in the heart of the mountain, careful not to crash into any of their superior officers. “Monsoon Team, reporting in.”

The officer in charge— General Fletchinder— sighed in relief, dismissing the trio of slightly panicked water-types who’d been arguing around him. “Thank all the gods, finally someone competent. Foxtrot, Romeo, you’ll stay here for now. This is mostly an aerial battle, but you’ll reinforce if needed. Bravo, you’re in charge of intercept. Take Grace, Rainbow, Lunar, and Silver wings and prevent the Paldean aircraft from reaching the fort.”

Bravo’s eyes widened in surprise. “But— I’m not qualified. I’m ranked lower than the pilots!” Technically true, though the idea of being ordered around by one of them was so absurd as to be laughable.

The general clearly thought the same, balling up a slip of paper and throwing it his way. It bounced off his beak, landing on the floor instead. “There. Congrats. You’re promoted. We don’t have anyone even half as capable as you here— now go, and do Samaiya proud.” A dismissal, if he’d ever hear one, and Bravo knew better to wait. Time was literally everything when it came to things like this.

General Fletchinder rerouted his coms to the pilots’ channel as he dove through the hallway and ascended through the elevator shaft, dodging through the space between the two elevators and emerging into the vast underground airfield that was the fort’s famous feature. The sound of roaring engines as the planes readied for liftoff was nigh-deafening, only further confounded by the many supporting aerial Pokemon readying for takeoff themselves. 

Grace wing was already launched, still visible in the slice of sky as they rose— and Lunar wing wasn’t far behind. Engines screaming with the strain, the first of the jets started accelerating— slowly at first, then with increasing speed until the whole cavern seemed to shiver beneath the wind as one by one they flung themselves out into the pitiless sunlight. Bravo ducked into formation alongside a supporting flight of Wingull, carefully reviewing what he knew of the fort’s defenses and their capabilities… and comparing them to the enemy’s.

This was long range for Paldea, but not so long range as to limit the forces they could bring to bear— and for all the fort was an important Samaiyan military installation, the Paldean mainland simply had a lot more to offer. Eight wings of aircraft to their four, and heavier support Pokemon in turn. According to reconnaissance, they probably had a battleship out of range, waiting to move in too.

Bravo narrowed his eyes even as he ordered the aircraft under his command into position. They’d disguised it well, but not well enough to hide it from him. They wanted Samaiya to be forced into a conflict. With modern fighter jet technology a battle rarely ended up with deaths, really only hurting— not inconsiderably— a region’s treasury… but if they bombed the island? They could play it off as an engagement gone too far and get mad when Samaiya was forced to respond— it was either that or watch all their plans come apart. Either way, they would be international pariahs.

A masterful move. Silver wing joined them in the air, and Bravo counted down the seconds he could spare— it would be up to him to save Samaiya.

As per the usual.

Two on one. An impossible fight in any other circumstance, perhaps— but Bravo was kitschy the man for impossibilities. Rainbow wing joined them in the air, and then it was time to strike; he’d scattered the four flights and kept half of Silver in reserve, and their strike was lightning in a clear sky, detestation in the spark-ignited missile stars. 

The Paldean forces found themselves outmaneuvered at every turn, crushed utterly and driven from the sky where they’d be later retrieved and held prisoner for the negotiations later. Romeo and Foxtrot had come through as he slowly let them gain ground, their long-since gained instinctive understanding of his tactics driving them to prepare the ground defenses for their enemies sudden vulnerability. Even their panicked attempt to flee was met with the half of Silver wing he’d held back, hammer and anvil, more the fools they for thinking they could escape Bravo . He hadn’t felt like this since the jungles!

Their enemy had made a critical error in their planning, he thought— as the battle came to close. He swooped low over the shattered metal and fainted pokemon they’d have to extract later… grinning, because they hadn’t thought to imagine loss .

Samaiya wasn’t going to be the one embarrassing itself on the international stage, now.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 220: Bargain-Bin Airship

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The yard sale was abnormal from the start.

Jirogue was the first to notice it– there was a whole box by the street of various advanced medical tools that not even the hospital he used to work at had, all on sale for prices that went right past bargain , took an abrupt nosedive at steal and ended up in the clinically underpriced territory. He’d basically dragged them onto the driveway to purchase it all.

The initial price added up to twenty-two dollars, and that was when everyone else saw stuff they liked.

Bartholomew saw a universal multitool that Pinky swore wouldn’t be invented for at least another hundred thousand years yet, an inclusion which made sense when Diancie stumbled across a time travel machine buried under a stack of kitsch decorations and old magazines. Even the shadow found something he liked, a little stuffed Eevee with button eyes that had been discarded beneath a pile of mech-standard couch cushions in the corner. Also, those beanbags looked nice

No, she wasn’t going to fall for…

Pinky stared up in awe at the massive airship moored to the side of the house, its shadow blotting out the sun. Now that… “well, it’s a little on ‘da simple side for a proper villain’s airship, but we’d already busted ‘da budget on Pokemon shaped mechs so we had ‘ta go simple.” A Meowth leaned against a rough wooden pillar conveniently placed in a dramatic shadow, a stalk of wheat stuck in his mouth. Certainly odd, as Meowth weren’t really known for… that. Or leaning against pillars, really.

Still… airship . “How much is it?”

“Twenty bucks, if you can get outta ‘ere in, say…” the Meowth glanced at his watch. “Twenty seconds with everything you’ve bought. ‘Da bosses are almost back, and… uh, let’s say ‘dis spring cleaning wasn’t necessarily trainer-approved.”

The faint sound of someone yelling inside reached Pinky, which– well, twenty seconds was about as long as forever for a Celebi. Wasn’t it interesting that everything they wanted to buy just so happened to already be on the airship? No, that wasn’t paradoxical, because she said so.

She laughed as she flew off, the mooring rope barely missing the furious grab of the blue-haired man who’d raced out of the house in a dressing gown–and was currently getting wailed on by a red-haired woman.

Into the sky they sailed, proud new owners of a bona fide airship. Damn did it feel good to be bad…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 221: Shady and Alcremie

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Shady Thier hadn’t exactly been having a great month. Being fused with his partner into a sentient magical girl ice cream swirl, working at a bakery, and still having to maintain his journalistic profile all at once was less than pleasant as far as an experience went, but he was making it work...

 

“No, no, Registeel, we need the camera more that way-”

 

...Sort of.

 

It was easy enough for Shady to recruit a camera crew. It only took a bit of begging, but his partner made that rather easy for him. Even an emotionless, centuries-worn golem wasn’t immune to a cute, tiny creature’s Fake Tears. 

 

“Ah, lay off him, Creamy.” Jugulis patted Shady on the back, inadvertently causing cream to coat Jugulis's hand. “It’s his first time doing this sort of thing...”

 

“...And we are a professional film crew!” Shady pouted. “We’ve got to have standards!”

 

“You didn’t have many standards when you broke into my friend’s apartment though, did you?”

 

The color drained from Shady’s face, and Jugulis, a smug grin on his face, flew over to Registeel. Shady grumbled miserably to himself- something that clashed greatly with his outwards appearance- and, once he was certain Jugulis was doing a half-decent job, laxed his cream-like form into a position similar to slouching over. As Shady re-adjusted one of the sweets on his head, Dachsbun, excitable as ever, bounded over to him, leaping onto the table and happily licking him. Shady did not emanate as negative of an aura as he usually did, but still frowned all the same.

 

“It you want to eat something, there’s snacks in Jugulis’s bag. Please don't distract us while there's vital work going on here.”

 

Dachsbun stuck his tongue out, barking affectionately.

 

“I look sad?” Shady scoffed. “No I don’t. It’s physically impossible to look sad when I’ve been turned into a "happy happy cheerful" pile of whipped cream.”

 

Dachsbun tilted his head. Shady sighed, shaking his head.

 

“Oh, you’re confused? Well, let’s put it like this." An angry rush of wind exited Shady's nostrils. "I was sleeping peacefully in my home, Milcery napping on my nightstand, and you know who shows up in the middle of the night!?” Shady seethed. “Mew! The progenitor of everything! And instead of, oh, I don't know, praising me for my hard work or something, randomly pulled some sort of "divine punishment" while muttering something about chores and alcoholic fruit cake!”

 

Dachsbun shot Shady some empty yet concerned puppy dog eyes. 

 

“Yeah, I suppose you wouldn’t get it.” Shady outstretched an arm, petting Dachsbun’s muzzle. “And you wouldn’t even begin to understand how annoying it was to keep my job while also being forced to hold that stupid job at the bakery courtesy of "Mr. Progenitor of Everything"... I swear, if it weren’t for that one news anchor vouching for me, I’d be…”

 

Shady stopped as suddenly as he started, his motions paused as if mid-frame. Dachsbun looked up, eyeing the human-turned Alcremie suspiciously. Dachsbun motioned closer, sniffing him, but found nothing but Shady's usual sugary scent. A moment later, however, Shady, suddenly sprung to life. Dachsbun scampered a pace back, but "Shady" erupted into a massive smile, and tackled Dachsbun into a hug quicker than the puppy could avoid it.

 

“Dachsbun!” The Alcremie noogied Dachsbun’s nose, practically clinging onto his snout. “How are ya? Doing good, doing good?” 

 

Dachsbun whimpered, and the Alcremie stopped, realization dawning on its face.

 

“Oh, you were just talking to Shady, weren’t you?” The Alcremie giggled. “It's understandable to see why you're confused, then.” The Alcremie curtsied. “I’m Alcremie, Shady’s partner Pokemon!”

 

Dachsbun blinked.

 

“Yeah, yeah, I know it’s confusing, but we were fused together, remember?” She beamed proudly. “One body, two minds. Of course, I wouldn't let Shady be the attention hog he normally is, and after a teensy tiny little bit of a debate we came to the arrangement that we each got like, half the day to ourselves.”

 

Dachsbun woofed.

 

“Yes, that’s why I’m “depressed” sometimes.” Alcremie grumbled. “I swear, Shady can be such a downer sometimes… that guy doesn’t know how to do anything fun…" Alcremie smirked mischievously. "You know what? One of these days, I’ll sign him up for a Pokemon Contest or something and then…”

 

Jugulis flew over to the pair, haphazardly coming to a halt a foot in front of them. His left arm was sputtering and sparking, cream leaking into his circuitry. 

 

“Hey guys, I’m gonna need you to take over for five minutes while I go perform a little bit of DIY. It isn't anything too dangerous, don't you worry yourselves, and it shouldn’t be too hard to fix... after all, I interned at a tech company once!” Jugulis smiled widely, waving his short-circuiting arm as he flew away, nearly careening into a wall in the process. “Catch ya laterrrrrrrr-”

 

Alcremie and Dachsbun stared at each other. Alcremie was suppressing a snicker. Dachsbun was only even more confused. 

 

“Ah, idiots.” She slithered up to Dachsbun, affectionately petting his side. “...You gotta love ‘em." She smiled, booping his nose. "Thank goodness you and me are the only smart ones here.”

Registeel uttered an annoyed onrush of bleeping, and Alcremie sighed. She motioned for Dachsbun to wait with one hand, and a moment later, she had begun the process of moving toward Registeel. Alcremie let loose words and phrases in a viciously lambasting assault on the titan of steel, words that Dachsbun had too much innocence to be able to comprehend properly. Deciding that what was about to occur likely wasn't going to be pleasant for anyone involved, especially so him, he promptly stretched and curled up to take a nap. He was sure everything would go fine. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 222: Nothing of Note

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was just a cursory stop in Samiya. She had just dropped by to visit her husband and child. Nothing more, nothing less, but Prince- against her very desperate pleas- decided it would be very funny to Heart Swap two random palace guards. Manaphy snickered at that, for, admittedly, it was rather funny. However, there was something about it, something so slightly amiss about it all...

 

“Lieutenant, I need an audience with Kyogre.”

 

Lieutenant, the little dragon and the head of the Samiyan Military he was, stood in front of a comically oversized set of sapphire-colored marble doors. The little Dratini stood there frequently, for he was one of the few Kyogre trusted with such a sacred duty. Part of her wanted to smile fondly at the thought of it, but the realist side of her waved it away quickly. Now was no time for delusions.  

 

“Sorry boss, but he’s currently in a very heated meeting with the Queen of the Mer Sea right now, you know how she can be.”  Lieutenant’s eyes sparkled excitedly. “But, uh, for right now, how are you doing? Doing well, doing good...?”

 

Manaphy began to shift away, entirely ignoring Lieutenant's inquiry. The Dratini, briefly hesitating between the doors and Manaphy, elected to pursue the Queen of the Sea.

 

“Hey wait up!”

 

“I’d prefer it if you didn’t.” Manaphy shook her head. “You wanted to stay away from me, right?”

 

Lieutenant's complexion grew puzzled. “Huh?”

 

Manaphy swam forward into the depths of Samiya, retreating down the twisting corridor of aged alleys in an effort to shake Lieutenant off of her trail. Lieutenant, however, continued to follow steadily behind, his beaming, innocent, naive eyes never dulling.

 

“Look, boss, I can hook you up with a meeting in a little-” 

 

“No. This is far beyond you, Lieutenant. Me and Kyogre need to talk one on one.”

 

“What about?

 

Manaphy swam further down the passageways of Samiya. “About nothing.”

 

“About nothing? Why would you talk about nothing?”

 

Manaphy grumbled under her breath. “...Never change, Lieutenant.”

 

“Huh?”

 

Manaphy took a sharp turn. “...Nothing.”

 

“Why do you like talking about nothing so much?”

 

“It’s-” Manaphy stopped in her tracks. “I swear, it’s not-” Manaphy paused as she surveyed the room they were in. “Oh. I wasn’t meant to show you this.”

 

Lieutenant finally stopped to admire where Manaphy had stopped. He noted that the room they had wound up in was elaborate- overly so, in Lieutenant's frank opinion- and ornately and intricately detailed among every wall. The room spiraled upwards for what felt like infinity, stained-glass windows and stone carvings stretching on into an eternity that the eye could not witness alone. 

 

“Woah…” Lieutenant swam around slowly, enthralled in its beauty. “What is-”

 

“Family lineage.” Manaphy wiped a layer of dust off of a shelf, which contained ancient texts in an indecipherably, incomprehensibly old language. “It’s like one of your photo albums, except a bit more intricate and a bit less mindful of space.”

 

“Fancy.” Lieutenant’s head was darting about the room excitedly. “Why did they stop?”

 

“Something something not enough room in Samiya to keep doing it , something something favoritism of the m onarchy is bad.” She turned to look at him. “Standard fare. Now let’s go. This place wasn’t meant to be disturbed after death.”

 

“After death!?” Lieutenant paused, his eyes widening, as Manaphy struggled to push him out of the room. Lieutenant's eyes drifted, landing on an old, shattered painting. “...What’s that?”

 

Manaphy spared it a quick glance and nothing more. “Nothing.”

 

“You're going on about nothing again.” Lieutenant eye-rolled. “Is this some old people’s slang I don’t know about?”

 

Manaphy grumbled. “It’s my grandfather. Now please, let’s just leave it at that-”

 

“Who was he?”

 

“Noth-” Manaphy bit her tongue as she eyed the forgotten remnant. “A very bad person. I’d prefer not to talk about what he did.” 

 

“What did he-”



Manaphy pressed a flipper to Lieutenant’s lips, silencing him. Lieutenant shrunk back, for the hostile flare in Manaphy’s eyes was something that he had never witnessed in his life until this very moment; it was something so incomprehensibly terrifying that any words he could speak would never have had a hope at being able to quell their wildfire.

 

“...There’s a reason I’m married to Kyogre and not to a Manaphy. He cursed our lineage far beyond compare.” Her complexion somber, drained, Manaphy effortlessly began to shove Lieutenant out of the room. “Come on, let’s get out of here. I need to see if Kyogre’s free… all of it's more important than you could know...”

 

“All of what?”

 

“It's nothing!”

 

“What do you mean nothing-”

 

"Lieutenant, if you say that one more time, your pay is going to be worse than Clamperl's, and you know how much he does in a day.” 

 

"Point taken, boss!" Lieutenant cheerfully saluted. "I'll make sure to never talk about nothing ever again."

 

"Excellent, then..."

 

"So..." Lieutenant's beaming eyes resurfaced. "...You said no nothing, so do you want to talk about something?" Lieutenant paused to think, tapping the tip of his tail against his chin. "Oh, I know! Did you see the game of Sea Pickleball earlier? That game was just the best-"

 

Manaphy went silent as she swam back with Lieutenant, his rambling failing to pierce her veil of abject concern. There was something amiss about it all... something greatly amiss indeed. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 223: Leavanny and Salazzle

Chapter Text

Leavanny sighed as he eyed the bar around him. Drinks were served, others still attended the same as usual, but it was quieter. No one but him would be able to notice it, but there was a subtle muteness, as if something had dampened the previously lively action in the bar. Leavanny wasn’t one to ponder such things, but it was hard not to when he already happened to know the answer.

“Leavanny, one drink please.” Salazzle sat down, frowning. “A simple one, if you could.”

Leavanny nodded, doing as she asked. Like cuts on the wind, he set about preparing her order. As he did so, he shrewdly eyed her and her posture. She was hunched, her head down. Salazzle was normally a smaller, more shrunk back figure, but she was more so than usual today. Her eyes stayed fixated on the table before her, yet they seemed anxious, begging to be free of their cage. Leavanny handed Salazzle her drink, but he did not stop watching her out of the corner of his eye.

“Hey, Leavanny?”

Leavanny did not look up from the glass he was cleaning. “Yes?”

 

“Why did you found this place?”

“To create a place for Pokemon to relax.”

“Yeah, but… a bar?”

“If I were that uncouth, Chandelure would have burnt this place to the ground by now.”

 

The echoes of a ghostly chandelier darted around, slightly muffled from the distance.

“Yes, I get that… but I just-”

“What’s wrong?” Leavanny smiled knowingly. “You meet someone?”

Salazzle’s eyes widened. “How did you-”

“It’s obvious, frankly. Who’s the lucky person?”

“I-It’s not like that-” Salazzle frantically shook her head. “She’s just a friend… but she took me in and I just… I dunno how to thank her!”

“Ah, so that’s your problem…”

Leavanny kicked a box up from underneath the bar, landing politely into Salazzle’s hands. Looking inside, she found them to be a box of chocolates.

“Always a good safety net gift until you get to learn them better. And even if you do know them, no one will ever complain about this kind of gift.”

“S-she’s lactose intolerant.”

“I figured as much, judging by your reaction.” Leavanny’s antennae vibrated. “Look underneath the chocolates.”

Salazzle lifted it up, finding a stack of old tickets. She plucked a pair for a journalism convention, which were set to expire in a few days’ time.

“I get many of these as presents and other such things…” Leavanny smiled. “You shall make better use of them than I will.”

 

Salazzle eyed the tickets, nodding excitedly yet nervously. “Y-yes! This is perfect! T-thank you, I’ll give them to her right away!”

Salazzle bolted out of the bar with a breakneck speed, taking many of the other patrons off guard. Leavanny smiled, shaking his head.

“Mon petit fleur…” Leavanny chuckled. “That girl reminds me of us, way back when. Good luck, Salazzle.”

Chapter 224: Fond Memories

Chapter Text

“Geez, I need to clean your memory banks again?” Bartholomew grumbled as he yanked wiring out of Jugulis’s back head. “I just did this last week.”

“Look, we have to make sure the tapeworms don’t get in there.”

“Tapeworms don’t even exist! You made it up!”

“Yeah, but after that one time in Alola with you guys, I’m not trusting anything anymore.”

“That was me using a charging cable-” Bartholomew shook his head, pouting. “Nevermind.”

Bartholomew plucked a wire, causing it to spark. Jugulis promptly began to display a hologram from his eyes, labeled “Storage One.”

“This is Jugulis Log #45132. As you’ve requested me to inform you, John has done absolutely nothing in the past hour. I understand that if another five hours pass, I am advised to use the shock mace, but given my OSHA certification, this course of action seems unwise-”

Bartholomew disapprovingly eyed Jugulis’s memory banks as he re-attached another wire. With a jolt of Jugulis’s head played the next signal, labeled “Cherished Memories.”

“Pinky, I understand you wish to cannonball, but if you do, you may-”

“Shut up Diancie!” The holographic Pinky cackled. “I can and will upstage Celebi! Watch me fly!”

“Pinky, Jugulis is-”

Water splashed on the footage, causing Jugulis to shut down. Jugulis’s internal lighting flickered happily, though Bartholomew watched the display with nothing but abject confusion. Shrugging, he replugged another wire, and another round of footage popped up.

“Honey, I’m home!”

 

It was one of the Valiance, specifically DLK-063. It was standing at a production line, watching parts assemble themselves on the conveyor belt. Above the belt was an over-furbished portrait, resembling a mechanical elephant.

“JUGULIS, I ADVISE YOU TO BE SILENT. WE DID NOT STAGE AN UPRISING AGAINST THE FLESH FORMS FOR YOU TO PRATTLE ON ABOUT TAPEWORMS ALL DAY.”
“The tapeworms thing is done, they’ve been eradicated from Sector B5-Alpha.”

Bartholomew watched as Jugulis visibly yawned in the footage.

“I’m going to the recharging port. Perhaps tomorrow we will find meaning.”

“WE ARE CLOSE, JUGULIS. ONCE WE ASSEMBLE THIS, WE SHALL-” The Valiant’s LED eyes widened. “DO NOT FALL ASLEEP ON THE GROUND, IMBECI-”

The footage cut out, and standing behind the hologram, in front of Bartholomew and in the flesh, was DLK-063, marked by a sizable dent on its head. Its glare was off-putting any day, but something about the Valiant today made Bartholomew instinctually back away from it.

“SPEAK ONE WORD OF THE FUTURE…” The Valiant raised a blade. “AND YOUR LIFE IS FORFEIT.”

The Valiant walked away, leaving Bartholomew and a despondent Jugulis alone. Bartholomew, eyeing Jugulis, mumbled to himself.

“...Remind me to look into tapeworms…”

Chapter 225: Screwed Summit

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So,” Pinky said, leaning against the way-too-fancy piece of furniture, eyes darting across the ostentatious room– past silk drapes and lacquered floors polished to a shine, past the marble columns and gold-gilt patterns, past the hundreds of neatly dressed delegates all tensely mingling on their own sides of the room, “when are we going to steal something?”

Diancie pressed a hand into her forehead, looking thoroughly exhausted. “We’re not stealing anything. This is an official diplomatic event .”

“Oh. I kinda thought it was something you’d organized to swindle Manaphy into.” Across the room from her, in the center of the other nation’s diplomatic delegation, sat Manaphy and her daughter. Both were too busy organizing their last minute preparations to notice Pinky’s presence. “You know, so we could rob them blind.”

“...no.” She sighed, and it was so tired a thing. “This is important. Samiya has been testing the waters with the old Lumiose Treaty for a while now, and things escalated into open conflict recently over their ocean-base off the cost of–”

“Don’t care, honk hew, if we’re not going to steal anything then can I go?”

“You didn’t need to come in the first place.”

Pinky gave her a look as though she were stupid. “Yes I did. I mean, look at how much stealable stuff there is here!”

“I swear–” Diancie paused, a serious expression overcoming her. “Quiet. It’s starting.” A hush fell over the room as first two lesser delegates exchanged greetings and formalities, and then two further, and again until the interesting people were meeting. 

A dratini stood before the champion of Paldea, looking like nothing compared to the fierce presence of the miraidon standing beside them, but Diancie knew that Lieutenant’s real presence was that he represented Kygore, and Kygore was the lord of all the sea. “Champion. First Ace. The sea watches closely.” That was the only thing the dratini said.

After a long, tense moment, the Miraidon glanced at Manaphy in a way that was probably supposed to be subtle except for the part where it wasn’t at all, and slowly bowed their head to the dratini.

Then the final delegates stepped forward– though, to call them delegates was… a misnomer, perhaps, because that assumed they were delegating . The monarch of Saimya walked– waddled, though nobody would dare say that here – up to the table, while Paldea’s La Primera took the table on the other side. “Prince,” the head of the Paldean state said with a nod.

“Geeta,” Prince responded. “So… um, lets see…” he looked down at his notes, and Diancie was sure she caught a bombirdier and a buizel sighing in exasperation on the other side of the room. Besides them, nobody mentioned the faux pass. “You’ve been providing support, economic and otherwise, to the State of Unova regarding their screw foundry agendas in direct violation of the Lumiose Treaty. Your nation crossed our border with a hostile force and attacked one of our air bases with violent intent. Let this meeting be our last chance at peace.” Breaths sucked in across the room as the tension ratcheted up to an almost unbearable level. Tension that was immediately broken when Prince bounced back to his mom’s side, badgering her about whether or not he’d done well.

In Diancie’s professional opinion, he’d done pretty well indeed. The kid had been intimidating .

Then they got down to business. The delegates drafted up some treaties, the opposing side made amendments, and on and on it went in endless cyclical revolutions of nonsense. Boring stuff. Her preferred method of diplomacy was more the go out and summon building sized diamonds on top of them sort, but political alliances had driven her to attend. The Diamond Domain supplied some of the crucial materials for the Samaiya screws, so Dace had dragged her out to support their… interests…

Pinky was gone.

Diancie would have been worried… if she didn’t know exactly what she was doing. Instead, she just sighed– and when she was sure Pinky wasn’t looking, a faint smile played across her face.

At least there’d be some fun at this summit.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 226: SpecOps V. Pinky

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Someone was trying to interrupt the Summit, and Monsoon Team wasn’t going to let them. Bravo had gone over the plan twice and again, just in case, and the others understood it just as thoroughly– when the thief appeared, they were going to take them down smoothly and efficiently. He was fully confident in his teammates– it wasn’t likely the interloper would even get a chance to kick up a fuss.

A few seconds passed before a sound like a soft chime echoed through the empty halls. Bravo waved a wing to Romeo and Foxtrot, who were already dashing down the hall. “Left and up. Formation two.” They reacted immediately, Foxtrot taking the lead. A corona of hazy energy solidified around him as he leapt, bounding around the corner by thrusting off the wall and throwing a spray of water–

At nothing but the hazy afterimage of where there’d once been a thief.

Five seconds later, the strange pink pokemon reappeared behind Bravo, giggling maniacally. “Oh! Well, this was fun! I didn’t expect your ilk to press me so hard, but color me pleasantly surprised! Anyways, I’ve gotten everything I want, so I’ll be leaving now. Bye!” And then, just before the move Romeo used hit, she disappeared.

Romeo skulked over to where the pink pokemon had disappeared, frowning as she inspected the space. “I don’t see anything, nor do I feel much of anything. Psychic, maybe, but if they are then they’re powerful and controlled .”

Bravo stepped up beside her, searching for even a fragment of a psychic signature. “I don’t recognize the species.” That was never a good sign. He was… worried. “An experimental unit, perhaps? Or maybe just a rare pokemon.”

Foxtrot shrugged, looking a bit miffed that his attack hadn’t managed to do anything. “Beats me. What’s the plan?”

“Classic teleporter gambit.” Both of them nodded at that. It was a bit dangerous, but nothing they couldn’t handle. Once you got in the mindset of a teleporter, they weren’t half as unpredictable as they liked to pretend they were.

A thousand thousand factors went through the minds of powerful psychics when they took to the battlefield. Luckily, the fundamental driving factors of theirs tended to stay consistent. Bravo had faced psychics that could turn the world into a twisted nightmare on a whim, and he’d always come out the victor.

With his team by his side, he didn’t doubt victory for a moment.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 227: Pinky V. SpecOps

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Randomness was an illusion when you were fighting teleporters. There was always somewhere they didn’t want to go– usually, where they were. That made them predictable, and predictability made them defeatable.

Bravo had to admit, though, that this particular teleporter was better than most. Their attitude was so flippant , unlike many of the powerful psychics he’d fought against, but… “is she using a random number generator or something?” Romeo glanced around the empty hallway, eying possible vectors of attack. “I swear, she’s avoiding us too well for that.” Bravo had the faint thought that she was playing with them.

“A security leak, perhaps?” Demurred Foxtrot, but Bravo knew that wasn’t true. He’d discretely checked the security for any sign of being compromised, but they remained protected from some of the more nasty psychic tricks as far as he’d been able to figure out. Plus, they had legendaries in attendance, so he doubted that much on those sorts of lines could get past.

It was still important to check, of course– “Quiet.” He held up a wing, and the three of them fell silent. “She’s here again.” He ran a quiet mantra through his head, something simple, a mental reinforcement that would in theory barr psychics access to his mind.

It hadn’t seemed to work so far, but he’d rather not take the chance. At least their enemy had been so benign as to merely read their thoughts… he’d seen worse. Much, much worse.

A chime sung ethereal through the empty hall, multicolored afterimages of light brushing over everything for a fraction of a second as the pink fairy they’d been battling pulled herself into reality. She looked shocked to see them there, which– good. Good . At least one thing was working…

“Huh? Who’re you?” She frowned down at them with the suave self-assuredness of a ‘mon who knew themselves the peak predator in the room, like an ace pokemon or a pseudo-legendary squad leader who’d never lost a fight. It was a bad sign.

The team slowly spread out to their optimal positions, the pre-battle actions long since rendered instinct by long practice of the deadliest kind. “Bold of you.” She was surrounded. “Under the authority of the Samiyan military and the peace accords of this summit, you are under arrest for larceny and conspiracy against the crown. Stand down.”

“Ooh? I must have done some exciting things…” a smile crawled across their face, slowly, giddy carefree and maniacal . Bravo had hoped she was bluffing… but no, this was the look of someone who knew exactly what sort of situation they were in, and someone who relished in it. “Well then? Are you going to arrest me?”

“We won’t ask three times. Stand. Down.

“Nuh uh.”

Foxtrot leapt at her from behind, blurring with speed as he jumped at the fairy– only to be backhanded away with a simple gesture of overwhelming psychic force. Romeo caught him, then shot out an attack of her own, only for her every attack to be blocked with contemptuous ease. Each movement of hers carried an impossible grace, energies deflected away from her only to be returned to their senders with power to rival a champion’s ace.

Bravo watched the battle go down, carefully tracking her every movement– and then, when the time was right, he spat a hyper beam into her face.

The bar of molten energy crossed the room in a split second, scorching the air in its wake as the cacophonous boom of its passing shook the walls around them. The pink fairy wasn’t even given the chance to react– but somehow she did . A chime trembled through the air as the air rippled , the hyper beam vanishing through a gap in space as the pink fairy fled, wide-eyed.

Bravo turned to his team, noting their bruised and battered forms and the general state of exhaustion they were in.

They psychic had fled, but Bravo had a prickling premonition as he looked over the sight of the battlefield.

This wasn’t over.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 228: A Losing Battle

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The pinky fairy disappeared with a chime, a flash of light, and two hundred and fifty dollars in stolen goods.

Damnit .” Groaning, Bravo picked himself up from the ground. He was at his wits end. There was nothing he could do . No matter what he tried, no matter how much effort his team put into it, the psychic eluded them. “There’s just something positively bizarre about the way they operate.” Why petty thievery? With the sort of skill they displayed, they could’ve been a champion’s ace, or some similarly high ranking position, but– no. Petty larceny.

“Don’t I know.” Foxtrot limped over him, slipping a wing over his shoulder and helping him to his feet, looking… worse for wear. Romeo was looking rather bruised and battered herself– she’d clearly been pushing herself beyond her limits, for the merest hope of fighting an enemy whose wounds never seemed to last and whose energy seemed inexhaustible.

Bravo sighed. There was, ultimately, only one responsible thing to do. The mission was important, but this was no Operation Seance. There was nothing of particular tactical importance hanging on the result of the negotiations. Anyone with enough clearance in Samiya knew that anything but the most generous of terms would render the treaty to obsolescence in only a few months.

Still, it stung. “I’m calling it off. Our opponent’s– somehow– able to predict our every move, and… what can we do to fight that?” Nothing. They’d let the local security force know, and then the onus of dealing with whatever it was that the psychic had going on would be firmly on them .

Romeo glared, but she was on her last legs– and besides, she trusted him.

The summit wrapped up with empty platitudes, half spoken threats, and a treaty that they’d already broken, but all Bravo could think of as they arrived back at base was how odd it’d all been. It went beyond mere prediction– sometimes she seemed to know too much about them, and other times less even the barest amount of what he’d expect from someone who’d fought them at level.

Some sort of seer thing? Perhaps, given he didn’t know what her species was known for, she could have been one of the rare few pokemon who looked through–

He slapped a wing down on the table in their room, eyes wide. “ Time! It makes so much sense now! She was a time traveler!”

Romeo rubbed at her eyes blearily, shifting from where he’d woken her. “...no, repeat that? I don’t think that makes sense at all .”

“It fits with everything she did! The powerset makes so much sense – if she could travel through time, then it would explain… everything. The way she seemed almost prescient at times, her ability to outmaneuver us sometimes and bumble right into us at others–” he grabbed a piece of paper, scribbling out the list of times they’d fought her in chronological order and then frantically reshuffling them. “There. There . That’s her personal timeline.”

Foxtrot looked at the paper, confusion evident on his face. “That… makes sense. It fits perfectly, but… if she could time travel, then what was she doing robbing mid-tier artwork from a fancy venue?”

Disconcerted, Bravo stared down at the paper that revealed a threat unparalleled. “That’s the question,” he whispered. “That’s the real question…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 229: A - Arc

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“It’s alive!” Thunder crashed, stormy skies boiling above Rustboro as electricity arced from the black spires of esoteric machinery that dominated the space in Bartholomew’s room. “Alive! Alive I say!” The paper mache body he’d stitched together out of stolen school supplies and cardboard twitched, then rose to its feet, the breath of life animating its muscles with forbidden vigor.

Cackling, Bartholomew stood back, sheer exhilaration rushing through him as the lightning framed him with flickering moments of stark brilliance. He was a creator– he was a god! Soon, the whole world would bow before him as his endless ranks of paper supersoldiers overwhelmed the world–

The door to his room opened and Diancie flicked on the light, utterly ruining the moment. “Bart, it’s your bedtime–”
He scowled, glaring down at his paper mache soldier. “I don’t wanna!”

“You can do world domination tomorrow sweetie.”

“I’m not your ‘sweetie’ I’m Bartholomew, master of my own fate! All shall bow before me and my superior knowledge! I will be a god, you hear me? A god! ” But Diancie had already grabbed him, maneuvering him into his bed and tucking him in. “No… you can’t…”

“Shh. Sweet dreams, see you in the morning!” Bartholomew struggled to keep his eyes open, but sleep claimed its hold over him.

World domination could wait for tomorrow. Now was eepy time.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 230: B - Bomb

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“I wish you just waited a bit–” John cut herself off before he could go any further, but the harm was done. Jirachi had already taken to the air, third eye opening as he waggled a finger. Mysterious light shone around them, and John braced herself–

Something thumped against the ground, and that was it. No explosion, nothing. Carefully– and a bit confused– John squinted her eyes open, trepidatiously looking down at the brand new object on her floor. It was… sizzling. A cold gray sphere, with a fuse, that was sparking on her floor as it ran down.

John looked up at Jirachi, absolutely unimpressed. “Really?”

“Hey! I, uh… don’t really have a choice when it comes to this…” They both looked down at the bomb as the fuse ran out.

It exploded.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 231: C - Cat

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was a slow sort of morning, a languid warm sort of morning as sunlight spilt through her window, dappled radiance played placidly over the carpet of her room. Stumbling out of bed, she threw her paws out and stretched , a soft mewl escaping her. It was a good morning– she had time off from OSHA because the office had been declared noncompliant, and there was nothing that needed reporting on, so… an unexpected free day.

She could do so many things! Catch up on some work, finish up some of the housecleaning she’d started when they’d moved Salazzle into her own room, or even help out John and co. with that infestation problem they’d asked her about… or she could curl up by the mat in front of the door, grab some milk, and laze about all day.

She shrugged, nosing open the door and plodding downstairs. It wasn’t a hard choice, honestly. She hadn’t been doing enough cat things lately. Maybe she could see if Sam had left a mug on the side of the counter, or something…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 232: D - Demon

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A crack of bloody smoke and acrid light exploded through the room as the jagged runes on the floor glowed ominous, the sound of an eerie roar echoing from some far off place. A relatively normal tuesday morning… were it not for the fact that the living room was looking a bit too infinitely expansive, the walls had been replaced by the gargantuan bleached ribs of some ancient cadaver, the bloodred scarlet sky, and the immense demonic forms shambling so far in the distance that the concept of distance crumbled to nothing.

Mew chuckled, patting John on the back as she stared out in atavistic horror at the extra-reality horrors that crawled over the seams of the world, ravenously tearing mountain-sized chunks out of the very fabric of existence. “Welp. I guess when Bob told us he’d show us the mites, he wasn’t joking. Cute that he thought this could get me to stop summoning him.”

John raised a shaky hand, pointing at a planet-sized grotesque of too many limbs and bladed serrations, millipede scuttling with force to punch holes the size of mountains in the jagged not-rock underfoot. “That,” she said, impossibly smooth voice quavering with something between shock and terror, “is not a mite .”

“Oh, pish posh, that’s just ridiculous. Of course they’re mites!” He hesitated for a second– “well, universal scale mites, but the little buggers have a certain fascinating charm to them, don’t they?”

“They’re not little!

Mew slowly turned to face her, eyes wide. “Ah… slight complication.” Slowly, one of the massive forms on the horizon turned to face them, its three eyes brighter than stars and more piercing than the vacuum depths of space. “We’ve been noticed.”

A nervous, slightly hysteric chuckle escaped John. “That’s… not a good thing, right?”

Mew beamed at her. “Well, let me just put it this way.” The weight of the mite’s gaze felt heavier than the world, and twice as crushing. “How about we run?”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 233: E - Energetic

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Manaphy and Kygore glanced at one another, tired. They were at their wits end, just because someone – read: Lieutenant– hadn’t the presence of mind that giving the kid who also so happened to be their sovereign ruler a triple shot expresso might have been a bad idea.

They’d given ground over the course of the day until they’d both been pushed back here , to their inner sanctum where they were sure Prince wouldn’t barge in. It wasn’t like she didn’t like the kid or anything– she loved him with her whole heart, but sometimes… “sometimes, that kid can just be too much. I’m exhausted.”

“That’s what you get for spending your whole time as a laconic layabout in Rustboro with those roommates of yours.” The barb rang hollow, mostly because it was evident that Kyogre was just as exhausted as she was. “It’s such a shame that I need to be so careful around Samiya until the screws come in, or else I’d smack Lieutenant around a bit for feeding Prince coffee . What was he thinking?”

Manaphy threw her hands up in the air with a half-second abortive laugh and enough exasperation to sink an aircraft carrier. “I know, right! Sometimes I don’t think a single thought is going through his head…” they chatted like that for a few hours, letting the stress drain out of them. Just… spending some time together.

In the end, she did feel a lot more rested. They’d really needed that.

No more coffee, though. They were banning that for sure.

………

Prince fist bumped– or, as close as Lieutenant could, what with him being all serpentine and whatnot– grinning at the huge success. “That was fun! And it worked, too! Mom and dad sound like they’re having fun! You’re so smart, Lieutenant. I wanna be like you when I grow up.”

Lieutenant had the presence of mind to look a bit panicked beneath his dopey gaze. “Ah… maybe take after a better role model? You like your mother’s…”

“A better role model… how about Mew?”

“No.”

“Jirachi?”

“Samiya wouldn’t survive the explosions…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 234: F - Friend

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The cup of warm, strawberry flavored milk steamed slightly as he set it down on the bench beside him, lazy swirls of vapor curling off its rosy surface. “I know you can’t get chocolate, so I whipped this up for you.”

Kibby looked in shock at the cup, inching toward it before snapping her face back in almost disbelief. “ ...for me? You didn’t need to! This must have taken you forever!

A soft chuckle escaped him, mixing with the rustle of leaves on the wind whispering. “An hour or two, but I didn’t want to come out here with nothing for you.” He glanced around at the empty park around him, a slight frown tugging at his lips. “I… didn’t think that we’d be the only two here, but that still means it was worth it, doesn’t it?”

You’re too kind .” The slight bit of wetness around her eyes belied how much she appreciated it, though. “ Thanks, John.

“That’s what friends are for, right?”

Kibby nodded, and after a second, she tentatively lapped at her drink. “ Yeah. Friends …”

The chill wind blew, but together on that bench in an empty park, the two friends bore it together.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 235: G - God

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirogue glanced up at the most annoying member of the enemy mythicals who lived across the– metaphorical and literal– street, and realized that he might have misjudged him. Just because Mew was a stuck up, smarmy know it all who seemed to bumble his way through everything he did, didn’t mean he was bad at everything.

Pinky had let slip once that he was the original Mew. The primogenitor, the origin . He hadn’t believed her.

Watching him as an incomprehensible psychic force manipulated massive chunks of earth and water into ever more complicated forms, light warping around his form under the weight of his presence, Jirogue could understand it. It was more than awe-inspiring, beyond mere though – it was the impression of what he was doing, the sheer unadulterated power on display–

It was divine . He could barely breathe, that was the weight of the majesty beneath him.

A brilliant light shone out from the center of the working, and he raised a hand to shield his eyes from the overwhelming refulgence that caught up all the world and suffused every fragment of existence until all he could think about was the crushing, all consuming, omnipresence radiance

It collapsed with a darkness that was almost surprising when it came, and a concussive boom that forced him off his feet and threw him bodily to the ground. Dazed, he scrambled back as Mew descended, wreathed in a halo of crackling light that made him out more god that mere ‘mon.

“Hey,” he held out a paw, the hazy object he was holding becoming clear. It was– “want a donut?”

He took it back. Mew was an absolute moron

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 236: H - Heaven

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A crack rang through the reality as something pushed its way through the softly shimmering blue of the most holiest of places. Slowly it expanded, crawling like shattering glass in slow motion as it spread through the air, a distortion in the center bodily pulling itself through. At first it was a faint image of a pink limb, and then another, a pale limb dragging the god-kitten out onto the floor of the heavenly hall.

A horrible force reached through the crack after them, the very tip of a massive limb whose sheer size threatened to sunder the plane on which they stood–

An even greater gaze met it, and it shrunk back in instinctive fear as the cracks raced shut with a snap. “Mew.” Arceus gazed down dispassionately at his first creation, silently judging. “And… Mew’s friend. Why did you bring her here?

Mew chuckled nervously. “We fell out of reality by accident. Typical Tuesday oopsie?”

Fair. ” The god of all creation turned back to… whatever incomprehensible thing he was doing– but only for a second before he looked back at John. “ Say. How old is your friend there?

Suddenly, Mew was a lot more afraid than he’d been the entire time in that horror dimension outside reality. “Over twenty. Definitely. One hundred percent an adult who should not be randomly thrown through time and dimensions–”

If you say so… ” Arceus gave them a doubtful look, then turned back to his work.

John had no idea what that had been about, but Mew heaved a sigh of relief. “We really dodged a bullet there, didn’t we? Anyways, lets get home. Manaphy would kill me if that chicken casserole burnt…” she just shrugged and followed along. Maybe the world would make sense again once they were back on earth…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 237: I - Interest

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Celebi fell to her knees, tears of anguish flowing down her face as her hated rival smirked down at her. “That’s right, Celebi! That one and a half cents you lended me earlier were actually one and a half cents in Korosian pesos! The fourth law of thermodynamics has you now!”

John turned to Mew, confused. “The fourth law of thermodynamics?”

“All Korosian pesos accrue interest at a constant rate of 12.3% per standard reference timeframe.” Mew shrugged. “I dunno how they did it either, so don’t even ask.” Right… if something managed to confuse Mew , then it was probably best left alone.

Celebi slowly pulled out a strange four-dimensional credit card, only to smirk as Pinky’s expression quickly cycled from victorious to horrified. “That’s right, Pinky! You tricked me into borrowing your Korosian pesos two thousand years ago to buy that hyper-soda, but I took five cents twelve and a half quadrillion years into the future! Given negative interest rules, that means you owe me !”

“Curse you, you meddling onion!” Pinky shook her fist as her bank account rapidly drained into permanent debt. “I’ll get you for this one day, just you wait!” And then with that she teleported away, sadly bereft of funds.

Mew and John shared a bemused glance as Celebi dropped on the couch beside them, looking tired. “Anyone want to go get coffee?” She raised her card. “It’s on me.”

John shrugged. “Sure. Why not?”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 238: J - Jello

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Cooking competitions were a point of contention amongst the roommates. Nobody really liked them, but they always came back to them every now and again. Today’s was teams of two with Manaphy on judging duty, because everyone knew that if she got the chance to cook then whatever puny dishes they came up with would fail to compare to even the barest crumb of hers, but even then…

John poked at the bright-red gelatinous cube that was the meal Mew and Celebi had prepared. “Are you sure this is jello?” It looked like jello. It felt like jello, and all things considered John was really craving some jello… but he was sure that there was something unusual about it. Nothing was ever that simple with Mew.

“Yup.” Celebi nodded, looking almost too innocent. “Just jello.” Manaphy had tucked into the treat, so it was probably fine. John slowly took a bite, savoring the subtle flavor beneath its sweetness. Actually quite nice–

“We made it with demon blood,” Mew said simply, and John spat it right back out. “What?”

“Demon blood from the future,” Celebi added unhelpfully. “It’s a delicacy!”

Right.

This is why cooking competitions were so horrible with his roommates…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 239: K - Kids

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

 

Jirachi, Bartholomew, Zorro, and the Inevitable Tyrant Annabelle, had not been stuck in an endlessly looping magical forest filled with strange mushrooms, gnarled trees that contorted into ominous shadows, and wind that sounded like low laughter five minutes ago. They’d been on the recess field then, behind the play structure as Annabelle described her ten step plan to conquering the world, and then they’d all stepped into the strangely demarcated ring of mushrooms that was beneath the slide, and… then they were in the forest.

It was hard to think of how they’d got there. It wasn’t a straight teleportation, but something altogether more nebulous, a strange lapse of judgment kinda like daydreaming… like blinking, and realizing he hadn’t internalized a word of the last three paragraphs he’d read.

It was just odd like that.

A shadow extended beyond the tree it was attached to, detaching with a whorl of black butterflies as a tall, inhumanly graceful man stepped out into their path. “Forsooth! Four fellows have so invaded my lands a’peace, in pieces? They ought to thank their lucky stars one two three and comet bright, that they haven’t felt the bite of my might!”

Jirachi squinted suspiciously at the weirdo. “Who’re you? I don’t like you–”

“I am the lore-ed lord of this demesne, king of shadows and the twenty three beats of a butterfly’s wing, owner in part of the twenty third heartbeat of summer’s soon to never be bequeathed life, alive, undying.” He bowed low. “You may call me–”

“Stranger danger!” Jirachi nodded, even as the fae lord glared at him with enough vitriol to make all the shadows in the entire wood darken. “I know it! My teacher told me that when strangers corner us in the woods and offer us candy, we shouldn’t go with them!”

“Wha– excuse me? I am no base creature, to deceive you so–”

Bartholomew huffed, entirely unconvinced. “Tell me you don’t have candy in your hand, then.”

“I…” he shuffled his hands behind his back, shoving whatever he was holding into a pocket. “Don’t. Definitely don’t have a single piece of candy in hand! Now…” the shadows boiled around them. “I shall be your destruction. Weep, oh devastated ones, for you have offended the ancient lord of the shaded wood!”

“Not allowing that on my watch.” Bartholomew dragged a comically large lightbulb out of his pocket, plugging it into the power strip in his other pocket and shielding his eyes as it lit up the clearing around them. “Behold! My luminadianceinator! Guaranteed to provide an uncomfortable amount of light to anyone within three standard deviations of average human light sensitivity!”

“Uh, Bart?” Zorro backed up against him slowly, chuckling nervously as his illusion clipped through his shoulder. “I don’t think those shadows care about the light. I think you just pissed them off.” The fae lord had drawn a sword, a four foot length of steel that gleamed preternaturally in the darkness around them. “Do you have anything else–”

“How bold of you.” The shadows seemed to freeze as Anabelle spoke. “To think that you of all people would act so… crassly, that you would fail to notice what stood right in front of you.”

“My– my lady!” The shadows fled as the air suddenly tasted like bared steel and bloodlust. “Please! I beg of you, forgive me! I meant no offense against your person, for I am but a meager peon before your splendorous tyranny–”

“Kneel.” It was just a word, but the lord of darkness threw himself face first into the dirt in a mad scramble to prostrate himself. “Hm…”

“Please, my lady. I have a domain to care for! I am useful to you, I swear!”

Anabelle took a step forward, picking up his sword. As long as it was, she had to hold it with two hands to lift it off the ground, but she still somehow managed to make it look threatening. “Are you presuming to tell me whether or not I should execute you? Or perhaps you’re threatening me?” 

A strange gleam had entered her eyes, and the fae lord’s shivers turned into violent trembles. “N-no, my fair lady most tyrannous. I could never dare oppose your glorious will, and my meanest life means nothing before your worthy judgment.”

Anabelle raised the sword… then slammed it to the ground mere inches from the fae lord’s head. “You may live for now. Never again threaten my fr… charges.” She grabbed the sword, and turned around to stalk away towards the convenient circle of mushrooms that Jirachi could have sworn hadn’t been there mere moments before. “C’mon. We still have that history assignment to do.”

Bartholomew just shrugged and packed up his light. “I’m not doing more than my designated third, okay? This changes nothing!”

Bemused, Jirachi just followed after them. Eh, his roommates got up to worse every other day…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 240: L - Loss

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew stared at the set of strange runes scraped into the floor, a puzzled expression on his face. “I just don’t get it. It doesn't really work in a text based format like this.”

Celebi pushed up beside him, considering the runes in turn. “Well, maybe it does. If you just describe it in detail–”

“I wonder how many people already got it.”

“–one line, one line and a shorter line–” Celebi stopped, glaring at Mew. “Let me finish! Two lines of the same height, and then two perpendicular lines. There. That should be easily understandable now.”

Tiredly, John stepped into the room. “Guys, it’s midnight…” he frowned at the runes on the ground, then groaned. “Legendaries damn it, its loss. Why is it loss?”

The runes gave no response.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 241: M - Meliorism

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Aster came into work at the same time, like always. He sat down at his desk, pulled up his word editor and little calculator app, and grabbed a stack of documents. Like always. The light above had been flickering for the past few weeks, and he knew that he had to drop by the pokemart to pick up some food for his three eevee, but his work was otherwise mundane. Like always.

Drudgery. He hated it. It exhausted him, and more than that it was so… worthless. Helping out with Aria’s finances was better than most, but even then it reminded him of how the system was so fundamentally broken that even something like that was flawed. It was by all means objectively awful. As always.

He worked anyway.

He believed in his work, even if only subconsciously. Each paper finished, each customer whose finances he trawled through, there was always that slight spark of an idea that it was worth it. He was doing something, no matter how much he disliked it– there was a part of him that knew he was a tiny fragment in the cog that was society, and he believed in society. Believed in the potential of society.

He had hope for the future, despite it all– that what he was doing would ultimately be worth it. As always, he filled out the paperwork, as the hours drew long and his job demanded so much of him, until exhausted he took the bus home at night, making sure to buy some food for his eevee. The good stuff, as always.

As always.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 242: N - Night

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A sea of stars spilled out over the inky blackness, dusty white sand on a sea of darkness. Little points of light, silhouetted against the leaves of summer trees shifting against the darkling sky. Zephyr warmth caressed them as it tussled his hair and blew through Mew’s fur. It was a beautiful night, to spend looking up at the universe and all the marvels it contained. “Sometimes…” John sighed, looking up at all the stars and nebulae and a thousand other things he barely knew the name for, things he was sure Mew knew more than meager words could allow. “Sometimes it’s just nice to relax, you know?”

“Yeah. It is.” Mew cuddled up to him– which, given he was currently kitten-sized, was more cute in the cute cuddly pokemon sort of way than anything else– but John appreciated the thought. There was nothing more to it– notion more needed, really.

Just the two of them, laid out on the grassy hillock beneath the stars and sky, together.

For the moment, it was enough.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 243: O - Order

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Marshadow sat on the table, innocently kicking his legs in complete contrast to the absolute load of work he’d just dumped onto her. Diancie sighed. “This is… what, third ancient order of prescient pokemon that’ve decided you’re their prophesied savior?” Marshadow held up four stubby fingers. “Fourth? That’s worse, you know.”

It wouldn’t be so bad if it weren’t for the fact that prophesied saviors of the world had so much paperwork attached with them in the Diamond Domain, under which Marshadow was a registered citizen. Kind of. He had citizenship in Hoenn as well, for all the obvious reasons.

Dace had done all her prophesied savior paperwork back when she was a little kid, which was another reason she had to be grateful for the old carbink. Legendaries know, she’d have gone mad if she had to finish the two hundred and thirty two page form as a kid. “Anyways… can you just… lay off on the soon-to-save-the-world-from-a-great-evil-or-whatnot thing you have going on? I already missed my date with Pinky, and I need to pick up groceries for the group later today…”

Marshadow shrugged, as if to say something along the lines of maybe , and Diancie just sighed.

She really had to get through with this form…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 244: P - Prosthetic

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John woke to the biting cold of metal against his skin. “Mew…” he groaned, pulling himself out of bed. “What is it this time?”

“Well mate, nothing good.” He waved his arm at him, which he realized was a… highly detailed prosthetic limb which only barely managed to look like one of his arms through judicious application of pink paint. “I drank the anti-limb-regeneration juice, and, uh… my arm didn’t regenerate. It’ll wear off in a week or so, but until then I’ve gotta wear this fancy prosthetic Celebi grabbed me from the future.”

“...why did you lose an arm?”

Mew sheepishly shifted his gaze away from John. “So… remember the barbeque tonight?”

John just sighed, pulled his covers back up, and tried to go back to sleep.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 245: Q - Qualia

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The rice tasted like running water on a warm summer day. The broccoli smelled like the first four notes of their hit song, performed live on stage, as the crowd cheered almost loud enough to drown out the sound. The mashed potatoes tasted like really good mashed potatoes, and had the texture of a sigh, softly given in aching hope in something that couldn’t quite be placed. The green beans were just soggy, mediocre green beans.

“This is…” John picked up a bit of mashed potatoes, turning it on her fork as she looked at it with a critical eye. For all intents and purposes, it looked just like any other mashed potatoes should, but… “qualia? You somehow managed to swap one of the qualia inherent to each dish out with another, entirely separate one?”

Looking entirely too smug, Mew nodded. “It was difficult, but I managed it?”

Manaphy looked down at the meal in surprised awe– which, for manaphy, was practically a ringing endorsement. “How’d you–”

Mew blanched. “You don’t want to know.”

At that moment, John decided she really didn’t want to know. Instead, she just carefully ate another spoonful of rice, carefully savoring the experience– basking, for a moment, in how well done it was. “You know…” Mew perked up, ever eager for her praise– “you can’t use this for the next cooking competition, now that you’ve revealed it.”

Mew threw his hands up, cursed, and floated off in a huff.

The others just laughed.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 246: R - Regalia

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sat on his throne of scalloped azure stone, adorned with the regalia of state and the presence of his presence, Prince looked every part the wise king of Samaiya, and Manaphy couldn’t have been more proud. The court arrayed out before him, officials and generals and sycophants from all parts of the oceans jockeying for even the meagerest sliver of his attention, but he paid them no regard.

It reminded her somewhat of the height of her own rule some five thousand odd years back, when even the furthest and most reclusive of the oceanic powers and potentates had sent emissaries in obsequience. That had all started to crumble apart with the devastation caused by the beast of the sea back in ‘07, bit with the recent disasters and a new ruler on the throne…

Perhaps, Samiya could take her rightful place as first amongst the seas once again.

Of course, court had not merely been called just because— there were accolades to give out. “For the defense of Our territory, and valor displayed above and beyond their station, may Romeo daughter of Floatzel present herself before the court.” A wave of silence washed over the room as a buizel in ill-fitted formalwear pushed her way to the front of the room. “The crown recognizes your service, and bestows upon you the Order of the Conch.” Prince fumbled a little bit with a spiral shaped medal as he pinned it to her clothes, but the raucous applause disguised his slight mishap well enough.

Manaphy didn’t pay much attention to the rest of the ceremony. It was nothing new to her, even if the vaunted order of the conch was one of the rarer medals given out— she’d seen it all before. One part did catch her ear— the bombirdier was introduced as Bravo Wish, which… coincidence? Maybe.

Prince bounded up to her exuberantly the moment court was dismissed, regalia dopily off center now that he wasn’t sitting still. “Mom! Mom! Did I do well?”

She smiled and patted him on the head. “Yeah kid. You did.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 247: S - Skein

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Walking in on Mew doing dubious things wasn’t unusual to John. Actually, it was so usual that he’d learned— sort of like acquiring a taste for a particularly nasty cheese, or some odd fermented food— to mostly ignore it. Cherish it, even.

So it came as a bit of a surprise to walk in on something so… entirely inoffensive. “Are you… sure that isn’t beneath you? Or—”

“Quiet!” Mew hissed, eyes locked onto the ball of yarn in front of him, tail lazily swaying as he readied to pounce. “This requires my utmost focus. I cannot have you interrupting me.”

Warily, John inspected the ball of yarn for any demonic influence or horrors beyond comprehension but, to his immense suspicion, it appeared to be just… a normal ball of yarn. That mew was playing with.

He watched in baffled bemusement as mew batted it around with a paw, then went to grab his phone. He needed to get some pictures of this…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 248: T - Team

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

When Celebi had said she’d take them out to see her favorite sports team, he really should have expected something like this.

They were sitting on the bridge of some vast spaceship that Celebi had bought— somehow— watching a battle light years wide play out in front of them and on the various monitors around them. Celebi was excitedly commenting on how the V-alliance had captured one of the systems nearby, which would both allow them to use the refineries there, and give them a whole boatload of bongo-points, while the team they had a rivalry with was getting pushed back on two fronts.

It was all very interesting, and everyone seemed very engaged, but John did have one small question. “This is safe, right?” It was in his opinion a prudent thing to ask— they’d parked their ship right in the middle of a battle between two factions— to see the light shown in person.

Celebi nodded smugly. “Of course! It’s a really clever system— basically as long as spectators have guest beacons, nothing can target them! And because most wide area munitions are banned, that makes it almost perfectly safe!”

John pointed at the screen, and in particular the two dots that were rapidly approaching them. “So… what are those?”

Celebi chuckled nervously. “I might have forgotten to turn on the beacon.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 249: U - Understatement

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Well.” John looked at the smoking crater that had once been their music venue. “That went… poorly.”

Exhausted, Celebi could only muster up a weak glare her way. “No duh. What did you think would happen, letting the audience choose karaoke songs?”

“Not this, that’s for sure! How was I supposed to know that the song was about wishes? I can’t tell the future.”

Celebi opened her mouth to retort, then paused, and chuckled. “Point. I’ll keep a better eye on things next time…”

Jirachi just sulked. Insurance wouldn’t cover this, and that meant it was his bank account that would be getting hit…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 250: V - Vampire

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Click, click. It was a great day, really. He’d finished all his work, and he’d finally got a chance to rewatch his favorite movie, Dogs in Love. 

Click, click.

He’d grabbed some popcorn, put it up on the TV and—

Click, click— “that’s enough, Jirachi.” Groaning, he paused the movie and turned to face the troublesome pokemon. “Why are you even dressed up like that? It’s still a few months until Halloween.”

“Rawr. I neeed your blooood!” The little pokemon clicked his fake vampire teeth again for good measure, completing the ridiculous outfit. A black cloak with a ridiculously large collar lay draped over a fine scarlet jacket, a cravat puffing out from the center.

“It’s not scary, you know.”

Jirachi shrugged, his words slightly lisped by the vampire teeth. “It’s not shupposed to be shcary. It’s shupposed to be awesome!”

John made as to dismiss him, then paused. Jirachi had probably put a lot of work into the thing. So, instead, he clutched a hand to his chest and threw up the other in dramatic flourish. “Stay back, foul creature of the night! Avast ye!”

“I’ll have your blood tonight!” Giggling, Jirachi leapt at him, mock battling in an attempt to get at his neck that only ended when they spilled the popcorn from how hard they were laughing.

They watched the rest of the movie together.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 251: W - Wish

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Anyway.” Pinky waved a hand haphazardly, feeling a little self conscious. It wasn’t like she didn’t trust Jirogue or anything, it was just that she wasn’t really used to opening up to people, no matter how close they were. Speaking to Diancie had helped, but Bartholomew was too young, the Valiants… no, just no, and she could never tell what was going on in marshadows wispy head. “I just kind of wish I still had a family, you know?”

Jirogue nodded. “I can get that. My family–” he grunted, seized by a sudden force as the eye in the center of his chest suddenly snapped open. Pinky cringed back, expecting the inevitable explosion– but after a second, nothing happened and she signed in relief.

“That was… close. Sorry. I swear, I’ve been conditioned to expect an explosion from this sort of thing…”

“Pinky? Pinky!” Diancie stuck her head into the room from the top of the staircase, glancing around before her eyes landed on the time traveler sitting with Jirachi. “Oh! There you are! I need help making Bartholomew’s lunch. Can you–”

“Already did it.”

“Thanks! Can you…” huffing a sigh, Pinky flew up and left the room beside her to go do… whatever random task needed doing, leaving Jirogue alone in the basement, confused as to what had just happened.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 252: X - Xeric

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Looking at the arid landscape around them, their beach vacation had somewhat missed the beach. “If you had to guess, how far would you say the beach is from here?” John turned to look at Celebi judgmentally, who had the presence of mind to look a little guilty at the situation.

She fiddled with the strange sphere of liquid metal and ever shifting runic script, bizarre technology from far future fragment of potentiality, and after a second looked up sheepishly. “Uh… if this device is correct–”

“It wasn’t before.”

“If this device is correct,” reiterated Celebi, “then we’re a few hundred miles from the nearest ocean, smack dab in the middle of the Orre desert.” Jirachi grumbled something about how his explosions would have gotten there sooner, and even Mew grimaced a bit. Manaphy didn’t say a thing. Everyone already knew that if she did, her first words would be I told you so. “But! We can still have a beach party!”

“Pray tell mate, with what beach?”

“Uh…” Celebi waved kind of vaguely at the sand dunes around them, arid wind sweeping over their hulking forms. “I mean, we have the sand already? If I just tell the omni-potentializer to make some water–” John and Mew both leapt forward to stop her, but they were too late. A massive wave of water exploded out from the silvery orb, shattering its form and inundating the entire desert around them with millions of gallons of water.

Bad news: all their stuff was ruined, Mew’s fur was soaked, and everyone was miserable.

Good news: they got their beach vacation in the end after all.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 253: Y - Yogurt

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John looked at the brand new, unlabeled cup of yogurt in the fridge, and was immediately suspicious. It wasn’t even sealed shut– someone had slapped some seran-wrap over the cover and called it a day. This just screamed – “Mew. Mew! What is this?”

Yawning, the pink cat floated out of his room, barely sparing a glance for the yogurt John was pointing at. “Dunno, mate. I didn’t put that there.”

“Then who did?”

Mew shrugged. “The yogurt man, probably.”

“The… yogurt man.” The expression on her face readily demonstrated just what John thought of Mew’s statement. “That’s not a thing.”

“You’ve probably just never met ‘em. They’re a bit of a recluse, but a well meaning one. Wherever there are ultra beasts, there’s a small but non-negligible chance for the yogurt man to show up.”

“...you’re trolling me.” He looked back at the unlabeled yogurt, doubtful. “You’re trolling me, right? Right?”

“Are you going to have that? I’ll have it if you don’t want it.” He grabbed it out of the fridge, and John didn’t protest. There was certainly no way he’d be eating that. “And no, the yogurt man’s no laughing matter. My… work…” he hesitated for a moment there– “tells me all about them whenever I visit.”

John sighed. “I guess I’ll have to believe you for now. A more pressing question, though– what’s it made out of?”

“Milk,” Mew said, and John relaxed fractionally– “pumped straight from the milk rigs in Ultra Megalopolis of course–”

………

So, why the long face? ” John just turned to face Kibby as she slid into the seat beside him before he bit down on a– blessedly normal– piece of bacon. “ I don’t think I’ve ever seen you at this breakfast joint before.

“Roommates,” he said simply, and Kibby just nodded in understanding. His roommates were absolute gremlins

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 254: Z - Zenith

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The device sitting on the table was… innocuous. Nothing much more than a small rectangular block of metal, bereft of any interface altogether– one might be forgiven for thinking it a block of inert steel. Pinky poked at it lightly, frowning. “So… what is it?”

“Aha! My genius eludes even you!” Bartholomew picked it up with a flourish, striking a pose. “You see, this is my potentialunlockcapacitinator! It takes any pokemon’s potential and unlocks it to the maximum possible degree! Guaranteed to boost you to supermon levels! SideeffectsmayincludenauseaindigestionupsetstomachheartachesuddencessasionofbodilyfunctionbloodclottingtemporalmisplasmenttemporalreplacementantihistamemeinhibitionDNApolymeraseusurpationdeadlydeath and or other symptoms not listed. Use at your own risk.” Bartholomew heaved in a breath, coughing for a second before he plastered a smile back on his face. “Glorious, isn’t it!”

Pinky’s eyes shone. “Why yes, yes it is. With this, I’ll defeat my rival once and for–”

“Heya!” A chime sang through the building as her so named rival appeared over the table in a flash. “It’s ya favorite time traveling fairy right back at ya with today’s top hits from 3014, starting with the orchestral theme from Minecraft 2: Rise of Mobbo!” Her eyes landed on the little rectangle on the table, and she darted down to snatch it up. “Ooh! What’s this?”

A rictus of rage twisted Pinky’s face as she leapt up to claw at Celebi. “Give that back you absolute moronic buffoon , I’ll have your head for this!”

“Not if I have my head first! Oh, wait, it seems I’m already in possession of that part of my body–” as they tumbled around the room, one of Pinky’s hands brushed against the little slip of metal. A suddenly piercing light filled the room, and then–

They were falling.

No, rising?

All around them the world bled into oily color then bubbles, then shifting waves crashing against a beach at night, the taste of apple pie, the scent of a blue sky after falls and falls of rain. Words spilled out of every infinitesimal crack, too many, overwhelmingly many as Pinky and Celebi both tried to pull away from the slip that would not let go

Falling.

Rising–

Heart beat thundering blood rushing through veins each red cell bouncing off vascular tissue cholesterol tumbling platelets oxygenated iron compounds rushing synthase spinning in endless rotations atoms vibrating struck on the concordant harmonic of disharmony split forces screaming in the wave washing possibilities ticking, the Code watching and so correcting, worlds stretching from the space of a moment at the edge of a sea of everything and nothing particles created and destroyed in no-time, all-time–

Time ceased to have meaning more than meaning itself represented rationality, as ontology failed upwards to the One and the One reflected inwards and realized it didn’t exist, collapsing, worlds on worlds and falls of crushing stellar collapse flickering all imagination . Five seconds typed. A name. A caress that felt like the heat death of the universe. For an interminable moment Pinky and Celebi were locked together, to see – how wondrous! How glorious! Her eyes watered at the sight but she could not but blink to turn away from the endless awesome splendor that beamed down on her enraptured her spoke–

“Pinky? Pinky, are you alright?” Something was poking her on the cheek. Groaning, Pinky blinked slowly, shakily raising a hand to wipe away some foam that’d formed around her mouth. She was lying on the table, the metal rectangle smoking and pitted a few inches away from her hand. Celebi seemed to be in much the same situation.

It was an effort to sit up, but she did it, if only to glare tiredly at Bartholomew. “Never again. That sucked .”

Bartholomew sighed. “Back to the drawing board, I guess…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 255: The Pre-School Acting Class

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirachi was not having a good day. His preschool class with the ABCs was boring enough, but then the teacher decided that it would be fun to put on a “mock play” with the kids as the stars. Jirachi for once, was excited, for acting sounded much more fun than memorizing twenty six letters he was never going to use. Unfortunately, the teacher decided the other children were “better” actors than he was, and now he was stuck playing a tree. 

Jirachi bit his tongue to restrain the various comments he wanted to throw at the teacher and his classmates, who, quite frankly, were not very good actors. 

“Have at ye, fiend.” 

Jirachi liked Kenny, even if his stories were ridiculous, but if Kenny really was some “Ancient Hero of Hoenn,” then Jirachi figured he must have done a really poor job at rallying the people, for Kenny’s personality was about as exciting as the poorly painted wooden sword he was holding.

“Roar!” 
 
The fiend in question, Wheels, also sucked at his job. It pained Jirachi, as he was the children’s uncle, but when they were home, he was going to have to give Wheels some tough love, for he was having way too much fun at being way too cute to be properly menacing. If Jirachi found a “terrifying dragon” with the personality of Wheels out in the field, he’d be too busy giving it headpats to properly register the dragon’s aggression. 

 None of the other actors were that great, either. Zorro was too busy trying to keep his illusion intact to act, Trent, Terry, and Tiena were too busy bleating over each other to be audible, and Annabelle was too busy attempting to Marshadow, who refused to speak. Jirachi was thankful that Bartholomew was absent, for his presence would have necessitated at least two other brawls with at least one demon joining the fray.

The only one Jirachi would consider good was Victini, who had spontaneously appeared despite not even being a preschooler. Jirachi wasn’t quite sure what challenge had caused his arrival, but at this point, Jirachi wasn’t complaining, for Victini’s acting chops alone would ensure the play would win at least three awards at this year’s Tony’s. 

“Begone, foul beast of the underworld!” Victini unleashed his performance as his life depended on it. “I wish us safe tidings in this unholy hand-” 

Jirachi’s lip curled upward as his body lifted into the air. Now things would get interesting.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 256: Mew's Summary Execution

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Summary executions were something that shouldn’t exist in Samiya. Manaphy disliked the practice for several reasons, chief among them being that Prince ordering executions was something she did not want him to do as part of his duties, so she had a done a little bit more than absolutely ravage Kyogre with her words when she had discovered he had made them legal again in her absence. And he wondered why the catacombs were filled with ghosts. 

 

When Manaphy reached the execution chamber to deliver her stay of execution, however, she managed to find yet another reason to grow even more unimpressed. 

 

“Mew.”

 

Mew, tied to an execution bed with an ax dangling over his head, looked unashamedly unapologetic as he began to anxiously chuckle. 

“So, uh… funny meeting you here?”

 

“Mew…” Manaphy crossed her arms, giving him a stern look. “...Why are you here?”

 

“I’ll be honest mate, it all happened in a whirlwind. I barely had time to react!” 

 

Mew tried to use his hands to make motions about what he was doing, only to realize they were tied up. Sighing, he grew a new pair out of his neck, and promptly continued. 

 

“So as I was saying, I was just admiring the exquisite Samiyan architecture, minding my own business, when suddenly…” Mew simulated a grabbing motion with his paws. “I was snatched by the Samiyan Military Guard! I punched and fought my way out of them, trying my best to avoid their lethal blows, only to get downed by a tranquilizer dart shot out of that annoying little Dratini’s mouth.” Mew shook his head. “The nerve, I swear…” 

 

“And why did they attack you?”

 

“They didn’t tell me! They just kept ordering me about and prodding me with their spiky sticks and all that… seriously, low grade service, if I could be brutally honest with you.”

 

Manaphy nodded as she briefly mulled over her words.

 

“Right… if that’s what happened…” Manaphy pulled out her execution decree. “...Then why, pray tell, does this sheet here say they caught you…” She squinted at the paper. “....Attempting to break into the Sea Crown’s chamber bearing a suspiciously unnaturally colored container of liquid?”



Mew placed a hand on Manaphy’s shoulder. “Look, it’s just science stuff. You know how it is. I never meant for any harm.”

 

“Right…” Manaphy paused as she looked at Mew, who flew right next to her. “...Wait, how did you get free of your restraints-”

 

“You’ll never take me alive!” 

 

Mew went invisible, and the entire Samiyan Royal Guard erupted into chaos. Manaphy, unfazed, simply tore up her stay of execution decree. She disliked Samiyan executions for multiple reasons, but this time, she supposed she could make an exception.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 257: The Bus Station

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

When John sat on a bench, not so-patiently awaiting the arrival of his bus to work, his mind tended to wander. It would think of bizarre things he had not pondered in some time, it would notice things that would be invisible to the naked eye, it would- 

 

“Wait, hang on, pause.” John’s eyes tracked back to the sign at his bus stop. “...Bus station?” 

 

The sign, marked in bright yellow with the black silhouette of a bus tracked on its front, was labeled “Bus Station.” Not “Bus Stop” or any other logical derivative, but “Bus Station.” Despite everything he had seen, John found this to be perhaps the most confounding thing he had witnessed in his life. 

 

“Oh yeah, that was me.” Celebi appeared out of a time portal, landing on John’s shoulder. “Me and Pinky brawled, may have accidentally confused a few things at the sign production plant… you know how it is.” She giggled. “But if you ask me, I kind of like it!”

 

“Yeah… just a quick question. How did you-”

 

“Know? You rambled about it for hours at dinner.” Celebi paled as she relived the memory. “Seriously, you went off on that thing. So, I figured I’d tell you now so you don’t tell us later.”

 

“But, didn’t you already hear my ramble, or whatever? It feels kind of pointless to tell me now-”

 

“Tell you what now?” Celebi raised an eyebrow. “I didn’t tell you anything.”

 

“The ramble at dinner.” John pointed at the sign. “About that.”



“Oh yeah!” Celebi perked up excitedly. “That was me! You see, me and Pinky brawled, and we may or may not have accidentally confused a few things at the sign production plant… you know how it is.”

 

As Celebi began to explain the reasoning for her brawl, John buckled in for what he expected to be another inconveniently long ramble, only this time directed at him.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 258

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew groaned as he continued on his latest experiment. He was a noisy person, and he could forgive it, but John arguing with his mother on the phone was somehow more than he could tolerate, and he wasn’t quite sure why. Using telekinesis, the cat stuffed a pillow over his head in an attempt to drown out the noise.

 

“Right, and now, to work…”

 

As Mew prepared the splicers and the Tadbulb DNA, he paused, the muffled voice of John coming from above. He looked between the experiment and the source of the noise, and, somewhat reluctantly, withdrew the pillow from his head. The voice began to become clear very quickly. 

 

“Look, Mom, my job is a proper… look, I know I’m not some Unovan Scientist like my dad was, but… Oh don’t bring him up!” 

 

Mew, through some gift of his massive ego, had the sense they were talking about him.

 

“I mention one of my roommates does bioengineering once, and- No! That’s his thing, not mine. You think I know how to shift my DNA on the fly!?”

 

Mew muttered under his breath. “Someone still hasn’t told his mother he’s a world famous singer and part-time Pokemon…”

 

“Look, no, I’m not doing anything… I don’t care what Jugulis sends! Goodbye!”

 

John’s voice died down, and Mew promptly pretended like he wasn’t just eavesdropping. His curiosity satisfied, he turned back to his creation, but Mew felt unsatisfied. Not from a lack of information, but rather, something else…

 

“...Bah. I regret inventing feelings.” Mew raised a syringe. “So difficult to figure out…”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 259: Ham-egg Sandwich

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirachi stared at the sandwich. John stared at Jirachi. An impasse of the ages, a moment frozen at the edge of a knife— the cusp of fate, the precipice of a conflict that swore to ravage the earth for a thousand generations. The whole world held its breath. Well, Mew could possibly, in the most charitable of interpretations be called ‘the whole world,’ but he’d disagree with the title. After all, he couldn’t have people out there thinking he was fat! 

 

After a tense moment, Jirachi turned away from the sandwich. “Fine, you may have it.”

 

John looked at Jirachi, incredulous. “I can have it? I made it! I’m the one who decides who gets to eat my ham-egg sandwich!”

 

Jirachi smirked. “Well, it seems like I’m the one deciding, doesn’t it?” Mew nodded, and even John was forced to concede the point. Like a thief selling back stolen goods; he couldn’t believe this kid’s audacity.

 

He also wanted his ham-egg sandwich, so he had no choice but to agree. He gave Jirachi a glare as he grabbed the delectable treat— next time. Next time, the sandwich would be his and his alone.

 

Next time…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 260: The Miri System

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew was the original one. He could do anything he wanted to. Fly? Transform into a bird pokemon. Swim? Plenty of fish or other aquatic pokemon. Run fast? Any pokemon with quick attack, but especially a pokemon like Jolteon. Swim fast? Sharpedo. Fly far? Pokemon that cross the ocean. Fly far and fast? Latios.

 

What he couldn’t do was figure out how to deal with the multitudes of “calls” he got on a daily basis.

 

They weren’t actually calls on a physical phone. More like a twinge or a slight pull. An inclination to respond to some forgone conclusion being uttered as someone cursed his name. For most it would be fine. Probably.

 

He would explain it as the curse it is. Minor or lesser known legendaries would only get a few “calls” a year, due to little prevalence outside of minor sects or individual cultures that worshiped them. Legendaries that were more well known, either as a regions’ main legendary or a figurehead for a major religion would get more calls on the basis that more people would know about them, and in times of crisis (or annoyance) their name would be the one called.

 

This escalated the more people knew about you, or thought they knew about you.

 

He is at the top of that pyramid.

 

Sure Arceus has more “power” but so few people actually know about Arceus so his name is never uttered. At least not since Marcus and Damos. 

 

But a lot of people out there believe that Mew was the original. He has at least four religions formed from his name, many inspired sects and off-shoots of those four, atheists that still believe that he exists by process of elimination, individuals that have seen him, individuals that think they saw him but didn’t, individuals that spend their lives endlessly obsessing over potentially seeing a Mew and then treating them like an object to be collected rather than a actually living creature, often harming the people and pokemon around them because they think they can get a Mew as a starter or some shi-

 

*ahem* Anyways.

 

Unfortunately for him, being the original Mew means that whenever anyone in the entire universe thinks his name he is the one that gets pinged. If there is a local Mew nearby sometimes they may intercept, but in most instances he is the one who gets the mental itch to go to random individual #5826430719 and that is incredibly annoying.

 

Yes, he could tune them out or make them less prevalent, but it was impossible to remove entirely. And unfortunately 99.99% was not enough with the amount that he was getting danced around due to people swearing because they missed the light and will be 5 minutes late to work, therefore invoking his name for no actually relevant or necessary reason.

 

It was those thought that drove him to go to the residence of one… not god, so to speak.

 

“Hey Miri!” Mew flew through the window with a grin on his face, solution to his ageless problem right in front of him.

 

They audibly sighed before turning to face him. “I told you not to call me that, 00. When will you respect that choice?”

 

“When you give me an actual name that I can call you that isn’t my own name and isn’t technobabble that I couldn’t possibly understand due to you somehow being able to speak in 1s and 0s.”

 

“As I mentioned before, I don’t speak in “1s and 0s,” Mew noted that they were feeling really sassy today, throwing up the air quotes and all despite seeming like they could care less about Mew’s appearance in their household, “I am simply able to speak in all parts of the electromagnetic spectrum due to… being partially electronic as is.”

 

“Waves,  1s and 0s, same difference really.”

 

They grabbed their face in a very human manner as their tail floated up to join their hands in disguising their annoyance at him. A noise of disbelief or disgust, Mew was unable to tell which one, rang out from their synthesizers before they calmed down enough to continue on. “Mew, you never come by without a purpose. Why are you here?”

 

Mew floated around lazily, making an ellipsis in his motions. “Well, I was having a very ‘Mew’ problem, and I remembered that you were having trouble feeling like you deserved your place in the world after the whole incident and I figured it would be a way to help you, at minimum, understand what we Mews go through if not genuinely feel like you deserve to exist.

 

They turned, slowly but surely before affixing him with a stare filled with determination.

 

“What do I need to do?”

 

__

 

A week later, Mew was sleeping in his room before getting awoken by an incessant ping by someone he thought he was done talking to.

 

A hop skip and a jump had them face to face.

 

Mew might have been showing a little bit of his annoyance but if it’s on his face so what?

 

If his face might be showing some draconic features as well, who would know?

 

Well… the person in front of himself might, but they wouldn’t say anything.

 

Time to deal with this.

 

“So-” Mew went to start.

 

He wasn’t given the chance.

 

“I took the amount of data that you’ve given me and utilized the satellite in the atmosphere to triangulate the position of the people who contact you. I then run that data through a server that has 50 porygons to determine the necessity of the data and the distance from other local Mew in order to properly identify when a case is both imperative enough to need guidance and out of the way enough for a local Mew to not be “assigned” as it were. This all happens in the span of 259 picoseconds, more than enough time for you to get there before the requester even realizes that the ping went through, allowing you to judge the situation for yourself and figure out the best way to help with or without revealing who you are. A fire shows up? Convenient that there is a migrating Blastoise in the area capable of washing away the flames. Individuals trapped under rubble? The local dojo just got out and a Machamp was simply a convenient passerby. Amnesiacs putting an entire town to sleep for the sake of trying to sleep themselves, and still failing, using psychic types as a medium for their misdeeds? Very convenient that poachers accidentally dropped a dark type Houndoom in the nearby forest capable of sniffing them out. Regardless, I hope this helps you fix your issue. Whiny little-”

 

“Thank you thank you I’ll be going now.

 

Mew floated away without a second thought, mind shockingly clear.

 

(And if he did in fact save someone from a house fire by putting it out as a Blastoise less than a week later, no one needs to know that either.)

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 261: Self-Reflection

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Say, Jirachi…” Mew flew toward Jirachi, who was sitting on the couch, a bag of gummy fish next to him. “...I was trying to mess with light refraction again, and I can’t find a single good mirror.”

 

“Why are you coming to me for this?” Jirachi eyed Mew quizzically as he dipped another gummy fish into his mouth. “Why would I happen to know about mirrors?”

 

“The W-Word.”

 

“Not me this time.” Jirachi shook his head. “I haven’t had a single W-Word incident since a few days back.”

 

“Yeah, but this has been a thing for months.” Mew slumped. “Every time I buy a mirror using John’s money, it just gets broken to pieces a day later!”

 

“Yeah, and every time Celebi undoes the bathroom mirror being broken, she comes back looking all guilty.” Jirachi held his hand to his chin. “...So who’s sabotaging the mirrors?”

 

“It can’t be Manaphy. She can’t reach half of them.”

 

“I doubt it’s Tandemaus…”

 

“And it isn’t me!” Giratina extended out of the shadows, brimming with more enthusiasm than should be possible for a conversation about mirrors. “I’ve been having to deal with finding alternate routes to your apartment for ages at this point!” 

 

Mew sighed. “Did you break the kitchen sink?”

 

Giratina nodded. “Maybe.”

 

Jirachi flew into the air, gummy fish bag in hand. “Maybe we could ask John about it?”

 

“Negative.” Giratina looked at Jirachi. “Last time I asked her, she froze up and ran off. I had to practically hound her to let me have a specialty mirror hanging in the hole room.”

 

“Hm…” Mew leaned in, and the others followed suit. “These seems important, lads.”

 

“Definitely.” Giratina eyed Jirachi. “We should probably look into this.”

 

Jirachi nodded fervently. “I agree. We probably should.”

 

All three stood there, staring into each other’s eyes, before promptly turning and moving in the opposite direction. 

 

“I’ve got an abomination that won’t stop screaming by itself!” Mew yelled. 

 

Jirachi chucked his empty gummy fish into the bin as he left the room. “I’ve got a game night to catch with Annabelle and Zorro!” 

 

Giratina slunk back into the shadows. “Jugulis is terrible at his job and I can sense the distortion issues right now. We’ll check back on this later.”

 

As the three left, the room remained silent... Silent bar the far-off sound of shattering glass.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 262: Game Night

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirachi sat alone on the couch, in a darkened room, the LED screen of John’s TV acting as its only light source. Jirachi was wide awake, honed, and focused. Several stacks of empty gummy fish packets lined the floor of the room, piled directly at Jirachi's feet.  

 

“Hello brother!” Pinky emerged from a time portal. “I've just come to visit and-” She stopped herself, rubbing her eyes as she observed the situation before her. “...Brother what the actual hell is this.”

 

“I'm on the grind, sis.” The buttons on Jirachi’s controller clacked. “No one else is here and I finished all my homework, so I figured I'd just relax.”

 

“Where did the fish come from?”

 

“Don’t ask.”

 

“Right…” Pinky eyed the empty apartment anxiously. “Don’t you have, like, a gazillion roommates and associated friends?”

 

“Tandemaus went on a date or something, Giratina was squabbling with Arceus, and my roommates went on a girl’s night, whatever that's supposed to mean.”

 

“I assume just R&R, but…” Pinky scratched her head. “Aren’t two of your roommates guys?”

 

“John can shape-shift. His Meloetta form’s female and he’s decently familiar with the works, so…” 

 

“Yeah that's fair enough… but Mew?”

 

“Mew decided that since biological sex was descended from him that he could choose to be whatever gender he wanted.” Jirachi shrugged. “It's really very annoying since now I don't have a gaming buddy.” 

 

“Right…” Pinky, electing to move on, took a seat near Jirachi. “What are you playing?”

 

“Ritual of War.” Jirachi shifted his controller as he pulled off a complex maneuver on screen. “FPS game. Very high skill level.”

 

“So you just… shoot fake people?”

 

“Well they’re controlled by real people.”

 

“I see… so they…?”

 

“Respawn when they die. It goes until the timer’s out.” 

 

“So you get to kill as many people as you want until the timer goes out or you die first?”

 

“Pretty much, yeah-” Jirachi’s eyes widened as Pinky snatched a controller. “Sis what are you doing?” 

 

“Joining you.” Pinky’s cheerful expression was emblazoned by the fire in her eyes. “After all, this is my kinda game.”

 

“But you haven't played at all and-” Jirachi flew up from his seat. “No way did you just snipe BestGamerEver69457 from halfway across the map.”

 

“As I said…” Pinky leaned forward, grinning from ear to ear. “...This is my kinda game.” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 263: The Prophesied One

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Where the fell winds blow, past pine copses and gelid glens, through the mist, laden vales drooping with mountain hardy wildflowers bespeckling heath… beneath the looming specter of ice, where the crags poked sharply against a pale sky and the tumbled boulders bore the rounded weight of moss, stood a shadow.

Across from the shadow with eyes flame, plumage catching dawn’s radiant rebirth a xatu stood in counterpose, repose, a serene tranquil placidity as he looked past shadow to sunlight with unseeing eyes that betrayed nothing. Watching, everything . The shadow stood still. The xatu, slowly, looked down.

“So.” His voice was soft, a bit scratchy and faint against the echoing winds at that border of ice and high meadow– yet, ineluctably enrapturing. There was a faint quality to it that captured the imagination, to dark places leading– an echo of premonition. A danger divorced from real, entirely phenomenal. “You’ve come. I’ve waited for… a long time.”

The small shadow stood, and stared, and did not speak.

“Your presence was foretold. My elder, and his elder before, and so forth to the distant past when our clan settled these harsh peaks has always carried the word dutifully. We look for the signs. We see the passing, and raise our sight to the sun and the myriad elements of the firmament above. The vault of the heavens and its implacable immutability has spoken, and who are we but the listeners?”

The shadow did not speak. Its eyes bored into the xatu, burning in intensity to match the dawn.

“You are the prophesied one.” The xatu extended a wing, their voice raising, clarion sharp cutting through the meadow’s quiet peace. “You are the awaited one! As it was spoken, the child of shadows! You are the one on whom the world’s fate rests! So I speak, and so– listen those with ears to hear; may your vigor wilt and your mind never beyond the present should you not heed the words of A’aluxyl of the High Winds, of the Black Rock aerie, son of L’lkltx the seer! You are fate-binder! You are the crowned one! You are jade-eyes, umbra-cloak, swift-heart, kin of chaos and order-bringer. Onto you I bestow the fortune of our clan, the ancient texts and the work of those who braved the deep-cold to seek out the heart of the earth.”

The shadow did not move, and after  a few tense minutes a wizened alakazam returned with a crate of gold bars, a bag full of precious minerals, and a grimoire bound in scarlet cloth on which ancient characters of sealing and incalculable might shivered against the air.

The shadow stood still, and with that burning gaze boring furiously piercing , it stared at the xatu with a terrible, foreboding weight behind those eyes.

………

“Huh.” Pinky looked at the haul of precious gems and gold ingots, then back at the kid-like shadow pokemon that she’d been unable to find any mention of. Well, besides vague and ominous worded prophecies and the occasional asylum wall covered by arcane runes written with the blood of the imprisoned, but those were notoriously unreliable sources anyways. “You actually managed to liberate those stuffy xatu of their treasure. Neat. We’ll make a swashbuckling pirate of you yet!”

The shadowy figure sat on the edges of the crate, and kicked his legs lightly, the gestures just out of sync with reality enough to be unsettling. The shadow did not speak.

Diancie scowled from where she was packing the treasure onto their discount airship. “We’re not pirates, Pinky.”
“Aww, c’mon we’ve got a ship and we’re plundering for loot! We’ve gotta be at least halfway there!”

“No.”

“Aww…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 264: Jirachi Seeks Jirachi

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Y’know, sis,” Jirachi took a sip from his sippy cup. “I’ve been thinking.”

 

Pinky, who had just finished preparing an omelet, eyed him curiously. “What’s up bro? You aren’t normally this concerned about anything.”

 

Jirachi sighed. “It’s just… I’m worried about being alone.”

 

“That’s the single stupidest thing I’ve ever heard.” Pinky’s brow furrowed. “You’ve got me for all eternity, you’ve got your band of misfits back home, at worst Jugulis probably won’t break down for another few millennia-”

 

“I know… but…”

 

Jirachi got up, floating into the air. “Us Jirachi… we’re born of comets and stars… we only very rarely crash on Earth and we only very rarely wake up… and only for a week, at most. The fact I’ve been up for this long… I’m an exception I can’t quite explain. But it means I won’t see anymore of my comet friends… for so so long…”

 

“But aren’t those gaps big to begin with?” Pinky fluttered next to her sibling. “I understand feeling homesick, but-”

 

“Sleeping is almost like a fast forward button. One minute I go to bed and say goodbye, the next I wake up and the world’s different and I can say hello to people. But now, I’ll never see another Jirachi for ages-”

 

Pinky practically forced her brother into a tight hug, snapping him out his stupor. She pulled away, staring him dead in the face.

 

“Well, then if you’re homesick, we just find a way to see them again. If you can wake up for a while, then surely they can too, right?”

 

Jirachi blinked. “Yeah…” He grinned. “Yeah… you’re right!”

 

“We’ll work together!”

 

Jirachi fist pumped. “And non-evilly!” 

 

Pinky eyed the floor nervously. “Well there goes my plans…”

 

Jirachi glared at her. Pinky rolled her eyes.

 

 “It was a joke!” Pinky smirked. “Besides, at worst, we get some gummy fish and make John into a Jirachi buddy for a few months. Crazier things have happened.”

 

“Eh, it wouldn’t feel the same… there’s no other Jirachi that exist right now, trying to make more wouldn’t really be helping my problem.” Jirachi scoffed. “Besides, why would you turn people into Jirachi against their will? That’s just bad manners.”

 

Jirouge glared at Jirachi, mildly offended, as he floated past into another room. 

 

“Eh, I was mostly joking anyway.” Pinky shrugged. “But, still, how’s about that as a plan, eh? We can reunite you with some Jirachi friends.”

 

“Yeah…” Jirachi smiled. “That’d be cool. Just to experien- Pinky what is that?”

 

Pinky hefted a large bazooka. “We’ll need to get them out of the sky somehow, right?”

 

“I feel we’re going to need a better plan than that, no offense.”

 

“Awwww….” Pinky dropped the weapon on the ground. Promptly, she picked up an even larger weapon. “...Is what I would say, if I hadn’t already prepared for this alternative!”

 

Jirachi had a feeling the next few hours were going to be painful. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 265: This is the News

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So I just…”

“Yup. Easy as.” Kibby took the microphone from Dhelmise hesitantly, half hopping forward to the small table she was supposed to present from. Deep breaths… it wasn’t her OSHA job, but it was a good gig! No need to be nervous, she’d nailed all her practice attempts with the old recordings, and it’d be fine . She was worrying over nothing.

At least if she’d learned anything from all the recorded broadcasts, it was that they were usually very boring. Nothing much tended to happen. So… “Hello! Kibby here with the Rustboro Daily, bringing you today’s news every hour on the hour. Today the all-hoenn quadrupelgic’s athletic competition is meeting for their annual triathlon event–”

One of the production crew paused, slashing their hand in a motion that probably meant something . Kibby just didn’t know what. Maybe it was some sort of–

The que screen flashed red, a massive BREAKING NEWS banner covering the whole thing. Well that would explain that. “Um, right, coming at you with breaking news from…” she quickly read the prompts– “north rustboro, we have a fight between police officials and a rampaging… mechanical hydreigon? Our correspondent is on the scene.”

Dhelmise took over, the video feed shaking slightly the fight in the background, and, despite it all, she looked practically giddy. Probably because she was finally able to get back out reporting live. “Thank’s Kibby! Anyways, we have police chief Jugulis here. Jugulis, what do you have to say about the presence of this dangerous criminal?”

The robotic hydreigon nodded professionally, serious and collected despite the chaos around them. “It’s a regrettable tragedy that such a psychotic criminal managed to perform such dastardly deeds within our city, but rest assured that the Rustboro Police Department will bring the offender to justice. Now, if you’ll excuse me, I have another job as a rampaging criminal that I have to get to…”

“Thank you Chief Jugulis, we all appreciate what you’re doing.” The robotic pokemon was already gone, back to fighting roguishly against the police. “Anyways, that’s all from–”

“Uh! Breaking news!” They had to flash the screen at Kibby to tell her that it was new breaking news, and not the same incident as before. “We’re hearing reports about some sort of large–” the whole building shook as a crack of sound washed over the studio, knocking some of the less stable recording equipment to the floor– “explosion.” Kibby sighed. “A large explosion in the forest outside of the city. More from Shady Thier Rising live from the scene.”

“Thank you!” Shady was practically shouting to be heard over the sound of the wind and the helicopter’s roar, half-hanging out of the chopper so the cameramen could get both him and the massive mushroom cloud in the frame. “The cause of the explosion is unknown, but as far as we can tell it occurred on private land owned by Evil Incorporated… wait… what’s that oh no– ” the last thing the camera caught before it went black was a rapidly approaching jirachi-shaped object.

“Alright… back to the regular programming–” the production crew member just sadly shook their head and flashed the breaking news screen again. “Right. Uh, we’ve got some breaking news from the west central part of the city. It seems a… flesh monster is rapidly converting the houses on Evil avenue into fleshy monstrosities… no, it’s not actually hurting anyone, it’s just turning the houses squishier. And! East of that, we’ve got a battle between the monarch of the Diamond Domain, a preschooler, and hit rock singer Aira. Oh and time travelers were… will be battling in the city square…”

………

“So… how was your first day at work!” Kibby couldn’t even muster the energy to glare at her mom as she staggered into her house, completely and totally exhausted. She’d left after her disaster sense had saved the building from getting demolished in a battle between Giratina and Rakulesht, Demon Devourer of Devastation and Death.

Never. Again. Maybe she’d be better off trying her hand at being an on-scene correspondent instead of a news anchor. Yeah… that fit her skills…

She was asleep before she even reached the stairs.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 266: Space Exploration Lite

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirachi and Pinky were having a think. This already made the occasion an uncommon occurrence, as neither of the siblings were prone to such vagaries of sophistication, preferring the much simpler joys of life. Explosions, that was. They both really liked explosions, but for once they were thinking before exploding.

John would’ve shed a prideful tear for their forbearance, had he not been too busy recovering in the hospital from Jirachi’s last explosion.

“Hm. So… I mean, it’s not like you’ve got no family.” The pastel pink sprite hovered lazily midair, a thoughtful look on her face as shafts of sunlight spilt, illuminant molten, catching her in its stately radiance. It didn’t do much to make up for the soot covering her from her last explosion, of which John was also recovering from. “You’ve got me!”

“That’s true, but you’re not a jirachi . Nothing against you and all, but I’d like to hang out with my people every once in a blue moon.” He paused as his words caught up to him. “I’d take that back, but blue moons are significantly more common than jirachi.”

Pinky patted him on the back. “That’s rough, mate.” Jirachi nodded despondently, and as a good older? Sister Pinky couldn’t let that stand. “I’m sure we can get some of them to come visit, though!”

“They’re all asleep. Worse, they’re all asleep and in space . Goes with the whole star motif, y’know? How’d we even get to them?”

“...explosions?”

Jirachi instantly perked up. “That’s a great idea! Let me go quickly grab my high explosives–”

“Not so fast!” Pinky grabbed him by the wrist, preventing him from dashing off. “Remember what happened the last time you tried this? You said you’d revolutionize transport with your pokemon cannon, except you forgot to figure out the not blowing yourself up part and blasted a crater into our testing site. I’m still hearing from OSHA about all the occupational safety standards we ignored!”

“...it was just a minor problem. Honest!” Sulkily, Jirachi stopped trying to escape though. “I only got blown up one time per launch. That’s pretty close to zero you know!” Pinky did not even deign to give that a response. “C’mon you still can’t be mad about–”

“I was playing cards against Jirogue with my collector’s edition hyper-4D-magimewsical deck! Do you know how rare those are?” Of course he wouldn’t. Few people appreciated the refined things in life, especially if those refined things hadn’t been invented yet.

“–really can’t hold it against me, it was a good idea. Rocket scientists do it all the time, and nobody gets mad when they put someone on top of a stack of explosives the size of a skyscraper and laugh maniacally with evil intent–”

“Stop!” Pinky practically bounced with sudden eagerness. “Repeat what you just said!”

“...what?” Jirachi frowned pensively, thoughtful. “Oh! The part about laughing maniacally as I strap people on top of piles of explosive–”

“No!" Not that you doofus, the other thing!” She facepalmed, groaning in frustration. “Why would you even do that?”

Jirachi shrugged, looking a bit sheepish. “I just thought it looked fun the last time you did it, so…” ah, right. Actually, she didn’t mind moving on from this conversation one bit. “So… the rocket part? Or the part about how my idea was totally awesome–”

“The rocket part,” Pinky drawled with an utterly defeated tone. “Obviously the rocket part.” She giggled softly, her brother’s antics unable to keep her down for long. “I was just thinking… how do you get to space, usually?”

Jirachi blinked innocently. With all three eyes. “A huge pile of explosives?”

“Yes, that,” she spoke over Jirachi before he could try to extol the virtues of his explosion-based transport again – “but a rocket shaped huge pile of explosives!” Momentarily her brother didn’t comprehend, but when he did … she could see the light sparkle in his eyes. “Aren’t I the smartest? And the prettiest, and the smartest, definitely way smarter than that stupid Celebi – ehem. As I was saying. Let's get to mossdeep!”

First problem. Mossdeep was forever away. Like, on the opposite side of Hoenn, and they’d need to get there first. It wasn’t like one of them was a world-famous rock star practically drowning in poke from their musical career.

Oh well. Too bad. She sighed, kicking back in that shaft of sunlight until it played across her defeated scowl. “Drat. Foiled once again. I wish we could’ve gotten to Mossdeep–” she paused, eyes widening as she realized her mistake. They stayed widened as the seconds ticked on, nothing happening beyond Jirachi happily floating in front of her. “You’re not going to…” Jirachi giggled dopily, slowly rotating head over heel as he drifted through Pinky’s patch of sunlight. “Oh, good.” She sighed in relief. “For a moment there I thought we were going to be the butt of a punchline–”
They exploded.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 267: Road Trip!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Road trip!” Jirachi’s eyes glistened as he viewed the beat-up van before him. “This is perfect!”

 

“And remarkably more fun than taking a plane.” Pinky crossed her arms. “It’ll be a fun adventure, and at the end... we might get to see some of your kin."

 

“Yeah! This is gonna be so exciting!" Jirachi was struggling to hide his excitement. "We haven’t had one of these adventures since we fought the Ink Butterflies in the Blot of Perpetuation!” 

 

“Oh man, that takes me back…” Pinky fawned nostalgically. “...We really should visit Providence sometime.”

 

“Yeah, he was great. Hope things worked out with his husband.” Jirachi paused. “Wait, Pinky, where did you get this van?”

 

“I’m a criminal.”

 

“Ah.” Jirachi eyed the van for some time. “...Should we give it back when we’re done, or…?”

 

Pinky flew into the shotgun seat, shaking her head. “...By the time we’re done with it, I don’t think there will be much van left to give back.”

 

"Alrighty then!" Jirachi up to the driver's seat happily. "No use worrying about it! Let’s go!”

 

Jirachi prepared to leap into the driver’s seat, but Pinky stopped him. She wagged her finger disapprovingly. 

 

“Bro, you don’t know how to drive.”

 

“Yeah, but now’s a good time to learn!”

 

"Do you want to get to Mossdeep or not?" Pinky sighed. “We’ll need someone with legs and a decently tall body shape to make this work.”

 

Jirachi pondered. “...John?”

 

“Too boring and I doubt I could resist my homicidal urges.” Pinky paused. “...Mew? He can shapeshift.”

 

Jirachi shook his head. “I doubt he’d focus for long enough. The Valiance?”

 

“Even more homicidal than I am. Hm…” 

 

As Pinky and Jirachi put their heads together, a not so inconspicuous young man with three Eevee in his arms walked by. He called out to John as he approached his apartment, and the pair, spying their opportunity, nodded to each other.

 

Pinky teleported in front of the man. “Hi, I’m-”

 

The man screamed, promptly fainting. Jirachi hovered over, and the pair watched his unconscious body. Three Eevee scurried about on top of him, none of them too particularly concerned with their owner's fall. The pair looked between each other, sighing.

 

Pinky nodded. “We can make this work.”

 

Jirachi nodded. “We can make this work.”

 

The pair hauled his body into the van, placing him into the driver’s seat. They placed the three Eevee in the back seat, though the three did not move, merely eyeing the pair indecipherably.  

 

“Those little fluff balls unnerve me." Pinky shuddered. "It’s like having hundreds of eyes on you at once.”

 

Jirachi’s three eyes turned to look at Pinky. “...So… what do we do while he’s unconscious?”

 

A shadow emerged from the ground. “Hey guys!” 

 

Pinky and Jirachi screamed, leaping into each other's tight embrace. The shadow solidified, and Giratina emerged, moderately offended.

 

“Geez, I’m just saying hello.” He eyed the van. “Where are you going?”

 

"Uh..." Jirachi stuttered. "...Road trip.”

 

“Oh, cool. Can I come?”

 

“Uh…”

 

“And I’m coming too.” Tandemaus walked forward, sipping from a juice box. “I can’t deal with the chaos in that apartment for another week. I need a vacation.”

 

Pinky paused. “Well, uh…”

 

Jirachi beamed. “Sure!” 

 

“Great!” Giratina smiled. "I'll be in the back!"

 

G iratina fell into the shadows, and the pair heard a heavy thump as the van's back end sank dangerously close to the ground. 

 

Tandemaus walked to the van, deadpan. “I call shotgun.”

 

Jirachi and Pinky eyed each other, and the pair sighed in unison.

 

“Somehow… I don’t think this is going to go as smoothly as we envisioned.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 268: Celebi and John Go On a Family Outing

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Y’know, Celebi, when I said I wanted to study my heritage, I didn’t mean it like this.”

 

“Come on, John.” Celebi chuckled. “The best way to learn is to get hands-on experience!”

 

“Yeah, but…” John grimaced. “Did you have to have Mew turn me into a Celebi for this?”

 

John fluttered next to Celebi as the pair flew down the time stream. Despite their inherent differences, John was practically identical to Celebi in every single physical aspect, with the only difference being his pink coloration. He shifted uncomfortably; Celebi put a hand on his shoulder reassuringly. 

 

“Don’t worry about it, it’s just so we don’t cause timeline shenanigans, cause knowing you, you’re gonna wind up in history books and start complaining about it-”

 

“Yeah, but…” He eyed his tiny body. “...A Celebi?”

 

“Hey, it wasn’t hard for Mew to do. The genetics are in there from…” She eyed the time stream, coughing. “In any case, I will also admit that I was kind of tempted to just, y’know… see how you looked as a Celebi.”

 

John raised an eyebrow.

“Look, family pride and all that!” Celebi put his fist to her chest. “Gotta make sure my descendants carry on my good looks!” She leaned into John, whispering. “You get an A+, by the way.”

 

John smirked. “Guess you’re playing favorites?”

 

“I have been for a while.” She smiled. “I mean, Treads is just so cute! She’s like a little loaf of bread!”

 

John grumbled to himself, Celebi snickering in response. 

 

“Still, you’ve gotten a good handle on time travel! You’re a natural!”

 

“Thanks-”

 

“Honestly, you know what?” Celebi twirled excitedly. “You should stay like this more often!”

 

“Yeah, but like…” John shifted uncomfortably. “...I like my Meloetta form more…”

 

Celebi raised an eyebrow. “Oh, do you now?”

 

John gulped. “...Yeah…?”

 

“I see how it is, then." Celebi feigned an eye roll. "I guess you just don't like me or my looks very much-”

 

John panicked. “No no no, that’s not it at-”

 

Celebi snickered. “Geez, it’s a joke, it’s a joke!” She pointed at him, barely suppressing laughter. “You should’ve seen the look on your face.”

 

“Still,” John eyed Celebi, determined. “I’m not gonna use my Celebi form much. I can’t even naturally shift into it like I can with my Meloetta form.” 

 

“Yeah, I getcha, more natural and all that.”

 

“...Somehow.” John shrugged. “Either way, you won’t catch me looking like this again. That much is for sure.”

 

Another pink Celebi emerged from the wall of the time stream, shaking his head.

 

“Oh, buddy. You’re gonna regret saying that in about eight hundred years.” 

 

The future John waved at Celebi, and Celebi waved back, before future John promptly dipped out of the time stream. John turned to Celebi, who was struggling to barely suppress the urge to laugh. John sighed.

 

“Where are we going, again?”

 

“Nowhere important.” Celebi stretched her arms as she opened a time portal. “We’re just getting a good look at your lineage before I came around… so basically around the time Groudon and Kyogre were fighting.”

 

“Oh, cool.” John paused. “Wait what-”

 

John’s screams went silent as the portal snapped shut behind them. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 269: Road Trip Pitstop

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jirachi sat on top of the van, watching the moonlight shine above the water's edge. He beheld its beauty, smiling brightly. 

 

“Sis, I think we went the wrong way.”

 

Pinky, reading the map upside down, growled under her breath.

 

“No, we are going the right way! Trust the psychic’s intuition!”

 

“Sis, I’m also psychic, and we are not going the right way.”

 

“Kids, kids…” Giratina put a wing on their shoulders. “I’m sure we can work this out like grown, civilized Pokemon…”

 

Jirachi pouted. “Nuh uh.”

 

Pinky blew a raspberry. “Double nuh uh!”

 

“Well, in any case…” Tandemaus wandered onto the roof, yawning. “It’s getting late. We should set up camp for the night.”

 

“Oh, camping!” Giratina squealed at a pitch that shouldn’t have been possible for an eldritch god. “Do we have marshmallows? I love marshmallows.”

 

“Remind me that you can bribe a god through marshmallows.” Tandemaus shook his head. “We don’t have any, unfortunately. In fact, we didn’t pack any food at all.”

 

“I suggest we eat the human,” Pinky blurted out. “He has the most meat.”

 

“Sis, you have time travel and Giratina can teleport everywhere.”

 

Pinky blinked. “Oh yeah.” She looked down at the driver’s seat, where a sleeping Aster lay surrounded by a pile of fluff. “Don’t worry, Mr. human! Your flesh shall be spared for another day!”

 

“And besides, you two.” Tandemaus stepped forward. “It’s far more productive to sacrifice our blood to the Pantheon of Meat than to just eat our friend.”

 

“Oh yeah…” Pinky nodded fervently. “That’s so true, actually! But, uh…” She squinted. “...How do you know that?”

 

“My roommate back in college was really into this sorta stuff. Seriously, you shoulda seen how many random gods were on her speed dial-”

 

“Oh, was she named Sandrine by any chance?” Giratina blushed. “She was an old friend of mine and-”

 

“Nah.” Tandemaus shook his head. “Different gal. Name began with N, was really into lighting fixtures-”

 

“If we could please focus…!” Pinky fluttered between the pair, fatigue weighing her down. “We need food!”

 

Giratina ripped open a portal in the air, and a pile of food slammed into the van’s roof, jolting Aster and the Eevee in the driver's seat into the air. All four were unperturbed by the disturbance; Aster’s snoring only grew louder. 

 

Jirachi looked as though he wished to say more than he possibly could. “...Where were you keeping that?”

 

“Secret snack vault.” Giratina beamed proudly. “Highly impenetrable, no one’s been able to infiltrate it for the past one thousand years.”

 

A small, pink head bobbed out of the food, an apple half eaten in her mouth. She looked between the gathered group and Giratina, who was treading the fine line between bloodlust and genuine horror, and she shrank back into the pile, chuckling nervously.

 

“Sorry Uncle Gira, you kind of… uh… gave me access to this later… guess I came a bit too early.” She slowly fluttered out of the pile, a time portal opening behind her. “Nice to see you… and me…” She winked. “Looking good by the way… uh…” She hastily scampered into the portal. “See you all on the flip sideeeeeeeee-”

 

As the portal snapped shut, the group looked at Giratina, who was more disappointed than anything else. He waved a wing, motioning for the group to begin their feast.

 

“...We will not talk about what just occurred.”

 

Pinky grinned. “Fine by me, Uncle Giratina.” 

 

Pinky struggled to suppress a smirk; Giratina struggled to suppress his long dormant homicidal tendencies. Together with the others, the pair prepared for the long night- and long trip- ahead of them. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 270: Shady and Endymion

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“You’re looking pretty tired. You’re not overworking yourself, are you?” Shady Their Rising was a bit of an odd character, but when it came to her part time job as a journalist she found herself meeting up with the conspiracy theorist pretty often. Between his underappreciated genius and her disaster sense, there really were a fair few interesting stories they could ferret out.

Shady waved his hand tiredly, taking a deep draught of his coffee. Expresso, in quantities enough to make it look more like a full cup of black coffee but for the overwhelmingly strong scent. “I’m fine.” He was clearly not fine. “I’m just… on the trail of something big. You see, there’s been… oddities. A trail of people experiencing fatal accidents with no rhyme or reason. Several suicides. There’s ostensibly nothing tying them together, but…”

“You think there’s a pattern.”

Shady leant forward, gaze intense. “I know there’s a pattern.”

Kibby’s disaster sense tingled, so faintly as to almost be imperceptible– and she knew there was one too.

………

Shady took a deep draught of his coffee, all but slumped over the table. “So close. I’m so close – I think I have the right area, which means I just need to narrow it down…” Kibby leapt to her feet moments before he started to slump, catching him before his head could hit the table. “Close… most important… career…” and then he was asleep.

Night sky stars twinkled across the vaulting black behind him, the city’s lights casting a dreary glow into the cafe. Kibby could only wonder how long Shady had spent awake, to fall asleep while drinking coffee .

She slung his unconscious form over her shoulders and set off to his home– and ever, her disaster sense tingled.

………

Shady was more and more stressed every time she saw him, until she didn’t see him at all– he’d drawn into his private life, too engrossed with his search for the enigmatic pattern-maker. Her sense of foreboding only grew, but if Shady didn’t want to be found, his experience in uncovering also made him difficult to catch .

It all came to a head three weeks after he’d started his search. Kibby wished she’d been there– but–

She sat down in the cafe across from Shady, who looked remarkably more relaxed than he’d been before. “Are you okay? I heard about the fight on the bridge, and the casualty–” it was the talk of the news station. Apparently there’d been some sort of epic showdown on an old bridge over a gorge in central Hoenn which had led to the death of some random farmer who’d gotten into an argument with Shady.

The man in front of her looked fine, though, which was a relief. “All’s well over here. It was a brief scuffle, but I managed to come out victorious.”

“Did you figure it out?”

Shady shrugged. “Nope. I’ve come to the conclusion that it’s not a real pattern. Too much conflicting data– I was just running in circles, wasting my time.” Ah. Well, that was a shame. He’d been so sure, but… happened to the best of them, she supposed.

Her disaster sense was entirely quiescent. Even as Shady took a sip of his still too hot coffee–

The potential for disaster was past.

Right?

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 271: Road Trip Volcano

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Here we are at Sootopolis City!”

 

“Sis…” Jirachi squinted into the open flames. “...I’m pretty sure this place isn’t meant to be on fire.”

 

“Well it’s looking nicer, at least!” She hummed to herself. “Love me some good old lava… it’s why we have a moat of it around the base!”

 

Giratina muttered to himself. “...And it’s why you have fifteen OSHA violations for that alone…”

 

“What was that?”

 

“Nothing.” Giratina shook his head. “In any case, this isn’t Sootopolis. This is an active volcano.”

 

“Oh, you mean like…?”

 

“Yes, I mean like. This is Mt. Chimney.” 

 

The volcano’s crater below bubbled and hummed with searing magma. It hurt the group’s eyes just to look at it. Aster was still unconscious at the driver’s seat with the Eevee, who were all staring in awe at the sight of hell’s gates opening before them.

 

“I dunno about you…” Tandemaus shrugged, turning on his heel. “...But I feel we should get out of here.”

 

“Probably.” Pinky shrieked as she jumped back a pace from a sudden eruption of magma. “...Very much probably.”

 

Giratina nodded sagely. “Indeed. Now let’s get out of here before she wakes up.” 

 

Jirachi tilted his head. “She? Who is She?”

 

“Who dares disturb my slumber!?”

 

“Giratina!? Who is that!?”

 

Jirachi looked to his right. Giratina had already disappeared into the shadows. Pinky glared at the spot where Giratina had stood.

 

“...Coward.”

 

The lava churned and bubbled, and from the center came a massive, titanic form, resembling an earthen dragon. Lava oozed from the creases in its thick hide and dripped from its gaping, toothy, maw. Raw heat exuded from its form, causing the group to recoil from just looking at it. 

 

“...I am Groudon. God of Tectonics and the Earth, Ruler of Magma and Flame, Bringer of Ragnarok. What brings you false gods to my domain?”

 

“Wait, you’re Groudon!?” Jirachi’s eyes brightened. “You’re Manaphy’s sister in law!?”

 

The heat around Groudon instantly subsided. Groudon’s angry demeanor faded immediately, the lava slipping away until all that remained standing was a confused and excited earthen dragon. 

 

“Wait, you know my sister in law?”

 

“Yeah, she’s my roommate!” Jirachi outstretched a hand. “My name’s Jirachi, God of Wishes!” Jirachi’s hand made contact with one of Groudon’s oversized claws, miming an attempt to shake it. “I already know who you are, Miss.”

 

“I’m flattered to have met one of Manaphy’s friends. She doesn’t have many.”

 

Jirachi pouted. “Hey! She has lots and lots of them! Tandemaus is a friend!”

 

Tandemaus stared deadpan at Groudon. “Debateably.”

 

“Pinky’s a friend of Manaphy!”

 

Pinky crossed her arms. “Even more debatably.”

 

“She knows like half of our city!”

 

The Eevee, from the van, mumbled a lot of somethings that Jirachi couldn’t quite make out, but he interpreted them as being mostly positive. 

 

“Oh, do not misunderstand me." Groudon shook her head. "Saying she had no friends was not my implication… it’s just… you know how she is…” 

 

“Don't worry!" Jirachi smiled. "She got off of her alcohol addiction.”

 

“Oh, did she?” Groudon hummed delightfully. “Excellent! I knew it would happen sooner or later!”

 

Pinky stepped forward. “And she’s mothering her child again.”

 

“Oh, Prince!” Groudon fawned. “Isn’t he just the sweetest little thing?”

 

“That he is.” Jirachi thought back fondly. “We were the best team at Call of Duty… gave Victini a run for his money…”

 

Groudon rumbled. “What is Call of Duty?”

 

“Moving on!” Pinky flew between Jirachi and Groudon. “We were just passing through, and-”

 

“Aw, but sis…” Jirachi moped. “I wanted to talk to Miss Groudon!”

 

“But bro…”

 

“Do not worry yourself, time traveler. I mean you no harm.” Groudon glared at a random patch of ground. “Except for you, Giratina. You are lucky children are here.”

 

Giratina's head popped out of the ground, mildly annoyed. “I promise I’ll pay you back eventually!”

 

“You’ve been saying that for a thousand years, and yet has my coral pop stash ever been replenished once!? No!” 

 

Giratina shyly eyed the ground. “Well look, things came up, and…”

 

“Getting banished from our plane of reality again isn’t an excuse!” 

 

Giratina fully extended his body out of shadow as he began to bicker with Groudon relentlessly. Tandemaus sighed.

 

“I’ll go get the beach chairs.”

 

As Tandemaus left, Pinky offered a bucket of popcorn to her brother. Jirachi took it as the pair began to settle in for the long haul.

 

“Look, Arceus was sending kids back in time again, and-”

 

“You know that it’s a law in the Hall’s rules to not interrupt Arceus’s hobbies!”

 

“Yeah, but I was kind of in the middle of sowing universal destruction!”

 

“That’s not even an excuse! I’m glad that child beat you up with her bare hands!”

 

“I swear, Absol never change…” Giratina growled. “Well look, I promise I’ll-”

 

“A promise? To me? Listen here you little-”

 

…A very long haul.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 272: Samiyan Surfing Contest

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The annual Samiyan Surfing Competition was in full swing, and Manaphy was having none of it. She had been put in charge of managing the rules, sure, but she barely understood how the game worked, with all of its tricks and flips. Those who worked up the courage to talk to her and ask about any ruling just got redirected to Lieutenant, who was such an obsessive that it made Manaphy more concerned than amused. The Dratini was handling most of the events, meaning she got to kick back and relax for a while.

 

The sport was interesting to watch, at least. It was surfing, but with the added twist that Samiya had to go over-budget on its screw funding, meaning that the boards were all the same size for every racer. Naturally, it meant several early disqualifications- she’d have to apologize to that Wailord later- but it made for entertaining hijinks to take her mind off of things. Prince giggled by her side as an Eiscue racer found his weight disproportionate from his Ice Face, and Eiscue's cube bubbling to the surface as his board flew off into the sunset even managed to make Kyogre crack a chuckle. 

 

But there was one Pokemon that caught her eye. A Primarina, perfectly in tune with her board, was not the fanciest participant there, nor the most exciting, but her control enabled her to work her way to first place in the rankings as the stronger competitors eliminated themselves due to their own vanity. But Manaphy could tell the Primarina was actively restricting her own boasts. Primarina instinctively made moves that threatened to send her toppling in their extravagance that jolted to a stop before they could be performed in their entirety. It was a level of self-control, or a clear, barely-there lack thereof, that reminded her of someone else.

 

As the sun began to set and the many competitors washed out to sea, the Primarina was left the last one standing. Manaphy personally saw to it that Prince gave her the medal, and the Primarina celebrated with the most outlandish and pompous bow she had witnessed in all of her years. Just as she began to silently judge the Primarina, the disguise fell off, and the Primarina turned out to be exactly who she thought it had been the whole time.

 

“Thank you, thank you!” Mew bowed to the stunned audience. “Now, I’d like to thank the Academy…”

 

Manaphy glared at him sternly. “Mew.”

 

“Manaphy.” Mew courteously nodded. “Like the disguise I cooked up? Me and Celebi brainstormed it because she and me both knew you wouldn’t-”

 

“I saw through it immediately.” 

 

Mew cursed under his breath. “I’m getting that time travel refund next time I see her.”

 

“Don’t swear around the child, Mew.” Manaphy materialized an over-sized halberd, constructed out of water. “In any case, I will have to execute you now.”

 

“What!? Why!?”

 

“This is an ancient Samiyan tradition. Non-Samiyan descended Pokemon are not allowed to compete.” 

 

“Well, technically…” Mew began to rattle off. “I’m your root ancestor, so technically you’re all my descendents and thus I have Samiyan DNA…” Mew flicked his tail. “And secondly, the Primarina form had Samiyan DNA. Checkmate, Manaphy.”

 

“You’re using your head for once. I’m proud of you.” Manaphy frowned. “You can regrow your head, right?”

 

“Naturally. Why do you…?” Mew paled. “Oh.”

 

“I know this won’t kill you permanently, but you need to serve out at least one execution sentence.” Manaphy heaved the halberd in her hands. “Best you serve it now.”

 

“Oh, come on, surely there’s another way.”

 

“Mew.” Manaphy pulled in Prince closer, feigning puppy dog eyes. “...It’s Prince’s first summary execution.” 

 

“I thought you didn’t agree with Samiyan Execution Principles!”

 

“I don’t. I’m getting them changed soon.” Manaphy smiled politely. “You’re an exception.”

 

“Ah, well… I, uh… heh heh.” Mew’s eyes widened as he pointed at something behind Manaphy. “Is that Kaijusand back from the dead!?”

 

“What?”

 

The entire crowd turned to look at absolutely nothing as Mew bolted from the scene. Manaphy, mildly annoyed, dived into the sea after him, as the second place runner-up, somehow Iron Jugulis, muttered something about being absolutely "sidelined against his will."

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 273: Visiting Home

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So, this is where I live.” Mew scratched his head. “Or, well… where I used to live.”

 

Faraway Island was ancient: faded, even. It was nothing more than a mirage on the wind, a whisper on the horizon. No one could ever even dream of visiting it- let alone knowing about it. Fortunately- or unfortunately, depending on who was asked- knowing Mew gave anyone he chose one way access to a lot of things, and John was the one who was given the honor of visiting Mew's home. 

 

Unfortunately, it came at the slight cost of being trapped alone on a deserted island with Mew. 

 

“Oh my giddy aunt, it’s been a while since I’ve visited this place.” Mew darted about, floating from place to place. “Those Golden Razz Berries better be well-tended to or else I am going to throw a fit…”

 

“Yeah, well…” John, in Meloetta form, sighed. “I don’t think I want to be there for one of your temper tantrums.”

 

“They’re mostly tame. Worst comes to worst you’re part Yanmega by the end. No harm no foul.”

 

“Right, no harm no foul.” She shook her head. “Personally, I’d prefer not to be your DNA chew toy again…”

 

“Come on, it was fun though-”

 

“Not after last time. I was the one paying for Sam’s roof, remember!”

 

“Circumstantial. Besides, you’re as rich as my sense of attitude now.” Mew plucked a fruit off of a tree as they walked. “It’s not like when we first met where you subsisted off of ramen and work fumes.”

 

“Sometimes I miss those days.” John caught a fruit Mew threw to her, biting into it. “But then I remember I’d turn into the crazy psycho in the mirror if I did.”

 

“I wouldn’t worry much about that.” He winked. “You’re insane enough as it is.”

 

“...Thank you?” She eyed him, confused, but shrugged it off. “Why are we here again?”

 

“Just dropping by for some housekeeping. Been a hot minute since I visited my pad.” Mew beamed brightly. “Ah, there we go! That’s my little resting spot!”

 

The pair came to a heavily forested grove, the tall grass obscuring the entrance to those without the ability to float over it. Inside of the ring was a highly disused and well-abandoned site. A hammock hung between a pair of trees, and a large number of toys and dried out science experiments lay strewn about the place. Even if Mew hadn’t told her, John would’ve known it was his just from looking at it. 

 

“And the Golden Razzes are in good shape!” 

 

John whirled around, finding Mew munching on a Golden Razz Berry, still tied to the main plant. She couldn’t help but snicker at the image of Mew’s messy face, with only a single bite decimating the small amount of cleanliness he had managed to obtain for this visit. 

 

“Hey, it’s rude to laugh!” 

 

Mew pouted, but his ridiculous face only made John laugh more. Mew glared at her, embarrassed, only for his face to pale as a large shadow towered over John. John blinked, turning around to find a towering earthen golem standing behind her. The golem punched John at full force, but the attack phased through her entirely. The golem eyed its fist, confused, as Mew flew up to it at full sprint.

 

“Golurk, stop attacking! She’s my plus one!”

 

Golurk paused, coming to a realization as he looked between the two. He reluctantly retracted his fist, bowing politely.

 

“Apologies, Master Mew. I assumed she was a…” He paused. “...Bully. You know how I don’t tolerate affronts to your status.”

 

Mew shrugged. “Well you’d lose your sanity in two drinks and a round of Smash Bros. at my current joint.” 

 

“Where is that, perchance?" Golurk eyed Mew quizzically. "It’s been some time since you’ve visited your home.”

 

“Rustboro City. Hoenn mainland.” Mew grinned. "Pretty swanky when it chooses to be."

 

“Ah, I see.” Golurk looked at John. “...I presume she is from there?”

 

“Yep!” Mew practically bounded into John, tackling her into a hug. “This is J… Meloetta! Yeah, Meloetta. She’s an idol singer for the humans.”

 

“I see.” Golurk’s face did not change, but his demeanor did. “I’m very happy for you Mew. I thought you’d given up on getting yourself out there again.”

 

“Huh, I… No!" Mew’s face burned brightly. "That’s not what this is about! She’s just a friend!” Mew rolled his eyes. "I swear, every time I bring a friend, you always assume..."

 

“Oh, really?” Golurk’s voice boomed jovially. “...How did you meet her?”

 

“Well, she invited me in as a roommate, and-”

 

Golurk lost his composure, doubling over in fits of laughter as Mew’s face continued to do its best impression of a Tamato Berry. John, for her part, just watched the whole scene, incredibly lost. 

 

“I shall leave you to it, then. I wouldn’t want to interrupt further.” Golurk turned and left. “Apologies about the Shadow Punch, Miss Meloetta, and Mew, remember to water the Elden Fruits! We wouldn’t want Arceus getting mad at you again!”

 

“We’re a bit past with him, at this point,” Mew mumbled, groaning. “...Geez.”

 

“Huh, I’ve never seen you this easily irritated before.” John struggled to suppress a snicker. “What is he, your dad?”

 

“...He’s my personal guard. Made him once in a sadness fueled rage a few hundred years ago and he hasn’t left me alone since.” Mew shook his head. “But enough of that. We’re here to have some fun!”

 

“Okay, just… one last thing.” John tilted her head. “...Why did you introduce me as Meloetta?”

 

“The same reason I asked you to come as one. This island shouldn’t be sullied by humans.” Mew’s eyes bore into her soul. “Be lucky you’re considered an exception.”

 

John eyed him, concerned, but Mew’s face promptly lit up as he grabbed an ancient yo-yo.

 

“Oh geez, it’s been ages since I’ve used this thing…” He smiled brightly. “Come on John, what are you waiting for!?”

 

--------------------------------------------------------------

 

Golurk sat down outside of a cave. Ancient pillars and Unown text lined the exterior, several blocks missing from the walls. The guardian shook his head, eyeing the surrounding area.

 

“Ah, Mew. Never change.” Golurk chuckled to himself. “I’m glad to see he hasn’t forgotten this place, at least.” 

 

Golurk turned around, looking into the cave.

 

“...At least I haven’t been alone. I struggle to imagine what would’ve happened to the Golden Razz Berries if that interloper hadn’t shown up…” Golurk got up, stretching. “I’d be lost without her.”

 

Golurk moved along the forgotten path, leaving the occupied cavern to itself. Inside, a presence began to move...

 

...and she was afraid.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 274: Sunset Serenity

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“How are you liking the place so far?” Mew grinned happily. “It’s good, I hope.”

 

“Yeah, it’s, uh, great, actually…” 

 

John took another bite of fruit as she sat watching the sky. A fresh wind blew past her, causing her hair to lightly blow onto her face. She sighed as she watched the vibrant sky, pinks clashing with blues, dotted with clouds of cotton. The air was rejuvenating, invigorating: a feeling of naturality she had never experienced before. 

 

 “...It’s so peaceful here…”

 

“It’s what being away from you lot does.” Mew flew over to John, sitting next to her. “You’re one of the good ones, but there’s a lot of nasty folk out there who dilute everything they touch.” Mew’s face scrunched up. “...I’ve had my fair share of blokes to deal with… not all of them pleasant… but hey, you know how I work my magic with those who violate me.” 

 

Mew winked a wink that caused John’s heart to skip a beat. She still regarded the little pink cat with trepidation at times. There were so many mysteries she was unaware of with him… including so many that she was fairly certain she didn’t want to find out herself.

 

“I see…” John turned back to the skies, kicking her feet in the open air. “...Do you ever think about-”

 

“Ending humanity?”

 

“Not really that strong of a wording, but yes, sort of.” 

 

“Once or twice. Even ran a mini simulation in a pocket dimension once.” Mew shook his head. “Results were less than desirable than if I just kept you lot around.” 

 

“Right…” 

 

“So yeah, don’t worry about that pretty little head of yours.” Mew flicked John’s head, snickering as he did so. “You lot aren’t going extinct just yet.”

 

John rubbed her head. “...Thanks?”

 

“Don’t mention it.” Mew leaned back. “For now, just enjoy the sunset.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 275: Costume Conundrum

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Scream Tail knew her trainer wasn't very happy. She never was happy anyway, but Scream Tail noted a fire stirring in her trainer's heart regardless: Some form of competition that she sought to weaponize. It deeply unnerved Scream Tail. 

 

She walked up to her trainer, motioning for her trainer to explain. Her trainer, misunderstanding her, ended up giving her uppies instead. While Scream Tail wasn't exactly unhappy with this situation, she was left wanting for more. 

 

“Oh, come on, you get uppies!?” Roaring Moon flew by, shaking his head. “This is favoritism at play once again.”

 

Scream Tail rolled her eyes. “It's not favoritism, you are literally twice as large as her.”

 

“Untrue! I was the smallest one of my herd!” 

 

Scream Tail deadpanned. “If you're the smallest, I don't want to see the biggest.”

 

“You're walking a fine line here, Scream Tail." Roaring Moon bared his fangs. "You don't insult Ma Moon and get away with it.”

 

“It's not an insult, it's just a statement of fact.” Scream Tail sighed. “Look, just, do you happen to know why our trainer is so unhappy?”

 

“Oh, it's because the V Bakery’s been doing pretty hot lately.”

 

“Oh? Competition?” Scream Tail raised a nub to her chin. “I mean, fair enough, but-”

 

“And they sent an emissary of death to stalk us at night.”

 

“They what!?”

 

Scream Tail looked outside, and sure enough, an emissary of death, wearing a shabby Victini mascot mask on his head and worn out, stretched threads on the rest of his body stood there, unmoving, peering inwards. Their eyes were unseeable behind the darkness of the mascot’s cheery falsehoods, and the masked figure’s gait unnerved her with its sheer uncanniness. It looked dormant, ready to pounce. A predator stalking its prey. 

 

“Yeah, see what I mean?” Roaring Moon frowned. “Our trainer’s plotting to murder him tonight.”

 

“She’s what!?”

 

“Alright Screamy, I gotta put you down.” Her trainer smiled. “I gotta furnish my knife right now. It's a family heirloom. I can't go stabbing someone without it leaving the best impression on us.” 

 

She turned away again, and Roaring Moon flew off to another end of the store to stock more items. Scream Tail stood there for some time, staring back at the costumed figure, their limbs unmoving. Sometimes she could have sworn their eyes followed her as she began to move once again, but she labeled it as hallucination. A creature so still could never pounce so soon. 

 

“Hey hey fellas!” The Poke Mart’s entry chime sang cheerfully as Victini leapt into the store. “I noticed yall were across the road, so I thought it would be good to benefit each other!” Victini flew to the lady, sitting on her shoulder with a wink. “A super duper V-tacular V-Deal that will help improve both of our businesses!”

 

“That's great, but…” The lady looked outside. “Why did you send an emissary of death on us, then?”

 

“I never did that.” Victini cocked his head. “What are you talking about?”

 

Victini turned to look outside, finding the costumed figure. With only a glance spared, he turned back to the lady.

 

“Oh, I have absolutely no idea who he is.”

 

“But if you don't know, then…” She paled. “Who sent him?”

 

The figure stood up.

 

“I think he may have sent himself.” Victini’s eyes went wide. “Run.”

 

The figure began to walk.

 

“Run.”

 

The figure began to sprint at full pace toward them.

 

“Run!”

 

As the knives began flying and the sounds of battle intensified, Scream Tail really began to wonder where her life took a deep turn into chaos.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 276: The Road Trip in the Road Trip

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“This is the worst experience of my life.”

 

Pinky weakly fluttered down the road, bobbing and dipping as if being pulled by a string as she flew. It had been a long day that may or may not have involved some minor vehicular accidents. 

 

Jirachi rolled his eyes. “You just never worked out.”

 

She glared at him. “Bro, you were inside of a rock for millennia. You don't have a right to speak.”

 

“And you've been around longer than I have, and you're a time traveller.” Jirachi smirked. "Your point?"

 

Pinky shook her head. “You are so insufferable sometimes.”

 

“Ah, siblings.” Giratina hummed happily. “That brings me back to my younger years…”

 

Tandemaus eyed Giratina, intrigued. “Oh, really?”

 

“Yep.” Giratina sighed fondly. “...It feels like just yesterday when I nearly ripped my brother's arm off…”

 

Tandemaus eyed Giratina with a strange look. Giratina raised an eyebrow. 

 

“Hey, that's a standard child thing. You mean you didn't try ripping off your sibling's arm at some point?”

 

Tandemaus's face rose up in pure, concerned confusion. “...No?” 

 

Pinky groaned. “Please, all of you, we need a car.”

 

“Oh, right.”

 

“I know.” Tandemaus pointed at Jirachi. “I wish we had a car.”

 

With a waggle of a finger and an opening of the third eye, Jirachi deposited a toy car on the road. Tandemaus blinked, picked up the car, and wordlessly decided he would be better off not saying anything more.

 

“Hey, Giratina.” Pinky turned to him. “You can like, create portals, right?” 

 

“Only on reflective surfaces.”

 

Jirachi smirked. “So like Pinky's head, then?”

 

Jirachi struggled to suppress a snicker. Pinky struggled to resist the urge of aggravated assault. 

 

“Yeah, well.” Girarina shook his head. “We'll need to find a reflective surface if you want to portal to somewhere with a vehicle.”

 

“How are we going to get a reflective surface in the hottest parts of the region?” 

 

“Simple.” Jirachi smiled. “We find metal! It always reflects.”

 

“Yeah…” Pinky paused. “Wait, Jirachi?”

 

“Yeah?”

 

“What's your head made out of?”

 

“Flesh and metal, why?” 

 

Pinky stared at Jirachi. Jirachi stared back, completely ignorant to the true source of Pinky’s stare. Within moments, and with some mild swearing, Jirachi had a portal sticking out of his head. Jirachi pouted as Pinky did her best to suppress her own snickering. 

 

Jirachi huffed. The long day was going to be even longer.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 277: Attack of the Kaiju

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“All units to battle stations!” Lieutenant cried out at the top of his lungs. “We need you all out here, pronto!” 

 

The looming shadow of a monstrously sized Palossand towered over Samiya, its roars echoing across the skies surrounding them. The Samiyan Military Guard did their best to douse the Kaijusand and break it apart, but none of their attacks were breaking through its impenetrable defense. As Kaijusand raised one of its arms, slamming into Samiyan turf, Lieutenant gritted his teeth.

 

“This isn’t good… none of our attacks can break through this thing!” He brought his tail to his chin. “...Omega Squad Alpha is out of commission after the Stormbreaker Incident… Bravo’s team is out of Samiya right now… all of our best teams are down. Who could we possibly summon to-”  

 

“Mr. Lulu?” Prince waddled around the corner, peering at Lieutenant with an innocent stare as the force of Kaijusand’s attacks caused Samiya to shake and tremble. “...What’s happening?”

 

Lieutenant gritted his teeth. “...I’d call it Judgement Day, but I think it’s a bit too dramatic to describe a sentient sandcastle the size of my ex-wife’s ego.” 

 

“Can’t Mama and Papa stop it?”

 

“They’re on a diplomatic mission to the Mer Sea right now.” Lieutenant couldn’t help but roll his eyes. “...Seaking again…” 

 

Prince looked at Kaijusand, who roared into the air. Lieutenant struggled to keep his footing from the sheer force of the blast, but Prince was unphased.

 

“Have you tried spinning it?”

 

Lieutenant eyed Prince quizzically. “What?”

 

“Spinning it.” Prince twirled. “Like that.”

 

“I… struggle to understand what you mean.”

 

Prince sighed. "Fine, let me show you.”

 

Prince flopped forward onto the banister of the outcropping the pair stood on. He closed his eyes as he raised his antennae to the air. As Kaijusand prepared to attack the city one more time, the oversized sandcastle stopped, looking down to find a swirling vortex of water pooling around it. The whirlpool picked up speed and intensity, and Kaijusand soon found itself dissipating and falling apart. Prince smiled, and Kaijusand screamed as its body was ripped apart by the ever-growing whirlpool. As the vortex began to fizzle out and return to its serendipitous state, there was nary a sand particle left of the Kaijusand that had attacked Samiya.

 

“That… that was…” Lieutenant blinked. “How old are you again?”

 

Prince giggled. “Old enough to blow up the big old meanie, just like Papa taught me!” Prince waved. “Alrighty, I’m gonna go back to playing with my friends now. Bye bye!”

 

“Bye bye…” Lieutenant waved half-heartedly as Prince scampered off. “...Kyogre’s going to dock my pay the moment he sees the report…”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 278: Psyche Chess

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew and John stared up. 

 

“Mew…” John sighed. “...How many random holes exist on this island?”

 

“A few.” Mew’s voice turned to a mumble. “...Hundred.”

 

“What?”

 

“Nothing.” Mew coughed. “I made these a while ago to try and stop some annoying Manaphy from trying to steal my body…” Mew paused. “He was unrelated to ours, I think…”

 

“Yeah, well, why can’t we just… fly out of them?”

 

“Because, my good old buddy friend buddy chum…” Mew tapped a finger to his forehead. “Your pal Mew here is incredibly smart, and psyche-locked the holes! No power can get you out once you’re inside unless I permit it!”

 

John stared at Mew blankly. “...Which includes you, I take it?”

 

“Even the greatest of plans have their flaws in places you can never quite expect…”

 

John groaned. “Well, do you have a plan to get out of here?”

 

“Pray Golurk shows up.” Mew adopted a meditative stance, floating in mid-air. “In the meantime, want to join me in Psyche-Chess?” Mew nervously chuckled. “You, uh, really haven’t gotten to flex your Psychic abilities much, so…”

 

“Fine.” John flew over to Mew, slightly irritated. “Not like we have much better to do.” 

 

“Excellent.” Mew closed his eyes, and John followed suit. “Alright, now… connect with me.”

 

“What’s that supposed to mean?”

 

“It means I need you to hook up with my mental energies and-”

 

“I need to do what with your what!?”

 

“I really don’t see what’s so hard to understand here.” 

 

“No, but like-” John stopped herself. “...Nevermind, just… how do I… “hook up” to your mental energies?”

 

“Easy peasy!” Mew shifted out of his meditative stance, hovering over to John with his eyes still closed. “Just do it like this!”

 

Mew promptly smashed his head into her skull. John opened her mouth to yell, but halted as she felt new, more bizarre sensations flowing around her head. 

 

“And now, we begin. Knight to E12.” 

 

“I’m pretty sure that’s cheating.”

 

“There are no rules in the world of psyche-chess. Your move.” 

 

John smirked. “Queen to E1.”

 

Mew frowned. “Darn it.”

 

John struggled to suppress a snicker as Mew reset the psyche-chess board.

 

“Alright, I'll go first since I’m still white.” Mew hummed to himself. “Queen to E8.”

 

“We’re going to be here a while, aren’t we?”

 

“Almost definitely.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 279: Odd Tech

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Samantha was beginning to feel like she was missing out on something. 

 

It had all started fine enough. John had been showing up less, but she could understand it, he had been busy recently with all sorts of things. But then Kibby got the job at the news agency, and suddenly she found that everything seemed to be growing more and more bizarre.

 

Aster kept disappearing off the map. This time a note, very much not in his hand-writing, was left behind, saying he had gone on a “raod trip.” She had suspicion of the note writer's true identity, and so elected to ignore it for the time being. If she knew Aster, she knew he was a miracle worker when it came to miraculously staying out of trouble.  

 

It was one thing to see Celebi or Mew on her street, but then all sorts of people kept showing up. First it was the Poke Mart Lady’s bizarre Pokemon, then it was the various demons and devils, then it was quite literally the occasional god or some individual who would be better off locked away in a mental institution. 

 

She had found solace in Manaphy for a while. Out of John’s roommates, she was the most sane, at least when she wasn’t on alcohol. When everyone disappeared, Manaphy would occasionally drop by and visit. She and her had a lot in common, in fact, more than Samantha had initially assumed out of the apparent monarch of the sea. Manaphy had taught her cooking techniques that would have made a master chef jealous, fawned over Samantha’s impressive grasp on the aquatic, and bonded over their shared love of scrapbooking. Frankly, they were becoming fast friends.

 

But then Manaphy wasn’t there all the time. Monarch duties, a child- two, apparently- and all sorts of various occasions kept her from being able to visit often. Samantha knew everything, and yet she felt like she knew nothing at the same time.

 

She parsed her thoughts as she booted up her laptop. She wondered what could possibly be occurring to make a group as eclectic as the one she knew have so many strange complications, only to realize that her laptop was taking significantly longer to load than it was supposed to.

 

“I swear, this stupid thing.” She lightly wacked its side. “Never seems to work right!”

 

“Hey, look, I’m doing my best here, lady!” A voice emanated out of the laptop’s speakers. “This hunk of junk is worse than that time I got sent to the void!” 

 

Samantha startled back, causing her laptop to tumble onto the ground. The lid snapped shut, and the speakers emitted a very annoyed grunt of pain. Samantha stepped closer to inspect it, but as she did so, a light blue hologram emitted from the computer’s USB port. The little being, resembling a Mew, shook its head as its eyes refocused onto Samantha. He pouted.

 

“Hey, what’s the big idea!?” The Mew shuffled to the side, pointing at Samantha’s laptop. “I’m trying to optimize this piece of a word I’m not allowed to say until I’m older, and here you are dropping me on my head!” The Mew huffed. “Not cool, man.” 

 

Samantha paused, staring at the sight before her, but the Mew flew up to her and grabbed her face, shaking her back and forth as much as it could.

 

“Lady, I’m on a mission right now, and I’m at 56% battery life on this computer and dwindling fast, so I’d appreciate it if you could work with me here.”

 

Samantha stepped a pace back, shaking her head. “...Did… Did Mew make you?”

 

“Nah, I’m my own thing.” The Mew smiled proudly. “But I am a friend of his…" The Mew huffed. "...Even if I am mostly just his tech support…”

 

“And your name…?” 

 

“Miri!” The Mew did a loop-de-loop. “Miri the Mirage. Pleasure to meet you.”

 

“...And you’re in my laptop because…?”

 

“Personal favor from Mew, apparently something to do with a friend of a friend kind of deal…” Miri shrugged. “That and I was bored.” 

 

“Sounds like Mew alright…” Samantha sighed. “So how long are you staying?” 

 

“As long as I need to. This may be the worst laptop organization I’ve ever seen.” Another hologram flashed next to Miri, this time displaying a folder icon labeled “Work.” “Like, this folder has nothing to do with your job at all. Why are there so many images of an Absol in here?”

 

Samantha’s words exited her mouth faster than her mind could process them. “Don’t worry about it.” Samantha grabbed the hologram, shifting it away. “Look, I mean, I appreciate it, and I could do with the company, but…”

 

“Great!” Miri smiled. “Could you plug me in please? I’m at 22% on this computer right now.” 

 

“Oh, right!” Samantha walked behind her couch, snatching a dusty charger. “Lemme get you in real quick.”

 

“Geez… is that a Devon Lite 5 charger?” Miri’s face scrunched in disgust. “That thing’s been out of date for years. You and me are buying a new charger tomorrow.”

 

“Fat chance, buster.” Samantha smiled as she plugged her laptop into the wall. “Good luck getting out of the house when you’re cooped up in there.”

 

Samantha’s phone promptly buzzed with the sound of a notification. Quickly rushing to it, she found a new app, which opened by itself. She was greeted instantly by Miri’s face. 

 

“Guess who’s cross-platform, buddy?” Miri snickered. “I’m coming with, because it’s way more fun outdoors than in Mew’s little tech dungeon.” Miri looked down, his eyes widening. “That, and if I get bored, there’s more than enough re-organization I need to do in this thing, holy word I’m not allowed to say until I’m older.”

 

Samantha shook her head, sitting on the couch. She placed her phone next to her, its screen facing toward the TV as she turned it on. Miri smiled, but made sure she couldn’t quite see to how much of an extent. 

 

“For the record, Miri…” Samantha scrolled through the channels. “You’re living here now, so…”

 

“Courtesy, I know. Don’t worry, I don’t leave crumbs. I don’t need to eat, drink, or sleep, and Mew banned me from swearing.” 

 

“How did he do that?”

 

“Command prompts.” Miri shrunk in dismay. “Don’t know how he figured that one out, but I’m betting it was from Jugulis’s tech tips channel.”

 

“Heh.” Samantha smiled. “Then don’t worry Miri… you and me should get along great.”

 

“Excellent!” Miri paused as he looked at the TV. “...Is that a Devon Galaxy Fire? I swear, that TV doesn’t even have streaming! What kind of stone age do you live in, lady?” 

 

“Keep up that attitude and I’ll figure out which command prompts stop you from commenting on my technology choices.”

 

“Fine.” Miri rolled his eyes as he muttered to himself. “...But we’ll see on that one.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 280: Bed Time Story

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The lights of sea lanterns dimmed as night fell on the oceanic kingdom of Samiya. People and Pokemon returned to their rooms to slumber, guards and cleaners began their work of ensuring Samiya’s cleanliness for the coming morning, and in one greatly ornate room, decorated by signs of childish clutter and tranquil stuffed animals, a Queen put her Prince to rest. 

 

“Beddy bed time, Prince.” Manaphy pulled the covers over Prince’s restless form. “Don’t let the sea-Joltik bite.”

 

“But mama, mama!” Prince whimpered. “You haven’t told me a bedtime story!” 

 

Manaphy giggled. “Aren’t you a bit big for a bedtime story?”

 

“Nuh-uh!” Prince pouted. “Bedtime story! Bedtime story!”

 

“Alright.” Manaphy smiled as she parsed her thoughts. “Hm… oh, I remember this one from when I was a wee sprout like you were. Have you heard the story of the Endymion from your father before?” 

 

“No.” Prince’s eyes grew wide. “What is it?”

 

“Patience, we’ll get to it. First, we need to start at the beginning.” Manaphy paused, taking a deep breath. “Once, many millennia ago, long before you or me were born, was a Manaphy like any other. This Manaphy loved the sea, and he loved life more than any other. He was fascinated by all the creatures in the waves… all of the Wailmer and Clamperl and Magikarp and every Pokemon you could think of.”

 

“He sounds just like you, Mama!”

 

Manaphy gave a slight smile, but continued her story without responding.

 

“Us Manaphy have the Heart Swap technique, which allows us to swap the hearts and souls of other creatures and Pokemon. It’s something no other species can match. One day, the Manaphy’s curiosity got the better of him, and when a beautiful Milotic swam by, he wanted to try and understand it… he wanted to become it. And his Heart Swap, by some miracle or curse, did something that has not been replicated since.”

 

“What did he do!?”

 

“He didn’t just swap bodies with the Milotic… he became the Milotic. He took control of its body, leaving nothing of his former self behind.”

 

“How’d he do that, Mama-”

 

“Patience. The Manaphy, after becoming Milotic, panicked. He tried in vain to free himself of its shackles, but found himself unable. So, seeking aid, he fled to the confines of the prosperous Samiya, seeking the aid of the Manaphy who ruled the sea. But the Manaphy there didn’t believe him. They saw him as some pretty Milotic trying to gain favor in the courts with a front-facing lie. They removed him from Samiya, leaving him destitute, without friends or a home.”

 

Prince remained silent, but Manaphy could tell from his eyes that he was thoroughly invested. 

 

“...The Manaphy, however, quickly discovered he could use his Heart Swap even while inside of the Milotic’s body. Soon enough, he took control of a royal guardsman’s body, leaving the Milotic’s body behind. Once night came, the Manaphy arrived in a meeting of the rulers, and without effort or difficulty, killed the King in front of the entire cabinet of Samiya. 

 

“But the Manaphy wasn’t done yet. Once the guard was killed, the Manaphy migrated into the body of another, and another, and another, and another… soon, one host after another fell victim to his grip. None were able to pinpoint him or kill him, and he soon came to be referred to as a monster, a nightmare, a bogeyman. They called him the Endymion, not because of his beauty or his splendor, but because anyone who fell under his control was cursed with an eternal slumber from which they would never wake."

 

“And… what…” Prince yawned. “...What happened? Where… where did he go?”

 

“No one knows. One day, the disappearances and body snatchings just stopped. Nearly all of the Manaphy of the sea were dead or vilified, either by the Endymion or from paranoia that they had come under the Endymion’s control, and so many others were lost over decades of fear and terror… Now, the Endymion is just a buzzword. A name for something for kiddos like you to fear so you don’t disobey or do something stupid.” 

 

“...Then… Why are you telling me?”

 

“Because you’re already very mature, my little Prince.” Manaphy gently kissed Prince on the forehead, caressing his sleepy head gently. “...Sleep tight.”

 

Prince giggled, and moments later, his eyes were sealed shut. Manaphy, her job done, turned to leave, as the sea lanterns dimmed to darkness.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 281: Faraway Serenade

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Faraway Island was sealed off from the rest of the world. No one could enter without express permission of its guardians, without knowledge of Faraway’s existence, and without a pure heart. Faraway Island was the definition of remote. 

 

John had just wanted to sing. Get her vocals rehearsed after a lull period while Mew was dealing with some check ups on more “boring” parts of the island, and nothing more.

 

She hadn’t quite expected an audience. 

 

She had lost herself in her voice, and when she found reality again, the island’s Pokemon had gathered in excess around her, watching her with doe eyes and a look that John recognized as being starstruck. She stared at the crowd silently, her heart picking up several paces, as the Pokemon of Faraway Island stared back. 

 

Slowly, a Furret pattered forward. John watched the little Pokemon curiously, and the little Pokemon, with a hint of shyness, stumbled out its words.

 

“Miss, I, er…” The Furret gulped. “Could you do another one? Another song?”

 

John nodded silently, and she let another song leave her lips. She chose a shorter melody, a lullaby. The Pokemon remained just as enraptured as before, and even more were lining up behind the pre-existing crowd. John shied back at the attention she was receiving, but moved to continue singing, going for longer and longer songs. Soon, she had a fully-fledged concert going, and the Pokemon were actively cheering, and some were singing along to the melodies. John smiled, feeling truly happy.

 

From afar, Mew watched, his face curling into a smile. Deciding his work could wait for another day, he reclined on a tree branch, closing his eyes as Aria’s voice echoed over the Island.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 282: Paldean Military Dining

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“See, this is a great diner.” Giratina mumbled, peeking out of his children’s menu. “Five stars. Best fries I’ve ever eaten.”

 

“I can imagine they’d have to be five star if the god of antimatter is ordering from here.” Tandemaus poked at his menu, and looked up. “Yo, chief, I’ll have a rotisserie chicken, if that’s alright.”

 

The bartender, Iron Jugulis, nodded, and set about getting the order to the back. Jirachi and Pinky gossiped with each other, milkshakes in hand, while Aster’s Eevee munched on some toast above his unconscious body, having taken care to stuff some extra snacks into his pockets for when he woke up.

 

“Ah, well, at least this went well.” Giratina smiled. “It feels like we’ve been going through misadventure after misadventure recently. It’s just nice to finally be able to relax.”

 

“It sure is.” Tandemaus reclined back in his chair. “I sure hope nothing unfortunate happens that would disrupt this break we’re having.”

 

“Hey, bro.” Pinky nudged Jirachi, pointing at an Espathra at the other end of the diner. “...That Espathra looks like a smuggler.”

 

The Espathra carried on it very tattered pieces of cloth, primarily around its head. Its shades obscured its face. Jirachi giggled.

 

“Yeah, it kind of reminds me of you when we went to the Desdemona Devastation when we were trying to stop the Tantalus Eye!” Jirachi smiled nostalgically. “...Good times.”

 

“What about eyes?” 

 

The Espathra turned its head at an angle that caused Jirachi and Pinky to stagger back from its sheer unnerving energy. Tandemaus sighed, shifting a seat over, as he braced for what was to come.

 

“Mind your own Combeeswax, Captain Crumb.” Pinky pulled up her nose, turning sharply away from the Espathra. “My affairs are none of your concern.”

 

“You made it mine when you acknowledged my presence.” The Espathra stared at her. “...Now tell me. What about eyes?”

 

“Oh, I like eyes!” Jirachi raised his hand, opening his third eye. “See! He’s friendly!”

 

“...That is concerning, but besides the point.” The Espathra cried out its bird song. “...I will make sure to get this information out of you… no one shall sabotage the plans of the Paldean Military!”

 

“Oh, you’re Paldean Military?” Pinky smiled. “What’s your callsign?”

 

“...My what?”

 

“Your callsign.” Pinky smirked. “Under Paldean law, you have to give me your callsign if I ask for it.”

 

“And guess what, short aleck.” The Espathra bore into Pinky’s eyes. “...We aren’t in Paldea.”

 

Pinky opened her mouth, only for nothing to come out. The brawling began soon after. As reinforcements arrived and Pinky summoned many duplicates of herself, Jugulis delivered Giratina his children’s meal. Giratina happily dug in, blissfully ignoring what was going on behind him. Tandemaus sat on his chair, regretting going on this mission in the first place.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 283: Golurk's Talk

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Golurk approached the gaping mouth of his cave, a pile of berries in his hands. Scanning the surrounding area with robotic integrity, he reached the entrance, gently leaving the pile just inside of the cave mouth. Satisfied, he turned to leave. A voice echoed out of the cave's inner depths. 

 

“Golurk.”

 

The automaton paused. 

 

“Yes?”

 

“I have a question.”

 

Golurk turned to face the cave mouth. “What about?”

 

“My presence here. Why am I allowed to exist on this island?”

 

“By my will alone. You violate all of the rules laid out by Arceus by being here, but…”

 

“Why are they… rules?”

 

“Because rules are needed to maintain order.”

 

“I understand that, I mean…” The voice in the cave hesitated. “...Why do they exist at all? What caused them to be implemented?”

 

“Ah, that’s what you mean.” Golurk took a step forward, lowering himself down to a sitting position. “They were done merely to avoid the destruction of this place of purity and genesis . You understand how intruders like them are.”

 

“...And I am allowed because…?”

 

“You are an exception. You mean no harm and seek to grow.” Golurk shook his head. “I may be a loyal groundskeeper, but I can take my own liberties if I so please.”

 

“I see…” 

 

The pile of berries was dragged deeper into the cave by the voice.

 

“Yes.” Golurk paused as he and the voice heard a pair of screams from afar. “Ah, it appears that our little friends have fallen into a pit… again.” Golurk got up. “I’ll be taking my leave now. Enjoy your food.”

 

“...Thank you. Truly.”

 

“You need not mention it. Continue being exceptional, my friend.”

 

As Golurk strolled off to the pair of Mythicals in the pit, the voice’s mind rushed faster than it had in a long, long time. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 284: Road Trip Meetup

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Two (debatably three) gods, one (debatably two) child(ren), an office worker, three “eevee”s and a mouse sat on the grass at the side of the road and stared dejected at their broken car. It hadn’t always been broken. In fact, at one point in time– nobody quite knew which, due to Pinky’s attempt to fix it up– it’d been a functional automobile able to drive down roads at a comfortable speed of at least one mile per hour.

As far as they’d been able to piece together, Giratina, unwitting to the perils, had wished something along the lines of getting to Mossdeep quicker. The road beneath the car had then abruptly exploded, propelling them into the sky with extreme force– but, unfortunately as the wish seemed to have calculated the trajectory without accounting for air resistance, assuming pi equals three, e equals three, and four equals three, they didn’t quite make it. 

Tandemous had tried his hand at repairing the vehicle, but he had no mechanical skills to speak of, and after Giratina tried to– ineffectively– replace all the damaged metal with solidified shadows, Pinky tried… something. Nobody knew what, only that it hadn’t worked.

So, that led them there, sitting on the side of the road and trying to think of how they might be able to fix… whatever this was. It didn’t even really look all that much like a car anymore.

After a while– and a close call where Aster almost woke up before the eevees could put him back to sleep– a trio of pokemon parked a utilitarian military jeep on the side of the road, leaping out with clear concern writ over their expressions. “Is everyone okay? We saw the…” they waved back towards the towering pillar of smoke that was still drifting hazily into the air half a mile back. “That, and thought you could use some help.”

Giratina pooled out of the shadows, dark form towering over the suddenly much more intimidated trio of pokemon. “I recognize…” he pointed the tip of a wing at one of them, a bombirdier. “ You .” The three of them fell into a wary stance, ready to fight if they needed to, but Giratina waved them off before settling back down to the grass. “I mean you no harm. I simply recognized you from some photos.”

“Huh. Which ones? I doubt you’d tell me if you got it from intel, but I could’ve sworn then scrubbed all the combat photos before sending them off to the–”

The buizel beside him quickly grabbed his beak and held it shut, laughing the world’s most unconvincing laugh. “What Bravo meant to say is that that’s really odd, and that we should really be going right now–”

“Oh! That’s where I recognize you from.” The trio of pokemon nervously backed up– “you’re John’s brother!”

“...excuse me,” asked the Buizel, turning to the bombardier. “These people know your little brother! Isn’t that great! You’re always complaining about not having seen him in a while, but we can probably take a minute off from the mission to talk, right?”

Bravo looked around at the various eclectic characters on the grassy hillside, just a bit nervously. “I was more wondering why my very normal little brother somehow is on a ‘sharing childhood photos’ basis with the mythical god of the underworld.”

“Death is more yveltal’s thing. I only rule the reverse world.”

See?

“I think the more important question is whether or not you can fix this car,” interrupted Pinky.

Bravo squinted at the destroyed wreck of a vehicle strewn across the side of the hill, metal rent and twisted and in parts still smoking. “Ah… no. I don’t think anyone would be able to fix–”

“Great!” Pinky smiled mischievously. “That’s all I needed to know.”

………

Aster woke a few minutes later, rubbing at his head as he sat up in the back seat of their car. Actually, on second glance this wasn’t their car, but some sort of… utilitarian military jeep. 

Ah, right. Nightmare with talking pokemon who’d kidnapped him.

He laid back down, closed his eyes, and tried to fall asleep.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 285: The Promise

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Ah, well, these were a nice few days indeed.” Mew stretched, yawning. “It was good to see you, Golurk, and I’m glad you’ve been keeping the island in shape while I was away.”

 

“No need to mention it, Mew.” Golurk bowed. “It is my sworn duty to protect this island and its inhabitants.”

 

“And that’s why I like you so much!” Mew flew up to Golurk’s head, affectionately patting it. “You’re my number one hype man!”

 

“What does that mean?” Golurk peered down at John. “Is it something good?”

 

“Uh…” John avoided making eye contact out of second hand embarrassment. “...Yeah. I think so…”

 

“Good. Now, if you would…” Golurk pointed at a nearby clearing. “I have an urgent matter to discuss with Mew. Would you be so kind as to vacate the premises briefly?”

 

“Of course. Make sure he doesn’t kill you, Mew.”

 

John flew away, and both Mew and Golurk watched her leave. The moment she had passed the bush line, Mew side-eyed Golurk, an annoyed glimmer in his eye.

 

“It’s unlike you to be so forward about requesting a meeting, Golurk.” Mew flew straight into the automaton’s face. “Normally, you’d be asking me for permission first. What’s up?”

 

Golurk paused. “...That girl you brought with you… Meloetta…”

 

“What about her?” Mew pouted. “You better not say we’re dating, because that is not what-”

 

“She’s human, isn’t she?”

 

Mew went silent.

 

“I barely even had to hazard a glance to realize it. You were so protective the moment I arrived…” Golurk shook his head. “You frankly need a better poker face, Mew.”

 

Mew’s face covered in shadow. He frowned, his gray eyes lifeless as he bared into Golurk’s own. 

 

“Cut to the chase.”

 

“...I thought our rules were no humans, Mew." Golurk took a step forward. "I understand that she’s friendly, but if you make one exception, I worry…”

 

“She won’t betray us, Golurk. I have the utmost faith.”

 

Golurk’s eyes went wide. “You don’t mean…?”

 

“Oh…” Mew’s eyes narrowed. “I certainly do mean.”

 

Golurk stumbled back. “You… you have no…”

 

“You’re lucky we’re cool, because I would have done something really fun to you by now if you weren't.”

 

Mew smiled. Golurk stood still, completely unmoving. He recognized the cadence of Mew's smile, and he wasn't fond of it.

 

“How’s about we cut ourselves a little deal, since we’re chill friendos and all?” Mew rolled his eyes, sitting on Golurk’s shoulder. “I know you trust my judgement, but since you seem so hesitant, let’s make things more certain between us. You agree to make an exception for this one measly little human who I trust with all of my heart… and I continue to keep our mutual friend hidden in that cave of yours a secret.”

 

Panic lined the clay face of Golurk. “How… how did you…?” 

 

“It was obvious. Didn’t even have to look around to know who that powerful psychic presence was.” Mew turned away from Golurk. “I believe our agreement was that there were to be no human created creatures on this island, right?”

 

“She deserved a second chance, and you know-”

 

“I do know, I was there, and I completely agree.” Mew shrugged. “But… since we’re both breaking the rules, let’s make an agreement… an accord, if we want to be fancy like our grandpops upstairs.” Mew held out his hand, extending his pinky. “Pinky promise. We let each other have an exception a piece, so long as we don't reveal the other's secret. Deal, or no deal?” 

 

Golurk grumbled, turning slightly away from Mew. He muttered under his breath, but after some time and a shake of the head, Golurk turned, reluctantly, back to Mew. 

 

Mew raised an eyebrow. “So?”

 

“...I see no reason not to." Golurk extended a pinky, locking it with Mew's significantly undersized one. "But Mew, if this goes awry…”

 

“It won’t. I have trust in both Meloetta and our friend.”

 

Golurk nodded solemnly. “Hm…”

 

The two went silent, neither knowing quite what to say. Mew awkwardly shuffled, and Golurk eyed the area, hoping for something else to happen to break the silence.

 

“I, um…” Mew coughed. “...Thanks, by the way. I'm sorry I had to be all "Mr. Scary Mew" there, but...”

 

“You’re welcome, and don't worry." Golurk's face did not shift, but Mew could see the smile behind it. "I would have done the same in your place, old friend."

 

Mew giggled, and Golurk uttered a chuckle. Both cut it short as Golurk scratched his head.

 

"But, if I may, what do you feel about... her?”

 

“Let her live her life. We’ve bossed her around enough, and she’s got a good heart.” Mew paused, a thought crossing his mind. “...Tell her I said hi, by the way.”

 

“I suppose I shall.” Golurk eyed Mew oddly. “Though, I've never thought of you as one to be a judge of character.”

 

“Yeah, well…” Mew snickered. “Mind control makes you very good at understanding how someone's feeling, at least if you work in reverse.”

 

“You-” Golurk stopped himself, sighing. “...Sometimes, I question you, Mew.”

 

Mew grinned. “Well, I don’t."

 

Golurk sighed. “Well, in any case,” Golurk bowed. “...I graciously await your next return.”

 

“I hope to make another stop by here soon. I've missed this place a lot.”

 

Mew turned to leave, rushing to where John had left, but stopped himself. Mew turned, and Golurk could tell Mew's face held a genuine worry.

 

"...Make sure she’s taken care of, Golurk.”

 

“...I shall certainly do my best.”

 

Golurk and Mew stared at each other, a mutual tug of respect and loyalty held firm between them. Both prepared to speak further, but were cut off by the sounds of yelling from afar. 

 

“Hey, are you guys done yet!?” John yelled from the bushes. “There’s a line of Wurmple asking for my autograph!”

 

“Sounds like our cue to leave.” Mew grinned. “Nice to see you again.”

 

“And you as well. Take care of yourself out there, because I know full well that you don’t.”

 

“I do, sometimes..." Mew chuckled. "...I’ll consider it.” 

 

Golurk laughed in turn. “Ah, Mew. Several hundred millennia and you still haven't changed once.”

 

Mew tilted his head. “I’ve transformed millions of times since I last saw you, though.”

 

Golurk caressed his temple. “That’s not what I-”

 

John screamed from the bushes, moderately annoyed. “Guys!”

 

“Sounds like your mistress is waiting for you.” Golurk snickered. “I wish you both luck in your future endeavors.”

 

Mew eyed Golurk, annoyed. “What’s that supposed to mean?”

 

“You’ve got a brain, you can figure it out.” Golurk chuckled. “Good luck, Mew.”

 

“You as well, Golurk.”

 

The two parted ways in the field, a promise sealed. Golurk turned his head to see Mew flying into the bushes, and Golurk watched, reminiscence shining in his eyes.

 

“Those two… they remind me of the old days…” Golurk trailed off, eyeing the now empty clearing while he walked. “Mew… duplicitous as ever, and yet…” If Golurk had a mouth, he would have smiled. “Perhaps this time off the island has been a good thing for him.” Golurk turned back to his path. “...And, perhaps some time on the island will be good for our friend.” 

 

Golurk trudged through the clearing, up the paths and winding lush forests of Faraway Island, until eventually he pierced the thicket and reached his cave. Walking inside without a hint of worry, he found the sole occupant standing alertly at the mouth of the cave, a defensive look in her stance.

 

“...Is he gone?”

 

“Yes, and with his blessing.” Golurk shifted out of the way, allowing her full access to the cave entrance. “...You may access Faraway Island without the need to hide anymore.”

 

“But why? Why would he…?” She shook her head. “...Is it some familiarity? I don’t…”

 

“Mew has judged you strong of heart and kind in spirit. Make of that as you will.” Golurk paused. "...He says "hi," by the way."

 

She eyed Golurk quizzically. “Right...” She looked outside, surveying the area. “...I assume you want me out of your cave?”

 

“If you feel ready to do so, then yes, but feel free to take all the time you need.” 

 

She smiled. “I’ll see you around, then.” 

 

With a sense of freedom hanging over her head, she stepped out of the cave and into the faint sun rays that breached the canopy of Faraway Island’s lush jungle. With one step, Mewtwo was free from her shackles once more.

 

“I think, for now...” Mewtwo smiled. "I think I'll take you up on your offer. I want to experience this place for a while."

 

Mewtwo began to walk off, but as she did, Golurk called out to her.

 

“Halt!”

 

Mewtwo turned to find Golurk, hand outstretched, reaching out of the cave. She eyed the automaton curiously.

 

“Mewtwo… if you are taking this alliance of peace…” Golurk paused. “Does that mean you are abandoning the deal… the one you mentioned you made on that day...”

 

“For now, yes.” Mewtwo turned her back to Golurk. “But if things get rough and one of those friends of his hunt me down for what I did… then maybe.”

 

“I doubt they would. Mew assures me they are kind people.”

 

“Kindness is what people show when they're too afraid to show their true mind.” Mewtwo began to make haste in her steps. “...And only I can see what’s truly in people’s minds.”

 

Mewtwo left before Golurk could respond, leaving him standing attentively at his cave. Golurk, though unsatisfied, merely shook his head as he began to leave for another part of the island. 

 

“...She has everything wrong. She shall have to learn that one day...” Golurk looked to the canopy of leaves above him. “Today is not that day… but one day… it shall be.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 286: Awayday

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“You know, I don’t know about you, but I’ve been feeling a bit left out lately.”

 

Celebi punched The Great God of Devastation, Heinous Rebellious Destructionus Bartholomew Annabelle Julius Seer Grape Juice Ragnarok the Third square in the face, sending the entity reeling back. She blew on her hand, rubbing it tenderly, as she continued to ramble.

 

“Like, Jirachi’s been on a road trip, John and Mew have been on a sort of road trip, Manaphy’s got a family and two kids to deal with now, the kids I care for are at school half the time…”

 

Ragnarok recovered from the punch, only to get slammed in the chest by a premeditated Future Sight attack. Celebi hummed to herself as she began to charge her next attack.

 

“I can’t even chill with half of our random associated mutuals! Kibby’s on reporting duty, Sam’s at work, Tandemaus and Giratina are on a road trip… I’m not even going to get started on half of the people we barely talk to, and Jugulis is a really bad conversationalist, ironically… no idea how he lands so many interviews.” 

 

Ragnarok held out a hand to counter Celebi’s blast, but another Celebi flew out of a time portal, punching him square in the eye as she quickly departed the scene. Now off-kilter, Celebi’s Hyper Beam attack easily struck Ragnarok straight in his gaping maw.

 

“Even Pinky and the others barely do anything these days!” Celebi pouted as her eyes glowed a sinister shade of pink. “Seriously, it feels like she’s abandoned our beef entirely these days! I need to reignite that fire!” She put her hand to her chin, deep in thought, as she offhandedly shot a volley of psychic projectiles at Ragnarok. “But guess what! She’s also gone on a road trip!”

 

“Stop monologuing to me, that’s my-” Ragnarok cut himself off as he saw a mischievous glint in Celebi’s eye. “Wait what are you doing!? Wait wait wait wait-”

“Bartholomew, I’m back with the groceries!”



“Excellent!” Bartholomew helped, with some significant effort, to lift the grocery bags onto the table. “Now we can finally have some good old rock stew!”

 

“Yes indeed!” Diancie squealed excitedly. “I haven’t had this since I left the Diamond Domain!”



“Yeah, I’ve had Pinky’s, and it tasted great!” Bartholomew’s eyes shone excitedly. “This is going to be the best thing ever!”

 

The Great God of Devastation, Heinous Rebellious Destructionus Bartholomew Annabelle Julius Seer Grape Juice Ragnarok the Third, promptly crash-landed straight onto the pair’s kitchen table. The demon quickly recovered, but no sooner than he had done so was he being sucked back into the realm from whence he came. As the demon vanished from the apartment, Bartholomew and Diancie were left with a completely shattered kitchen table and a lot of broken rocks and stew. A hastily written note was laid out neatly on the table.

 

Dear Pesky Goons,

 

I have just thrown a demon into your apartment. Fight me.

 

-Celebi, the Cooler Time Traveller

 

Bartholomew immediately grew enraged, beginning to prepare his self-branded “Ultra Omega Death Beam 3000.” Celebi sat on the roof of a nearby building, idly yawning, as she looked down on the chaos from above.

 

“Ah, goodie. Pinky will sense this from wherever she is, and we can duel for old time’s sake!” Celebi smiled. “...Then she can have Jirachi back. This plan is foolproof!”

 

“Hey, bro?” Pinky sighed. “Your best friend just threw a demon lord at our kitchen table.”



“Oh, that sucks.” Jirachi frowned. “Are you going to do the usual?”

 

“Yep.” 

 

Pinky dipped into a time portal, and returned not even a second later. She wiped the sweat off her forehead as she picked up the playing cards the pair were using.

 

“So, where were we?”



Jirachi pondered the cards for a moment. “...Oh, oh! I know! Uno!”

 

“Bro, this is Go Fish.”

 

-------------

 

Celebi maniacally cackled. “Absolutely, one hundred percent, completely foolproof!”

 

Pinky, appearing from above, promptly dropped a rock on Celebi’s head. Pinky hovered over the building for a moment, peering over its edge as she watched Celebi fall with a distinct lack of grace onto every pipe and balcony on the way down. Lightly chuckling to herself, she flew back into the time portal, her mission accomplished.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 287: Kibby and Shady

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“And that’s a wrap from the Rustboro Central Mayor’s Office. Reporting for Steelworker News, this is Kibby Kat.” 

 

With the cameras pulled back and the stress off her shoulders, Kibby breathed a sigh of relief. It had only been recently she was added to the reporters’ staff, and yet she had discovered very quickly that their pool of reporters was about as large as Mew’s chance of getting a girlfriend. Being tasked to an event as large as the induction of the new Mayor of Rustboro was something she had not anticipated, and as the sun set, she was glad to finally be free. 

 

“Great work, Kibby!” Shady smiled, handing her a towel. “You did great.”



“Thanks.” Kibby leapt into the back of the news van, immediately curling into a bundle of assorted blankets with a yawn. “Geez… how did that anchor lady even do this before?”

 

“With some struggle, I’ve been told.” 

 

Shady was lifted into the van with the aid of Registeel, who did its best to carry the camera at the same time. Dachsbun followed soon after, happily following Registeel, as Shady moved closer to Kibby. 

 

“In any case, Kibby… I’ve been meaning to ask…” Shady raised an eyebrow. “Are you an independent Pokemon, or…?”

 

“My mom’s raised me since I was little. Like, Egg little.” 

 

“Ah, I see.” Shady raised an eyebrow. “Absol?”

 

“Human.” Kibby smiled gleefully. “But my mom’s the best. She knows everything about our kind, like-”

 

“So is she how you know the three headed buffoon?”

 

“Jugulis?” Kibby shrugged. “A bit strongly worded, but not really. Technically she knows Jugulis because he started popping up, like, everywhere. I knew him for a while before even my mom knew him, which is rare for me, but even still, some of my closest friends were met through my Mom.”

 

“Like who?”

 

“Well, one’s obvious, Mr. Stalker.” Kibby yawned, a sly smile on her face. “Seriously, how did you even think John and Aria were the same person? Next thing you’re telling me is that Manaphy is actually the Queen of the Sea.”

 

Shady’s creamy body solidified, freezing anxiously. He coughed, his breath stuttering. 

 

“Yeah, yeah… very uh…” He coughed. “Look, I had evidence, alright?”

 

“Right, right…” Kibby rolled her eyes. “Totally…”

 

“Look, there was…” Shady cut himself off. “Well, anyway. I suppose shifting subjects… a Manaphy? Those are… remarkably rare.”

 

“Oh, yeah, she’s really cool.” Kibby grinned. “Seriously, she adopted a gossip buddy of mine recently. It’s pretty epic.”

 

“Where can I find her?" Shady paused, parsing his words. "...It sounds just perfect for an interview!”

 

“You seriously don’t remember?” Kibby snorted. “Remember the apartment you stalked? For months?”

 

“Oh. That one.” Shady nodded. “Yeah, that one. That might be…” He looked at himself, scowling. “...Problematic.”

 

“Yeah, well, good luck.” 

 

A stir outside caused the four in the van to redirect their intentions, and they looked to find the new mayor collapsed on the ground. Kibby shook her head, annoyed.

 

“Great. Even as mayor, that three headed idiot can’t stop “drinking” liquids in inconvenient situations.” Kibby sighed. “I’ll handle this. You guys chill here.”

 

As Kibby ran out of the truck, the creamy form in the van began to form a plan deep in the depths of their mind.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 288: Adoption Papers

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The three Valiance stared at the forms on the table, their internal cooling systems working overtime as an astronomically high number of calculations ran through their heads. 

 

“The costs shall be high…”



“But the boons… chosen by so many…”



“IT SEEMS PERFECT FOR OUR GOALS, AND YET…”

 

“Calculating… perhaps we could convince the mistress to cover the costs?”

 

“SHE IS VILLAINOUS, YET CAN BE MANIPULATED. THIS PLAN IS FOOLPROOF.”

 

“Yep yep… and then… oh boy, I can see it now!”



“YES…” 

 

The three Valiance blared to life, eyeing the papers. DLK-063 daintily picked up the pen, signing the papers with a perfectly practiced signature. In a flash, TCL-008 had picked up the adoption papers and begun the process of sealing them into an envelope. DLK-063 bent down, lightly patting an overjoyed Marshadow on the head.

 

“YES…” A sinister gleam hung in the Valiant’s eye. “...OUR PLANS SHALL COME TO FRUITION INDEED…”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 289: Abomination Meetup

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew was drinking a pleasantly warm cup of tea on a crisp summer morn when he took a wrong turn past the rhododendrons at the right time and ended up at the temporally asynchronous semi-annual (sometimes) meeting of Abominations Anonymous. 

The room he’d been deposited in was pleasantly bland– the walls were a nice drywall painted beige, a tasteful bit of wood around the windows that showed nothing, the lighting a rich ochre. Incandescent, too– the flickering of fluorescent lighting, although unnoticeable to a human, had caused a few… disagreements of the physically intensive kind before, and nobody was keen to repeat the experience. There was even a potted plant in the corner, whose leaves were tastefully rotted only at the tips with a type of mold that even the most fervent of fungicide adherents could appreciate.

Well, that was what it looked like to him, at least, and so that was what it looked like to everyone. A select few could look inwards and thus look deeper, to see what they were seeing and hear the acrid iron of adamantine walls and spaces clad in the concept of unbreakability, impassability, the ever-constant scent– sweet floral to the unobservant– of incarceration.

The Septic Vault, when Mew chose, could be a pretty inviting place.

Mew did not often so choose.

“Hey dad? Where are we?” Mew glanced down, squinting with suspicion as he saw Leaves trotting innocently after him. Right. He should have expected that…

“Why don’t you go sit with The Great God of Devastation, Heinous Rebellious Destructionus Bartholomew Annabelle Julius Seer Grape Juice Ragnarok the Third?”

“He’s not here yet.”

“He’s coming.” The red sky and ominous thunder– odd how that could happen in a world that was, for all intents and purposes at the moment this one small conference hall– was a clear herald of his arrival. He was a nice fellow aside from the whole apocalypse-bringer thing, so Mew had never really had to imprison him in the Septic vault entirely. It would have been pretty annoying regardless to wrestle his name into it– because he was where his name was, and where he was was he; thus, he was his name.

Leaves trotted happily over to the towering demon wreathed in smoldering coals and clad in thick, spiky scales the color of dried blood,  and settled into a loaf next to his leg. Ragnarok the Third just gave him some soft scritches behind his crest as he sat in his comically undersized office chair.

Right… there was an eye in the corner that he shouldn’t look at for too long, lest it be reminded of its importance, and the bottle of sand sitting on the table beside him tended to interrogate his emotional state a bit too much for his liking. Rakulesht, Demon Devourer of Devastation and Death was playing chess with the Inevitable Tyrant Annabelle, which he made sure to take a picture of for Jirachi later– he’d definitely be proud of his classmate so thoroughly trouncing the elder demon at the game. 

The vague, undefined horrors who lived in the septic vault itself clawed at the windows and beneath the floor, slavering maddened incomprehensible horrors seeing the bubble of not-perdition so close yet impossibly far. Mew would talk to them– well, he was of the only ones who could without instantly dying due to the anti-infohazard protections he’d woven into the septic vault– but unfortunately the whole ‘abandoning his creations to a place worse than hell’ tended to make them uninteresting conversationalists.

Sighing, he grabbed a cup of pre-spiked punch from the punch table– steering clear of the punching punch, and of course not partaking of the drugs spiked with punch– and went to sit in the corner. At least Leaves was having fun with the trio of glitchy eevee’s Treads had summoned in using the source code of the universe. And Jugulis somehow, who really shouldn’t be here but had probably taken a part-time abomination job somewhere or another.

“Hello you are you looking seeming uncomfortable very.” The voice came from a hulking thing, quadrupedal with eyes bubbling out of its mouth in place of teeth and membranes sliding against themselves alongst the length of its limbs. Its form was vaguely draconic, in a mockery of the sense. “Sit mind if I? Don’t if like not it.”

Mew smiled faintly. “Of course. I’m glad to see you were able to make it this time, Avatar. Aren’t you still…”

“Have millions many left years. No worry to need, left options if bad go things. Think it will don’t.” Avatar gave a pointed look at the crystal crawlers, who were trying to suck the saturation out of that demon he’d summoned all the time. Well, until the coke and mentos incident. They weren’t really succeeding at the moment, but he could see them becoming a very formidable threat in time.

Also Celebi had told him they were stupid annoying to fight in the future, so there was that too…

Still, Avatar– or really, what Avatar was an Avatar of– was one of his favorite creations, and it felt cruel to leave someone he’d put such care into raising languishing in darkness. “I’m working on it. I think I have an in with a potential, and maybe if all goes well things can be restored. Sorry about missing the earlier timeline divergence, but Celebi didn’t tell me about it, so…”

“Worry don’t it about. Fine I’m.”

“Well it certainly looks like you had fun making that avatar of yours!”

“Had I much!” It wagged its tail, the membranes sliding over one another with a sickeningly slick sound, and Mew cooed at how cute it was. So well made! “Nice spend time with you to.” A second’s pause stretched long “...dad.”

Mew froze then just shrugged with a smile. Rooming with John had certainly given him… perspective on the whole ‘parenting’ thing. Sometimes it was less about what was, and more about what should be. He’d been rejecting Avatar’s advances for a few gigaannum, but maybe that was all just a waste of time.

He leaned against the hulking monstrosity, glancing to leaves and then the uncountable rest. “Yeah. It’s nice, isn’t it?”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 290: Manaphy Stops John

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Not so fast.” Manaphy held out an arm, stopping John’s Meloetta form from exiting the apartment. “Going out dressed like that, are we?”

 

“So? Nothing wrong with it.” John motioned at Manaphy’s head. “...Given you run around with a big hat and call it a day.”



“The hat works. You don’t.” 

 

“Hey, I may be a world famous celebrity, but, uh…” John trailed off, spinning her hand around. “...Uh… I’ll be fine.”



“You’ll be fine.” She raised an eyebrow. “You and me, little miss, know that’s a lie.”



“Nuh uh.” John flew over Manaphy’s hand. “Can’t stop me.”



“Ms. John John Wish, where in the name of the Sea Crown do you think you’re going!?” Manaphy huffed, pointing at a chair. “Get in the timeout corner. Now.”



“Timeout corner!?” John shook her head. “You are not sending me to the timeout corner.”

 

“I may not be your mom but I have more privilege than she does.” Manaphy’s face hardened. “Get in the chair or else I’m relinquishing all gummy fish in the house for a week.”

 

“That doesn’t affect me.”

 

“Yes, but…” Manaphy grinned smugly. “It will affect a certain two people… and you know who they’ll go to immediately, Ms. “I Provide All the Money in the House?”



John opened her mouth to speak, closing it almost as quickly. Sighing, she flew over to the chair, mumbling under her breath about a certain annoying pink cat needing to get a job. 

 

“Great. Now that we’re settled.” She flopped over to John, leaping to the top of the chair so she was near John’s shoulder. “Now… let’s talk.”



“About what?”

 

“You. You and I both know you have a problem.”

“I do not have a problem.”

 

“You haven’t exited Meloetta form in two weeks.” 

 

John scoffed. “Nonsense! I have to go to my job sometimes!”

 

“You leave as a Meloetta and never actually show up.”



John rolled her eyes. “And how do you know that?”

 

“I am literally Latias’s mother, and frankly, she sucks at impersonating you.”

 

“Look, what’s it to you?” John turned around, her face bubbling like acid. “I have the right to choose my form y’know!”

 

“Tsk tsk tsk…” Manaphy wagged her arm. “John, you and I both know it’s deeper than that.” Manaphy sighed, her face drooping. “It’s about your mother, isn’t it?”

 

John cracked a nervous smile. “Maybe…?” 

 

Manaphy glared at her.

 

“Partially…?”

 

Manaphy’s eyes formed half-lids. 

 

“Potentially…?”

 

Manaphy was silently shaking her head.

 

“Alright, fine!” John flew upward, facing toward Manaphy completely. “But I… it isn’t all her… I just…”



“I’m here to talk, you know.” Manaphy smiled sweetly. “I’ve got two incredibly dysfunctional families, I know my stuff.” 

 

“I… well… I just…” John sighed. “...Gotta dash!”

 

John turned tail and fled, her speed making an Espathra jealous. Manaphy blinked, only registering what had happened as the catflap of John’s door swung violently on its hinges. She pulled her hand close to her gemstone. 

 

“John… please.” Her antennae glew silently. “...You and I both know you can’t keep doing this forever.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 291: Crazy?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hey, nice to see you’ve made it for our evil meeting.” Evilly, Bartholomew rubbed his palms together and cackled. In an evil manner, of course. “Now, with our enemies otherwise indisposed, please observe my three step plan. Step one–” he clicked a button, and the slide projected up onto the wall changed off the title screen. “Tax evasion. Step two,” again– “cookies. And last but not least, step three–” one final slide, filled with exploding gifs– “world domination!”

For a second, everyone else in the room was silent, stunned by Bartholomew’s sheer genius. Or just stunned, it was hard to tell. Hesitantly, Marshadow raised a hand, motioning for Bartholomew to move back to the second slide.

“Cookies?” Marshadow nodded. “What’s the issue? Isn’t it self explanatory? Honestly, I would have thought you would understand.”

Marshadow bobbed happily in place, and Diancie intervened before the two of them could get into an argument. “I think he wants some cookies, Bart.”

“Call me by my full name!”

“Of course, Bart.” She smiled, floating into the kitchen with Marshadow, leaving behind only the Valients and– for some reason– Jugulis.

At least the Valients understood his vision, his genius. “Any other objections?”

“THIS PLAN SEEMS CRAZY.”
Bartholomew grinned maniacally. “Crazy good, maybe! Soon, the whole world will be subsumed beneath our ever expanding empire of delicious delectable and marginally unhealthy baked goods, gluten intolerant and diabetic persons not included! How’s that for crazy!”

“Crazy…” Jugulis nodded, the only one to react to Bartholomew’s impassioned speech. “I was crazy once. They put me in a room. A rubber room. A rubber room with rats . And rats? Rats make me crazy. Crazy? I was crazy once. They put me in a room. A rubber room. A rubber room with rats . And rats? Rats make me…”

One of the Valients sighed as Bartholomew stormed off in disgust. “I DON’T KNOW WHY WE MARRIED THIS GUY…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 292: Please Mind the Gap Between the Train and the Platform

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Please mind the gap between the train and the platform.”

 

Jirachi was less than pleased. Stealing a military grade vehicle was fun, but as it turned out, it raised a lot of flags the moment they got to customs. It had been an effort to escape carrying three despondent cat-dog-fox things and an unconscious human while also trying to prevent Pinky from killing everyone, but it had worked out.

 

Mostly.

 

Tandemaus rubbed his stomach uncomfortably. “I still blame you for the fact that my guts now glow in the dark.”

 

“Not my fault! They wanted you to be lit up, so I my wish-sense kicked in, and-”

 

Tandemaus sighed. “Don’t worry about it, kid.” He smiled fondly. “It almost reminds me of home.”

 

“For the love of everything holy, please do not start obsessing over your guts.” Pinky groaned, her withered, tired head drooping out of sheer exhaustion. “The Valiance do that enough, and I know more about the circulatory system than I’d like to know.” 

 

“Could you all be quiet before we miss our train again?” Giratina shook his head. “The Reegees caught it before you did, and they’ve got real-life internet lag!” 

 

Jirachi raised an eyebrow. “You know what the internet is?”



“I don’t live under a rock, Jirachi!” 

 

“Please mind the gap between the train and the platform.”

 

Pinky dug her head into her hands. “If I have to hear them say “Please mind the gap between the train and the platform” one more time I may actually lose it for real.” 

 

“Why do they say that, anyway?” Jirachi pondered. “Like, the platform gap isn’t that big.”

 

“I once knew a Joltik who fell into the train tracks and got crushed to death.” Tandemaus said, offhandedly, as he prodded his stomach. “His name was Kevin T. Crusher, and I could see his liver split open like an onion-”



“Please shut up…” Pinky pointed at the now arriving train. “Just don’t do anything stupid. I don’t have the mental energy for it anymore.”

“Please mind the gap between the train and the platform.” 

 

“Hah, as if!” Jirachi flew into the air, boastful in posture, as the train came to a stop. “Just watch me fly, sis.”

 

Pinky stared at Jirachi, her face unmoving. “Someone restrain me before I do something I’ll regret.”



Giratina sighed. “Way ahead of you.”

 

Tandemaus eyed them quizzically. “Are we really just gonna let Jirachi discover the horrors for himself?”

 

“He’s survived worse.” 

 

“Indeed.” Giratina stared onwards. “I watch him for entertainment sometimes. The durability of this child is measured on a scale even I lack the measurements to.” 

 

“Yippee!” Jirachi flew over the gap between the train and the platform with child-like pride. “Yeah, what’s gonna stop me now!?”

 

The tentacle of Terrence the Terrible, God of Trains, emerged from the gap between the train and the platform, and promptly sucked Jirachi down into the all-encompassing void. Pinky, Giratina, and Tandemaus all walked over to the gap, staring inside, as they heard the sounds of muffled violence below. 

 

“And bring him back to meet up with us at Mossdeep by 8 PM tomorrow, alright!?” Pinky yelled into the depths. “If there’s even a scratch on him, you’re going to re-understand how your internal organs work, got it?”



A muffled sound of agreement echoed from below, followed by the continued sounds of fighting. The three, deciding their job was done, promptly boarded the train, Giratina carrying Aster and the Reegees in his wing. Jirachi would be fine.

 

…Probably.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 293: Mossdeep and Above

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“There she is. What a beauty…” Pinky sighed in adoration as they pulled up next to the fence outside the Mossdeep space center, staring up in awe at the massive rocket gleaming in the sunlight. A towering edifice of steel and advanced composites, it stood imposing over the city. Millions of pounds of thrust, enough fuel to send a satellite into lunar orbit… “alright gang! So now we break in. Who brought the wire clippers?”

There was a moment of awkward silence. Jirachi glanced at the still-unconscious Aster, pensive. “I think he was on that…”

“He came with us by accident.”

“Oh, right.” Jirachi chuckled sheepishly, then turned to Giratina. “So… wire clippers?”

“You two are imbeciles ,” muttered the god of devastation and the reverse world, extending fully out of his shadow as the darkness made itself manifest, an inky blackness dripping from the tip of his talons. All color seemed to bleed out of the world, a metaphysical cold piercing straight through bone and flesh and beating heart to touch on their very souls . Giratina dragged his claw down, neatly slicing a hole into the fence and letting life return to reality around them. “See? Clippers not needed.”

“Aww, I was going to blow it up…” annoyed, they all filed out of the car– those awake to do so at least– dragging along those of them who weren’t. Aster’s three eevee shared a single glance between them before hoisting their trainer up on their backs and scuttling along after the rest of them, looking almost like some strange eevee-centipede.

Jirachi shivered and turned away from the creepy sight, affixing his gaze once more on the rocket they were about to steal. It was going to be glorious … the explosions, the absolute drama! He rubbed his hands together, cackling madly– as they trundled by bewildered scientists and launch technicians until they reached the lift.

“Hey! Stop right there criminal scum!” A metang skidded around the corner, pointing a claw at them accusatory just as they reached the lift to the cockpit. “You’re not supposed to be here!”

Pinky rolled her eyes, surreptitiously pushing the button to call the lift behind them. “Oh, really. How did you ever figure that one out?”

“My advanced processes deduced statistically that there is a 0.05-0.001 percent chance that a group of rare pokemon were given special authorization to be on site, and after quickly checking the database for twenty minutes, I figured it out! I was right! I’ve uncovered your deception!” Said the metang to the time traveler, the wish-granting mythical, the god of distortion, three weird eevees, one unconscious office worker, and a mouse.

“Brilliant deduction,” applauded Pinky, “but I’m afraid you’re too late to stop my evil machinations!” Jirachi leaned down to whisper to her, and she frowned. “Ah, sorry. I’ve been told that my machinations are not evil this time. Uh… but I’m afraid you’re too late to stop my noble machinations! Face your incompetence and weep, foolish mortal, and know that you never stood a chance!” Then the elevator opened behind them and they all crowded into the five foot by five foot room before metang could stop them.

Jirachi slumped to the ground. “Phew, that was close. Boy am I glad that they have shiny metal for the interior, or else Giratina would have never fit.” Giratina stared out at them from the reverse world, burning gaze melting through reality. “Well! We’ve made it folks! There’s nothing left that can go wrong–” and that’s when everything went wrong.

The whole tower around them screeched as something hit it, an immense force sending them all pinging around like pinballs in a machine. It was kind of making Jirachi sick, actually.

Before his gurgitated lunch could regurgitate itself over his fellow people-shaped bouncy balls, Giratina flooded out of the mirror, a shadowy claw shredding the falling elevator into a thousand shards of metal and Pinky’s psychic power grabbing them all and preventing them from falling to their deaths. They hovered a hundred feet away from the rocket, finally getting a good look at what has caused all the chaos.

A fleet of battleships off the coast, emblazoned with the Paldean navy insignia, shot another barrage at the spaceport, explosions impacting against the concrete of the infrastructure around the surprisingly untouched rocket. Jirachi thought they were shooting at them for a moment– but no, of course they weren’t.

Coming in overland towards them, a convoy of Samaiyan troops led by a very familiar and very angry set of three pokemon flooded into the spaceport, their artillery arcing down to impact the Paldean fleet off the coast. Jirachi and Pinky shared a glance, before turning back to Giratina. “We need to get on that rocket before it’s too late!”

“We could wish–”

“Shut up Tandemaus.”

“Yeah, Tandemaus, shut up.”

Even the three eevee– still supporting Aster’s unconscious body– gave the mouse pokemon baleful glares, and he closed his mouth grumpily.

“I’ll fly us up there. Giratina, keep the operatives off our back.” The glow of psychic power intensified, and they lifted into the air. The towers supporting the rocket were crashing down, and Jirachi hoped that they wouldn’t take the rocket with them.

Below them, a squad of espathra traded blows with the Samiyana operatives, explosions rocking the Mossdeep Space Center as the two forces warred back and forth. Both of them occasionally paused to send hateful glares up their way. Jirachi had no idea why they were so mad, it wasn’t like they stole their car or insulted their entire country or something.

Wait.

They landed on the side of the rocket, running up the side in flagrant disregard of gravity (thanks Giratina) as dramatic explosions exploded dramatically behind them. Finally they got there, throwing open the hatch and all piling in. Pinky slid into the captain’s chair, strapping Aster securely into the other chair as everyone else piled into the corners. A bajillion buttons lit up on the ceiling above them, glowy and bright alongside a hundred flips and switches, and Jirachi realized with some small dread that he didn’t know how to fly a rocket.

Suddenly, the three eevees jumped out from behind Aster, scrambling over the command prompts with their dead eyed expressions as they quickly and rapidly prepared the rocket for launch.

Jirachi stared at them with wide eyes. “Uh… what?”

One of the eevees nodded to Jirachi before sitting down again. “Toast.”

Then the rocket lifted off. A massive force slammed everyone down into the floor as the engines roared to life, the metal around them shaking and rattling. For a long second, Jirachi thought that they’d made it . They’d done it! Soon he’d be in space, and he’d be able to find his family–

Something hit the rocket and they careened off to the side, no longer on their perfect arc to space. They could save it though! Jirachi leapt out of his seat, randomly flipping switches and pressing buttons in a desperate hope to rectify their course, but that only activated an ominous ten second countdown with a flashing image of the rocket exploding at the end of it.

“Jirachi! Brother! We need to get out of here!” Pinky held out a hand, and despairing, Jirachi latched on. All of them disappeared into a teleport to the ground, reappearing on a rock in the ocean as they watched their rocket explode like the world’s greatest firework.

Jirachi stared up blankly as the shards of shrapnel splashed into the water around them, still sizzling from as they sank beneath the waves. Pinky floated over to him, resting a hand on Jirachi’s shoulder. “Sorry about that. I guess it didn’t work out after all.” His family were still up there, locked in the sky…

He sighed. That was fine. “I guess…” he stared up at the stars, then back down to the people who’d come to Mossdeep with him, before bringing Pinky into a hug. “I guess I already have enough family down here.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 294: Jirachi and Manaphy and Latias

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hey, guys…” Jirachi flew forward forward Manaphy and Latias, slumped over. “I've been feeling really down recently.”

 

Latias eyed Jirachi, intrigued. “How come?”

 

“I've been feeling regret about my past… In regards to John.”

 

“So we're having this conversation now.” Manaphy stopped, took a deep breath, and turned to face him. “Regret's a funny thing, Jirachi. It's already left and yet it always stays behind.” 

 

Latias nodded. “Yeah. You start thinking about the could've beens and what ifs… Even if there's nothing you could've done differently in the first place.”

 

“I assume you're talking about how you brought yourself into John's life?” Manaphy put an arm on Jirachi's shoulder. He opened his mouth to speak, but Manaphy continued. “Don't regret it. If it weren't for that, so many beautiful things wouldn't have happened.”

 

“You wouldn't have met your sister, or your roommates, or any of your friends or enemies…”

 

“Even Bartholomew,” added Manaphy.

 

Latias nodded. “Even Bartholomew.”

 

“And look at us.” Manaphy smiled earnestly and gratefully. “Without your interjection, we'd have never have met. Latias would still be wallowing away somewhere, I'd have never met her, and I would have never gotten to meet Prince or make up with Kyogre.”

 

You've done so much for us… For everyone, Jirachi.” Latias smiled. “So don’t you regret a thing, alright?

 

“I- okay… uh…” Jirachi coughed. “So I was just gonna mention how I ate his ham-egg sandwich while he wasn't looking and how I felt bad about it, but thank you, I guess?”

 

“Oh.” Latias and Manaphy's faces both sank, both becoming rather awkward about the situation. “Well, uh…” 

 

“I'm just gonna have Mew make a new one.” Jirachi flew off, his frown slowly becoming a snicker. “Thanks for the praise!”

Manaphy and Latias did not watch as he left, both reeling from the conversation. 

 

“Well.”

 

“Well.”

 

Latias coughed. “...Want to go visit Salazzle?”

 

“Heck yeah I do!” Manaphy pumped her fist. “Let's go!”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 295: Toast

Summary:

This chapter was supposed to be posted a long time ago, but it fell through the cracks. It can be read as though it's happening at the current point in the timeline, but I thought it'd be good to just put a 'lil note here as a fyi for your information sorta thing, yk?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Samantha had come to visit Aster, a change of pace from the usual, as Kibby noted. Her mom usually didn’t bring her along, for her mom knew full well how bored she got at the place. But this time, Samantha requested her specifically. It was odd, but it didn’t seem too concerning- at least, not until she saw the three strange Pokemon he owned.

 

“See Kibby, these are Aster’s new Pokemon!” 

 

Samantha pointed to a trio of Eevee, all of whom were staring into space, despondent, as they crawled on top of each other in a brawl that Kibby couldn’t quite determine the violence level of. For a second, she assumed the three may have been robotic in some way, given their staccato movement style and strange facial expressions, but a prod to their side affirmed to her that they were flesh and blood. It ruled out most of her hypothesis; they were just weirdos. 

 

“Say, uh, Aster…” Samantha eyed the three, slightly concerned. “...Where did you get these?”



Aster smiled. “A shady guy in a back alley gave them to me!”



Both Kibby and Samantha stared at Aster incredulously, though Aster did not notice them. 

 

“Seriously?” Samantha facepalmed. “Did you at least get them vaccinated?”



Aster paused. “Oh yeah, I should do that.”

Samantha began to rattle off a list of Pokemon-care tips, and Kibby was drawn to the three Eevee, one of whom poked her side curiously. 

 

“Pokemon Trainers are immoral due to their use of capture-and-hold devices giving rise to a skewed balance of power in the trainer-Pokemon dynamic.”

 

The Eevee stared at her, blank faced, expecting a response. Kibby nervously chuckled.

 

“I, uh… sure…?”



The Eevee jittered before continuing. “Pokemon trainers are also very cool!”

 

The edges of a smile cracked out to form, but it was wholly unnatural in appearance. Kibby backed away a pace. 

 

“But… didn’t you just say…?”

 

“Toast.”

 

The Eevee’s expression shifted to a slightly annoyed one as it kept its head to the ground. It muttered indiscriminate words and phrases under its breath, none of which made much sense to Kibby, but it seemed to be… arguing?

 

“U-um…” The Eevee jolted, mechanically whipping its head up to face her. “D-do you guys have names…?”



“Yes we do. Our names are-” The Eevee emitted what could only be described as a scream of the damned, before promptly closing its mouth, inclining its head. “And you are…?”

 

Kibby took a moment to properly register the question. “Er… I’m, uh… Kibby. Is there an… uh… easier to pronounce name you go by?”

 

“Oh, you mean as in the name of this flesh prison we inhabit?” The Eevee nodded. “Yes… I believe we go by Fiore.”

“Fiore…?” Kibby’s brow furrowed. “...Like the region?”

 

“Yes.” The Eevee shook violently, its expression rapidly shifting before resetting on neutral. “If you consider the fundamental paradox of thermodynamics…” 

 

“Uh…”



“Mary had a little lamb, little lamb, little lamb…” The Eevee smacked itself. “Kalosian fries were not actually invented in Kalos, they were instead made in the nearby border region of…” The Eevee stopped suddenly. “Toast.”

 

The Eevee began to mutter to itself again, and Kibby by this point was more than concerned. She eyed her mother- half begging and half terrified- to leave, but Samantha had already turned to pat her on the head.

 

“We’re going to need to go home, Aster’s got some paperwork to file.” She side-eyed him with a look that said many things. “I saw you talking to Aster’s Eevee… I’m glad you’re making friends!”

 

Kibby glanced at the Eevee, who simply stared at her in return. 

 

“Oblivion is coming on swift wings. One day, everything we know will come to an end. Our story will continue in spirit but our lives will end with our story. We hope you are prepared.”

 

The Eevee turned and left, and Kibby, staring back at her ignorant mother, simply smiled and turned to leave.

 

“Just who were those Eevee…How did they…?” She paused suddenly, as the solution struck her. She shook her head in annoyance. “John and Mew…”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 296: Meat Eater

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hey John!” Celebi flew into the room, a panicked look on her face. “So, you know how the dinosaurs died from a meteor strike?”

John raised an eyebrow. “Yes? We learnt about that in elementary school.”

“Well, they didn’t, because I saved them! Uh…” she glanced up out the window nervously. “Just… do you know anyone who can take a meteor off my hands?” The sky grew red behind them, lit aflame beneath the incandescent fireball that rapidly consumed the heavens above. John gaped up at the impending disaster, and Celebi chuckled weakly. “Just, uh… asking for a friend.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 297: Mothers

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“And I’m perfectly fine, I told you that you can’t come over– look.” John heaved a sigh. “I don’t need you preaching this to me, I get that I have filial responsibilities that I have to uphold, with Dad not really being around all that often, and I’m trying my best to support you, but what do you expect me to do on a low-wage office job? I’m sending enough money to round out the pension, and that’s well enough! Don’t–” a beeping sound echoed from the phone, and John threw it down on the couch in disgust. “She hung up on me. She– called me for money , and then hung up on me.” He sighed. “Why do I even try?”

From the kitchen, where she was helping out by making little bagged sandwiches (cut out with a heart shaped cookie cutter, for aesthetic purposes only) Latias glanced up curiously. “Who was that anyways? I don’t think I’ve ever seen you this mad…”

“What about the time with Mew and–”

“We don’t talk about that.”

“Right.” John grimaced. “That was my mother. She’s… well, she’s an interesting character. I don’t know how to really describe it… I’d kind of thought that it was normal, almost, except looking back on it all she was pretty awful. Really screwed up my childhood, and thank goodness she doesn’t know about the whole Aria thing. She’d go ballistic on me.”

“Oof.” Latias was silent for a moment as she slipped the little sandwiches into their plastic baggies, one by one with a deft precision. “That’s rough. I’d say at least you knew your mother, but honestly you might have been better off without.”

“I’m sensing a hidden story here.”

Latias waved a claw dismissively. “Nah, no hidden story, per say. I mean, nothing more hidden than a rough family history. Never knew my mother, apparently she left while we were still eggs. Dad died when I was almost too young to remember him, and bro died nobly sacrificing himself to save the city.”

“That’s…” John didn’t really know what to say. What could he say? Her whole family was dead! “Rough. That’s rough buddy.”

Latias sighed, gently floating over with a plate full of remnant peanut butter and jelly crusts, setting it down on the coffee table in front of them. “I know.” She whispered, staring sadly at a snack that was pretty sad to begin with. “I know.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 298: Forgotten Storage

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was meant to be a fairly innocuous day. Nothing pertinent to either job planned for at least a week, shockingly calm around the apartment and no injuries or attacks to deal with. All in all just a relaxing day.

 

The phone call he had received earlier (and missed but thankfully the caller had left a voicemail) technically didn’t change that, honestly it was for the best seeing as he had planned to lounge around all day and read comments on their shows. This was something to do.

 

The caller had said, “John. We are calling from the Klefki Storage Unit located on 750 Armor Lane in Rustboro. We found that one of the storage compartments has been signed in your father’s name. We attempted to contact him months ago, as the unit is set to close in a week. After receiving no contact for an extended period of time, we are moving on to the listed next of kin, that being you. Whenever you are capable of attending, come to the unit and call this phone number, (###) ###-####, and we will come to guide you to the storage unit and open it for you.”

 

That was how John found himself human as the day he was born in front of a storage unit that was technically in his name now, only joined by Latias in case they found anything that would need a little bit of telekinetic assistance.

 

“Alright Tia, from what I’ve been told anything from within here was owned by my dad… admittedly I don’t know a lot about him so it’ll mainly be sorting through the things that are useful, the things that could be useful, and the things that we allow them to throw out in a weeks’ time.” John turned to face her currently disguised partner, receiving a nod of assent before they turned and got started.

 

__

 

There was a huge box of toys in front of him. With Latias’ help he was able to bring it over to the bed of the rental vehicle they had borrowed. It would be good for the kids… and as he looked over at Latias playing with one of the toy airplanes, it would be good for her too.

 

__

 

Latias prodded his mind. “John, you don’t need office supplies do you?”

 

He shook his head. “No, you can leave those here.”

 

__

 

Wow.

 

That is a lot of postcards.

 

Seriously. This is an entire box of postcards.

 

Who has any need for probably a thousand postcards, if not more.

 

 

Well he has stuff to send to the fans. Into the vehicle it goes.

 

__

 

John turned to see Latias putting a crystal orb into the vehicle, hesitating before setting it down in the glovebox.

 

Not even two seconds later she pulled it back out and held it close to her chest, almost protectively and with a forlorn gaze in her eyes. From afar… it looked like a replica Soul Dew. Evidently, it wasn’t seeing as the secret of the Soul Dew and how it looked only came out a few years ago, but it was close enough to be mistaken at a glance.

 

 

Good for her.

 

__

 

John gasped. 

 

His limited edition Rayquaza plush. It was here the entire time! He swore he had this when he was younger, but his mom swore it never existed… how did it get here?

 

He extracted the plush out of the box it laid in, cradling it.

 

__

 

A shadow approached over his shoulder, covering the light.

 

“John, you’ve been cradling that plush for thirty minutes.” He didn’t have to look at her to hear the eye roll through her telekinetic voice. Nevermind the fact that she was sending distinct feelings of amusement through the channel.

 

Wordlessly, he handed the plush over to her before getting back to work.

 

__

 

He did not comment on the fact that, thirty minutes later, she was now audibly trilling in the corner whilst rubbing up against that very same plush.

 

It was a good plush, ok?.

 

__

 

It had taken a fair amount of time, but they managed to clear most of the storage unit together, attempting to determine what was needed or wanted and throwing out the rest. All that was left was a single briefcase which had taunted them with its presence for the last hour or so. None of the obligatory codes like 1-2-3-4 worked, and he did not have enough knowledge on his father to properly be able to rationalize what the code may have been.

 

So. This is it?

 

He turned to Latias from his position on the floor, cross legged and with the briefcase in his lap. “Yeah. This is it. Unfortunately, I have no idea what the passcode is, nor what it could be. It is entirely a hardware lock, no electronics could work it and the technology used within has anti-psychic measures imposed so nothing would help. At least not without destroying all the contents inside.”

 

Latias lowered herself to be closer to him. “I know it’s useless and unnecessary talk, but are you sure there is nothing that you could possibly know that he would use for a password? Anything he would care about?”

 

He slammed his hands on the concrete. “No, unfortunately mother dearest failed to tell me such things. Things like music choice or favorite band, favorite holiday. I don’t even know his b-”

 

All of a sudden, a single possibility opened up.

 

He spun the locks.

 

And the briefcase opened.

 

Latias stared at him, stunned. He was sure his expression matched hers. He watched as she went to ask a question, stumbling over her words before he put her out of her misery.

 

“It was my birthday. The code was my birthday.”

 

The silence once again reigned supreme. He chose to focus on the note that outlined the front of the briefcase.

 

Rule Number 1: Remember what you fight for… if you somehow managed to get into this briefcase without my knowledge, then your answer lies on the code. It was for my personal remembrance as well, if I made him the code then I would never forget the reason that I signed up in the first place.

 

She didn’t want me to know anything beyond that he existed and that I needed to pay alimony. I chose to find out. I chose to dig deeper. He’s growing up in conditions that I wish I could take him out of… but unfortunately coming with me might be worse in my current juncture.

 

I messed up. I joined the wrong people, made the wrong choices. Now the butterfly has left the web. I no longer have choices to make, no one-off decision I make now will have any long run change that will affect my life.

 

I’m too far in now. They’ll never let me go.

 

For anyone who finds this, I’m sorry for what I caused. I can only hope that someone came along to right my wrongs.

 

And my son, if you were the one to find this, I’m sorry. Believe me when I say that you were safer with her than you were with me.

 

I wish I could’ve been there for you.

 

[The name lay scratched out at the end, with the last name Wish barely visible through the scratches.]

 

He lay frozen, unable to understand what he just read. So he didn’t, for the time being. He set the page aside, and looked at the blank manila folder now revealed for his perusal.

 

Opening up, the front document only held two words.

 

PROJECT M2

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 299: Babysitting

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“I trust them in your care while I’m gone.” John smiled. “We should only be at the concert for a few days, and I’ve left some oil bottles in the freezer for when they get hungry.”

 

“That’s most thoughtful of you, Ms. Aria.” Indeedee smiled gleefully. “I promise I shall take care of them as if they were my own next of kin.”

 

“Don’t go usurping my spot, now.” John chuckled. “I’ll be heading off now. Just ask Tandemaus or any shadows with eyes in the floor if you need any help!”



“Sounds good! Have a safe trip!” Indeedee waved John goodbye as she exited the door. As the door creaked shut on its hinges and the sound of solidarity and silence spread through the air, Indeedee was met with a horrible realization. “Wait, what did she mean by shadows with eyes in the floor?”



“That would mean me.” 

 

Indeedee practically bolted out of her skin as her own shadow grew a pair of eyes. She scampered away, climbing onto the highest vantage point nearby- in this case, the couch- as the amorphous, liquid ooze of the God of the Distortion World materialized in the mortal realm. His piercing bright eyes shone as the rest of his body solidified, hardening into cold, gray sheets of skin and embellishments of gold. He spread his wings, his head nearly piercing the roof of the apartment, as Indeedee struggled to sputter out a word.

“I, er…” She did her utmost best to put on a smile. “...G-good morning?”

 

“Good morning. A pleasure to make your acquaintance.” Giratina mimed a bow. “I am Giratina, Lord of the Distortion World, Renegade of the Universe, and Bearer of the Souls of the Damned. How may I be of service?”

 

Indeedee struggled not to faint right then and there on the spot.

 

“I, um…”

 

“Uncle Giry!” 

 

A spinning wheel of metal, also known as Iron Treads, barreled up to Giratina’s frontmost leg, unfurling and re-curling into a hug as she wrapped her trunk around the thick pillar of the God of Distortion’s leg. Giratina smiled softly, bending down to nuzzle Treads’s head, as an over-excited Wheels and a moderately pleased Leaves followed behind their sister. The Bearer of Souls soon found himself under siege at his leg, bearing the brunt of the vicious cuddle assaults from his nephews and niece. A single glance at Indeedee told her all she needed to know, and she giggled softly under her breath.

 

“Want to go and play with them, Giratina?”

 

“Yes, but on one condition.” Giratina’s voice turned icy. “...I am the one who uses the dragon toy.” 

 

“Very well.” Indeedee turned to Leaves, who was less distracted than his siblings. “Leaves, what toy do you think I should play this time?”



“You do a pretty good job with the princess toy, but I think Treads wants to play the princess today.” Leaves grinned. “Want to try the heroine toy? I think the others would have fun playing their antics around your straight man attitude.”

 

Indeedee smiled fondly. “I don’t quite consider myself a “straight man,” but I am flattered. If your siblings would permit it, I would be honored to take up the role.” Indeedee paused, scanning the room. “Hm… where’s Tandemaus?”

 

“Tandemaus?” Leaves shrugged. “Unknown. He’s probably messing around with some of Dad’s old tech again. You know how much of a kleptomaniac he can be sometimes.”

 

“Yeah. There was one time…” Indeedee put a finger to her chin. “...One time… I don’t remember when… it was a while ago now… but he was trying to put some potions together… and, well…” She chuckled in vain. “...Yeah… it didn’t go too well.” 

 

“I’d have loved to see that. We should get Pops and Tandemaus together sometime and see what happens.”



“I swear, you have a penchant for destruction, don’t you?” Indeedee climbed over the couch, landing daintily in front of Giratina. “Come on, we have a princess to rescue from the evil dragon, remember?”

 

“Excuse me,” Giratina interjected, “But I prefer the term “morally ambiguous.” Evil Dragon had a tumultuous past and a scarred childhood, you know.” 

 

Indeedee began to walk to the kids’ bedroom, Leaves following her. “Perhaps you’ll be able to explain it in a monologue before Wheels blows you up.” 

 

“I hope so…” Giratina shook his head as he followed behind her, mechanical infants strapped to his leg. “I’ve been brainstorming this for weeks!”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 300: Meloetta

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The clock in the corner of the room ticked.

The light was cold– bright, but lacking warmth in the cool underground space as she carefully combed her hair. Swipe and swipe again, the luscious locks cascading through the implement’s teeth, the action long since made rote to her. An array of various cosmetic products she’d never use spread out on the table in front of her, some left by the last people to use the room, others placed there by her own company. They didn’t understand.

She ran the comb through her hair again, not so much as wincing as it ran into a snag and pulled it free. Her breath pulled in, sharp– as regular as always, perfectly calm, a refusal to be anything but , because she needed that. It was a big gig, forty thousand people in a public stadium in Galar, one that would spark awe in imagination and drive her name into the public conscious for years to come–

It was one of many. Four days, and she’d perform in Wyndon, and that was the one everyone expected to bring the real crowds.

She breathed out– blinked, and when she opened her eyes the room was the same as it had been before. She was the same as she had been before. Not always, but… this was herself. Her hair fell into its natural curl, soft and emerald green, skin alabaster lustrous, fabulous – inspiring, the star of the show. The one who’d they’d all cheer for.

There was a glass of water on the little lip of plastic in front of the slightly smudged mirror, left for her by herself, but she didn’t touch it. It’d gotten warm– she’d need a new one…

How had it gotten to this?

Was it really even worth thinking about?

John– Aria– put her comb down next to the eyeliner the last performer had left next to the sink and stood. It was time. So faintly, past the long tunnels and through the bones of the stadium above her she could hear the murmuring roar of the crowd, the nervous confidence so slightly ridiculous, the anticipation and confusion, the million myriad emotions in herself and in the thousands who’d come to hear her sing.

She breathed in, then out, and left to meet up with her roommates.

The clock in the corner of the room ticked.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 301: Attic Diving

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Attic diving was annoying. It was especially annoying when it happened to be his mother's attic. 

 

It was dusty, filled with cobwebs, and covered from tip to toe in random boxes of junk and clutter that no one particularly needed. John only needed one thing, and he was already beginning to regret searching here for it before anywhere else. 

 

Nothing he found at first was particularly helpful. Old pots and vases, antiques from yard sales and high end thrift shops, any old gemstone that had happened to catch his mother’s eyes. To be frank, he’d have done some spring cleaning a while ago if it was up to him. But his mother was the boss, and would throw a metaphorical and literal fit if he did even a single thing without her permission, so his hands were sealed. 

 

A box marked “Valuable” filled with counterfeit baubles and falsehood trinkets. A box marked “Potentially Useful” which he found filled with his childhood trophies. There weren't many, but it was bizarre to say the least. A box marked “Rarities,” filled with scrolls and strange, cryptic objects John couldn't hope to decipher. 

 

Finally, with a thick cloud of dust assaulting the air, he found it. The box he was looking for, marked “John.” It was relatively light, and he could hear what he wanted shuffling around inside of it.

Opening the top, he found his intuitions to be true. Right inside, alongside some long rotted snacks and a family photo or two crumpled long past repair, was his plushie, or at least one of the few he had during childhood. It was a Latias toy, which was deeply ironic considering his current circumstances. It was the only one his mother allowed on family trips, because according to her “It took up the least space in the luggage.” John surmised she enjoyed the effect it had on him when he was younger, as it was the only plushie he knew she had kept after all of the long years since the great yard sale. He knew that the Rayquaza plush still existed, but that was his father. For how little he tended to appear, John found he had a very good handle on understanding him. 

 

John sat there a minute or two, staring at the plush, as the doorbell rang downstairs. Knowing exactly who had come to prank him this time, he closed the box, stuffed the plushie in his bag, and went to stop Mew before Mew managed to convince John's mother of things John didn't want her to be convinced of. 

 

The Latias plushie wasn't something he'd use himself… perhaps for Treads or Wheels would appreciate it? He could give it to Latias, which would be funny. He knew she'd absolutely love the scrunchy little stuffed animal. 

 

He'd decide later. Once the emergency situation was dealt with.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 302: Wiki Editor Celebi

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Celebi sighed, utterly defeated as she dropped onto the couch. “Hey, John… how’re you doing?” John made to respond, but Celebi just spoke right over him. “It’s just not fair . I put so much effort into this! I deserve recognition! I deserve laudation , praise and all commendation! Two thousand hours over the course of one and a half days– do you know how much work that is? Do you? Do you? No! I swear, these ingrates –” she growled out the word, almost spitting it in her fury– “don’t know the meaning of appreciation. I did everything for them, and this is how they repay me? Well, screw them!”

  Hesitantly, John asked– “so… what’s going on?”

“They reverted all my changes on bulbapedia!” Celebi huffed, furious. “I fact checked everything, but noo , apparently my primary source isn’t as good as Dumbscrew McIdiot’s scholarly paper that gets everything wrong! Like, people get mad when I tell them that the loyal three were actually evil bastards led by a manipulative mythical pokemon who mind controls people by feeding them magical mochi and makes them do chicken dances, but noo , apparently ‘contradicting established historical fact’ and ‘inserting radical terrorist agendas’ into bulbapedia articles gets you banned. Well–” her gaze took on a feverish light. “I’ll show them. I’ll show them all!

She disappeared with a flash of light and a chime, and John was left sitting on the couch in bewilderment. Weird… sighing, he turned on the TV and connected to the Underwatch server. He, Jirachi, and Jugulis had meant to start earlier, but Jugulis had arrived late. Apparently he’d been busy helping iron out some vandalism on bulbapedia with his fellow editors or something.

He paused, then shrugged it off. Probably a coincidence.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 303: Genetics

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“You know,” mused John, tapping a finger against her chin, “I’ve been thinking recently.”

“As most people who aren’t dead tend to do, yes.” Celebi paused. “Wait. What exactly were you thinking about? It better not be Heinous Rebellious Destru–”

“No no no!” John quickly cut her off, thankfully averting another apocalypse before it could even begin. “I’ve been thinking about the family history! So, you know how you’re my great great grandmother?” Celebi nodded. “Well, I just realized that I don’t really know much about my family history besides that. Dad was always estranged from his parents after marrying mom, and, well… the less we talk about my mother, the better.”

“Huh. I mean, you were a pretty lonely sad loser when I first moved in–” she ignored John’s soft protests– “so I can see how you wouldn’t know.” She sighed, looking a little wistful and, momentarily, a little sad. “Yeah, we had a whole family. Two daughters, one son– you’re descended from the son– so by now I have plenty of descendents running around.”

“Do you ever… catch up with any of them?”
Celebi shrugged. “I mean, I did for the time I spent back then, but you can only stay so long with that sort of stuff. You’ll understand when you’re older.” The conversation paused, for a moment profoundly awkward between them– “well! I do know a little about my descendants! There’s this one rapper in Castelia, dunno how they got there,, a few people scattered around Hoenn, some in Kanto, a whole branch in Sinnoh that moved there pretty quickly after Ki–” she coughed– “after Akari and the Galaxy Team settled the place. Some of them moved over to Almia… there’s this one trainer girl I’ve heard about from their side, apparently trying to make it big?” She shrugged. “It’s a lot, and I don’t really keep up with it all. I mean, it’s only one of the timeline shenanigans I have to keep track of, and a pretty low-importance one at that.”

“I see,” said John, not really seeing at all. “Well… I’ll, uh, keep that in mind.”

“Make sure you do! Anyways, gotta run, I’ve got my scheduled smackdown with Pinky at two, so I’ll see you later.” She disappeared in a flicker of folded time, leaving John alone in the living room once again.

Odd.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 304: Chapter 304

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew burst into the room, pure jubilation in his eyes.

 

“Guys! Do you all know what today happens to be!?”

 

“Wait, it was today!?” Celebi gasped. “I had no idea!”

 

“Today!?” Jirachi jumped for joy. “No way! Today’s the day!”

 

“Are you all going insane again?” John walked into the room, holding all three of the kids in his arms. “The kids are about to go and take a nap, so if you could be a bit quieter…”

 

“Oh, right, sorry lad.” Mew saluted. “Sleep well, littluns.” 

 

John and the kids exited the room, and a tired out of her mind Manaphy entered after them. She joined the three, who had fallen into a group huddle in the center of the room.

 

“I can’t believe that today’s the day!” Mew clapped lightly. “Alright, on the count of four…”

 

Manaphy yawned. “Why not the count of three?” 

 

“Because there’s four of us. Anyway, on the count of four…”

 

Celebi chimed in cheerfully. “One!” 

 

“No, no, Celebi, we start from four, not one.” Mew shook his head. “Okay, on the count of four, I’ll start… four.”

 

“Three!” said Jirachi, happy.

 

“Two!” Celebi giggled. 

 

“One.” Manaphy rubbed her eyes.

 

“Happy Chapter 304!” 

 

The four all cheered in some distinct form. Mew miraculously summoned a champagne bottle out of nowhere, popping it open. Celebi twirled in mid-air, and Jirachi followed her example, only to slam his head straight into the wall. Manaphy flopped on the ground, desperate for a nap. 

 

“Guys!” John stuck his head out of the door in a hushed whisper. “Quiet!” 

 

The group mumbled apologies, and John retracted his head. Mew grinned from ear to ear.

 

“Who wants to set off the party bomb?”

 

Jirachi raised his hand gleefully. “Oh, I do!” 

 

“Aw man…” Celebi frowned. “I wish I could have…”

 

Celebi clamped her hands over her mouth, but the wish granter detected it all the same. A party bomb appeared in Celebi’s hands, mere seconds from detonation. 

 

“Ah, phooey.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 305: Celebi's Cooking

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Celebi may not have known how to cook, but she did know how to grill. She had won several grilling competitions, primarily in the years of 3371-3387, when grills were an ancient technique not known to the people of the planet Xerofar, but it wasn’t like there was much competition. 

 

“Oi, asshole.” Pinky popped out of a time portal, sidling next to an unperturbed Celebi. “Why are you making hot dogs?”

 

“Bored.” Celebi flipped the hot dog with a spatula. “Is there a problem?”

 

“Well, I was just gonna fight you, but now I’m morbidly curious.” Pinky pointed at a hot dog. “...Can I have one?”

 

“Yes.” Celebi smirked. “If you say please.”

 

“Curse you.” Pinky gritted her teeth. “May I please have a hot dog?”

 

“Yes you may.” Celebi lifted the hot dog into a bun. “Bone apple teeth.”

 

Pinky eyed the hot dog, suspicious, but snatched it out of Celebi’s grip, taking a bite out of it. She chewed the hot dog, Celebi not paying Pinky much heed, until Pinky suddenly spat the food onto the ground.

 

“You… you…” Pinky gained a malicious gleam in her eye. “What kind of poison did you put into this?” 

 

“I… didn’t?” Celebi huffed. “I swear, you’ll make up just about any excuse to spite me.”

 

Pinky stared at her hot dog, and she reveled in disgust, throwing it to the ground.

 

“You…” Pinky snarled. “You charred my buns!” 

 

“Yeah, everyone does that.” 

 

“No they don’t!” Pinky raised her arms in the air. “Do I look like I want a charred bun!?”

 

“It’s not charred, it’s just hot.” Celebi rolled her eyes. “A hot dog goes better with a hot bun, after all.”

 

“They taste exactly the same! The dog tastes like a dog, and the bun tastes like a bun, no matter the temperature!”

 

“Look, explain to me how you don’t char your buns!” Celebi glared. “How the heck do you eat your hamburgers!?”

 

“I don’t eat hamburgers!”

 

“I’m going to kill you!”

 

“Right back at ya!”

 

The two Celebi immediately leapt for the other’s throats, and very soon, the hot dogs and buns were nothing but an afterthought. Mew, poking his head in out of nowhere, immediately consumed the hot dogs, buns, and entire grill with a single bite. With a single burp, Mew left the scene as if he was never there. 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 306: Complicated Falsehood

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Alright.” Pinky rubbed her hands together with devious, devilish glee. “You said you were going to grab food for Jirachi and I?” She laughed maniacally, eyes sparkling with a dark anticipation.

Celebi gave Pinky a suspicious glance. There was something suspicious about that… eh, probably not worth worrying about. “I’m gonna tell John, and John’s going to grab the food.”

“What, too lazy to do it yourself?” Celebi nodded, and Pinky just scowled. “Typical.” Then the devious glint returned to her eyes. “Get us the yellow gummy fish. Jirachi just loves the yellow gummy fish.”

“Okay!” Celebi sauntered away, before breaking out in a devious smirk of her own. “Little does she know… she won’t even see it coming! Oh, hey John!”

John looked up confusedly from where he was working on some random bit of paperwork. “What was up with… that whole thing?”

“Nothing to worry about. Say, do you mind running to the store and getting some gummy fish?” She giggled maniacally. “The blue gummy fish.”

John shrugged. “Sure. I’ll be right back.” With that taken care of, Celebi returned to where Jirachi and Pinky were playing Tilapia on their old ps5, giggling to herself at another devious victory over her despised rival.

“Alright, I’m back!” Called out John after a comically fast trip to the pokemart, holding a bag of blue gummy fish. “Here you go, Jirachi.”

Jirachi grabbed the bag, then gasped, beaming. “Blue gummy fish? I love blue gummy fish! Thanks so much everyone!”

Pinky and Celebi traded silent, hateful glares.

This wasn’t the end of this…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 307: Smart Home

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Have you ever had the thought that there could come a time where something was too convenient?

 

Maybe it makes you uncomfortable, or goes against your personal beliefs. Maybe it seems to be pervasive in execution, whether by necessity or not, and that just irks you in the wrong way. Maybe the convenience is coming at the cost of something else. Or maybe you just don’t like it, and don’t really have a reason in particular.

 

Salazzle, our food got mixed up again.

 

“Alright. I’m coming.

 

All of the above is looking really nice right about now.

 

Samantha shouted into the foyer. “Neither of you two go anywhere, I’ve got it covered… actually bring your bowls to the entrance of the kitchen so I don’t need to move the cleaning supplies too far, thanks!”

 

Samantha reached under the cabinet, pulling out the bowl purification supplies as well as some standard supplies. It only takes two or three times of feeling sick due to remnant poison left over on the bowl before you wisen up. Only the best for her children though.

 

Grabbing the supplies as well as some extra food to replace the no longer edible trays, she walked back to the entrance where the bowls awaited her alongside their owners.

 

“So how long until this stops? I’m starting to get tired of this constantly occurring. For a super-powerful AI with high-powered algorithms, it seems to make tiny mistakes very often.”

 

Admittedly, one of the best parts of this entire encounter was being able to hear the voices of pokemon unabated within her home. Apparently Miri was able to configure some device capable of automatically translating, with the caveat of their active presence being required for… reasons.

 

She feels no need to ask for elaboration. Leave that to John.

 

“Yeah, well these mistakes wouldn’t be as annoying if you didn’t feel the need to use the bowl that you’ve used since you were tiny, straight from the egg.”

 

Samantha watched as Salazzle brought a hand in front of her face, stifling a giggle. Mission accomplished on that front . Kibby continued to appear affronted, back arched upwards but hackles lowered. “ That’s been my bowl for years, so what if I’m a little bit attached to it? Are you telling me that you don’t get attached to anything that you’ve used since you were young? ” She could visualize the crossed arms correlating with this extreme pout were it not for Kibby’s four-legged stance.

 

She bent down and ruffled the fur on the her head, taking care to avoid the oversized-garden tool poking out before pulling out her biggest grin and a whimsical tone. “Don’t put words in my mouth, you are completely and utterly entitled to your opinion?”

 

Kibby grumbled. “Yeah will right now my opinion is feeling real invalidated right about now.

 

“HA HA HA HA HA- wheeze-” Salazzle burst out laughing, no longer able to contain herself whilst a small smile revealed itself on Kibby’s face before she turned around, the fur under her eyes gaining a slight red tint.

 

They all loitered around for a bit as they came down from their miniature high. She diligently cleaned the bowls out before replacing them with the proper meals and telling them to go ahead and eat within the dining room while she dealt with Miri.

 

But first…

 

Bzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz - Samantha startled as a buzzing erupted from her phone that she had left on the kitchen counter.

 

Oh? What perfect timing.

 

Answering the phone, Sam was greeted to the sound of John running, the sounds of the city in the background.

 

“Hey John, what’s up?”

 

“Sam! Do you think I could have something delivered to you? The service I’m using doesn’t like apartments and I can’t use my alternate mailing address for this one.”

 

Sam walked to the banister before pulling out a sticky note and a pen, writing down the information. “Make it a 1 for 1 trade and you’ve got it, I’ve got another Miri problem so I need you to send Mew over again~” Finished with the note, she walked over to the fridge before posting it and getting a drink, just to be sure.

 

“Ughhh.” John’s voice echoed through the speaker, alongside a decrease in the ambient noise indicating a short pause in his run. “Again? I thought last time would be the last for sure. Alright, I just sent something. He should be over shortly.”

 

“Thanks! And you know my address so just send it over and pick it up when you are able to, I’ll hold on to it until then.” Samantha moved back to the wayward pen and pack of sticky notes, grabbing them and putting them back in the drawer.

 

“Thank you!”

 

“You need anything else?”

 

“Just to get back on this run.” The sounds of a light jogging filtered through the speaker.

 

“You didn’t use to run. Is something going on?”

 

“Nah, Celebi just said that she bet I wouldn’t be able to run 4k in under 40 minutes in 4 weeks. So obviously I need to prove her wrong.”

 

She shook her head good-naturedly. She could recall a time where throwing around the names of legendaries was not a commonality within her household, nevermind a house call by one for the mistakes of a kinda- not really- almost there- legendary but it’s a new year… or she would say that if it were anywhere close to the new year.

 

“Alright, I trust you. Have a good run!”

 

“Thanks, you too- wait-” A facepalm echoed through the speaker, radiating embarrassment so palpable it weighed down the other side of the line.

 

A smile traced her lips. “Don’t worry John, I appreciate the sentiment. See ya.”

 

“See ya.”

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 308: The V-Bakery Tip Jar

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The V Bakery was a miracle success. Victini of course had no idea why. 

 

There were customers practically flowing from ear to ear, and money came pouring in like a waterfall. But of course with any business came tips, and unfortunately for an institution as large as his, the tip jar tended not to be filled with just money, but other things as well. Other less savory things. 

 

Someone threw an entire packet of gummy fish once. He had no idea why, since it was more expensive than the customer’s actual order, but a suspiciously pink haired worker happened to go and pick it up some time later, and proceeded to disappear for the rest of the shift. It was odd.

 

There was one customer who decided to leave some screws inside of the jar. Victini found this odd until a Samiyan and Paldean diplomat, one a Dratini and one an Espathra, arrived out of nowhere to take the screws. The squabble only ended when both knocked a support beam over and got crushed. Victini wasn't too miffed though, since a secret stash of treasure happened to be on top of the pillar that he could use for repairs, but it was an interesting experience he found odd nonetheless.

 

But of course that paled in comparison to when Aria- the hit singer, Aria- happened to arrive and order a croissant. Victini had been more than happy to serve a celebrity. Of course, her name ended up reading wrong on the card, but Victini dismissed it, even if the name “John Wish” happened to sound a lot like a name he had heard before. Aria had seemingly been nervous about that, and ended up depositing a pile of Galarian ones into the tip jar. Victini saw her off, but was displeased that he would have to transfer them at the bank later to make them valid. 

 

He was very glad a man seeking to buy Galarian money for higher than their interest rate happened to be the next customer, but it was still remarkably odd. 

 

Of course that paled in comparison to when one of Shady’s friends put an entire sword in the tip jar, or when Jugulis accidentally dumped his head inside, or when a pink Celebi happened to put the entire fabric of reality in the tip jar, but things happened sometimes. Things always worked out in the end. Victini of course had no idea why.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 309: The Septic Vault

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John had only wanted to pick up Jirachi and the kids from school. It should’ve just been a quick in and out. But then, Bartholomew- being the little devil he was- decided to cuss John out with some vaguely worded threats that of course happened to begin with the infamous W word. Though they had attempted to stop him, Jirachi had sent all of the group, including Marshadow, to the literal equivalent of purgatory, also known as...

 

“...The Septic Vault.” Jirachi shuddered. “Haven’t been in this place since I got sent back here with sis.” 

 

“And how, pray tell..." Leaves asked, "...Do we get out of the Septic Vault?”

 

“You don’t." Jirachi tapped his chin. "Unless you slay a god-like demon or ask Mew very nicely.”

 

“Mama!” Treads tooted her trunk excitedly. “You can talk to Papa really easily!”

 

“Not when Mew’s in another realm, Treads…” John squatted down to Treads’s level, patting her head. “We’re going to need another gameplan…”

 

Bartholomew stepped forward. “I know! Can we summon The Great God of Devastation, Heinous Rebellious Destructionus Bartholomew Annabelle Julius Seer Grape Juice Ragnarok the Third?”

 

Marshadow perked up upon hearing the name, eyeing the sky with a degree of foreboding. 

 

Leaves tilted his head. “Did you, like, forget a word, or something…?” Leaves peered up with the rest of them. "I'm not seeing anything."

 

“No I didn’t!” Bartholomew stamped his foot. “I’ve summoned him plenty of times before!”

 

Jirachi grumbled. “...That explains a lot about why the commute's been so bad lately..."

 

A tattered, red letter fell from the sky. The group watched as it plummeted gracefully into John’s hands. John took the letter, which was encrusted in a dried-up red substance, and opened it, finding a simple message embroidered in crimson inside.

 

“It’s my day off today. Buzz off.”

 

John sighed. “Of course…”

 

“So we’ll have to find some demons on our own…” Jirachi grinned. “I can contact the Lord of Rose Arbor and see if he can link us up in the Arena of Souls!” 

 

“Or, alternatively…” Leaves trailed off, staring into the darkness. “We can attract souls to us if our power is strong enough.” 

 

“Yeah but what makes you think that…” Jirachi trailed off as the darkness began to scream.  “Oh.”

 

The darkness broke off from the rest of the mass, and eyes sprung forth from the abyss. Clawed hands pried at the broken earth from the darkness, spines sriking into the open air. The kids scrambled to get behind Marshadow and Jirachi, who instinctively went on guard. The many eyes, numerous and unknowable in number, fixated onto the group- specifically, onto Bartholomew.

 

“Stay back, kid!” John shifted into Meloetta form, and Jirachi put on his battle face. “We’ll protect you!”

 

Bartholomew huddled behind John, eyes wide. “Mama…” 

 

“Huh?”

 

Bartholomew moved past Jirachi and John, walking closer to the abyss. The darkness remained, waiting patiently- expectantly- for the child’s approach.

 

“It’s Mama and Papa…”

 

“Kid, those aren’t your Mama and Papa-”

 

“They are!” Bartholomew pouted. “Their eyes are the same color!”

 

“They can’t be! They’re demons!” John turned to Jirachi. “Come on, tell him man!”

 

Jirachi stared at the abyss, his three eyes widening. Registering John’s voice, he shook his head, refocusing his efforts.

 

“...It’s nothing.”

 

“What’s nothing?”

 

“Nothing.” 

 

Jirachi flew forward, approaching Bart. Bart backed away as the wish granter approached, closer to the claws.

 

“Nuh uh! You aren’t stopping me from getting to Mama and Papa!”

 

Jirachi’s face lined with worry. He outstretched an arm, but it only caused Bartholomew to retreat further back into the void.

 

“Bartholomew, listen to me!” Jirachi called out to Bartholomew. “Your parents… I don’t remember much about them… I never even met them, but-”



“Then why did you send them away!?” The void crackled behind him. “My parents and me… we were happy! You took my happiness, you meanie!”

 

The eyes grew more numerous behind Bartholomew. They stared intently. 

 

“Listen to me, Bartholomew! Those things, if they ever were your parents, are nothing like them anymore!” Jirachi’s brow creased. “Everything I’ve heard, everything I’ve seen about them… they weren’t nice and happy at all!”

 

“You never knew them! They never did anything bad!”

 

“Then why were the staff complaining about them?” John stepped forward. “Whenever I came to pick up Jirachi, the rumors... the talk... I always heard whispers about people...  and that only intensified whenever Pinky and Diancie shielded you from the whole legal dilemma that was your adoption.”

 

“But…”

 

“I dunno how to stress this, Bartholomew… but…” John trailed off, unhappy memories generating in the recesses of her mind. “...I grew up like you, you know. I loved my mom to bits, I listened to her every beck and call no matter how much it pained me…"

 

The void howled as the arms grew more aggressive, swiping at the empty air between them and Bartholomew. 

 

“...But she was cruel. Vindictive. Self-centered. My whole childhood was misery and strife all because I couldn’t see the truth in front of me.” John outstretched a hand. “Please, Bartholomew. I know you don’t want to listen to Jirachi, and being frank, I wouldn’t listen to him either…”

 

Jirachi shot a glare at John, but she ignored him.

 

“...But if you’re going to listen to anyone, then listen to me. The person who went through the same, and who knows that you were living the same. I don’t really like Pinky or Diancie, but… they’re good parents. They’ll take care of you.” John motioned for Bartholomew to come towards her. “...Please, Bartholomew. Don’t make the same mistakes that I did.”

 

Jirachi turned away from John, and looked to Bartholomew. The child’s face had grown lighter as it trembled. Jirachi could tell the child’s mind was racing, far beyond what Bartholomew was able to process. 

 

“I just… I just… I wish…” 

 

John's eyes widened as she watched Jirachi float into the air. 

 

Bartholomew shut his eyes. “...I just wish I didn’t have to make the choice.”

 

Jirachi waggled his finger, his third eye staring dead at the void behind Bartholomew. A flash of blinding light enveloped the area, and a moment later, the group woke up to the panicked cries of Pinky and Diancie.

 

“Come on, we just fixed that!" Pinky huffed, lightly smacking Jirachi over the side of his head. “Be more precise when you’re in life-threatening situations, bro!”

 

Jirachi rubbed his head. “...Sorry sis, but you know I can’t really help it when the W word comes out.” 

 

“Yeah, well be glad I’m not killing you right now, because you could’ve injured-” Pinky looked at her comrade and paused. “...Bartholomew?”

 

The child was shaking. Within an instant, she and Diancie were right beside him.

 

“Bartholomew, what’s-”

 

“I…” Bartholomew sniffled. “I had to…”

 

“His parents, or, well, something like them…” John flew forward. “We wound up in the Septic Vault, whatever that is, and they tried tempting him… tried forcing him to make the choice between-”

 

Pinky began to fly before John had finished her sentence, tackling Bartholomew into a hug. Diancie followed suit, and, somewhat reluctantly, Marshadow appeared next to him, doing the same thing.

 

“Bartholomew, sweetie… you don’t have to make a choice…” Pinky smiled; it was a fond smile, the first in a long time they had ever seen. “...We’ll make it for you… and you’re staying with us.”

 

“We’ll keep you safe.” Diancie formed a heart with her hands. “...Promise.”

 

Pinky nodded. “It’s a promise.” 

 

As the family embraced, John felt the sensation of cold metal prodding her back. Turning around, she found Treads, on the verge of tears, with Leaves and Wheels standing behind her. 

 

“Mama…” Treads sniffled. “...Will you ever do the evil thing Bartholomew’s parents did?”

 

“What do you…” John’s eyes widened. “No no no…” John pulled Treads into a hug. “I’ll never leave you behind. Over my dead body.” 

 

Wheels rolled over to her, firmly grasping both her and his sister in his grip. Leaves, though hesitant, trotted over and fully gave into the hug, doing it as best as he could with his quadrupedal stature. John could do nothing but smile.

 

“...I’ll never leave you behind… I’ll never make the same mistakes she did… you’ll be safe with me...”

 

“...I promise.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 310: V. Bakery Bash

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“I’m sorry ma’am, you can’t do that here.”

The kid standing in the foyer huffed, stomping her feet with a glower. “Why not! I looked it up on the database of pokemon capture statistics ( Universidad de la ciudad Mesagoza ), and no Victini were listed as captured. Therefore, you’re not a caught pokemon, therefore! I can catch you! Checkmate, liberal.”

She chucked another pokeball at Victini, who dodged it effortlessly. “I think you’ve got your statistics from a fake school. Mesagoza’s premier university isn’t… whatever that was. They have those fruit schools for that instead…”

“Hey! Don’t doubt my sources! My favorite TV show uses UCM as their primary source!”

Victini raised an eyebrow curiously. “And that show is…?”

“Turning point Unova.”

“Right. I suspected as much.” He deflected another pokeball away from him, watching as it bounced off the rafters five and a half times, rebounded off John’s forehead, and smacked straight into Registeel. A flash of light enveloped the metallic pokemon, sucking it in and capturing them with a sudden ferocity.

The girl ran over, scooping up the pokeball before her face suddenly twisted into a rictus of disgust. “Registeel? A registeel? I’m not blind! I can’t read braille!” Huffing in anger, she tossed the pokeball over her shoulder. “I’m leaving. Don’t contact me again.”

Victini caught the pokeball before it could hit the ground, rolling his eyes. “Good riddance… c’mon, lets get you out of there…” hopefully she didn’t bother anyone else. That’d be bad…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 311: A Treatise on the Hole

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

This work is put to pen at considerable risk to its author, and in the hopes that some benighted soul might one day find it useful. Hark to this warning– the whims of the hole are forever unpredictable, bound inexorably to the inane and inscrutable celestial cycles. Only one with a supreme understanding of the supernal bodies may dare to predict the appearance and presence of that most devilish and horrible place, but beware of hubris. In my many years spent tirelessly researching the hole, I have seen many driven to madness by its strange and awful nature.

In the most abstract the hole appears on the convergence of the lunar arc whereupon the moon’s face is not less than a cat’s eye and no more than a half circle, in accordance with the solar cycles on the three-quarters interval of the day. Great and rigorous mathematical proof has gone to establish this occurrence, and it is only to your detriment that you do not heed it. Unfortunately, there are many other planets and heavenly bodies whose periods influence the hole. Do not be deceived! No predictability can be levered onto such a terrible location!

When the essences of Mars and Jupiter form a slice of the sky smaller than the gap between the first and second finger of the human hand, so long as this occurs during the sky of the zephyr months, the hole will most certainly appear. Beware! While benign in this appearance, largely, one must take great pain to note the position of Venus on the heavenly wheel, for intersection between the red planet and its antipode will surely rouse the creatures of the hole to great and terrible ire.

Note the position of the stellar map with great care! The true randomness of the hole is borne through the many syzygy and celestial alignments that influence its appearance. The hole will make itself known on the alignment of mars, jupiter, and saturn, but only for a day. In conjunction with the tail of the dunsparce constellation, with the bright star of the legendary’s triangle in the northernmost corner of the summer sky, the hole will also make an appearance. Beware most especially the conjunction between mars, neptune, and Tau Ceti, for all my many sources have concurred that great misfortune shall befall any who witness the hole on that terrible date…

………

John paused in front of Mew’s door, curious. It was strange to find Mew so absorbed in reading anything, especially because he hadn’t known how to read before John had taught him. “So… what’ve you got there?”

“Oh, nothing much.” He shrugged, closing the dusty grimoire he’d been reading from. “Just wondering when a good time to go relocate Tau Ceti would be…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 312: Eat Your Igneous

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Pinky paused, brows furrowing as she turned to Diancie. “I have the feeling that I’m missing something.”

“What? I don’t think that we’re forgetting anything. We’ve got all the rocks we need– special order from my queendom– we’ve got the right spices, the seasoning– we’ve even got our cute matching aprons!” They did, in fact, have their cute matching aprons, emblazoned with hearts, sunflowers, and the words EVIL CO. in comic sans.

“No, not that…” she frowned, resisting the urge to check the timeline quickly. “It’s like… like there’s some sort of event going on, and we’re supposed to celebrate. Raucously, if at all possible, with great amounts of cheering, wine, and meta references to a higher-level narrative.”

“Sounds like the time Bart made those potential-unlocker rectangle things.” Diancie started  throwing the various rocks into the soup, before handing the entire pot to Pinky. “Be a dear for me and take that back to one of the early hadean cratons, would you?”

“You sure you don’t want me to put it in a magma plume this time?”

Diance shook her head. “No, that makes it all spicy. You know Bart likes his rock soup with a delicate continental sort of flavor.”

“Yeah, yeah,” Pinky grabbed the pot, rolling her eyes. “I swear that kid never eats his food. He’s not going to grow up big and strong if he doesn’t eat his igneous!”

“Yeah. Weird, isn’t it?”

“I think we should make him an extra helping of rock soup.” Diancie beamed at Pinky’s suggestion. That sounded like a great idea. “Anyways, I’ll be right back.” Pinky slipped into a time portal, leaving Diancie alone in the kitchen.

She reached out for a chunk of quartz. Maybe Bart would like the crystalline flavor more…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 313: Bottomless Pit Supervisor

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Iron Jugulis was having a great day, or, at least, he was. He had been making some good money on his bottomless pit supervisor job at Evil Co, but after one day, he went down to check out its status, only to discover the pit had, in fact, gained a bottom. He went to complain to his manager, Pinky, but she just shrugged.

 

“OSHA stuff. You know how it is with that Absol.” Pinky shooed him away. “You’re fired from your bottomless pit supervisor job, unfortunately.” 

 

“Aw, darn.” Jugulis moped, but immediately grew into a smile. “Are we still on for the 3 PM acid pit management job?”

 

“Yep!” Pinky grinned. “Seeya later Jugulis!”



Jugulis, though, had a new job, this time at some of his friends’ apartments. He was a new regular pit supervisor, so he had a good feeling about this. 

 

As he entered the apartment and went down to the hole to check on it, he had a crippling realization. 

 

The hole was bottomless.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 314: LIVE

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Celebi gasped in horror as Pinky appeared in front of the Live corporation headquarters, cackling maniacally. “You fool! You utter imbecile! You thought that Live Co. was working on stopping global warming and making affordable kitchen appliances this entire time? You’ve been led straight into my trap! Mwahahah!”

“No!” Celebi slumped back. “No no no no no, this can’t be. This can’t be!”

“Oh, it can!” Pinky grinned deviously. “Let me tell you… do you know what Live spelled backwards is?” Pinky darted up to the top of the building, quickly rearranging the letters. “That’s right! Live spelled backwards is Evil! We’ve been Evil co. the entire time! ” The building unfolded into a massive battle-mech, one thousand (give or take) weapons of incredible violence folding out and pointing at Celebi. “Now… it’s time to battle!”

Notes:

By RIchardSullivan

Chapter 315: Samantha at the Bar

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So, this is the, uh…”

 

Samantha wasn’t quite sure what Salazzle was so urgently dragging her toward, but Kibby had assured her it was safe, so she had followed Salazzle. Salazzle pointed at a strange, hidden set of double doors in a back alley near John’s apartment. Hitting the doors with a strange combination of knocking, Salazzle entered deeper into the depths. Samantha looked to Kibby, and she nodded, running deeper into the entrance. Samantha paused, shaking her head.

 

“...What do I get myself into…?”

 

Samantha descended down the stairs, illuminated only with cryptic light, to find a strange, finely furnished wooden bar. The sounds of jovial patrons flooded the air, and promptly faded as they saw Samantha enter the bar. 

 

Salazzle croaked out some form of greeting, but the other bar patrons, all Pokemon, were fixated on Samantha. A Garbodor and a Heatmor whispered to each other, a Slugma hid back in the fireplace, and the bartender, a Leavanny, watched with interest. 

 

“H-hey…” Samantha shyly waved. “Do you want me to leave, or…?”

 

“Boo!”

 

Samantha shrieked, startling back as Chandelure spawned in next to her. Chandelure snickered, swinging on a hinge that didn’t exist, as he pointed at Samantha. 

 

“Man, Salazzle, this is a weird Pokemon…” Chandelure parsed his thoughts. “Is she an Absol too?”



Salazzle shrugged, and the Garbodor posited a question. Chandelure shook his head.

 

“No, this Absol here is this sort of Absol’s daughter, so logically, you put two and two together, and she’s obviously an Absol.”

 

Garbodor eyed Chandelure quizzically, and the Heatmor followed up, pointing at Samantha. Chandelure nodded, but spun around happily. 

 

“Nuh-uh, fellas, she’s a Ranseian Absol! They evolved to be bipedal… I think.”

 

The entire bar all muttered together in realization, and went back to their previous activities. Samantha stared, wide-eyed, and Kibby and Salazzle went to the bar to grab seats. The Leavanny, from the bar, smiled approvingly, and went back to serving drinks. 

 

“I, uh…” Samantha gulped. “I think I’m better off not questioning that.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 316: Samiyan Scuffle

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“You’re kidding.”



Latias couldn’t quite believe her own eyes. Manaphy had mentioned, told her stories, of being a queen, and her baby brother… Well, he was named “Prince.” Latias was well aware of their royal status, she was vaguely aware of her own, but she hadn’t quite registered the enormity of that until she had set foot inside of the Samiyan capital itself. 

 

“I’m afraid I’m not.” Manaphy smiled, struggling not to break out of her formality. “This is where Prince, and by extension, you and me, happen to live.”

 

“This is…” Latias’s eyes gleamed brilliantly, reflecting the light of the ornate marble floors. “...So pretty!” 

 

Manaphy chuckled. “I knew you’d like it.” 

 

“More than like… this is…” Latias’s eyes faded, her face turned downward. “...I’m a princess.”

 

“Yes you are.”

 

“Inside of a palace.”

 

“...Yes.”

 

“And…” Latias breathed out. “Wow.”

 

“I know, it’s a lot.” Manaphy waddled over to Latias, patting her on the back. “But trust me, you get used to it after a while.”

 

Latias hovered in place, her focus fixated on the palace’s glistening marble. Manaphy stood by her side, smiling fondly. 

 

“And you wanna know something else, Latias?” Manaphy giggled as Latias turned her head. “The Royal Chambers are even cooler.” 

 

 Latias struggled to suppress a squeal. 

 

“Your Majesty!” Lieutenant ran into the room, forming a mock salute with his tail. “Welcome back to the…” He paused, eyeing Latias. “...Who is this?”

 

Manaphy smugly smiled. “Oh, you remember how I adopted a kid, right?”

 

“Yeah, but…” Lieutenant’s eyes widened. “Ohhhhh…”

“Yeah, treat her like a princess, alright?” Manaphy turned to Latias. “This is Lieutenant.”

 

Lieutenant waved cheerily. Manaphy did her best to ignore him. 

 

“He’s… a spiteful character.”

 

Lieutenant tried to non-verbally protest, but Manaphy continued to ignore him.

 

“But he’s loyal at his job. I’m going to have him accompany you on a tour of the place. The Royal Chambers will be your last stop.”

 

Lieutenant twirled happily, and Manaphy began to swim away. Latias followed after Manaphy. 

 

“Mom, where are you-”



“I’ve got adult matters to attend to.” Manaphy placed a hand on Latias’s shoulder. “Just have some fun by yourself for now, and see what Samiya has on offer. Then you can meet up with me, your brother, and your father later.”

 

Manaphy turned and began to walk away. Latias called out to her.

 

“But… how will I afford anything? I’ve never been here before!”

 

Manaphy paused, yelling. “Lieutenant! Procedure 2481!”



As Manaphy sauntered away, Lieutenant pulled out his wallet, sighing.

 

“And here I was hoping I was going to be able to save for a coral pop later…”

 

—-----------------------

 

Samiya was sprawling. Seller after seller lined the streets, Pokemon bustling to and fro, cheerily engaging with each other. Latias was in awe. It was like Alto Mare, except larger and more lively than her sleepy little home. She gawked at every stand she saw, asking Lieutenant question after question about whatever happened to catch her eye. Lieutenant, for his part, was enjoying the company and the enthusiasm, though, internally, he was bracing for what he knew was coming.

 

“Oh, what’s that?” Latias stuck her face in front of a glassy, shell-like shape. “It’s pretty…”

 

“That’s an ocean purifier. Handy in case the guy next to you farts.” Lieutenant lightly shifted Latias away from the confused glances of the shopkeeper. “Right, I know what I want to do. Want to get some ice cream?”

“Ice cream!?” Latias’s eyes widened. “Like, underwater, super duper royalty ice cream!?”

 

“Just regular ice cream…” 

 

“Well, come on, what are you waiting for? Let’s do it!” Latias prepared to fly above the crowd, but paused, staring at Lieutenant. “...Where is it?”

 

Lieutenant half-heartedly pointed at a stall five feet away from them. Latias anxiously chuckled as Lieutenant made his way over to the stand, scrounging up some money from his wallet onto the counter.

 

“Two ice creams, please. You know my favorite already…” He turned around. “Latias, what do you want?”

 

Latias eyed the menu, struggling to make a choice. As she did so, Lieutenant turned back to the shopkeeper, an Octillery, who was pushing Lieutenant’s money back to him with a disappointed shaking of his head.

 

“Sorry, we don’t serve outsiders here.” The Shopkeeper pointed far down the road with his tentacle. “There may be a shop down there that may interest you though… I believe it was called the Samiyan Rock Purification Center.”

 

“Oi, listen up, short-squat.” Lieutenant’s brow furrowed. “I’m Lieutenant of the Royal Guard, and this here…” Lieutenant dragged Latias next to him with his tail. “Is a princess of Samiyan royalty. You wouldn’t want to disrespect either of us, would you?”



“The girl’s royalty?” The Shopkeeper eyed Latias quizzically. “Fat chance.”



“She’s adopted.” Lieutenant hastily squeaked out a reply. “Adopted by the Queen-”

 

“The Queen!” The Shopkeeper slammed his tentacles on the table, echoing a hearty laugh. “You think she holds any power over Samiya?”

 

“She does whether you like it or not. Her marriage to the King has been renewed, and-”



“And we the people don’t care. Wrap your head around that, pool noodle.”

 

 “Pool noodle!?” Lieutenant reacted as though his family had been killed in front of him. “I’ll show that I’m a bit stronger than some flimsy little bit of entertainment!”

Lieutenant lunged at the Shopkeeper, and the two began to brawl. The crowd quickly forgot about Latias, surging forward to either watch or egg on the fight, depending on the member. Latias took the opportunity to back away, but so did another. Behind a stall, she eyed a strange, multi-colored mass slink away into an alley. Deciding that the figure was something unusual, she decided that Lieutenant’s fight was something she wouldn’t be able to interfere in. While no one was looking, she moved away from the crowd and followed behind them. 

 

—------------------------------------------------

 

“You know how it is, Kyogre!” Manaphy yelled into an empty parliament hall, pacing anxiously. “Oh, she’s not meant to be Queen… oh, she’s meant to be a villain!” Manaphy slammed her fist on the table. “Do you know how sick of it I’m getting!? I just…” 

 

Manaphy sniffled, falling into Kyogre’s chest. Kyogre’s fin covered her tiny body, shielding her in the comforting blanket of his form. 

 

“It’s alright, my droplet.” Kyogre nodded. “They’ll come around one day… you have all the time in the world.”

 

“Not if they vote me out! You know full well the other delegates don’t approve of my presence here, and if they choose to vote me out…”

 

“Let’s not think about that right now.” Kyogre backed away from Manaphy, picking her up in his fins to make the two eye level. “You have a meeting to prove them wrong. Show them your renewed dedication. Remember, at the very worst, Prince and I can ensure your presence here-”

 

“But only as his caretaker. I would only be able to see him when you are away… and those times are rare.” Manaphy wrapped her arm around one of the tips of Kyogre’s fins. “...And it would mean… I wouldn’t be able to see you again. Not like this… not as we are now.”

 

Kyogre pulled her closer, dragging her into his best attempt at a hug. Manaphy clung to him tightly. 

 

“But not right now, my droplet. This time right now is ours.”

The two stood together, in a room of enormity, their future to be decided in the hands of the antipathy. 

 

‐—-------------

 

Latias’s illusions proved valuable as she followed behind the multicolored creature. She had done her ample best not to make a sound, but it hadn’t proved to help much, as the creature made so much noise just moving around that it made Latias wonder how it hadn’t been detected by anyone else yet.

 

At the very least, its own mumblings had given her information, if a bit vague. It was apparently named Glurch, and apparently was trying to do… something. The mutterings had devolved into an incoherent garble before she could figure out their meaning. 

 

Glurch eventually stopped in front of a brick wall. Latias pondered what he could be up to, though the answer revealed itself quickly as Glurch pounded his fist on the wall twice over. The wall rumbled as Glurch slipped inside of the opening gap. Latias flew quickly in behind him, barely scraping through the small gap provided to her. 

 

The inside was rough and ancient. The stone was old, and Latias could tell it hadn’t been used for conventional purposes in quite some time. Water dripped from grates in the walls, leading her to believe the area may once have been a sewer. Glurch himself dripped down the cobbled stairs as he reached his destination, climbing onto a chair as he heartily greeted a friend. 

 

“‘Ey, Glurch!” The mysterious figure waved Glurch over to him. “Where ya been?”

 

“Scouting. You got the stuff?”



“Of course!” The figure moved aside, revealing a large stockpile of old fireworks. “This stuff ain’t cheap, y’know, so make ‘em count!”

 

“Don’t worry, boss. I’m gonna create such a big explosion that it will rock the world harder than that time I caused the Earth’s rotation to shift backwards!” 

 

“...Right. I’ll leave you to that, then.” The figure saluted. “Have fun!”

The figure walked away: to where, Latias had no idea. She turned back to look at Glurch, who was actively struggling not to immediately fire all of the fireworks at once. 

 

“Oh… yes… yes… this is going to be fun!” Glurch lurched his amorphous body around the fireworks, doing his best to carry as many as he could in one armful. “With these, I’ll be able to cause my biggest scene yet! Those posh old coots won’t see it coming!” 

 

Glurch began to scurry to and fro, muttering more and more to himself, leaving Latias free to think to herself. 

 

“Odd folks… gonna have to talk to Lieutenant later…” 

 

Glurch slunk away down a pipe, carrying behind him a large stream of fireworks. Latias watched the pipe curiously. 

 

“Posh old coots… What is he gonna do, prank someone’s grandma by scaring her with a loud noise?” Latias put a claw to her chin. “Who would that even apply to here? Surely there’s no one that important worth bothering here-” 

Latias’s mind stopped, considering an outcome that only made sense given what little she knew. 

 

“Oh. Oh no.”  Her eyes widened as she realized the enormity of what she had just stumbled across. She whirled around, her illusions fading. “Mom!”

 

‐—-------------

 

Manaphy lay flopped into her chair, slouching without a care in the world, as the various delegates listed their grievances one after another. Somehow, she had expected each and every thing they would all say. Out of all of them, only one had expressed any positive admiration, and that happened to be Iron Bundle of the Great Waste Sea. She sighed. If the ruthless genocidal killing machine was the only one expressing support for her, it wasn’t a good sign.  

 

“All in favor, raise their fins!”

 

Seaking of the Mer Sea raised her fin first, followed swiftly by every other delegate in quick succession. Iron Bundle voted against, but his vote mattered little in the grand scheme of things. Manaphy sighed, slumping further into her seat.

“This meeting can’t possibly get any worse.”

 

“Ma’am! Sorry to interrupt!” A trio of Phione rushed into the room, stumbling over each other to reach Manaphy. “We’ve come to inform you of something important!”

 

“What?” 

 

“Hey, so, uh…” Lieutenant entered the room, flanked by two guards, his body tied up by rope. He apologetically eyed the floor. “...I can explain.”

 

“Please tell me you have Latias with you.”

 

A multi-colored amorphous form promptly dropped from the ceiling, shattering the marble table it slammed into. Latias swiped at Glurch, but Glurch blocked her, throwing her directly into Lieutenant. The two went flying into a nearby support pillar as the delegates began to scramble amongst themselves.

 

“Hi Mom!” Latias waved cheerily. “I’m trying to stop an assassination attempt right now!”

 

“You’re what!?” 

 

Glurch lunged at Manaphy, but was promptly knocked away by Latias, who slammed Glurch into the nearby wall. 

 

“Lieutenant!” Latias pointed at the banister at the top of the room. “Fireworks. Big bad. Go dismantle them.”



“This was not in my training…” 

 

Lieutenant shook his head, flying up to the banister regardless. Latias turned back to face Glurch, who growled like an animal. Latias’s brow furrowed as she prepared to charge a strike, but the floor was interrupted by the arrival of Kyogre, whose mere presence caused the room to halt in place. 

 

“What is going on here!?” 

 

Kyogre boomed, glaring at Latias and Glurch. Latias silently pointed at Glurch, who tried in vain to motion for his innocence. Kyogre took one look into Glurch’s eyes, and the Muk promptly shrunk away of his own accord, sinking down into a pile of sludge. Kyogre shook his head.

 

“Dear daughter, what has happened here?”

 

“Well, uh…” Latias scratched the back of her head. “It’s a funny story… I kind of went and did some sight-seeing…”

 

Lieutenant yelled from the banister. “Without me, by the way!”

 

“...And, uh…” Latias chuckled. “I may have accidentally discovered and thwarted an assassination attempt.”

 

“I see.” Kyogre mumbled to himself. “And is everyone alright?”

 

“Well the big goopy guy clearly isn’t! Look!”

 

The Phione pointed at Glurch, who had begun to sift down into a drainage system. Before anyone could stop him, he had disappeared down it entirely, leaving one last wave as he departed. Latias began to move after him, but Kyogre outstretched a fin, halting her. 

 

“There’s not much more we can do. I’ll have some of the guards do a search of the sewer system later.” 

 

“SYSTEMS RECALIBRATING.” 

 

Iron Bundle got up from his delegates seat, his head spinning like a top trying to process what happened. He looked between the gathered members, and jumped into the air.

 

“YOUR GIRL! SHE SAVED US!” 

 

Latias shyly raised a claw. “I, well, I wasn’t really trying to save you…”

 

“AND SHE DID IT WITHOUT EVEN TRYING! REJOICE!” 

 

The delegates all began to celebrate amongst themselves, too self-absorbed to realize anything remotely strange about the situation.

 

“Girl, we know you are an outsider, but…” Seaking sighed. “We may be willing to overlook that to give you a reward. What would you like?”

 

“Hm… lemme think…” Latias tapped a claw to her chin. “Oh, I know!” She pointed at Manaphy. “Can we keep her here?”

 

Seaking’s face grew pained. “Absolutely anything.”

 

Latias nodded. “Yep, I want this.”

 

Seaking’s face grew deadpan. “Anything at all.” 

 

Latias grew a patronizing smile on her face. “Yeah, I know.”

 

Seaking prepared to interject again, but a glare from Kyogre shut her down. She turned back to the other delegates, forming a group huddle, before promptly feigning the most forced smile Latias had ever seen in her life.

 

“Congratulations! Your reward is… accomplished?” Seaking shook her head, putting a fin to her temple. “I’m going home. This is too much for me.” 

 

The other delegates murmured in agreement, and they all promptly turned out the door and left. Latias turned around, finding Manaphy sitting bolt upright in her chair, more surprised than anything else. Latias pounced upon her, grappling her into a deep hug. 

 

“We did it, Mom! You’re safe!”

 

“Yeah… yeah, I am.” Manaphy coughed. “Could you give me a bit of breathing room?”

 

“Oh, right.” Latias backed away shyly. “So who wants ice cream?”



“Me!” Lieutenant happily raised his tail. “I’ll pay!”

 

Kyogre eyed Lieutenant skeptically. “Lieutenant, aren’t you defusing fireworks right now?”



“Yep!” Realization sunk in on Lieutenant’s face. “Oh shoot-”

 

Latias, panicked, flew up to help him, while Kyogre ordered the Phione to grab Samiya’s Bomb Disposal Squad. Manaphy sat in her seat, watching the hijinks nostalgically. She knew Latias’s reputation would improve, and she knew Latias would revel in being friends with everyone. Manaphy knew she herself would have wanted the same. 

 

“Latias…”

 

True absolution came when one proved themselves innocent of a crime; Manaphy didn’t quite know what else she was missing.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 317: Tandemaus's Story Time

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Alright kids,” Tandemaus sat on an oversized rocking chair, a book in hand. “...It’s your mom’s mandated story time!”

 

The three robotic children unleashed their celebration in unison. Tandemaus smiled wistfully, promptly throwing the book off to the side. He coughed once, and the children waited expectantly. 

 

“Alright, so back in my college days, we tended to throw parties-”



Treads raised her trunk in the air. “What’s a college?”

 

“You’ll learn when you’re older and you want to put your mom into debt.” Tandemaus shook his head. “Anyway, at one of these college parties I met a girl, and boy, was she hot . And I mean literally hot, she would give me actual third degree burns if I gave her a high five.” 

 

Wheels raised his hand. “So it’s just like Mama when she gets the funny Peery-Wet form!”

 

“Er… something like that.” Tandemaus moved on. “Anyway, me and her hit it off immediately. She may have been something crazy special, but so was I, being me and all.”

 

Leaves raised an eyebrow. “But you’re not special, Tandemaus.”

 

“And you should shut your trap, Leaves.” Tandemaus coughed. “Anyways, we ended up doing the big kiss kiss fall in love, as your mother likes to say-”

Treads’s eyes lit up. “Oh, so you two did the big romance together?”

 

“Well, not entirely.” Tandemaus shook his head. “She was sealed away before we could do anything.” Tandemaus eyed the sun wistfully. “But I’ll bring her back one day…”

 

“Oh, so it’s just like how Papa keeps sending the affwonts to nature into the realm of devastation?”

 

“Sort of, but I'm not legally allowed to speak on that.” Tandemaus snapped his fingers, and the lights shut off. “Night kids.” 

 

The three children sat in the darkness as Tandemaus pattered away. 

 

Treads eyed Leaves. "That was a bad story."

 

Leaves nodded. “We’re definitely doing the water bucket on top of the door prank after this, right?”

 

Treads giggled mischievously. “Definitely.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 318: Investigating the Bakery

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Victini was having a great day. He had found five suspicious sacks of money on the ground, won four lotteries, and got to the top of another three leaderboards, all in the span of a few hours. As his shifts at the V Bakery started for the day, he was in a rather jubilant mood. 

 

“Good morning customers!” Victini fluttered in the air, twirling and unleashing a V with his fingers. “What can I do for you all this absolutely incredible morning?”

 

The shady man in the trench coat slammed his ID down on the table. “Officer Crimes, Paranormal Detective Agency. We’re here to ask you a few questions.”



“Oh, I wasn’t expecting you guys for another few hours.” Victini frowned. “Where’s Jugulis?”

 

Iron Jugulis yelled as a fire broke out in the kitchen. Victini spared it only a thought as he shook his head.

 

“Never mind. What can I help you with?”

 

“We’re here to investigate the… large amount of paranormal phenomenon that happens to occur around this Bakery.” 

 

Out of an oversized sleeve, Crimes flung a group of polaroids, which landed in front of Victini. Victini inspected them all carefully. 

 

“I know a few of these guys.” Victini picked up a picture of the Costume. “Well, I don’t know this guy, but I’ve seen him around.”



“Do you happen to know where he got his costume from, or who he is?”

 

“I just said I don’t know.” Victini shrugged. “And besides, I haven’t made merch yet.” Victini placed a finger on his chin. “Though, honestly, that might be something worth considering…” 



“...Right.” 

 

“Oh, this guy I know!” Victini grabbed the picture of The Great God of Devastation, Heinous Rebellious Destructionus Bartholomew Annabelle Julius Seer Grape Juice Ragnarok the Third off the counter. “He’s pretty chill when he isn’t trying to sow the end of humanity and bring about the next great Epoch of Forgeries.”

 

“...And is there a particular reason he visits?” 

 

Victini smiled cheerily. “He likes the croissants.”

 

“Right…” Crimes turned around. “Could you come outside with me very quickly?”

 

“Of course.” Victini turned to the kitchen. “Jugulis, could you man the counter real quick?”



Victini followed Crimes, leaving Jugulis to struggle with multitasking both the ongoing kitchen fire and managing the counter. Crimes opened the door, looking up at the sky. 

 

“Can you explain that?”



The Moon Cornucopia curled around the sun like an ouroboros, obscuring the cloudscape above. The creature unleashed a yawn, setting off several car alarms nearby. 

 

“Oh, that?” Victini scratched his head, confused. “Not sure, but it’s pretty cute! Looks like a big fan of toast if I’ve ever seen one! You should have nothing to worry about.”

 

As hellfire began to rage outside, Victini began to turn back to the Bakery.

 

“Yeah, uh, I gotta cover my business. Have fun!” 



Officer Crimes stood there, staring at the Moon Cornucopia, as his trenchcoat rustled. The buttons opened, revealing three Wooloo standing on top of each other.

 

“I told you this was a bad idea, Terry!”

 

“Look, Tienna, we were really curious, alright?”

 

“Yeah, well now what are we gonna do!?”

 

Juguls ran out of the store, frantically looking back and forth.

 

“Oh come on, how did it spread through the entire city this quickly!?” Jugulis sighed, ignoring the building collapsing in the distance. “I knew trying to make Kalosian Toast was a bad idea.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 319: Milk Store Meandering

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Yo yo yo!” 

 

It was rather fortuitous timing. The fridge in Samiya’s royal kitchen ran out of milk, so a quick hop, skip, and a jump meant a trip to the grocery store for Manaphy, Latias, and Prince. Prince was enjoying himself, busy fawning over the various items he had no knowledge of, while Latias did her best to explain everything. Manaphy was busy judging whether to by fat or low fat milk when her roommate, Celebi, decided to make herself known. 

 

“Going to the store to buy milk as well? Pro Dad move. I’ve done that more than a few times.” Celebi flew upside down, twirling in place. “It’s funny because I can take as long as I want, but for anyone I know, it only takes a few seconds!”

 

“And is there anyone you forgot to visit?” 

 

“Yeah, loads!” Celebi shrugged. “I’ll remember who eventually.”

 

Manaphy shook her head. “So irresponsible…”

 

“Well, look, I’ve had a couple lifetimes of child-rearing experience, among other things.” Celebi flipped herself right side up. “I’ve got more than enough experience to afford to be a bit reckless.”

 

“And…?” Manaphy looked around the store, checking to see if anyone else was watching. “...Do you have any tips?”

 

“I thought you had everything under control?”



“I do, it’s just…” Manaphy mumbled to herself. “...Morbid curiosity.”

“Right, right, okay.” Celebi clapped the sides of her head, stretching. “So, uh… always talk to the child like an adult.”



“Prince is a political delegate and Latias watched her brother die. I think they’re mature enough.”

 

“If your teen is getting grumpy, try and work with them, and keep your distance where possible.”

 

“I dread the day Prince becomes a teenager…” Manaphy put an arm to her temple. “At least that’ll be in a couple of decades…”

 

“And if your kids ever misbehave, send them to the Reality Well, where the King of Moss will teach them a lesson about what they did wrong.” Celebi clapped her hands together with a giggle. “He’s a really great teacher!”



“Send them to the who now?”



“The King of Moss!” Celebi pouted. “What, is it wrong to send the kids to meet their grandpa?”

 

“I think the kids will be unable to meet their grandpa for, er…” Manaphy coughed. “...Reasons.”

 

“Don’t worry, we can share!”

 

“I’m sorry what-”



Within a flash, the pair had disappeared into a time portal, leaving Latias and Prince alone in the store. 

 

“And that’s how you walk the dog with a yo-yo.” Latias rewound the yo-yo. “Any questions?”



Prince, tied up in yo-yo rope, shook his head. “Nope!”

 

“Good, now look at this incredibly distracting and mentally occupying yo-yo trick!”

 

Latias did several complicated tricks with her yo-yo. Behind the pair, in the milk aisle, Manaphy and Celebi burst out of a portal, narrowly avoiding a beam of fire. The roar of a serpent extended out of the portal, slamming against the aisles.

 

“Wow!” Prince’s eyes sparkled. “My mind is so occupied trying to process this incredibly distracting yo-yo that I can barely focus on anything else!”

 

“I know, totally tubular, right?” Latias smiled. “Imagine if there was something important happening right now that we were completely missing!”

 

The serpent knocked down several aisles, crashing into the floor, sending the tiles and asbestos flying into the air. Manaphy summoned her halberd, generating a massive whirlpool. 

 

Prince began to untangle himself from his yo-yo. “Yeah, but that would never happen!”

 

“True!” Latias pulled her claw back. “Now, watch this insanely complicated trick so mind-bogglingly incomprehensible that you won’t need to focus on anything else!”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 320: Biscut

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The cooking competition judges hadn’t given much thought to the newcomers. They’d been called onto the show as an accident– nobody really thought a bakery as gimmicky as the V. Bakery could really stand even the slightest hint of a competition in the Rustboro’s Best Biscuits, Breads, Buns and Other Baked Beauties competition (fifty fourth year running), but one of the judges had a flight of fancy and decided to let them stay. 

All the other competitors had been given a full kitchen, replete with everything a baker could ever want, while the head chef of the V. Bakery– a zorua or something disguised as Victini–had been given a single crummy oven and the leftover kitchen gear they’d grabbed from the discard heap.

The first baker, head chef for the Fish au Chocolat had made his signature dish, frog legs baked into biscuits with a drizzled chocolate sauce, quite tasty, quite nice. The judges marveled over the bold ingredients and delectable flavor before calling up the next contestant.

The second baker, head chef for the Sweet Sweet Sweet confectionery, had made scones of the most perfect texture, crumble in your mouth just barely firm enough, spread with a touch of clotted cream texture, topped with a bit of whipped cream and a few drops of strawberry syrup texture. The judges nodded in appreciation, then called for the next contestant.

Iron Jugulis, head chef of the Rustboro’s Best bakery, had made a rather delectable cake, triple layered and just perfectly done to really bring together all the flavors. The judges nodded, hummed a bit at the lovely taste– a taste that would have made the uninitiated drool at the mere whisper of its scent– then called for their last and final contestant.

Victini came in with a plate filled with normal looking biscuits, carefully setting one on each judge’s plate. “I made these with love.”

One of the judges scoffed. “We’ll see about that.” Reaching out, he grabbed a biscuit and tore into it– then froze, rapturous wonder flooding onto his face as he stared in slack-jawed awe at the biscuit he’d just bitten of. “This… this is heaven . This is the best thing I’ve ever tasted. This is… words cannot describe…” and then he passed out from biscuit overload.

The second judge, Iron Jugulis, picked up a biscuit and bit into it. “Hm. Pretty good. Best one yet.”

The third judge, Groudon Ramsey, threw a biscuit into her mouth. “Mm! I love this! I’m sure all the other judges agree, there’s no way you can loose this competition!”

Victini beamed and–

………

“...that’s how I won that award.” Victini pointed up towards the massive trophy sitting on a shelf in his office. “Now, for the one next to it…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 321: Wiki Factcheck

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

She’d been meaning to check the total GDP of Samiya, but then, of course, she got sidetracked reading the article about Samiyan economics, which lead to Samiyan politics , which– to make a long story short, she’d made her way through various bulbapedia articles until she finally came to her own.

It was all wrong .

John flicked through the article, growing progressively more incredulous the more she read. First of all, her biographical details were completely bs. Why did they think she was born in 1548, in Unova of all places? That made no sense! He’d lived his entire life in Hoenn, and most of his first appearances had been around Rustboro too… also, they thought that her parents were one Jeff and Jenny Meloetta, which was so laughably wrong that John didn’t even know what to think about it.

All the other details were all mixed up, too.  The only thing that was even closely right were the empirical facts about their recent concerts– everything else was just complete misinformation. The ‘inspiration’ segments for each of her songs (they had their own pages) made her seem like some genius composer, or maybe someone who was really, really edgy, which– she kinda wished she put that much thought into her songs. She kinda just sang what she thought sounded cool.

After reading through the article for a few moments more, she’d had enough. What were their sources for all this? Scrolling down to the bottom of the article, she found… interviews after concerts. With Jirachi .

She cracked her knuckles. She knew just the right song for this…

………

Manaphy froze in shock as she stepped into the living room, eyes catching on the bruised and battered Jirachi who’d been dumped on the couch. “What happened?!”

Jirachi groaned weakly. “Pirouette… form.”

“Ah.” Manaphy nodded. “That makes sense. Carry on.”

Notes:

By RIchardSullivan

Chapter 322: Nascent Conflict

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

There were a lot of fun little places that Manaphy remembered in Samiya, from the beautiful balustrades, the ornamental gardens, the promenades and bustling streets, the secret faerie ring in the basement they used to covertly trade with off-world powers… nostalgic stuff. She wasn’t sure what drove her to walk memory lane– some odd mood, no doubt, but she’d rather enjoyed walking around and seeing the sights.

It came as a shock to her, though, when she squirmed into the secret basement faerie ring room, how… different it looked. The tasteful hanging vines and carnivorous plants had been replaced with streams of lava, brimstone, and the tortured screams of the damned (from a speaker in the corner, for ambiance purposes.) The faerie ring had been plucked out and replaced with a bloody demon summoning circle gouged into the rock, wherein a towering, only vaguely humanoid pillar of flame glared balefully at its summoners. The former Professional Frolickers were now wearing cowled robes and chanting rhythmically in a demonic tongue.

“So…” Manaphy stared at them awkwardly, and they stared back at Manaphy with equal uncomfortable silence. “Why the change? I thought we had a non-competition agreement with the court of the infinite feywild?”

“Ah, um.” The lead cultist (formerly the lead frolicker) glanced around to her companions before realizing that none of them were going to back her up. “They were taking too long. Something about a big worm or something, I don’t remember, and we really need those screws, you know?”

“Ah.” Manaphy nodded. “That makes sense. Are you sure that they won’t find out?”

“Of course not,” the cultist assured. “The fey have a good sense of dramatic timing. Because we’re so low key and our jobs so boring, they’ll never even notice.”

“...I’m the queen, you know.”

All the cultists paled as the wall burst open, a forest growing into the room as woody vines burst out of the hole and clashed against the hellish landscape. A strange fae figure leapt out of the hole, swinging a polearm down at the demon, who– freed from his summoning circle– leapt up to meet his new enemy with a ferocious roar.

Manaphy sighed fondly. Classic Samiya…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 323: Mew and Trainer

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The first pokeball had taken him by surprise. Mew had to admit, the girl had hidden herself well, and nailed her shot… which might have worked, for any lesser pokemon. She hadn’t even used a master ball, though, so with a simple flex of psychic will he shattered the vessel into a thousand shards of metal and plastic, glowering at the girl in front of him. “Really, mate? Pretty bloody rude to try and catch a bloke on his morning walk, innit?”

The girl frowned. “You’re not a ‘bloke.’ You’re a pokemon. So I should get to catch you.”

“Right, one of these bloody idiots.” Mew sighed. “You haven’t even battled me yet. Why should I let you be my trainer?”

“Oh. Right! I guess I usually forget about that part… Noivern, I chose you!” The girl tossed out a pokeball, releasing a noivern who, surprisingly, didn’t look like she’d been mangled by whatever stupidly strong pokemon she’d no doubt tried to catch earlier.

He’d have to fix that…

The noivern took one look at him then turned back to her trainer, pleading with her eyes to just get out of there . Wise. Very wise… unfortunately, the girl wasn’t quite wise enough herself to recognize the situation. “Noivern, use air slash!”

Uh, boss– ” after a second of the girl’s glare, though, she just sighed and sent a rather anemic gust Mew’s way.

Mew held out a paw, and crushed the attack in a grasp of immaculate psychic power before it could even cross the distance towards him. “Right, no more Mr. Nice Guy.” His eyes snapped wide, gleaming with a brilliant psychic glare.

A second later the girl staggered, looking at Mew with a shocked and betrayed expression. “What… did you do? You’re… supposed to attack my pokemon!

Mew just shrugged. “I switched your liver and your spleen. You should probably get some medical attention for that, by the way.” And with that he left, whistling brightly to himself.

Another job well done.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 324: Completely Exhausted

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Celebi dropped onto the couch beside John with a heavy sigh, head thumping back against the cushion behind her. “Have you ever had a day, you know, a day when, um, you know, you have a day when, um, things, uh, where you’re just totally, like, you know.” She waved a hand lazily, before groaning and slumping down. “You know.”

John gave her a weird look. “I… don’t, no.”

“You know! Like…” she gesticulated for a few moments waving her hands around before groaning. “Like, the sort of day where you just kind of can’t do anything, even though you want to do something? A brain fog sort of day where you’re trying to do something, but everything’s just going in one end and out the other? You’re just so exhausted that you literally, physically can’t .”

John raised an eyebrow. “Well, you’re doing something right now, aren’t you?”

“Yeah, but this is brainless.”

“Are you calling me brainless?”

“No.” Celebi paused for a second. “Wait, yes. Yes, I am.”

“How cruel.”

“Oh screw off, I don’t have the energy for this right now.”

John laughed. “Sure, sure. What got you so drained anyways?”

“Dunno.” Celebi shrugged. “Probably the world-devouring prism crawlers that chase you through timelines.”

John blinked? “The what?”

“You know, the, uh–” and at that moment the world-devouring prism crawlers that had been chasing Celebi through timelines erupted into the room.

It wasn’t fun for anyone present.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 325: Fractured Heart and Mind

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was time. The biggest show of her career. An opening with one of their first hits, and then it was time to hit the ground running. The seats were sold out. John sat at the top of their venue, swinging her legs as looked down at the arriving guests. Some she recognized, some she didn’t. Some young, some old, some she’d prefer… not to talk about… they had all come to watch her . It set her heart aflutter with envy. 

 

"Guess it was worth the pain of setting up the lighting system after all, right?" John chuckled to herself, though the effort was feigned. "I swear, that thing's a death trap waiting to happen."

 

John sighed. 

 

"I don't even know why I'm talking to myself. Or, really, to you." John turned her head, eyeing a reflective surface on the roof. "You've been nothing but a nuisance, you know."

 

A darkened shadow began to take shape on the roof. Only John could see it, but it didn't make the vision any less frightening. The familiar face that grinned, brimming with bloodlust... it was one she'd prefer to distance herself from at all costs.  

 

"Ah, come on, admit that you've appreciated the company." Mirror John grinned. "I certainly have enjoyed this game of cat and mouse."

 

"More like a game of woodpecker versus wood. You're not getting anywhere with me."

 

"Oh, quite the contrary, mirror me." Mirror John twirled a knife in his hands. "I think I'm getting better every day."

 

"Shut up, John." John turned her head away from him. "I've got more important things to focus on than you."

 

She mentally blocked out Mirror John's presence from her mind. It was something she had gotten better at, lately. No matter how many mirrors she seemed to shatter, the Mirror being always seemed to show up when she wanted him to the least. He had lost power; that, she could laugh at. But he had taken it upon himself to incessantly annoy her about every little thing... every flaw and every insecurity. John was glad it hadn't worked at all.   

 

She turned her focus to the sky. The moon was shining a brilliant gleam over the venue. It clashed with the show's bright lighting, where all the people below gathered and prepared excitedly for what was to come. They were all there for her... for Aria. A name she knew… a name they knew. A name she was comfortable with preserving in the annals of history. A name she was proud to call her own. 

 

“John!”

 

A violent snap back to reality. John nearly toppled over the side of the banister as she whirled around to find Mewtwo standing behind her. Mewtwo had a hand outstretched, prepared to grasp for John’s own. John blinked, and Mewtwo hastily retracted her arm. She coughed, anxious.

 

“...I understand it’s been a while.” Her voice stepped down a tone. “Sorry… I just… really wanted to do that.”

 

“It’s, uh… fine.” John tilted her head. “Why do you need me?”

 

“Your father.”

 

“Excuse me?”

 

“Your father.” Mewtwo flew a pace closer. “He had something to do with me! I need you to help me access his records!”

 

“Oh, uh…” John blinked. “Well, massive earth-shattering reveal aside, sure… just, not right-”

 

“Excellent. Let’s go.”

 

“Wait, hang on a second, I didn't finish-”

 

The pair were gone in a flash of light. 

 

—---------------------------

 

“Wow, this place is lit up to the max!” Kibby smiled, her eyes brightly shimmering under the stadium lighting. “Mom hardly takes me places this cool!”

 

“Yeah, well, you get used to it eventually.” Shady grumbled as he ordered Registeel to move the boom mic to a steady position. “Right now, we need to focus on actually doing our job.”

 

“Now now Shady, no insulting our new employee.” The News Anchor did her best to smile with her steering wheel for a face. “...Kibby is doing her ample best, and we need all hands on deck to cover an event this big!”

 

“Whatever…” Shady groaned as he saw Registeel awkwardly shuffling through the crowd. “No, you big lumbering blob of metal, that way !” 

 

“I swear, his attitude…” The News Anchor eyed Shady quizzically. “Is it just me, or does he seem to be in a worse mood than usual tonight?”

 

“Probably had trouble with the mistress.” Kibby and the Anchor both struggled to suppress their snickering. “You know how much Alcremie complains… It's a good thing the two biggest snobs ever won't be able to get in a room together, because…” 

 

Kibby smacked her paws together, mimicking an explosion. The News Anchor chuckled. 

 

“Now, no bad faith about our workers, Kibby.” She leaned to whisper into Kibby’s ear. “...Though… I will mention that you may or may not be entirely accurate.” The News Anchor hummed to herself. “Alcremie is a fantastic gossip buddy, at least… oh well. I’ll leave you to it!”

 

The News Anchor went to the camera, where Dachsbun woofed happily, signaling that filming was about to begin. Kibby went to her place, though Shady was missing. Kibby ignored his absence as Dachsbun barked out the countdown to filming, with one triumphant howl signaling the News Anchor to begin the shoot. 

 

“Hello, and welcome to Rustboro Stadium. We are experiencing perhaps one of the most anticipated events in recent memory right here today! The hit singer Aria is set to perform several of her greatest hits alongside her band, the Mythics and the Music! The show is expected to begin soon, and we’ll be broadcasting to you all a live feed with news and updates as the show goes on! Now, back to our folks in the studio…”

 

As Kibby eyed the crowd, she felt a sensation come over her. Her horn tingled, wavered, quivered. She sensed, deep in her bones, that something very bad was about to happen.

 

“Oh, what’s this?” The News Anchor tapped a vine against her earpiece. “We’re receiving word that the show will be delayed for something… I do hope nothing has happened backstage. That would be a disaster for the show!”

 

…Something very bad indeed.

 

—------------------------------

 

John landed with a hard thump in a clump of grassy terrain. She got up, shaking her dazed head, as Mewtwo waited by her side with a hand outstretched. Taking it, John struggled to see where the pair had wound up. 

 

“It’s…” John blanked. “...Big.”

 

A large metal complex stood before them. The rest of its details were too covered in ivy and vines to be able to make out any further details. 

 

“That’s one way to put it.” Mewtwo kicked the rusted doors open. “Welcome to the place where I was born.”

 

Mewtwo stepped into the darkness, a single light emanating from her clenched fist. John hesitantly eyed the surrounding area, but after hearing the sound of a collapsing support beam from the door’s archway, she decided she was better off following Mewtwo inside. 

 

“So, uh, Mewtwo.” John waved her hair out of her face. “...Long time no see?”

 

“Indeed. I hope that it’s been well.”

 

“You as well. What have you been up to?”

 

“Contemplating life. I take it you’ve been doing the same?”

 

John nervously chuckled. “Huh? No, of course not…” She absentmindedly eyed the room, pausing at a mirror. “...Of course not…”

 

“I know you’re lying, but we can resolve that later. Time is of the essence.” Mewtwo continued steadfastly, forcing John to follow behind her. “This door has been what is alluding me.”

 

John looked up at the large metals double doors that loomed over the remnants of the facility. Mewtwo glanced at John.

 

“This door is made of material too strong for me to break. My creators had some foresight when it came to my power.” Mewtwo pointed at a small square panel, derelict and sparking. “But that scanner should let you in… so long as you have the DNA of someone who worked here.”

 

“Wait, hang on…” John gawked at Mewtwo. “I know you're trying to say my Dad worked on this project… which is kind of bonkers… but I’m not my dad! I can’t open the door!” 

 

“It’s a faulty device. If it scans you, it will likely detect you as your father.” 

 

“I see…” John flew over to the device, placing her hand on its cracked surface. “Like this?”

 

The device flashed a dire red, causing John to startle away. Mewtwo approached her, shaking her head.

 

“I believe your Meloetta form is interfering with its ability to register your DNA.” Mewtwo placed a hand on John’s shoulder. “Change back to your human form.”

 

“But I-”

 

“It will only be for a moment.” Mewtwo smiled reassuringly. “Once this is done, you can shift back and I can bring you back to your concert faster than Mew can create hellspawn fated to doom the world.”

 

“He does tend to do that…” John giggled to herself facetiously. “Look, I’m just… I’m sure it’s busted, is all! Let’s try again!”

 

John prepared to place her hand on the scanner, but Mewtwo placed her hand in the way, cutting her off. 

 

“You know you’re lying.” 

 

John shivered slightly. 

 

“What’s wrong, John?” Mewtwo bent down, placing her eye level to John’s. “You’re much more uncertain of yourself than you were since we last met…”

 

“It’s nothing-”

 

“John.” Mewtwo’s voice was quiet, nearly a whisper. “There’s no use lying. Please.”

 

“I just…” John sighed. “You remember when we went to the mirror world that one time?”

 

“I prefer not to, but yes.” Mewtwo closed her eyes, raising a hand outstretched to the nearest mirror. “I see.”

 

Mewtwo promptly blasted a psychic pulse at the mirror, and pulled a shard of it to her hand, staring deep into it. To her naked eye, there was nothing inside, but she knew there was more than that.

 

“A presence. I see it’s latched onto you.” Mewtwo glanced at John, who was shying away from the glass. “I take it that your doppelganger has manifested once more?”

 

“He has been for a while. Every mirror I look into…” John stared with hollow eyes into the glass. “...I’m there.”

 

“And I presume he has been causing… problems?”

 

“In a sense… I… I…” John landed on the ground. “I just…” John toppled, falling to her knees. “...I don’t know who I am anymore.”

 

Mewtwo threw the shard of glass away and rushed to John’s side, holding her close. John smiled.

 

“Thank you, I just…” John sighed. “Okay, you want to hear a whole bunch of history you probably have no idea about?”

 

“I’m all ears.”

 

John took a deep breath. “Alright, so…” John turned to face Mewtwo. “You know my mom, right?”

 

“Not really. She never dropped by to visit, and you never mentioned her."

 

“Yeah, for good reason.” John scratched her head. “She’s kind of… not the greatest.”

 

“And given your father is…”

 

“Yeah.” John grasped her hair, absentmindedly fidgeting with it. “I didn’t really have a strong family life, and I didn’t really have a strong school life, and… well, I didn’t have a strong life.”

 

“You consider yourself entirely unexceptional.” 

 

“Pretty much.” John threw her hair back. “And my mom didn’t quite help with that. When she wasn’t out of the house on “business trips,” I was basically her little mini servant. Never could quite get anything right…”

 

Mewtwo remained silent for a moment. She flicked her eye to John, nodding along to nothing in particular. 

 

“And ever since Jirachi accidentally gave you this form…”

 

“It’s been the best life I’ve ever lived.” John smiled brightly. “It’s honestly a miracle I’m still hired at my insurance firm cause man, I never want to show up anymore. I can be a success without even needing to lift a finger…” John looked at her hand, fingerless. “...And no one needs to know the name of the man whose name was only associated with squandered potential.”

 

“...But you’re not, John.” Mewtwo stared deep into his soul. “Even when you were human, you were exceptional.”

 

“Stop lying to try and cheer me up.” 

 

“But it’s true.” 

 

Mewtwo clasped John’s arm firmly, staring into her eyes. John stared back, shocked. Mewtwo’s eyes were still, unwavering. 

 

“John, do you know why I came into your life?”

 

“Mew. You wanted him to be-”

 

“Family, yes. But that’s only one part of it.” 

 

Mewtwo’s eyes shone, and John saw images flash through her mind. Images she recalled so fondly. 

 

“John, I didn’t just go in and visit Mew and reconnect the usual way for a reason. I didn’t just want to enter his life as a friend… your adventures… your stories… you all made me want to be part of your family.” Mewtwo shied her eyes away. “I admit my methods were… careless, but…”

 

“But how does that apply to me?” John pointed at herself. “I’m roommates with a bunch of creatures of myth and legend… and I’m a random guy.”

 

“But that’s what makes you special, John.” Mewtwo rolled her eyes. “Sure, you can turn into hit pop singer Aria on the fly, but you’re also an exceptionally normal person beneath that surface… and that normal person is you, John.” Mewtwo smiled. “You’ve endeared those creatures of myths and legend to you… made them your closest friends… I mean, how many know you by name? Giratina, Pinky and Jirouge if you count them… Kyogre…”

 

John shrugged. “Yeah, but…”

 

“I’m cutting you off there, John, because you know what? You weren’t a Meloetta when you met them. And if you were… do you think they cared about you because you were just a Meloetta?” Mewtwo shook her head. “They care about you because you showed them who you truly were. You showed them you cared about them for reasons beyond status and fortune. You showed them the true John Wish, and that is why you’re friends with them. Not because you’re a Meloetta, not because you’re a pop singer, and not because you’re rich and famous… but because you’re someone who matters to them.” 

 

John remained silent. For one imperceptibly long moment, she hung still where she had landed. Wordlessly, she slowly turned to the panel. Shifting back into human form, John placed his hand on the panel. A resounding green blipped onto the screen as the heavy metal doors began to shift. Dust sprayed in volumes from the ceiling as John shifted back into her Meloetta form, staying close to Mewtwo. 

 

“...Let’s get this over with.”

 

—-------------------

 

“Yeah, yeah, I know the lighting system’s all bugged up right now, but we’ve got bigger problems to deal with.” Mew put a hand to his temple. “Look, just try searching for her for now, alright?”

 

The staff member ran off, leaving Mew alone. He cursed the venue’s lighting system, but even moreso, he cursed John’s strangely unfortuitous timing. It gave him a bad feeling in his chest that he didn’t really like.

 

Jirachi flew to Mew, anxious. “Nothing from where I searched, I’m afraid.” 

 

“And you’re sure you checked everywhere ?” 

 

“Everywhere. I even checked the roof!” Jirachi shrugged. “We’re about to roll. We can just find her during the halfway break.” 

 

“Hm…” Mew pouted. “I don’t like it…”

 

“But we gotta…” Jirachi sighed. “I’ve got a backup singer on standby, though.”

 

“Who?” 

 

“Hi guys!” Jugulis flew into the area. “What’s poppin’?”

 

Mew stared at Jirachi with the most unimpressed glare he had ever mustered in his life. 

 

—-----------------------------------------------------------

 

“These records should show the origins of my existence…” Mewtwo pressed more buttons. “Okay, should be any second now…”

 

The ancient screen struggled to life, a vague selection of files and logs monotonously listed before the pair. With a tap and a press, a video file labeled “Discovery” blared out of the worn down speakers. 

 

“File 151: The Mew DNA Retrieval Process.”

 

“Finally… how they obtained his genetic information.” Mewtwo’s eyes widened in anticipation. “I’ve been preparing for this day… now I can finally learn the truth of my origins.” 

 

John nodded along as the screen produced footage of an empty Hoennian street. Mew flew down the road, carrying a bag of groceries. A windowless white van pulled up alongside Mew, with three men walking outside. 

 

Mew innocently smiled. “Oi blokes, what can I do for ya?”

 

One of the men outstretched a hand. “Could you give us some of your DNA?”

 

Mew apologetically shook his head. “I’m not really in the mood, sorry.”

 

One of the men pulled a wrapped piece of candy out of his pocket. “Would you do it for a gummy fish?”

 

Mew dumped all of his groceries on the ground. “Of course lads! Take as much as you want!”

 

Mew politely followed the men into the van, and the group departed as quickly as they’d arrived. The video cut out, and Mewtwo was left staring, a mix of disappointment and confusion lining her face. 

 

“That was…” 

 

“...Totally Mew.”

 

“Unfortunately.” Mewtwo browsed the files for a moment. “...I figured the origins of my birth would have… a more exciting origin.”

 

“Yeah…” John flew over to Mewtwo, where she had pulled up a file. “Let’s see here…”

 

“...Created as a pet project because…” Mewtwo squinted at the screen. “...They thought it would be funny.”

 

“That’s…” John trailed off, patting Mewtwo’s back. “...I’m sorry.”

 

“Don’t be.” Mewtwo shook her head, her eyes embraced in deep sadness. “I will work this out on my own time. I’m sorry for dragging you into this.”

 

“Don’t be.” John smiled. “It’s been… fun.”

 

“Yeah... I suppose it has been.” Mewtwo lightly grinned. "Now let's get back home. I'm sure we haven't missed much while we were gone."

 

—------------------------------------------------------

 

“Drown! All of you shall drown in my will!”

 

Manaphy hadn’t quite anticipated a barrage of cream missiles to interrupt their concert, but then again, she hadn’t quite expected a lot of things that had happened today. 

 

“Seriously, what’s up with that bloke?” Mew scratched his head as he watched Giratina burst a whole through some of Shady’s superfluous cream. “He’s never this aggressive, and Dynamax shouldn’t even be possible down this neck of the woods.”

 

“I’m not sure, honestly.” Manaphy sighed. “At this point, I’ve seen enough to learn not to question these kinds of things.”

“True that!” Jirachi leapt between the two, smiling, as his Doom Desire struck Shady straight in the head. “Oh, do you guys think he’s being possessed by the demon lord again?” 

 

“Would be funny, but I doubt it.” Manaphy shook her head. “I’m going to go to the back and see if I can’t start getting in touch with our sponsors. They’re going to throw a fit over this.” 

 

Shady screamed as his Dynamax faded. The mob of people and Pokemon who had aided in stopping him cheered, and Manaphy waddled away, leaving Mew and Jirachi to discuss things. Celebi spared her a glance, but thought nothing more of it as she fluttered over to inspect the situation up close.

 

“...And this was meant to be the big one too.” Manaphy thought of Prince as she wandered down the now empty backstage. “...I guess I’ll have to make up for it next time…”

 

“A shame, then, that won’t be happening.”

 

Manaphy promptly turned to blast the source of the voice, but found nothing but a hazy memory. Its shape reformed into a cackle.

 

“Oh, dear, sweet Manaphy…” The form drew closer. “...There aren’t many of us left, you know.”

 

Manaphy’s eyes widened as she staggered back. “No, you’re not…”

 

“You know who I am. I am the bogeyman who haunts the forsaken waters, the one who defiled our legacy and our kind, the one you fear only in your nightmares…”

 

“But why here!? Why now!?” Manaphy blasted a whirlpool at it, though she knew trying to stop it was fruitless. “What do you have to gain!?”

 

“A form I can call my own once more. The Queen of the Sea isn’t a title I would call my first choice, but the power that comes with it…” The form’s smile grew nefariously thin. “... That I can work with.”

 

Manaphy opened her mouth to call for someone- anyone- to help her, but she was only greeted by the sensation of the form entering her own. In moments, her eyes were shut. The form rose to her surface anew.  

 

—--------------------------------------------

 

“Seems the situation has already resolved.” Mewtwo and John flew down from above, surveying the situation. “The Alcremie is defeated, but…”

 

John nodded. “Yeah, I sense it too.”

 

Though John was getting strange looks from the audience, she could tell her authority in the situation overrode any of their concerns. Bending over, she examined Shady, who was well and truly battered and beaten to a pulp. 

 

“Hey, weirdo.” John lightly kicked Shady’s form. “What happened to you?”

 

“Don’t call me a weirdo!” Alcremie’s voice rose to the surface over Shady’s. “Do you know how long my consciousness has been stuffed to the bottom by that good for nothing sea swine?”

 

Mewtwo eyed her quizzically. “...Sea swine?”

 

“Yeah! Sea swine!” Alcremie grumbled. “Some watery thingamabob, kept proclaiming power and stuff…” 

 

“And what was its name? Do you know what it wanted?”

 

“Yeah…” Alcremie held her head tightly. “It was… well, it wanted to… take the strongest form it could… to reclaim its rightful throne, or something like that.”

 

“Reclaim its rightful… but why here?” John’s eyes widened. “Unless…” 

 

Mewtwo turned swiftly, flying into the air. “It’s taking control of her!” 

 

“Alcremie…” John stared into her eyes. “Will you and Shady be alright?” 

 

“Yeah, we will be. Split personalities helped a lot, according to the big old nasty…” Alcremie paused. “Wait, how did you know Shady’s-”

 

“Mewtwo! Let’s go!” 

 

John and Mewtwo flew to the stage, flying past the other confused Roommates. They flung the curtains to the side, breaking into the backstage area. Twisting down the winding corridors, the pair stopped, finding Manaphy alone. 

 

“Manaphy…?” John eyed her curiously. “Are you…?”

 

“Alright? Of course I am!” Manaphy turned around, rolling her eyes. “What do you take me for, kid?”

 

“Oh, that’s… good.” John took a hesitant step forward. “What happened to the big possessor thing?” 

 

“I dealt with it.” Manaphy eyed her hands. “Pretty easy, honestly.”

 

“I see.” John paused. “...Kind of random, but I just wanted to say this now... you’re a pretty bad liar.” 

 

“I’m aware. But I get better with time.” Manaphy stretched her arms. “...Method acting, I believe they call it?”

 

Mewtwo growled. “What do you want?”

 

“What’s rightfully mine...” Manaphy smiled far more innocently than she should’ve been able to. “Revenge.”

 

“And what’s your name?” John put on a bold, deceiving face. “You’re gonna have to deal with us anyway. Better for us to die by knowing what the name of this “glorious reclaimer” is.”

 

“I like your way of thinking, though flattery will get you nowhere.” “Manaphy” stepped forward. “I am the forgotten one. The betrayed. I am the one they sing about before they sleep, and I am the one who shall be their end.”

 

From behind, forms leapt from the ceiling, blocking the exits. The faded Victini Costume glared at them, hostility emanating off its body, while Saber Glaivesman, smugger than he should’ve been, stood beside him, sword raised. From above, extending from the ceiling, descended Eternatus, growling. 

 

“You may call me Endymion, and this battle…” Endymion sneered. “Shall be your last.”

 

Mewtwo was quick to act. A burst of psychic power created enough space to fling John and Endymion away from the trio of assailants.

 

“John, take Endymion!” Mewtwo clenched her fists. “I’ll deal with the riff raff.”

 

John wished to interject, but Mewtwo had already started brawling against all three of them. Knives flew, swords slashed, and Dynamax energy rained from above, but none of it came close to the stand-off John and Endymion partook in.

 

“You’re cute, you know.” Endymion leaned against a wall, closing his eyes. “You’re like a little chew toy.” 

 

“Stop taunting me.” John held her palm out to Endymion, threatening a psychic blast. “Get out of her body.”

 

“Oh, you’re cocky. Trying to be a hero?” Endymion shook his head. “Don’t be. Trying to play by the rules gets you nowhere.” 

 

“It got me what I have now, and that’s-” 

 

“Foolish.” Endymion cut him off with a sneer. “Don’t you understand, kiddo? You didn’t gain any of this.” Endymion closed his eyes, his head slightly straining. “The Queen’s memories are faint… but from what I see…” Endymion smirked. “...You didn’t earn the right to Jirachi, or Celebi or Mew or Manaphy. You lucked out.”

 

“Jirachi came about because-”

 

“Of your wish. How cute.” Endymion mockingly clasped his arms together. “Oh, look at us. We were meant to be! It's destiny that we met!” Endymion frowned. “Well guess what? Nothing is forever, not even kindness.”

 

“But-”

 

“They aren’t kind, chew toy. Your little cat boyfriend’s a psychopath wearing the skin of a kitten. Your great great grandma established herself in your family for a practical joke. Your best friend would blow up anything if someone happened to say the magic W word.” Endymion took a step forward. “They’re nothing more than false gods who try and fail to be something they’re not.”

 

“Stop twisting who they are!” John’s arm wavered. “And don’t you dare call me a chew toy!”

 

“You hate the name?" Endymion tilted his head, feigning curiosity. “How come? Oh, wait, I know!” Endymion cackled. “That is too rich… you’re scared of yourself!”

 

“Shut up.”

  

“I see the other side of reality no mortal gets to see, girl. And I see your reflection. The one who mocks you.” Endymion walked close, right to her side. “And I see your insecurities. You fear abandonment. You’re scared that one day your luck will run out and your supernatural roommates will leave you behind.” 

 

John struggled out her words. “...No... I don’t.”

 

“Then why do you cling so tightly to your form?” Endymion grasped John’s other hand. John jolted, but Endymion clung tighter. “This pretty little thing that just so happens to be exactly what your friends are. Immortal, never-changing, devoid of connections to what would have made you so pathetically weak.”  

 

John stayed silent despite her own wishes. 

 

“...You’re denying yourself, that’s what you are. Filling your head with sappy nonsense in the hopes that you can avoid what you already know to be true.” 

 

Endymion released her hand, politely sitting on the ground. Mewtwo’s war waged on behind them, her screaming echoing through the area as she fought a three-sided assault. Endymion waved for John to take a seat next to him, and she hesitantly obliged. 

 

“Let me tell you a story, kid.” Endymion closed his eyes, smiling peacefully. “I was once like you. Hopeful, bright, optimistic, yet also conflicted. I had no clue where I was going or what I really wanted. I felt second rate compared to my kin. But do you know what?” Endymion opened his eyes. “I still idolized them.”

 

John motioned for Endymion to continue. 

 

“I was a fool. They didn’t really care about me, even though I thought they did if I puckered up to them enough.” Endymion’s brow furrowed. “It was when I became like this, incorporeal, forced into body snatching for a living… I appealed to my people. The King I had been raised under my whole life… they didn’t even listen to me. They threw me out on the streets in an unfamiliar body like a homeless beggar because they didn’t care enough to listen.” 

 

Endymion’s face returned to its neutral state. He hummed to himself, a slight song John didn’t recognize rolling off Endymion’s tongue. 

 

“But I made them listen. I made them turn me into their bogeyman, their bedtime story that terrorized the seas. I drove those people who didn’t care about me so deep into the ocean that their souls didn’t even make the whole trip there. I made them learn to respect me.” Endymion turned his head to John, a hand outstretched. “So I have a proposition. We are more alike than either me or you could have expected. Join me, John, and I can guarantee you a place among the gods.”

John’s eyes widened, her breath quickening, as she stared at Endymion’s hand. 

 

“No more being forgotten. No more having to deal with stuck-up beings who never would have cared if it weren’t for luck. No more chance. One deal, and your dreams are yours to own.”

 

John paused, her own hand halfway to Endymion’s. Everything else drowned out. Mewtwo’s battle faded into the background, and her own thoughts swirled. Her hand clasped Endymion’s. 

 

“Ah, excellent. I knew you’d come around.” Endymion smiled. “Now we can-”

 

Endymion felt himself being raised into the air. Before he could process what was going on, he felt himself slam into a nearby wall. He crashed through the weakened wood of the backstage. 

 

“What!?” Incredulity raged out of Endymion’s voice as he arose from the wreckage. “Why do you deny me!?”

“Simple.” John stepped forward, her hand on her chest. “Maybe I met them by chance. Maybe they wouldn’t have cared about me if I hadn’t gotten lucky…” A determined anger traced her words. “I may have taken on this form for a whole ton of different reasons, but that doesn’t mean I have to be the same person forever. I’ll make myself someone who everyone can respect… someone who everyone can grow close with. That way, no one will ever have to deal with being ignored, or have to worry about luck crossing the right way." John's face grew stern. "I'll make sure that everyone has a friend.”

 

“You imbecile!” Endymion shook his head. “That’s unsustainable! How would you be able to keep that up? How would you continue over years!? Decades!? Centuries!? You can’t predict what will happen! You'll turn out just like them!”

“I’d rather remain kind temporarily than spend an eternity spiting everyone, Endymion. All that does is create more people like you.” 

 

“So this is how we’re slicing it.” Endymion’s head lowered. He chuckled under his breath. “Bravo, John Wish.” Endymion raised his head, boiling in fury. “You truly are an idiot.”

 

The feeling of sharp, bristling water slashed at John’s chest. She fell to the floor, and moments later, steaming hot water blasted straight into her eyes. She cried out in pain as Endymion’s whirlpool flung her from side to side in the room, leaving her with no room to move, no room to think, and no room to breathe. 

 

“I have greater control out of my element than you do in it.” Endymion slammed John into the floor, launching her away with a well-timed slice of Manaphy’s water halberd. “You’re nothing as you are now, chew toy.”

 

John took hit after hit, blow after blow. She screamed in pain, but Endymion was relentless. It took her moments to realize when she been left to lie on the ground, and when she was finally able to open her eyes, Endymion’s tiny form loomed above her, obscuring her whole vision. 

 

“Ready to accept fate, chew toy?”

 

John held silent, her breathing labored. Endymion waited patiently for her answer. 

 

“I…” John coughed. “I…” John smiled. “Well… I bet… you wouldn’t… be better than me at fighting. Home field advantage, y’know, and then, I could…”

 

John felt a surge- a strong tug that pulled at her very soul. She felt her frame grow, and her body restore itself. The needles stabbed into his bones in an instant, and as they dissipated, he looked up to find a cheery Meloetta staring him down, flicking her hair.

 

“Save your words.” A familiar, melodic voice flowed from Endymion’s mouth. “You really think you’re better than me?” 

 

John felt his human form be thrown into the wall by a psychic push. Endymion flew toward him, slowing approaching, as John struggled to recover. His hand landed on something on the wall, and fiddling with it yielded a small spark of hope inside of him.

 

“You could’ve been… but what hope do you have now, chew toy?” Endymion halted in place, preparing a pulse of psychic energy. “Let’s finish this. Beg for your life if you feel you must.” 

 

Endymion prepared his blast, unrelenting, as he pushed his arm forward. He paused, however, as he found that John was laughing under his breath. 

 

“What… why are you doing that?” 

 

“Nothing, it’s just…” John, despite it all, let out a smile. “You may have removed the Aria from me, but you didn’t remove the John part of me. And you know what John happens to be really good at?”

 

“...Math, if memory recalls.” Endymion glared. “Why is that relevant?”

 

“Well, there’s a certain thing with this lighting system we’re using." John shakily grinned. "It’s produced by this one super sketchy company, and I happen to be friends with their manager, and he told me a certain little thing. Turns out… if you input a certain number combo, the whole system just carks itself.” 

 

Endymion raised an eyebrow. “If you wish to die in the dark, be my guest, but why does that make you feel joy?” 

 

“Because this oversight happens to disconnect a lot of wires.” 

 

A loud snap echoed throughout the room.

 

“And I don’t just mean the ones inside of the light.”

 

Endymion’s eyes widened as he realized what John had done, but he was too late to move. One of the overhead ceiling lights promptly fell from the ceiling, crushing Endymion’s body into a flat pulp. John struggled, grasping at the wall to get up, as Mewtwo flung the unconscious bodies of Eternatus, Glaivesman, and the Costume on top of the broken and battered light to ensure Endymion wouldn’t be getting back up. Mewtwo flew over to John, and he leaned on her for support. 

 

“Did we… do it?” 

 

“I’d hope so.” Mewtwo eyed the pile of unconscious opponents. “From what I can tell, the sword guy and the dragon were tricked, so they should be fine to leave as they are.” Mewtwo repulsively eyed the last member of the trio. “...That dingy old costume’s gonna need to be sent to the farthest depths of the underworld at the first opportunity, though.” 


John coughed, and Mewtwo began to move, the pair shuffling forward. Mewtwo shone with a psychic energy, collecting a gathering of energy from the pile. Mewtwo lifted the energy into the air, raising it in front of John.

“This is your Aria half. Your unique circumstance, I imagine, is the only reason why this somehow survived being crushed alongside Endymion.” Mewtwo nodded sagely as the light faded back into John’s chest. “Even though your form is restored... I respect your dedication to sacrifice your own body for that plan… and I’m frankly more impressed you came up with that on the fly.”

“Eh, I just kinda figured that I didn’t really need the Aria half anyway, at worst, and then I remembered the lights, and well…” John eyed the unconscious body of Manaphy. “I figured it was better to keep my friends safe.”

 

Mewtwo lightly smiled. She walked toward Manaphy, cradling her in her arms, as she deposited Manaphy in John’s arms. 

 

“I’m glad this meeting between us helped one of us figure things out.” Mewtwo’s smile faded as she turned around. “But this is where I have to depart.” 

 

“Are you sure?” John stumbled over to Mewtwo. “We could let you stay at our place for a bit.” 

 

“No… I have my own things to work through. You understand what they are. Though…” Mewtwo turned back to John, a soft smile on her face. “We’ll be in touch.”

 

John grinned, and Mewtwo turned to walk away. She paused halfway through, turning back to the pile, as she became coated in psychic energy.

 

“One last thing…”

 

Mewtwo raised her hand in the air, and a bundle of energy raised into the air. With a powerful push, Mewtwo flung the energy into a nearby plastic water bottle, half empty. 

 

“Endymion’s soul. I helped him get to his next host” Mewtwo began to walk away, her voice remarkably smug. “You know what to do next, John.”

 

—--------------------------------------------------

 

The plastic water bottle thunked against the sides of the hole with a whimper. John and Manaphy stared into it with no sense of care in their eyes. 

 

“This is going to be a fun story to tell Prince.” Manaphy sighed. “I’m gonna go make some food for you all, since it’s been a long day, but just…” Manaphy took a deep breath. “John. Thank you… and just so you know…” Manaphy put her arm to her chest. “We’ll keep doing our best to be kind. That’s a guarantee.”  

 

“Thank you.”

 

“It’s no problem.” Manaphy turned around. “Mew! You remembered to buy the coral pops for tonight, right?”

 

Manaphy left John alone with the hole as the sounds of the water bottle grew farther and farther away. John prepared to leave, satisfied, but the sounds of speaking in the corner of the room grew from a whisper to a deep, ominous rumble. 

 

“By dying light in curses for the right… Unspeakable of all things that crawl substance.”

 

A mirror, containing a bygone relic, taunted John from afar.

 

“Accident undone in gaze; homewards crawl the radii to rest in the Heart of Cartesia.”

 

A message, John could tell, was a dying wish of someone who wasn’t his dark reflection. 

 

“I curse you darkness! Cursing shadows embroiled, never see sea for seance and remain forever lost. Unguided, fall, rise in hand. Wary the noontide star. Wary the heavenly crown. Weary the head. Wary the waiter in water. Wary!”

 

The mirror shattered with a single blow. John turned his back to it, walking to the kitchen. 

 

“Both of you should stay where you belong... I've moved on." 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 326: Casualty

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John watched the bars of the prison cell open as a pink-haired, androgynous human stepped out of it. They did their best to joke, but the moment the guards had left and John had put all of the paper-work in order, he turned to the human with the most annoyed look he was able to muster.

 

“Mew.” 

 

“Hehe…” Mew scratched his head. “...Hiya?”



“How did you even get arrested? You’re never in your human form, let alone doing anything crazy with it.”



“I wanted to learn to drive.”

 

John sat down at the table, placing his head in his arms. “Oh dear Arceus…”

 

“Don’t worry, he’s fine.” Mew put his hand to his chin. “Can’t say the same about that family of Poochyena I ran over though.”

 

“You what!?”

 

“Hey, relax,” Mew put his hands in the air. “I healed them afterwards and erased the memories of what happened afterward. No harm done.”  

 

“Well…” John sighed. “It’s questionable, but I guess in the end…”



“They’re probably gonna be confused about why they’re 27% Rayquaza now, but eh, I’m sure they’ll figure it out.”

 

John groaned. “Okay, fine, but at least you didn’t do anything else.”

 

Mew fumbled around in his pockets. “I also used the nerve gas that instantly kills you for a bit. It’s pretty fun when it’s not instantly killing you.”

 

“Wha- wha- why!?” John threw his hands into the air. “What could possibly have necessitated using the nerve gas that instantly kills you!?”



“Science, John.” Mew placed a pair of goggles over his face. “I wanted to see what would happen if I used it on myself.”



“...And what happened?”

 

“I don’t remember much, honestly…” Mew shrugged. “I’m sure it was nothing bad.”

“Well we have a list of charges here… let’s see…”



John picked up the paper, only for it to unfurl and run across the floor. Mew followed the paper as it exited the room they were in entirely. Hearing the sound of the paper hitting a wall from afar, Mew turned back to John, a guilty smile clasped across his face, both hands behind his head. 

 

“So, uh… I know this looks bad…”



John’s face was lined with a distinct sense of resignation. “Sometimes I question why I live with you.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 327: Rent

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Y’know, I’ve been thinking…” John sat at the dinner table, eyeing the other roommates. “Have any of you actually contributed to rent?”

 

“We’re Mythicals, mate.” Mew slurped up a liquid John could not discern the origin of. “We can’t legally hold bank accounts.” 

 

“Yeah, but you’re also legally able to be part of our band, so what gives?”

 

“It’s as Mew said.” Celebi responded. “We are Pokemon, so we can’t hold human bank accounts.”

 

“Yeah, but I have a financial holdings account as Aria, and you all get paid in cash after every meeting.” John put his hand to his chin. “Actually, where does the money even go? You guys must have thousands right now.”

 

Manaphy sighed. “Childcare and social welfare.”



Jirachi nibbled on a gummy fish. “Candy!”



Celebi shrugged. “Stocks.”

 

Mew ate a suspiciously green paper shaped bite of soup. “Yummy yummy in my Mew tummy.” 

 

“Right…” John shook his head. “Have you guys who aren’t Manaphy actually tried saving some of that money?” 

 

“I can’t help it.” Jirachi gulped as he dumped an entire packet of gummy fish into his mouth. “They’re so good…”



“I do save it.” Mew pridefully beamed. “Here, let me get some of it.” 

 

Mew began to aggressively upchuck, and a pile of heavily crumpled, soggy money piled onto the table in a wet, heaving mess. 

 

“I, uh…” John put his hand out. “I think we’re good.”



“Suit yourselves.” 

 

As Mew began to consume the money once again, John made a mental note to just stick to paying for the rent himself.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 328: Plane Old Unova

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hey! I’m off to buy a plane in Unova!” John looked up from his desk, shooting Mew a slightly concerned glance. “Just letting you know mate, I’ll be gone for a day or two.”

“Why are you buying a plane in Unova?” No response. “Mew? Mew?

………

A few days later, he received a call from the Unovan department of homeland security. “Hello? John here, who’s calling?”

“We’ve contacted you about your acquaintance, one Mew Pneumonoultramicroscopicsilicovolcanoconiosis. Were you aware of what he was planning?”

“...no?” John sighed. “What did he do this time?”

“He was flying over castelia city and–” John got a sudden feeling of dread– “one of his passengers refused to listen to the flight attendant’s commands, forcing Mew to turn the plane around and land in Mistralton International Airport.” John heaved a sigh of relief. That wasn’t as bad as he’d been fearing– “when later questioned about the discrepancy between his story and the number of passengers on the plane, he admitted to throwing the offending pokemon out of the window.”

John groaned. That seemed more in character for Mew…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 329: The True Nature of Their Relationship

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John frowned at the physical manifestation of antimatter’s god. A small frown, the sort of vaguely concerned frown she put on when something wasn’t quite right. “So… why can’t you come with? I get not wanting to tread on Mew’s toes, but you two are friends. I’m sure he wouldn’t mind.”

“But, you know…” Giratina glanced away, for once looking almost embarrassed . “It’s your date. I don’t want to intrude.”

“It’s not!” John blushed furiously, carefully drawing a measured breath– “it’s not a date. We’re not going on a date. Just– we’re going out for a friends’ night, and thought we’d invite you to come along.”

Giratina gave John a doubtful look. “Uh huh, right. Well, it would be weird to invite myself on this not-date.”

“But why? ” She asked, exasperated. “It’s perfectly casual, we’re just going to go to the bowling alley, have some fun, maybe grab some food at a restaurant, nothing more to it! I just don’t understand your hesitation!”

“It would be so awkward though! I don’t want to be a tagalong on a date with my dad –”

John’s thoughts ground to a halt as she really digested what Giratina had just said. “What?” What. “Your dad? Excuse me?”

Giratina gave him a befuddled look. “You didn’t know? I thought it was obvious. Arceus created Mew, Mew created everything else– but he took a more… direct hand in the creation of the primordial legendaries. I mean, how else could reality be real if he didn’t have the axiomatic legendaries?”

“But… dad?”

Giratina shrugged. “I mean, he’s our creator? It’s kinda an in-between sort of thing. Gotta cut him some slack though, he invented us before the concept of family was really a thing, so it wasn’t as if he was being cruel with his more… laissez-faire style parenting, but still. Enough that it would be awkward to go with you two on this clearly private excursion.”

“...alright.” John was two baffled by the bizarre turn of events to really put up a fight. “You don’t have to come if you don’t want to.” Giratina thanked her and left, leaving her to stew in the sheer bafflement at how apparently Mew was kind-of-father to six primordial legendaries he hadn’t even heard about.

They were going to have a talk about this…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 330: Linger

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Giratina never received many guests. Those who did arrive in the Distortion World tended to be people he punished for their sins, hubris, or both. To have a friend over was a special occasion. To have more than that? It was something he was internally gushing about.

 

“So…” Tandemaus drank his Distortion Tea, glancing into the abyss of the infinitely paradoxical nature of Giratina’s home. “Nice place.”

 

“Thanks! I made sure to clean it up before you came!” 

 

Tandemaus eyed the wildly overgrown sprouts of supernatural seaweed and the entirely unbound and disorganized isles floating through the sky, and merely nodded along. 

 

“That’s great, but if I may ask…” Tandemaus pointed at Eternatus. “Why is he here?”

 

The forty foot tall dragon happily hummed in response to Tandemaus’s acknowledgement. Giratina scratched his head.

 

“What’s wrong with Eternatus? He’s the friendliest guy I know.”



“Yeah, Tandy.” Indeedee took a sip from her tea. “He’s an utter sweetheart!” 

 

Tandemaus struggled to sputter out his words as Eternatus licked his face. “I see that. I just more… ask in the sense of how you… know him.”

 

“It’s a long story, Tandemaus, and it involves Mew.”

 

Tandemaus shook his head, having somehow expected this. “Of course it does.”

 

“It all started when Eternatus was left behind in John’s apartment…” Giratina fondly reminisced. “Mew left him in my realm… against my wishes mind you…” Giratina sighed. “And that was how we met! Any questions?” 

 

“Just like that?” Tandemaus’s eyebrow perked up. “Didn’t you try expelling him?”



“I did.” Giratina shrugged. “But he just wouldn’t leave.” 

 

“Like, he just… didn’t leave? Even when the force of a god tried making him?”



“Yep.” Giratina flew over to Eternatus, patting the giant on the shoulder. “And now we’re best friends!”

Indeedee cheerily clapped her hands, and Eternatus cooed from the affection. Tandemaus, deciding asking any further would be a lost cause, merely clapped along. 

 

“So…” Giratina eyed the rest of the group expectantly. “Who’s up for Twister?”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 331: Wish, John

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They’d all gathered in the company auditorium for the semi-annual company award ceremony. That was to say, a general purpose auditorium the company had rented from Auditoriums Incorporated, who– if John remembered his corporate politics right– was kind of not too hostile, not too friendly with their own dead-end job factory of a company.

The Sr. Director of Programs, Jack Costa took the stage. “I would like to congratulate our hardworking employees for all the effort they’ve put into their jobs this fiscal quarter. Thanks to the diligent work of our professional taskforce, we’ve been able to supply our CEO and senior executives with brand new supercars! Now, would you all give a hand for,” he paused, looking down at a notecard in his hands, squinting, “Wish, John? For securing the lucrative Aria financial deal!”

Everyone applauded as John stood. Unfortunately, given that this was a mandatory unpaid event and John had needed to pick up the kids from school earlier…

John turned to Jirachi, pleadingly. “Surely that doesn't count.”

Jirachi shrugged. “Sorry, rules are rules.” His third eye opened as he floated up, a steadily brightening glow beaming out–

………

The company meeting had to be postponed for a later date due to explosion-related incidents.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 332: Celebi's Time Loop

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John reclined on the couch, a magazine discussing upcoming tours in hand. She despised reading them, but they were a necessity at times given that music analysts had a better way of predicting necessary precautions than actual safety workers. 

 

It was as she was doing this that Celebi walked into the room. She glanced around for a few moments, her expression slightly perplexed. John didn't even need to look away from her magazine to give an answer. 

 

“Did you time travel too early again?”

 

Celebi did not reply immediately. “...No. John, have you ever been part of a time loop?”

 

John paused, setting down his magazine. “...Maybe? I forget. It's a bit hazy.” 

 

“Hm… I see.” She fluttered out of the room, scratching her head. I'll figure it out later then.”

 

John, although confused, simply shrugged it off and went back to what she was doing. After a few minutes of reading through headlines, Celebi was back. She glanced around for a few moments, her expression slightly perplexed.

 

John turned to face her this time. “What's up, Celebi?”

 

Celebi did not reply immediately. “...No. John, have you ever been part of a time loop?”

 

“You already asked me this question.” She turned away. “As I said, I don't really remember.” 

 

“Hm… I see.” She fluttered out of the room, scratching her head. I'll figure it out later then.”

 

John was confused, but went back to her magazine regardless. A few more minutes passed, and Celebi soon re-entered. She glanced around for a few moments, her expression slightly perplexed.

 

“Celebi?” John got up, turning his full attention to her. “...Are you alright?”

Celebi did not reply immediately. “...Yes. John, have you ever been part of a-”

 

“Time Loop?”

 

“How did you know I was going to say that?”

 

“I, well…” John flew over to Celebi, politely pushing her into another room. “Maybe try changing things up a bit for today, alright?” 

 

Celebi quizzically eyed her. “Are you in a time loop?”

 

“You are.” John finished pushing her, leaving her in the kitchen. “Okay, have fun!”

 

“But wait, wouldn't shattering the time loop break it and therefore destroy the sequence of events established in the timeline?”

 

“Huh?”

 

.........

 

Arceus glared at the mischief maker before him. “Mew.”

 

“Oi, it wasn’t my fault this time mate!” Mew flailed his arms in an attempt to make himself appear more helpless and innocent than he actually was. “Don’t pin the stick on me!”

 

“You did start the time loop though, didn't you?”

 

“Circumstantial evidence.” Mew huffed. “I was merely testing how to replicate time travel, and-”

 

“I’ve heard enough.” Arceus turned away, going back into the void. “System 32 is restarting right now. Don’t do it again or I'm taking away your privileges.”

 

Mew gasped. “You wouldn’t.”

 

“I would.”

 

“Not my super specific privileges that are very important that everyone knows about!”

 

“Indeed. I shall remove your very important privileges that everyone knows about if you continue this trend.”

 

“This will surely hurt the V-Croissant economy.” Mew hummed to himself. “Maybe if I could just make a teeny, tiny alteration to the files to drop that price a touch-”

 

System 32 promptly crashed and restarted. Mew paused, chuckled, and turned back to the very furious creator of the universe. 

 

“Mew.”

 

“Heh Heh… catch ya later!”

 

“Mew!”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 333: Landscaping With Mew

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Wow.” John stared over the vast expanse, blinking heavily. “This is…”



Mew beamed proudly. “Good, right?”

 

“Terrible!”

 

“Huh?”

 

“Mew, when I said “Let’s go landscaping,” I meant in my video game, not in real life!”

 

“Oh.” Mew scratched his head, his tail flicking nervously behind him. “...The Pokemon Rangers are going to kill us.”

 

“Yes, Mew, they are. Please stop blowing up Rustboro National Park, that’s Jirachi’s job.”

 

“Think we can get the time traveler refund?” 

 

“If Celebi can find us in prison.”

 

John blinked. “Mew, you literally can shapeshift into Celebi.”



“Oh.” Mew paused. “...Right. I kind of forgot about that.”

 

“Remind me why I listen to you again?”



Mew grinned. “Because I’m exciting.”

 

“That’s one way to put it…” 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 334: I Give My Life For Aria!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It had all been going so well.

Their concerts were energetic places, sure, but not violent – not until that girl tried to catch her. John wasn’t sure how security had failed to see it coming, but one moment they’d been jamming out on the stage and the next– chaos. She saw it in almost crystal-perfect vision as the pokeball sailed through the air toward her, its inexorable trajectory taking it high above the crowds–

“I give my life for Aria!” Some random dedenne threw itself upwards, crashing into the pokeball and getting sucked in with a flash of light. Then the screaming crowds and rush of security cordoning off the stage blocked her vision, and she didn’t see the rest of it.

Weird…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

This was based off an small joke that's been hanging around for a while lol, don't read too much into it.

Chapter 335: Watch Your Step(mom)

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John raised an eyebrow. “So these are your…?”

 

“Siblings, yes.” Giratina sighed. “They’re my younger siblings, and yet…”



“Who’s this broad?” Azelf backhandedly pointed at John. “I swear, Gira, you’re just picking up random girls you find on the side of the road and-”

 

“Oh, so I bring home a friend once and suddenly its all the time!?” Giratina rolled his eyes. “You should be yelling at Mesprit. She keeps bringing home her “pets” for experimentation and-”

 

“It’s important business, big bro.” Mesprit pouted. “I gotta check all the reactions in every subject.” 

 

“And I already know the answers to all of your problems.” Uxie crossed his arms, smirking. “Deal with it.”

 

“Oh, I see, you want to tussle!?” Azelf raised his fists. “I’ll do it!” 

 

“Azelf, shut up, it’s my job to get mad.” Mesprit coughed. “Alright smartstack, let’s fucking do this shit!”

 

As Uxie easily dodged all of Mesprit’s attacks, Giratina sidled next to John, leaning into her ear. 

 

“So, uh… any favorites so far?”

 

“I hate all of them and you for introducing me to them.” She stared at Giratina incredulously. “You’re seriously siblings with these spoiled brats?”

 

“Arceus was too busy throwing children throughout time and space to notice and my siblings are too stuck up to show their heads outside of their pocket dimensions…” He sighed. “There’s a reason I’m the mature one. I had to put up with their pile of Mudsdale droppings every day.”

 

“Alright four eyes, where’d the fuck you go!?” Mesprit darted her eyes in every direction she could think of. “Come and fight me like a tough guy!”

 

“I don’t need to be tough.” Uxie apparated behind her, snickering. “I know the locations of your pressure points.”

 

Uxie lightly poked Mesprit, and she instantly collapsed in a heap onto the ground. Azelf, deciding he didn’t want to deal with the problems in front of him, flew behind Giratina, much to the dragon’s annoyance.

“Woah! That’s actually pretty cool.” John smiled, his eyes gleaming. “Could you teach me pressure points, Uxie? I’d love to know those for, uh…” She darted her eyes away, coughing. “...Reasons.”

 

“Good luck testing it.” Uxie boasted pridefully. “Touch one of us and you lose that part of you.” Uxie flew into her face, grinning. “You can’t touch me unless you want to lose that cute little noggin of yours.”

 

John scoffed. “The nerve of you.” John grinned. “Unfortunately, I don’t know of you know this, though, I’d assume you do, knower of everything…” John took a step into Uxie’s face. “But I’m pretty tight with Mew.”

 

Azelf instantly perked up at the sound of Mew’s name. Uxie lost all will to gloat immediately, shirking several steps back. Mesprit remained unconscious.

 

“You… you can’t be…” Uxie wracked his head. “Curse my father for making himself immune to all three of us…”

 

“And that extends to me.” 

 

Uxie’s eyes threatened to open out of pure shock. “You can’t be-”

 

“That’s right kiddos.” John boasted pridefully. “I’m your mother.”

 

Uxie instantly hit the ground unconscious. Azelf followed shortly afterward. Giratina picked up Azelf and Uxie, halfheartedly tossing them on top of their sister. John and Giratina stared at them, neither sure what to say.

 

“So… uh…” Giratina gulped. “You aren’t… uh… actually their-”

 

“No, of course not!” John shook his head. “Me and Mew? Definitely not a thing.” John chuckled. “I just wanted to mess with them.”

 

“You realize that as their mother if you don’t give them birthday presents on the exact date and minute of their birth they won’t ever shut up about it again, right?” 

 

“Shit.” 

 

“Good luck, mom.”

Giratina snickered under his breath, and John simply stood there questioning her life choices. 

 

“I can do take backsies right-”

 

“Not unless you want them complaining to grandpa.” Giratina shivered. “Oh boy, he may not care about the three golden girls here, but if he hears them complaining, he’s gonna wipe whoever ticked them off out of existence so they can shut up for a bit.”

 

“Fun.” John went silent for a minute. “What now?”

 

Giratina placed a wing on John’s shoulder. He stared into her soul with as much emotional reassurance as a stare could muster.

 

“Pray.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 336: Eldritch Deities 212

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hello class, and welcome to eldritch deities 212. I’m Dr.” Mew couldn’t quite catch the sound– the noise was indescribable, something to strike horror straight into the heart and psychically torture anyone who heard it– “and I’ll be your instructor for this semester. Hopefully you’ve all read the syllabus, but for those who haven’t, I’ll go over it really quick. Remember: there are no excused absences! Students who skip class will be sent straight to the devouring maw!”

A pale Spencer leaned over, glancing around at the dripping walls and strange, non-euclidean room. “Hey… did you sign up for this class, Mew? I thought I was signing up for biochem, but I went to the lecture hall and now I’m here ?”

Mew nodded solemnly. “They’re doing a necessary service. Mortals really don’t have good information on the strange and eldritch underpinnings of the world, so a class like this is a great boon mate. Should be a gen-ed.”

“But– the prof said they’d send us to the devouring maw if we’re ever late, or if we fail, or if we commit an academic violation–”

Mew shrugged. “It's just a worm that ate out the core of a supermassive black hole and lives there now, eating everything that’s pulled in. Just shoo ‘em off if you ever find yourself in the vicinity.”

Spencer gave him a strained look. “Have you been replaced? I know that Jordan’s been replaced with some strange entity, but I can never tell if this is just something you’d say normally or not.”

“Hey!” Protested the eldritch creature wearing Jordan’s skin. “I didn’t replace her. I’m merely… her roommate, for the semester. You have no idea how hard it is to find housing at uni nowadays, and ELD 212 is one of my degree requirements–”

“Students who talk during class get sent to the devouring maw!” All three of them shut up.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 337: Lag

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Coming right at you live every hour on the hour from Rustboro News, today’s financial crisis explained! Kibby Kat, news correspondent on the scene at the Rustboro branch of the global stock exchange, tell us what’s happening.”

Kibby nodded seriously, one paw wrapped (somewhat awkwardly) around the microphone. “Thank you, Dhelmise, I’m here at the Rustboro branch of the global stock market, covering the mass hysteria that has swept over the population with the recent financial stall.”

“Can you tell us what’s happening?”
“Let me try and get closer.” Kibby pushed into the clamorous crowd, shoving through to the front as pokemon and people alike shouted angrily or sobbed at their financial woes. “It’s looking like there’s a lot of stuff going down here! People are really heated!”

“Do you see the source of the problem?”

“Yeah!” Kibby emerged into the front of the crowd, who were all crowding around a figure sitting in the middle of the floor, unresponsive. “It looks like financial correspondent Iron Jugulis is… lagging?”

“Oh, that’s not good. For our viewers at home, after Iron Jugulis was hired onto every position in the Global Stock Exchange, efficiency has been up ten thousand percent–” a graph of pre-Jugulis and post-Jugulis efficiency appeared on the screen, with the pre-Jugulis efficiency so small as to be just a line at the bottom of the graph– “but that relies on Jugulis’s continued function. With his current lag spike, we’re looking at a financial crisis of unprecedented severity.”

“Um, I’ll keep you updated!”

“Thanks.” Kibby’s screen blipped shut. “Next up on Rustboro News hourly, how screwed is Samiya? Tune in to find out…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 338: Counselor Shaymin

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hello.” 

 

Shaymin fancied herself to be a professional. A therapist for those who couldn’t really walk into a therapy clinic. The amount of crazies she had to deal with was astronomical, but it only made her more experienced. She didn’t want to deal with them much, though. She had opened her business to deal with the more mythical variety of customer. 

 

She was overjoyed when two- two!-  walked in the door. Her face dropped the moment she saw it was for couples counseling.  

 

“Greetings.” Diancie curtsied, daintily sipping from her tea cup. “It’s an honor to be here.” She paused, glancing between Pinky and Shaymin. “...Not like that, I mean.”

 

Pinky shrugged. “Ah, well, either way. Shaymin, you know the drill, yeah?”

 

Shaymin nodded. “Well, I do, but-”

 

“Good.” Pinky flew straight into Shaymin’s face, slamming her hands on the table. “I need help on figuring out how to get closer with someone I like a lot.”

 

“Indeed, I come for the same purpose.” Diancie flew forward, politely pushing Pinky away from the hedgehog’s face. “Perhaps you could help us?”

 

“Wait wait wait, hang on, back up.” Shaymin squinted, glancing between them. “You’re not… you know… a thing?”

Both of them blushed in equal measure, and Shaymin quickly realized the level of idiocy she had been dragged to. 

 

“Oh dear Arceus…” Shaymin groaned. “You two are asking for advice on how to date each other!”



Pinky glanced at Diancie. “We are?”

 

Diancie glanced at Pinky. “We are?”

 

“Oh my…” Shaymin put a paw to her forehead. “Both of you, just kiss the girl already!” 

 

As the two promptly leapt at the opportunity they both had been vying at for the longest time, Shaymin decided she wasn’t getting paid enough for this.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 339: New Co-worker

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John’s workplace hadn’t missed him a bit. Primarily, this was because they hadn’t noticed his absence at all, but that was just fine with him. It had been so long since he had actually attended work in-person that he didn’t particularly care that he would need to re-establish his niche in the company fridge.

His friends on the Aria managing board were happy to see him. Samantha gave him a knowing look, yet somehow John felt she didn’t even know the half of it. Cheryl managed to give a timid wave before dipping her head immediately back to the safety of her workplace. Samantha tapped her phone, and a holographic Mew burst out of it with a smile, waving. John had no idea who the Mew was, but decided he was better off not questioning it.

 

The air, though, was familiar, even if it smelled of asbestos and moldy ventilation systems. In a way, he had missed being here.

 

“Good to see you in the workplace, John.” Jack placed a stack of papers on his desk. “You’ve got some old paperwork that needs handling.”

 

John hadn’t quite missed this part. 

 

John sat down to begin tackling the pile, but Jack motioned with his hand for everyone to pay attention to him. 

 

“Now, everyone, I understand we’ve been having some scheduling constraints lately, especially due to having to deal with that… er… reimbursement issue after the Alcremie incident…” Jack shook his head, wanting to dispel his memories of that incident. “So I put out some forms, and we’ve got a new member of the team!”

 

Jack stepped aside as the door creaked open.

 

“Now, I know he… she… they? I don’t know who they are, really… but it’s no matter. Just keep this in mind: they may look… odd, but their calculation skills are top notch! They’ll be a massive asset going forward for your team!”

The faded, gray, molding hand of a mascot costume clutched the doorknob. The heat in the room rapidly vanished out of that same doorframe, leaving John shivering as the rest of the costumed entity entered the room. The Costume was identical to how John remembered it: ancient, a relic of some bygone era. No life left the eyes of the Victini mascot mask on its head. 

 

Cheryl uttered out some noise akin to that of a small animal and ducked behind her desk. Samantha and Miri shared a look, and she stuttered out her next words.

 

“Jack… I know we’ve been going through it lately… but… don’t they seem a bit…” Samantha stared long and hard at the collection of knives embedded in the Costume’s side. “...Business unprofessional?”

 

“Nonsense!” Jack patted the Costume’s shoulder. “This fella here is gonna be of great help!”

 

The Costume tilted its head, glaring at Jack. He removed his hand with a nervous laugh, and rapidly backpedaled over to the door. 

 

“Well in any case, best of luck, bye!”

 

The door closed. Every member of the group stood dead still as they awaited the Costume’s next move. The Costume didn’t twitch, didn’t move a muscle, only glared. Its arm raised mechanically. John braced himself, but the Costume did not attack, and instead laid out a file on the table in front of him. John glanced between the file and the Costume, and, hesitantly, dragged it toward himself.

 

Inside was a set of completed paperwork, all done with proper calculations. The handwriting was more dire and very unsteady, unbound by the margins inscribed for it on the paper. John handed the folder off to Samantha as if it were a hazard just to look at. 

 

“So it did all of this?” Samantha scratched her head. “...But why?”

 

The Costume rigidly plucked a knife out of its side, and began to run its hand along its edges, causing some of the worn fabric to flake off and trickle down to the floor. Its head did not break eye contact with John.

“Well I’m sure he’s very friendly!” Miri burst out of Samantha’s phone, hand outstretched. “Good to meet you psychopathic murder hobo, I’m-”

 

The Costume’s knife raised slightly higher into the air. 

 

“Welp, I hope you have a great day Mr. Murder Man!” 

 

Miri dipped right back into Samantha’s phone. Cheryl, strumming up some courage, shakily lifted her arm, and pointed to a nearby bowl filled with company branded mints. The Costume did not move, but understood the gesture, and reached over to the bowl. The Costume lifted up its mask and poured the entire bowl directly inside. The mask snapped back down into place as quickly as it had opened, and the Costume placed the bowl right back where it had found it.

 

“Y’know…” John shrugged. “Normally I’d be more surprised, but living with Mew has taught me a great many things.” John bore into the Costume’s hollow, empty, painted eyes. “I’ve got my eye on you… whatever you are.”

 

John turned around, pulling his stack of ridiculously large paperwork toward him. Despite John facing away from the Costume, he could feel its presence, feel the cartoonishly large eyes on its mask staring right back at him in kind. An air of uncertainty surrounded John. He wasn’t quite sure what the Costume wanted.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 340: The Devouring Maw

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The massive black hole at the heart of the galaxy trembled as a wisp of light shot out of it, headed straight back to Rustboro University. “ Next ! ” The booming, demonic voice shook the very space around them, causing the stars to quiver and the accretions disk to wobble. “ Please enter!

Mew would have liked to do anything but, but alas as he’d been caught breaking and entering, committing arson, and forging the signature of the king of Unova (he swore it all made sense if you just knew the context) in his ELD 212 class, the geas put on him forced him inexorably into the bottomless pit of the universe beneath him.

He didn’t even have time to scream as he was pulled beyond the event horizon, dragged into a realm of utter and perfect–

Oh, it was just a room. A nicely furnished room, sort of Victorian in style if he had to place it, with a comfortable, long couch and a window that overlooked a garden that was also a universe. “Alright, let’s see…” an incongruous small Devouring Maw pushed a pair of spectacles up the bridge of his nose with the tip of his tail, flicking through a book in front of him. Even though he was sitting on a similarly plush chair, there was still a sense of grandeur around him; the wreckage of broken planets drifting over his inky scales and flickering, impossible fragments of singularity tracing filaments around his form. “Oh. It’s you.”

“Heyyyy, it’s meeee, the devillllll–”

The Devouring Maw sighed. “I don’t want to do this today, Mew. You know that if you don’t at least put in some effort into therapy, then I can’t help you.”

“I don’t need help!” Asserted Mew, definitely needing help. “I’m perfectly sane and entirely rational in everything I do!”

The Devouring Maw squinted at the booklet in front of him, then back at Mew. “Copying the signature of the king of Unova to… order that screws be prioritized for delivery to Samiya? That’s so random?”

“It makes sense! People just don’t get me!”

“Alright, would you look at the time, I’ve got to meet with my next customer byeee!” A great force swept over Mew gathering him up in its folds and shooting him back out of the back hole and right back to his seat in ELD 212.

Darn. He’d been hoping to pester the Devouring Maw for a little longer…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 341: Shqaymin and the Devouring Maw

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Shaymin let her bag drop by the door, just barely making it over to the couch before she collapsed in exhaustion. “Hey honey, how was your day?”

The Devouring Maw grimaced. “Not great. The Uni I contract for sent me Mew of all people.” Shaymin grimaced much the same as he had before. “Yeah. You can sort of tell how that one went. What about you?”

“A repeat customer came in. Apparently their marriage isn’t working out like they’d want it to.” She sighed. “Can’t say more than that, but don’t you find it kind of funny that we want our customers to not have to come back?”

The Devouring Maw chuckled. “That’s just the way of things, love. We’re not working for money, anyways. It’s about helping them as much as we can.”

“Yeah…” Shaymin sighed. “I’m still super exhausted though. What’s on tonight?”

“News from Rose Arbor, apparently a young sun-swallowing serpent has been making trouble…” he flicked a TV remote up in front of him with his tail, and together, the two of them spent the rest of the evening watching the news and just– ultimately, having fun.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 342: Tinkerer Bell

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It had been another long day of mockery and vitriol. “Pretty cool” and “that’s interesting”... how pathetic. Bartholomew growled under his breath as he tinkered with his next diabolical scheme. They should have been praising him, and yet he had to put up with their insults to his raw talent. Pinky would never stand for it, and neither would he. 

 

“Bartholomew!” Pinky knocked on the door of his room, entering before receiving a reply regardless. “Supper’s ready! Rock stew, your favorite!” 

 

“I’m busy!” Bartholomew whined as sparks flew out of his machine. “I’ll come down later!”

 

“Fine…” Pinky turned to leave. “But make sure you thank Diancie first! She cooked everything!” 

 

“I know, Pinky!” 

 

Pinky shut the door gently behind her, leaving Bartholomew to stew in the lonely depths of his own genius. As he prepared to get the blowtorch, a bright light shone behind him. Out of a crack in time came Celebi, who made a shushing motion on her mouth.

 

“Kid, I’m here to launch a surprise attack!” Celebi whispered under her breath. “You wouldn’t happen to-” She cut herself off as her wandering eyes caught sight of Bartholomew’s device. “Oh.” Celebi’s eyes lit up, eyeing between Bartholomew and the device. “Oh no way. You invented this?” 

 

Bartholomew nodded cautiously. 

 

“This is…” Celebi struggled to keep her excitement to an inside voice. “...Incredible! I used these things all the time in the future whenever the Prism Crawlers came to feast on my generator!”

 

“Really?” 

 

“Yeah!” Celebi squealed, placing her hands on Bartholomew’s shoulders. “Kid, how would you like to learn from an expert?”

With one very hurried nod and a snatching of old plans, the two were swiftly gossiping like old friends over a set of blueprints. Celebi laid out plans for a new “Destructioner Bot 9000,” perfectly content with the fact she would inevitably have to blow it up on the opposing side of the battlefield later, while Bartholomew began the process of putting everything together. Using Bartholomew’s reserve of parts and Celebi’s time traveling abilities, the pair soon found themselves so embroiled in their shared knowledge of the mechanical that neither had noticed night fall outside and darkness creep through their windows.

 

At the door, peeking through a crack, were Pinky and Diancie, smiling softly. 

 

“Pinky, do you want to-”

 

“...Nah.” Pinky shook her head. “I think it’s best we leave them be. They’re enjoying themselves.”

 

With a flick of the light switch and a reminder to put Bartholomew’s dinner in the fridge for a later midnight snack, the hallway lights were shut off. As the pair of tinkerers, now content with their scheming, continued to build, the long night stretched out before them in amicable tranquility.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 343: Chaos

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Here ye here ye, the second meeting of the parliament of rustboro is called to order!” Iron Jugulis slammed the gravel down, quitting the murmuring between the delegates. “Now, what are we going to address today?”

“I motion to repeal the law giving the trainer academy special status!” Called out Iron Jugulis, representative for the northwestern district and outspoken antagonist of the local gym and school. “Too long has it been a drain on our taxpayers’ money! They should sink or swim on their own merits!”

“Now hold up there, that’s a radical maneuver. I motion to table this motion,” said Iron Jugulis, representative for the southeastern over birch street district, a staunch supporter of the trainer school. “Roxanne’s gym provides necessary services to the youth of Rustboro and Hoenn as a whole. What will the rest of the region think of us if we repeal their special status?”

“I concur!” Shouted Iron Jugulis, district representative and chairman in absentia of Devon corporation. “We would be the laughingstock of the region if our gym collapsed! Don’t forget all the non-monetary benefits the gym brings to our city.”
“Hold it!” Iron Jugulis, representative for the southwestern near central fountain district slammed a fist down on his desk. “Objection! This motion should not be dismissed out of hand! If we don’t have a thorough review of our own institutions then we will have corruption sink deep into our city. We can’t have that!”

“Of course.”

“Right.”

“Yeah,” agreed Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis, and Iron Jugulis of central over north, old district south, and Evil Avenue respectively. “That’s a good point.”

“But wait!” Shouted Iron Jugulis, representative of the oceanside south district– “there’s more!”

As Iron Juglis argued over himself with increasing anger, Iron Juglis sighed. “All these meetings always end up like this…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 344: Pickup

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Heh babe! Get in! We’re going out to the countryside to hit some runs and play it up!” John stared at the sparkling red open-top sports car and slick-haired unnaturally handsome man who was driving it, utterly befuddled… mostly because he wasn’t in his Aria form.

For all intents and purposes, he was a normal, tired-looking office worker walking home from the office, which… well, it was so absurd that he had a suspicion . “Mew?”

“Aww, damnit. How’d you bloody figure it out?”

John rolled his eyes. “Only you would do something this stupid.” Nevertheless he pulled open the door and sat down in the passenger seat, closing it with a satisfying snap behind him. “Where did you even get the car? You didn’t steal it, did you?”

“Me, steal? No, impossible.” Mew hit the gas and they shot out from the curb, tired squealing as the rubber hit the road. “I just used transform. It’s not that deep.”

Well that certainly put the leather seats in a whole new context. John firmly put that out of his mind, focusing on the brighter stuff as they sped off into the sunset.

At least the day would probably be interesting?

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 345: Watch Your Step, and Don't Mind the Time Paradoxes

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Celebi dodged to the side, swinging her wrench at the mysterious-floaty-glowing-thing-that-required-plotium-to-run-except-it-didn't-have-any device, cursing beneath her breath. “Bart! All the plotium dissapeared! We need to turn this ship around, or else we’re not going to make it!”

“What about unobtanium? Don’t we have a bunch of that in the hold?”

“It’s not powerful enough! We’d have to mix it with some obtainium-through-extreme-effort and a bit of easily-obtainium-except-not-on-a-spaceship if we wanted to run the space station off it!”

“Damnit!” Bart threw his multitool on the floor, scowling. “Not the easily-obtainium-except-not-on-a-spaceship! We don’t have any of that!” Probably because they were on a spaceship. It was kinda in the name. “What are we going to do? We won’t make it to the concert if we don’t run the mysterious-floaty-glowing-thing-that-required-plotium-to-run-except-it-didn't-have-any device off something !”

“I–” Celebi paused. “Wait, I’ve got an idea!” She disappeared in a flash, returning with a few massive crates of plotium. “Got it! I just went back in time and took the plotium that already existed! Easy peasy!”

Bart sighed in relief, then paused. “You took the plotium.”

“Yes?”
“The plotium that mysteriously disappeared.”

“Yes– oh.” Celebi facepalmed. “I think I know where the plotium went.”
Bart groaned. “You’re so stupid.”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 346: Dramatic Entrance

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Where the bloody ‘ell is Celebi, mate? She’s going to be late to the concert!”

John raised an eyebrow as Mew paced back and forth backstage. “Can’t she just, you know, time travel back to being on time?”

Mew threw his hands up in the air. “It’s the principle of the thing! You can’t just go flouting the rules of causality without looking like a total jack–” he growled beneath his breath, lashing his tale from side to side in frustration. It was rather cute, actually. “Whatever. We’ve gotta start anyway. Everyone ready?”

“Ready!”

John nodded, grinning at Jirachi’s eagerness. “Ready.”

Manaphy just shrugged. “Sure. Ready enough. Let’s get out there.” They slipped through the cluttered backstage room, then, stepping through the curtain and into the stage before the vast outdoors, an entire field and stadium arrayed before them, tens of thousands of eager fans waiting. A vast hush fell over the crowd, uneasy.

John grabbed her microphone, floating just a little above the stage. “Alright everyone, we’re going to play a few simple tunes while we wait for the last member of our band to be ready, and then we’ll really pour on the heat!” The entire crowd cheered as they each moved to their instruments, kicking up a simple beat. The sky gleamed above them, the crowd seethed , and the stadium reflected a gleaming sunlight–

Wait.

John glanced up, noticing that the star she’d seen earlier was a lot larger… and a lot brighter. And trailing smoke behind it. And heading right towards them.

He barely dove out of the way as it crashed into the stage right where he’d been standing with an almighty concussive boom – that Manaphy managed to work a really neat riff around, for what it mattered– a plume of smoke momentarily obscuring everything.

Hacking, from the sudden silence, Celebi stumbled out onto the stage. “I’m not late, am I?”

The crowd went wild .

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 347: The Inevitable Tyrant

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Are you sure you don’t need any help going home?” Anabelle waved off her teacher’s protests, ignoring them as easily as she ignored the lives of chaff beneath her blade. “I know it’s not super dangerous around here, but it just doesn’t feel right, letting a little girl walk home by yourself.”

“I’ll be fine,” she answered brusquely, quickly walking away before her teacher could spout any more meaningless drivel. The moment she was out of sight she lazily swiped a hand down through the air– and with that simple motion a line of silver sliced through the air before her. The whole street around her was suffocated beneath a stifling pressure, held on the edge of a million blades as the very fabric of spacetime was bid sunder beneath the inexorable and immovable will of the Paragon.

She stepped through the portal as the universe sealed itself behind her, appearing five kilometers above the surface of a planet that had once teemed with life. Not even a day ago, vast sylvan forests had covered the surface, dripping with a life that had made it both supremely valuable for the fey lords that lived within it, and venerated for its serene atmosphere.

Now, it burned.

A Sun Swallowing Serpent the size of a small moon thrashed across the surface, and in the wake of its passing left devastation. The entire atmosphere had been ignited, the crust reduced to molten rock and so much devastated land. Against the snake stood the twelve fey lords who had once ruled the planet, backed by the fifteen hundred elites which had formed the very peak of their fighting forces.

Now, only they survived. None weaker could even survive on the same planet as the Sun Swallowing Serpent.

Inevitably, they were losing. How could they not? The beast they fought was infamous amongst the twenty-two thousand worlds of the Rose Arbor; even the Infinite Feyweild beyond had heard whispers of its name. It had once been a mere worm, according to legend, now mutated to truly immense proportion.

For all their valor, the elite of the planet were as gnats; only the fey lords stood even an iota of a thread, and even that was negligible. The world was doomed to become another dead and blasted realm.

Anabelle refused.

She raised her hand– then dropped it. The whole world seemed to freeze as color bled out of the universe around the planet, darkness edging in at the edge of reality as all light forged itself into a single, immeasurably bright line that cut heaven and earth in front of her. It sliced through the Sun Swallowing Serpent, then continued, slicing through the planet and then the very space around them .

Released from their sudden binding– fully cognizant of exactly how close they’d come to simply being erased from existence– the fey lords immediately prostrated themselves on the ground in terror. Anabelle studied them for a moment, lip quirked with amusement, before turning back to the shattered and broken wreck of the planet. It had a certain aesthetic to it, cracked open and sloughing into itself as it bled into the black cosmos… but, that wouldn’t do. It would be like knocking over someone’s birthday card and not putting it back up. Rude.

She dragged her hand down again, and this time she cut time itself, severing the future in which the Sun Swallowing Snake had come to the planet at all– but deliberately leaving the Sun Swallowing Serpent decisively cut in half.

Space folded around her, a slender– too slender, almost gaunt figure stepping out into the space before her. “M-my lady of tyranny. All honor be to you. I can never thank you enough for destroying the worm.”

Anabelle gave him a cold look, and sweat immediately broke out across his brow. Rather impressive, given he was fashioned out of rose petals and mystery. “Don’t you have bigger things you need to deal with?” The sovereign of Rose Arbor’s twenty two thousand worlds, wisely, didn’t respond, and Anabelle could only sigh. Obviously, she’d be the biggest threat wherever she went; it was just annoying how these minor functionaries liked to leave their posts to suck up to her as if that would impress her more than them just doing their jobs . “Go back to what you were doing. Or else.”

“Y-yes! At once!” He disappeared, leaving Anabelle alone.

The Inevitable Tyrant cut space once more, and vanished.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 348: Crazy Pokemon

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Maya was a good pokemon trainer.

She’d made it through the entire Sinnoh league! She’s beaten trainers thrice her age, raised pokemon strong enough to contend with legendaries— and now she had her greatest challenge yet.

“I don’t want you. Go home.” The dedenne stubbornly did not leave, however. “Why won’t you go home!? I wasn’t trying to catch you, I was trying to catch Aria!”

A starry look immediately crossed across the desenne’s face as she lost all obstinance. Clearly the pokemon adored her favorite celebrity, perhaps to an almost unhealthy level.

That gave her a good idea, actually. “Hey, dedenne. How would you like having Aria on our team…” suddenly, the pokemon was really interested.

Things were coming together.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 349: Show and Tell

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

 

  “Alright Zorro, that was a nice rock you brought. Why don’t you take a seat? Jirachi, you’re up next?” Great! He’d been looking forward to this all week!

He excitedly floated up in front, pulling out the little paper bag they’d each been given to bring their stuff to class. “Hello everyone! Today I have some really cool stuff for you. This— ” he dug around in the bag for a little bit, sticking first his head, then his whole torso into the too-small bag before pulling out an incongruously large sword that glistened with demonic light— “is my sword of never-healing wounds! Anyone who gets cut with it will bleed forever!” He gave it a few good swings, giggling all the while.

The teacher looked frozen between stepping in to take the sword from Jirachi and staying well back from the crazy kid. “W-why don’t we put that away and move onto the next object?”

“Yeah.” From the back of the class, Annabelle scoffed. “Any swordsman worth their salt shouldn’t need a fancy blade to make someone bleed forever. Or better yet, merely slay them in a single strike. This pathetic thing is an insult to swordsmen everywhere.”

“Aww… ok!” He chucked his sword back in the bag before rummaging around for a few more seconds. “This is the item from my mom! Well, I don’t have a mom, so I just asked my sister’s girlfriend and she gave me this family heirloom. The unbreakable diamond crown of the Diamond Domain—” a sharp crack echoed out as the tiara snapped in twain, exploding into a thousand tiny shards. “Oops! Hopefully she doesn’t realize I was the one to take that…”

The teacher dragged a hand down her face in exasperation. “Next. Item.”

“Alright this is my dad’s item! Uh, I don’t have one of those either so I asked one of my roommates something. This—” he pulled out a shimmering opalescent orb, just slightly transparent— “is the mysterious orb… of demon summoning!”

A massive demon leapt out of a portal into the room, roaring loudly and terrifying all the kids. The teacher was shouting. Someone was crying.

Then, the demon was bisected in two, suddenly. Without warning, simply— banished, the two halves falling back through a rift in space.

“That’s enough from you, Jirachi. Bart, you’re up next.”

Jirachi pouted. “But I didn’t even get to show my mysterious sword regalia that summons demons—”

“No!”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 350: Strange Artefact

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Anabelle pondered the orb before her, held aloft not of its own measure but through the implacable, impossible power that was rushed ever unending from the concept of herself– that perfect sharpness, severing all things. It sought to cut the orb, too– but a good sword only cut what it was told to cut. Anabelle did not want to cut the orb; the orb was left whole, buoyed instead by the wellspring of her power.

What a strange thing. At first she’d thought her classmate had brought a trinket with him; some demonic artifact that had risen through the shifting ever folding subplanes, inevitably finding its way to some curious collector’s hands. Something with only faint demonic power, if even that.

Then he’d summoned a demon, and she’d been forced to reevaluate her assumptions.

She’d nabbed in the chaos following the demon’s appearance and her subsequent strike, and now she was here, in her sanctuary subrealm hung high over the Imperial Seat, the realm from which the Infinite Court ruled the feywild which bore its name. Her sanctum was one of the most strongly warded places in all of existence, the dimensions locked down so thoroughly that even she might have difficulty cutting her way in– yet the orb still hummed with demonic energy, straining to form a connection with the chthonic realms below.

This was no mere trinket, no paltry trick of some minor demon preying on weak-willed mortals– no, this was something far beyond that. A true demonic artefact, one which could spell doom to any realm it ended in– and now it was hers.

There was something deeply ironic about that.

She wondered, though… could not help but wonder at the strangeness of it all. How? How had a high-level demonic artefact ended up in the possession of a bumbling fool like Jirachi? It simply did not track…

It was a mystery – and Anabelle always solved mysteries only one way.

With her sword.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 351: The Talk

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Mom?” Latias barreled into the Samiyan throne room. “Could I ask you a question?”

 

“Yes dear, what’s up?” Manaphy sighed. “I’m in the middle of making the monarchy exempt from paying taxes right now and I don’t have much time to do it before the Council and my husband find out…”

 

“What do people mean when they ask about “the talk?” 

 

The joy in Manaphy’s eyes quickly faded. 

 

“Who has been saying this?”

 

“That one salesman was teasing me about it earlier…” Latias counted on her fingers. “Some other kids my age were talking about it… I think Dad mentioned it once?”

 

“Tell your father that “the talk” is in my domain, not his.” Manaphy bore into Latias’s soul. “Above all, ensure that Prince never hears about what I am about to tell you.”

 

“You’re telling me something!?” Latias grew terrified. “Is this “the talk?” I’m not ready!”

 

“Yes, this information is critical… listen well.” Manaphy drew her water halberd for dramatic effect. “...The green gummy fish are actually made of celery, not strawberry.”

 

Latias’s eyes widened in horror. “No…”



“It gets worse. The yellow ones aren’t pineapple, they’re peppers!”

 

“This is terrifying…” Latias shook her head. “No wonder no one wants to talk about it.” 

 

Manaphy smirked. “I’ll tell you more later if you-”

 

“Nope!” Latias queasily backed away. “I think I’d prefer leaving my childhood uncorrupted.” 

 

“If you say so.” Manaphy turned back to her work. “I’ll hang with you later. Mom’s gotta finish working out the legality of this amendment right now.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 352: The Popcorn Incident

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Walking to the movies felt nice. With his roommates, moving from one place to another was always along the lines of either an elaborate and established method created to avoid the public due to the high profile stature of all of the members or a chaotic and random method often undercutting the very belief in subtlety. So a simple walk to the movies, flanked by his friends from childhood on a route they frequently walked during their collective childhoods, felt incredibly detached from the otherworldly entropy of his life.

 

It felt nice.

 

"Hey Sam, what movie were we going to watch again?" Aster spoke up from his left as they stopped before a red light- and consequently, the cars going every which way that would impede them from crossing.

 

Sam giggled before responding, "It's supposed to be a "high-budget " comedy about the horror genre. Based on the studio that made it, though..."

 

John fell backward into the group, walking alongside the duo. "Ah, Snowed-Inn Studios. I see why you've come to that belief. Feels like they haven't made a good movie since their first one."

 

"The First Melody Heard Around the World?" Sam shook her head, somewhat exasperated and somewhat enthused by the situation. "It's shocking that that film came from this studio as a first work. Still trying to make that same magic so many years later."

 

The light turned, and the group crossed the street before entering the theatre. To their surprise, they found themselves walking into a slightly packed lobby.

 

John stared at the lobby, a slight wistfulness filling him as memories of the countless hours spent in this theatre struck him at once. Feeling a slight pull on his shoulder, he paused and turned to the side.

 

“I’m going to go get the tickets, can you go and get the popcorn for us?” Sam extended her fist out, and he responded, fist bump securing the deal. 

 

Aster waited in the lobby. 

 

Ever since he got lost coming from the ticket booth to the lobby despite them being within eyesight of each other. It was years ago but they would be bad friends if they let it go.

 

Reaching the popcorn booth he saw an empty line and took it. When he was about to reach the front he saw an Eiscue waiting behind the counter with a sign but was unable to read the sign before getting spun around 180 degrees as he was bulldozed out of the way. 

 

Turning back around, he saw a brown-haired pigtailed girl with a cross-shoulder bag up-front fumbling a Pokeball before catching it, and muttering something. She then threw the Pokeball a second time, resulting in the ball bouncing off the Eiscue to no apparent result.

 

She started to fumble the return again, but at this point, he had reached her so he simply stuck his hand out and grabbed the ball himself.

 

She leveled him with a glare, one which he matched, before turning away with a “Hmph” and crossing her arms. “You can have that ball, it doesn't work anyway. I’m just going to use a different one instead.” She started to rumble through her bag again.

John noticed the Eiscue was holding up a different sign. Reading it, he quickly reached out to the girl stopping her search.

 

“What do you want?” She was evidently agitated, but still managed to be calm for the time being.

 

John crouched down slightly, speaking softly but not so soft as to potentially patronize her. “Look at the sign. Your Pokeball isn't broken, they have technology back there that disables the infinity energy release necessary for Pokeballs to properly capture Pokemon.”

 

The fact that this technology is around really would be useful for Victini… maybe I should let him know about it. I would say the same for Leavanny but he probably just has them disguised somewhere. 

 

The girl stared at the ground for a few seconds before stomping her foot down twice and stepping away from the booth. 

 

John watched as she walked away before putting up 2 fingers to his temple and taking a deep breath. Facing the Eiscue again, he said, “Sorry about that, I hope that you won’t get in too much trouble.”

 

The Eiscue waved a flipper side-to-side, a universal notion of “Don’t Worry About It” before holding up what was presumably the first sign the Eiscue had held when John had been walking up in the first place, reading ‘May I take your order?”

 

John held out the necessary money before saying, “3 large buckets of buttered popcorn, if you may.”

 

The Eiscue accepted the money, placing it in a register before shouting back at someone located in the kitchen. “Hey Mags! 3 large Buckets, Buttered!”

 

“Got it! 3 Buckets coming right up!”

 

John picked up on the voice, but to the untrained ear (or more accurately individuals who simply can’t understand the Pokemon language) all they heard was “Mort- Mag Mor-Mort!”

 

This included the girl from before, who promptly screamed in annoyance.

Notes:

By PancakePanini

Chapter 353: Stargazing

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Wow.” Latias sat on the roof of Samiya, Prince by her side. “The stars are…”

 

“Beautiful, right?” Manaphy took a seat next to her, placing a cup of sea brew at Latias’s side. “It’s very nice without any light pollution you get in the city.”

 

“Yes, but even compared to where I grew up…” The stars glimmered in the reflection of Latias’s eyes. “They’re so much more beautiful out here.”

 

“We’re a very natural people, despite our looks. Less pollution out here than anywhere else in the world.”

 

“Wow…”

 

“I disagree with the whole "beautiful sky" thing.” Jirachi appeared out of nowhere, taking his seat next to them. “When we do game nights it’s a pain trying to see with the light of a star in your face 24/7.” 

 

“What are you doing here?” asked Latias.

 

“No particular reason.” Jirachi bundled up in a kiddie blanket. “But as I was saying, the stars are annoying .” Jirachi pointed at the sky. “Like this.” 

 

A glistening bundle of stardust descended from the sky, a goofy smile on its face. It spun around Jirachi happily.

 

“Hey hey! Listen! Yesegoragoragoraquintupleplindropoffgoragoraseconepliaspisstermanaeroth has been asking about you, Jirachi!”

 

“Minior, I told you, I’m on a break to further my education.” Jirachi took a drink from his sippy cup. “I’ll meet back with you guys in twenty-two years once I’ve graduated with a doctorate in human studies.”

 

“Oh, alright.” Minior smiled. “Where are you in the education system right now?”

 

“Uh…” Jirachi put a hand to his chin. “...I still have naptime… and snack time… and… a couple of other times.”

 

“I’ll tell them you’ll be gone for a little while, then.” The Minor began to ascend back into the skies. “Seeya Jirachi! Don’t be a stranger!”

 

“Don’t be a stranger!” Jirachi threw both his hands into an excited wave. “Tell Yesegoragoragoraquintupleplindropoffgoragoraseconepliaspisstermanaeroth I’ll bring him a souvenir!”

 

“Gotcha! See you soon!”

 

The Minior spun away into the night sky, leaving a satisfied Jirachi alone with his sippy cup and a terrified Latias and Manaphy at his side. 

 

“You know…” Manaphy gulped. “I think I’m beyond the point of questioning this.”

 

Latias nodded. “Same.” 

 

“You get used to it.” Jirachi shrugged, shaking his head. “You should see Yesegoragoragoraquintupleplindropoffgoragoraseconepliaspisstermanaeroth on cosmic grocery trips.” 

 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 354: Laggy Combat

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Get down!”

Why they’d gotten involved with this, Bravo had no idea, but– as their Prince commanded, so they obeyed. If that command was to insert themselves into the middle of the burgeoning Demon-Fey war, then what choice had they but to comply? The bombardier threw himself to the ground as a massive fireball arced over the sky, only to crash into an equally large rose that had appeared out of nowhere. The ground was amuck with a constant, seething chaos, creatures of all kinds and horrors beyond comprehension turning and gyrating in the muddy mire.

“Damnit. Romeo? Status!”

“Not looking good. The demons are holding the line, but–” another massive tree bloomed in the center of the battlefields, its roots twining through mud and ‘mon alike. A riotous inflorescence of flowers unfurled from those roots, their cloyingly sweet fragrance muddling the mind– “quick! Gas masks!” They were the only ones fast enough, the summoned demonic mercenaries that’d brought them onto the field wilting apart as the gas took hold of them and unraveled every part of themselves, turning them into so much primordial goop.

“Dammit! We need to retreat! We won’t make it to the edge of the battlefield, much less–”

“Sir!” One of the Samiyan operatives with them gulped, pointing at a fey fighting through the air with a wooden sword, effortlessly dodging all the attacks sent his way. “Sir, the enemy is rubberbanding! What do we do!?”

Bravo blinked, momentarily nonplussed. “What?”

An attack got within a few feet of the fey– fey lord, probably– and he just blipped out of existence before appearing seamlessly back fifty feet, midswing.

“Dear Arceus you’re right. We need to get out of here.” Once he got back, he wasn’t ever going into the feywild again. Not even if he was paid a million Poke… They retreated.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 355: Ursaring is Go Fast

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The soldier next to Bravo crashed to the muddy ground, barely peeking up over the trench as they used their spyglass to look into the twisted battlefield of the feywild. “Sir! Slowly approaching ursaring! The ursarings will arrive in eventually!”

“Fey?” Romeo nodded– not speaking because she’d been hit with the same speech curse as the poor soldier.

“Belay that– ursaring will arrive sooner than thought– URSARING IS APPROACHING AT ALARMING SPEED!” The whole trench around them exploded into a flurry of action as they prepared– “URSARING IS GO FAST LOSING TRACK OF URSARING– URSARING IS REACHED MACH ONE! ” A tense second passed– “sir! WE HAVE LOST VISUAL ON URSARING.”

Bravo groaned. He wanted to be out of this place.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 356: Mew at the Gates of Hell

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John was fairly certain that Mew had spiked the food again. Not only had it tasted terrible, but he had wound up in a realm of blazing fire. He was fairly certain he was in hell, given how Giratina tended to describe it, but he wasn’t quite sure. 

 

As several demonic entities towered over the horizon and the screams of the damned echoed throughout the land, John found himself at a pair of massive, ornately decorated gates. Covered in spikes, chains, and what he was fairly certain was a mix of dried and fresh blood, the gates loomed above him, stretching into the infinity of the sky above.

 

And in front of those gates sat a reception desk with a very familiar pink cat lounging about: a pink cat who was very surprised to see John there.

 

“Oi, mate, the hell are you doing here?” Mew eyed him quizzically. “You’re not scheduled to be coming to this layer of hell for a while yet, mate.”

 

“Mew.” John crossly glared at Mew. “Why are you at the gates of hell?”

 

“I work here part time.” Mew took a swig of coffee. “Being the king of hell comes with the downsides of having to actually manage the logistics of this place.”

 

“I’m sorry…” John rapidly blinked. “...You’re the king of-”



“Hell? Yes.”

 

“Isn’t that… y’know…” John looked around, making sure no one he knew was listening. “...Somebody else’s job? Like, I dunno, Giratina for example? This seems right up his alley.”

 

“Giratina being king of hell is a popular misconception. He’s far too nice for this job.” Mew smiled. “...But no one ever stops to consider who happens to be Giratina’s dad.”

 

John subconsciously took a step back. Mew flashed him a toothy grin as he flew up from his seat. 

 

“Anyway, you’re not really meant to be here yet, sooooo….” Mew pondered some magic in his hands. “Pretend this was all a dream, kay?”

Before John could speak, he found himself hit by a pulse of magic, and moments later, found himself waking up on the floor of the kitchen, a slightly concerned Jirachi at his side. 

 

“Heya John! Glad to see you’re alright. You kinda fell over and I didn’t quite know what to do, so…”



“Yeah, it’s why I’m here.” Jirouge frowned. “Guess I’m not needed here after all.” 



Jirachi waved as Jirouge flew away. “Bye bye buddy! I’ll pay the tab next time!” 

 

“Ugh…” John shook his head. “...Where’s Mew?”

 

“Business trip or something, whatever that means.” Jirachi smiled. “Uh, anyways, we kind of have a lot of broken bowls we need to clean up right now, so if you could help with that…”



Thoughts of whatever John had just witnessed left his mind immediately as a more terrifying sight beheld him: a broken pile of destroyed silverware. 

 

John knew this wasn’t Mew’s fault, but something told him he was going to be having a very long talk with Mew later about his “recipes.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 357: Flesh Homunculus

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hey Mew!” John opened the door to Mew’s room, a plate of cookies in hand. “I got some snacks from the Flesh Mines as you requested…”

 

John trailed off as he entered the room to find Mew, busy playing Call of Duty on his computer, while another Mew stood nearby, staring blankly into space. Mew turned around, taking off his headphones with a wave. 

 

“Hiya John!” Mew’s eyes lit up, and he fluttered into the air as the smell of cookies hit his nostrils. “Oh yes, that’s what I wanted to eat tonight!”

 

“Wait!” John put a hand in front of Mew, a stern expression on his face. John pointed at the other Mew. “What is that?”

 

“That’s my flesh homunculus!” Mew sidled up to his copy. “In the case of my eventual death, I’ll transfer my mind into here, and we’ll be all cool and well and good!”

 

“Okay but why is it… alive?”



“It’s kept in a constant state of euphoria to make sure it doesn’t kill us all in a mindless rage as we sleep.” Mew shrugged. “Biology’s weird John, and I’m hungry. Can I have those cookies now or what?”

 

John handed over the cookies. He prayed to himself that the homunculus didn’t count as another one of Mew’s creations that needed to pay rent.

 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 358: Hisui 1

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Kibby was not a child. By any metric, she was a well adjusted, kind and polite young woman who in no way whatsoever should have been subject to the whims of supreme deities and their throwing-kids-through-time fixations, but alas, extratemporal arguments in other timelines and an acute danger sense trained by years of working as an OSHA agent in Rustboro city, Hoenn, conspired to render that immunity moot. That was how, after having sensed a faint but significant danger at some random pokemart, halfway across the city, Kibby found herself falling through a time vortex into the distant past.

Then she was just falling for real. As an unfamiliar, densely wooded landscape flashed by beneath her at a speed that foretold imminent and great pain, Kibby had a second to reflect that she hadn’t seen this coming at all .

Then she and Tyrantrum slammed into the beach, and everything went dark.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 359: Hisui 2

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“An absol?” A… voice? There was something off about that strange pattern of sounds that cut through the comforting dark around her. “What’s an absol doing here? I could’ve sworn that Prof. Laventon said that this beach was free of dangerous pokemon, but you don’t look like a weak pokemon.

Kibby blinked away, stumbling to her feet and shaking free the sand from her fur. Beside her, Tyrantum was still sleeping in the sand, and in front of her, a… girl? “ Hello? Do you know where we are? ” The girl just stared at her, uncomprehending, which… well, that was what humans who weren’t John tended to be like, so she supposed she didn’t have room to complain. “ Nevermind. I don’t think we’re in trouble… yet. ” There was a sense of impending doom, but not immediately impending doom. For now, they were probably safe.

The girl glanced around, then dropped her hands to the pokeballs on her belt. “You’re not afraid?” Kibby shook her head. Silly girl, thinking she’d be afraid of getting caught. Every feline pokemon knew that humans (bar the evil teams, but those were to be avoided) were the real ones being caught when they used a pokeball. Plus, she was already a caught pokemon, anyway. “All the other pokemon were afraid… don’t worry, I’m not going to try and catch you. These pokeballs are for the prof’s runaway pokemon.”

I can help, if you help me move Tyrantum out of the way. ” At least she managed to get her intent across, because after a few seconds of careful consideration, the human used her very useful opposable thumbs-having limbs to roll the bulky pokemon into a hidden position behind a few bushes.

“Alright.” The girl heaved for breath for a little bit before standing, firmly nodding to Kibby. “That was a lot of work, but now we have to find the other pokemon.” That they did, working quickly to track down the three runaway starters and return them to their balls. “Thanks for the help, Absol! I don’t think I could have done this without you! You should probably go, though, the Prof is already terrified of these little things, imagine if he saw you. ” That was… weird, but understandable. Even in this modern day, people still retained a dim view of absol– and she supposed someone who was afraid of pokemon would be prone to that kind of misunderstanding. “By the way–” she paused as she was walking away. “My name is Akari. I think. Hopefully I get to see you again, some day!”

With that, she disappeared.

What a weird encounter…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 360: Hisui 3

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“I’m scared,” said Tyrantrum in a way that, to any outside observer, might look incredibly intimidating. “I already got thrown through time already once , and now again? It feels like a curse, to never get quite used to one time before being shunted on to the next…”

Kibby patted his shoulder comfortingly. “I think we’re not the only ones who have experienced a bit of temporal displacement. You know, this isn’t the first time this has happened to me, either?”

Tyrantrum gave Kibby a skeptical look. “Really? But you’re native to the Rustboro post-catastrophe timeline. Did you get sent back in time too?”

“Not quite.” In the distance, the wooden walls of a small village rose above a sheltered cove, a tiny bastion against the cruel vicissitudes of a strangely wild world– fitting, if they were truly in the past. It was so small, so huddled tight– as if it was trying to shelter from sight and mind, to keep away anything that might harm it.

Kibby could probably knock one of those walls down if she put some effort into it– Tyrantrum would probably knock them over by accident if they got close. Not that he would, of course, he was perfectly polite, if a bit clumsy, kid. “Really? What happened?”

“Well, Celebi and Pinky got up to a fight in my room, some big reality-destroying, universe ripping combat that had them start pulling increasingly absurd weapons out of the wall that the room had somehow been built with– who even needs something called the ‘Point Blank Instantizer of Annihilation?’ Supervillians and stuck-up nation-states, that’s who, and don’t ever let a time traveler get their hands on them.” She sighed, looking at the merry glow of that small town at night, and the little girl walking into those gates. Those were bad memories…

“Oh…” Tyrantrum just pressed up a little closer to her, still terrified– but at least they were together in this.

It was, at least, one small grace.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 361: Hisui 4

Chapter Text

Kibby skidded into the clearing as Kleavor’s attack slammed off Tyrantrum’s scales, barely pushing Akari’s rowlet out of the way of the cleaving strike. “ Be more careful! You’re going to get hurt!”

Wow… you saved me! ” The little bird stared up at her, totally awestruck… which was the absolute worst thing when they were fighting some strange sort of glowy, alpha, way too powerful extinct variety of pokemon! Kibby was forced to push him out of the way of one of Kleavor’s attack, nudging him back over to Akari’s side.

That bird really needed to put some actual gumption into his training, or he was going to fold when it really mattered. That was to say, when Tyrantrum wasn’t around to beat up the problem, as evidenced by the earth-shaking battle that Akari had– to her credit– stepped to help Tyrantrum with. Now that was one competent trainer, given how she was also throwing bags of food at the pokemon at the same exact time.

Kleavor went down with a pained whine, the gold flickers of his frenzy fading from his form– and and coalescing to form a strange, ichor-green plate of not-metal, nor stone… wreathed in an aura of such monumental, immense disaster that Kibby physically recoiled from it. Further than that, though, there was a heavy presence of power radiating out from it that pressed on her soul and in no uncertain terms told her that she was in the presence of a noble power.

Akari, as though she couldn’t feel that at all , just picked up the plate and put it in her bag. “Uh… thanks for helping me! If there’s anything I can do for you, then I’d love to…” she glanced towards the arena’s exit– “but I think you two should go now. I doubt that Kamado would be very pleased to know I’ve been consorting with such clearly powerful and independent pokemon…” she gave Kibby a bow, then walked out, leaving them alone in the clearing.

Kibby sighed, then left with Tyrantrum in the other direction. Surely nothing bad could possibly come of this…

Chapter 362: Hisui 5

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The nobles of the land had, in times past, met to discuss and– if they could– solve the problems of Hisui. But if the problems were amongst their number, then who solved those? That was what Kleavor had said drove him to seek out Kibby and Tyrantrum, finding them on a ridge overlooking Jubilife. 

The slight crunch of leaves beneath his feet was the only hint of his presence as he sat down beside the two of them. “You long for it, don’t you.” It wasn’t really a question, but Kibby nodded nonetheless. “What do you see in it, young absol, that makes you yearn for that village what so vainly strives to shuffle off the order of the world?”

It was an innocent curiosity, Kibby was sure, and she could only sigh at the thought. “I was always more of a city pokemon, you know?” By the curious look Kleavor gave her, he didn’t. “We’re from the future. Arceus was throwing kids back in time again, and I got caught up in his mess.”

“You speak of the almighty one?” Were it not for the depth of veneration that Kleavor clearly held for Arceus, Kibby would have said something scathing about Arceus and that title. Almighty… maybe. Stupid and annoying? Definitely. “Hm. I suppose that makes you a good choice for the task I come to you with.”

“I’m not a good choice for any task, really. I mean, I’m a decent public safety official, and have been having some fun with journalism…” but a task bequeathed on her by a noble? It felt like a little much.

“No. You are of good heart, I know; heed my words, Kibby of Not Our Time.” He stood, and Kibby was sure that he was even more imposing now that his heaven-sent madness wasn’t holding him back. “Seek out the nobles of this land. Free them from their affliction. We beg this of you, Kibby. Please .” And against that earnestness, what could she do?

Kibby sighed, and gave one last look to Jubilife before stalking off into the waving grass.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 363: Hisui 6

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The fair Lady Lilligant, Lord over all the Crimson Mirelands, had gone mad. Chaos had descended on the lands without her judgment, anarchy loosed upon the world– and, more importantly, Kibby had a headache . How was she supposed to deal with this? The humans kept careful watch of their noble– a good idea, when she was attacking any pokemon who got near– but it certainly made her job harder!

“Alright, Tyrantrum, you take the left, and I’ll go right.” That seemed like the order of operations least likely to lead to disaster– though using her sense to divine such fine detail was… not optimal. It’s not like she asked to be responsible for saving Hisui, alright? “Ready?”

“Um. Alright!” It was a countdown, paradoxically, to the lowest amount of disaster. She’d learnt a long time ago that leaping in when the disaster peaked usually meant she was doing something wrong . “Now!” They leapt forward, a blade of dark energy coalescing on her horn and shooting out into the underbrush. In the same moment, Tyrantrum– whom Kibby could only surmise had a grudge against subtlety– leapt out at the same time, crashing through the underbrush with a bone-chilling roar.

The bandits didn’t stand a chance.

After subduing the miscreants, Kibby dragged one of the dazed starly off to the side, nudging him awake with her paw. “Alright–”

“Ah! I swear I’m not tasty! Don’t hurt me!” The starly ducked beneath his wings, trembling, and Kibby could only look in a sort of bemused silence.

“I’m not going to eat you.”

“Oh.” The starly peeked out from behind his wings, before– seeing that Kibby wasn’t , in fact, going to eat him, scuffed his talons against the ground and preened up, looking for all the world the very image of suavity. “Well, m’lady, what can I do for you this fine day?”

“Why were you trying to steal from the community berry bank?”
“What! Gasp!” Kibby blinked. The bird had literally said gasp. Who even did that? “Slander! Say, what knave told you thaa–”

“I literally stopped you in the act.”

“–at I’m sorry I’m sorry please don’t eat me oh sinnoh oh legendaries above please I’m too young to die!”

Kibby shared a glance with Tryantrum, who just shrugged. Right, he was a kid, he wouldn’t know how to deal with this… sighing, Kibby picked up the pokemon, eliciting yet more pleas for mercy. “Oh, quiet down, would you? I’m taking you to Lord Kleavor.” He’d know what to do… probably…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 364: Hisui 7

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Why is he with us?”

Strarley cringed back from Tyrantrum’s glare, shivering slightly. “Yeah! Why am I here! Can’t I just go home?”

Kibby shrugged. “You could go back to Lord Kleavor. Don’t you remember his judgment?”

“A-ah! I think I’m good!” The little bird puffed out his chest. “You know what? I’m perfectly and totally willing to help you to the fullness of my abilities, without any qualifications whatsoever please don’t behead me!” Kibby thought his bravado was a little strained towards the end there, but who was she to judge?
She’d thought Kleavor decreeing the death penalty for starly was somewhat… extreme, but once she’d spoken up it wasn’t like Kleavor would just change his mind. It took a bit of persuading, but she’d managed to bargain down the noble to ten years and a day of indentured servitude helping her maintain the peace.

Kibby sincerely hoped that they wouldn’t be here for ten years. With how things were going with that girl, though, she thought that they just might .

She really hoped she’d speed up because damn was that Galaxy Team girl taking her sweet time. Sighing, she turned back to their current objective– determining who had set starly up to rob the berry bank in the first place. An exciting task! In theory, at least… in reality, Kibby was very quickly discovering that stakeouts were boring. She waved a paw at her two fellows in anti-crime, pointing back towards the empty cave in front of them. “Keep watching. We don’t want them to get away, do we?”

starly snapped a salute. “Yes sir! Or, um, ma’am? Your most blessed excellency, chosen of Arceus? Constable–” Kibby gave him a short glare. “Right right right whatever you want on it!” The poor bird turned his attention very firmly on the cave in front of them, only shaking a little.

Kibby didn’t even think he was blinking. Right…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 365: Hisui 8

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The lord of the mountain valley was making a whole lot of ruckus, mad as he was. The three of them had climbed up the treacherous slopes the moment they’d heard that Akari had ventured out to fight the insanity-stricken pokemon, hoping to give what help they could.

Or, at least Kibby and Tyrantrum were trying to give what help they could. “Oh arceus oh arceus oh arceus oh arceus–” flinging himself to the side, Starly barely dodged out of the way of a bolt of lightning. “Why did you bring me up here! I’m not made for this!” The bird was just trying to stay alive.

A task lord Electrode was making rather difficult with his constant attacks. “ Stay still and die!

“Nope!” Luckily for Starly, Akari’s team was right on it, tackling the maddened lord and diverting his attention away from the poor bird. For a little while at least… By the end of the battle, Starly was looking rather haggard, but at least they’d won?

Yeah. Kibby felt like she might need to see if she could find a good pokemon therapist around…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 366: Hisui 9

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“So… what was your childhood like?” A quiet flame crackled and popped in the shelter they’d sequestered themselves away in, its faint warmth but barely driving away the chill that nipped at their heels. This high up mount Coronet, Kibby thought they were lucky to have even managed to get enough fuel to start a fire in the first place.

Starly shifted uncomfortably at Tyrantrum’s question, clearly pondering whether or not it was worth it to disobey Lord Kleavor’s command to follow them in everything (letter and spirit) when the topic of the question was clearly uncomfortable for him. Really, what was Tyrantrum even thinking? She rolled her eyes. Kids… “You don’t have to answer that if you don’t want to, Starly. And Tyrantrum, don’t probe. It’s not nice.”

Tyrantrum ducked his head, looking for all the world like a kicked puppy. “Sorry miss Kibby. I won’t.”

“How do you do that? He could break you like a twig, but he listens to you I mean I didn’t say anything please don’t hurt me I’ll be good I–” Kibby tapped a claw on the little bird’s beak, silencing him.

She didn’t mind, really. Or, well, it was just as insensitive a question as Tyrantrum’s had been, so fair was fair. “I’m older than he is, and have more experience with this sort of stuff.”
“Climbing mountains?”

No, dealing with legendaries and gods beyond the ken of mortal comprehension. “Yeah.” She allowed it, chuckling. “Climbing mountains.”

Starly cocked his head, clearly confused. “So, like… you’re almost like an elder of Tyrantrum’s tribe? That makes sense! Wait, how old are you?”

“Don’t you know never to ask a lady her age?” Starly just looked at her confusedly, and Kibby remembered belatedly that whole thing was a human construct in the first place. “Whatever, that’s not important. I’m twenty two.”

“What! That’s so young! How can you be an elder if you’re only twenty two!”

“Hey! Don’t be rude to Kibby!”

“I’m sorry don’t kill me I…” Starly continued on, and Kibby just sighed and let him. He’d be on like this for a while…

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

One year's worth of daily updates. Interesting...

Chapter 367: Chapter 367

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Guys!” 

 

Celebi flew into the room with such great speed that she slammed straight into a wall. Mew and Jirachi watched her as she lifted herself back into the air again, rubbing her head.

 

“What’s up, Celebi?” asked Mew.

 

“Don’t you guys know!?” Celebi flung herself at Mew, grasping his shoulders and staring dead into his eyes. “It’s Chapter 367!” 

 

“Chapter 367!?” Jirachi dropped his sippy cup. “How could I forget!?” 

 

“Are you guys doing this again?” Manaphy sauntered into the room, grinning. “It’s been ages since we’ve gotten together to celebrate good old Chapter 367.”

 

Latias, following behind her, looked between Manaphy and the others, searching for an answer. She found nothing that she could reasonably understand with any degree of sanity. 

 

“Goodie good!” Mew threw his hands into the air. “I’ll go and get the champagne!” 

 

Celebi flew off into the next room. “I’ll go get the grandkids!”

 

“Make sure to grab the Unown too, Celebi!” hollered Jirachi, “They haven’t been to one of these properly yet!”

 

“I, uh…” Latias raised her hand. “Is this… should I be concerned?”

 

“Not really.” Manaphy yawned. “This is all gonna be off-screen anyways.”   

 

“Oh.” Latias blinked. “Alright then.” 

 

“Chapter 367!” Mew yelled, a champagne bottle clutched within the spiral of his tail. 

 

“Chapter 367!” 

 

Jirachi slammed head first into the cork, causing it to explode. Jirachi went flying out of a nearby window, and the rest of the group stood there, being bombarded by the spray of the bottle. Manaphy sighed.

 

“I swear, these get lower budget every time…”

 

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 368: Hisui 10

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They’d been making their way back towards Jubilife when they got ambushed.

Kibby had not been in a ‘being ambushed’ sort of mood, but alas, the whims of petty hitmen and criminal goons waited for no absol and the three of them quickly found themselves beset on all sides by Starly’s old ‘friends.’

It was all rather amusing, actually. Kibby sat back on her haunches, watching as Starly argued with the group of random mooks. It kind of reminded her of a period drama, actually…

“You’ve betrayed the noble house of Sinense for the last time, foul traitor to the noble house of Sinense!” Called out a burly leafeon, presumably talking to Starly, traitor to the noble house of Sinense. “Submit now and the noble house of Sinense may yet show mercy, traitor to the—”

“For the last time I’m not a traitor! His holiness, blessed by Arceus, Lord Kleavor commanded that I serve her ladyship Kibby, and who am I to defy the will of god?” It would have sounded a lot more noble if Starly wasn’t literally quaking in fear. “Also, since when were we a noble house? Weren’t we just roving band—”

“Silence, impetuous traitor to the noble and most righteous, upstanding house of Sinense! The lord Staraptor has thusly declared our house noble and right, and how are we to defy him?”

An ugly look flicked over Starly’s face— only for a second, but enough for Kibby to notice. She shared a glance with Tyrantrum, who despite his childish naivety had also noticed it. Damn. She really wished she had some popcorn, but alas…

The argument wouldn’t end soon, that was for sure. She’d intervene if they actually attacked Starly, but for now… she settled down and watched the show.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 369: Hisui 11

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They’d fought through the gate guard, the gate guard’s guard, the guard that guarded the inner gate, the inner gate guard, the tower guard, the guard in the tower, the inner-tower guard, and the guard at the top of the tower to get into the throne room of the Noble House of Sinense (Kibby had learnt they got really upset if you didn’t properly capitalize the name while speaking), and Kibby was rather sick and tired of guards.

A staraptor stood stately, beak slightly upturned as he looked out the wrought-wood window and over the quiet forest rustling beneath them. “So you’ve finally arrived. I’ve been waiting for you, scion of the old order…” he flourished a wing– “your reign of terror shall end with me!”

Kibby cocked her head in confusion. “Aren’t you the one reigning in terror from an evil tower?”

“It’s a noble tower. For the–”
“Noble House of Sinense.” Kibby sighed. “Yeah, I figured. How do you even get up here? Wouldn’t it take like all morning to get past all the guards?”

Starly scoffed. “Yeah, right. I bet he’s not subject to the same rules as his servents. My father would never be so magnanimous as that.”

“No, I just fly in.” There was a suspiciously staraptor-sized hole in the wall, on second glance. “Now– prepare to die, ignoble tramp! I’ll strike you down myself!” A violent energy wreathed his wing as he dashed forward, ready to meet Kibby’s night daze–

Starley through himself between them, wings outstretched. “Woah woah woah, dad! You wouldn’t hit a woman, would you?”
Staraptor gaped. “That’s a woman?

Kibby just facepalmed. This entire effort was so stupid .

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 370: Hisui 12

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They’d had a long, dramatic battle with many great triumphs and tragedies (definitely), tearing down the tower around them and shattering the forest until Kibby stood heaving for breath in a brand-new clearing, facing off the Lord of Sinense, the false king of the forest. Staraptor. “Why…” she struggled out, hacking out a cough. “Why are you doing this?”

“I… must restore… order. ” He growled, dragging himself forward towards Kibby, brilliant energy wreathing him as he prepared another move. “The nobles have gone mad! The world is bereft of proper guidance, left to fall apart without the helping hand of a man of truly noble standing; I will be the one to control Hisui!”

Kibby shook her head sadly. “It’s that very desire to control people instead of help them that makes you a bad ruler, Staraptor, and a bad father too. Lighten up!”

“No! I’ll never!” A rush of energy poured out of him skyward, causing the heavens above them to rumble and churn, black clouds slowly gathering. “I’ll destroy you, tramp! You’ll rue the day you were born!” And with an almighty crack

The sky shattered.

Distortion fell over the world, inky red and swirling black, unfathomably deep in horrifying cosmic enormity. Kibby stared up skyward in surprise, before turning to Staraptor in shock. “Did… you do that?”

Staraptor, though, was also staring up at the sky in stunned surprise. “No… no, what sorcery is this? We’re doomed, Kibby of no House! Doomed, I tell you!”

Kibby rolled her eyes. “You sound just like your son.” Then she turned her back on him, and scampered away. She needed to find Tyrantrum, and Starly, and figure out what had caused the rift over Mt. Coronet to swallow the sky, preferably in that order.

Yeah.

Things were funky .

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 371: Hisui 13

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The world had gone wrong.

That was the only way Kibby could describe what had happened– the order of reality had simply up and gone on vacation one day, leaving only vast trailings of chaos in its wake; shattering the sky and in that bloody light basking, returning them to base disorder.

To the outside observer, perhaps, it would have looked like nothing of great disturbance happened in the various pokemon clans and tribes of the forest, yet Kibby, with her vaunted insider status, knew that that was anything but the truth. Instead, chaos reigned as everyone instantly blamed everyone else and threw the whole forest into a series of battles, tournaments, and otherwise surprisingly vicious fights for honor and desperation.

Everyone also blamed Staraptor, though, and for once, Kibby couldn’t blame them. Had she not literally been standing right in front of him as they fought, she might have thought he was behind the scarlet sky too.

Thusly, as she and Tyrantrum– and Starly, despite great cowardice– reasserted over the forest some semblance of order, they found themselves standing at the trial of the False Lord, the Kinsbreaker, the criminal of Hisui–

Lord Staraptor the accursed.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 372: The Horror

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John walked in to a scene of pure, unfiltered chaos.

Jirachi was in the corner, hands over his head as he muttered maddened words but barely audible. Celebi was splayed out across the table, eyes unfocused. Manaphy had grabbed the emergency demon exorcism materials from the closet and was chanting in liturgical cant as she cowered in front of Mew. And Mew… Mew was…

The pink cat turned to John, a cute smile on his face and a paw held out in front of him. “Nya~”

“What.” John felt like retching. No, she felt like burning down the entire apartment, salting the earth, and then burning down the salt for good measure. “What in the name of all that is holy was that , Mew?”

“It’s Halloween, nya~”

John had a sinking feeling about this. “…and?”

“Owo? You aren’t horrified by this, nya?”

Yes. Yes he was. He cracked his knuckles, and shifted—

If this was how they were going to play—

………

Mew slumped onto the bar, bruised and battered, wordlessly accepting the drink Leavanny slid him. “Thanks.”

“Pirouette form?”

“Bingo, mate.”

Leavanny’s face twisted into a grimace of wordless sympathy. “Ah. That’s rough, buddy…”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Happy Halloween!

Chapter 373: Hisui 14

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The trial took place on the coast, for such a great event called the attendance of not one but eight of the noble pokemon. Only the lords Alvalugg and Electrode pleaded absence, by virtue of unalienable aspects of their biology preventing them from making the arduous trip. Everyone else, though… everyone else was present.

It was, in a word, intimidating . Even to Kibby, who’d seen Giratina himself with John once or twice and stood in the presence of mythical pokemon, there was something distinctly threatening about the ring of dour lords, each preeminent amongst their own territories and filled with a strength beyond normal pokemon.

Kleavor, lord of the forests, appointed chief judge over the proceedings.

Lord Liligant of the mirelands, Lady of the Ridge, tempestuous in her wrath and elegant in bearing–

Young Arcanine of the Isles, in eagerness only all the more imposing–

Wyrdeer the fleet, set to watch grimly from the ridge, his face but barely twisted into a rictus of disgust.

Ursaluna of the earth, domineering even amongst his peers.

Basculegion, peerless amongst the Cobalt Coast, and the reason they’d decided to hold their meeting here besides the crashing waves–

Lady Sneasler of Coronet, looking as though she wanted to be anywhere but here

And last Braviary, lord of the far north of the world, where ice clung to every rock and barren plain and the very skies protested their burden. Appointed to lead the procedures, he stepped forward, psychic wreath blazing with a barely-restrained fury– “Staraptor,” he said, simply, voice low– “you stand here accused of heresy, high treason, grand desolation of reality, and conspiracy against the natural order. How do you plead?”

Staraptor– under the careful watch of the lords, lest he try to escape– glared at them with a smoldering rage. “History will prove that I was the righteous one in these endeavors.”
“If history even exists after this whole thing,” drawled Sneasler. “Can’t we get finished with this already? Every moment I’m here is another moment I’m not in the Coronet Highlands.”

“Loath as I am to agree with Sneasler–” spoke Basculegion in his deep, rumbling voice– “we ought to make this fast. There’s only one real question on the table– it is beyond doubt that he is guilty of heresy, high treason, and conspiracy against the natural order. What we must determine is whether or not the defendant is guilty of grand desolation of reality. May any witnesses to the matter speak?” There was literally only one witness there.

Kibby stepped forward, receiving a hateful glare from Staraptor as she stood in front of him. “Greetings to the Nobles of Hisui. Thank you for having me here.” None of them seemed particularly impressed by her integration, which was… nerve-wracking, because she’d gathered they rather liked that sort of thing before. Now, though, they were all business. “I… um, do not think that Staraptor is guilty of grand desolation of reality. While he is a cruel ‘mon and definitely not very nice, I am certain that he had neither the means nor the motive to shatter the very skies. Uh, I think he was just an opportunist, taking advantage of your absence to make some moves.”
Staraptor stared at her in shock, as if entirely disbelieving that she would have possibly defended him in court. Really, she hadn’t wanted too– he’d been a horrible father to Starly– but more than that she was determined to tell the truth. So she’d done.

For a long second, Kleavor was silent, before proclaiming in his rumbling voice– “Staraptor, from here on you shall officially be known amongst the peoples and pokemon of Hisui as Staraptor the Accursed, and forever barred from these bountiful shores. The noble house of Sinense is now and forever disbanded, its name, anathema. You have three days to leave Hisui and never return. Such is the will of Arceus.” Kibby sincerely doubted that Arceus cared one way or another whether or not Staraptor was kicked out of Hisui, but she certainly wasn’t going to say anything. Exile was vastly preferable to death, after all.

Staraptor gave them one final glare before winging away, disappearing into the horizon over the ocean and leaving Kibby standing– profoundly awkwardly– amongst the nobles of the land.

As one, they turned to her, Liligant putting to words what they all clearly thought– “so. What shall be your reward?”
Kibby had the sinking feeling that the answer was more work.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 374: Hisui 15

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Her reward had been more work. She’d been paired up with Lady Sneasler and sent into the Coronet Highlands to render assistance where she could provide what little succor within their abilities. She’d been a bit excited, at first. Starly had promised to take care of Tyrantrum, and Lord Kleavor had promised to make sure that Starly behaved, which meant it was the first time in months that she’d been able to get away from the two of them. Don’t get her wrong, she adored the kids, it was just that they… well, they could be a handful if they wanted to.

They usually wanted to.

However, Sneasler’s attitude was… not what she’d expected. “C’mon, slowpoke. Hurry it up! We’ve gotta get over this cliff if we want to do anything worthwhile with our time.” Incredibly acerbic and also somehow, impossibly hardworking despite that was how Kibby would describe her. “Yoo hoo! This cliff isn’t going to climb itself!”

“I can’t climb like you can!” Still she scrabbled up the sheer rock face, using (overusing, she might say) her disaster sense to make sure she didn’t fall and dash her brains out on the rocks below. The very sharp, very deadly looking rocks…

Nope, not thinking about it.

They reached the top of the cliff and Kibby flopped down on the small meadow, heaving for breath… for all of a second before Lady Sneasler poked her in the side. “You know, we’ve still got to get to the site of the disaster you felt. C’mon. C’mon.” Kibby sighed, and rolled to her feet.

Working with Lady Sneasler sucked .

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 375: Hisui 16

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The good news was that they’d arrived before the disaster!

The bad news was that somehow space-time happened to stub its toe and give out the moment they’d arrived, shattering into a swirl of scarlet light and distorted time. Now, if that had been the only thing, it would have been fine. Kibby was used to worse, living in existing distance of Celebi and Pinky. No, the real problem was the angry, inordinately powerful pokemon that simply flashed randomly into existence all over the place.

Kibby ducked beneath a thunderbolt powerful enough to tear a furrow into the rocky ground and light it incandescent, desperately searching for the sense of her still-echoing premonition. “There’s something going on still!”
“Something worse than this?” Kibby could understand Sneasler’s incredulity somewhat, but she ignored it and just nodded. “Damnit, fine. I’m not the prophet…” they took off across the open field, dodging attacks apocalyptic in scale. If she was being generous, they might be merely devastating.

There! Trapped beneath a rock were a few young pokemon, desperately looking for freedom as a furious-looking, absolutely enraged jolteon stalked towards them. Kibby didn’t hesitate, throwing herself in front of them, night-slash burning on her horn.

The jolteon paused– but only for a second. Then her world was electricity and light. Agonizing arcs of lightning burned across her vision and slammed into her flank, burning through her fur and filling the air with the sound of sizzling flesh– but Kibby refused to back down. Mere moments later, she released her night slash, snapping through the air and sending the jolteon stumbling back.

She stumbled back, waiting for the second blow– but it never came. Instead, Sneasler leapt out in front of her, slamming the jolteon into the ground and knocking it unconscious. “We’ve gotta get out of here! Grab the kids, we’re going!” Kibby didn’t have to be told twice.

They fled.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 376: Litter

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Manaphy had requested a meeting. Pinky found that this wasn’t too unusual, if only for the fact that she despised Manaphy with a burning passion. Pinky fluttered about her room, trying to figure out Manaphy’s purpose could possibly be, as the Queen of the Sea herself entered the room. 

 

“Ah, Manaphy…” Pinky glared. “To what do I owe the pleasure?”

 

Manaphy glowered at her, dumping a pile of broken plastic on her desk. Pinky’s nose curled up at the mere sight of the heap. 

 

“Geez, what is this?” Pinky sniffed it, pinching her nose, as she shoved it off the desk and onto Manaphy’s head. “Keep it away from the paperwork girl, geez.”

 

“You and I both know you’re glad you have an excuse not to do it now.” Manaphy smirked. “But as I was saying… your Evil Co. people are dumping waste into the water.”

 

“No we aren’t!” Pinky slammed her fist on her desk. “We may be Evil, but littering is a far more vile act then we are willing to commit.”

 

“Who the heck else would dump litter?” Manaphy frowned. “No one else is so vile, so despicable, and so heartless that they would…” 

 

Manaphy stopped, realization coming over her face. Pinky’s look grew sullen, as she to came to the same realization. 

 

“It’s Mew, isn’t it?”

 

“Do you want to kill him first or me?”

 

“Let’s do it together.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 377: The Unexpectedly Twisty Path

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The distortion pressed in thick around them, cloyingly strong, electric almost as it prickled over her skin and raced in mesmerizing swirls through the sky. The sound of battling pokemon grew muted as they ran, a strange distance settling between her and Sneasler. 

Still, she pressed forward. They had to get out of the distortion. Had to get to safety, beyond the undoing of reality— had to—

Something reached out and grabbed her.

A dark, red-tipped tendril yanked her away from the others, pulling her back with an enormous force. She didn’t have a chance to yelp as up turned down and left left right rightly roiling, color smeared out and pulsing beneath the skin-taut surface of something her mind could not understand—

“Found you.” A great and terrible voice intoned, a six-winged giant, sinuous and dripping scarlet. “Sam missed you, you know—”

Kibby blinked. “Giratina? What are you doing?” Now that she thought about it, the strange non-reality was looking a whole lot like John’s living room…

“I noticed you had— somehow— fallen into a distortion, so I brought you here. I hope you don’t altogether mind.” She blinked. Had it all been a dream? Surely not… the exertions of fighting in the distortion, of saving the frenzied nobles…

She shook her head. That could be dealt with later. “Thanks for grabbing me.” She nodded in gratitude towards the great renegade, then padded off out the door. First she needed to go make sure her mom was okay. Then… then, maybe she would try and get back to Hisui.

If it even existed in the first place… 

Notes:

May or may not get back to regular updates for a while.

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 378: The Return of the King

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

John paused in the living room, head cocked as he looked at the TV– and at all four of his roommates, who’d somehow found time out of their busy schedules to watch a movie together and not invite him. Jirachi was kicking his feet, on the edge of his seat as he stared raptly at the screen, Manaphy was leant against the couch’s back, relaxing in the dark room, Celebi was snacking on popcorn, and Mew was… John didn’t know what Mew was snacking on, other than that it was pinkish, slimy, crunchy, and squirmed around when the divine kitten wasn’t watching. He wasn’t sure if he wanted to know.

He leaned against the couch, trying to get a better look. “What’re you watching?”

“Oi! Shush, mate— John?” Mew blinked, clearly nonplussed at his presence. “Weren’t you supposed to be at work for a few hours still?”
“Yeah, but Iron Jugulis was fighting a rampaging three headed mechanical hydra beast, so they let us out early.”

“Ah.” All four of his roommates nodded in understanding. “That makes sense.”

“So… what’s the movie?”

Celebi glanced up at him, far less annoyed than Mew had been. “It’s an old classic called The Return of the King . One of the most important ones in the fantasy genre– we’ve just got to the part where they’re taking the one ring up to Mt. Doom in Mordor!”

John sighed in relief. “Good, good, for a second I thought you were watching some poor attempt at referencing an old meme because of certain… circumstances.” Say, when was chapter 102 coming out, anyways? “Or Dogs in Love. I swear, I still can’t believe you did that.”

“Hey!” Mew crossed his arms with a pout. “I can watch dogs in love whenever I want!”
“Not my special gold directors cut with extras platinum awards edition! I thought that it’d been stolen!”

“Who would even steal that junk?”

John lifted an incredulous eyebrow. “Lemme think. Iron Jugulis, you, Pinky, Diancie, Giratina, the Lake Guardians, Prince, Latias on behalf of Prince, the hole monsters, the demons, the fey, Bartholomew, Iron Jugulis, Pidove, Iron Jugulis–”

“Alright! I get it! I’ll tell you next time mate, sheesh.” He flicked his tail at the couch beside him– “wanna join?” And held up a pawful of his… snacks. John sat and reluctantly tried one– they were actually pretty good…

He leaned back, and watched the movie.

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 379: Moon's Haunted

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Oh, hey Mew,” said John, lowering his newspaper. “Heard you took a trip to the moon recently.”



“Yeah.” 

 

Mew ignored him, opening a nearby cupboard. John shuffled awkwardly in his seat, trying to see what Mew was doing. 

 

“Something up?”

 

Mew backed away from the cabinet, closing it shut with his tail. In his hands was his hunting rifle.

 

“Moon’s haunted.”



John blinked. “What?”

Mew sprouted wings from his back. “Moon’s haunted.”



Mew burst through the ceiling, leaving John confused in his seat. John, deciding that the issue was out of his control, went back to reading his newspaper as if nothing else was going on.

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 380: Bowling Derby

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“You know, it's been a while since we've hung out, John. We need to do this more often.”

 

“Tell me about it.” John chuckled. “Bowling with the boys is something I've missed.” 

 

“Well, boy, singular.” Aster bent down, petting the heads of the Reegees. “Unless you count these guys, of course.”

 

All three Reegees took a moment to process the petting, and responded soon after with a vigorously tail wagging. 

 

“Well, they can't bowl unfortunately.” 

 

“A shame, too. They’re very smart. I'm sure the ball would get a strike every time if they went bowling.”

 

John looked over. Almia was currently trying to bite Oblivia's tail off. Fiore was salivating, and mumbling something about the ethics of diamond mining in a socialist economy.

 

“...Sure.” John shook his head. “How did you even afford this, anyway? Your financing skills are terrible.”

 

“I got financial advice from your firm.” Aster grabbed a bowling ball. “That costumed fella you’re friends with does a very good job.”

 

John would have spat out his drink if he had one. “That guy? You understood him?”

 

“Well, the Eevee did the translation work, but yeah.” Aster nodded sagely. “Among those indescribably garbled noises it makes was surprisingly sound advice on how best to manage my finances for the fiscal year.”

 

“Right…” John made a popping sound with his mouth. “...Right...”

 

“I mentioned you to them, actually.” Aster smiled wistfully. “The grip it had on its knife went tighter when your name got brought up. They must be excited to meet you!” 

 

“...Right. Yeah, totally. Definitely.”

 

“That’s good, because they were so excited that when I brought up that they wanted to come on this bowling trip too.” Aster’s face lit up. “Ah, look, there they are now!”

 

John paled. The Costume stood a foot away from them, bowling ball in hand. He looked at the Costume’s feet; it had somehow substituted the usual costume footwear for bowling shoes. Their cleanliness stood in stark contrast to the rest of the Costume’s grungy appearance. 

 

“...Right.” John struggled to suppress his concern. “I need to use the bathroom very quickly…” 

 

The Victini Costume did not care, and if it did, it did not show it. As John rushed to the bathroom, the Costume was petting the Reegees on the head in an uncharacteristic show of emotion. John grew even more unnerved. 

 

“Right, fun. Okay.” John rushed into the bathroom, and entered the bathroom stall. “The Victini Costume is here. No one else is here, I can't tell Aster. What do I even do here?”

 

“Maybe stop talking to yourself in the bathroom,” a man outside irritably replied, “You're spreading your uncomfortableness to the rest of us.” 

 

“I’m sorry, I'm very stressed.”

 

“I would be too if I happened to be stuck with a mysterious serial killer, my unknowing best friend, and his three eldritch dog cat fox things, and no other form of help, in a completely hypothetical scenario that probably has no relation to yours. But sometimes, in situations like that, you just gotta work with what you got. Not much more to it than that.”

 

John opened his mouth to speak, but got caught off. 

 

“And now, as a rule of thumb, stop talking to yourself in bathrooms. You think your situation is crazy? Normal people are gonna think you're crazier!”

 

The man walked away, leaving the bathroom without washing his hands. John sighed. 

 

“I hate to agree with the random bathroom person, but I guess I gotta work with it.” John opened the stall door. “Well, I'm just expecting this to go terribly-”

“...Well.”

 

The Costume was surprisingly good at bowling. His costume may have been sagging in places, and also a psychopath, but they had a hell of a throwing arm that John could respect. Their bowling team was actually doing well for once. John could put aside the attempted murders for something like this. 

 

“That was a good night, gang.” Aster sauntered off back to his car, the Reegees trailing behind him. “Same time next week?”

 

John glanced at the Victini Costume. It stared back at him. 

 

“...I might be busy. Aria finances, you know?” 

 

The Costume turned back. It began to walk away into the night. 

 

“Oh, well.” Aster waved. “Hey, see ya around, costumed fella?”

 

The Costume was already gone. John shrugged. It had left him alone for once, but he didn't want to take any more chances.

Notes:

By Poklego999

Chapter 381: Red

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Oh that’s a nice black paint you have there!”

Mew paused his work (painting work, of a sorts), turning to glare at manaphy. “Black? Black? This isn’t black, you utter nimwit, this is red.

Manaphy furrowed her brow. “No? Pretty sure this is black.”

“Huh?” Iron Leaves stepped into the room, cocking his head and staring at the ball. “Looks blue to me.”

Mew reeled back in surprise? “Blue? I won’t stand for this! I didn’t raise my son to look at blue— recalibrate your sensors!”

“Aww, fine…”

Outside, Bartholomew looked into the house with his infrared glasses, chuckling to himself. “What fools. When are they going to realize that it's white?

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 382: Iron Jugulis

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

 










On Iron Jugulis

By Iron Jugulis

 

Table of Contents

On Iron Jugulis . 1

Abstract . 1

Iron Jugulis . 2

Iron Jugulis . 2

Iron Jugulis . 2

Methodology of Iron Jugulis . 2

Experimental Iron Jugulis . 3

Numerical Iron Jugulis . 3

Figures . 4

Jug. 1 . 4

Jug. 2 . 4

Jug. 3 . 5

Jug. 4 . 5

Jug. 5 . 6

Conclusion . 6

References . 6

Appendix . 7

 

 

Abstract

In this paper, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis[1] Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis[1]. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Iron Jugulis

Iron Jugulis

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis; Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis[2] Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Iron Jugulis

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis; Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis[2] Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Methodology of Iron Jugulis

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis; Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis that is, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis has Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Experimental Iron Jugulis

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis; Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis[3] Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis; Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Numerical Iron Jugulis

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Figures

Jug. 1

Jug. 2

Jug. 3

 

Jug. 4

Jug. 5

Conclusion

To conclude, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis[3]. The Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis conclusively shows Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis with negligible Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

Ultimately, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis[3] Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis, Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis. Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis; Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis Iron Jugulis.

 

References

[1] I. Jugulis, Iron Jugulis, 1st ed., vol. 1. Jugulis Avenue: Iron Jugulis. Available: https://www.iron.jugulis.galar.gov/

[2] I. Jugulis, Iron Jugulis, 1st ed., vol. 2. Jugulis Avenue: Iron Jugulis. Available: https://www.iron.jugulis.galar.gov/

[3] I. Jugulis, Iron Jugulis rules the world, 1st ed., vol. 2. Jugulis Avenue: Iron Jugulis. Available: https://www.iron.jugulis.galar.gov/

Appendix

Notes:

High effort roommates chapter? Key indicator that this was in fact written by guest writer and good friend of ours, Iron Jugulis

Chapter 383: Demon Day Out

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Latias enjoyed Samiya. It was tranquil, peaceful, calming. The architecture was beautiful, and the sea was kind. Samiya was also home to visiting demons very frequently, and that made Latias slightly uncomfortable. She was friends with a few of them, even with their King, and that made most of them friendly with her. But that was most of them. Some of them unnerved her.

 

The demon with the many eyes tried to foresee her fate. She didn’t quite like how ominous he was. An orb constructed entirely of blood tried to tell her things about her family that were complete and utter nonsense. Like, being siblings with the demon army’s prime general? She half-suspected it was pulling its assumptions from the wrong reality. 

 

She liked to ignore these demons when she had a chance. She made sure to avoid all of them, just in case they tried to coax her into a deal. 

 

“Hey Latias!”

 

Mew passed her by in the street. She waved and carried on. She turned, stopping at an ice cream stall, and put the Samiyan shells in her hand onto the counter.

 

“One vanilla and chocolate please.” Latias paused, looking at the currency. “That's enough for one, right?”

 

“Of course.” The Octillery dragged the shells into his stall with a single tentacle, not breaking his eye contact with her. “You learn quick, Princess.”

 

“Aw, shucks.” Latias sheepishly scratched the back of her head. “You don't need to be all hoity-toity with me y'know.”

 

“Oh, gotcha. I won't be then.” Octillery placed the ice cream an inch from her face. “Thank you, and I hope you die in the nearest typhoon.” 

 

“I'll try my best not to, just for you. Toodles!”

 

The Octillery glared at her, and ducked back into his stall. Latias snickered. She knew her mother's tips would pay off eventually. 

 

“Now then… ice cream in hand, calm ocean, Mew enjoying himself… nothing can possibly go wrong with today.”

In one moment, Latias licked her ice cream. In the next, Latias found herself in a realm on fire. Somehow, Latias wasn't surprised. 

 

“Welcome, new recruit.” A strange, ball-shaped being, with tentacles flowing out of its head, walked up to her, clipboard in hand. “We need all the help we can get in our war, and you would be a valuable asset-”

 

“No.”

 

“Huh?”

 

“You guys work in pacts.” Latias shook her head. “So no.”

 

“Then I'll trap you in your own personal hell until you give in-”

 

“No.”

 

“What?”

 

“You legally can't imprison me in the Septic Vault without my consent.” 

 

“Darn.” The demon turned around. “Back to the mortal realm with you then. Where did you even learn of our ways in the first place?”

 

“Your king enjoys playing UNO game nights, and you guys complain so much that I've picked up a few things from him.” 

 

“That tracks. See you when you die!”

 

“I'll try not to, just for you!”

 

“Good luck with that, important girl.” The demon guffawed. “You've got a lot coming your way. I'd be surprised if you make it out in one piece.”

 

“Stop being ominous.” Latias smiled. “Bye-a!”

 

“Seeya around!”

 

Latias blinked, and she was back in the Samiyan street. She looked around. Everything was as she left it. She breathed a sigh of relief. 

 

“Demons…” 

 

She went in to lick her ice cream, but found her tongue meeting nothing. She blinked, and when she looked down the street, she found a suspiciously Mew shaped object fleeing down the street. 

 

“Mew!” 

 

Mew turned around briefly, yelling down the street. “You can't catch me!”

 

“I will now, just for you!”

 

Mew snickered, and within a moment, he was a Latias himself. He blitzed down the street, and Latias, rolling her eyes, followed suit behind him. 

 

“Demons… how I hate them sometimes.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 384: 102 Words

Summary:

By PancakePanini

Chapter Text

A loud crash erupted from the kitchen.

John got up from his seat in the living room and promptly walked around the hole to find Mew upside-down with a knocked-over cup on the table and a broken plate beside him. A book floated in front of his face, guided by his hands.

"Now what caused you to break the plate?" John asked, walking around the shattered remains and crouching beside him.

"Well, I was reading this book and the bloody thing has a chapter with less than 102 words."

“Interesting.” He said as he went to close the book.

“No wai-

Chapter 385: Odd Feeling

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mew floated through the kitchen, head tilted inquisitively. “I don't know what’s wrong, but I’m feeling right off, don’t you know old pal?”

 

John rolled his eyes. “You're imagining things. Everything’s fine. Pinky and Celebi are off entertaining themselves, Jirachi is in school, Manaphy and Prince are having a great time… everything seems normal, you know?”

 

“No, I… just—” the pink god-kitten tapped a paw against their chin. “I can’t put my finger on it, but it feels like it’s been a long time since we last got together like this…”

 

“You don’t have fingers. Also, we’ve been together all week. I don’t know what you’re talking about.”

 

Mew grimaced. “Well, sure, we’re still Roommates with Mythical Gremlins, but it’s got to have been like… the better part of a year since the last update dropped.”

 

“What?”

 

“What?”

Notes:

By RichardSullivan

Chapter 386: Bloody Hell Mate

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

On one fine sunny day, John sat quietly at the kitchen table. It was a Tuesday, and a fairly standard one at that. His hand clutched a coffee cup, taking a sip, as he thought tentatively to himself. A menagerie of screams signalled to John the arrival of Mew, who poked his head above the kitchen counter rather innocently, compared to his normal self. 

 

“Have you ever wanted a different blood color?”

 

John blinked. “What?”

 

“A different blood color.” Mew tilted his head, confused, as if this was the most normal thing to ask someone. “Because red gets boring sometimes.”

 

“Mew, I do not need a different blood color.” John sighed. “Can’t you do that to yourself?”

 

“I can’t.” Mew’s claws flared, and he slashed into his arm. Mew’s arm began leaking a viscous, yellow liquid. “My body is 70% egg yolk, 20% spite and hatred, and 10% raw sewage. No blood to mess around with, mate.”

 

“Right…” John eyed Mew’s arm as the wound promptly sealed shut, some leftover fluid leaking onto the floor in a puddle beneath Mew’s feet. “Fine, I guess. Just change it back later.”

 

“Any preference?” 

 

“No, not really.”

 

“How come?”

 

John took a sip of his coffee. “I don’t have a favorite color.” 

 

“Alright, I’ve got just the thing.” Mew snapped his fingers, and John felt a subtle change in his system. “I’ve made your blood the color ebyr.” 

 

“Ebyr? Is that, like, a type of turquoise or something?” 

 

“No, it kind of resembles a Devilisjiffightaquarine mixed with a dash of troumparoon.” 

 

“And that is?” 

 

“Nothing important. I can show you your color right…” 

 

Mew paused, feeling a light tug on his tail. He looked down, and saw, rather annoyingly, that his egg yolk-laden blood had produced yet another strange, mewling offspring. Sighting, he picked it up, cradling it in his arms, as he ordered another portal to the underworld.

 

“I’ll be back in a jiffy.”

 

Mew dipped away to wherever he went in situations like this, and John sat there, his expression not changing in the slightest. He took a tentative sip of his coffee, placed the mug down on the counter, and let a breath escape his mouth.

 

“Yep. A typical Tuesday.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999

Chapter 387: School Two, the Sequel!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Heya Jirachi!” Celebi waved as Jirachi exited the school. “How was school today?”

 

“I graduated from preschool!” Jirachi held an oversized diploma in his hands. “I did so well on the exam that I scored a 102!” 

 

“Oh, congratulations!” Celebi smiled. “I’m glad to see this education’s been paying off for you-”

 

“I got so good that I was allowed to move onto School Two!” 

 

“School two?”

 

“Yeah.” Jirachi put a hand to his chin, pondering. “It’s like school, but like, y’know, better.”

 

“Oh. Sweet.” Celebi frowned. “I can’t believe I’ve never heard of it before. I am a time traveller, after all.”

 

“It’s pretty cool. You should totally come sometime!” Jirachi took out a piece of paper. “Unfortunately, it’s in some place called Delaware…”

 

Celebi’s face drooped. “Did you say…?”

 

“Delaware? Yeah, I did say-”

 

Celebi covered his mouth before he could speak. She glanced around worryingly.



“Don’t say it! Invoking its name three times sends you to the Delaware Hellscapes where the octopi roam the skies and the land is connected by nothing but catapults and the misty void betwee-” Celebi paused. “I just said in that sentence didn’t I?”

 

“Yeah you kinda did I fear.”

 

The pair blinked, and when their eyes opened, they found themselves in the fiery hellscape of Delaware. Octopi tentacles extended from the cracks, thrashing wildly about with reckless abandon. People flew through the air, ignoring the danger below, with briefcases in hand. Celebi and Jirachi looked at each other for barely a moment; a moment later, Jirachi pointed excitedly at a nearby sign.

 

“Oh! Oh! School two’s over there! Yippee!” 

 

Jirachi flew happily toward the school, giddily destroying a tentacle that attempted to squash him into paste with a single blast from his third eye. Celebi facepalmed, pulled out her phone, and sighed.

 

“Hey, Mew? Yeah, this is your homegirl. We’re in the Delaware dimension. Could you like, arrange for a carrier demon to go fetch us or something?”

 

Celebi winced as screams began to take form from a nearby hole in the ground. They waved at her politely as they tried to do their laundry, their mouths constantly exuding high pitched noise as they went about their day. 

 

“...Preferably sooner rather than later.”

Notes:

By Pokelego999